Pel Te ae

Care ord

Wd by A

anes oh

a Hei uote

= pena ant

I ere,

MBP y

VEN AN Ar

are

i ok he

Pk ase

a] at

afm,

ary them es §

bys ie RS oe Renn

a aMega

ast

Nias, ae : Pasian

Wig boiecees *

yon ;

} Penib sk

Sy : NAIM Ap aee te

Baiada inc? Ve

igs teen es

Prete Feaepea ee 7

; shat, daria tty Sealhels ae need

Riiah tsy Ge ira

sop nae roarty u eH

es RCH

Apa o ea

Heaney

| -

Aa i ;

pie

$ ‘

nea 7

ie git Y

ahd ry ‘ ae aa eon

| Ah anaes sete palie ‘ Ne hae ae aaa

Bbeat ped ustd Ha eek pie] a say pe

Rat ee Hee es Koo 4 “4s ray

eee i

Xk yards pert i pe ei) ae ae i) i

Fa 3 ait ee age,

eens! iia bas

Bye,

bie a, oid roa ie

A Bently,

preg

ae y

ised we LS,

vit i

pati ated We i uy

thd

Py 7"

ra)

sete! 2

ene

mage

Bietoge at

eer

we. add

ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

a sy sien! i eee

wee ae A

NOILNLILSN! NVINOSHLINS S3IuNY

- we

NVINOSHLINS S32I¥Vyaly LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITI

ofl

NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN

NYINOSHLINS

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

= 77) pes ” =

Z bau = ee a

tig

= : Z = Gm,

aa < ma Yi foi a

| oY ¥ e << - Ys ; z c

4 oe 4 a A di “ad =

6 we S es 3

4 : Pa | = cal ae

ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31u%

ee ree 7 ; ol

re) are ro) - ae re)

= rs = : ha

Se a = ra fe HK =

oa = - oO =

E ~ = _ =

z D Zz D .

SNI NVINOSHLINS SaluvVudlI_LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTIT

a = re = Ks = < Ss

"E: =a BOQ’ 7 zw.

= 2 E WO 2 i

a S a Monee. =

|IES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

ee | Ww

= PL r

Ue tit pe

o Gy

a “Ye a

at J

Sa1yvyuait LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INSTIT

INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI

S3INYUSIT LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION NOILNALILSNI

e E

wo . re]

Be) \ 7

z we 2

| ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI _ NINOSHLIINS °S:3 1)

= ssl Z : = =x = Vi

= z pa it a @

\ Es Oo r tO a yy

\ 3 2 8 eg $Y

Y 2 E Z 3 2?

> Ss et = >

z ”) Pd ra) z

SSNI NVINOSHLIWS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTIT

2 F ” z Bae:

nn “ w lu ” en)

ee oc a w Mia.

& oe c = &

=. m Pe fea) m.

oO oes om re) - oO

z wad z a —

IES Bee ONIBN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NWINOSHLINS S314)

a eee ce i. =

at 1S = ON © usa = 9 ae oe ee

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S

n lek wn z wo

= = = L = =

os z 4 U4 =

= hijZp

NS = E 2 [@ * zy

ee = = = =

fe n ee

ALILSNI_ NVINOSHLING® LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN IN

i 7 z ee m

7) pd 77) a a

= ox aa o pe

ee fog Cc cc =

4 4

ne. om = mM. a,

fe) = re) we O

ee od a aut Zz

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S

rad ie = i ae rd

oO < 2) aw oO

ie ha wo ae

a = 3 cle 5

Ks = en =

_ = e pa =

Shee z e ae

LNLILSN! NVINOSHLINS S3!1UYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN II

oe ~” = eee ” =

3 Sie ee ee =

+ .. z= a | et % z ‘s x) \. ~~ Ho

Ff 3 a ae 8

Uf ee 9 UY! eS Xv * O 2

yp = 2 “Gy = *N z =

GG, = > = a = =

k ” rs ” *, ae w

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI S

LIBRARIES

3 NS S,

LIBRARIES

LNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYdIT LIBRARIES it

INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

S3INVNSIT LIBRARIES

saiu¥vyugit

S31yvyuai

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S

w = ~” = ° ~”

= < \ = Lue < =

| z XN —] Z hy, z oH

AW SS = AS = Mh a = =%

» a a E\S == 6 y

SS = = SS > = >

a“ ad w ae 2 ” VF of

INLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3SIYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN I

= 2 = a aa

tu uJ

wo _ ” es ”

= cc a ~ penis

= .< at < i

Cc : o , See ow Cc

qo "Se 2&2 5 pet 5

z a Zz at Zz

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS § §

os fe z Ba ; =

<nSON =O OT Oe ee +

THE ANNALS

, AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITIT LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ )

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S.

eee

VOL. XVI.—SIXTH SERTES. y

———eeeeee eee st -

S75

< sonian Inst toy

aS n uta

Zao

ation | Museu:

LONDON: ———

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.;

WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIPRE, PARIS:

MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :

HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1895.

“ Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentix testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu donitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;

ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper xstimata ;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Linnavs.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

see) 6 1 aos ae els & Hehe sylvan powers

Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

CONTENTS “OF, VOL. XVE

[SIXTH SERIES. }

NUMBER XCI.

. Page

I. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey

Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander C. F. Oldham; R.N.—Series IL.,

No. 19. Report upon the Mollusca dredged in the Bay of Bengal

&e, during the Season 1893-94, By Epear A. Smiru. (Plates

Cea ee seca sar tae ta felts este AAs Sos Nac yeawe Norm mE 1

II. Some new Species of Odohata of the “Légion” Lestes, with

Woes. dy honnn MiscHrAN, FIRES oie s3. pecs kc c cn ee des 19

III. On a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians from Ferguson

Island, D’Entrecasteaux Group, British New Guinea. By G. A.

OMEGA WE rut ot pch alts, s.aitichs whe deer ate) tows, Aicventifees saeeow ees 28

IV. On some new or little-known Reptiles obtained by W. H.

Crosse, Esq., on the Niger. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. ...... 32

V. Note on the Japanese Rhipidoceride : anew Genus and Species.

Bye ed brine eT, ane wee Ass a ole aida woah uate ol Aisin sheet ae 35

VI. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from Tropical

Ameren, by CREE RTO, Bali. 08 so. corsa) ean cae oot 56

VII. Some Javan Perichetide. By W. Briaxtanp Brnuam,

D.Sc. (Lond.), Hon. M.A. (Oxon.), Aldrichian Demonstrator in Com-

parative Anatomy, Oxford. (Plate VI) 0. cc astece dn eee «oer: 40

VIII. Descriptions of Five new African Shrews. By OLpFreLp

EPS MCARS wee ctece opana larg F dladie srs «Sar akgla WMG ant pameheie & <i Shalesnhd mo nltialeys

IX. On small Mammals from Nicaragua and Bogota. By Oxp-

SPROUT TD) A REUHON Eva a ance ai eapete, Spe tesnare: 20 uae, Wa, ve ARG Ot Oe Or 55

X. On some Coccidee obtained by Mr. C. A. Barber in the Island

of Antigua, W.I. By T. D. A. CockEerELL, Entomologist of the

New Mexico (U.S.A.) Agricultural Experiment Station .......... 60

XI. New Bees of the Genus Halictus from New Mexico, U.S.A.

By T. D. A. CockrrELL, Entomologist of the New Mexico (U.8.A.)

Apriculimmul Mixpermnenh StGMOM ise ec s co sieeies oe meena ties 63

XII. On some Perichet@ from the Eastern Archipelago collected

by Mr. Everett. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., FLR.S., and Soputs

DE Ss Wrenner ern ah Sl vend sd wlahosati wie wis’ soba 8 ese we? wren. tee

iv CONTENTS.

Page

XIII. Notes on some of the Sol/fuge contained in the Collection

of the British Museum, with Descriptions of new Species, By RK. I.

POCO One ABTA Y 9), v5 eds) ¢a.) 10 6 oP) eRe Vere he

XIV. On the Dascillide and Malacoderm Coleoptera of Japan.

py G, Luwis, FilsS, (Piste VL) oi.5s sree re pee ales hid 98

XV. Description of a new Species of Butterfly of the Genus

Amauris obtained by Mr, Scott Elliot in Kast Central Africa. By

Antara GC. DUTL@R,. ED.D: lity Ores + xb ven ev 1a Re 122

New Book:—Manual of Conchology, Structural and Systematic.

Second Series. —Pulmonata. Vol. IX. By H. A. Pivspry ., 123

Correction to p. 521 (‘ Annals,’ June 1895); On the Production of

Males and Females in Melipona and Trigona, by J. Perez; On

the Development of the Body in the Prawn (Palemon serratus,

Fabr.) and the Crayfish (Astacus fluviatilis, Gesn.), by Louis

Bons. Sik seh als aia dt Ree Se side Rien eT 125—127

NUMBER XCIL

XVI, Notes on some Genera and Species of Coccida. By W. M.

AUARSL IVORY. CORAM Fe yinksk valk esa cua hk Lh kha sae om etre wea ete 129

XVII. Description of Two new Spiders obtained by Messrs. J. J.

Quelch and F. McConnell on the Summit of Mount Roraima, in

Demerara; with a Note upon the Systematic Position of the Genus

Desis. By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum .,...,.......+.. 139

XVIIL. Natural History Notes from H.M, Indian Marine Survey

Steamer ‘Investigator, Commander C. F, Oldham, R.N., com-

manding.—Series [1., No, 18, On a new Species of Viviparous Fish

of the Family Ophidiide. By A, Axcocx, Superintendent of the

oan BERR ih Fo Pee a ieeth Pe vegas Woah at ew age a 144

XIX. Further Notes on Cutiterebra: On the Identity of certain

Species described by the late Bracy Clark, By EH. EK, Ausrmn, Zoolo-

gical Department, British Museum o:...0teiilere 5 vee aor ccsl nner steceie Wbek 147

XX. A new Pupoid Type of Helictde. By Hanry A. Pirspry.. 155

XXI. Descriptions of new Coleoptera in the British Museum, By

CHARTBS'O; WATHRITO DAB) Ri Lanes sc pelt bo Gb nda fiy lates 157

XXII. Preliminary Diagnoses of new Mammals from Northern

Luzon, collected by Mr. John Whitehead. By OLpFrintp THomas, 160

XXII. On a new Species of Lliwrus. By OLpririp Tuomas ,. 164

XXIV. On the Reptiles and Batrachians obtained by Mr. I. Lort-

Phillipsin Somaliland. By G, A. Boutrnerr, F.R.S, (Plate VIL.) 165

XXV. Descriptions of Four new Batrachians discovered by

Mr. Charles Hose in Borneo. By G. A. BouLenaer, F.KAS....... 169

CONTENTS. Vv

: Page

XXVI. Descriptions of Two new Snakes from Usambara, German

Rustica By G. A; BoummNrenny PRS. oles d en cn ey val

XXVII. The Subfamflies, Genera, and Species of the Copepod

Family Ascomyzontide, Thorell: Diagnosis, Synonymy, and Distri-

bution. By Dr. Wire. Giissrecut, Naples.........02.6 ces cen s 173

XXVIII. Description of new Genera and Species of Trapdoor

Spiders belonging to the Group Trionycht. By R. I. Pocock, of the

Eprrris te MISOUM, ese Wa) st aisc's ai Goaeia cam aye wee. cece n readies 187

XXIX. Description of a new Species of Squirrel from Central

Olen: ~ Dy) We ELAR WV INEON 0. cr do adetae Owe gadis s eon vee 197

Proceedings of the Geological Society ..............00000- 198—201

A Query as to the Synonymy of Rhysota Armit?, Smith, by C. Hedley,

I.L.S.; The Breeding-habits of the Crayfish, by KH. A. Andrews,

The Breeding-habits of the Karthworms, by EK. A. Andrews ;

Note on the Origin of the Bell-Nucleus in Physalia, by Seitaro

TO MT Pe i aria ried, dain Burr cisim acne te oro Ree Meee 201—203

NUMBER XCIII.

XXX. Notes on Amphipoda, old and new. By the Rey. Tuomas

R. ReStreppine, M.A. (Plates-VII.-X.) 2.5... 6 ces eee ree 205

XXXI. On Budding in Perophora. By Grorcr LEFEvre .... 213

XXXII. Notes on the Identity of some of the Types of Mygalo-

morphe in the Collection of the British Museum, By R. I. Pocock,

Gere es eraGES ID NEMS OUIIN 8 aie. oy cpa abe gia, cayitea faeatly oils ale a4 shigelvaste Siar eiaveare . 220

XXXIII. On a new Sound-producing Organ in a Spider. By R. I.

Pocock, of the British Museum of Natural History .............. 230

XXXIV. The Pholadide: Note on the Early Stages of Develop-

Pitty PROV SE IGM A NOOR ee 5c nine ele de sale aie hx moun deines, xed ee 233

XXXV. On African Mole-Rats of the Genera Georychus and

Myposcalops. By OupFintp THOMAS ......... RGariaee gy ARE aa 238

XXXVI. Description of a new Chinese Squirrel. By OLDFrIELD

BEES 0 SIS GI chet ped = art BOS pWPRne er RPRERNENE RPP PR cl Che SPER Pet oer Ear 242

XXXVILI. On the Structure of the Skull in Peloneustes philarchus,

a Pliosaur from the Oxford Clay. By C. W. ANpRrEws, F.G.S.,

Assistant in the Geological Department, British Museum.

EAP AE hat taste eat a Gatch e 85 ws a salen ACs Gye wR Aas ab,

XXXVIII. The Hydroids of St. Andrews Bay. By Rey. J. H.

CrAwForD, F.L.S., St. Andrews Marine Laboratory ............ 256

XXXIX. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey

Steamer ‘ Investigator, Commander C. F. Oldham, R.N.—Series IL,

No, 20. Report upon some Mollusca dredged in the Arabian Sea

during the Season 1894-95. By Evear A. SmirH .............. 262

vi CONTENTS.

Page

New Book :—A Manual for the Study of Insects. By Joun Henry

Comstock, Professor of Entomology in Cornell University and

in Leland Stanford Junior University ; and Anna Borsrorp

Comstock, Member of the Society of American Wood-Engravyers.

Proceedings of the Geological Society ...........seeeeceseserees

The Name of Galeodes intrepidus, by R. 1. Pocock; On the Acrea

cynthius of Drury, by Arthur G. Butler, Ph.D., F.L.S., Xe. ;

Note on the Protoplasmic Connexion of Lasso-cells in Physalia,

hy: Beuaro (i Ot0 «s,s «ag s«sgis-> rape wis taems pele at eh eok Oy

NUMBER XCIV.

XL. Notes on the Madreporarian Genus Astr@opora, as repre-

sented by the Specimens in the British Museum (Natural History).

By H. M. Bernarp, M.A. Cantab., F.L.S., F.Z.8. (Plate XIV.)..

XLIL The Life-history and Growth-rate of the Lesser Sand-Kel

(Ammodytes tobianus). By AntTHUR'T. MAsrerman, B.A. (Cantab.),

Assistant Professor of Zoology, St. Andrews University ..........

XLII. Description of Two new Cheetognaths (Spadella schizoptera

and Sega hispida). By FSS. CONAMES cy aac «aris ec cree ie sels 2

XLII. New Species of Indian Epiplemide, Geometridae, Thyri-

dide, and Pyralide. By Colonel C. Swinnor, M.A., F.LS., &e. .. ¢

XLIV. On Rheetic Foraminifera from Wedmore, inSomerset. By

FREDERICK CHAPMAN, F.R.M.S. (Plates XI. & XI.) .......... :

XLV. On the Geometride, Pyralide, and allied Families of Hete-

rocera of the Lesser Antilles. By G. F. Hampson, B.A., FLEAS. ., 32

XLVI. A new West-African Insect. By W. H. Nunnery ......

Note on Rhysota Armiti, by Edgar A. Smith ; Descriptions of some

new Araneide of New South Wales, by W. J. Kainbow., 351,

NUMBER XCV.

XLVI. On some new and rare British Copepoda. By THomas

Scorr, F.L.S., Naturalist to the Fishery Board for Scotland, and

ANDREW Scort, Fisheries Assistant, University College, Liverpool.

Petatee SV AVES) bas. cejca.k oe ec eee in elem near = meta

XLVIII. Descriptions of Five new Species of Land-Shells from

New Guinea. By Epa@ar A. SmirH. (Plate XX.).............. ‘

XLIX. Remarks on the Value of certain Cranial Characters

employed by Prof. Cope for distinguishing Lizards from Snakes. By

Gey OULENGER, FORRS ss... ci svighivs emte eet aa + auarenteenalakls

266

270

271

366

CONTENTS. Vil

P Page

L. Descriptions of Four small Mammals from South America,

including one belonging to the peculiar Marsupial Genus “ Hyra-

codon,” Tomes. By OvpygerD THOMAS .............060e.eeeees 367

LI. Newly-discovered Stridulating-Organs in the Genus Scytodes.

Bye wh Bick ARD-CAMBEED GE * lait gies ais oss So dks a tele 371

LIT. On the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Japan, and Notices of

Cee eno Gr. Lit WESicble, «32 peat eyde ooo l5,- schon ne Cae: 374

LIT. Descriptions of Two new Reptiles obtained by Mr. A.S.

Meek in the Trobriand Islands, British New Guinea. By G. A.

POGCPE INGE, Habe Seneca eve oorsia «nid pare nme eer a oh base aime ates 408

LIV. Descriptions of new Genera of Zephroniide, with brief pre-

liminary Diagnoses of some new Species. By R. I. Pocock ...... 409

LV. Descriptions of new Species of Planema in the Collection of

the British M@seum. By A. G. Burier, Ph.D. &. ............ 415

LVI. Some Remarks on the Dispersal of MarinesAnimals by means

Gieeaweeds: By RUPRET VALGENTIN . <6 4o00%.s asin Su scene tos 418

LVII. Description of a new Species of Scolopendra from the

mimlom@netsiandss © yb vLePOCOGK, rs. ec isco. de hea sane onl 425

On the Status of the Names Aplysia and Tethys, by Henry A.

Pilsbry ; On the Origin of the Triradiate Spicules of Leucosolenia,

Pye Pie een EMMEETO 9s) ody wage dots sch ohex Sino t a, Slag 424—427

NUMBER XCVI.

LVIII. The Pectoral and Pelvic Girdles of Murenosaurus pli-

catus. By C. W. Anprews, F.G.S., Assistant in the British

MERGUM(INGTATAE EMSEORY)). (ss tag cps nulae ocwed'd gu tia clon cade tales 429

LIX. Description of a supposed new Species of Land-Mollusk of

the Genus Parmarion from Pulo Laut, an Island off the South-east

Coast of Borneo. By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Avusren, F.R.S.,

Eat teen TOP Nie Pet ato watsieiary cate rnteysicn sia de otal eter es 434

LX. Description of a new Species of Symphedra. By Putri

ACE Mra ERE Bae peta atten fia vera enh ais Nola eet ly da ra atte 437

LXI. On a Collection of Hymenopterous Insects from the Philip-

pines. By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BryawaM, F.Z8. ........ 00s. cere 438

LXII. A Revision of the Jurassic Bryozoa.—Part II. The Genus

Protoscina.. “By- J. W. Gurcory,0Sc., F.G807 oo... ss canes ns 447

LXII. Notes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. —

No. XXXII. Some Carboniferous Ostracoda from Yorkshire. By

Professor T. Rupert Jonss, F.R.S., and James W. Kirxsy, Esq.

(EM he od gio Eo gS ail dance aaa ee eee a ee 452

LXIV. New Genera and Species of Pyralide, Thyridide, and

Timplemida. By W. WARREN, M.A., FES. 20... cece eee 460

LXV. Descriptions of Five new Species of Ennea from South

Africa, By JAmrs Cosmo MEtvit1, M.A., F.L.S.,andJoHN HENRY _

Bonen, Bavute i Plate .Y LEL Ys. ws eu e's sls See btity eee oe wn okt 478

LXVI. Description of a new Characinoid Fish of the Genus _

Paroien. By G. A. BouLENGMB, PRS) 2. sie ie dee neo tk oe 480

vill CONTENTS.

Page

LXVIL. Deseriptions of Two new Snakes of the Genus Calamaria,

PO Cag SHOU ENT il LUI oy. yb se inp cos AU a ene vir Prope s 481

LXVIII. Australian Entomophytes, or Entomogenous Fungi, and

some Account of their Insect-Hosts. By Arruur Stpnry OLxirr,

Government Entomologist New South Wales, Fellow Ent. Soc.

London, Life-Member Ent. Soc, France ..........20eceeeeeceees 482

New Book:—Catalogue of the Marine Mollusks of Japan. By

TABNRY As PIEBBRE siis.si on leie phe posts x ka oy se 488

On rapid Change of Colour in Gasterosteus, hy James Dallas, F.L.S.,

Curator of the Albert Memorial Museum, Exeter; On Sexual

Dimorphism in the Nautilus, by A. Vayssicre; On the Structure

of the Eetoderm and Nervous System in Parasitic Platyhel-

minthes (Trematodes and Cestodes), by Léon Jammes .. 489—493

POR) oe cc aes eB de wy tly ye Re OEE UTR a OTERO Da ae IA

PLATES IN VOL. XVI.

Prate I, New Mollusca from the Bay of Bengal Xe.

Ill, Javan Pericheetide.

IV. New Solifuge.

V. New Trapdoor Spiders.

VI. Japanese Dascillide and Malacodermide.

VII. New African Reptiles.

VIII.

rx New Amphipoda.

XI, Rheetic Foraminifera.

XII.

XIII. Skull of Peloneustes philarchus.

XIV. Structure and mode of growth of the genus Astraopora,

XV.

avr British Copepoda.

XVII.

XVIII. New Species of Ennea,

XIX. Parmarion Dohertyi.

XX. New Land-Shells from New Guinea,

XXI. Paleozoic Bivalved Kntomostraca,

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

CAREERS per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hie carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dex pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”’

N. Parthenii Giannettasii Eel. 1.

No. 91. JULY 1895.

1.—Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey

Steamer ‘ Investigator, Commander C. F. Oldham, R.N.—

Series II., No. 19. Report upon the Mollusca dredged

in the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea during the

Season 1893-94. By Epaar A. Smith.

[Plates I. & IT. }

TuIs collection contains several very remarkable new forms,

among which the two species of the new genus Pontiothauma

are worthy of special notice. The Calliostoma, the Den-

talium, the two new forms of Oryptodon are also species of

considerable interest. ‘The occurrence of the characteristically

Japanese Ranella perca in the Indian Ocean is remarkable,

and the discovery of a British Lweina and an Atlantic

Poromya in these southern latitudes is of still greater interest.

Another instance of wide distribution is that of the Solenomya

patagonica. In my former paper I also described a Lucina

which was hardly separable from a species occurring in the

Straits of Magellan.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 1

2 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

PONTIOTHAUMA *, gen. nov.

Testa fusiformis, haud umbilicata, antice rostrata, oblique plicata,

spiraliter lirata et sulcata; apertura antice breviter canaliculata ;

columella simplex, haud plicata; labrum tenue, postice late sed

haud profunde sinuatum ; operculum nullum.

Animal cecum, rostro magno, late expanso instructum; radula

nulla.

The examination of the soft parts of this remarkable

mollusk has kindly been undertaken by Mr. 8. Pace, and the

results of his investigation will be published subsequently.

From a preliminary examination he is inclined to believe that

its relationship will prove to be with the Pleurotomatide.

The enormously expanded rostrum, and the absence of eyes,

radula, and operculum, at once separate this genus from any

which it approaches in shell-characters. Conchologically it

bears some resemblance to the plicate forms of Sipho (S. fus?-

formis, &c.).

Pontiothauma mirabile. (Pl. I. fig. 1.)

Testa fusiformis, turrita, alba, epidermide plus minus induta ; spira

elongata, acuminata; anfractus 10?, superstitientes septem con-

vexi, regulariter lente accrescentes, oblique et flexuose costati

(costis supra et infra evanescentibus), spiraliter fortiter et con-

fertim lirati, ultimus subtumidus, costis obliquis gracilioribus et

minus prominentibus instructus, autice breviter rostratus; aper-

tura elongata, antice in canalem brevem producta, longit. totius 4

peulo minor, intus alba; columella rectiuscula; labrum hand

incrassatum, prope suturam late, sed haud profunde sinuatum, in

medio prominens, arcuatum.

Longit. 136 millim., diam. 52; apertura 65 longa, 27 lata.

Hab. Off the Malabar coast, lat. 10° 7 50” N., long.

74° 42’ 30” E., in 1250 fathoms.

When viewed from behind this remarkable shell bears a

strong resemblance to an elongate specimen of the common

whelk, Bucctnum undatum. It has all the aspect of a

northern form, and one can scarcely credit the fact ot its living

so far south as the Indian Ocean. Only a single specimen

was obtained.

Pontiothauma abyssicola. (PI. I. fig. 2.)

Testa elongata, turrita, solidiuscula, imperforata, alba, epidermide

tenui pallide olivaceo-viridi induta; anfractus sex, superne exca-

* mévrios, marine; and 6aipa, a wonder.

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 3

vati, oblique et nodose plicati, ad latera*levissime convexi, sntura

obliqua sejuncti, striis spiralibus incisis numerosis, lineisque

incrementi tenuibus obliquis flexuosis sculpti, ultimus mediocriter

conyexus, undique transversim striatus, striis circa basin latis,

sulciformibus ; apertura oblonga, alba, longit. totius 4 paulo

minor, inferne brevissime et latissime canaliculata, subrecurva ;

labrum tenue, in excavationem infra suturam feria sinuatum,

infra arcuatum ; columella alba, callosa, in medio paulo arcuata,

inferne oblique torta; operculum nullum.

Longit. 50 millim., diam. 24; apertura 22 longa, 10 lata.

flab. Station 134, off Kistna, Bay of Bengal, in 753 fathoms,

The depression or concavity at the upper part of the whorls

produces a marginate appearance at the suture, and upon the

margination the lines of growth are slightly puckered. The

spiral stria are somewhat deep and have rather a regular look

to the naked eye. ‘he nodose plications at the angulation

above do not extend far downwards, but soon become obso-

lete, so that the lower part of the whorls has a nearly even

surface.

Like the type of the genus, this species has neither radula

nor operculum. — It differs, however, in possessing eyes.

Until the soft parts have been more fully examined, its

position in the genus Pontiothuuma must be considered

uncertain.

Pleurotoma vagata. (Pl. I. fig. 3.)

Testa fusiformis, turrita, alba, epidermide tenuissima induta,

incrementi lineis flexuosis striata; spira elongata, acuminata ;

anfractus 12, superne excavati, in medio carina quadrata tuber-

culata instructi, superne infra suturam carino-marginati, undique

spiraliter striati, infra medium liris spiralibus 1—2 cincti, ultimus

transversim striatus et liratus, antice elongato-rostratus ; aper-

tura cum canali longit. totius 3 haud wquans, intus alba, liris

intrantibus circiter decem armata; labrum tenue, subprofunde

incisum ; columella rectiuscula, leviter obliqua; canalis elongatus,

angustus, subrecurvus,

Longit. 65 millim., diam. 23; apertura cum canali 28 longa, in

medio 7 lata.

Hab. Station 172, off Trincomalee, Ceylon, in 200-350

fathoms.

This species belongs to that group of Plewrotoma which

includes P. Kvenert, Doumet, P. carinata, Gray, and a few

others which are characterized by a tuberculated keel upon

the middle of the whorls.

A single specimen only was obtained.

4 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

Pleurotoma presignts. (PI. I. fig. 4.)

Testa fusiformis, turrita, alba, epidermide tenui flavescente induta ;

anfractus 11-12?, regulariter lente crescentes, superne ad suturam

fortiter carinati, in medio prominentes, serie nodularum sub-

acutarum instructi, infra nodulas linea filiformi (in anfr. superi-

oribus obsoleta), et supra nodulas lineis duabus gracillimis cincti,

ultimus infra medium angustatus, brevirostratus, infra nodulas

circiter quatuor aliisque tenuioribus circa caudam ornatus ;

apertura alba, cum canali longit. totius 3 equans ; labrum tenue,

ad nodulas mediocriter profunde et latissime sinuatum, infra

sinum prominens, arcuate productum; columella supra medium

leviter incurvata, inferne paulo obliqua; canalis brevis, sub-

recurvus.

Longit. 42 millim., diam. 15; apertura cum canali 16 longa, in

medio 54 lata.

Hab. Off Colombo, Ceylon, in 675 fathoms.

The prominent row of tubercles around the middle of the

whorls, the keel beneath the suture, and the broad sinus in

the labrum are the principal features of this species. The

apex of the spire being broken away makes it impossible to

state with certainty the exact number of whorls, but they

would probably amount to eleven or twelve. The entire

surface exhibits fine flexuous lines of growth.

Drillia fugata. (PI. I. figs. 5, 5 a.)

Testa elongata, turrita, alba, epidermide tenui flavo-olivacea induta,

spiralter striata, oblique costulata; spira elongata, acuminata ;

anfractus decem, conyvexiusculi, superne excavati, ad suturam

undulate subcarinati, infra excavationem costis obliquis (in anfr.

ultimo J1-12 inferne attenuatis et evanescentibus) instructi,

ultimus antice paulo attenuatus ; apertura angusta, alba, longit.

totius + paulo minor; labrum superne ad excavatione haud pro-

funde sinuatum; columella rectiuseula, callo tenui albo induta;

canalis mediocriter latus, brevis, leviter recurvus.

Longit. 45 millim., diam. 14; apertura 20 longa, 6 lata.

Var. Testa striis latioribus transversim sculpta, interstitiis liri-

formibus supra costas continuis (fig. 5 a).

Hab. Station 172, off Trincomalee, in 200-350 fathoms.

The greater breadth of the spiral strie and the more con-

spicuous intervening ridges give the variety a somewhat

distinct appearance from the type. The character of the

coste, the depression above them, the thickened wavy margin-

ation beneath the suture, and the epidermis are, however,

similar.

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 9)

Nassa turrifera. (PI. I. fig. 6.)

Testa elongata, turrita, albida, nitida, costata; spira acuminato-

pyramidalis, turrita ; anfractus octo, supremi tres (nucleus) con-

vexi, leves, cxeteri tabulati, lateribus planiusculis, costis tenuibus

supra tuberculatis (in anfr. penultimo circiter 12) instructi,

spiraliter striati et lirati, ultimus antice constrictus, infra medium

fortius liratus, liris supra costas subtuberculatis ; apertura parva ;

labrum extra varicosum, intus tuberculis paucis, quorum

medianum maximum, munitum ; columella callo, tuberculis paucis

parvis instructo, induta; canalis brevis, obliquus, recurvus.

Longit. 10 millim., diam. 5,

Hab. Station 162, lat. 13° 51’ 12” N., long. 80° 28’ 12”

E., off Coromandel coast, in 145-250 fathoms.

This species is remarkable for its elongate turreted form

and the smallness of the aperture. The ribs are noduled at

the upper end, almost perpendicular, and the least curved.

The sutural line is prettily undulating. Of the three specimens

of this interesting speties one is more elongate than the

others ; in this the aperture is about one third the total length

of the shell, whereas in the shorter examples it rather exceeds

that proportion.

Columbella (Mitrella) Pace. (PI. I. fig. 7.)

Testa breviter fusiformis, sordide albida, levis, circa basin anfractus

ultimi oblique sulcata; spira elongata, acuminata; anfractus 8,

tres embryonales pellucidi, convexi, ceteri turriti, planiusculi, vel

levissime convexi, sutura obliqua, profunda discreti, infra suturam

striaunica marginati, ultimus infra medium constrictus, transversim

striatus, circa caudam oblique sulcatus; apertura elongata, medio-

criter angusta, antice canaliculata, longit. totius 3 paulo minor;

canalis brevis, recurvus, obliquus ; columella supra arcuata, infra ~

obliqua, callo tenui induta, tuberculis parvis 2-3 instructa ;

labrum ad marginem acutum, extra varice incrassatum, intus

subtuberculatum, suturam versus leviter sinuatum.

Longit. 12 millim., diam. 53; apertura cum canali 53 longa, in

medio 2 lata.

Hab. Station 162, off Coromandel coast, in 145-250

fathoms.

Judging from the four specimens of this species, the spire

is liable to erosion at the apex. In the perfect example the

_ apical whorl is almost globular, and the two following are

also convex; these three, forming the embryonic shell, are

pellucid and pinkish beneath the suture.

I have named this interesting species after Mr, 8. Pace,

6 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

who has made a special study of the Columbellide, and has

kindly examined it for me.

Ranella (Biplex) perca (Perry).

Hab. Station 151, off Colombo, in 142-400 fathoms.

The examples of this well-known shell in the present

collection are practically identical with the ordinary Japanese

form. The knowledge of the extended range of this species

lends support to the statement by Reeve, that it was obtained

at the Philippine Islands by Mr. Cuming. It is interesting

to note that Mr. G. B. Sowerby has also recorded the occur-

rence of another Japanese form (Xenophora pallidula) from

188 fathoms off the Andaman Islands.

Natica albospira. (PI. I. fig. 8.)

Testa parva, globosa, anguste umbilicata, pallide fuscescens, infra

suturam et circa basin alba; spira brevis, parva, ad apicem

minuta; anfractus 53, convexi, celeriter accrescentes, sutura pro-

funda canaliculata discreti, superiores 23 leves, cateri infra

suturam oblique plicati, plicis inferne scnsim evanidis, ultimus

globosus, striis spiraliLus obsoletis sculptus; umbilicus paryus,

callo intrante crasso semiimpletus; apertura semicircularis ;

columella obliqua, incrassata, lubro callo tenui juncta; operculum

testaceum, griseum, supra spiram olivaceo tinctum, planum,

margine externo arcuato porca duplice incrassato, liris paucis

inconspicuis porce parallelis striisque radiantibus haud conspicuis

sculptum,

Diam. maj. 123 millim., min. 9, alt. 12; apertura 94 longa, 54 lata.

Hab. Station 172, off Trincomalee, Ceylon, in 200-350

fathoms.

Judging from the single specimen in the collection, it seems

probable that this species may sometimes exceed the dimen-

sions given above. It differs from the young of N. rufa in

the absence of the pale peripheral zone, in the greater

number of whorls, the stronger plications, smaller nucleus,

and different operculum.

Natica candidula. (Pl. I. fig. 9.)

Testa parva, globosa, alba, infra suturam zona opaco-albida picta,

mediocriter umbilicata ; spira prominula; anfractus quatuor, con-

vexi, leves, sed infra suturam oblique obsolete plicati ; umbilicus

profundus, pervius, simplex; apertura semicircularis ; columella

obliqua, leviter incrassata, superne callo reflexo labro juncta.

Diam. maj. 9 millim., min. 7, alt. 9; apertura 6 longa, 4 lata.

Hab, Station 151, off Colombo, in 142-400 fathoms.

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 7

A small white species, without any striking features.

The spire is somewhat prominent and the umbilicus without

any callus within. ‘The single specimen was dredged dead,

without the operculum. It “has much the general ¢ aspect of

the British N. Montaguz, but has no trace of an umbilical

callus.

Sigaretus parvus. (Pl. I. fig. 10.)

Testa parva, depressa, obliqua, auriformis, minute perforata, tenuis,

albida, epidermide flavescente plus minus induta; spira brevis,

apice minuto fusco terminata ; anfractus 4, convexiusculi, supe-

riores duo spiraliter tenuissime striati, ultimus liris spiralibus

filiformibus subconfertis undulatis circa medium planulatis in-

structus, lineis incrementi arcuatis conspicuis sculptus ; apertura

obliqua, ovata ; peristoma tenue, marginibus conniventibus, callo

tenui junctis, columellari paulo incrassato, reflexo, umbilicum

minutum fere obtegente.

Diam. maj. 124 millim., min. 9, alt. 10; apertura 83 longa, 63 lata.

Hab. Station 170, off Coromandel coast, in 107 fathoms.

Of a different form to that of S. tener a also from the Bay

of Bengal.

Bathybembix Wood-Masoni. (PI. I. fig. 11.)

Testa imperforata, solida, pyramidalis, sub epidermide tenuissima,

dilute fusco-grisea, alba, submargaritacea, ad peripheriam acute

carinata; spira acute conica, lateribus fere rectis; anfractus

9-10 ?, lente accrescentes, superiores fere plani, supra suturam

levissime concavi et tuberculis minutis acutis ornati, tres ultimi

haud tuberculati, striis incrementi obliquis regularibus sculpti,

ultimus leviter convexus, sed prope carinam paulo concavus, infra

convexiusculus, striatus, circa regionem umbilici earina obtusa

instructus ; apertura obliqua, longit. totius 2 subeequans ; peri-

stoma leviter incrassatum, album, levissime expansum, margine

columellari fortiter reflexo, appresso, callo lato albo superne labro

juncto; operculum tenue, corneum, anfractibus decem.

Diam. maj. 25 millim., min. 22, alt. 23.

Hab. Station 150, off Northern Maldive Atoll, 719 fathoms.

This is rather solid for a deep-water form, and the thickness

of the calcareous layer above the nacre is sufficient to almost

conceal it. However, in certain lights a slight iridescence is

observable. The tubercles upon the upper whorls have the

appearance of minute denticles overhanging the suture, which

gradually pass away upon the penultimate whorl. In the

* Smith, Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv. p. 165, pl. iv. fig. 8.

8 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

young state this species is probably umbilicated. The basal

keel is crossed by the incremental lines and has an irregular

subnodose appearance. In addition to the lines of growth,

indistinct spiral sulci are traceable upon the last two whorls,

and one of the two specimens examined exhibits a slender

elevated line revolving up the spire a little below the suture.

The general form is like that of B. wola, Watson, which is

a much less solid form than the present species, and has a

different style of sculpture.

I have associated with this remarkable species the name of

the late Professor J. Wood-Mason, who has published several

valuable reports upon portions of the ‘Investigator’ collections.

Calliostoma subleve. (Pl. I. fig. 12.)

Testa acute conica, imperforata, dilute flavo- vel roseo-fusca, infra

pallida, nitida, iridescens, ad peripheriam acute carinata ; spira

acute conica, lateribus levissime concavis; anfractus 8, apicales

1-2 albi, subglobosi, ceteri plani, inferne ad suturam carinati,

carina crenulata, spiraliter obsolete substriati, lira supra carinam

cincti; anfr. tertius et quartus cancellati, ultimus infra planius-

culus, obsolete tenuissime concentrice striatus, circa regionem

umbilici liris tribus ornatus; umbilicus callo obtectus ; apertura

obliqua, subquadrata, intus levis, iridescens ; columella brevis,

obliqua, margaritacea.

Diam. maj. 20 millim., min. 17, alt. 18.

Hab. Station 172, off Trincomalee, Ceylon, in 200-350

fathoms.

The nucleus of the spire consists of two white convex

whorls. The two following are obliquely costate, the coste

being tuberculate above and below at the channelled suture, a

third row of tubercles being round the middle; upon the

next whorl the coste die away, but the tubercles still remain

above and below, forming a carination at both sutures. The

rest of the whorls are smooth, with very oblique and fine lines

of growth and the faintest appearance of spiral striation.

They are prominently keeled above the suture, the keel being

crenulated or finely subtuberculated. Above and close to

this carina‘a prominent lira revolves up the last three volutions.

Upon the body-whorl the angle is bordered below with one or

two less prominent lire. Of the three or four lire surrounding

the umbilical region, the inner one bordering the central callus

is somewhat tuberculated.

Calliostoma tranquebaricum (Pfeiffer) appears to be the

nearest ally of this species. It is, however, not so elevated

or acutely conical, the base is flatter, the whorls are more

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 9

strongly striated, the keel is smooth, the apical whorls are

differently sculptured, and the base of the shell is more

strongly concentrically striated. The pale brown spots and

dots, which characterize that species, are altogether absent in

the present form. The localities of these species being in the

same ocean and so close together, seems to suggest that they

may be modifications of one and the same form.

Dentalium mirificum. (Pl. IL. fig. 1.)

Testa parva, versus apicem valde curvata et acuminata, quadrate

tubiformis, latereincurvato latiore quam exteriore, longitudinaliter

tenuiter striata, lineis incrementi tenuissimis sculpta, inter angulos

subconcava.

Longit. 19 millim., diam. max. 23.

Hab. Station 172, off Trincomalee, in 200-350 fathoms.

This little species is remarkable for the sharply curved

end and the subquadrate form. The four angles are acute at

the tip, but gradually become obtuse as the shell increases.

The incurved side is the broadest of all, and up the middle of

it, especially towards the apex, there is a raised striation more

conspicuous than the rest. This is so prominent at the end

that, when viewed with the opening towards the eye, five

angles are visible. The two angles on the excurved side,

which is the narrowest of all, become almost obsolete near the

aperture.

The form of the aperture, owing to the greater width and

flatness of the incurved side, is very like the letter D.

Siphodentalium quinquangulare, Forbes, is a much more

slender species, and more circular in section near the aperture.

I have placed this species temporarily in Dentalium, as

the tips of the four specimens examined are all damaged.

Possibly more perfect examples may exhibit slits, as in

Siphodentalium.

Venus juvenilis. (Pl. II. figs. 2, 2 a.)

Testa minima, inequilateralis, postice subquadrata, antice angustior,

rotundata, pallida, vel dilute fuscescens, liris radiantibus tenuis-

simis, lamellisque concentricis numerosis supra liras subnodosis,

minute cancellata ; umbones antemediani, incurvati, erosi; lunula

cordiformis, sulco circumdata; pagina interna alba, margine

undique minutissime denticulato ; cicatrices magne; sinus pallii

haud profundus, triangularis.

Longit. 9 millim., alt. 8, diam. 53.

Hab. Station 162, Bay of Bengal, off Coromandel coast,

in 142-400 fathoms.

10 Mr. EB. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

Probably one of the smallest, if not actualiy the smallest,

species in the genus. It has not the appearance of being

immature. The crenulation of the valve-margins is very

minute and extends all round excepting beneath the ligament.

Tellina parvula. (PI. II. tig. 3.)

Testa parva, equivalvis, inequilateralis, tenuis, pellucido-albida,

ovata, postice acuminata, mediocriter compressa, concentrice

tenuiter striata, nitida, carina levi in utraque valva, ab umbone

usque ad extremitatem posticam decurrente, instructa; valva

dextra lunulata; umbones parvi, acuti, postmediani; margo dorsi

anticus leviter declivis, vix arcuatus, posticus brevior, rectiusculus,

magis obliquus, ventralis late arcuatus; latus anticum magnum,

curvatum, posticum acuminatum ; dentes cardinales et laterales

normales ; pagina interna nitida, obsolete radiatim substriata.

Longit. 15 millim., alt. 11, diam. 5.

Hab. Station 166, lat. 13° 34' 55” N., long. 80° 32’ 12” E.,

Bay of Bengal, off Coromandel coast, in 133 fathoms;

Station 176, lat. 13° O01’ 06” N., long. 80° 36’ 56” K., off

Coromandel coast, in 107 fathoms.

The narrow lunule is nearly all in the right valve, and is

bordered by a distinct keel.

Abra maxima (Sowerby).

Abra maxima, Smith, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv. p. 169.

Hab. Station 112, lat. 13° 47’ 80” N., long. 92° 36’ E.,

west of Andaman Islands, in 561 fathoms.

This species has now been dredged at four different stations

in the Bay of Bengal, at depths varying from 128 to 677

fathoms.

Abra convexior. (Pl. II. figs. 4, 4a.)

Testa A. maxime simillima, sed minor et convexior, postice vix

carinata, umbonibus prominentioribus.

Longit. 15 millim., alt. 113, diam. 7.

Hab. Station 172, off Trincomalee, in 200-350 fathoms.

A. maxima, Sow., A. convexior, and A. philippinensis,

Smith, are very closely allied. The first is much larger than

the present species, not quite so triangular, less convex, and

has more distinct carinations from the beaks behind. ‘To

show the difference in the convexity, I may state that a

specimen of A. maxima 23 millim, long is only 6 in diameter,

whereas an example of A. convexior only 18 in length has a

thickness of 64.

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 11

A. philippinarum is more pointed behind, not so triangular,

the umbones being less prominent, and the dorsal margins are

less oblique than in the present species. The hinge, liga-

ment-pit, muscular sears, and the inner surface of the Trallves

are similar in both. In all three forms the umbo in the

left valve is the slightest, more prominent than that of the

right.

Poromya (Cetoconcha) tornata, Jeffreys.

ee tornata, Jeffreys, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1876, vol. xviii.

. 494,

ey tornata, Smith, Lamellibranchiata ‘Challenger’ Exped.

p. 170, pl. xxv. tigs. 9-95; Pelseneer, Anatomy Deep-sea Mollusca

‘Challenger’ Exped. p- 20,

Hab. Station 110, lat. 9° 34’ N., long. 85° 43’ 15’ E.,

east of Ceylon, in 1997 ie

Beyond a very slight difference in form there is nothing to

separate the single specimen from the above locality from

this species, hitherto" only known from great depths

(1850 fathoms) in the Atlantic. It differs from the two

specimens obtained by the ‘ Challenger’ in being very slightly

longer, or, in other words, the ends have a faintly produced

appearance. But the two Atlantic sheils are not exactly

similar in form, a character which is liable to variation in

every species. The sculpture and _ hinge-characters are

exactly the same in all. To show how slight is the difference

in the relative proportions of the Atlantic and Indian-Ocean

specimens, I append the following measurements :—

Length. Height. Diam.

willim. millim. wmiJlim.

Atlantie’specimén =... 2). °lS4 133 10

Indian-Ocean specimen . . 143 134 104

Pelseneer has shown that this species is anatomically the

same as Poromya, not Verticordia.

Solenomya patagonica, Smith.

Solemya patagonica, Smith, Lamellibranch. ‘Challenger’ Exped.

p- 208, pl. x1. figs. 1, la.

Hab. Off west coast of Patagonia, in 245 fathoms (‘Chal-

lenger’); Station 151, off Colombo, in 142-400 fathoms

(‘Investigator’).

‘Lhe single Indian-Ocean specimen is a little smaller than

the type, and was dredged alive. ‘lhe valves do not exhibit

the thickening within, beneath the hinge-line, referred to in

12 Mr. E. A. Smitli on Mollusca from the

the description of the type; but this is probably due to age.

The form of the valves, the muscular scars, and the radiately

ridged and grooved character of the epidermis are similar in both

examples. The fringed character of the latter, as described,

was due to splitting when dry. In the present shell it is

entire along the edge and curls over within the valves, being

plicate and puckered at the anterior end. The valves are

connected along the entire hinge-line by the epidermis, and

the ligament is black, posterior to the beaks, and has no

extension within the valves.

Cuspidaria macrorhynchus. (Pl. I. figs. 5, 5 a.)

Testa tenuis, alba, haud nitida, subglobosa, postice longissime et

anguste rostrata, lineis incrementi tenuibus sculpta; rostrum

rectum, carina obliqua debile dimidiatum, ad extremitatem

curvate truncatum ; umbones involuti, contigui; valva dextra

dente unico laterali tenui instructa; sinistra edentula; loculus

ligamenti minimus, obliquus, postice declivis, infra umbonis

apicem situs; pagina interna lactea.

Longit. 22 millim., alt. 9, diam. 8.

Hab. Station 177, lat. 13° 47' 49" N., long. 73° 7! E., off

west coast of India, in 636 fathoms.

In certain lights, in addition to the lines of growth, very

faint traces of radiating sculpture are observable.

Cuspidaria Wollastonii, Smith, from the Atlantic, resembles

this species in the general outline of the body of the shell;

but its rostrum is shorter and broader, and is bisected by a

sharper keel. On comparison of the left valves (only one

valve of CO. Wollastonii is known) slight differences in the

ligament-pit and the dorsal margin are observable.

Lucina spinifera (Montagu).

Lucina spinifera, Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll. vol. ii. p. 49, pl. xxxv.

fig. 1; Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. vol. ii. p. 240, vol. v. pl. xxxii.

figs. 6, 6a; Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. vii. fig. 39.

Hab. Station 172, off Trincomalee, Ceylon, in 200-350

fathoms.

Three specimens from the above locality I am unable to

separate from this European species. The form in northern

specimens is more or less variable, and the same variation

occurs in the Indian-Ocean examples. ‘The concentric

lamellae are stronger near the umbones and rather more

distant, and the posterior dorsal margin ‘is straighter than

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 13

usual. ‘The hinge and the muscular impressions are precisely

similar. Mr. Brazier has just recorded Oryptodon flexuosus,

another British species, from New South Wales and Tas-

mania, and it is gratifying to strengthen his statement by

recording the occurrence of another species from our coasts in

tropical seas.

Cryptodon investigatoris. (Pl. IL. figs. 6, 6a.)

Testa oblonga, subquadrata, valde inequilateralis, antice concave

truncata, alba, equivalvis; valva dextra crassiuscula, concentrice

tenuiter striata, antice profunde lunulata, carina mediocriter

acuta ab umbone ad latus posticum decurrente instructa, inter

carinam et marginem dorsalem valde excavata, infra carinam

leviter depressa, carina secunda acuta, margini dorsi subparallela

instructa ; umbo terminalis, antice curvatus, acutiusculus ; margo

dorsi postice tenuis, acutus, parum arcuatus, versus umbonem pro

ligamento anguste sulcatus, posticus superne sinuatus, in medio

ad finem carine inferieris prominens, infra levissime sinuatus,

deinde curvatus ; margo inferior rectiusculus, dorsali subparallelus,

antice subincurvatus ; lunula profunda, carina obtusa marginata ;

pagina interna antice et versus lineam pallii radiatim striata ;

cicatrix posterior parva, sub extremitate marginis dorsalis sita,

antica indistincta; linea pallii simplex; carine externe intus

sulcis subprofundis indicate.

Longit. 38 millim., alt. 27, diam. 26.

Hab. Station 151, off Colombo, Ceylon, in 142-400

fathoms,

Only two right valves of this species were obtained ; but,

judging from the even level of the margin and the position of

the pallial line, there is little doubt but that this shell is

equivalve. The deep groove from the umbo to the posterior

end of the valve is much deeper than in the type of the

genus, Cryptodon flexuosus, and the keel which limits it

beneath is very acute, but not so acute as the carina which

marks off the area between it and the dorsal line.

Cryptodon philippinarum (Hanley).

Lucina philippinarum, Hanley, Cat. Biv. Shells, p. 348, pl. xiv. fig. 18;

Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. iv. figs. 18 a, b.

Lucina (Anodontia) philippinarum, Martens, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.

1887, vol. xxi. p. 174.

Austriella sordida, Tenison-Woods, Trans. R. Soc. Vict. 1881, vol. xvii.

p. 83, pl. (unnumbered) figs. 10, 11.

LInucina induta, Stoliczka, Martens, op. ett. p. 174.

Hab. Philippines and Mergui (Hanley); Manila and

14 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

Singapore (Reeve) ; Mergui Archipelago (Marfens) ; Port

Denison, Queensland (Venison- Woods); Port Canning,

Bengal (ZH. F. Blanford, in Brit. Mus.) ; Station 172, off

Trincomalee, in 200-850 fathoms (‘Jnvestigator ’).

Only two or three young specimens, ¢ inch long, were

obtained at the above station. At this age they are very flat,

being not more than 6 millim. in diameter.

Cryptodon acuticarinatus. (PI. II. figs. 7, 7 a.)

Testa inequilateralis, squivalvis, mediocriter ventricosa, tenuis,

alba, prope marginem externam epidermide tenui lutescente in-

duta, concentrice tenuiter striata; valve tenues, postice acute

bicarinatee, inter carinas profunde sulcate; margo dorsi utrinque

declivis, anterior longior, vix arcuatus; latus anticum rotun-

datum, posticum sinuatum ; margo inferior late curvatus ; um-

bones subacuti, antice versi, pone medium siti; lunula elongato-

cordata, haud profunda, area dorsalis postica angusta, utrinque

acuminata, carinis acutis marginata; pagina interna alba, radia-

tim substriata ; cicatrices et linea pallii indistincte.

Longit. 17 millim., alt. 14, diam. 103.

Hab. Station 173, lat. 8° 35’ 45" N., long. 81° 17! 48" E.;

off Trincomalee, Cey lon, in 609 fathoms,

In addition to the feeble depression which defines the

lunule, there is in each valve a second taint impression curving

from the umbo to the anterior end. Viewed from behind the

shell has a very acutely carinate and deeply sulcate appear-

ance,

Modiola Watsoni, Smith.

Modiola Watsont, Smith, Lamellibranchiata ‘ Challenger’ Exp. p. 275,

pl. xvi. figs. 5- Be.

Modivla, sp., Wood-Mason and Alcock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1891,

vol. vii. p. 19.

Hab. Off Luzon, Philippines, in 700 fathoms, and near

Arrou Islands, in 800 fathoms (‘Challenger ’ ); Station 144,

Hat.,.to° 5 6”, N.. lone. 72> aaiaG he aml vo fathoms ;

Station 133, lat. 15° 43° 30” N. , long. 81° 19’ 30” E., in 678

fathoms.

Messrs. Wood-Mason and Alcock remark that this species

is “ an almost characteristic inhabitant of the mud of the Bay

of Bengal, as at present explored, in and near 100 fathoms.”

“The byssus is a large bunch of fine silky threads saturated

with fine mud usually. Met with in beds in thick mud in

89 to 93 fathoms, and on sand in 98 to 102 fathoms.”

Some of the Indian-Ocean specimens are of a darker greyer

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. 15

colour than the specimens obtained by the ‘ Challenger,’ and

the valves are also deeper in proportion to the length. The

largest specimen is 30 millim. long and 123 in diameter,

whereas the finest ‘ Challenger’ example is 43 by 134. “ The

rust-like incrustation adhering to the anterior or umbonal

region’? noticed in the type is also present in all the Indian-

Ocean specimens.

Limopsts indica, Smith.

Limopsis indica, Smith, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv. p. 171,

pl. v. fig. 7.

Hab. Immediately off Minnikoy Island, Maldive group, in

1200 fathoms.

The specimens from the above depth are quite free from

the ‘ rust-red earthy deposit” which more or less coated the

typical examples.

Nucula donaciformis. (PI. II. fig. 8.)

Testa triangularis, solidiuscula, valde inzquilateralis, antice oblique

truncata, ad extremitatem subangnlata, postice acuminate rotun-

data, sub epidermide olivacea, albida, vel plus minus livida, liris

tenuibus arcuatis dorsum versus utrinque obsoletis, instructa,

lineis incrementi decussata; area ante umbones sublunulata, in

medio prominens, impressione haud profunda circumscripta, fere

levis; area postica vix sculpta, haud limitata, in medio anguste

excavata; margo dorsi anticus rectiusculus, valde descendens,

posticus longior, leviter arcuatus ; margo ventris late curvatus ;

umbones incurvati, antice versi ; pagina interna albo-margaritacea,

radiatim obsolete striata, margine inferiore pulcherrime denticu-

lato; dentes anteriores cardinis circiter 11, posteriores 18-20 ;

fossa ligamenti parva, obliqua.

Longit. 15 millim., alt. 11, diam. 73.

Hab. Station 162, lat. 13° 51! 12” N., long. 80° 28! 12" Es

Bay of Bengal, in 145-25) fathoms.

The form of this species is very triangular, and the ventral

margin is unusually straight. It somewhat recalls NV. sulcata,

Brown, but it is more angular anteriorly, the radiating lines

are fewer, and the concentric sculpture finer. The denticula-

tion within the ventral edge of the valves is also coarser than

in the British species.

Nucula bengalensis. (Pl. II. fig. 9.)

Testa acuminate ovata, valde inequilateralis, tenuis, epidermide

polita olivacea induta, lineis incrementi tenuibus, striisque tenuis-

16 Mr. E. A. Smith on Mollusca from the

simis radiantibus obsoletis sculpta; margo dorsi anticus valde

descendens, subarcuatus, posticus longior, magis curvatus, ven-

tralis late arcuatus ; area dorsalis antica in medio prominens et

carinata, prope umbones lunulam parvam exhibens; area postica in

medio anguste sulcata, sulco fusiforme utrinque acute mar-

ginato; umbones incurvati, circiter in 7 longitudinis collocati ;

pagina interna iridescens, margaritacea, radiatim minutissime

substriata ; dentes cardinis anteriores circiter octo, posteriores

circa viginti; fossa ligamenti angusta, obliqua, postice declivis.

Longit. 17 millim., alt. 12, diam. 74.

Hab. Station 162, lat. 13° 51! 12" N., long. 80° 28 12" E.,

off Coromandel coast, in 145-250 fathoms.

N. Stranget, A. Adams, from New Zealand, is very like

this species in general form ; but a careful comparison reveals

certain differences. It is smaller and more solid, the anterior

area has not the peculiar central keel-like prominence, and

the posterior side lacks the narrow fusiform escutcheon

observable in the present species. ‘The hinge-plate is stronger,

the teeth fewer, and the ligament-pit less oblique, &e.

Nuculana fumosa. (Pl. IL. figs. 10, 10 a.)

Testa parva, subtriangularis, postice breviter rostrata, ineequilateralis,

epidermide polita fumose olivacea induta, incrementi lineis leviter

striata; margo dorsi anticus obliquus, levissime excurvatus,

posticus zque declivis, longior, paulo concavus ; margo ventralis

late arcuatus ; latus anticum acute rotundatum, posticum obtuse

nasutum ; area dorsalis anterior vix lunulata, haud circumscripta,

posterior in medio excavata, concavitate carina obtusa circum-

data ; linea cardinis crassiuscula, dentibus anticis ad 14 posticisque

circiter 17 instructa; fossa ligamenti minuta; pagina interna

cxeruleo-grisea.

Longit. 7 millim., alt. 4, diam. 33.

Hab. Station 162, Bay of Bengal, off Coromandel coast,

145-250 fathoms.

This species somewhat recalls the Portlandia pygmea of

Norway and Greenland, but ismore pointed behind, and covered

with a darker epidermis; the posterior dorsal area is more

excavated, the escutcheon being lanceolate and bounded by a

distinct ridge on each side.

Nuculana indica, (PI. II. figs. 11, 11 a.)

Testa triangulariter ovata, postice acuminata, rostrata, antice acute

rotundata, paulo inequilateralis, epidermide flavescenti-viridi

induta, subleevis, sed supra medium valvarum plicis paucis concen-

tricis utrinque obsoletis instructa, striisque incrementi sculpta ;

Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea. Lz

margo dorsi anticus vix arcuatus, leviter declivis, posticus longior,

subconcavus, equaliter descendens, ventralis late curvatus ; area

dorsalis utrinque anguste excayvata, area postica distinctius mar-

ginata quam antica ;,umbones concentrice fortiter striati, ante-

mediani ; pagina interna albida; dentes posteriores 20, anteriores

circiter 18; sinus pallii latus, mediocriter profundus.

Longit. 12 millim., alt. 74, diam. 6.

Hab. Station 162, Bay of Bengal, off Coromandel coast,

145-250 fathoms.

The transverse plice on the central part of the valves,

which become obsolete on each side, are very fine and only

just visible to the naked eye. Like Nuculana lugubris,

A. Adams, this species has no internal cartilage, the ligament

being placed on the hinge-line, beneath and on each side of

the umbones.

Malletia conspicua. (Pl. II. fig. 12.)

Testa inwquilateralis, transyersim oblonga, mediocriter convexa,

subtenuis, antice angustata, postice latior, concentrice tenuiter

striata, epidermide tenui, nitida, dilute olivacea induta; area

dorsalis utrinque umbones linearis, excavata, carinis marginata ;

margo dorsi anticus brevis, rectus, leviter obliquus, posticus fere

horizontalis, duplo longior ; margo ventralis late arcuatus, utrin-

que curvate adscendens ; umbones paulo prominentes, approximati,

in 4 longitudinis siti; linea cardinis mediocriter tenuis, dentibus

acutis anterioribus circiter 18 et posticis 30 instructa; pagina

interna nitens, albida, lineam pallii late sed haud profunde sinua-

tam exhibens; ligamentum parvum, convexum, prominens, oli-

vaceo-fuscum.

Longit. 213 millim., alt. 13, diam. 8.

Hab, Station 177, lat. 18°47! 49" N., long. 73° 7' K., depth

636 fathoms (Arabian Sea, off west coast of India).

The valves are very thin and sharp at the ventral and

lateral margins, and become somewhat thicker and stronger

towards the umbones. The difficulty of closing the parted

valves makes it impossible to say to what extent this species

may gape at the ends; but, so far as I am able to judge, the

valves would not quite close either in front or behind. ‘he

striae upon the greater part of the surface are strong and

regular, but posteriorly as they curve up to the dorsal margin

they become weaker, so that this part of the valves has a

slightly smoother appearance.

M. arrouana, Smith, is an allied species, but of a some-

what different form, with less regular and not such close

concentric stria.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 2

18 Mollusca from Bay of Bengal and Arabian Sea.

M. angulata, Sowerby *, another Indian-Ocean species, is

well distinguished from the present form by its different and

remarkable shape. It was dredged in the Bay of Bengal at

a depth of 200 fathoms.

Amussium caducum, Smith.

Amussium caducum, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894, vol. xiv.

p. 1738.

Hab. Station 185, lat. 15° 29! N., long. 72° 41' E.; off

Goa, west coast of India, in 559 fathoms.

This species has now been obtained on both sides of the

Indian peninsula, and also in the China Sea, at depths

ranging from 410 to 700 fathoms.

Lima (Limatula) subtilis. (Pl. IL. figs. 13, 13 a.)

Testa eequivalvis, convexa, tenuissima, ovata, inferne lateraliter

subacuminata, pellucido-albida, liris tenuissimisradiantibus circiter

24, medianis lateralibus confertioribus, lineisque incrementi supra

liras minute squamosis subcancellata; umbones acuminati, sub-

approximati; linea cardinis tenuis; area ligamenti fusiformis,

angusta; pagina interna radiatim sulcata, sulcis liris externis

convenientibus; margines valvarum ad extremitates lirarum

minute dentati.

Alt. 10 millim., longit. 6, diam. 53.

Hab. Station 176, lat. 11° 47! 6" N., long. 73° 57! 30" E.;

off Malabar coast, in 1070 fathoms.

This species, of which only a single specimen was ob-

tained, is extremely thin, and has an oblique appearance, on

account of the most prominent acute ventral curve being

somewhat lateral. It is more or less coated with a thin rust-

red earthy deposit.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuatE I.

Fig. 1. Pontiothauma mirabile.

Fig. 2. —— abyssicola.

Fig. 3. Pleurotoma vagata.

Fig. 4. —— presignis.

Figs. 5, 5a. Drillia fugata.

Fig. 6. Nassa turrifera.

Fig. 7. Columbella (Mitrella) Pacet.

Fig. 8. Natica albospira,

Fig. 9. —— candidula.

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, p. 208, pl. xi. fig. 16.

On some new Species of Odonata. 19

Fig. 10. Sigaretus parvus.

Fig. 11. Bathybembix fon Mawes

Fig. 12. Calliostoma subleve.

PuatTeE II.

Fig. 1. Dentalium mirificum.

Figs. 2, 2a. Venus juvenilis.

Fig. 3. Tellina parvula.

Figs. 4, 4a, Abra convexior.

Figs. 5, 5a. Cuspidaria macror hynchus.

Fvgs. 6, 6a. Cryptodon investigatoris.

Figs. 7, 7 a. acuticarinatus.

Fig. 8. Nucula donaciformis.

Fug. 9. bengalensis.

Figs. 10, 10a. Nuculana fumosa.

Frgs. na lla, indica.

Fig. 12. Malletia conspicua.

Figs. 13, 158.4. Lima (Limatula) subtilis.

II.—Some new Species of Odonata of the “Légion” Lestes,

with Notes. By Ropert M‘Lacutay, F.R.S.

Most of the species described in this paper have been in my

collection for years, and form a small portion of the unde-

termined materials in the “ légion”’ that I possess.

OrRTHOLESTES, Calvert.

This genus was originally described by Mr. P. P. Calvert

(who is doing most excellent work in American Odonata) in

the Ent. News, vol. 11. p. 199 (1891), to receive an insect

from Jamaica which he termed O. clara, In the Proc. Acad.

Nat. Sci. Philad. for 1893, pp. 377-383, he amplified the

original description for both genus and species, and added a

second species from Haiti, which he termed O. Abdott?, the

two being evidently much allied, and the latter known by

only one male.

I have long had many males and four females of an Ortho-

lestes from ‘Samana Bay, 8S. Domingo.” According to the

locality these should be O. Abdotti, but they agree better with

the description of O. clara, only the “ more apical” tooth of

the superior appendages, instead of being “ slightly notched,”

is distinctly bifid (but not deeply so), the t upper portion usually

slightly longer and distinctly more slender than the lower.

Of O. Abbott it is written that “‘the more apical tooth is

transformed into a slender acute curved spine.” I think that

insects of the same lot from Samana Bay received by

20 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on some

M. de Selys were identified by him with a species from the

island of Trinidad standing under a MS. name in his collec-

tion. At present I consider my insects as O. clara, and

hesitate to describe them as a local race until we know more

about the possible effects of locality as causing variation in

the structure of the appendages in this genus.

I think Ortholestes may conveniently head the “ légion.”

Megalestes major, Selys.

The original locality given for this species was ‘ Inde

méridionale.” I am not in a position to say this was in-

correct ; but all the numerous recent examples I have seen

have been from North India, and, according to special localities,

it is probable it is found the whole length of the southern

slopes of the Himalayas, and sometimes at great elevations.

Archilestes californica (Selys, MS.), sp. n.

Wings hyaline. Pterostigma ochreous, dilated, 3 millim.

long, surmounting 383 cellules, enclosed in thickened black

nervures ; 12-13 postnodal nervules in the anterior wings.

Neuration black, but the median nervure and the costa exter-

nally are yellowish. Nodal sector commencing 14 cellules

after the nodus in the anterior and one cellule after in the

posterior.

Head above dark brownish, slightly varied with paler,

clothed with sparse cinereous pubescence, with a cuneate

blackish spot on either side enclosed in pale lines; labrum

olivaceous; mandibles shining black at the tips; labium

and back of head whitish yellow. Prothorax blackish, its

hind margin regularly curved and narrowly yellowish, and

there is a semicircular line of the same colour on either side.

Thorax brownish above ; on either side of the dorsal crest is

a long blackish space completely enclosed in fine yellowish

lines ; sides pale yellowish, with a large oval isolated black

(or bronzy-brownish) median spot, whitish pruinose above

the posterior legs; interalar area slightly pruinose. Legs

yellowish; a line before the apex of the femora externally

(nearly complete on the intermediate), tibize above, tarsi

and spines black. Abdomen greyish brown, dark brows

above after the sixth segment (there are vague indications

that the ninth and tenth may be paler in lite), the sutures

darker, and there is a fine blackish ventral line.

g. Tenth segment with an elevated dorsal carina, the

margin with a deep triangular excision. Superior appenda veg

forcipate, black, the apices touching but not anddeal

new Species of Odonata. 21

incurved; longer than the tenth segment; on the median

portion externally are 6-7 small teeth; internally near the

base is a very strong acute triangular tooth, after which the

margin presents two dilatations, with a strong constriction

after the second, the apex again dilated. Inferior ap-

pendages yellowish, scarcely one third the length of the

superior, triangular, inner edges nearly touching at the base,

then divergently oblique, the outer edge straight; the tips

rounded, with yellowish hairs.

? unknown.

Length of abdomen (cum append.) 37 millim.; expanse of

wings 62 millim.; length of posterior wing 30 millim.

Hab. California (Henry Edwards). One adult male.

I received this example from Mr. Edwards many years

ago; it bears his printed locality label ‘ California,”

without more precise indication. M. de Selys, to whom it

was submitted, labelled it with the name I have adopted, but

it has never been described. *

The species should be placed in Archilestes, according to

the ensemble of structural characters; but in the practical

absence of bronzy or metallic colour of the body it diverges

widely from the typical A. grandis, Rbr., and also from the

majority of species of the “ légion”’ Lestes.

OROLESTES, gen. nov.

Wings for the greater part opaque blackish in the male,

petiolated up to the first postcostal basal nervule, which latter

is placed nearer the level of the second than of the first ante-

nodal nervule. Nodal sector commencing 8% cellules after the

nodus in the anterior wings (7-74 after in the posterior) ;

ultra-nodal sector commencing 3-4 cellules after the nodal.

None of the sectors distinctly broken (angulose), excepting

the inferior of the triangle at its apex (the ultra-nodal and

short sectors very slightly broken) ; one supplementary sector

(and the rudiment of another) interposed between the nodal

sector and the median. Pterostigma very large, dilated,

more than four times as long as broad, surmounting 5-6

cellules. Quadrilateral broad, the lower side quite twice the

length of the inner, the outer angle somewhat acute.

Abdomen slender. Spines of legs moderate.

Hab. North India.

Differs from all the other genera of the “ légion”’ by the

coloured wings (of the male, at any rate) and structurally by

the very large pterostigma and the distant point of departure

of the nodal sector.

a2 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on some

Orolestes Selyst, sp. n.

Wings hyaline only at the base and apex, the rest of the

wing occupied by a very broad brownish-black band, with

steel-blue reflexions, commencing in an oblique manner (and

extended along the costal margin) before the nodus, and

ending in a straight manner (but the edge slightly irregular)

about one cellule before the pterostigma (in this dark portion

the centre of each of the cellules is occupied by a small

rounded paler spot, and the margins of the nervules are seen

to be also very narrowly paler, more conspicuous when viewed

by transmitted light) ; in the pale apical portion of the wing

the dark band is margined by lacteous in an irregular

manner, the lacteous portion appearing as if forming a very

pale brownish cloud in certain lights. Pterostigma 3} millim.

long, dark brown, enclosed in very strong black nervures.

21-24 postnodal nervules in the anterior wings. Neuration

black.

Head black above, the ocelli testaceous; labrum and a

large spot on either side of it olivaceous green; labium and

back of head yellowish white. Prothorax olivaceous green,

darker in the centre, its hind margin raised and regularly

curved. Thorax above bronzy green, not metallic, somewhat

paler (yellowish ?) on either side of the dorsal crest ; sides of

thorax pale olivaceous green (probably yellowish in immature

examples), the darker green of the upper surface continued in

an irregular manner below the humeral suture, and above the

median suture are traces of the same colour. ‘The olivaceous

colour of the sides of the thorax is continued broadly on the

sides of the first and second abdominal segments, and narrowly

along the sides of the third to fifth and part of sixth segments ;

abdomen above with a large spot occupying most of the first

segment bronzy green, and the second segment wholly of this

colour ; from the third to tenth bronzy black, but there is a

long bluish space on the third and fourth, which are black

only at base and apex. Legs black ; the femora brownish or

yellowish beneath.

3. Posterior margin of the seventh to ninth segments

above with fine denticulations; posterior margin of tenth

slightly notched in the middle. Superior appendages black,

quite one half longer than the tenth segment, slender, forci-

pate, the tips regularly incurved, finely denticulate externally

in the apical half; internally there is a basal tooth, but near

the base the usual dilatation (which is very slight) com-

mences in an obtuse manner and ends below the apex in a

large triangular, broad, acute tooth; the extreme apices con-

new Species of Odonata. 23

tiguous, subobtuse. Inferior appendages scarcely one fourth

the length of the superior; viewed from beneath they are

broad and triangular, with straight and contiguous inner

edges, the basal half black, the apical yellowish.

@ unknown.

Length of abdomen (cum append.) 57 millim.; expanse of

wings 73-79 millim.; length of posterior wing 36-39 millim.

Hab. Darjiling.

I have long had an old and mutilated male; more recently

I received a fresh and perfect male.

‘he presence of median dark bands on the wings of

Agrionina is very rare, and is probably seen in a less inten-

sified degree only in some species of Chlorolestes and Disparo-

neura. It should be remarked that the dark portion of the

wings shows a few irregular spots where the pigment has not

developed, such as occursso frequently in Calopteryx maculata,

Beauv., &e. :

I dedicate this fine insect to a venerable and venerated

naturalist and friend, who has devoted more than sixty years

of a long life to the study of the Odonata.

Lestes albicauda (Selys, MS.), sp. n.

Wings hyaline. Pterostigma brown, narrowly paler on

the costal edge (giving the appearance of an indistinct paler

longitudinal line at that part), about twice as long as broad,

surmounting nearly two cellules; 11-14 postnodal nervules

in the anterior wings; external angle of the quadrilateral

considerably acute.

Head bronzy green above; ocelli testaceous; labrum

whitish and fringed with hairs of the same colour ; labium

and back of head whitish yellow. Prothorax dusky yellowish

or smoky. Thorax dusky whitish yellow, above with a

bronzy-green band on each side of the dorsal crest, very

irregular externally, there being a median projection followed

by a broad excision towards the base, this band followed

beneath by a smoky band; there is usually a black spot on

the humeral suture above the base of the anterior wings; a

short black line under the base of these wings, another at

the base of the median suture; pectus with a black median

longitudinal line and at least two black spots anteriorly and

posteriorly. Legs whitish yellow ; a black line on the femora

and tibie (posterior femora excepted) above; tarsi blackish

except at the base ; spines black, very long. Abdomen very

slender, bronzy blackish above, varied with whitish yellow as

follows :—First segment whitish yellow, with two large con-

24 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on some

tiguous or united blackish spots on the posterior half ; second

whitish yellow at the anterior margin and on an anterior

triangular space, and again on each side towards the posterior

end; third to sixth with a whitish-yellow narrow anterior

annulation, and a broader one before the posterior end ; tenth

segment and appendices conspicuously whitish in both sexes ;

on the sides the abdomen is almost wholly whitish yellow,

shading into smoky, but the posterior ends of segments 3 to 7

are broadly of the dark colour of the upper surface.

6. Posterior margin of tenth segment with a broad semi-

circular excision, furnished with numerous minute black teeth.

Superior appendages of the length of the tenth segment,

geniculate in the middle; the outer edge (beyond the genicu-

lation) with 3 to 4 small but conspicuous black teeth; internally

the basal portion is dilated, and forms an obtuse angle before

the constriction at the geniculation; the apical portion again

gradually dilated, and with a long acute tooth before the obtuse

apex, which latter is darker in colour. Inferior appendages

very short, in the form of two contiguous broadly triangular

plates fringed with whitish hairs.

?. Posterior margin of the tenth segment with a broad

shallow excision with black denticulations; appendages

shorter than the tenth segment, in the form of acute styles ;

the ventral laminz broad, strongly denticulated beneath, the

appendages filiform and upcurved.

Length of abdomen, g (cum append.) 32-34 millim.,

¢ 29 millim.; expanse of wings, ¢ 34-89 millim., 9

40 millim.; length of posterior wing, g 19-21 millim.,

9 20 millim.

Hab. Aru Islands and New Guinea. Two males and one

female from the Wallace collection; formerly examined by

M. de Selys, and labelled by him with the name I have

adopted.

Probably allied to the Australian group of species.

Lestes tridens, sp. n.

Wings hyaline. Pterostigma smoky brown, rather more

than twice as long as broad, surmounting two cellules ; 9-10

postnodal cellules in the anterior wings.

Head dark brown above ; labrum olivaceous ; labium pale

yellowish ; back.of head blackish near the eyes, but yellowish

more internally. Prothorax dusky testaceous, darker at the

sides and there somewhat pruinose. Thorax ochreous: a

rather broad black band on either side of the dorsal crest, its

edge nregular externally, and there showing two broad

new Species of Odonata. 25

excisions, the lower of which is filled in by a bright pale

yellow oblong space ; posteriorly the bands are bordered with

brown beneath ; on the“sides there are rudiments of post-

humeral blackish bands, with three black spots in the median

area, two others on the margin of the pectoral area, and, again,

others and a fine black longitudinal line on the pectus itself.

Legs yellow; on the femora externally are two black lines,

fine, separated by the pale ground; tibiz black externally ;

tarsi and spines black. Abdomen bronzy black above,

shading into dark brown towards the apex (the ninth and

tenth segments probably whitish pruinose in life) ; sutures of

the third to seventh segments with a yellowish ring; first

segment yellowish at its base, and the second with a yellow

excision on either side in its middle; sides and beneath

yellowish, with a blackish ring at the sutures.

d. Tenth segment with a semicircular excision on its

posterior edge, furnished with minute black denticulations.

Superior appendages pale yellow, black at base and apex,

longer than the tenth segment, the apices regularly incurved ;

externally there are three or four fine black teeth on the

apical portion ; internally are three nearly equidistant strong

teeth, the basal broad and very acute, its lower edge black,

the second also acute but rather less strong, the third (forming

the apex of the dilated inner portion) obtuse; beyond this is

a slight constriction before the cylindrical apical portion,

which is obtuse at the tip. Inferior appendages short,

scarcely reaching to the basal tooth of the superior if viewed

from above, distant, conical, and black, furnished with a tuft

of hairs at the tip directed inwardly ; viewed from beneath

these appendages are broad at the base, the edge excised, so

that the two appendages appear as if separated by a broad

semicircular space.

2 unknown.

Length of abdomen (cum append.) 313 millim. ; expanse

of wings 42 millim.; length of posterior wing 20 millim.

Hab. Delagoa Bay. One male.

Perhaps allied to L. pallida, Rbr., but it can scarcely be

the undescribed male of that speeies. Possibly allied to the

eastern L. premorsa, Selys, by the laciniate dorsal bands of

the thorax.

Lestes simulatria, sp. n.

Wings hyaline. Pterostigma smoky brown, not more

than twice as long as broad, surmounting two cellules. ‘Ten

postnodal nervules in the anterior wings

26 Mr. R. M‘Lachlan on some

Head black above, but with broad ochreous anterior margin ;

narrow orbital margins of the same colour, and varied with

ochreous about the ocelli (or the colour might be taken as

ochreous, with a very broad transverse black band) ; clypeus

broadly margined with black; labrum dark brown; labium

and back of head pale yellow. Prothorax yellow, with two

median blackish lines and a brown band above the insertion

of the legs; posterior margin elevated and blackish in the

middle. Thorax ochreous; above with a bronzy-black (or

bronzy-green) band on either side of the dorsal crest; its

external edge at first straight, then very deeply excised in the

middle (a golden-yellow oblong spot in the excision), so that

its breadth is reduced to a fine line, afterwards dilated poste-

riorly in a triangular manner, the rounded apex of the dilata-

tion not touching the mesothoracic suture; below these

bands are vestiges of a like-coloured posthumeral band,

reduced to two isolated spots (the inferior of which 1s oblique)

connected by a brown line; still more inferiorly are four or

five black spots on the median and metathoracic areas, which,

and also the pectus, are whitish pruinose. Legs pale yellow ;

femora with two fine black lines ; tibize black externally, tarsi

and spines black. Abdomen very slender, above dark bronzy

green, changing to bronzy brown after the third segment ;

posterior half of the ninth segment and the whole of the tenth

yellowish (probably pruinose in life), with black edges ; on the

first segment are two dark green spots, divided by a yellow

median line ; second with a median line, an excision on either

side, and the suture yellow; third to fifth yellowish at the

anterior suture ; sides and beneath yellow, with black spots

on the first and second segments, and a blackish ring (complete

ventrally) at the end of segments 1 to 5.

3. There are minute black teeth on the posterior margin

of the ninth segment above; tenth segment with a broad

triangular median excision, with small black teeth on the

edge of it. Superior appendages slightly longer than the

tenth segment, black, strong, the apices regularly but some-

what suddenly incurved (not geniculate) ; externally with

four or five rather strong denticulations on the apical portion ;

on the internal edge there is a very strong triangular black

tooth, rather distant from the base, after which the edge is

straight for some distance, and also there is a smaller acute

tooth, followed immediately by a large subquadrate blunt

tooth before the commencement of the short slender inturned

apical portion of the appendage. Inferior appendages about

half the length of the superior; viewed from above they are

dilated at the base, incurved, gradually becoming more

new Species of Odonata. 27

slender towards the black apex; viewed from beneath they

approximate at the base and then gradually diverge, the apices

slightly incurved. ’

2 unknown.

Length of abdomen (cum append.) 33 millim.; expanse of

wings 40 millim.; length of posterior wing 19 millim.

Hab. Madagascar. One male.

Having some resemblance to the preceding species in the

form of the dark bands of the thorax above and pale ground-

colour, but differmg very much in the structure of the

appendages.

Lestes unicolor, sp. n.

Wings hyaline or with a very slight smoky-yellowish

tinge. Pterostigma dark brown (more ochreous in the female),

between strong black nervures, three times as long as broad,

surmounting two cellules ; 11-13 postnodal nervules. Neura-

tion black.

Nearly the whole upperside of the body brown, the sides

and beneath paler, more yellowish (in some examples are

faint indications of darker humeral lines) ; a small isolated

elongate black spot on either side of the pectus close to

the pectoral area; a slender darker annulation just before

the apex of segments 2 to 7 above, extending to the sides ;

some black marks on the first abdominal segment beneath,

and the ventral suture narrowly black. Legs yellow; a

blackish line (partly double) on the intermediate and anterior

femora and tibiz ; spines (those on the tibie very long) black ;

tips of tarsal joints and claws black.

6. Hinder margin of ninth segment with minute black

denticulations ; a slight carina on the dorsal surface of the

tenth segment, not reaching the base, followed by a triangular

excision of the margin, the edge of which bears black denti-

culations. Superior appendages stout, longer than the tenth

segment, yellow, the short, blunt, inturned apical portion

black, the outer edge with 4-5 small black denticulations just

before the inturned portion ; inner edge with a strong black

triangular tooth near the base at the commencement of

a rather broad flattened dilatation, the edge of which is

straight, ending in an angle scarcely produced into a (second)

tooth, with minute serrations, and closely followed by another

slight projection just before the constriction. Inferior

appendages, viewed from above, extending to the basal tooth

of the superior, distant, cylindrical, blackish, and furnished

with black hairs on the tips; viewed from beneath, the basal

28 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Reptiles and Batrachians

portions are pale and nearly contiguous, each ending in a

black cylindrical process.

@. Tenth segment above with a slight broad excision in the

middle of its posterior margin. Appendages yellow, conical,

acute, shorter than the tenth segment. Ventral valvules

having the lower edge microscopically denticulate, from

between them arises a straight blackish process; their

appendages filiform, black, curved downward.

Length of abdomen (cum append.), g¢ 33 millim., 2 36

millim,; expanse of wings, ¢ 42-44 millim., 9 46-48

millim.; length of posterior wing, ¢ 21 millim., 9 22-23

millim. .

Hab. Tamatave, Madagascar. ‘Two males and two females.

In coloration this considerably resembles the Asiatic

L. umbrina, Selys. No doubt it is allied to ZL. dcterica,

Gerst., from Mombas on the Zanzibar mainland, which was

based on a single mutilated example; but, according to the

description, the latter cannot be identical, it being smaller,

paler, with longer pterostigma, the longitudinal nervures

yellow, no black lines on the legs, &c.

Il—On a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians from

Ferguson Island, D’Entrecasteaue Group, British New

Guinea. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

A LARGE collection of Reptiles and Batrachians was made on

Ferguson Island by Mr. A. 8. Meek, from which a series

has been selected for the British Museum. A list is given of

the species represented in the collection, five of which prove

to be undescribed.

REPTILES.

. Gymnodactylus pelagicus, Gir.

louisiadensis, De Vis.

. Gehyra mutilata, Wiegm.

. Gecko vittatus, Houtt.

. Gonyocephalus dilophus, D. & B.

papuensis, Macleay.

. Varanus indicus, Daud.

kordensis, Meyer.

WONADP nS w

. Tiliqua gigas, Schn.

from British New Guinea. 29

10. Lygosoma elegantulum, Peters & Doria.

Tt, jobiense, Meyer.

12. smaragdinum, Less.

13. Semont, Oudemans.

14. Lygosoma miotis, sp. n.

Section Liolepisma. Habit lacertiform ; the distance be-

tween the end of the snout and the fore limb is contained

once and three fifths in the distance between axilla and groin.

Snout moderate, pointed. Lower eyelid with an undivided

transparent disk. Nostril pierced in the nasal ; no supranasal ;

frontonasal a little broader than long, forming a broad suture

with the rostral and a narrow one with the frontal; frontal

as long as frontoparietal and interparietal together, in con-

tact with the first and second supraoculars ; four supraoculars,

first and second subequal in length; frontoparietals fused ;

interparietal nearly as long as frontoparietal ; parietals forming

a suture behind the interparietal; three pairs of nuchals;

fifth upper labial entering the orbit. Har-opening small, not

larger than the palpebral disk, without projecting lobules.

24 smooth scales round the middle of the body, two median

dorsal rows largest. A pair of enlarged preeanals. The ad-

pressed limbs overlap. Digits cylindrical at the base, com-

pressed at the end; subdigital lamellee smooth, 20 under the

fourth toe. ‘Tail once and two fifths length of head and body.

Golden brown above, with small blackish spots and a light

dorso-lateral streak, bordered beneath by confluent black

spots; a whitish, black-edged spot on the occiput; lips

brown-spotted ; tail with longitudinal series of brown spots

beneath ; belly whitish.

millim.

Mopalilometaity ss euhs kissd soins Shelsty eee en 114

Ug Rotato etree ae ePIC EER ROE CLG Peciens clic 10

Wardithvotheademiaw:,. sc eer racer 6

IOs Beate rslepsceis) areec «syst dered eanaeds 39

Hones imp eerie tein 4 Saale tae 12

AE rites aL nna capt aioe os chavs en airccas' aN eeeuece erat a

alec ences ohe oe eskai! et ere ee 65

A single specimen.

In form and coloration this lizard strikingly resembles

ZL. noctua, from which it differs, however, in the broader

frontonasal, the single interparietal, and the much smaller

ear-opening.

30 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Reptiles and Batrachians

15. Lygosoma fuscum, D. & B.

16. cyanurum, Less.

ile @ Mivarti, Blgr.

18. cyanogaster, Less.

19. —— Baudinii, D. & B.

20. Lygosoma tetratenia, sp. n.

Section Hmoa. Habit lacertiform ; the distance between

the end of the snout and the fore limb is contained once and

one third to once and two fifths in the distance between axilla

and groin. Snout rather long, pointed. Lower eyelid with

an undivided transparent disk. Nostril pierced between three

small shields—a nasal, a postnasal, and a supranasal ; fronto-

nasal as long as broad, in contact with the rostral and with

the frontal; frontal shorter than the frontoparietal, which is

single and fused with the interparietal, in contact with the

first and second supraoculars; parietals in contact behind;

four supraoculars, second and fourth longest; seven supra-

ciliaries ; a pair of nuchals and a pair of temporals border the

parietals ; five upper labials anterior to the large subocular.

Ear-opening oval, a little larger than the palpebral disk, with

three very short lobules anteriorly. 26 or 28 scales round

the middle of the body, all smooth; dorsals, especially the

two vertebral rows, largest, laterals smallest. Praanal

scales feebly enlarged. The hind limb reaches the elbow or

the axilla. Digits moderately elongate, flattened, except at

the end, which is subcylindrical; subdigital lamelle very

fine, smooth, about 50 under the fourth toe. Tail nearly

twice as long as head and body. Olive above, with four

broad black stripes, the outer of which extend to the end of

the snout, passing through the eyes; belly whitish or bluish ;

throat and lower surface of limbs bluish or greenish.

millim.

otal Loney.) sist. ean t ae hee 169

ETQRIS © 155.2505 satete lata lege ta co ae Fale Rae 14

Widthiof head’... 4i.5 sek a eee 8

BEG on, vise od ae 45

Bore dumb, csc ees katie crac 20

Pan Cin s Hacc svctsictes crore ot eee 32

OU ary race tonsa: eyeeh Xitel mach wire eae 110

Several specimens.

from British New Guinea. 31

21. Lygosoma atrocostatum, Less.

22. albofasciolatum, Gthr.

23. Lialis papuanus, Peters & Doria.

24, Enygrus carinatus, Schn.

25. Tropidonotus picturatus, Schleg.

26. Stegonotus Guentheri, sp. n.

Rostral much broader than deep, the portion visible from

above measuring one fourth to one third its distance from the

frontal; internasals shorter than the preefrontals ; frontal as

long as broad, as long as its distance from the rostral, much

shorter than the parietals; loreal about twice as long as

deep; one pre- and two postoculars ; temporals 1+2; eight

upper labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye; four or five

lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which

are longer than the posterior. » Scales in 15 rows. _Ventrals

180-197; anal entire; subcaudals 75 pairs. Black or

blackish brown above, turning to pale brown on the sides ;

upper lip and lower parts white.

Total length 1150 millim.; tail 230.

Several specimens.

27. Stegonotus reticulatus, sp. n.

Rostral much broader than deep, the portion visible from

above measuring one fifth to one fourth its distance from the

frontal; internasals shorter than the prefrontals; frontal as

long as broad, as long as its distance from the rostral, much

shorter than the parietals ; loreal once and a half to twice as

long as deep; two pre- and two postoculars; temporals

2+3; eight upper labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye;

four or five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-

shields, which are as long as or a little longer than the poste-

rior. Scales in 17 rows. Ventrals 201-203; anal entire ;

subcaudals 78 pairs. Pale greyish brown above, white on

the sides, each scale edged with black; head uniform black

above; lower parts white.

Total length 1140 millim. ; tail 250. The larger specimen,

with mutilated tail, measures 1080 millim. from snout to

vent.

Two specimens.

28. Dendrophis calligaster, Gthr.

29. lineolatus, Hombr. & Jacq.

32 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Reptiles

30. Dendrophis Meekt, sp. n.

Maxillary teeth 32 or 33. Eye very large, as long as its

distance from the centre or the anterior border of the nostril.

Rostral nearly twice as long as deep, just visible from above ;

internasals as long as the prefrontals; frontal once and one

third to once and a half as long as broad, as long as its

distance from the end of the snout, much shorter than the

parietals ; loreal once and two thirds or twice as long as deep ;

one pre- and two postoculars ; temporals 2+2 or 3; eight or

nine upper labials, fourth and fifth or fourth, fifth, and sixth

entering the eye; five lower labials in contact with the ante-

rior chin-shields, which are shorter than the posterior. Scales

in 13 rows, vertebrals about as large as outer. Ventrals

170-178; anal divided; subcaudals 139-147. Dark olive

above; upper lip white, sharply limited above by a black

line passing through the eye; lower parts pale olive, more

or less freckled with darker.

Total length 1160 millim. ; tail 420.

Several specimens.

This species is very closely allied to D. lineolatus, from

which it may be distinguished by the longer parietal shields

and the black demarcation line running along the upper

border of the labials. I am not able to identify it with any

of the doubtful species described by Macleay and Donglas

Ogilby.

31. Dipsas irregularis, Merr.

32. Diemenia Muellert, Schleg.

BATRACHIANS.

. Rana papua, Less.

. Cornufer corrugatus, A. Dum.

. Lyla dolichopsis, Cope.

ow he

—— thesaurensis, Peters.

1V.—On some new or little-known Reptiles obtained by W. H.

Crosse, Esq., on the Niger. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

THE snakes here described were contained in an extensive

collection of Reptiles and Batrachians made by W. H.

Crosse, Hsq., Principal Medical Officer in the Territories of

the Royal Niger Company, near Asaba, about 150 miles up

from the Niger. 33

the Niger, and presented by him to the British Museum.

Among the numerous species represented in the collection the

tollowing may be mentioned as of special interest :—Lygo-

soma guineense, Ptrs.; Chtmeleon basiliscus, Cope; Ch. parvi-

lobus, Blgr.; Glauconia narirostre, Ptrs.; Tropidonotus

variegatus, Ptrs.; Atractaspis trregularis, Rhdt.; A. aterrima,

Gthr.; and Lana galamensis, D. & B.

A small collection previously received from Mr. Crosse

yielded the type of a new Typhlops (T. Crossi’, Blgr.).

Stmocephalus Crossit, sp. n.

Eye moderately large. Rostral much broader than deep,

just visible from above ; internasals broader than long, two

thirds the length of the preefrontals ; frontal as long as broad,

as long as its distance from the end of the snout, muel

shorter than the parietals; loreal deeper than long; one pre-

and two postoculars; temporals 2+3; seven upper labials,

third and fourth entering thé eye; four lower labials in

contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are short, like

the posterior. Scales strongly keeled, in 17 rows. Ventrals

234; anal entire; subcaudals 53. Blackish above and on

the outer ends of the ventrals, yellowish white beneath.

Total length 410 millim. ; tail 59.

A single female specimen.

Dromophis lineatus, D. & B.

Snout once and a half to once and two thirds as long as the

eye. Rostral as deep as broad, visible from above ; nostril

between two shields; internasals one third to one half the

length of the prefrontals; frontal once and two thirds to

twice as long as broad, not or but slightly narrower in the

middle than the supraocular, as long as its distance from the

end of the snout, as long as or a little shorter than the

parietals ; loreal once and a half to once and two thirds as

long as deep; one preocular, not reaching the frontal; two

(rarely three) postoculars ; temporals 1+1 or 2; eight upper

labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye; four (rarely five)

lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-shields, which

are as long as ora little shorter than the posterior. Scales in

17 rows. Ventrals 140-159; anal divided; subcaudals

78-105. Olive, most of the scales black-edged, with three

greenish-yellow longitudinal lines, one on the vertebral row

of the scales, the others on the fourth and fifth rows; outer

row of scales greenish yellow, like the belly, its upper border

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. a

34 On Reptiles from the Niger.

black ; young with light cross-bars on the occiput and nape;

prze- and postoculars and upper lip greenish yellow ; some of

the labials with the sutures black; belly and tail below

greenish yellow or pale green, uniform or with a series of

black dots or short lines on the outer ends of thé ventrals.

Total length 1090 millim. ; tail 330. :

Several specimens, one of which (a young) is an albino.

Specimens from Liberia, Zanzibar, and Central Africa are

also in the British Museum, where they were confounded

with Psammophis sibilans. The type is from the Upper Nile.

Notwithstanding its resemblance to Psammophis stbilans,

this snake was referred to Dryophylax by Duméril and Bibron

on account of its dentition. The solid maxillary teeth, ten

in number, form an uninterrupted series, the middle ones

gradually and but moderately enlarged, as in D. preornatus,

the type of Peters’s genus Dromophis. D. lineatus may further

be distinguished from all species of Psammophis by the equal

depth of the three anterior upper labials.

Naia Goldii, sp. n.

Rostral a little broader than deep, the portion visible from

above half as long as its distance from the frontal; internasals

as long as the prefrontals, not reaching the preocular;

frontal once and a half as long as broad, as long as its dis-

tance from the end of the snout, as long as the parietals; one

or two pre- and two postoculars; two or three suboculars ;

temporals 1+3,; seven upper labials, fourth narrowly entering

the eye, sixth largest ; four lower labials in contact with the

anterior chin-shields, which are a little longer than the poste-

rior. Neck non-dilatable. Scales in 15 rows on the neck as

well as on the body. Ventrals 195; anal entire. Black

above, with transverse series of small whitish spots; sides of

head and end of snout white, with most of the sutures between

the shields black ; ventrals white, with a black-edge, which

becomes gradually broader until, on the posterior fourth of the

body, the shields are entirely black; subcaudals black.

Total length 1750 millim. (end of tail mutilated).

Only one specimen, a male.

This handsome snake, which is nearest allied to N. anchiete

Bocage, is named in honour of Sir George Taubman Goldie,

the Governor of the Royal Niger Company, who, through

the great interest he takes in the natural history of the Niger,

has given much assistance to Mr. Crosse in forming the collec-

tion reported upon in this note.

Mr. G. Lewis on the Japanese Rhipidoceride. ga

V.—Note on the Japanese Rhipidoceride: a new Genus

and Species. By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

THERE are only two species of this family known to me from

Japan, and of these one is a species of Sandalus, described

and roughly figured as S. segnis, Lew., Ent. xx. p. 315,

1887, and for the other it seems necessary to establish a new

genus.

HORATOCERA (visibilis, cornuta), gen. nov.

The characters of this genus are in the greater part the

same as those of Callirrhipis, the differences chiefly being

that the antenne are inserted in the head much wider apart,

and the joints 3 to 10 are longer and coequal and about a

quarter to a third of the lengtlt of the appendage they bear ;

the eyes are more prominent, smaller, and much more clearly

faceted; the scutellum much longer than broad; the pro-

sternal process is shortened posteriorly, and does not reach

beyond a point which corresponds to the middle of the coxe ;

the inner process of the claws is much less conspicuous.

Type H. niponica (the figure gives the outline of the

species and the claw of the hinder tarsus).

I possess a second species from the Andaman Islands.

In Callirrhipis the prosternal process is long and narrow

posteriorly and overlaps the anterior part of the mesosternum ;

in some of the species, notably C. fasciatus, Waterh., it is

very long, but in the type of the genus, C. Dejean?, Latr., it

is of moderate length.

36 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of

Horatocera niponica, sp. 1.

g. Elongata, nigra, vix nitida; thorace rufo in medio canaliculato,

utrinque foveolato ; elytris basi anguste obscuro-brunneis.

L, 12-14 mill.

©. Tota nigra; antennis brevibus.

ely mall:

Elongate, black, somewhat shining; the head, surface

uneven, rather coarsely and rather rugosely punctate, with a

median concavity behind the antenne ; the antenna, first joint

rather long, somewhat bent, surface punctulate, second very

short, third and those following to the tenth nearly coequal,

but the appendages to the third and fourth are distinctly

shorter than those of the others, eleventh joint is longer than

the first, second, and third together, and has no appendage;

the thorax red, with a tawny pubescence, widest posteriorly,

narrowest anteriorly, sinuate laterally near the middle, with

a longitudinal median channel and a deep fovea on each side

of it rather behind the middle, posterior margin very narrowly

edged with black; the scutellum nearly as long again as

broad, with the edges raised posteriorly, irregularly punctured ;

the elytra black, with their bases obscurely brown, coarsely

sculptured, punctate, with the interstices of the punctures

raised, vaguely costate, with the sutural and _ epipleural

margins a little elevated; the legs black, with the claws in

both sexes reddish ; anterior tibie not crenulate nor denticu-

late*. ‘The female is wholly black, with shorter antenna, a

wider head, with a transverse ridge between the antenne and

a bilobed depression between the eyes. There is a variety of

the male in which the head and elytra are reddish brown; but

in no case is the colour so bright as that of the thorax.

Hab, Fukushima, Nara, and Usui-togé. Nine males and

one female.

VI.—Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from

Tropical America. By HErpert Druce, F.L.S.

Arctiide.

Robinsonia sabata, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries pure white : primaries, the costal

margin edged with pale brown from the base nearly to the

* This character is noticed because Homeorhipis, Fairm., 1887, is a

genus in which the species have the tibie crenulate, and Callirrhipis

Pascoet, Waterh., has the tibie denticulate. “

Heterocera from Tropical America. 37

apex} the base and a small spot on the inner margin also pale

brown; a white dot close to the base of the wing; the fringes

of both wings white. ‘Te head yellow, the front of the head

white; collar and tegule white; thorax grey; abdomen

yellow above, white on the underside; a central row of white

dots extends from the base of the abdomen to the anus; an-

tenn and palpi black ; front legs brown, the others white.

Expanse 2,)5 inches.

Hab. British Honduras, Belize (Mus. Druce).

A very distinct species.

Robinsonia detopea, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries white: primaries, the costal,

outer, and inner margin and two bands crossing the wing pale

fawn-colour; the first band is broad, and crosses the wing

about the middle from the costal margin to the anal angle;

the second band is narrow and*near the apex; a long white

spot at the anal angle; the fringe brown: secondaries, the

fringe white. Head yellow, the front of the head white;

antenne and palpi black; collar and tegule white, the tegulz

edged with fawn-colour; thorax fawn-colour, with a large

white spot at the base; abdomen above yellow, on the under-

side white, two black spots on each side of the abdomen near

the anus; legs greyish white.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. British Honduras, Belize (JZus. Druce).

A very distinct and fine species, allied to Robinsonia

Grote, Schaus.

Robinsonia sanea, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries white: primaries, the costal

margin broadly bordered with yellowish brown, from which

four fine yellowish-brown lines cross the wing, three to the

outer margin and one to the inner margin; the base of the

wing yellowish brown, from which two fine brown lines

extend along the inner margin, the outer margin yellowish

brown; the fringe brown: secondaries with the tringe white.

Head white; collar white, shaded with yellow; tegule and

thorax white; abdomen yellowish brown above, white on the

underside.

Exxpanse 1} inch.

Hab, Panama, Chiriqui (Trétsch, Mus. Staudinger).

Amastus cymothoé, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries semihyaline, the costal margin, apex, outer

38 Mr. H. Druce on new Species of

and inner margin clouded with dark grey, the costal and inner

margin banded with greyish white, the veins blackish grey ;

a small spot close to the base of the wing yellowish brown ;

the veins beyond the cell red; the fringe grey: secondaries

whitish hyaline; the fringe brown. Head and collar grey,

banded with brown ; thorax and upper part of the abdomen

thickly clothed with yellowish-brown hairs; tegule greyish

white, streaked with black down the middle; abdomen red,

with the anus and each side of the abdomen banded with

black ; underside of the thorax reddish brown, of the abdomen

greyish white; antenne and legs dark brown.—Female very

similar to the male, but the primaries more clouded with

brown.

Expanse, g 1;%, ? 1,6 inch.

flab. Bolivia (Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to Amastus mansueta, H. Edwards,

but quite distinct.

Notodontide.

Ophitis pulcheria, sp. n.

Primaries brownish fawn-colour, marked with darker brown

spots at the base and partly along the costal margin; a waved

brown band partly crosses the wing beyond the middle,

extending from the inner margin about two thirds across the

wing, where it joins a fine zigzag white line, which extends

to the costal margin just above the apex; the fringe brown:

secondaries pale fawn-colour, slightly darker round the

outer margin; two short brownish-black lines at the anal

angle; the fringe greyish brown. Head, antenna, thorax,

and abdomen brownish fawn-colour, the thorax with some

greyish scales; the third segment from the base of the abdo-

men dark blackish brown; legs pale brown.

Expanse 3 inches.

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui (Mus. Druce).

Allied to O. cyllota, Druce, but a much smaller insect and

very distinct.

Noctuida.

HrriorHina.

. Grotella pyronea, sp. n.

Primaries chalk-white, crossed beyond the middle from the

costal to the inner margin by a very faint broken black line,

which in some specimens is entirely wanting; the fringe

Heterocera from Tropical America. 39

white: secondaries smoky brown, darkest on the costal

margin and at the apex; the fringe white; the underside of

both wings smoky brown.” Antenne black ; head and thorax

white; abdomen brownish white; palpi and legs blackish

brown.

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. Mexico, Amula in Guerrero, 6000 feet (H. H. Smith).

Grotella salacon, sp. n.

Male.—Primaries glossy chrome-yellow : secondaries pale

primrose-yellow, with the apex, outer margin, and fringe

chrome-yellow.» Underside of both wings pale glossy yellow.

Head, thorax, and tegule deep chrome-yellow; abdomen pale

yellow ; anus dark chrome-yellow ; antenne black.—Female

almost identical with the male.

Expanse 1 inch.

Hab. Mexico, Tierra Colérada in Guerrero, 2000 feet

(Hi. H. Smith).

Grotella samula, sp. n.

Primaries and secondaries pale citron-yellow ; primaries

slightly the darkest, and with the inner margin and a spot at

the end of the cell very pale brown. Underside the same as

above, but without the brown markings. Head, antenne, and

thorax yellowish ; abdomen wanting.

Expanse 2 inch.

Hab. Mexico, Tonalapa, Guerrero (H. H. Smith).

One specimen.

Pyralida.

Pachynoa (?) Buckley?, sp. n.

Primaries glossy brownish black, crossed by two semi-

hyaline bluish-white bands, neither of them reaching the

margin of the wing; the first band is at the end of the cell,

the second beyond nearer the apex; the fringe brownish

black : secondaries brownish black, crossed beyond the middle

by a wide semihyaline bluish-white band; a wide semihyaline

bluish-white streak extends from the base almost to the outer

margin near the anal angle. Head, antenne, thorax, abdo-

men, and legs brownish black. ‘The underside of the wings

very similar to the upperside, but slightly paler in colour.

Eixpanse 3 inches.

Hab. Ecuador, Sarayacu (Buckley, Mus. Druce).

40 Dr. W. B. Benham on some Javan Perichetide.

VIJ.— Some Javan Perichetide. By W. BLAXLAND

Brennan, D.Sc. (Lond.), Hon. M.A. (Oxon.), Aldrichian

Demonstrator in Comparative Anatomy, Oxford.

[Plate III.]

I HAVE to thank Dr. Arthur Willey for collecting some earth-

worms during his brief stay at Java, on his way to the South

Sea, whither he was travelling for the purpose of investi-

gating the development of Nautelus. I wish at present to

describe three species, which are nearly allied to one another

and to others previously recorded from Java.

Several of the Javan species possess a peculiar and

characteristic spermatheca; in the majority of the family

Perichetide the spermatheca consists of two parts—(a) a sac,

and (6) a muscular diverticulum—having different structure

and different functions (see Beddard, Michaelsen, and others).

In these particular Javan worms the sac is thin-walled, of

large size, and somewhat ovoid in shape; its duct is quite

short, and receives a very long diverticulum—longer than the

greater diameter of the sac—which is curved round one side

ot the sae, or, it may be, spirally coiled ; this cylindrical tube

carries at its free end a small saccule, which communicates

with the tube by a very narrow neck. Spermathece with

such a diverticulum thus constricted near its free end and

terminally dilated oceur in P. capensis, Horst *, P. operculata,

Rosa t, P. Lenkatei, Horst f, P. Gibode, Horst §, and, as far

as 1 am aware, in no other species ||. In all these species

there are two pairs of spermathece, opening between the

segments 7/8, 8/9, and the anatomy of all is very closely

similar ; indeed, it is not an easy matter to determine whether

all are really different species.

Now, amongst the worms sent to me by Dr. Willey I find

two which present certain characters common to the above.

I shail have occasion to reter to P. capensis during the

description of the new species. This species was first

* ‘Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ v. 1883, p. 195; and Zool. Ergeb-

nisse einer Reise in Niederl. Ind. herausgeg. vy. Dr. Max Weber, ii. 1892

. 62.

+ “Die exotisch. Terricol.” &c., Ann. des k. k. naturhist. Hofmuseum

1891, p. 398. ; z

} ‘Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ xv. p. 321.

§ Lhid. p. 326.

|| P. inflata, Horst (loc. cit.), has a somewhat similar diverti

which, however, is dilated below the constriction.

appears to be identical with Horst’s species,

sip L culum,

Ude’s species P. parva

Dr. W. B. Benham on some Javan Perichetide. 4]

described by Horst in 1883 from an imperfectly preserved

specimen ; he added new facts about it in 1892, but in neither

case does he mention the colour of the worm, and it appears

to be a very important point to note in the Perichetide, as

Beddard has already pointed out.

Later still, [ide (1893) *, as a result of his examination of

numerous specimens, added the fact that the colour is lighter

or darker brown.

Horst and Ude regard Rosa’s P. operculata as being

synonymous with this species; but the latter describes his

worm as ‘ flesh-coloured;’’ and there are one or two anato-

mical points which seem to me to differentiate the two forms.

The first worm I wish to describe is so distinctively coloured

that, although it agrees more or less closely with P. capensis,

I believe it to be entitled to a new name. I call it after my

friend Dr. A. Willey, to whom my thanks are due for his

kindness in finding time to «collect and carefully preserve

these worms. |

Pericheta Willeyt, sp. n. (Pl. IIL. tigs. 1-6.)

It is represented by a single mature and well-preserved speci-

men, collected in the humus around an epiphyte, Asplenium

nidus, occurring at the Gedeh volcano, near 'Ljibodas.

The worm measures 140 millim. (53 inches) in length and

6 millim. in diameter; it consists of ninety-two segments.

It is thus a larger and fatter worm than the succeeding

species. Its coloration in spirit is quite distinct from that of

any Perichete of which I can find a description f, and recalls

very strongly the common “ Brandling”’ (Allolobophora

jfatida).

The general ground-tint is yellow, the rings or ridges

carrying the chete are white. ‘he dorsal surface of every

segment is marked by two transverse bands of rich brownish

red—one rather broader band behind the chetigerous ring,

and a rather narrower band in front of the ring—so that the

intersegmental furrows are yellow. These bands are broadest

dorsally, but at each side, below the level of the lateral line,

narrow rather suddenly ; at the same time the tint becomes

lighter, and gradually disappears at about the level of the

male pores. Anteriorly these dark bands become wider and

send prolongations between the chete, so that on the first

* Ude, “ Beit. z. K. ausland, Regenwiirmer,” Zeit. f. wiss. Zool. lvii.

+ P. fasciata, Rosa, from Engano, appears to have a somewhat similar

plan of colouring (Annal. del Mus. Civico d. Stor. Nat. d. Genova (ser. 2)

xii. 1892, p. 543.

42 Dr. W. B. Benham on some Javan Perichetide.

six segments or so the white chetigerous ring is interrupted,

and each cheta or two or three chate lie in a white patch;

moreover, on these segments the bands extend further and

further ventralwards, till on the first three segments they meet

ventrally, though the depth of colour ts slightly less here than

on the dorsal surface. On the clitellum these bands, though

faint, are still recognizable.

Unfortunately Dr. Willey did not inform me of the true

colours of the living worm; and no doubt the colours will

soon fade in spirit.

A somewhat similar banding occurs in P. pulchra*, from

Luzon, and P. pictust, from Borneo; but in both these

species the dark bands are intersegmental. ‘The anatomy,

moreover, is quite distinct. In P. annulatus, Horst ft states

that the worm is “blackish, with a white ring round the

middle of each segment.” But in these three cases no

mention is made of the light intersegmental ring.

In P. Willeyt the chete form practically a complete circle,

but the median dorsal space is about twice the length of the

ordinary intersetal spaces ; and across this space there is fre-

quently a dark line joining the dark transverse bands; so that

the worm appears to have a darker longitudinal median

stripe along its back. ‘The ventral cheete are somewhat closer

together than the dorsal ones ; there is no ventral gap. The

number of cheete is 54 on the thirty-fifth segment, 48 on the

nineteenth, 44 on the twelfth, 28 on the second.

The prostomium is small and not dovetailed; but as the

buccal region is everted, it is difficult to be positive on this

point. The limits of segments i. and ii. quite distinct.

The clitellum is confined to the three segments xiv., xv.,

xvi., and has very distinct limits.

The first dorsal pore is between segments xii. and xiii. ;

there are none on the clitellum, nor are chet present here.

The male pores are very evident, slightly oblique, curved

slits surrounded by a prominent margin, which is anteriorly

crenate, but posteriorly rounded and more projecting (as in

P. operculata, where, however, the “ operculum” is formed

by the anterior lip). Surrounding the projecting margin or

lips is a circular area reaching to the boundaries of the

segment. There are ten chete between the male pores.

The oviducal pore is median and distinct. There are two

* Michaelsen, “ Terricol. d. Berliner Zool. Sammlung,” Arch. f. Natur-

gesch. 1892, p. 25.

+ Ibid. p. 38.

t ‘Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ y.

Dr. W. B. Benham on some Javan Pericheetide. 43

pairs of spermathecal pores, between segments vii./viii. and

viii./ix., and separated by fourteen chete.

Internal Anatomy.—It may be noted that the gizzard

occupies segments vill., ix., and x., and is of the same shape

as in P. capensis, viz. bell-shaped. The sacculated intestine

commences as usual in segment xv.; there is a pair of caca

in segment xxvi., their blind ends reach to the twenty-third

segment. ‘he septa vill./ix. and 1x./x. are absent.

The sperm-sacs have the usual position.

The large spermathece lie in segments vil. and vill. The

tubular diverticulum is spirally coiled or merely curved, just

as Ude has observed to be the case in P. capensis. As a

matter of detail, those of segment vil. were coiled, those

of the eighth were more simply curved, apparently because

of the greater space in which the organs lie. When spirally

coiled the terminal saccule lies in the axis of the spire, as in

fic. 4; when curved it is bentssharply round.

The prostate is multilobate, but the lobes differ in shape

from those of P. capensis; they are longer, less rounded at

their ends, and more flattened. The organ is about twice as

long as it is wide, and is more opaque, of a more dead white

colour than in the species next to be described. The penial

duct does not open into any apparent bursa.

It will be seen that in one or two points P. Walley?

resembles P. operculata, Rosa, and P. capensis, Horst; but

it differs from both in the position of the spermathece,

and, in the single specimen at my disposal, in the size and

coloration.

In the character of the generative pore it resembles to

some extent P. operculata; but I confess that I do not lay

great stress on this, for I believe that the ‘ operculum” ex-

ternally and the absence of a “ bursa”? internally are related

and depend on whether the penial duct is or is not fully

introverted.

I am inclined to lay considerable stress on the colour and

dimensions of the worms, for in our endemic forms these

characters are very constant ; and in other groups of animals

colour—within certain limits, varying in different groups—is

a useful specific character. We have yet to learn how far the

size of the prostate and the size of the diverticula of the sper-

mathece are liable to variation, either in relation to functional

activity or to other circumstances, though I believe it would

be useful to have careful measurements of the length and

breadth of the prostate, for probably the proportions of the

organ remain fairly constant. Further, the shape of the lobes

44. Dr. W. B. Benham on some Javan Perichetide.

in this organ ought to be noted; most authors are content to

describe the prostate as ‘‘ multilobate,” or some such term.

Michaelsen * has recently shown that in one and the same

species, viz. P. indica, the prostate may present differences in

size, and may even be absent, though the specimens are

otherwise mature. He had previously noted this lack of

prostate in P. Hilgendorfi Tt ; and Beddard } records the same

fact for two other species, P. nipponica and P. masatake.

The last three species are Japanese (Beddard’s P. rokugo

appears to be identical with P. Hilyendorfi, Mich.). Michael-

sen suggests that these species are all closely allied to P. indica.

- Pericheta sexta, sp.n. (Pl. III. figs. 7-9.)

Two specimens were collected at Buitenzorg.

The general colour (in spirit) is a rich brown anteriorly

and dorsally, becoming lighter posteriorly ; the ventral surface

is yellowish ; running down the middle of the back is a dark

line. The chete are set in narrow light (? white) rings,

which become less marked anteriorly, till in the first six or

seven segments the rings are scarcely noticeable. A purplish

iridescence is exhibited by the anterior region of the body.

The dorsal pores are surrounded by a light ring, or, rather,

the lips are light (? white), so that the pores are very distinct.

The clitellum is a much darker brown. This coloration

agrees with that of P. capensis, as described by Ude, except

that no mention is there made of the dorsal pores.

The two specimens differ in length: one is 95 millim.

long and 4 millim. in diameter, and possesses eighty-two

segments ; while a smaller and immature specimen consists

of one hundred segments.

The small prostomium is dovetailed into the peristomium

(buccal segment) for about one third the length of the latter ;

but as there is no transverse boundary, it is difficult to fix the

actual depth of the dovetail (Ude and Horst say that in

P. capensis it reaches nearly to the middle of the first

segment).

Lhe number of cheete is fifty-six behind the clitellum and

thirty-eight on the third segment (which closely agrees with

the numbers tor P. capensis). They form a complete circle,

though the distance between the two most dorsal chetz

* “Die Regenwurm-Fauna von Florida und Georgia,” Zool. Jahrb.

viii.

+ “Terricol. d. Berliner Zool. Sammlung,” ii. p. 27, in Arch. fiir Natur-

gesch. 1892.

} “On some Perichetide from Japan,” Zool. Jahrb. vi.

Dr. W. B. Benham on some Javan Perichetide. 45

exceeds slightly the usual interval; however, the spaces

between the chete of a circle are not of uniform extent.

The first dorsal poreds behind the seventh segment ; that

this is not a fixed point appears from the description of

P. capensis given by Horst and by Ude, for the latter found

it to vary from vil./vill. to xi./xi.

The male pores are not carried by papille ; they are, how-

ever, quite distinct, as transverse slits surrounded by crenate

lips, rather sunk below the general surface. Hach pore is

surrounded by a circular area—not a papilla—of slightly

different structure and appearance from the -rest of the epi-

dermis; this ring does not extend to the intersegmental

furrows. Between the two pores there are eight chete; there

are eight to twelve in Horst’s and Ude’s specimens of P. capen-

sis. Horst describes the pore as being oblique and carried

by a papilla; Ude states that it is ‘sickle-shaped,” and

that one lip of the pore projects as a kind of operculum, as in

Rosa’s P. operculata. 'This* difference should be borne in

mind, for, as I have mentioned, I believe it depends on

whether the penial duct is wholly or only partly retracted, so

that it does not form an important point of distinction.

The spermathecal pores are not very distinct; they are

situated between segments vil./vill. and viii./ix., rather more

laterally than the male pores.

‘The oviducal pore is distinct, light-coloured (? white), and

median.

Internally the anatomy agrees very closely with the descrip-

tions already given for P. capensis; but there are one or two

points of difference, the relative importance of which is not

altogether certain. ‘The septa 8/9, 9/10 are absent, and the

izzard occupies the whole length of the space between septa

7/8 and 10/11—that is to say, it occupies segments Vill., 1x.,

x.,—Wwhereas both Horst and Ude for P. capensis refer it to

only the first two of these segments. Horst states that the

septum 10/11 is absent; Ude finds it present.

There is the usual pair of intestinal ceca in segment XXvVI. ;

each has a length of three segments.

The sperm-sacs lie in segments xi. and xil.

The spermathece are in segments vil. and vili.; and it is

here that the only real tangible difference exists between my

specimen and those previously described, for both the above-

named authors place these sacs in segments vill. and ix.

But there is no mistake on my part; the first spermatheca is

in front of the gizzard, the second lies alongside of it. Hach

spermatheca has the characteristic shape already referred to,

and already figured by Horst and by Ude tor P. capensis,

46 Dr. W. B. Benham on some Javan Perichetide.

though there is a slight difference in the two drawings; the

diverticulum in the figure (pl. i. fig. 25) of the former is

relatively longer and narrower than in Ude’s figure (pl. iv.

figs. 8, 9) or in my own. Is this a specific difference, or is

it merely due to a difference in functional activity ? Cer-

tainly Horst’s drawing more nearly resembles the spermatheca

of the worm described above (P. Willey, sp. n.), and Ude’s

resembles Rosa’s P. operculata, which is regarded as a

synonym of P. capensis.

Another character which always has to be noted in the

Pericheetide is that presented by the prostate. In the present

worm it is more than three times as long as wide (its actual

measurement is 7X2 millim.), and consists of very many

rounded notched lobes, forming as a whole a flattened, slightly

yellowish organ, which extends through segments 16-20.

From near the middle of its inner border the penial duct issues,

at first narrow, with thin wall, but soon becoming wider

and having muscular walls. It opens into a circular flattened

“bursa,” as is figured by Horst for P. capensis.

Thus the only differences between this present worm and

P. capensis appear to lie in the position of the spermathece

(and it is to be noted that in one of Horst’s specimens a third

spermatheca occurred on one side of the worm in segment vii.)

and in the character of the male pore; and although my worm

agrees in nearly all other features with P. capensis or with

P. operculata, yet, as these two points are regarded as of

specific value, | give a new nameto this worm. Nevertheless

I conceive that it is quite possible that it may be a hybrid or

an abnormal specimen.

The five species, P. capensis, P. operculata, P. tjibode,

P. sexta, and P. Willey?, ave very closely allied, and came

from the same neighbourhood; to these must be added P. Ten-

katet, Horst, from the island of Soemba. They all have two

pairs of spermathece, with peculiarly modified diverticulum :

they all have a much lobed prostate. All agree pretty well in

size—from 50 millim. in P. tibode to, more commonly,

100 millim., as in P. capensis, the largest being 140 millim.

(P. Willeyi). The number of segments, too, does not vary to

any great extent—again, P. operculata forms the first and

lowest of the series, with its sixty segments; the others have

one hundred or a few more.

The number of cheete in a postelitellian ring appears to be

about fifty to fifty-six (Rosa does not give any number for

this region), which is reduced to about thirty-eight in the

region of the spermathece.

Dr. W. B. Benham on some Javan Pericheetidee. 47

In none of them is the male pore carried by a prominent

papilla, but the shape of the pore appears to some extent

diagnostic—that is, 1t may be transverse to the axis of the

body, as in P, seata, or more or less oblique; and some of

them are stated to have an “operculum.” I think we may

leave this feature out of our reckoning. There remains, then,

but very few points, and these are very small, which serve

to distinguish these five species.

I have already suggested that (1) the relative length and

breadth of the diverticulum, (2) and of the prostate, with a

careful drawing of the lobes of the latter, (3) the form of the

prostomium, (4) the general coloration, and (5), within certain

limits, the size and number of segments of the worm are

points that should be carefully recorded. Sundry other

anatomical characters occur in other groups of species of

Pericheta. What I have written above refers more particu-

larly to this particular “ capensis” group of species trom

Java; so closely allied are they that it seems possible that

their common ancestor is not many generations back. It is

very difficult to distinguish some of these six species from one

another by a mere study of the descriptions ; and it may well

be that two or more are varieties or synonyms.

I append, therefore, a table (p. 48) illustrating the more

important apparent differences.

Pericheta caducicheta, sp.n. (Pl. IIL. figs. 10-12.)

Three specimens of a rather slim worm possess characters

which do not exactly coincide with other Javan worms.

One very striking feature is the absence of chwte on the tenth

segment in adult worms. Of the three specimens one—the

most mature—was collected on the voleano Gedeh, the two

others at Buitenzorg.

They measure 120, 130, 133 millim. respectively, and the

diameter is 8 to 4 millim. The body tapers somewhat ante-

riorly, and the colouring is faint in the preserved specimens.

There is a dark purplish line along the middle of the back ;

the dorsal surface of the body anteriorly is light purplish

brown, and each segment is marked by a white cheetigerous

ring. The clitellum is darker and browner; there are no

cheete on it, but three faint light rings; it occupies the usual

position.

The following description refers to the largest of the three

specimens :—It consists of 105 segments, the last three of

which are without chete.

"BSN

peamng

"poTtod 10 paaano

‘gor. = ‘Suor7

Wm f

*paAmod 10 paytoo

‘esing ou Sqysrjg| ‘Moma ‘Buoy

“eSNG “paaima

‘petioo §=oyonyy| = feprm = 4qaoyg

‘paso

: é 6a

d opin BU0'T

*‘poamo

‘esungou fyysieyg| ‘eprma 41049

*peamno puvstoprar

‘esIng 8 |‘taj}LoT[S8.10 £ paTtoo

:4ySreqyjs Ayway /Moureu ‘DU0'T

-yonp ayeysorg TUNTNIT}AATp

[woeqyeutedg

“TTA “UTA

“THA “TTA

“THA CITA

“xT CTIA

“XE Orta

“809 T]] BU

-rads Y}TM

qasMDIG

"THAN Jaq Bayo

qysio ‘asqaasuRIy, “TIA

"Tea Mjaq ayaa

19} § canjnoaado

qa fonbyqg | “Hx

"AAA JOq ayRyd

Wyse ‘ayerpRaALTy, d

‘tnpnotado | surmyqeqt]9

yim — ‘anbryqQ juo osye £ "tx

,wunnorado ,,

yim = fanbrrqg “IITA

‘eyarqo ZT-g Aq

pea

arod yes

“IOP SAT

‘sorod oft yy

UITA UO OF ¢

“SI SYY

OOL-é8

Oot

payuredas ‘anbyq(Q | TX 07 “THA | ypTILA Uo OF {OF} OTT-06 | OTT-¢8 fo WySY | TAI | ssuadno 7

moogaes

“S}UeUur

-Bag

GXGG “UMOIS |" '* * 07708 “g

‘SALI YYST] [epTOUL

-sesroyul £ pediys

9 XOQGT -Yavp Ajestaasuvay | * wage ‘7

uany]yaI

-1[0 pur ATLOL19Ue

0¢ = [Aaa Sumorq-aalQ]** po) “yz

g8 d Md al! faa Das |

TUNA} ]D WAOIG

CxXoL £ pamno[oo-ysepq |'ngojnosado “q

f-8X step

Dr. W. B. Benham on some Javan Perichetide. 49

The number of chete is 38 on segment xxiii.

” ” ” 30) ” Vill.

” ” » # 20 ” 1Ve

12 2 ll.

’ ?

There is a slight dorsal gap, equal to two to three times

an ordinary gap.

There are no chetee on the tenth seginent in this specimen ;

tn one of the others there are but stx at very unequal distances

on the ventral surface, and tn the third specimen twelve.

It appears, then, that the cheetee drop out of this segment

on maturity, a peculiarity hitherto unrecorded amongst earth-

worms.

On segment xi. there are fewer chete than on ix. or xii.

The segments x., xi., xi. are distinctly triannulated, and,

though scarcely perceptibly larger in the spirit- specimen, it is

quite possible that they may be larger in life. Such a fact

has been recorded for P. falcata, Horst *, trom Kast Flores,

and in the case of P. Slutter?, Horst ts from Billiton ; and

the same author noted that the tenth segment of P. indica is

larger than its neighbours. But in no case do I find any

record of the absence of cheetee on this segment.

The prostomium is long and narrow and dovetailed into the

first segment for three fourths of its length.

The first dorsal pore is between segments xil./xiil.

The male pore is slit-like, with crenate lips slightly pro-

jecting, so as to form rather prominent structures; there are

six cheetee between the two pores.

The two pairs of spermathecal pores are scarcely visible ;

they le between segments vii./vill., vill./ix., at about the level

of the ninth chzta from the ventral mid-line.

The oviducal pore is as usual.

Internally the septa vil./ix., ix./x., x./xi. are absent, and

the gizzard appears to occupy segments vill, ix., and x.

The pair of intestinal ceeca arise in “segment XXvVi., and reach

as far forward as xxii.

The sperm-sacs are, as usual, in xi. and xii.

The spermathece: are characteristic ; they lie in segments

vil., ix.; each consists of a nearly globular thin-walled

sac, opening by a short, thick, muscular, distinct duct at the

anterior margin of these segments. This duct receives a a long

twisted diverticulum, which gradually enlarges distally, and

here appears shining. On one side this diverticulum lies

* ‘Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ xv. p. 316,

T Ibid. vol. xii. p. 234,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xvi. +

30 Dr. W. B. Benham on some Javan Pericheetide.

anteriorly to the septum, 7. e. in segment vii., the sac, being

in segment vill. f

The prostate is relatively small; it measures 4x 3 millim. ;

so that the general outline is nearly circular; it occupies

segments 17-19. It is divided into only a few main lobes,

each of which is rounded distally and notched in a variety of

ways; the penial duct is short and straight, and opens through

a feebly marked circular “ bursa.”

Though this worm bears a general likeness to several other

species from Java and the neighbouring region, yet on com-

parison I have been unable to identify it with any of these.

In general form it recalls P. endica, Horst *, which, however,

possesses four pairs of spermathecee, and the ventral chete

are larger than the rest. P. falcata, Horst, from Hast Flores,

has more numerous (sixty) cheete, and the diverticulum of the

spermatheca is very much shorter than in my specimens,

though the two structures bear a close resemblance to one

another; the prostate is much more deeply lobed.

P. sumatrana, Uorst tT, is only about half the size of the

new species, though it possesses about the same number of

cheete ; the spermatheca appears to be somewhat similar.

Again, P. Slucter’¢, Horst, from Billiton, is larger, has

more numerous cheete, which are distinctly closer together

ventrally ; the spermathece have a terminally dilated diver-

ticulum; and the prostate recalls that of the worm just

described.

All these worms seem to belong to a group of species

differing from that containing P. Willey’, P. tjibode, &e.

in the character of the spermathecal diverticulum, and in the

presence of less numerous chet per segment, as well as in a

few other points; but these are details, and the two groups

are not very widely separated from one another.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Pericheta Willey?, sp. un.

Fig. 1. Portion of the worm, dorsal view, to show banding.

Fig. 2. Side view of a portion of the worm. The arrow indicates the

anterior direction.

‘tg. 3. View of the male pores.

4ig. 4. A spermatheca from the seventh segment, X 7. 8, sac; d, diver-

ticulum ; e, terminal saccule.

* ‘Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ y.; and Beddard, Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1886 and 1890.

+ ‘Notes from the Leyden Museum,’ v.

On Five new African Shrews. 51

Fig. 5, A spermatheca from segment viii., X 7. Letters as before.

Fig. 6. Prostate, x 7.

Pericheta sexta, sp. n.

Fg. 7. Male pores. Unfortunately the lithographer has indicated ten

cheetee, instead of eight, between the male pores.

g. 8. Prostate, x 7. a, pemal duct; b, bulbus.

Fig. 9. Spermatheca, x 7. Letters as before.

Pericheta caducicheta, sp. n.

Fig. 10. Segments ix., x., xi., xii., X 7, to exhibit annulation of seg-

ments and the absence of chaetz on segment x.

Fig. 11. Prostate, x 7.

Fig. 12. Spermatheca, x 7.

VILI.—Deseriptions of Five new African Shrews.

By OLpFieLtD THOMAS.

InN examining a shrew obtained by Dr. Donaldson Smith’s

expedition in Somaliland an attempt has been made to deter-

mine the other African shrews in the British Museum collec-

tion, with the result that the following species prove to need

description :—

Crocidura (Croc.*) Smithii, sp. n.

Coloration that characteristic of the C. albicauda and

Fischeri group, but size smaller than in any known species of

it. Face, crown, and back pale slaty grey; lips, cheeks,

chin, chest, sides, and belly white, as are also the whole of the

limbs. Ears short, almost naked, their few fine hairs brown.

Lateral glands distinct (in male), the hairs above and below

them stained rufous in the type. ‘Tail barely half the length

of the head and body, thick, tapering, rather thinly haired,

pure white throughout.

* In using the terms “ Crocidura” and “ Pachyura,” I do so only be-

cause they serve as convenient formule by which the number of the

teeth may be most readily shown. In agreement with Dobson, Lataste,

Trouessart, and others, I have little doubt that they do not represent

natural genetic groups, and that, for example, the large Pachyure are

more Closely allied to the large Crocidwre than they are to the pygmy

species having the same dental formula. In fact, some four or five cases

are known in which a specimen is a Pachywra on one side of the mouth

and a Crocidura on the other, although it must be admitted that, on the

whole, there is a great constancy as to the presence or absence of the

fourth unicuspid within any given species, and that we ought not to

allow ourselves to be too much influenced by such exceptional cases as

these. Pending further knowledge on this most difficult subject, I prefer

to use the large genus Crocidura, taking advantage of the subgeneric

terms simply to indicate the dental formule of the species described.

52 Mr. O. Thomas on

Anterior incisor with a very long vertical cusp. Third

upper unicuspid smaller than second, pressed close against

the antero-internal side of the large premolar, behind whose

antero-external cusp it is half hidden.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male, in spirit) :-—

Head and body 64 millim.; tail 31; hind foot 11; ear

75; forearm and hand L5°6.

Skull: basal length 18; extreme length (including incisors)

20°6; greatest breadth 9; palate length 8°6, breadth outside

molars 6°2; tip of 1! to tip of 24 4°9.

Hab. Webi Shebeli, Somaliland.

Type collected and presented by Dr. E. Donaldson Smith.

This well-marked species is readily distinguishable by its

small size from any known species presenting its coloration,

which seems to be characteristic of several Hast-African

shrews. In its general proportions it has a curious youthful

appearance, although, as shown by its skull and feet, the

specimen is fully adult.

I have named this shrew in honour of its donor, Dr. Donald-

son Smith, whose scientific explorations have already done so

much towards increasing our knowledge of the fauna and

flora of Somaliland.

Crocidura (Cr.) somalica, sp. n.

Size small, form slender. General colour above slaty grey,

more or less variegated with brown. Belly clear grey; chin

white. Ears whitish, very finely haired. Hands and feet

white. ‘Tail fairly long, slender, not markedly incrassated,

but yet thicker at its base, whence it evenly tapers to its tip ;

pale brown above, white below, the bristles white. Lateral

gland not visible in the type (female), but present in a second

specimen (a male), as to whose specific identity with the

type there can be little or no doubt.

First upper incisor small and delicate, conspicuously

weaker than in C. Smithdi ; second and third upper unicuspids

approximately equal both vertically and horizontally.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female, in spirit) :—

Head and body (rather shrunk) 53 millim.; tail 39; hind

foot 11°2; forearm and hand 15°6.

Skull: basal length 16-7; extreme length (including

incisors) 19°5; . greatest breadth 8:4; palate length 8-2,

breadth outside molars 5:9 ; tip of ! to tip of 4 4-2.

Hab. Webi Shebeli, Somaliland.

Type: B.M. 93.6.30,7 ; presented and collected by Col. A.

Paget.

Five new African Shrews. 53

Besides the type, which was obtained by Col. Paget in

1892, the Museum possesses a second specimen collected in

the same region by the lamented Prince Ruspoli, who sent it

with others to the Museo Civico, Genoa, by whose authorities

it was later presented to the British Museum.

This species superficially resembles the common European

C. russula, with which it fairly agrees in size and propor-

tions, but from which it may be readily distinguished by its

paler colour and evenly tapering tail.

Crocidura ( Cr.) silacea, sp. n.

Size and proportions of C. pilosa, Dobs. Fur close and

velvety. Colour dark slaty grey above, rather paler beneath.

Ears not specially hairy or tufted. Fore claws short and

strongly curved; upper surface of hands and feet brownish

grey. ‘Tail rather long, slender, not incrassated at base,

thinly haired, brown above,,slightly paler below. Lateral

gland not present, at least in the female.

Skull and dentition not appreciably different from those of

C. pilosa.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female, in spirit) :—

Head and body 65 millim.; tail 44; hind foot 12; forearm

and hand 16°5; ear from notch 9.

Skull (of a second specimen from the same locality) : basal

length 16°6; extreme length (including incisors) 19°5;

greatest breadth 8°8; palate length 7:7, breadth 5:7; tip of

i) to tip of B4 4:1,

Hab. Figtree Creek, De Kaap, Transvaal. Coll. Dr. Percy

Rendall.

Type: B.M. 93.11.26.29.

This species seems to be most nearly allied to C. pilosa, to

which I assign a specimen from Pretoria, presented to the

Museum by Mr. W. L. Distant in 1890. It differs, however,

by its grey instead of brown colour, its paler feet, less hairy

ears and tail, and by its shorter and more strongly curved

anterior claws.

Crocidura (Cr.) Crosset, sp. n.

Size small, less than in any described West-A frican species

except C. bicolor, Boc. Colour of body uniform slaty grey

above and below. Lars very thinly haired, grey. Chin

white. Upper surface of metapodials grey, of digits white.

Tail rather long as compared with most species, thin, not

specially incrassated at base, but neverthelees evenly tapering

to its tip; its colour grey-brown above, rather paler below ;

54 On Five new African Shrews.

longer bristles fairly numerous, evenly scattered throughout

except at the extreme tip. Lateral gland well developed.

Anterior upper incisors small and delicate. Second and

third unicuspids subequal, their tips about level with the basal

cusp of P: 4. 4.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male, in spirit) :—

Head and body 60 millim.; tail 51; hind foot 12; fore-

arm and hand 16:7.

Skull: basal length 17; greatest length (including incisors)

19-1; greatest breadth 8-2; interorbital breadth 3°7 ; palate

length 8:2, breadth 5-4; tip of +3 to tip of B* 425 =),

horizontal length 1°6, height 2:1.

Hab. Asaba, 150 miles up the River Niger.

Typ:: B.M.95.5.3.4. Presented and collected by Dr. W.H.

Crosse.

With this species, which seems to be smaller than any of

the ordinary grey-coloured shrews as yet described from West

Africa, Dr. Crosse obtained specimens apparently referable to

C. Manni, Pet., and C. soricoides, Murray, of the latter of

which the Museum possesses the type, and of the former two

topotypes.

Crocidura (Pachyura) varilla, sp. n.

Size very small, but not so minute as in the C. madagas-

cartensis group. Fur soft, not crisp, fairly long, the hairs of

the back 4—5 millim. long. General colour finely variegated

grey, almost exactly similar to that of M/yosorex varius; the

hairs slaty grey for two thirds their length, the subterminal

sixth whitish and the tips brown. Under surface paler grey,

the tips of the hairs white. Ears of normal development,

projecting but little beyond the fur; almost naked. Upper

surface of hands and feet white. ‘Tail about equal in length

to the body without the head; cylindrical, not thickened at

base, well-haired, the longer bristles particularly numerous,

pale brown above, white below, the bristles all white. Lateral

gland small but distinct (male).

Third upper unicuspid slightly higher vertically than the

second. Tl ourth of fair size, clearly visible externally.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male, in spirit) :—

Head and body 52 millim.; tail 82; hind foot 9:1; fore-

arm and hand 14:2.

Skull: extreme length (c.) 17:4; tip of ! to tip of P-4 3°7,

Hab. East London, British Caftraria. Presented by

Lieut. H. Trevelyan.

Type: B.M, 78,1.22.1.

On small Mammals from Nicaragua and Bogota. — 55

The only question that arises in describing this very pretty

little shrew is its relationship to C. gracilis, Blainv., said to

come from the Cape. “hat animal, however, is evidently,

from the accounts given of it by de Blainville, Coquerel, and

Trouessart, a member of the group of true pygmy shrews, to

which C. madagascariensis belongs, all of which are decidedly

smaller than C. varilla, and have short, crisp, and uniformly

coloured fur. In addition, C. gractlis is said to be chestnut-

brown above (‘brun-marron’”’), and to have an incrassated

tail, in both of which respects it differs materially from the

animal now before us.

Besides the type, the Museum possesses three other speci-

mens which I refer with some doubt to this species, the doubt

being due to their bad condition. One of them was sent by

Verreaux from the Cape, and the other two came from the

collection of Sir Andrew Smith, who no doubt supposed they

belonged to his C. capensoides, a species which, as the type

shows, is not a Pachyura, is somewhat larger, and differs in

other details from C. varilla.

L IX.— On small ee from Nicaragua and Bogota.

y OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

THE Museum has obtained from Dr. E. Rothschuh a few

small mammals collected by him when at Managua, Nicar-

agua; and one of them proving to need description as new, a

few notes on the others may be given at the same time.

1. Lichonycteris obscurus, gen. et sp. n.

One specimen.

LICHONYCTERIS *, gen. nov.

Dentition.—I. *, C. a iP. 5 M.2 x 2—26.

Deciduous lower incisors and an anterior deciduous upper

premolar may be present in early life.

Upper incisors small, not touching each other, standing

equidistant in an even curve between the canines. Canines

and cheek-teeth above and below very slender and delicate,

almost as much so as in Cheronycteris; the molars narrow,

with scarcely a trace of W-shaped cusps.

Skull light and papery, the elevation of the crown above

* Aeixo, L lick. The bats of the present group feed by licking out the

contents of berries &c. with their long fringed tongues.

56 Mr. O. Thomas on

the face more than in Glossophaga, less than in Charonycteris,

the general form being also intermediate between these two.

Zygomata absent. Bony palate extending backwards almost

to the level of the most anterior point of the glenoid facets.

Nose-leaf as in Glossophaga, but shorter. Ears and tongue

as in that genus. Interfemoral membrane well developed,

equal to that of Cheronycteris. Wings to the terminal part

of the metatarsals. Calcar distinct.

This genus adds another to the group of Glossophagine

bats, of which there are now eight genera, all closely allied

and only distinguished from each other by the various propor-

tions in which they divide some half a dozen characters. The

cheek-teeth range from 4 to 6 above and 5 to 6 below; but

it is not always quite easy to tell whether, when the number

is below 8, the missing teeth are premolars or molars. On

the whole, in the present case it seems fairly clear that the

missing teeth above are the anterior premolar and the poste-

rior molar, and that the latter tooth is missing below. This

would make the formula as above given and similar to that of

Leptonycteris.

On the whole, important as the number of teeth may seem

to be, { am inclined to consider Lichonycter’s most nearly

allied to Cheronycterts, from which, as from Glossophaga,

Monophylius, Lonchoglossa, and Anura, it differs by the

reduction of its cheek-teeth to the number possessed by

Leptonycteris. Phyllonycteris has the same total number in

the lower jaw, but they have been differently assigned to

molars and premolars (P. 5, M. 3), a point on which J can at

present express no opinion.

Lichonycteris obscura, sp. n.

Size and general appearance of Glossophaga soricina.

Nose-leaf about equally high as broad. Ears short, evenly

rounded off above, their outer margin concave below the tip

and notched again below opposite the tip of the tragus,

Antebrachial membrane mostly naked above, but the basal

third of the forearm is thickly clothed with fur, and some of

this extends on to the membrane ; metacarpal bone of thumb

hairy ; rest of wings naked except along the sides of the body

to a line from the middle of the humerus to the middle of the

femur. Interfemoral membrane extending to the level of the

end of the tibiz, its upper surface naked. Tail reaching to

the level of the knee, its tip appearing on the upper surface of

the membrane. Below, the antebrachial membrane is hairy,

as is the basal third of the forearm, and the wings between

the humerus and the flanks.

small Mammals from Nicaragua and Bogota. 57

Colour uniformly smoky brown above and below, darker

than in Glossophaga soricina.

Dimensions of the type (B.M. 95.4.27.1: an adult female,

in spirit) :—

Head and body 46 millim.; tail 6°7; ear 10; forearm 33 ;

lower leg 12°6; calcar 5:8; hind foot, without claws, 7:5;

interfemoral membrane in centre 17.

Skull: basal length 16°8; greatest length 19°7; breadth

of brain-case 8:1; interorbital breadth 4; palate length 11,

breadth outside last molar 4:4; front of canine to back of last

molar 6°4, the same below 6°4.

Hab. Managua, Nicaragua. Coll. Dr. Rothschuh.

This interesting little bat, on whose discovery Dr. Roth-

schuh is to be congratulated, has a superficial resemblance to

the common Glossophaga soricina, found in the same region.

Without any very exhaustive examination, however, it may

be easily distinguished by its hairy forearms, extension of

wings to metatarsus, minute’upper incisors not touching one

another, and the entire absence, at least in the adult, of lower

incisors. ‘These points would all be visible in a freshly killed

specimen without extraction of skull, and may be commended

to the attention of collectors.

2. Oryzomys Couest, Alst.

One specimen, male.

3. Oryzomys gracilis, Thos.

Three specimens, all males.

This is a considerable extension of the known range of

O. gracilis, which was founded on a skin from Concordia,

Colombia. ‘The three specimens from Managua, while

obviously of the same species, differ considerably among

themselves, and show that a good deal of allowance for

variability should be made when studying these rats. Thus

one of them, like the type, has a partially bicolor tail, while

the other two have this member wholly dark; the inter-

parietal of one is narrow and straight anteriorly, of the second

broad and straight in front, and of the third convex ante-

riorly ; the palatal foramina are in no two quite alike, those

of one being fairly similar to those of the type, while in the

other two they are broader in different degrees.

The measurements of a spirit-specimen are as follows :—

Head and body 92 millim.; tail 107; hind foot, without

claws, 27; ear 16.

58 Mr. O. Thomas on

A, Marmosa* murina, L.

One specimen.

From Bogota some skins of Muride have been received,

among which are specimens apparently referable to Oryzomys

minutus, Tomes, O. spinosus, Thos., O. gracilis, Thos., and,

addition, the following new species :—

1. Oryzomys princeps, sp. 0.

Size large, proportions very much as in Mus rattus. Fur

Jong (about 14 millim. on back), soft, but not specially fluffy.

General colour a rich orange-rufous, darkened along the

middle line above, richer along the sides, brightest though

palest on the belly, where the hairs for their terminal third are

a clear orange-buff. Line of demarcation not marked. Ears

of medium size, fairly well haired, black. Hands and feet

dark brown on the metapodials mesially, silvery whitish

laterally and on the digits; fifth hind toe reaching just past

the base of the fourth. Tail very long, well haired but not

tufted, uniformly blackish brown throughout.

Skull with a long flattened muzzle, so that the profile is

perfectly straight from the vertex on the middle of the parietals

to the tip of the nasals. Interorbital space narrow, concave

above mesially, its edges square but not beaded. Zygomatic

plate straight in front, not projecting. Palatal foramina large

and well open, reaching back just to the level of the front

of ™1, Bulle small.

Molars very large, broad and squarish, the projecting cusps

prominent.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male skin) :—

Head and body 181 millim.; tail 226; hind foot 35;

ear (c.) 17. a)

Skull : basal length 36, basilar length 33°3, greatest breadth

21°8; nasals 15°6x4°9; interorbital breadth 5:2; inter-

parietal 4:1 x 11°8; palate length from henselion 18 ; diastema

10:6; palatal foramina 8:2x3°5; length of upper molar

series 7°.

This fine species is one of the handsomest of the whole

group, equalling or surpassing in beauty the Rio Janeiran

O. ferrugineus described last year, although its colour is

* Manrmosa, Gray (1821).

Syn. Asagis, Gloger (1841).

Micoureus, Less. (1842). See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv.

p: 190, footnote.

small Mammals from Nicaragua and Bogota. 59

darker and less brilliant than in that species. As to its real

affinities, I am unable to speak with certainty, but it seems

to be one of the group of Oryzomys which show a tendency

towards Rhipidomys, although, so far as I know, there is no

described species with which it could possibly be confounded.

2. Oryzomys Childi, sp. n.

Size medium. Fur rather long (11-12 millim. on back),

straight, of medium texture. General colour dull grizzled

grey-brown, the hairs dark slate, with pale brown tips. On

the middle part of the back all the hairs are without brown

tips, and the slate-colour being here specially dark, a long

oval blackish patch is formed. Under surface greyish white,

the tips of the hairs white; line of demarcation fairly well

defined. ars large, finely haired, black. Feet long,

whitish above, a faint brownish discoloration on the meta-

tarsals ; fifth hind toe, without claw, reaching just past the

middle of the first phalanx of the fourth. Tail long, slender,

thinly haired, bicolor, brown above, whitish beneath.

Skull smooth, rounded, and little ridged. Interorbital edges

rounded, not beaded. Palatal foramina rather short. Molars

as in typical Oryzomys.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female skin) :—

Head and body 131 millim.; tail 143; hind foot 31;

ear (c.) 16.

Skull: front corner of interparietal to tip of nasals 29:5;

greatest breadth 168 ; nasals 12 x 3:7; interorbital breadth 5 ;

length of zygomatic plate 3°8 ; palate length from henselion

14:2; diastema 8°5; palatal foramina 56x 2-4; length of

upper molar series 5:5.

O. Childi is by the shape of its skull evidently closely

allied to O. mertdensis, Thos., from which it mainly differs

by its dull brown instead of rufous coloration, longer fur, and

its blackish dorsal area.

The name of this species is given in honour of Mr. George

D. Child, through whose kind instrumentality the specimens

have been obtained.

3. Oryzomys laniger, sp. n.

Fur long, hairs on back about 12 millim. in length; very

soft and fluffy. General colour above dull olivaceous grey ;

the hairs dark slate for nine tenths of their length, their tips

olive. Under surface similar, but paler, the tips of the hairs

dull yellowish ; line of demarcation not defined. ars fairly

large, naked. Metapodials brown mesially, their edges and

60 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on some

the whole of the digits white ; hind feet very short in propor-

tion to the general size; fifth hind toe very long, reaching,

without claw, nearly to the end of the second phalanx of the

fourth. ‘Tail slender, finely haired, uniformly dark brown

throughout.

Skull rather thin and papery for its size, with a large

rounded brain-case,and broad rounded interorbital space, whose

edges are quite unbeaded, scarcely even angular. Zygomatic

plate narrow, slanting backwards in front. Palatal foramina®

large and open, not quite reaching backwards to the level of

the front of ™1. Posterior edge of palate level with the

middle of ™3, Bulle small.

Molars large and oblong, as in Oryzomys and Rhipidomys.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female skin) :—

Head and body 117 millim.; tail 123; hind foot (moist-

ened) 21°8; ear (c.) 17.

Skull: basal length 24, basilar length 21:7, greatest

breadth 15:4; nasals 10°3x3°6; interorbital breadth 5;

interparietal 3°2x 10:2; length of zygomatic plate 2:2;

palate length from henselion 12; diastema 7'8; palatal fora-

mina 5°5 x 2°43; length of upper molar series 4°7.

This fluffy-haired Vesper Mouse has very much the appear-

ance of an Acodon, say of A. olivaceus, but its short feet and

broad heavy molars show that it is essentially different from

any member of that group.

X.—On some Coccide obtained by Mr. C. A. Barber in

the Island of Antigua, WI. By T. D. A. CockEreELn,

Entomologist of the New Mexico (U.8.A.) Agricultural

Experiment Station.

WHEN leaving Antigua Mr. Barber was so kind as to send

me a parcel of scale-insects which he had collected there ;

and as the specimens prove to be of considerable interest, the

following notes are offered.

(1) Orthezia insignis, Douglas.

On roots and stems of Clitorea ternatea and stems of

Coleus; very destructive to the latter. This extremely

troublesome species is getting very widespread ; out of doors

in the tropics and in temperate regions in hothouses.

Coccide from the Island of Antigua. 61

(2) Dactylopius longispinus, Targ.-Tozz.

(longifilis, Comstock).

On Adiantum and other ferns (Dr. Freeland). “ Very

destructive to the more delicate ferns.” I have no doubt

that this is correctly identified, though the material being all

in alcohol makes the determination difficult.

(3) Phenacoccus yucce, Coquillett (Dactylopius

mextcanus, Ckll.), var. Barberi, v. nov.

9. Length about 5, breadth about 24 millim. Specimens

in alcohol look like a Monophlebus, and are whitish, nude,

shiny, with the segmentation distinct. Legs and antenz pale

reddish brown, shiny.

Antenne 9- jointed, joint 9 about one third longer than

8; 7 a little longer than 8; 6 about as long as 7—in fact

4, 6, 6, and 7 practically equal ; 3 a little longer than 4,

1 about as long as 2.

Tibia and femur with rows of bristles ; tibial bristles about

twelve in a row, femoral about seven. ‘Trochanter with five

bristles and a long hair. Digitules all filiform. Claw witha

small denticle on its inner side.

Anogenital ring with six stout bristles.

Sides of segments with patches of small spines.

This may be a distinct species, but I cannot be sure of this

without seeing living, or, at least, dry (not alcoholic)

specimens.

Found on Allamanda and Thunbergia grandificra, and also

on Coleus and Croton near the Thunbergia. It is not con-

fined to Antigua; Mr. Barber sent it also from St. Kitts, on

plant unknown; and Mr. Urich sends it from St. Ann’s,

Trinidad, on orange. ‘The typical form of the species 1s

found in California and Mexico. Sometimes the antenne

have only eight joints in Mexican specimens; it was on such

that I founded my Dactylopius mexicanus.

(4) Lecanium batale, sp. n.

@. Length 8, breadth 23, height 1 millim. Soft, pale

ochreous, shiny ; posterior incision short, less than 4 millim.

long. Outline of scale broad oval. Legs extremely small,

very pale brown. Margin with fairly stout and large simple

spines, the largest of which are indistinctly bifid at tips.

Spiracular spines stout, one long and two short.

Legs ordinary ; trochanter with a very long bristle. ‘Tibia

about as long as femur; tarsus more than half length of tibia.

62 On some Coccide from the Island of Antigua.

Claw curved, digitules of claw extremely large and stout,

extending considerably beyond claw. ‘Tarsal digitules fili-

form, with small knobs.

Antenne §&-jointed, tapering; joint 3 longest, much

longer than 2 or 4; 2 subequal with 4 or a little longer; 5

shorter than 4; 6 and 7 equal and shorter than 5; 8 about

or hardly as long as 4.

Anal plates triangular, the outer sides subequal; hind ends

rounded, and bearing four short bristles.

Derm colourless, with extremely large but indistinct round

gland-pits.

On the tuberous roots of the batata or sweet potato (Jpo-

mca batatas), Feb. 25, 1893.

The discovery of a Lecandum in such a situation as this

was quite unexpected. The species has a general resem-

blance to LZ. terminalie in shape and size, but does not seem

to be very closely allied to any described form.

(5) Chionaspis minor, Maskell.

In great quantity on twigs of Hibiscus; Clare Hall, and

from Dr. Freeland.

(6) Chionaspis citri, Comstock.

It is unfortunate that this species, so destructive to Cvtrus-

trees, has reached Antigua.

(7) Parlatoria Pergandet, Comstock,

var. crotonis, V. nov.

?. Scale white or brownish, second skin pale reddish

brown, suffused with black in the middle. @ insect prac-

tically as in Perganded; a Jamaican specimen shows the

grouped glands present, caudolaterals 5, cephalolaterals 6.

On Croton (Dr. Freeland). I also found it on Croton in

Jamaica, at Kingston. It does not seem to live at all on

Citrus, the food-plant of typical Perganded; the latter has

not been found in Antigua or Jamaica.

(8) Aspidiotus rapax, Comstock.

On cones of Casuarina. Many specimens show parasite-

holes.

Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

April 25, 1895,

On new Bees from New Mexico, U.S.A. 63

XI.—New Bees of the Genus Halictus from New Mexico,

U.S.A. By T. D. A. CocKERELL, Entomologist of the

New Mexico (U.8.A.) Agricultural Experiment Station.

(1) Halictus tripartitus, sp. n.

?. Long. 6 millim.; head, seen from in front, somewhat

broader than long, black, with a perceptible greenish tinge ;

face and cheeks thinly clothed with pale hairs; mandibles and

antenne piceous, the latter, straightened, reaching about to

anterior border of scutellum, with the head thrown back.

Punctuation of face strong and very close.

Clypeus pitch-black, lacking the greenish tinge of face,

with large, rather sparse punctures, its anterior margin with a

shining fringe of very pale golden hairs.

Thorax broadly oval; mesothorax, pleura, and metathorax

blue-black ; scuteilum and péstscutellum dark greenish, con-

trasting. Hairs on dorsum of thorax ochraceous, those on

pleura whitish. Enclosed portion of metathorax rugulose,

finely longitudinally wrinkled at sides.

Legs dark, with moderately dense pale pubescence, which

has a golden tinge in some lights, on tibie and tarsi.

Wings hyaline, nervures and stigma honey-yellow ; third

submarginal narrowed more than one-half towards marginal.

Abdomen black, shiny, densely punctate; segments 1 to 4

with marginal bands of pale ochreous hairs, that on first

segment failing in the middle.

fab. Santa Fé, N.M., June 27, 1894, from alfalfa in

Mr. Andrews’s orchard (Ckll. 1140).

Very near to H. fasciatus, but that species differs in its

green (not black) mesothorax, somewhat larger size, and in

its head being slightly longer than broad, whereas in tripar-

titus it is shghtly broader than long. AH. tr¢zonatus, Cr., is

another allied species ; I have a specimen from Sta. Fé which

may be referable to tr¢zonatus or may be a new species closely

allied to it. It differs from tripartitus by its short third sub-

marginal cell and black face and scutellum.

(2) Halictus sisymbrit, sp. n.

9. Long. about 9 millim.; black, with sparse whitish

pubescence. Head broad; ocelli shining pinkish brown ;

tace densely punctured; clypeus nearly bare. Mesothorax

finely and closely punctured, shiny. Enclosed portion of

metathorax longitudinally wrinkled. Sides of metathorax

64 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on new

with fairly dense and long white hairs. Tegule shiaing, tes-

taceous. Wings hyaline, nervures and stigma dark brown;

third submarginal narrowed not quite one-half towards

marginal, Abdomen black, shiny, very finely punctate, with

a very narrow band of white pubescence at the base of second

and third segments. Hairs on tarsi more or less golden.

Hab. College Farm, Las Cruces, N.M., April 16, 1895;

one swept from Sisymbrium canescens (CkIl. 2572).

‘his species will be readily distinguished by its large size,

unarmed cheeks, black colour, and two narrow abdominal

hair-bands. The enclosed portion of the metathorax is trun-

cate behind, not rounded as in pectoralis.

(3) Halictus pectoraloides, sp. n.

9. This species had been confounded with HH. pectoralis,

Smith, which it much resembles. Mr. Robertson has sent

me an Illinois specimen of true pectoralis, and the following

differences are at once apparent :—

pectoralis.

Mesothorax rather dull; punc-

tures comparatively large and close.

Parapsidal grooves obscure.

Hair-patches at lateral bases of

abdominal segments 2 and 3 ob-

scure.

pectoraloides.

Mesothorax very shiny; punc-

tures comparatively sparse.

Parapsidal grooves very appa-

rent.

White hair-patches at lateral

bases of abdominal segments 2 and

3 very distinct.

Third transverso-cubital — dis-

tinctly bent. This is sometimes

not very apparent.

Sculpture of metathorax finer,

Third transverso-cubital nervure

gently curved.

Sculpture of metathorax coarser.

Among the New Mexico species pectoraloides is recognized

by its black (not at all blue or green) colour, the shiny meso-

thorax, and the patches of white pubescence at sides of abdo-

minal segments 2 and 3.

In the Mesilla Valley, N.M., pectoralotdes is very abundant.

Sweeping Stsymbrium canescens on the College Farm, I got

but two on April 12th; but on the 16th they were out in full

force, and I captured eleven. While the pectoralotdes thus

became more numerous, H. pruinosus, Rob., swept from the

same flowers, diminished. Sweeping at random from the

Sisymbrium, 1 got on April 12th ten prucnosus, on the 16th

but four. Did the pectoralotdes drive them away ?

Other dates for pectoraloides are:—Las Cruces, Aug. 5,

1893; Las Cruces, July 18, 1893, 0n Solanum eleagnifolium ;

College Farm, April 26, 1894, at tlowers of Lrigeron strigosus.

Bees from New Mexico, U.S.A. 65

The first abdominal segment is often more or less covered

- by brown mites.

(4) Halictus subobscurus, sp. n.

@. Length about 6 millim.; black, pubescence whitish,

sparse. Head moderately broad ; face beiow antenne more or

less covered with short white hairs (but not densely snow-

white pubescent, as in some species), vertex minutely

roughened. Antenne brownish towards tips. Mesothorax

quite dull, parapsidal grooves not apparent.

Postscutellum with pale pubescence. Enclosed portion of

metathorax rounded behind, not truncate; its margin not

indicated by a sharp elevated ridge, but by a rounded raised

portion free from hairs; its surface anteriorly rather feebly

longitudinally wrinkled. Sides of metathorax hairy ;

descending hind end of metathorax with a group of about 16

well-separated very distinctly plumose hairs on each side of

the middle.

Tegule testaceous. Wings hyaline, nervures and stigma

dull yellowish brown. Third submarginal narrowing rather

less than half to marginal. Legs with short hairs; tarsi

fulvous.

Abdomen fairly shiny, very minutely and closely punctate ;

not fasciate, but apical margins of segments obscurely testa-

ceous (not distinctly so, giving the appearance of bands, as

in some species). Ventral segments with bands of hairs,

only conspicuous when viewed sideways.

Hab. On Sisymbrium canescens, College Farm, Mesilla

Valley, N.M., April 12, 1895 (Ckll. 2689).

The following table has been prepared to distinguish

several species more or less similar to swbobscurus :—

Mesothorax very shiny; median and _ lateral

grooves distinct; stigma dark; abdomen ’

with four lateral patches of white hairs.... pectoraloides, Cll,

Mesothorax not so shiny.

Stigma dark; abdomen with four more or less

defined lateral patches of white hairs.

Head decidedly longer than broad ; meso-

thorax with larger punctures; meta- é'

thorax more coarsely sculptured ...... pectoralis, Sm.

Head nearly round; mesothorax with smaller

punctures; metathorax more finely t

BMPR E ML hea eie, «Ais, elas a eh~) ato eiale Wai om a) Phake quadrimaculatus, Rob.

(pectoraloides has the shape of head intermediate between these two.)

Stigma yellowish.

Headtlarge and broad... esc eee as we arcuatus, Rob.

Head small, moderately broad............ subobscurus, Ckll.

Head comparatiyely narrow..........+++. gracilis, Rob.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 5

66 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on new

An Halictus taken at Las Cruces on August 14, 1893,

differs from subobscurus in having the marginé of the segments

very distinctly testaceous, after the manner of lusorius, Cr.

I doubt whether it is a distinct species ; it is not Jusordus.

(5) Halictus semiceruleus, sp. n.

@?. Length about 53 millim. Head bronzy green, thorax

dark blue, abdomen black. Head rather narrow; face some-

what longer than wide, strongly punctate; clypeus blackish

at end, mandibles more or less reddish. Cheeks strongly

bluish. Flagellum only slightly brownish towards end.

Mesothorax shiny, with large punctures; median groove deep

and distinct, parapsidal grooves obscure. Scutellum with

large, rather sparse punctures, and between the punctures

microscopically striate. Postscutellum with rather long scat-

tered hairs. Enclosure of metathorax finely rugulose, sub-

reticulately wrinkled, bounded by a raised but not carinate

border, rounded, not truncate, behind. Sides of metathorax

and pleura with whitish hairs.

Tegule testaceous. Wings hyaline, nervures and stigma

pale honey-yellow, subcostal nervure black. Third submar-

ginal squarish, little narrowed towards marginal; third

transverso-cubital and second recurrent nervures very faint.

Legs dark; tarsi (except first joint) reddish.

Abdomen black, with a greenish reflection ; sides of seg-

ments 1 and 2 and whole of dorsal segments 3 and 4 thinly

covered with short whitish hairs.

Hab. Santa Fé, N.M., June 20, 1894 (CkIl. 987).

The following table has been prepared to separate the

species liable to be confused with semicwruleus :—

Mesothorax blue ; tegule not punctured ; stigma pale

BOTS YE Sie ja eie's.2 ale oxena eet ee eee en senuceruleus, Ckll.

Mesothorax green (or blue-green, with tegulee punc-

tured, in palustris).

First two abdominal segments constricted at apex ;

abdomen dark seneous ..........00s0eeeees coactus, Cress.

Abdomen normal.

Tegule punctured; metathorax short, broad,

strongly tromcate: <9. 5 s\eerasm cman eaves ont palustris, Rob.

Tegulee and metathorax normal.

Mesothorax dull: dark blue-green .... floridanus, Rob.

Mesothorax dull: brassy green ...... pilosus, Smith.

Mesothorax more or less shiny.

(Robertson says the mesothorax of prauinosus is not shiny ;

it is so in our New Mexico form, which otherwise agrees

with the description, and which has been seen by Mr. Robert-

son.)

Face and metathorax bluish or blue-green, . pruinosus, Rob.

Face and metathorax brassy green ...., wo» ephyrus, Smith.

Bees from New Mexico, U.S.A. 67

Of the species found in New Mexico, it resembles only

» pruinosus.

(6) Halictus meliloti, sp. n.

9. Length about 63 millim.

This very closely resembles

fasciatus, and is only to be distinguished by a comparative

description :—

fasciatus.

Vertex more depressed, dark

bluish green, more coarsely punc-

tured.

Mesothorax dark bluish green,

median groove very distinct.

Second submarginal cell but

little higher than broad.

Sculpture of enclosed space of

metathorax rather coarser and a

little more punctiform.

Apical bands of first two seg-

ments of abdomen distinct, though

interrupted in the middle.

meliloti.

Vertex more rounded, strongly

bronze-green or olive-green, more

finely punctured.

Mesothorax bronze-green or olive-

green, median groove indistiuct.

Second submarginal very dis-

tinctly higher than broad.

Sculpture of enclosed space of

metathorax consisting of very fine

longitudinal grooves.

Apical bands on first two seg-

ments of abdomen hardly percep-

tible, those on segments 3 and 4

distinct.

Hab. College Farm, Mesilla Valley, N.M., May 1, 1895;

swept from Melilotus indica. Of the New-Mexico species,

meliloti resembles tripartitus, but is at once distinguished by

the colour and shape of the head.

(7) Halictus semibrunneus, sp. n.

@. Length about 5 millim. Shiny; head and thorax

dark blue; abdomen piceous, with the segments faintly testa-

ceous at apical margins. [ace broad, inner orbits nearly

parallel, cheeks unarmed. Pubescence of head, thorax, and

abdomen sparse, short, whitish ; on abdomen largely covering

the bases of the second and third and the whole dorsal surface

of the fourth and fifth segments. Flagellum dark reddish

brown. Vertex very finely punctate. Mesothorax very shiny,

with rather large but sparse punctures, median groove distinct,

Scutellum shiny, sparsely punctured; postscutellum not

tomentose. Upper portion of metathorax not enclosed by a

raised line, very minutely roughened, very obscurely striatu-

late. Abdomen impunctate. Legs dark, ordinary. Wings

hyaline ; nervures and stigma pale honey-yellow ; third sub-

marginal narrowed less than half to marginal.

Hab. College Farm, Mesilla Valley, N.M.; taken on the

68 On new Bees from New Mexico, U.S.A.

occasion of a meeting of the College Field Club, April 27,

1894.

This species might be confounded with the Sta. Fé H. semz-

ceruleus; but that differs in being larger, especially in the

thorax, in its more distinctly sculptured metathorax, its con-

spicuous erect pale brownish hairs on postscutellum, its more

strongly and closely punctured mesothorax, its somewhat

differently shaped head, with a green face, and its dark

antenne.

Of other species, //. reticulatus and H. Hartii differ at once

from semibrunneus by the reticulated mesothorax ; H. apop-

kensis, a Florida species, is like semébrunneus in lacking this

reticulation, but it has the mesothorax only moderately shiny

and its head and thorax are greenish.

(8) Halictus perdifficilis, sp. n.

9. Length about 63 millim. Head dark blue-green ;

mesothorax and scutellum brassy green; metathorax so dark

blue as to be almost black. Abdomen piceous, apical margins

of segments 2, 3, and 4 slightly testaceous. Pubescence of.

head and thorax sparse, thin, with a slightly yellowish tinge.

Head moderately small; face not very broad, the portion

between ocelli and antenne strongly and closely punctured ;

flagellum dark chocolate-brown, not at all yellowish.

Mesothorax minutely roughened and strongly and rather

closely punctured ; median groove very distinct. Scutellum

strongly punctured ; postscutellum with long subochraceous

hairs. Enclosure of metathorax rounded behind, not bounded

by a distinct line, rather strongly subreticulately wrinkled.

Sides of metathorax with numerous whitish hairs.

Legs dark, ordinary. Wings hyaline ; nervures and stigma

pale honey-yellow; subcostal nervure black. Third sub-

marginal net narrowing one-half to marginal.

Abdomen pruinose from short greyish-white pubescence,

except dorsum of first and second segments, which are bare.

First segment with very fine scattered punctures; second

segment with much closer punctures. ‘lhe shape of the

abdomen is rather longer and more cylindrical than is usual.

Hab. Santa Fé, N.M., July 4, 1894 (Ckll. 1228).

At first it seemed very difficult to clearly separate perdifi-

cilis from its allies; but close scrutiny shows it to be distinct.

From semibrunneus it is recognized by its larger size,

dullish thorax, mesothorax not so sparsely punctured and

strongly green, and pruinose abdomen,

H. pruinosus has the abdomen broader than that of per-

On some Perichete from the Eastern Archipelago. 69

difficilis and distinctly green ; the metathorax also is different

and the punctuation of the first abdominal segment very

much closer. H. Oressonti,has the pubescence of the abdo-

men pale fulvous and the metathorax blue-green.

It may be added here that the altitude of Las Cruces is

about 3800 feet, while that of Sta. Fé is 7000 feet.

Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

May 2, 1895.

XII.—On some Perichete from the Eastern Archipelago

collected by Mr. Everett. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A.,

F.R.S., and Sopaiz M. FEDARB.

In the present paper we propose to describe some new species

of Perichete from the Kast which were collected by Mr. Everett

and kindly forwarded to one of us some months ago.

Although there are nearly one hundred species of Pericheta

known to science at the present time, the bulk of them being

natives of the Oriental Region, the particular islands, viz.

Borneo and Palawan, from which our specimens come have

been but little investigated as regards the present group of

animals. We were not, therefore, surprised to find that the

majority of the species were new. In addition to the new

species, the collection also contained the following, which

have not been previously recorded from this part of the

world :—

Pontoscolex corethrurus (F. Miiller). Merabah, North

Borneo.

Megascolex armatus, F. EK. B. Padas Valley, North

Borneo.

Both these species are widely distributed forms.

Pericheta Everetti, sp. n.

The length of this species is about 300 millim. and the

diameter at the widest part 12 millim.

It has a marked reddish-purple colour dorsally.

The clitellum occupies the segments xiv.—xvi. and is without

ete.

The male pores are separated by sixteen sete.

The genital papillae are developed on segments xix.—xxl.

There is a pair on each of these segments, long and narrow in

70 Mr. F. E. Beddard and Miss Sophie M. Fedarb on

shape and placed just in front of the row of sete. ‘Their

length is equivalent to about eight sete, and each papilla is

separated from its fellow by about the same number of sete.

The dorsal pores commence between segments xii. and xill,

The gizzard very exceptionally lies in segment viil., not

extending into adjacent segments. The only other species of

Pericheta in which a similar state of affairs has been hitherto

recorded is P. pentacystis, in which the gizzard lies also in

seement viii. The intestine is entirely without the charac-

teristic ceeca of this genus.

Septa iv./viii. and xi./xiv. are thickened.

The last pair of hearts are in segment xill.

The spermathece are, as in P. Stelleri, very numerous.

There are 12 and 17 in segments vi. and vii. respectively.

Each spermatheca has a single diverticulum. There are a

distinct pair of egg-sacs in segment xiv., which seem to be

unusually large. A second pair in segment xill, may be egg-

sacs or may possibly be a posterior pair of sperm-sacs. ‘The

point was not definitely settled; but it appears that in some

species there are a second pair of egg-sacs in segment Xill.,

while in others the same segment contains a pair of sperm-

sacs.

Hlab. Mount Kina Balu.

Pericheta papillata, sp. n.

The length is 500 millim., the diameter 7 millim. These

measurements, however, are probably not quite natural, as

the individual is much softened.

The clitellum occupies segments xiv.—xvi., and is entirely

‘without sete.

The male pores are separated by ten sete.

On each of the ten following segments is a pair of papilla,

lying closer to the middle line than do the male pores, and in

front of the line of sete: of their segments.

The dorsal pores commence between segments xii. and xiii.

‘The intestine has no ceca.

Septa iv./vill. and ix./xiii. are thickened.

The last hearts lie in segment xii.

‘Lhe sperm-sacs are in segments xi, and xii.

‘There are a pair of egg-sacs in segment xiil.

'xhe spermathece lie in segments vi. and vii. There are 7

in each segment. Hach has a small coiled diverticulum,

ending in an oval sac.

some Perichete from the Eastern Archipelago. (a!

The spermiducal glands extend through ‘three segments.

Their duct does not terminate in a dilated muscular sac.

flab. Merabah, N. Boxneo.

Pericheta sarawacensis, sp. n.

The length of this species is about 800 millim., the diam-

eter is 7 millim.; the number of segments is 260. There

was no pigment in the skin of the preserved specimens.

The clitellum is as in the last two species.

On each of segments xix.-xxil. are a pair of papillae, which

are like those of P. papillata.

The dorsal pores commence between segments xil. and xiii.

The intestine has no ceca.

Septa v./vili. and x./xiv. are thickened.

The last pair of hearts is in segment xiii.

The sperm-sacs are in segments x., Xi., and xii.

The egg-sacs in segment Xiii,

The spermathece are in segments vi. and vii., about 14 in

each. ach spermatheca has a single diverticulum.

The spermiducal glands are rather different, extending

through three segments.

This species, as will have been inferred from the descrip-

tion, is somewhat intermediate between the last two. The

internal structure is more like that of P. Hverett?, while the

papille are more like those of 2. papillata, though not so

numerous.

Hab. Sarawak.

Pericheta kinabaluensis, sp. n.

The length of this species is 150 millim. and the diameter

9 millim. Number of segments 200. The red coloration

noticeable in P. Hveretti also characterizes this species. The

implantation of the setee is marked by white lines.

The clitellum as in the last species.

The male pores are separated by sixteen sete.

On each of segments xix. and xx. is a single median

papilla. On segment xxi. the left half only of the papilla

was developed.

The dorsal pores commence between xi. and xii.

The gizzard is in segment vill. ‘The intestine has no ceca,

Septa v./vill. and x./xiv. are thickened.

The last pair of hearts are in segment xii.

‘The sperm-sacs are in segments x., xl., and xil.

72 Mr. F. E. Beddard and Miss Sophie M. Fedarb on

The egg-sacs lie in segment xiil.

The spermathece are in segments vi. and vii., 11 and 17 in

each.

The diverticula as in P. Everetti.

The spermiducal glands are large and compact; they are

limited to one segment, but the bounding septa are bulged

out to make room for the gland. The duct has no terminal

muscular sac.

Hab. Tamburungare, Kina Balu, Borneo, at an altitude

of 7700 feet.

Pericheta merabahensis, sp. 0.

The length of this worm is 204 millim. and the diameter

4millim. It has 146 segments. )

The body-wall, when preserved, is extremely soft and partly

transparent. The species shows a tendency to individual

variation, especially in the size of the ceca, one individual

having none. Out of twenty-nine adults one was deformed,

having the right.male pore in the normal position in segment

xviii. and the left at xv., with the spermiducal gland corre-

spondingly displaced.

The clitellum extends from xiv.—xvi., and is without sete.

The first dorsal pore lies between segments x1./xii.

The male pores are close together and rather tumid, but no

genital papille are present.

The gizzard lies in segments vill. and 1x.

The intestine commences in segment xv.

There are ceca in segment xxvi., which are quite small and

insignificant. In some specimens they are most obscure and

nearly empty; while one individual had apparently none

whatever.

The hearts are in segments xi.-xill.

The septa v./viil. are much thickened.

There are three pairs of spermathece in segments vi., vii.,

and vill. The pouch is of considerable size, and the duct

short and stout. The diverticulum is single and small, and

attached to the duct by a long delicate tube.

In segments x., xi., and xii. are three pairs of sperm-sacs,

approximately the same size.

The ovaries lie in segment xiii.

The spermiducal glands are tongue-shaped, cut up into

loose lobes. There is a large muscular sac in segment xviii.,

narrowing into a duct in xix. The glandular part extends

a the posterior end of segment xix. to the commencement

of xxil.

Hab. Padas Valley, N. Borneo.

some Perichete from the Eastern Archipelago. 73

Pericheta padasensis, sp. n.

A stout worm; length 280 millim., diameter 6 millim. ;

96 segments.

The clitellum occupies segments xiv.—xvi., not quite in-

clusively. In preserved specimens it is very marked in

colour, being much darker than the rest of the body. It has

no sete.

The male pores are very distinct, but not particularly

tumid. They are separated by 10 setae (9 in some indi-

viduals). There are no genital papille.

The dorsal pores commence between segments xil./xiil.

The gizzard lies in segments viii. and ix.

The intestine commences in segment xv.

There is a pair of ceca originating in segment xxvii. and

reaching forward through five segments, viz. as far as xxiii.

The septa v./vil. are slightly thickened; those between

v./vi. and vi./vil. in a specimen from Merabah had numerous

processes arising from them, making them appear almost

racemose.

There are three large pairs of hearts in segments X1., xil.,

and xiii.

There are four pairs of spermathece in segments V1., vil.,

vill., andix. The duct of each is large and wide and about as

long as the pouch, which latter contains, in many instances,

some whitish solid bodies, possibly spermatophores. The

diverticula are very small, sometimes single, or, more fre-

quently, two or three of eraduated s1Zes springing from the

same spot on the delicate tube that attaches them to the duct.

The sperm-sacs are paired in segments x., Xi., xil., and

xiil.; those in xi. and xu. are the largest, and each of these

has a small process pointed towards the dorsal blood-vessel.

These processes approach so closely to one another from the

opposite sides that at first sight they seem joined. The

pair of sacs in segment xiii. are very small indeed.

The ovaries are in segment xiii. and the egg-sacs in xiv.

The spermiducal glands are fan-shaped, cut up into two or

three distinct lobes. They have a large muscular sac in

segment xvill., while the glandular part spreads through

xviii—xvii. and partly into xvi.

Hab. Merabah and Padas Valley.

t4 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

XT1I.— Notes on some of the Solifuge contained in the Collec-

tion of the British Museum, with Descriptions of new

Species. By R. I. Pocock.

[Plate IV. }

Genus GALEODES.

The species of this genus seem to me to be but little under-

stood. ‘hat ‘there is a large amount of variation in the

genus can be observed by anyone who works through a mass

of material from various localities; but it is very difficult to

find the specific characters that obtain consistently in indi-

viduals of all ages and both sexes.

The adult males and females (at least of some species)

appear to be recognizable by the following characters :—

9. Head larger, to support the larger strongly toothed

mandibles, which have no flagellum and no spiniform hairs.

Palpi shorter as compared with the width of the head and

slighter; legs also shorter, the tarsi of the fourth normally

clothed below with simple hairs. Malleoli shorter and alto-

gether smaller. The two halves of the genital operculum

enlarged and united across the middle line to form a single

large plate. There are no peculiar bacilliform hairs on the

abdomen.

6. Head narrower, to support the smaller weakly toothed

mandibles, which are provided with a flagellum and with a

large number of erect spiniform hairs to protect the flagellum

when atrest. Palpi longerandstouter. Legs longer; tarsus

of the fourth clothed below with modified hairs. J/alleoli

longer and larger. The two halves of the genital operculum

distinct, with two smaller plates appearing in the middle line

between them. The fifth and often other sternal plates of the

abdomen provided with modified bacilliform hairs.

Male examples have been described without the hairs on

the fourth tarsi and on the abdomen. It is not certain,

however, I suppose, that these male examples were mature.

Moreover, the shape of these hairs has been used for distin-

guishing species; but an examination shows that in some

individuals no two of the abdominal bacilliform hairs are alike,

and that they vary on the same sternite from being short and

stout to long, slender, and cylindrical. On the fourth tarsi,

too, the hairs have sometimes blunt points, sometimes filiform

points; but it seems highly probable that the latter kind is

transformed into the former simply by the process of wear.

Solifugee in the British Museum. 75

Anyhow, it seems to me to be perfectly certain that the

stout spines on the palpi of adults result from the fracture of

hairs which in the young are long and filiform.

In this paper I have ventured to establish several new

species, basing them largely upon differences in colour and

relative length of appendages and their segments.

Galeodes barbarus, Lucas.

Galeodes barbarus, Lucas, Expl. Sci. Alg., Arachn. p. 270, pl. xviii.

fig. 7.

The British Museum has a single male example of this

species.

It may be recognized from the other males known to me

by the presence of the shovel- or spoon-shaped spines on the

lower surface of the tarsi of the fourth leg and by the thick,

flattened, and pointed spines on the lower surface of the fifth

abdominal sternite. ’

In his monograph of the species of this group Mons. Simon,

as he has already pointed out, identified as the male of

barbarus the male of another species, which appears to differ

from that of barbarus in possessing long bacilliform spines on

the fifth abdominal sternite and in having the tarsus of the

fourth leg clothed with normal sete. This latter species

Mons. Simon described as @. occidentalis (Expl. Sci. Tunisie,

Arachn. p. 44), but in his comparative diagnosis of this and

the male of barbarus he has fallen into the curious and

puzzling error of ascribing the abdominal spines of barbarus

to occidentalis, and vice versé. This, at least, is the only

explanation which reconciles his first statement about the

male of occidentalis, when he described it as barbarus, with

his subsequent one, when he recognized its specific distinctness.

Moreover, the male of barbarus that I have seen agrees with

Simon’s last diagnosis of this species, if we make the necessary

alteration with regard to the nature of the abdominal spines.

Galeodes intrepidus (Sav. & Aud.).

Solpuga intrepida, Savigny and Audouin, Aran. d’Egypte, p. 178, fig. 8

(1827) ; C. Koch, Die Arachn. xy. p. 89, fig. 1479.

Galeodes scalaris, C. Koch, tom. cit. p. 87.

Galeodes leucopheus, id. ibid. p. 88.

Galeodes Saviyny?, Simon, Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. 1879, p. 105.

It seems to me to be in the highest degree probable that

G. intrepidus of Savigny is referable to the same species as

scalaris of C. Koch. So far as can be judged from Savigny’s

figures, his ¢ntrepidus differs from his araneotides (=arabs) in

76 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

being smaller and in having the hairy clothing of the legs

thicker. Apart from colouring, these are, perhaps, the first

distinctive characters to strike the eye. The colouring,

however, is very different, intrepidus being provided with a

continuous median dorsal black band, the sides of the abdo-

men being clothed with white or yellow hairs, and the hairs

on the distal segments of the legs and palpi being of a bright

greenish yellow, those on the distal half of the appendages

and on the head and mandibles being greyer. ‘The spine-

armature of the legs is as in arabs, except that the spines are

perhaps longer. Moreover, the lower surface of the tibia

of the second, third, and fourth legs is furnished with a few

hairs which are markedly stouter than the rest, and the ante-

rior spine at the distal end of the lower surface is considerably

stouter, and there appear to be always three pairs of spines on

the first tarsal of the second and third legs. In the male the

tarsus of the fourth pair of legs is clothed beneath with

ordinary slender setiform hairs, and the fifth (and sixth) sterna

of the abdomen are furnished with slender bacilliform spines,

as in arabs.

I need hardly add that Simon’s reason for changing the

name intrepidus into Savignyz, because Dufour wrongly

identified one of his species as ¢ntrepidus, is utterly untenable.

Birula’s Savignyt (Zool. Anz. 1890, p. 206), from Turkestan,

which has six spines on the protarsus of the fourth leg, is

probably different from what I believe to be cntrepidus, as,

indeed, might have been imagined from the locality. So, too,

does Simon’s scalaris, from Central Abyssinia, differ in having

three pairs of spines confined to the distal half of the protarsus

of the fourth leg. It resembles my specimens, however, in

its small ocular tubercle ; and I am not inclined to lay very

much stress upon the presence of an extra spine upon the

posterior side of the protarsus of the fourth leg, because there

seems to be a tendency in this species for hairs to become

spiniform, and in two of the British Museum specimens,

which otherwise do not seem recognizable from the rest of the

examples of ¢ntrepidus, there are six spines on this protarsus,

the additional one being, however, not a pair to the one that

is usually unpaired, but occupying a corresponding position on

the anterior surface, but nearer the proximal end. One of the

examples presenting this is a female from Oran, the other

a male without locality. In addition to these two, the

Museum has another example (a female, without locality),

three (two males, one female) from Aden, one (female) from

Perim Island, and two (male and female) from the island of

Shadwan in the Red Sea.

Solifugee in the British Museum. vir

Galeodes arabs, C. Koch.

Galeodes araneoides, Oliv. Voy. dans l’Emp. Ottoman, vol. vi. p. 504,

Atlas, pl. xlii. fig. 3 (1807) ; Sav. & Aud. Deser. Egypte, Hist. Nat. i.

pt. 4, p. 176, pl. viii. fig. 7 &e. (not araneoides of Pallas).

Galeodes arabs, C. Koch, Die Arachn. xv. p. 85 (1848).

Galeodes Lucasii, L. Dufour, Mém. Ac. Sci. St. Pétersbourg, xvii. p. 385,

pl. ii. fig. 5 (1862).

Galeodes arabs, araneordes, and ? grecus, Butler, Tr. Ent. Soc. 1875,

p- 418.

Galeodes araneotdes and grecus, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1879,

pp. 99, 100 (at least in part).

This species is spread from 8. Algeria (Dufour’s Lucasiz),

through Keypt, where it is evidently abundant, into Arabia.

It also goes further to the north, spreading into Asia Minor.

The British Museum has upwards of forty examples from

the following localities:—Smyrna, Midian, Baghdad, Eu-

phrates, El Tor (Red Sea), Egypt (various spots), White

Nile, Somali, Arabia, Aden, and Muscat.

The colouring is very characteristic. The ground-tint is

a pale whitish or reddish yellow, but the cephalic plate is

fuscous on each side, and the mandibles are usually furnished

above with two stripes of the same colour; the tibia of the

palpus is mostly fuscous, but its two ends retain their yellow

tint, and the protarsus is furnished with a fuscous band in its

proximal half, its proximal extremity, distal half as well as

the tarsus, remaining yellow; and, lastly, there is usually a

median dorsal fuscous band, though not a continuous one,

extending over the free thoracic segments to the end of the

abdomen, and the femora of the legs are sometimes slightly

infuscate.

The spine-armature of the feet is normally as follows :—

Second and third pair of legs: téb¢a, 1 short superior distal

spine, 2 inferior distal setiform spines; protarsus, 5 spines

along posterior edge, 3 below in the distal half (7. e. a distal

pair and | posterior spine before the pair) ; in the legs of the

third pair the 5 posterior spines of the protarsus are arranged

in two alternating rows, an upper of 3 anda lower of 2;

tarsus, 7 spines, a pair on the second segment, two pairs at

the distal end of the first segment, and one anterior spine

near the proximal end of this segment.

Fourth pair of legs: téb¢a without a superior distal spine ;

protarsus armed below with 5 spines (1 anterior near its

middle, 2 at the distal end, and 2 midway between the single

one and the distal pair) ; tarsus armed below with 8 spines in

four pairs (three pairs on the proximal segment and one pair

on the second), the third segment being usually unarmed.

78 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

Galeodes hector, sp. n.

Closely allied to G. arabs.

The ground-colour rather redder, the upperside of the

mandibles more infuscate ; femur of palp very slightly infus-

cate above distally; tibia marked above with a median

fuscous band which extends from end to end; protarsus and

tarsus entirely fuscous above ; legs uniformly reddish yellow

or slightly infuscate ; abdomen and free thoracic segments

with a crescentie black spot on the middle of each tergum.

Spine-armature of legs as in G. arabs, but the posterior

proximal spine upon the first tarsal of the second and third

legs more generally present than in arabs.

g. Spines on fifth abdominal sternite slender, long, cylin-

drical, pointed distally, but scarcely narrowed at the base ;

those on the fourth tarsus scarcely expanded mesially, but

narrowed to a long hair-like process ; the malleoli, however,

are much shorter, the heads smaller and with their points

more rounded ; the external one is not so long as the flagellum

of the mandible.

Measurements in millimetres of types ( 2 ).—Total length of

trunk 48, of coxal area 17; width of cephalic plate 10°5, of

eye-tubercle 1°5; length * of mandible 14:2; palp 39, femur

14, tibia 12°5, protarsus 10, tarsus 3; width of tibia and of

protarsus 1°8; length of fourth leg 51°5.

¢- Total length of trunk 30, of coxal area 14; width of

head 6°8; length of mandible 10°5, of flagellum almost 4, of

palp 43, femur 16°5, tibia 14, protarsus 11, tarsus 3; length

of fourth leg 53; length of external coxal hammer 3, of

handle 2, of head 2°5.

Loe. Smyrna; 8. of Smyrna (2. MacAndrew) ; Budrum,

in Asia Minor (//.J2.8. ‘Supply’).

This species seems to come very near to the genuine

G. araneoides of the Russian steppes; but since the latter

species is unknown to me, I am unable to compare the two.

It may “be recognized from arabs by the colouring of its

ay shorter legs, and the different shaped malleoli of the

male.

In addition to the female type described above, all the other

specimens that I have seen are males. One of these, ticketed

“ Arabia,” is considerably larger than the one described, the

* In this and all cases the length of the mandible is taken along its

external surface from its point of articulation to the apex of the immov-

able fang. The rest of the appendages are measured along the upper

side.

Solifuge an the British Museum. 79

head measuring 9°5 millim. in width, the mandible 13:5 long,

and the whole trunk (with distended abdomen) 45 millim.,

the palp 51°5, and the fourth leg 65. The next largest male

example from S. of Smyrna has the head measuring 9 millim.

and the palp 50, mandible 13, flagellum 4, distal malleolus 45.

A male of Galeodes arabs which has the cephalic plate

8 millim. wide, and is thus rather smaller than the above-

mentioned example from the 8. of Smyrna, gives the

following measurements :—Length of mandible 11°35, of

flagellum 3°5, of palp 53°5, of last leg 66°5, of external

malleolus 6. This specimen well illustrates the most notable

distinctive features of the males of the two species, the palpi

and legs being considerably longer in arabs and the malleolus

much longer as compared with the flagellum.

Y ;

Galeodes cyrus, sp. n.

$-—Colour. Anterior third of cephalic plate fuscous,

tubercle black; rest of the cephalothorax pale; mandibles

furnished above with three longitudinal greenish-fuscous

stripes, which coalesce before the base of the upper jaw into a

continuous dark patch, extending externally to the base of

the movable digit; palpi with the three distal segments

completely blackish brown throughout, the rest of the ap-

pendage and the legs clear yellow, with perhaps a suspicion

of infuscation on the upperside of the femora; abdomen a

uniform dirty brown throughout (perhaps due to the colour

of the food-contents).

Cephalic region high, sloped upwards at about an angle of

45°; the ocular tubercle very high and wide, the distance

between the eyes about equalling a diameter, the frontal pro-

cess low and rounded.

Mandibles of average size for a male, flagellum normal;

the lower digit armed with three teeth, the proximal the

largest, the distal the next, the median close to the base of

the distal; the upper digit armed with an external row of 8

smallish teeth, which vary a little in size, but are all very

distinctly defined.

Palpt very long and slender ; the femur considerably longer

than the tibia and twice and a half times the length of the

width of the carapace, armed anteriorly and interiorly on its

distal half with long, irregularly arranged, spiniform hairs ;

tubia a little more than twice the width of the carapace,

slender, cylindrical, furnished below with an external series

of four spiniform hairs and an internal row of five; between

the two rows there are other scattered and smaller spiniform

80 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

hairs, of which the proximal, however, is as large as those of

the lateral series.

Protarsus shorter than tibia, distally narrowed, armed

normally below with five or six pairs of short fractured spines,

the area between the spines thickly studded with hairs ;

tarsus long, much narrowed at the base.

Legs long ; second tibia armed distally and posteriorly with

1 stout spine and below at its distal end with 2 setiform

spines ; protarsus armed behind with a row of 5 stout longish

spines and below with 3, a pair at the distal end and one

posterior unpaired spine further up the segment; proximal tarsal

armed with 4 spines, one submedian at its proximal end and

three at its distal end, ¢. e. two constituting a pair and one

posterior behind them; distal tarsal armed with 3 spines, two

in front and one behind.

Third leg armed like the second, except that two of the five

spines on the posterior side of the protarsus are lower, the

series being thus broken up into two.

Fourth leg: protarsus armed with the normal 5 spines ;

proximal tarsal with 6 spines in three pairs, the median tarsal

with 4 spines in two pairs, and the distal tarsal with 2 spines

in one pair; the lower surface of this segment clothed with

normal sete. The malleoli long, the head with nearly

straight distal edge, the handle fixed nearer its middle than in

G. arabs.

Stigmatic combs composed on each side of about twenty or

a few more spines, separated like the teeth of a rake; inter-

nally the series is simple, externally above the main series

there are some irregularly arranged smaller spines. The

median aperture of the third pair of trachez distinct.

No modified hairs on the posterior border of the fifth

segment.

Measurements in millimetres.—Length of trunk 32, of the

inferior coxal area 17°5; width of cephalic plate 8°5, length

6:2; width of tubercle 2°5; length of mandible 11:5; length

of palp (exclusive of coxa) 59, femur 22, tibia 20 (width 1-5),

protarsus 14 (width 1), tarsus 3°5 (distal width 1) ; length of

first leg 38, of second (including claw) 35:5, of third 48, of

fourth 61; length of distal hammer-shaped organ 6°, of

handle 4, width of head 5:5.

Loc. Fao, on the Persian Gulf (W. D. Cuming). A single

male example, probably not quite mature.

This species differs from G'. arabs in the colouring of its

head, mandibles, palpi, and ? abdomen; in its more vertical

and less convex head and larger tubercle; in having the

proximal tarsal of the second and third legs armed with four

Solifugee in the British Museum. 81

instead of five spines, and the distal tarsal with three instead

of two spines ; and in having on the fourth leg the hairs of

the tarsus normal, two pairs of spines instead of one pair upon

the median tarsal, and one pair instead of none upon the

distal tarsal, and in having the handle of the malleoli nearer

the centre of the head.

Galeodes darius, sp. n.

?. Head, mandibles, and legs entirely lemon-yellow ;

ocular tubercle black ; tibia and protarsus of palp fuscous ;

tarsus and femur yellow; abdomen and thoracic segments

pale, the tergal.plates only very faintly infuscate.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of trunk 41,

width of head 12, of ocular tubercle 2'5; length of mandible

17, of palp 62, its tibia 20, protarsus 15; of fourth leg 81,

its protarsus 15°5.

Loc. Fao, on the Persian Gulf (W. D. Cuming).

Apart from its colouring, this species may be easily recog-

nized from G. arabs by the enormous length of its legs and

palpi. For instance, in adult females of arabs the width of

the carapace is about equal to the length of the protarsus of

the palp or of the fourth leg; but in G. dardus the protarsi

in question are far longer than the width of the head. The

following measurements of an example of arabs from Muscat

will illustrate the differences :—Total length 43; width of

head 12°5, of ocular tubercle 2°5, of palp 49, its tibia 16, pro-

tarsus 12; length of fourth leg 64, its protarsus 11:5.

It may thus be seen that, although actually smaller in the

head, G. darius has the appendages actually considerably

longer.

It is possible that this species may prove to be the female

of G. cyrus, since the two come from the same locality. I

refrain, however, from uniting them, on account of the differ-

ence in colour that the two present and from the fact that

the ocular tubercle is not unusually large in G. darius

and the spine-armature of the feet is normal, except that

the distal tarsal of the fourth foot has two spines upon it, as

in G. caspius.

Galeodes citrinus, sp. n.

Colour a rich lemon-yellow throughout, except for a faint

median band down the back and very slight infuscation on

the anterior edge of the cephalic shield; ocular tubercle

black, pale sometimes in the middle.

Legs entirely pale ; palpi with femur and tarsus pale, but

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 6

89 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

tibia and protarsus black from end to end, a fine yellow line

merely marking the joint between them.

Measurements in millimetres.— (adult). Total length of

trunk 40; width of head 10, of ocular tubercle 2; length of

mandible 15, of palp 61, its tibia 20°5, protarsus 14:5, of

fourth leg 73.

2 (probably not quite mature). Total length of trunk 35 ;

width of head 10, of ocular tubercle 2; length of mandible 15,

of palp 46°5, its tibia 15, protarsus 11°5, fourth leg 59.

Loc. Jask, in Persia, on the Gulf of Oman, close to the

confines of Beluchistan. Two young specimens obtained by

Mr. B. T. Ffinch and four examples, including those described

above, collected by Mr. Butcher.

Resembling G. arabs, but having the tibie and protarsi of

the palp more completely fuscous and the trunk and legs less

so. In colouring it resembles G. darius, but differs so

markedly from it in the greater shortness of its legs, that it

is impossible without further evidence to regard the two as

identical.

Galeodes afghanus, sp. n.

3 .—Colour. Carapace anteriorly infuscate; mandibles

flavous above; palpi with femur infuscate in its distal half

and tibia infuscate, as in G. arabs, but the protarsus and

tarsus entirely flavous; anterior two pairs of legs flavous ;

third pair with femur infuscate, fourth pair absent; (abdomen

discoloured).

Flagellum of mandibles with its basal cylindrical part

much shorter than its distal expanded part, as in the Indian

G. fatalis; the lower jaw of the mandible with 3 small teeth

between the two primary teeth on the right side and two on

the left; on the latter, however, the space remains where

the third tooth has been.

The second and third legs like those of G. arabs, except

that there are 8 spines on the tarsi instead of 7, the posterior

spine of the first pair being retained.

Malleoi not certainly distinguishable from those ot

G. arabs.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of trunk 34 ;

length of head 6:5, width 9; length of mandible 13:5, of palp

54°5, its tibia 18°5, protarsus 13:5.

Loc. Between Quetta and Kandahar. A single male

specimen presented by Col. Godwin-Austen.

This species differs from araneoides, caspius, arabs, and

orientalis in having the protarsus and tarsus of the palpi

Solifugee in the British Museum, 83

entirely pale, while the tibia and femur are infuscate, as in

those species.

Genus SOLPUGA.

Solpuga ferox, sp.n. (Pl. IV. fig. 3.)

? .—Colour. Cephalic plate, mandibles, and appendages

reddish yellow ; abdominal terga pale yellow, the membrane

at the sides of the plates and between them slightly infuscate.

Cephalic plate in width a little greater than the length of

the tibia of the palpus and a little less than the length of the

tarsus and protarsus of that appendage; width of ocular

tubercle about» equalling the length of the tarsus of palp ;

distance between eyes less than a diameter.

Mandibles furnished inside with nine or ten ridges, which

inferiorly decrease in length; the upper jaw armed distally

with 3 large conical subequal teeth, between the second and

third of which there are two smaller teeth, of which the poste-

rior is much larger than the anterior; this jaw is armed behind

with an external series consisting of 4 teeth and an internal

consisting of 3, of which the anterior is long and stout; lower

jaw armed with 3 teeth, of which the first and third are sub-

ena and the second situated upon the base of the third

mall.

Palpi moderately long and slender ; femur furnished below

with long sete; tibia also furnished below with long sete

and thickly clothed above and below with short erect hairs ;

protarsus, which is attenuate in its distal half, clothed like the

tibia, but its lower surface is furnished with a number ot

erect short truncate hairs, which may have resulted from the

breaking of the long sete.

Legs of first pair clothed with short close-set hairs and

long slender sete ; those of second pair covered with fine hairs

above, and on the lower surface of the tibia with sete which

increase in stoutness towards the distal end of the segment,

the distal pair being stout and spiniform; this segment is

armed above with a single stout distal spine ; the protarsus

armed above with five strong spines and below in its distal

half with two spines behind and three in front ; tarsus armed

below with seven pairs of spines—four pairs on the first and

one pair upon the second, third, and fourth segments, of which

those of the third to fifth pairs are the strongest ; third leg

resembling the second, except that there are two spines on

the upperside of the tibia, and the interval between the third

and fourth spines on the upperside of the protarsus is greater

than in the second leg, and the segment is armed below with

84 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some ~

six spines in three pairs; on the fourth leg the protarsus 1s

armed below with three spines behind and five in front ; tarsus

armed below with ten pairs of spines, those from 1 to 7 on

each side gradually increasing in strength up to the seventh ;

tibia of this appendage longer than the protarsus, but a little

shorter than width of the cephalic plate. Malleoli short.

Inner angles of the two halves of the genital operculum

convexly rounded, the posterior border of each half at right

angles to the median groove.

3. Resembling female in colour ; a little smaller, but with

legs much longer as compared with width of head, ¢. e. the

tibia and protarsus of palp and fourth leg greater than width

of head ; protarsus of palp scopulate beneath. Upperside of

head-plate and of mandible furnished with a small number of

stout spiniform sete. Dentition of the mandibles very much

as in the female, except that the distance between the second

and third large fangs of the upper jaw is greater and the

anterior of the two small denticles which occupy this space is

considerably removed from the posterior. Moreover, owing

to the shortness of the terminal fang, the first tooth is closer

to its apex than in the female; and, lastly, upon the upper-

side of the terminal fang and close to the base of the re-

curved portion of the flagellum there is an additional

forwardly directed tooth. The proximal portion of the

flagellum, 7@. e. the piece that is attached to the mandible and

lies forwards, is high and rounded, the remaining part, 7. e.

the recurved portion, is very short, broad, flattened, narrower

at the base, pointed at the apex, not projecting backwards

beyond the point of origin of the basal portion. On the inner

side of the apex there is an extra small tooth.

Measurements in millimetres.— 2. Total length from ocular

tubercle to anus 31°5; length of head 7:3, width 9°8, width

of ocular tubercle 2°2; length of mandible 13, of palp 31, its

tibia 9°8, protarsus and tarsus 10°8; of fourth leg 46:5, its

tibia 8°8, its protarsus 8:5.

g- Width of head 7°5, length 6; width of tubercle 1:8;

length of mandible 9-5, of palp 34:5, its tibia 11, tarsus and

protarsus 11°2; length of fourth leg 49, its tibia 9°6, pro-

tarsus 9°3.

Loc. Port Elizabeth (7. LZ. Drége).

Solpuga paludicola, sp.n. (Pl. IV. fig. 4.)

¢. Resembling S. ferox in colour, ¢. e. in having the limbs,

head, &c. of a uniform reddish yellow; the femur of the

fourth leg, however, is lightly infuscate in its distal half, and

Solifuge: 2m the British Museum 85

the tergal plates of the abdomen are a shade darker than the

lateral membrane.

Ocular tubercle very slightly smaller than in S. ferox;

structure of mandibles the same. Palpi and legs longer, the

tibia of palp being distinctly longer than the width of the

cephalic plate, which is only very slightly wider than the

tibia or patella of the fourth leg. Spine-armature of legs as

in ferov; the spine on the posterior side of the lower

surface of the third tarsal segment of the second and third

pairs of legs is very generally absent.

Genital operculum with its posterior border a little more

convex than in ferox; its two halves distinctly more thickly

chitinized.

3- Smaller than female, but with much longer legs (cf:

measurements) ; the femur, tibia, and protarsus of the palp,

the femora of the third and fourth legs, and the tibia of the

fourth as well, lightly infuscate. Jalleoli long.

Mandibles: teeth numerically the same as in the female,

the two small ones on the upper jaw which lie between the

second and third of the large ones are subequal, conical, and

evenly spaced ; the flagellum has the bulbous portion high

and black, the distal recurved portion is stout at the base but

very short, its apex, which is truncate and pubescent, not

projecting posteriorly beyond the point of origin of the basal

plece.

Measurement in millimetres.— 9 . ‘Total length 37; length

of cephalic plate 7:2, width 10; width of tubercle 2; length

of mandible 13, of palp 34, its tibia 11 ; protarsus and tarsus

11°8; fourth leg about 53, its tibia and protarsus about 9°8.

3. Total length 34; length of cephalic plate 7:5, width

8:5, of tubercle 2; length of mandible 9°8, of palp 43:5, its

tibia 14°5 ; protarsus and tarsus 14°2, of fourth leg 63, of its

tibia 12°8, protarsus 13.

Loc, Lake Nyasa (Universities’ Mission), and Zomba,

south of Lake Nyasa (fH. H. Johnson).

The female, of which the measurements are given above, is

not by any means the largest in the Museum collection. One

sent by Miss Woodward from Lake Nyasa has the trunk

46 millim. long and the cephalic plate 11°5 millim. wide; the

legs and palps are correspondingly longer, the proportion of

the segments remaining the same.

Of all the species that have been hitherto described, this

new one appears to be most nearly related to S. merope of

Simon, from Zanzibar. ‘The latter, however, seems to be

smaller, seeing that the length given for several females is

only 25 millim.; moreover, the cephalothorax and chelicere

86 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

are said to be a more or less obscure olivaceous brown, and

the tibia of the palp lightly infuscate above. I can find no

other satisfactory differentia] characters. The male of merope

is undescribed.

I have only seen two males of my species, one from Lake

Nyasa and the other from Zomba. The former is dry, and

I have consequently been compelled to take my measure-

ments from the latter, which differs in having the femora and

tibie of the legs more distinctly fuscous. The flagellum of

the male of this species seems to resemble in its shortness that

of S. niassa of Karsch, which is presumably from nearly the

same locality. In S. néassa, however, the flagellum is rather

longer, distally pointed, and dentate near the base.

Solpuga Keyserlingii, sp. n. (Pl. IV. fig. 5.)

Colour. Head, mandibles, palpi, and legs flavous; free

thoracic segments and abdomen fusco-olivaceous.

Head flattish, nearly as long as wide, tubercle large.

Legs and palpi long, the latter normally robust, with its

tibial segment as long as the tarsus and protarsus and nearly

twice the width of the head; tibia of fourth leg a little shorter

than that of the palpus.

Mandibles with the internal ridges about twice as long as

in S. paludicola. ‘The terminal fang long, curved, pointed,

slender, with only one small tooth just in front of the third

large fang. Flagellum with its basal part low and short, the

recurved part rather short, not extending half across the

distance between its point of origin and the base of the upper

surface of the mandible ; slender throughout, but gradually

pointed towards the apex, which is sinuate.

Measurements in millimetres.—Length of trunk 28, of head

6°5; width of head 7:5, of ocular tubercle 2; length of man-

dible 10°5, of palp 438, its tibia 13°55; of protarsus and tarsus

13°8 ; of fourth leg 62, its tibia 12°4, protarsus 11:9.

Loe. ? A single male example belonging to the late

Count Keyserling’s collection.

Apart from the very obvious distinctions between this

species and the preceding two which is supplied by the form

of the flagellum, it may be recognized easily from the male of

S. ferox by the greater length of its legs and palpi, relatively

longer head, wider ocular tubercle, longer mandible, &c. In

length of palpi and legs it more resembles S. paludicola ; but

although the head is actually narrower in Keyserlingit, the

ocular tubercle is the same size and the mandible distinctly

longer, owing to the greater length of its terminal fang.

Solifugee in the British Museum. 87

Of the previously described species, which are unknown to

me, it perhaps approaches the Algerian S. aciculata in the

structure of its mandibles. The latter, however, has the

basal portion of the flagellum very high, the terminal portion

more elevated in consequence, and the terminal fang of the

upper jaw short. It may also be allied to S. Schweinfurthi

of Karsch.

Solpuga Monteiri, sp.n. (Pl. IV. fig. 6.)

?. Colour entirely pale except for indications of blackness

upon the cephalic plate.

Allied to female of ferox, but with legs and palpi rela-

tively shorter and stouter ; cephalic plate equalling in width

the length of the tibia of the palp, tibia of palp equalling the

protarsus and tarsus taken together; the latter clothed below

with soft hairs and not presenting those short, erect, truncate

hairs which are observable in 9. ferox.

3g. Head and mandibles infuscate above; head about as

wide as long, its anterior border produced forwards, tubercle

large. Mandibles with the internal ridges longish, as in

S. Keyserlingiti ; terminal fang of the upper jaw rather short,

slightly curved at the apex, the two anterior teeth well

developed and sharp, followed by two minute and separated

denticles ; flagellum with its basal portion low, mostly pale ;

distal portion, which begins to take its backward curve on a

level with the second tooth of the upper jaw, very long and

slender, projecting backwards past the ocular tubercle, slightly

sinuate in its distal third. Palpe longish and robust (cf.

measurements).

Measurements in millimetres. — Adult ?. Total length

(abdomen small) 33; width of head 12, length 9; width of

tubercle 2°5; length of mandible 16:5, of palp 38, its tibia 12,

protarsus and tarsus 12°2; length of fourth leg 56, of tibia

10:5, of protarsus 10.

3. Total length 30, of head 7, width of head 7, width of

tubercle 2; length of mandible 10; palp 36, its tibia 11:5,

protarsus and tarsus 11°3; of fourth leg 52°5, its tibia 10.

Loc. Delagoa Bay (Mrs. Monteiro).

A third specimen, a female measuring, with distended

abdomen, 33 millim., but with the head about 7:8 millim.

wide, has the palpi relatively longer, the tibia being 8°5, and

therefore noticeably longer than the width of the head; the

latter, too, is distinctly fuscous above; moreover, the free

thoracic segments and the abdominal dorsal plates are lightly

infuscate,

88 _ Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

Apart from the form of the flagellum, the male of this

species may be recognized from the male of Keyserlingii and

of paludicola by its longer head, shorter legs and palpi.

The female is harder to discriminate.

In the structure of its flagellum the male approaches S. cheli-

cornis of Licht. and Herbst (=jubata, Koch), a species which

is unknown to me. But the three figures that have been

published of the mandible of that species agree at least in one

respect, namely in showing that the recurved portion of the

flagellum starts a long distance behind the apex of the upper

jaw.

Solpuga nigrescens, sp. n.

Colour black or very deep green throughout, hairs on abdo-

men and the long ones on the appendages reddish ; the genital

operculum pale in the middle; coxal racquets also entirely

ale.

: In general structure this species resembles S. ferox, but,

apart trom colour, certain other differential characters may

be made out. The ocular tubercle is smaller (cf measure-

ments) and the legs and palpi are shorter, ¢. e. the protarsus

and tarsus of the palp are shorter than the width of the

cephalic plate, whereas in ferox they are longer; so, too,

are the tibia of the palp and the tibia and protarsus of the

fourth leg more noticeably shorter than the width of the

cephalic plate than in ferox; and, lastly, the posterior

borders of the two halves of the genital operculum are more

convex than in the last species.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of trunk 34, of

head 6°7; width of head 10, of ocular tubercle 1°6; length of

mandible 13, of palp 26:5, its tibia 8, protarsus and tarsus 9°2 ;

of fourth leg 42, its tibia and protarsus about 8.

Loc. Lower Zambesi (J. Grant).

The above measurements show that, although the cephalic

plate of S. nigrescens is actually slightly wider than that of

S. ferox, the ocular tubercle is noticeably narrower, and the

segments of the palpi and legs noticeably shorter.

Solpuga Butlert, sp. n.

¢. Colour (dry example). Head, mandibles, legs, and

palpi entirely fuscous ; abdomen pale.

Cephalic plate not very high, equalling in width the pro-

tarsus of the fourth leg, but noticeably less in width than the

tibia of the fourth and the tibia and protarsus and tarsus of

the palpus. Ocular tubercle low, moderately wide. Man-

dibles with their dentition as in 8. feroz, ¢. e. with two small

Solifuge in the British Museum. 89

teeth between the second and third large teeth of the upper

jaw. Palpi slender, longish; tibia slightly shorter than the

tarsus and protarsus -together, the latter thickly clothed

beneath with longish hairs.

Legs longish (cf. measurements).

Genital operculum with the posterior borders of its two

halves lightly convex, the inner angle not thickened and

produced.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of trunk 54, of

nead 8°5; width of head 11:5, of ocular tubercle 2°5; length

of mandible 18; tibia of palp 14:5, its protarsus and tarsus

15; tibia of fourth leg 14, protarsus 12.

Loc. Congo.

In the black colouring of its legs, palpi, mandibles, and

head-plate this species resembles S. nigrescens ; it appears,

however, to differ in having the abdomen pale and the head

much narrower as compared with the length of the palpi and

legs. :

“The type of the species is the example from the Congo

referred by Mr. Butler to S. lethalis of Koch.

Solpuga hostilis (White). (Pl. IV. fig. 7.)

Solpuga hostilis (White), Appendix to Methuen’s ‘ Life in the Wilder-

ness,’ p. 317, pl. ii. fig. 5 (1846).

This species, of which there are two (g ?) typical ex-

amples in the British Museum, seems to me to be identical

with those that Simon has described as S. set¢fera of Olivier.

But since there is very little evidence that it is setifera of

Olivier, I prefer to retain the name that White applied to it.

In the male the upper jaw of the mandible is slightly

depressed proximally, with the apex a little upturned ; on its

lower edge there are two small equal teeth a little behind the

apex ; these teeth are followed by a concave toothless area,

behind which come the normal double series, but the first

tooth of the inner series is enormously long and conical; on

the lower jaw the three teeth are small, erect, sharp, and

situated far behind the middle of the blade, the distal half of

which is very long and curved; the flagellum has a high

basal piece, and the slender portion runs forwards nearly to

the apex of the fang before curving sharply backwards to

terminate at a point beyond the ocular tubercle on the cara-

pace.

Simon’s figure differs from the structure here described in

showing the two distal teeth on the upper jaw larger and the

90 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

first tooth of the posterior series small; moreover, the apex

of the terminal fang is directed downwards.

In the female there is only one small tooth between the

second and third large ones on the upper jaw, and the poste-

rior angles of the genital operculum are produced. The head,

mandibles, legs, and palpi are brownish or yellowish red, and

there is a dark stripe down the middle of the back, which

becomes black towards the hinder end.

Some of the measurements of the two species are as

follows :—

@. Length (abdomen shrivelled) 20; length of head-plate

5°5, width 7°5, of tubercle 1:2; length of mandible 10:5;

tibia of palp 7; protarsus and tarsus 7°5; tibia of fourth leg

7°5, protarsus 6°5.

&. Width of head 6, length 5; length of mandible 9 ;

tibia of palp 9°3, protarsus and tarsus (noticeably curved) 9°8 ;

tibia of fourth leg 9, protarsus 7:5,

Loc. “S. Africa, near the tropic of Capricorn.”

The male example of this species is the one that Mr. Butler

identified as S. chelicornis.

Solpuga Derbiane, sp. n. (PI. IV. fig. 8.)

= 8, jubata, Koch, Butler, Tr. Ent. Soc. 1873, p. 421.

g. Colour (dry) rufo-fuscous, with a dark median dorsal

band, posteriorly blacker, on the abdomen; clothed with

white hairs; the palpi and legs of the fourth pair become

nearly black distally.

Head as wide as the length of the protarsus of the fourth

leg, but shorter than the tibia of the palp. Mandible much

resembling that of S. hostilis, but with the upper jaw

straighter, extending further beyond the flagellum, not or

scarcely toothed on its inner side ; on the lower jaw the teeth

are larger, conical, and more to the front ; the first, moreover,

is on both sides small and apically bifid, somewhat as Karsch

has described for S. scopulata; the flagellum does not

approach so near the apex of the jaw as in hostilis, and,

curving more sharply backwards, fails to reach the edge of

the carapace.

The palpi have the protarsus less bowed than in hostilis,

and the scopula is composed of red hairs, and not of grey

ones, as in that species.

Measurements in millimetres— Total length 25; width of

head 7°5, length 5; length of mandible 10°5, of tibia of

palp 85, protarsus and tarsus 9; tibia of fourth leg 8

protarsus yigiy ;

Solifuge in the British Museum. 91

Loc. Interior of S. Africa (Harl of Derby).

The above-given measurements show that this species

further differs from hostél’s in having the legs shorter as com-

pared with the width of the cephalic plate.

In the structure of its mandibles it seems to approach

S. producta of Karsch (=vincta (C. Koch), Simon); but the

teeth on the lower jaw of the mandible are more to the front,

the curvature of the flagellum is much more abrupt, the upper

jaw projects further in front of it and is not hooked at the

apex.

Solpuga Marshall, sp.n. (Pl. IV. figs. 9, 9 a.)

¢g. Colour of head, mandibles, palpi, and anterior three

pairs of legs reddish brown ; the distal segments of the fourth

leg, 7. e. from the tibia to the tarsus, black ; abdomen with a

broad median black band, which spreads in front on to the

posterior thoracic segments,+clothed at the sides with long

yellowish-white hairs.

Head exceeding in width the length of the protarsus of

palp, but shorter than tarsus and protarsus taken together.

Mandible with upper fang straight and parallel-sided from

base to point, where, in addition to the terminal fang, it is

armed with two blunt teeth ; flagel/um almost as in S. hostilis,

White, but rising from an upstanding semicircular plate and

running forwards almost up to the apex of the fang, then

turning abruptly backwards and terminating in a slightly

upcurled point above the ocular tubercle.

Palpi short and moderately robust; the protarsus much

less strongly bowed than in hostilis.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total leugth of trunk 21;

width of head 5; length of mandible 9, of palp 22, of its

tibia 7, tarsus and protarsus 7; length of fourth leg 36, its

tibia 7°2, protarsus 6:2.

Loc. Fort Salisbury (Mashonaland). A single specimen

obtained by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, to whom I have great

pleasure in dedicating the species.

This species is nearly allied to S. hostil’s and derbiana, but

may be recognized from both by the form of its mandibles.

Genus RHAX.

thax miranda, sp.n. (PI. IV. fig. 1.)

_.g-—Colour. Head black, with a small yellow spot on each

side near the ends of the anterior border; mandibles entirely

black; posterior two thoracic segments yellowish white ;

92 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

anterior nine tergal plates of abdomen yellowish white; the

sides of the abdominal segments and the entire anal segment

black, lower surface of abdomen yellow in front, black poste-

riorly ; palpi and legs clear reddish yellow, with the coxa,

trochanter, and protarsus and tarsus of palp black, and the

tarsus and distal end of protarsus of legs of first pair also

black ; edge of the malleoli blackish.

Ocular tubercle oval, flattish, without accessory sete; the

surface between the eyes flat, not sulcate, and about equalling

an eye’s diameter in width. J/andzbles with the terminal fangs

only moderately long; the anterior denticle on the lower jaw

very minute. Protarsus of palp and of first leg normally

spined; no spines on tarsal segment of palp; tibia of palp

longer than protarsus and tarsus; tarsus of fourth segment

provided only with setiform spines. Cove marked with a few

spines.

?. Larger than male, with abdomen enormously distended,

and differing in the usual sexual characters.

Measurements in millimetres.— g. Total length of trunk

28°5, of abdomen 17, of head 5, of mandible 11°8; width of

head 8°5; length of palp 18:5, of fourth leg 26:5.

@. Total length 63, of abdomen 50, of head 6:8; width

of head 11°5; length of mandible 15:5, of palp 22, of fourth

leg 27:5.

Loc. Gambia. Two examples (¢ ?), collected and pre-

sented by Sir A. Moloney in 1885.

The locality of this species is of peculiar interest, inasmuch

as it is, so far as is at present known, the most southern limit

for the genus hax on the west coast of Africa. The species

itself seems to be most nearly related to the Nubian 2. melano-

cephala of Simon, which is unknown to me. The following

difterential characters, however, may be recognized from

Simon’s description:—In &. melanocephala the thoracic

segments are mesially brown, and the protarsus of the first

leg is entirely black; moreover, the ocular tubercle is said to

be nearly round and mesially striate. In &. miranda the

thoracic segments are pale, the protarsus of the first leg

blackish only distally; the ocular tubercle is oval and not

striate.

It also closely resembles in colour the Transcaspian

kh. Eylandti, of which the British Museum has two ex-

amples; but in &- Ly/andti the median dorsal pale stripe on

the abdomen narrows anteriorly upon the first tergite, is not

directly continuous with the white of the thoracic segments,

expands towards the posterior end, and extends on to the

tenth or anal segment; whereas in &, miranda this stripe is

Solifuge in the British Museum. 93

parallel-sided, extends only to the ninth segment, and is

anteriorly continuous with the white of the thoracic segments.

Rhax ornata, sp. n. (PI. IV. figs. 2, 2 a.)

Colour. Head black, yellow along the antero-lateral border ;

mandibles fulvous above, infuscate externally ; thoracic seg-

ments behind the head white; first, second, and third abdo-

minal terga black ; fourth yellow; fifth yellow in the middle,

black at the sides; sixth and seventh black ; eighth and ninth

yellow ; tenth black; sides and lower surface of abdomen

brownish ; legs and palpi yellow, ringed with black, palp

with a band round the femur and another round the tibia ;

tarsus and distal half of protarsus also black; first leg with a

black ring round the femur, tarsus deep brown; second and

third legs also with a ring round the femur; fourth leg with

a black spot on the lower side of the femur.

Ocular tubercle without additional sete.

Mandibles powerful, the anterior denticle on the movable

digit far in advance of the posterior; on the immovable digit

there is a wide space between the second and third teeth; the

terminal fangs of both digits long and slender.

Legs and palpi slender and longish ; tibia of palp consider-

ably longer than the protarsus and tarsus, the latter unarmed

beneath, “the protarsus, like that of the legs of the first pair,

normally spined_ below. Spine-armature of the remaining

legs also normal, but the spines prolonged distally into seti-

form terminations; cox of the first, second, and third legs

armed below with a pair of spines set transversely (when the

spines have been broken off, their situation may be easily

recognized by the scars).

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of body, from

ocular tubercle to anus, 30; length of abdomen 17:5, of

head 7; width of head 12; length of mandible 18, of palp 25,

of its tibia 9°3, protarsus and tarsus 7°5, of fourth leg 35.

Loc. Mombasa. A single male example.

Somewhat resembling the male of Rhax termes of Karsch,

judging from the description of the latter, but certainly

differing in having black markings on the appendages, white

thoracie segments, and the fourth and fifth abdominal terga

pale above; moreover, the structure of the mandible is quite

different in the two species (compare figures).

94 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

Genus GLUVIA.

Gluvia nigrimanus, sp. n. (PI. IV. fig. 10.)

&. Colour entirely pale yellow, except for the black ocular

tubercle, the blackish fangs, and the dense black protarsus

and tarsus of the palp, this segment, counting them as one,

being only pale-coloured quite at its proximal and distal

extremity.

Carapace with its anterior border lightly concave in the

middle, owing to the slight forward production of the mem-

brane of the lateral portion in advance of the buttress which

supports the mandible.

Ocular tubercle hairy behind and in front, two of the

anterior sete longer than the rest.

Mandibles smooth above at the base, then strongly elevated

before the base of the fang, armed above and externally with

stout spiniform hairs and internally above at the base with a

tuft of short hairs, and distally with a tuft of straight, long,

thin hairs extending along the inner side of the upper fang

as far as its apex; the upper fang rising abruptly from its

base directed outwards and downwards, its upper edge nearly

straight, only slightly depressed towards the apex, its inner

edge entirely unarmed, carinate, and very lightly sinuate, the

vertical area lying between the bases of the two fangs

unarmed above, but furnished below with an external series

of four teeth and an internal of three, the upper on each side

being much larger than the rest, which gradually decrease in

size ; lower jaw furnished with two teeth only in its proximal

half, one very large, the other much smaller and situated

posteriorly on the inner side of the large tooth ; the area in

tront of the large tooth slightly elevated.

Palpt longish and slender ; femur and tibia spinous inter-

nally ; protarsus and tarsus distinctly arcuate, closely hairy,

but not spined.

Legs long and slender,

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of trunk 24 ;

width of head 7, length 5; width of tubercle 1; length of

mandible 9, of palp 26°5, its tibia 9°2, protarsus and tarsus

8:5; of fourth leg 54.

Loe. ? (probably Meshed, Afghanistan ; obtained by

the Afghan Delimitation Commission).

In colouring and structure of its mandibles this species

approaches G. magna (Hancock), from Texas; but the

latter has the upper jaw of the mandible cylindrical, and not

carinate below; the lower jaw is strongly curved distally,

Solifuge: in the British Museum. 95

with its large fang recurved; the protarsus of the palp, too,

has spines mixed up with the hairs of its lower surface,

and is less arcuate. Moreover, all the appendages are stouter

and shorter.

Gluvia tolteca, sp. n.

(Preliminary description.)

3g .—Colour. Head ferruginous, anteriorly infuscate ; free

thoracic segments and abdomen black above, clothed with

white hairs; appendages of a uniform pale ferruginous tint,

only lightly infuscate.

Mandible as in G. nigrimanus, except that the superior

edge of the upper fang follows the slope of the basal portion

and the lower edge is less carinate; the area just above the

joint of the lower fang armed with two series of teeth, of

which the outer consists of five and a series of minute den-

ticles and the inner of five ;,the lower jaw armed with two

large teeth and two small ones between them. Palpi un-

spined, furnished with long hairs.

Loc. Mexico. A single male example.

PARACLEOBIS, nom. nov.

=Gluvia, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1879, p. 127 &c.; not Gluvia

C. Koch, Arch. Nat. 1842, p. 355, and Die Arachn. xv. p. 95.

Since none of the species referred by C. Koch to Gluvia

are generically identical with those that Simon referred to

this genus, it is clear that the latter are nameless.

I propose that Paracleobis be established for their reception,

with the Spanish species dorsalis, Latr., as the type; and,

since Mons. Simon recharacterized Gluvia as Datames, the

two must be regarded as synonyms, Gluvia having the

priority.

Paracleobis Balfourt, sp. n.

?. Colour entirely pale yellow, with the exception of the

black ocular tubercle, black mandibular fangs, and a broad

black band round the distal half of the protarsus of the palp ;

distal extremity of the tarsus pale.

Carapace with its anterior border lightly convex ; tubercle

with a series of hairs surrounding the eyes in the inner side

and a cluster in front, of which two are stronger than the

rest; space between the eyes about equal to a diameter.

Mandibles with long, sharply defined, stridulating ridges ;

the lower jaw dentate, somewhat as in P. dorsalis, but in the

96 Mr. R. IT. Pocock on some

upper the anterior two teeth are large and subequal, as large,

in fact, as the fourth—the third, fifth, and following ones

being small.

Palp with its protarsus studded below with two series of

longish spines.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 16; width of

head 4, length 3; length of mandible 5:3, of palp 12, its

protarsus and tarsus 4, of fourth leg 18.

A single female example from Socotra (J. B. Balfour).

Genus CLEOBIS.

Cleobis gryllipes (Gervais).

Galeodes gryllipes, Gervais, L’Institute, 1842, p. 76; Ins, Apt. iii

p- 91 (Solpuga).

In his description of this species Gervais wrongly asserts

its locality to be Martinique. ‘The type specimen preserved

in this Museum, labelled, apparently, by Gervais himself and

agreeing accurately with his description, bears a ticket on

which Jamaica is distinctly written. In the British Museum

there is no example of Solifugee belonging to this or any

other genus from Martinique.

The type of the species in question is a male, and it may

be recognized from both males and females of the other species

known to me by the presence of two minor teeth between the

two large teeth on the lower fang of the mandible.

Cleobis Gervaisit, sp. n.

Colour. Cephalic plate and mandibles entirely pale yellow ;

palpi with femora, proximal end of tibia, and proximal half

of protarsus flavous, the rest fuscous; legs, with the excep-

tion of the basal segments, infuscate, the anterior pair paler

than the posterior (fourth pair missing in type); free thoracic

segments and abdomen fuscous above.

Ocular tubercle represented merely by a slight prominence,

projecting anteriorly between the eyes, which look forwards,

upwards, and outwards, the space between them about equal

to a diameter.

Mandibles with a distinct crest at the base of the upper

fang; the first and second teeth about as large as the fourth,

the third small; in the lower jaw there is one small tooth

between the two large ones.

Palp without spines, except for a few small ones on the

inner side of the lower surface of the protarsus.

Loc. Type specimen ticketed ?S. America;” but the

Solifuge 7n the British Museum, 97

other specimens in the Museum belonging apparently to the

same species, but too mutilated and shrivelled for accurate

determination, are labelled “‘ Guayaquil and Colombia.”

Cleobis Stollit, sp. n.

(Preliminary diagnosis.)

Colour. Head and mandibles entirely pale yellow ; upper

surface of the free thoracic segments and of the anterior seven

abdominal segments pale yellow in the middle, infuscate at

the sides; palp with tibia lightly infuscate above, protarsus

with its proximal third pale, the rest of it infuscate, the two

tints gradually blending; first and second legs slightly infus-

cate distally, third more strongly so, with a pale band round

the distal end of the tibia and protarsus ; fourth leg with

femur, tibia, and tarsus deeply infuscate, especially the latter

two segments, which, however, have their distal ends ringed

with flavous; coxe, trochanters, and tarsi of all the legs

pale.

Loc. Retalhuleu in Guatemala (Dr. O. Stoll).

This species and the preceding resemble C. cube, Lucas, as

described by Mons. Simon, in the structure and dentition of

their mandibles, spinulose armature of protarsus of palp, &c.

C. Stollii further resembles C. cube in having the upperside

of the abdomen adorned with a median flavous band; but it

appears to differ in having the first, second, third, and fourth

legs infuscate, with a conspicuous flavous ring round the

distal end of the tibia of the fourth. According to Simon

C. cube has the first, second, and third legs pale, and the

fourth reddish brown, with the base of the femur, extremity

of the metatarsus, and the tarsus clear testaceous.

C. Gervaisti: differs from C. cube in having no distinct

median pale band on the abdomen, in having the second and

third legs infuscate, and a wide, sharply defined, flavous band

upon the proximal half of the protarsus of the palp.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Rhax miranda, sp.n., 3 , nat. size.

Fig. 2. Rhax ornata, sp. n., gd, nat. size.

Fig.2a. Ditto. Mandible.

Fig. 3. Solpuga ferox, sp. n. Mandible of male.

Fig. 4. Solpuga paludicola, sp. n. Mandible of male.

Fig. 5, Solpuga Keyserlingii, sp.u. Mandible of male,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 7

98 Mr. G. Lewis on

Fig. 6. Solpuga Monteiri, sp. n. Mandible of male.

Fig. 7. Solpuga hostilis, sp. n. Mandible of male.

Fig. 8. Solpuga Derbiana, sp. n. Mandible of male.

Fig. 9. Solpuga Marshalli, sp. n. Mandible of male (inner view).

Fig. 9a. Ditto. Ditto (outer view).

Fig. 10. Gluvia nigrimanus, sp. n. Mandible of male.

XIV.—On the Dascillides and Malacoderm Coleoptera of

Japan. By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

[Plate VI. |

THIS paper is supplementary to those written by Kiesenwetter

in 1874 and 1879; the first was published in the ‘ Berliner

ent. Zeitschrift,’ xviii. pp. 241-288, and the second in the

‘Deutsche ent. Zeitschrift,’ xxiii. pp. 305-320. But this

paper does not include the Lycide nor the Lampyride, as a

revision of these sections was given by Gorham in the Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond. pp. 393-411 (in 1883), and the Cleridee, also

included in the Malacodermata, have been dealt with by

myself in the Ann. & Mag. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) x. pp. 183-

192, in 1892. A note on the synonymy of the last paper will

be found at the end of this memoir; and I hope to describe

and figure during the current year a remarkable new species

with pectinate antenne, and, perhaps, allied to Zenerus.

The numbers of species at present known from Japan in

the various families are represented by the following

figures :—Dascillides 27, Telephoride 39, Drillide 5, Mely-

ride 19, Lycide 20, Lampyride 8, and Cleride 23, making

a total of 141 species.

Owing to some authors using the name of Cantharis for

Telephorus, species are recorded in the ‘ Zoological Record ’

of 1879 (Ins. p. 65) amongst the Cantharide; it is very

inconvenient using two names, such as T'elephorus and Can-

tharis, of different genders, as the species, when transferred

from one to the other, require different specific terminations.

In Kiesenwetter’s paper of 1879 no sizes are given for his

species ; but it is not a matter of great importance, as the

measurements of species in this section of the Coleoptera

necessarily take a wide range, as individuals vary greatly in

size, and entomologists seeking to name their specimens by

Kiesenwetter’s descriptions will not be misled by the omissions.

the Dascillide &c. of Japan. 99

Dascillide.

Paralichas pectinatus.

Odontonyx pectinata, Kies. Berl. ent. Zeit. p. 242 (1874).

This species belongs to White’s genus Paralichas (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 284, 1859), and his name has two

years’ priority over Guérin’s name of Hucteis. White figured

the type of his genus, and gave some interesting illustrations

of the pupal cases; similar cases may be constantly seen on

the trunks of large trees in Japan in early summer. White

did not observe that the claws of the species of this genus are

finely but very clearly pectinate, and the tarsi are not dilated.

Harold (Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 73, 1878) erroneously stated

that the Odontonyx pectinata, Kies., was the same as Hucteds

bimaculata, Guérin; I have taken both species, and I find

them distinct. The elytral striz of the males vary very much

in depth in both species, and I consider that Fairmaire (Ann.

Soc. Ent. Fr. vi. p. 336, 1886) is right in regarding Kucteis

bimaculata, Guérin, and Paralichas Guerini, White, as the

same species.

Hab. Nagasaki, Miyanoshita, Kobé, and Nikko.

Paralichas higonie, sp. n. (Pl. VI. fig. 1.)

Niger, subnitidus, griseo-pubescens ; thorace basi et lateribus scutel-

loque rufis; Q antennis articulo ultimo testaceo.

L. 7-83 mill.

Black, somewhat shining, with grey pubescence, pubescence

most conspicuous on the elytral sutural margin; the head

somewhat densely but not clearly punctured; the thorax

broadly red on the basal half, with this colour extending ante-

riorly along the margin to the anterior angle; the scutellum

wholly red ; the elytra, striz fairly well-marked, interstices

granulate and finely rugose ; the legs black, with the apices

of the femora obscurely reddish, claws pectinate; the an-

tenne also black, but in the female the terminal joint is

testaceous, in the male the articulations are strongly pecti-

nate, the appendages arising from the bases of the articula-

tions. In the male of P. pectinatus, Kies., the appendages of

the antenne rise from the apical portions of the articulations ;

but in the female the form is closely similar to that of

P. higone. a

100 Mr. G. Lewis on

Hab. Taken between Ichiuchi and Hitoyoshi in some

numbers on the 2nd May, 1881. The specimens were flying

round sallows by the bank of the river, and now and then

settled on the leaves.

Epilichas flabellatus.

Octoglossa flabellata, Kies. Berl. ent. Zeit. p. 243 (1874).

I think it is impossible to assign this species to the South-

American genus Octoglossa, and White’s genus is sufficiently

characterized for adoption, being founded on a species (£. Can-

dezet) from Hong Kong. pilichas Candezei has the thorax

very conspicuously and transversely convex behind the neck,

and the thorax is not distinctly punctured ; in colour it agrees

with the variety of H. flabellatus with the thorax red. The

claws in this genus are simple, and the tarsi are dilated and

padded. I have a smaller undescribed species of this genus

trom Kiukiang, China, measuring 94 millim., but in other

respects it is very close to L. flabellatus.

Hab. Nagasaki (very common in the flowers of the dog-

rose), Nara, and Kobé.

LEpilichas brunneicornis, sp. n.

Rufo-brunneus, supra nigro-piceus, nitidus, pubescens; antennis

pedibusque brunneis.

L. 11 mill.

Reddish brown, pitchy black above, shining, with dark

pubescence ; the head somewhat densely and rather obscurely

punctulate; maxillary palpi, terminal joint small and feebly

securiform; the thorax less distinctly punctured than the

head, margins broadly reddish brown; the scutellum reddish

brown; the elytra striate, strize most deeply impressed api-

cally, interstices distinctly punctate, sutural and epipleural

margins narrowly, base more broadly, reddish brown; the

legs and antenne obscurely reddish brown; male antenne

with joints 3-10 strongly pectinate, basal joint bulbiform,

second small, third with an appendage arising close to the

base and nearly as long as the joint itself, fourth with one

arising at the base and longer than the joint, 5 to 7 of similar

form, in 8 to 10 the appendages arise from the middle of the

joints, terminal joint elongate ; except the head the whole

of the under surtace is reddish brown.

The facies of this species is not very dissimilar to H. flabel-

latus, Kies., but the palpi and antenne possess important

the Dascillide dc. of Japan. 101

differences; in Kiesenwetter’s species the appendages to the

joints of the antennz all start from the bases, and the tarsal

joints are more dilated. “

Hab. Junsai. Two male examples.

Epilichas atricolor, sp. n.

Ater, nitidus, pubescens; antennis nigris; thorace transverso ;

pedibus nigro-piccis.

L..10-11 mill.

This species is a little smaller than £. flabellatus, with a

relatively smaller head and a thorax markedly shorter and

transverse ; the maxillary palpi have the terminal joint inter-

mediate in size between LZ. flabellatus and brunneicornis, the

two basal joints of tae antenne and the legs piceous ; the tarsi

are slightly more robust than those of EH. brunneicornis, but

much less dilated than those of HL. flabellatus ; the antenne are

slender and the appendages fine, and all clearly arise from

the bases of the articulations. The elytral striz are vague

as compared with those of H. brunnetcornis.

Hab. Nikko and Miyanoshita. Three male examples.

Epilichas niponicus, sp. n.

Piceo-brunneus, nitidus, pubescens ; capite parvo; thorace convexo

vix punctulato; elytris striis vage impressis, interstitiis sub-

rugosis, punctatis,

L, 6 mill,

Pitchy brown, shining, with brownish pubescence; the

head rather narrow, eyes small, somewhat rugose, and ob-

securely punctured; the thorax markedly convex on the disk,

transverse, posterior angles somewhat projecting, with a

depression within the angle, obscurely punctulate ; the scu-

tellum smooth ; the elytra, striae vague except the sutural,

which is clearly impressed, especially near the scutellum,

interspaces somewhat rugosely punctate; the legs reddish

brown; the antenne darker, third joint scarcely pectinate,

appendage apical and very short, joints 4 to 10 pectinate,

the appendages not so long as the joint itself, and clearly

arising from its centre; the tarsi slender; the maxillary

palpi, terminal joint scarcely securiform. .

Hab, Nikko and Miyanoshita, Three males and one

female,

102 Mr. G. Lewis on

I have a fifth species from Yuyama in Higo; it measures

7 millim., and is wholly piceous brown in colour, with

reddish legs. The species is not very unlike E. niponicus,

but I only know the female.

DRUPEUS, gen. nov.

I propose to establish this genus to receive three small

species, which in general outline are very similar indeed to a

species of Epilichas. The maxillary palpi are very slender,

with the terminal joint simple, not securiform; the two basal

joints of the antenne are very small, and the third joint not

pectinate, and the tarsi are very long and simple, almost

filiform, and quite as long as the tibia that bears them. The

antenne are pectinate, somewhat like those of an Epilichas ;

but the appendages are all clearly apical.

Drupeus letabilis, sp.n. (Woodcut, fig. 1.)

Niger, nitidus ; antennis basi, thorace angulis, femoribus tarsisque

testaceis.

L. 54 mill.

Black, shining, with blackish pubescence ; two basal joints

of the antenne, hind angles of the thorax, thighs, and tarsi

testaceous, tibia somewhat darker; the head rather closely,

Fig. 1.

finely, but clearly punctulate ; the thorax narrowest ante-

riorly, broadest posteriorly, convex behind the neck, not so

clearly punctulate as the head, hind angles rather broadly

testaceous, basal edge crenulate; the scutellum cordiform

punctulate ; the elytra finely and rugosely punctulate, vaguely

the Dascillide ée. of Japan. 103

striate, epipleural rim raised; the antennx, first joint small

and bulbiform, second very small, third three-sided and _pro-

duced on the anterior mner edge, fourth to tenth apically

pectinate, pectinations being longer than the joints; the legs

black and tarsi pale and very slender.

Hab. Kashiwagi, 19th June, 1881. ‘Two male examples.

Drupeus vittipennis, sp. n.

Piceo-brunneus, nitidus; elytris striga humeralis, cum marginibus

suturali, pedibusque testaceis.

L, 5-53 mill.

Pitchy brown, shining, with tawny pubescence; the an-

tenn, terminal joint apically and the second joint partly,

and the legs wholly testaceous; the thorax, basal rim, the

elytral epipleuree, sutural margins, and a humeral vitta,

which stretches a little obliquely to the middle of the dorsum,

testaceous; the head clearly punctulate; the thorax simi-

larly punctured, widest just before the hinder angles, poste-

rior edge distinctly crenulate and widely sinuous on each

side, with the intermediate space on the edge before the

scutellum evenly arched; the elytra, stri# not well-defined,

somewhat striate-punctate, interstices finely punctulate and

rugose; the antenne, first joint small and almost moniliform,

second much smaller, third gradually thickened and flattened

out from the base to the apex and triangular, 5 to 10 pecti-

nate, pectinations coequal in length with the joints, terminal

a little longer than the tenth ; the inner side of the third and

the pectination of the fourth and fifth, with the apical half of

the terminal joint, are testaceous.

Hab. Kashiwagi, 15th June, 1881. Three males.

Drupeus brevis, sp. n.

Ovalis, fuseus, subopacus ; thorace marginibus obscure brunneis ;

tarsis testaceis.

L, 32 mill.

Oval, the elytra being feebly wider than the thorax,

fuscous, and rather opaque ; the head, eyes somewhat promi-

nent, roughly sculptured, sculpture dense and somewhat

leather-like; the thorax arched at the sides, lateral rim

elevated, obscurely brown on the edges, sculpture similar to

that of the head; the scutellum relatively large and trian-

gular; the elytra much more coarsely sculptured than the

104 Mr. G. Lewis on

thorax, sutural margins obscurely brown; the legs infuscate,

tarsi testaceous; the antenne, two basal joints obscurely

brown, joints 3 to 9 formed somewhat like those here figured

for D. letabilis, but the appendages are relatively much

longer; thus the appendages to joints 9 and 10 are four times

as long as the articulation itself. '

At first I hesitated to include this species in the genus

Drupeus; but the maxillary palpi, slender and _ similarly

formed tarsi, and the antenne correspond in their general

structtre almost exactly.

Hab. Nava. One male example, 25th June, 1881.

EUBRIANAX, Kiesenwetter.

Eubrianax, Kiesenwetter, Berl. ent. Zeit. p. 249 (1874).

Placonycha, Horn, Trans, Am. Ent. Soc. viii. p. 111 (1880).

There is a Chinese species of Hubrianax in the British

Museum labelled in Dr. Horn’s handwriting ‘ Placonycha,”

and Leconte’s description of the American species evidently

refers to one belonging to the genus Hubrianax. The claws

in this genus are slender and simple, moderately dilated at

the base, with a slender membranous appendage arising from

the base, which is nearly as long as the claw itself. 1 found

three species in Japan and two species in Ceylon; and it is

probable species occur over the greater part of Asia.

Eubrianaz granicollis, sp.n. (PI. VI. fig. 2.)

Ovatus, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; thorace antice producto,

dense granulato ; antennis pedibusque nigris.

L, 43-53 mill.

This species differs only from £. ramicornis, Kies., in one

or two particulars. The antennal ramifications are little more

than half the length, the thorax is densely granulate ante-

riorly and protrudes over the neck, the tibia, especially the

acme pair, are stouter and shorter, and the legs wholly

ack.

Hab. Nagasaki and Subashiri. Eight examples.

Eubrianax pellucidus, sp. n.

Ovatus, niger, nitidus ; thorace lateribus late antice angusto pallido;

antennis basi pedibusque testaceis,

L. 4 mill.

This species differs also very little from Z, ramicornis; the

the Dascillide de. of Japan. 105

differences are :—the thorax is more transverse and pale and

pellucid, except on the disk; the disk is black, and leaves

only a very narrow pale margin behind the neck; the an-

tenne are less strongly pectinate (being in this respect inter-

mediate between /. ramicornis and granicollis), and the joints

1 to 5 are testaceous, but the pectinations on joints 3 to 5 are

black.

flab, Fukushima, 26th July, 1881. Two examples, both

males.

Prionocyphon sexmaculatus, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, testaceus, pubescens ; thorace transverso ; elytris

6-maculatis, maculis piceis ; antennis pedibusque concoloribus.

L. 43 mill.

Oval, convex above, palish testaceous, rather. densely

pubescent; the head scarcely punctured, very shiny, trans-

verse ; the thorax also very shiny, sinuous before and behind,

very transverse and very short, with a faint leather-like sculp-

ture; the scutellum large, triangular, and feebly punctulate ;

the elytra rounded off at the shoulder, with a large oval

blackish spot on each side on the scutellar region, a second

about half the size of the first below the shoulder and near

the outer margin, and a third large lobe-shaped spot behind

the middle of the dorsum, which leaves a sutural and epi-

pleural margin of about the same width; the antenne, basal

joint rather large, second and third small, especially the

third; the legs with the antenne wholly pale.

Hab. Nikko. One example.

Scirtes ovatulus, sp. n.

Ovalis, fuscus, nitidus, pubescens ; antennis basi pedibusque obscure

brunneis.

L. 23 mill.

This species is very similar to S. sobrinus, but it is less

circular in outline, having longer elytra, and the antenne are

more robust, the joints feebly increasing in size towards the

apices ; the legs also are wholly but obscurely brown.

Hab. Hakodate.

Scirtes sobrinus, sp. n.

Breyiter ovalis, piceus, pubescens; antennis pedibusque pallide

brunneis.

L, 23-23 mill.

Broadly oval, pitchy brown, shining, pubescent; the head

106 Mr. G. Lewis on

and thorax finely punctulate, eyes convex and rather promi-

nent; the thorax transverse, hind angles rectangular; the

scutellum triangular, obscurely punctulate; the elytra punc-

tulate, but the punctuation is ill-defined ; the antenna, five

basal joints palish brown, the others apically infuscate; the

legs also palish brown, with the bases of the thighs some-

times dusky.

This species closely resembles S. hemisphericus, Linn.

Hab. Bukenji, near Yokohama. Four examples, 29th

June, 1880.

Helodes dux, sp. n.

Ovalis, convexus, nitidus, ‘pubescens ; capite nigro; thorace rufo-

flavo; elytris nigris, undique punctulatis, griseo-pubescentibus.

L. 6 mill.

Oval, convex above, shining, with somewhat long pubes-

cence; the head black, sparsely punctured, eyes rather

prominent; the thorax reddish yellow, with pubescence of the

same colour, anteriorly arched from the posterior angles, base

bisinuous, behind the neck there is a pellucid space, which

permits the blackness of the neck to appear through, very

finely punctulate ; the elytra evenly and wholly punctulate,

with greyish pubescence; the antenne, three basal joints

yellowish, others infuscate ; the legs, anterior coxa, and bases

of the anterior thighs flavous, the rest infuscate, claws and

terminal segments of the abdomen flavous.

In this genus the first joint of the hind tarsus is very long.

Hab. Okamayama, near Hitoyoshi, 8th May, 1881; also

at Miyanoshita, Nikko, and Fukushima.

Helodes flavicollis, Kies.

Helodes flavicollis, Kies, Berl. ent. Zeit. p. 22 (1859), p. 245 (1874).

Sacodes protectus, Har. Mitt. Miinch. Ver. iv. p. 169 (1880).

Kiesenwetter decided that this Japanese species was iden-

tical with the European one, and, as he probably possessed his

own type and had made a comparison, I have allowed his

determination to remain. It does not appear that Harold

knew Lelodes flavicollis, Kies., and in the Munich Catalogue

he regards the genus Sacodes as synonymic with Helodes.

The Japanese type of //. flavicollis has red antenne ; but I

have not seen Kiesenwetter’s original description nor any

Kuropean example.

Hab, Generally distributed in Kiushiu,

the Dascillide &c. of Japan. 107

Helodes inornatus, sp. n.

Ovalis, fuscus, nitidus, pubescens ; antennis basi pedibusque an-

ticis brunneis vel obscure testaceis.

L, 33-33? mill.

Oval, dusky brown, shining, with grey pubescence; the

head sparsely punctate ; the thorax much more distinctly and

closely punctate, widely impressed on each side before the

posterior angles, arched anteriorly from the posterior angles ;

the scutellum triangular, somewhat closely punctate; the

elytra more finely punctate than the thorax, more especially

on the dorsal and apical regions than at the bases; the

antenne, four or five basal joints, with the palpi and anterior

legs, brownish or obscurely testaceous.

flab. Nagasaki, Kiga, Miyanoshita, and Nikko. In

swampy places.

Helodes scapularis, sp. n.

H. wnornato proxime similis, sed minor et angustior; elytris macula

humerali flavo-testacea.

Peta ill:

This species is narrower and much smaller than H. ¢nor-

natus, and it has a very distinct pale humeral spot.

Hab. Nagasaki and Hitoycshi. ‘Two examples.

Cyphon variabilis, Thunbg.

In the Munich Catalogue this species has seven synonyms,

and is said to occur in Europe and North America. Kiesen-

wetter considered a specimen of mine (which, inadvertently,

he did not return to me) belonged probably to Thunberg’s

species. I have three or four species of Cyphon from Japan;

but the specimens are not sufficiently good for description.

One is a species from Hakodate measuring 44 millim,

CYPHONIDARUM.

Cyphonidarum, Kies. Berl. ent. Zeit. xviii. p. 245 (1874).

This genus was not characterized by Kiesenwetter, and

remains still undescribed. Of the species Kiesenwetter re-

ferred to I have seen only two specimens.

Ptilodactyla ramea, sp. n.

Piceo-brunnea ; antennis pedibusque yix dilutioribus; capite tho-

108 Mr. G. Lewis on

raceque parum dense punctatis; elytris vage punctato-striatis,

interstitiis tenuiter rugoso-punctulatis.

L. 43-6} mill.

Pitchy brown; antenne and legs less dark, with tawny

pubescence; the head somewhat densely punctate, not con-

vex between the eyes; eyes large in male, smaller and further

apart in female; the thorax a little more densely punctate

than the head, anterior rim smooth and elevated, widest before

the posterior angles, compressed behind the eyes, bisinuous at

the base ; the scutellum cordiform, with a marginal fovea at

the base; the elytra punctate-striate near the suture, but not

distinctly so, outer strie more vague and 5 to 6 are striate-

punctate ; the antenne, ¢ joints 5 to 10 widen out inwardly

at their apices, g¢ 4 to 10 are very strongly pectinate, the

processes are longer than the joints and are inserted in their

bases ; the legs dull brown, posterior femora with one long

spine and a short one at the tarsal end.

Some of the characters given are generic, but they will

help to enable the Japanese student to recognize the species.

I found three species of Ptilodactyla in Ceylon, and one is

recorded from Java. In the Munich Catalogue the names

of twenty-five American species are given.

Hab. Nagasaki, Fukushima, Oiwake, and Nara. Beaten

from the dead branches of trees,

Malacodermide.

TELEPHORINI.

Podabrus Heyden, Kies.

Podabrus Heydent, Kies. Deutsche ent. Zeit. xxiii. p. 806 (1879).

Podabrus Reinit, Heyd. 1. c. p. 851; Lew. Ent. xxvi. p. 151 (1898).

Heyden has kindly allowed me to see the type of his

species, which agrees precisely with the type of P. Heydeni,

Kiesenwetter, returned to me. I have an example which is

almost wholly black and two examples received from Herr

Hiller with the elytra wholly cinereous; these last are

labelled P. Hiller’, Kies., in Kiesenwetter’s handwriting.

Hab. Yuyama, Miyanoshita, Nikko, and Suyama.

Podabrus temporalis, Harold.

Podabrus temporalis, Harold, Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 73 (1878).

Hab. Miyanoshita, Yokohama, Tokio, Nikko, and Sapporo,

Apparently common,

the Dascillide &e. of Japan. 109

Podabrus lictorius, sp. n.

Niger ; capite rugoso-punctato, antice transversim testaceo ; thorace

punctato, lateribus testaceis ; pedibus pallidis vel infuscatis.

L. 8-83 mill.

The head behind the eyes and snout black, roughly and

thickly punctured, mouth-organs and a transverse area in

which the antenne are inserted, two or three basal joints of

the antenne, thoracic lateral margins, sutural and lateral

margins of the elytra, and legs pale testaceous ; antenne,

joints 4 to 11 and sometimes the third infuscate; the pale

margins to the elytra usually join at the bases; the thorax is

rather less coarsely and rugosely punctured than the head,

truncate at the base, hind angles somewhat acute, sides arched

behind the anterior angle, wholly testaceous beneath ; the

scutellum infuscate in all the colour-forms; the abdominal

segments infuscate; the coxe sometimes marked with black.

Like P. malthinoides, Kies., this species has a variety with

the head and elytra wholly black and the legs wholly dusky.

Except in size, the facies of the two species is not very dis-

similar; but the tarsi are relatively longer in P. lictortus than

in P. malthinoides, this character being especially noticeable

in the basal joints. .

Hab. Yuyama, Tosamachi, Nishimura, Miyanoshita, and

Nikko.

In the following genus the antennal grooves are much

shorter than in Athemus.

Themus episcopalis.

Cantharis episcopalis, Kies. Berl. ent. Zeit. p. 269 (1874).

In 1881 I obtained some fine specimens of this species

which measure 26 millim. Cantharis midas, Kies., may

also be placed in the genus Themus. In Themus the antennal

grooves of the male are very short.

Hab. Oyayama in Higo; also Nagasaki.

Themus cyanipennis, Motsch.

Themus cyanipennis, Motsch. Etud. Ent. p. 28 (1857), p. 10 (1860),

Cantharis venatriz, Kies. Berl. ent. Zeit. p. 271 (1879).

I have an example in which the thorax is wholly cyaneous.

Hab. Miyanoshita, Yokohama, Nikko, Hakodate, and

other places.

110 Mr. G. Lewis on

ATHEMUS, gen. nov.

The characters of this genus are, in a great part, the same

as those of Themus; but it may be separated on several

important characters. The head is less robust, the thorax

longer than broad, with the lateral edges less explanate, and

the basal portion is occupied by two lobe-shaped raised areas ;

the antenne has the second joint much shorter than the third,

and the legs are notably stouter, a character especially observ-

able in the tibie.

There are sexual characters also. The female has a con-

spicuous inner process within the anterior and intermediate

claws; the male has long antennal grooves in joints 4 to 8,

and the hind tibie bent.

Type: Telephorus suturellus, Motsch.

I have a species from Shanghai which is, perhaps, un-

described.

Athemus suturellus.

Telephorus suturellus, Motsch. Etud. Ent. p. 10 (1860).

Var. Cantharis lutewennis, Kies. Berl. ent. Zeit. p. 273 (1874).

Var. Telephorus melanopus, Har. Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 74 (1878).

Var. T. roninus, vel sp. nov.

The type of this species is described as having pale tibie

and infuscate femora, with the sutural margin dusky.

Kiesenwetter described a variety in which the female has a

diffused dusky spot before the apex of the elytra. Harold’s

species is another colour-variety with black legs. I found a

small colony at Miyanoshita under the large trees of a dense

forest which are entirely black (var. roninus). Harold (1. ¢.

p- 74) notices the sexual characters of this species.

Hab. Found in all the islands abundantly.

Athemus attristatus.

Cantharis attristata, Kies. Berl. ent. Zeit. p. 272 (1874).

It is very doubtful whether this is or is not a variety of

the last, but it is considerably less in size. I have only six

specimens. In colour it differs from A. roninus, var., in

having the thoracic lateral margins, and sometimes the tarsi,

wholly pale. Sometimes the antenne are testaceous, some-

times black.

Hab. Nikko. Taken in the dense forest above the temples.

Telephorus insulsus, Har.

Telephorus insulsus, Har. Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 76 (1878).

Hab. Miyanoshita and Oyama, in Sagami. Appears very

early in the spring in the flowers of Edgworthia.

the Dascillide ce. of Japan. TRE

Telephorus ciusianus.

Cantharis eiusiana, Kies, Berl. ent. Zeit. pp. 267, 275 (1874).

Cantharis Reini, Kies. Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 307 (1879).

Kiesenwetter printed his description of this curiously named

species twice. C. Reinii, Kies., is a variety with black

elytra, for seeing the type of which I am much indebted to

Major L. von Heyden. The males have short antennal

grooves,

Hab. Hitoyoshi, Subashiri, Nikko, and Miyanoshita.

Telephorus vitellinus.

Cantharis vitellina, Kies. Berl. ent. Zeit. p. 277 (1874).

The male of this species has the sixth and seventh joints of

the antenne obscurely grooved.

Hab. Nagasaki, Kiga, Tokio, and Kashiwagi.

Telephorus dichrous, sp. n.

6. Atratus, subopacus, nigro-hirtus; thorace rufo; antennis pedi-

busque concoloribus.

L. 10 mill.

Densely black, somewhat opaque, thorax only a clear red ;

the head finely and rather closely punctulate, transversely

impressed behind the antennz ; the thorax nearly quadrate,

margin narrowly raised on all sides, clothed with black hair,

surface uneven, with a faint median channel; the scutellum

black, impressed longitudinally; the elytra, striae vague,

sculpture close and fine; the antenne rather long and slender,

second joint a little shorter then the third, 4 to 7 coequal and

longer than the third. The female measures 14 millim. and

the head is much broader than in the male.

Hab. Kashiwagi. ‘Two examples.

Telephorus adusticollis.

Cantharis adusticollis, Kies, Berl. ent. Zeit, p. 274 (1874).

Hab. Nara, Seba, and Junsai. Commonest in 8. Yezo.

Telephorus cegrotus.

Cantharis egrota, Kies. Berl. ent. Zeit. p. 275 (1874).

Hab. Kiga. ‘Two examples only.

Telephorus viaticus, sp. n.

Niger, nitidus; capite antice, antennis basi, femoribus et tibiis

testaceis, tarsis nigris.

L 53-5? mill.

112 Mr. G. Lewis on

Black, shining, parallel; head in front of the eyes, mouth-

organs, three basal antennal joints, thighs, and tibix clear

testaceous. ‘The head biimpressed between the eyes, black

portion finely punctulate ; the thorax nearly quadrate, lateral

and posterior edges elevated, anterior angles rounded off,

median channel wide and ill-defined; the scutellum rather

long, punctulate, and widest at the base; the elytra rather

long, parallel at the sides, finely and rather rugosely sculp-

tured; the antenna, second joint a little longer than the third,

three basal joints more or less testaceous; the legs clear

testaceous, tarsi blackish, claws with strong inner tooth.

Hab. Fukushima. ‘Two examples.

Telephorus japonicus.

Cantharis japonica, Kies. Berl. ent. Zeit. p. 266 (1874).

This species is, perhaps, the commonest and most generally

distributed of any in Japan. The claws of the male are bifid.

Sometimes, though rarely, the thorax and elytra are wholly

testaceous.

Hab. Found in all the islands. Very common at Miyano-

shita in May and in Nagasaki in March and April.

Telephorus vulcanus, sp. n.

Fuscus ; capite antice, antennis thorace (plaga in medio excepta)

pedibusque anterioribus testaceis.

L. 64 mill.

Dusky grey, head, mouth-organs, antenne, thorax (except

a central patch), elytral margins, anterior legs, intermediate

and posterior thighs testaceous ; the head feebly punctulate ;

the thorax little broader than long, anterior angles well

rounded off, hinder margin just before the angle feebly

sinuous, anterior and posterior edges raised, sides somewhat

explanate ; the scutellum semicircular apically, clothed like

the elytra; the elytra, the pale margin widens out from the

middle of the dorsum to the scutellum, outer margins nar-

rower; the legs, tibiz and tarsi of the two hinder pair infus-

cate, claws simple.

This species is shorter and more robust than any other of

this series.

Hab. Junsai. One female example only.

Silis pectinata, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 3.)

Nigra, nitida, parallela, griseo-pubescens; thorace rufo inciso ;

antennis valde pectinatis, nigris.

L. 5 mill.

the Dascillida dc. of Japan. 113

Black, shining, parallel at the sides, with greyish pubes-

cence; the head widest at the eyes, gradually narrowing to

the neck, microscopically punctulate ; the thorax clear red,

transverse, as wide as the elytra, deeply incised at the basal

angle, with a deep fovea or pit just within the lateral margin

at the widest part; the scutellum widest at the base; the

elytra evenly but rather rugosely sculptured ; the legs, tibie

palish, thighs and tarsi infuscate ; the antenne, second joint

very small, joints 3 to 10 apically strongly pectinate, joints

5 to 9 having appendages longer than the joint itself.

The pectination of the antenna is very unusual in Siélis, if

not altogether exceptional in the genus.

Hab. Nakatsugawa and in Higo. Six examples, appa-

rently all males.

ELIANUS, gen. nov.

Antenne simple, each articulation smallest at the base, first

constricted before base, second short, third and fourth nearly

as long again as the second, fifth and sixth coequal and each

as long as the fourth, seventh to the eleventh each a little

shorter than the preceding one; the palpus, terminal joint

somewhat elongate, club-shaped; the head not narrowed

posteriorly, eyes clearly faceted and prominent; the thorax

transverse, with an external elevated rim; the scutellum

nearly quadrate, but rounded off posteriorly ; the elytra long

and parallel; the legs somewhat robust, claws with a basal

tooth, fourth joint of the hind tarsus thin and pellucid.

Elianus rugiceps, sp. un. (Pl. VI. fig. 4.)

Elongatus, parallelus, niger, nitidus, pubescens; antennis basi,

thorace pedibusque rufis.

L, 44-5 mill.

Elongate, parallel, black, shining, with grey pubescence ;

the head punctured and very rugose, mouth-organs reddish ;

the thorax red, transverse, vaguely rugose, rim elevated ; the

scutellum somewhat obscurely reddish; the elytra black,

rugosely sculptured, epipleural margin reddish; the legs

wholly red; the antenne, three basal joints usually red, and

sometimes one or more at the apex reddish; there are no

remarkable external sexual characters to notice.

Hab. Nikko. About a dozen examples.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 8

114 - Mr. G. Lewis on

Ichthyurus atriceps, sp. n.

Niger, subnitidus ; thorace marginibus anguste, elytris marginibus

externis antennisque basi flavis.

9. L. 6 mill.

Black, somewhat shining, pubescent; the head black,

except narrowly round the bases of the antenna, obscurely

punctulate and very feebly rugose; the thorax similarly

sculptured, with the rim yellow; the scutellum black; the

elytra black, with the sides from the shoulder narrowly yellow,

apices broadly yellow, with the rims conspicuous, elevated,

more distinctly sculptured than the thorax; the abdominal

segments are laterally yellow; the legs, anterior and inter-

mediate pairs obscurely brown and infuscate in parts, hinder

pair blackish ; the antenne, three basal joints brownish and

the others black.

This species is larger and much more robust than J. néponi-

cus, Lew., and is very different in colour. In J. niponicus

the elytra are yellow along the bases in the male, but not in

the female, and in the latter sex the yellow part of the head

is confined to the region of the antenne and the thighs are not

enlarged.

Hab, Wada-togé, lst August, 1881.

Biurus pennatus, sp. un.

Niger, nitidus; antennis articulis duobus primis flavescentibus ;

elytris valde dehiscentibus, apice late flavis; pedibus pallide flavis

vel tenuiter infuscatis.

L. 53-5? mill.

Black, shining, with griseous pubescence on the head and

elytra; the head uneven, without punctuation; the thorax

with ill-defined raised spaces, but without carine or tubercles ;

the scutellum rather deeply incised posteriorly ; the elytra

apically and about one third of the wing-case yellow; the abdo-

men infuscate, with the margins of the segments (except the

last) testaceous ; the last segment is incised, the incision being

nearly semicircular in outline; the legs are pale yellow or

slightly intuscate, varying much in various examples; the

antenne are dusky, with the two basal joints pale, and some-

times the third. In this genus, and also in Jchthyurus, there

is a curious polished tubercle attached to the bases of the

elytra, and in the male the eyes are very large and the space

between them narrow.

I have no doubt about this insect being congeneric with

Brurus sylvicola and sublateralis, Motsch.; but whether it is

the Daseillidee Ge. of Japan. 115

congeneric with B.-apicalis, Motsch., the type of the genus,

is: doubtful, because the author says of this species that the

claws of the tarsi are simple. In the Ceylonese species of

Biurus and in B, pennatus the claws are formed as in Ichthy-

urus, that is, with two conspicuous inner processes. Harold

catalogues the genus as Diurus.

Hab. Kashiwagi, Fukushima, and other places on thie

Nakasendo.

Malthodes kobensis, sp. n.

Niger, opacus ; capite thoraceque dense granulatis ; antennis nigris ;

pedibus infuscatis.

L. 5 mill.

Black, opaque; the head and thorax densely sculptured,

sculpture granulate, the former with prominent eyes and

narrowed from the eyes to the neck; the thorax nearly quad-

rate, anterior angles obtuse, posterior angles a little produced ;

the elytra somewhat less opaque than the thorax, with sculp-

ture also less remarkable, strie faintly visible; the legs,

basal half of the thighs palish brown, the rest with the tibiz

and tarsi infuscate.

Hab. Kobé and Kashiwagi. Three examples.

DRILINI.

Cyphonocerus marginatus, sp. n.

C. ruficoll: similis, sed differt in colore ; thorace elytrisque obscure

brunneo-piceis et marginibus rufo-brunneis ; antennis pedibusque

infuscatis.

L. 73 mill.

This species is very similar to C. ruficollis, Kies., but the

colour is very different, being brownish with a darker

shade ; the thorax and the elytra (except at the base) have

both reddish-brown margins; the thorax is more perfectly

arched in outline, and the oblique carina at the posterior angle

is more conspicuous, being red, and the appendages to the

antennal joints are as long again as in C. ruficollis.

Hab. Kuma Kuni in Higo. One male example.

Drilaster unicolor, sp. n.

Niger, vix nitidus ; elytris dense rugoso-punctatis ; antennis pedi-

busque concoloribus.

L. 6% mill.

This species is extremely similar to D. awillaris, Kies.,

116 Mr. G. Lewis on

but it is broader and wholly black; the antenn: are shorter

and stouter, especially the terminal joint, and the legs and

tarsi are also thicker.

Hab. Higo. One example.

Drilaster awxillaris, Kies. (Pl. VI. fig. 6.)

Drilaster axillaris, Kies. Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 311 (1879).

Hab. Main island and in Yezo.

In the collection of the Rev. H.S. Gorham there is an

undescribed species from Borneo.

MELYRINI.

Laius niponicus, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 8.)

Niger vel cyaneo-niger, nitidus, griseo-pubescens ; antennis rufis,

apicibus exceptis ; elytra rufo-fasciatis ; femoribus nigris vel rufis,

tibiis tarsisque rufis.

Long. 33-33 mill.

Black, or with a bluish tint, shining, with grey pubescence ;

the head densely punctured, eyes prominent; the thorax also

densely punctate at the sides, more or less smooth in the

middle, as wide as long; the elytra with a wide red fascia,

which widens out both at the suture and on the epipleural

margin; the legs, femora usually black, but sometimes the

anterior and intermediate pairs are red; tibia and tarsi red,

claws infuscate ; the antenne, five or six apical joints blackish,

the rest red, the third joint in male is formed like a wide

lobe-shaped plate excavated on the upper surface, in the

female it is simply enlarged.

Hab. Hakodate sand-hills ; also at Kobé.

Laius Kiesenwettert, Lew.

Laius Kiesenwettert, Lew. Cat. 1874, no. 1215.

Lawus flavicornis, Kies. Berl. ent. Zeit. xviii. p. 283 (1874).

The first name is proposed because Kiesenwetter’s name

was occupied by Fabricius.

Malachius vitticollis, Kies.

I know not this species, nor do I remember having seen a

species of Malachius in Japan with a pale-coloured thorax

and black centre. I think the type is a Chinese specimen I

gave to Herr Kiesenwetter, and he has made an error in

publishing the locality, and I do not propose to give it a place

in the Japanese Catalogue at present.

the Dascillides de. of Japan. 117

Malachius eximius, sp. n. (Woodcut, fig. 2.)

Viridi-cyaneus, parum opacus, griseo-pubescens; ¢ fronte trans-

versim excavata, pedibus anticis testaceis; Q fronte biimpressa,

pedibus anticis eneis vel testaceis.

L. 43-5 mill.

Greenish blue, somewhat opaque, with short grey pubes-

cence. ¢. The head is curiously excavated, between the

eyes it is transversely and deeply cut out, so that the upper

portion of the eye rests on a very narrow base, in the middle

projecting over the excavation is a triangular process, which,

viewed from above, seems to interrupt the channel, but looked

at sideways it is seen to be a projection; in front of the exca-

vation and behind the antenne is a concave area, formed

partly by a depression and partly by the surrounding edges

Fig. 2.

being raised; the thorax is rounded off before and behind,

rather longer than broad, and behind the middle of the neck

it somewhat overlaps the head, opaque, and without apparent

sculpture; the elytra very finely punctulate, with vague

strie; the antenne, first to sixth joints eneous above, the

others vaguely so, third and fourth, and the fifth slightly,

flattened out ; the mouth-organs clear yellow ; the legs, ante-

rior pair wholly testaceous, intermediate thighs testaceous,

tipped with metallic green, tibiae brownish, tarsi infuscate,

hind legs wholly eneous. ¢. The head biimpressed between

the eyes; antenna, joints 3 to 5 slightly enlarged; the legs

wholly zneous or, rarely, anterior tibiz pale.

Hab. Nagasaki, Osaka, Nikko, Kiga, and Yokohama.

Attalus elongatulus, sp. n.

Elongatus, cyaneo-niger, nitidus; antennis basi obscure testaceis

pedibus nigris ; elytris dense punctulatis, subtiliter rugulosis,

L, 3% mill,

118 Mr. G. Lewis on

Elongate, bluish black, shining; the head impressed

between the eyes and very finely punctulate; the thorax

about as long as wide, arched anteriorly ; the elytra rather

long and parallel, densely punctulate and finely rugose; the

antenna long and Jax in male, not serrate, female articula-

tions much shorter and thicker, three or four basal joints

obscurely testaceous on the under surfaces; the legs rather

long, black or bluish black, anterior tibiz of male longer

than those of female and somewhat bent ; male anterior tarsus,

second joint dentate at its apex, third affixed to its base and

resting at right angles to it.

The anterior tarsus of male is formed like that of A. elegans,

Fairm., a species from Gibraltar. This character is much

less observable in A. japonicus, Kies., a species which differs

also in having serrate articulations to the antenne.

Hab. Nagasaki. Two males and two females.

Dasytes constrictus, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 9.)

Nigro-ceruleus, nitidus, breviter griseo-pubescens ; capite thoraceque

dense punctatis ; antennis basi obscure brunneis ; pedibus nigris.

L. 43 mill.

Blackish blue, densely punctate, with short grey pubes-

cence ; the head densely punctate and constricted behind the

eyes; the thorax similarly punctate, narrowest anteriorly,

widest behind, without lateral margin; the scutellum small ;

the elytra, punctuation less dense than that of the thorax,

without strie; the legs black; the antenne nearly monili-

form, not enlarged on the inner side, second and third joints

brownish, basal joint less clearly so.

The shortness of the antennz and the absence of a thoracic

marginal carina may make it desirable later to found a genus

for this species.

Hab. Hitoyoshi and Yuyama in Higo. Two examples.

CELSUS, gen. nov.

This genus must be placed near Dasytes; but I do not

know any species of similar facies to the insect on which it is

founded. It is to be regretted that my specimen is unique.

Maxillary palpus rather long, with the terminal joint large

and securiform; the antenne, first joint robust and longer

than the second, but not larger in girth, second smaller and

bulbiform, third to sixth very small, third largest; seventh

to the tenth larger than the second, dilated on the inner edges,

and all coequal ; terminal joints similar to the tenth in width,

the Dascillidee &e. of Japan. 119

but oval; the head widest at the eyes and slightly narrowed

to the neck ; the thorax rounded off anteriorly, arched at the

sides, and abruptly separated from the lower half by a lateral

marginal carina; the scutellum semicircular behind; the

elytra well rounded off at the humeral angles, not striate ;

the legs, tarsi very slender, claw and inner processes very

fine.

Celsus spectabilis, sp.n. (PI. VI. fig. 10.)

Elongatus, niger, subnitidus, hirsutus, supra grosse punctatus;

elytris area subovata ante apicem polita.

L. 4 mill.

Elongate, black, rather shining, clothed with long, grey,

erect, detached hairs, entirely punctured above, punctures

large and some are ocellate; the elytra before the apex,

nearer to the outer than the sutural margin, have a very con-

spicuous polished smooth space nearly oval in form; the

antenne and legs black.

Hab. Ichibusayama, near Yuyama. One example, 10th

May, 1881.

OMINEUS, gen. nov.

Elongate ; head narrower than the thorax, elytra gradually

widening until well behind the posterior coxe. The head

widest at the eyes, obliquely narrowed behind them ; the

antenne short and rather thick, first and second and fourth to

seventh joints moniliform, first nearly as large again as the

second, third slightly elongate and feebly constricted at the

base, eighth to tenth slightly transverse, terminal oval; the

maxillary palpi robust, terminal joints feebly securiform ; the

thorax slightly wider than broad, without a lateral carina;

the scutellum obtusely acuminate behind; the elytra without

strie ; the legs much more robust than in the last genus, with

the claws strongly toothed at their bases. Other characters

similar to those of Dasytes.

Omineus humeralis, sp. n. (Pl. VI. fig. 11.)

Elongatus, piceus, subnitidus, hirsutus, supra grosse punctatus ;

elytris striga humerali rufa; antennis pedibusque concoloribus.

L,. 4-43 mill.

Elongate, pitchy brown, somewhat shining, clothed not

very thickly with grey hairs; the head and thorax deeply

and densely punctate ; the elytra a little less deeply and not

so closely punctured ; humeral angle with a red patch or stripe,

120 Mr. G. Lewis on

the form somewhat differing in different specimens; the

antenne and legs coloured like the body, claws alone palish.

Hab. Kashiwagi, on Mount Omine, and near the Iken-

chaiya. Seven examples.

XERASIA, gen. nov.

I propose this name for an insect which cannot be placed in

Melyris; but the characters are not widely different. The

general structure of the body and appendages agree, but the

outline, both of the body and the antenna, as seen in the

figure, prevent its inclusion in Melyris. The tarsi are short,

but the joints which bear the claws are very large, as in

Melyris ; the elytra are without stria, and the three apical

joints only of the antenne are enlarged.

Xerasia variegata, sp.n. (Pl. VI. fig. 12.)

Brunnea, nitida, griseo-pubescens; capite thoraceque punctatis ;

elytris griseo-variegatis ; palpis infuscatis.

L. 5 mill.

Brown, shining, clothed with grey pubescence; the head

somewhat irregularly punctured, eyes rather small, somewhat

coarsely faceted, neck scarcely narrowed ; palpi, three apical

joints nearly the same size, infuscate; antenne, first and

second joints stout, second rather smaller than the first, third

longer than the second but less robust, fourth to the seventh

about the same size, eighth smaller, ninth and tenth widened

out, terminal of the same size as the tenth but conical; the

thorax, anterior angles obtuse, inconspicuous, posterior angles

gradually rounded off, external rim entire but very fine,

punctured, punctures finer than those of the head and more

evenly set; the elytra without strie, variegated with grey

markings, the transverse marking before the apex being

indistinctly dentate-sinuate; the legs and antenne wholly

brown.

Hab. Hitoyoshi. Taken in the forest of Okama on a

mountain of considerable elevation, 8th May, 1881. One

example.

List of Species, with Synonymy.

DAscILLip™. Epilichas brunneicornis,

Paralichas pectinatus. atricolor.

Odontonyx pectinata, Kies, Bee

higoniee. oes j Drupeus letabilis.

Fpilichas flabellatus. vittipennis,

brevis,

Octoglossa flabellata, Aves.

the Dascillide de. of Japan.

Eubrianax ramicornis, Kes.

(Placonycha, Horn.)

—— granicollis.

pellucidus. 4

Grammeubria nitida, Kies.

opaca, Kes.

Cyphonidarum (gen. ined. K7es.).

Prionocyphon ovulis, Kves.

fuscipennis, Aves.

sexmaculatus.

Scirtes japonicus, Aves.

ovatulus.

sobrinus.

Helodes dux.

flavicollis, Kves. 1859.

Sacodes: protectus, Har.

1880.

—— inornatus.

scapularis.

Cyphon puncticeps, Kies.

variabilis, Thunbg.

Ptilodactyla ramea. .

MALACODERMID2®.

Telephorini.

Podabrus Heydeni, Aves. 1879.

Reinii, Heyd. 1893.

Hilleri, Aves. (in litt.).

—— temporalis, Har.

lictorius.

— macilenthus, Kes.

—— ochraceus, Kies.

-—— malthinoides, Kes.

Themus episcopalis (Cantharis),

Kies.

—— midas, Kes.

—— cyanipennis, Motsch.

Cantharis venatrix, Kies,

Athemus suturellus.

Telephorus — suturellus,

Motsch.

Cantharis luteipennis, Aves.

Telephorus melanopus,

Har. 1878.

roninus, var, ?

— attristatus.

Cantharis attristata, Kies.

Telephorus insulsus, Har.

ciusianus, Aves.

vitellinus, Aves.

—— dichrous.

— edemeroides, Kies,

—— adusticollis, Kes.

plebejus, Kies.

121

Telephorus curtatus, Kies.

egrotus, Kies.

badius, Kies.

Hildendorfi, Har.

modestus, Aes.

viaticus.

japonicus, Aves.

vulcanus.

Rhagonycha provida.

Cantharis provida, Kies.

Silis pectinata.

Elianus rugiceps.

Ichthyurus niponicus, Lew.

atriceps.

Biurus pennatus.

Malthinus humeralis, Aves.

mucoreus, Aves.

mutilatus, Kies.

Malthinellus bicolor, Kies.

Malthodes niponicus, Kies.

sulcicollis, Aves.

—— kobensis.

Podistra japonica, Kies.

Drilini.

Drilonius striatulus, Kves.

Cyphonocerus ruficollis, Kves,

marginatus,

Drilaster axillaris, Kies.

unicolor.

Melyrini.

Laius niponicus.

Kiesenwetteri, Lew.

flavicornis, Kies. 1874, nec

Fabricius.

histrio, Kies.

Malachius bipustulatus, Linn.

—— prolongatus, Motsch.

foveifrons, Kies.

—— eximius.

—— xantholoma, Kies.

Attalus japonicus, Kies,

—— elongatulus,

Ebreeus picticollis, Kes.

—- chlorizans, Kies,

Hyberbeeus oblongulus, Kies,

Carphurus plagiatus, Kies,

Dasytes japonicus, Aves.

constrictus,

Celsus spectabilis,

Omineus humeralis.

Prionocerus fuscipennis, Lew, 1879,

Xerasia variegata,

122 On a new Butterfly of the Genus Amauris.

Cleridx, new Synonymy.

Cladiscus obeliscus, Lew. 1892.

Cymatoderma strangulata, Kies. 1879, nec Cladiscus strangulatus,

Chevr. 18438,

Opilo carinatus, Lew. 1892.

Opilo niponicus, Lew., var.

O. mollis, L., Gorh. 1877.

Sisynophorus bicolor, Lew., 1891, I consider now belongs to the Cleridz,

not the Telephoride, but it is very difficult to assign any certain place for

it in the Cleridz at present.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Paralichas higonie. Fig. 7. Cyphonocerus ruficollis,

Fig. 2. Eubrianax granicollis. Kies.

Fig. 3. Silis pectinata, Fig. 8. Laius niponicus.

Fig. 4, Elianus rugiceps. Fig. 9. Dasytes constrictus.

Fg. 5. Drilonius striatulus, Kies. Fig. 10. Celsus spectabilis.

Fig. 6. Drilaster axillaris, Wes. Fig. 11. Omineus humeralis.

Fig. 12. Xerasia variegata.

XV.— Description of a new Species of Butterfly of the Genus

Amauris obtained by Mr. Scott Elliot in East Central

Africa. By Artaur G. Butier, Ph.D., F.L.S., &e.

Two examples of a very distinct species of the A. echeria

group were obtained, both males—one taken at Ruwenzori,

5000-6000 feet alt., the other on the way from Salt Lake to

Wawamba Co.

Amauris Elliott, sp. n.

d. Form of A. echeria, larger: primaries black, slightly

brownish towards the base ; all the markings deep ochreous,

as follows :—a broad oblique spot across the middle of the

discoidal cell and a second (slightly larger) before the middle

of the first, or lower, median interspace, a small elongated

spot above the upper extremity of the discoidal cell, a quad-

rifid spot beyond the cell, its two upper divisions smallest,

the third division largest, a bifid subcostal spot towards apex

and two small spots (the upper one larger than the under)

obliquely below it; three conspicuous nearly equidistant oval

spots, one below each median branch towards outer margin

and three nearly marginal points towards the middle of the

Bibliographical Notice. 123

margin ; the general distribution of these markings, therefore,

is similar to that of A. echeria, but their relative proportions

are more nearly as in Awlobengula ; the quadrifid spot beyond

the cell is, however, different in character from that of all

the known species: secondaries browner, sericeous towards

anal angle, and with the sexual patch somewhat ill-defined ;

an elbowed ochreous belt occupying the basal two fifths and

traversed by the black subcostal vein and part of its first

branch; a discal irregular series of eleven large ochreous

spots, of which the first, sixth, and eighth are distinctly

larger than the others; a nearly marginal series of seven to

eight dots in pairs, commencing from the second subcostal

vein: body pitchy black-brown, with two white points on the

head. Wings below brown, the apical area of the primaries

and outer three fifths of the secondaries somewhat olivaceous ;

all the ochreous markings paler than above, and several addi-

tional small spots or dots near to the outer margin in all the

wings. .

Exxpanse of wings 80 millim.

Two male examples.

Perhaps the most distinctive characters in this species are

the position of the ochreous belt of the secondaries at, instead

of a short distance from, the base, the consequent widening

of the dark external area, and the great size of the spots of

the discal series on these wings, reminding one of T?rumala

limniace.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Manual of Conchology, Structural and Systematic. Second Series.—

Pulmonata. Vol. 1X. By H. A. Pitssry. 8vo. Philadelphia,

1894.

A LONG-FELT want has been experienced by the conchological student

of a sound arrangement and classification of that enormous assem-

blage of mollusks familiarly known as Helices. Many classifications

have from time to time been proposed, but experience has shown

them to be more or less unsatisfactory. Being based to a great

extent upon conchological characters, or characters derived from

the study of some special organ, this might naturally be expected:

Perhaps the best of these arrangements was that worked out by

Dr. E. von Martens in the second edition of Dr. J. C. Albers’s

‘Die Heliceen” Although this work has held its own for some

thirty years past, and, to a great extent, formed the basis of the

last system of classification—that of Dr, L, Pfeiffer—it has long

124 Bibliographical Notice.

proved inadequate to the requirements of systematists. The great

increase in the number of known species, and the numerous new

types which have been discovered of recent years, together with the

increased knowledge of the anatomy of a large number of forms,

have rendered those old classifications more or less obsolete. The

volume before us will therefore be most acceptable to conchologists,

for it not only furnishes us with an up-to-date classification, but

one which is based upon an extensive study of the soft parts, besides

those ordinal characters which may be found in the shells also.

This system is not founded upon the modifications of a single organ,

such as the Jaw, the radula, or the shell, but all the organs of the

animal, internal and external, have been taken into account with

very gratifying results. .The author has not only taken advantage

of the anatomical researches of others, but himself has prepared

more than five hundred dissections.

The two families Endodontide and Helicide are treated of in this

volume. The former is divided into two tribes or sections—Poly-

placognatha and Haplogona—respectively containing two and five

genera. Five sections are suggested for the Helicide, namely,

Protogona, Macrogona, Teleophallogona, Epiphallogona, and Belo-

gona, and these contain as many as fifty-two genera. Besides these,

four other genera of doubtful affinities are included in this family.

A synopsis of all the genera of these two families is followed by two

keys to them, one derived from anatomical, the other from shell

characters. The remainder of the forty-eight introductory pages

of this volume contain remarks on the distribution of Helices in

time and space, instructions with regard to the preparation of land-

snails for anatomical study, and a short note on nomenclature.

The bulk of the volume consists of detailed descriptions of the

various genera, an account of their mutual relationship, the facts in

connexion with their geographical distribution, and, finally, what

will be most useful and valued by the collector, a list of the species

included in each genus. The pictorial portion of the work consists

of 71 plates, containing 561 figures of shells and 571 illustrating

the anatomy ; and of these 330 were drawn by the author.

From our own experience, and from the opinions expressed by

practical conchologists, we can speak with much confidence of the

great merit and usefulness of this work; and Mr. Pilsbry is to be

congratulated upon the completion of a book entailing such a vast

amount of research and containing a classification of such an enor-

mous group as the Helices, which will be indispensable to the

student of land Mollusca, and, indeed, will form for many years to

come the standard work upon the subject treated of.

In conclusion, we would express the hope that Mr. Pilsbry may

be induced to undertake a companion volume on the Zonitide and

Agnatha, which is hinted at in his prefatory remarks.

Miscellaneous. 125

MISCELLANEOUS.

Correction to p. 521 (¢ Annals,’ June 1895).

Sryce I drew up (on the 19th of April) the description of the new

Batrachian discovered by Mr. Quelch, I have seen the number of the

‘Zoologischer Anzeiger’ for April 8, in which Prof. O. Boettger

describes a new Engystomatoid genus from Halmaheira under the

name of Oreophryne. I therefore propose to change the name

suggested by me to Oreophrynella Quelchii.—G. A. BouLENGER.

On the Production of Males and Females in Melipona and Trigona.

By J. Perez.

The few observations that we possess on the subject of the inner

life of colonies of Melipona and T’rigona were such as to lead us to

suppose that, in the case of these exotic bees, the production of

sexual individuals, males and females or queens, does not present

any essential difference from what we know to take place in that of

the hive-bee. As a matter of fact, among the large number of

species of Melipona and Trigona there are some in which the pheno-

mena take place in a precisely similar manner, and the young

queens are found existing in the nest at the same time as the males.

This is the case, for instance, in Melipona scutellaris, of which I

have observed simultaneously a number of individuals of both sexes

at the close of autumn, a few days before the whole colony was

destroyed by the cold.

On the other hand, a nest of Trigona clavipes, Fabr. (quadrangula,

Lep.), throughout the many weeks during which I was enabled to

observe it, contained a fairly large number of males and not a single

young female.

From the observation of a little 7rigona from Uruguay, which 1

succeeded in keeping from the commencement of November 1891

until the middle of October 1894, and which consequently passed

through three summers under my eyes, I have learnt some facts

that were entirely unexpected.

During the first year the colony produced nothing but workers.

Though I was every day on the watch, so to speak, for the slightest

differences that might appear in the shape and dimensions of the

freshly constructed cells, and lead one to suppose that a queen- or

male-cell was being produced, I never noticed anything peculiar in

the building operations, and never witnessed the emergence of any

but workers. ;

The following year (1893), about August 10, I noticed in the

centre of a comb in course of construction a cell wider and taller

than the ordinary ones, above the level of which it projected by

about a millimetre and a half. On August 28 the cell was open,

and I soon discovered the young queen which had emerged from it,

and which, owing to her light colour still more than to her size,

was conspicuous against the black background formed by the popu-

lation of the colony. She lived in the nest until the end of September,

when she disappeared, having gone out during bright sunshine to take,

126 Miscellaneous.

according to the expression customary in apiculture, her nuptial

flight, which, however, was rendered useless by the absence of males.

She did not return. Nothing more took place during the year:

not a single other female nor any male emerged.

In 1894 a female cell was constructed on June 15, and several

others were built in the course of July ; but none came to any good.

A parasitic disease seemed to have attacked the colony ; many larve

died in their cells, and they soon perished in numbers every day ;

the queen herself was attacked, and succumbed at the commence-

ment of October, while the last workers died a few days later. No

male had yet appeared.

It was important to see whether the workers, which were still

fairly numerous when the queen died, would not set to work to

make a new one for themselves, as normally happens in the case

of our hive-bees when accidentally bereft of their egg-producer.

Nothing of the kind took place, and this was, @ prior?, to be foreseen,

In the case of the hive-bee the larve are fed according to their daily

wants, so that, when the queen happens to disappear, the workers

have only to supply some larva with the royal jelly, instead of the

paste that produces the workers, and the selected larva, which would

have become a worker, will develop into a queen. In the case of

Melipona the cell when constructed is immediately provisioned, and

receives the whole of the food necessary for the development of the

larva; the queen deposits an egg in it, and the cell is at once sealed

up. The larva that will be hatched in the cell will therefore develop

entirely removed from any intervention on the part of the workers,

and the destiny of the future bee is consequently irrevocably fixed

from the very beginning. Asa matter of fact, no change was made

in the cells already constructed. T'rigona is incapable of replacing,

as the hive-bee does, the vanished mother of the nest.

An interesting point still to be determined was whether, as

appears to be the case in certain instances, but not always, in our

common bees when they have lost their queen, the faculty of ovi-

position would be manifested by some of the workers. Building

operations were continued for several days longer; a few large

queen cells were constructed at the edge of the last comb and

received their store of paste. In this task the workers displayed

very great activity, and often waited several hours while the queen

visited the cells to perform her function. Eventually they became

tired ; the paste was soon delivered up to pillage, and consumed in

afew moments. More than once the cells were sealed up, and it

was possible to believe that an egg had been deposited in them by a

worker which I had not succeeded in detecting in the act. Before

long, however, the cells were reopened and the contents devoured.

After being provisioned and sealed up afresh, they again underwent

the same fate. Then all operations ceased, and the workers suc-

cumbed one after the other.

To recapitulate: in the space of three years a colony of Z'ri rigona

produced a queen in the second, and virtually several queens in the

third year, but never a single male. Since observations were

arrested by the premature death of the queen, we are left in doubt

Miscellaneous. 127

as to whether she would have continued throughout her life to

produce only females, or whether, at a more advanced age, her

progeny would have been males, as was seen in the colony of

Lrigona clavipes, mentioned above. In any case the non-simul-

taneous production of individuals of the two sexes in one and the

same colony points, in certain species of Meliponids, to the indis-

pensable intervention of cross-fertilization, the advantages of which

are well known to naturalists.—Comptes Rendus, t. exx. no. 5

(February 4, 1895), pp. 273-275.

On the Development of the Body in the Prawn (Palemon serratus,

Fabr.) and the Crayfish (Astacus fluviatilis, Gesn.). By Lovis

Rovte.

For several years past I have prosecuted researches upon the

development of the two crustaceans mentioned in the title of this

note. The facts that I have observed are for the most part known;

but several of the principal among them have not been described

with great accuracy, and the interpretations that have been given

of them seem to me to be incorrect.

The ovum of these animals is chiefly composed of food-yolk : the

formative yolk, at the moment of fertilization, collects into a little

cicatricle, which alone produces all the elements of the embryonic

economy. Contrary to what happens in the case of Porcellio, to

the embryogeny of which I have devoted a recently published

memoir *, the cicatricle does not commence by surrounding the

entire ovum, to give rise afterwards to the appendages ; it develops

on the spot and increases slowly, while giving rise in succession to

the organs and the paired limbs. The ovum of Porcelliois globular ;

the young embryo is itself spherical from the very first ; it subse

quently elongates, increasing in size principally in the direction of

the future longitudinal axis, and thus arrives at its definitive con-

dition. The case is different both in the prawn and in the crayfish,

At the very commencement of the embryonic development of these

latter forms the cicatricle divides, following a plane almost tangen-

tial to the surface of the ovum, into two superimposed parts. This

cleft commences as a superficial depression, which extends across

and sinks little by little into the cicatricle, dividing it in such a

way that the latter, instead of remaining full and compact, appears

divided into two halves, one of which is folded back beneath the

other. ‘This arrangement persists, while the cicatricle increases in

size, giving rise to the appendages and the organs; the halves

enlarge and preserve their relations, one of them being tucked

beneath the other. Finally, when the development is concluded

and the body formed, the latter lies bent double ; the portion folded

back corresponds to the abdomen, and the other to the cephalo-

thorax. At the moment of hatching the curvature is effaced by

the straightening of the whole, and the abdomen, assuming its

* “Etudes sur le développement des Crustacés.”—lre Partie; re

Mémoire: “Etude sur le développement du Cloporte (Porcellio scaber,

Leach).” Annales des Sciences naturelles, Zoologie, 1894.

128 Miscellaneous.

ultimate position, extends in the direction of the longitudinal axis

of the body.

The important fact in this series of phenomena is the singular

manner in which the curvature is produced. The latter does not

take place gradually, by the folding upon itself of the young

embryo; it appears all at once, by means of a cleft, which pene-

trates into the cicatricle, divides it into two planes, and increases 111

size with the latter. This cleft does not enter into the composition

of the body ; it forms part of the surrounding space and is destined

to disappear. Authors have already alluded to its presence; but

in my opinion they have strangely mistaken its real value. They

have considered the rudiment of it as corresponding to a gastrular

invagination, and this as much on account of its very early appear-

ance as of its origin and mode of growth. On carefully foliowing

the series of embryonic stages, we perceive that this invagination in

no way contributes to the formation of the digestive cavities, it

remains independent of these, preserves its autonomy while increasing

in size, and finally becomes the cleft which, in the embryo doubled

upon itself, separates the cephalothorax from the abdomen.

A division of this kind is not peculiar to certain of the higher

Crustacea ; it exists, although less pronounced, in other more simple

representatives ot the class—in Asellus aquaticus, Fabr., for

example. The embryogeny of the latter proceeds, as regards the

extension of the cicatricle, similarly to that of Porcellio, at least in

its general features; only the body of the young emkryo, which is

at first spherical, assumes the definitive elongated form by cleaving

in its dorsal region, leaving the ventral portion undivided and sepa-

rating the halves one from the other after the manner of two valves.

This phenomenon is most important, for it represents in a relatively

simple condition and at an advanced stage of development the pre-

cocious fission of the cicatricle in the prawn.

With reference to comparative embryology, this fission corresponds

to a displacement in space. The body of the embryo enclosed in its

egg-shell comes all at once, by its means and without any other

modification, to acquire a recurved shape, which enables it to be

contained in the cavity limited by the shell. Undoubtedly the cause

in such a case must be sought for in the abundance of the food-

yolk: the latter renders the ovum very bulky and prevents all

folding back. ‘This displacement involves very remarkable conse-

quences with respect to the position of the rudiments of several

organs. ‘Thus, the extremity of the abdomen arises beneath and in

front of the head; the anus breaks through immediately behind the

mouth, and soon. ‘These phenomena proceed from the foregoing.

All the organs are afterwards restored to their places by the

straightening of the body, the effacement of the curvature, and the

disappearance of the cleft. Among the alterations introduced into

the embryonic processes by the presence in the ovum of a large

quantity of food-yolk, the production on the spot of a doubling back

of the entire animal, by means of the simple formation of the free

space which separates the two folded portions, is one of the most

curious.—Comptes Rendus, t. cxx. no. 5 (February 4, 1895),

pp. 271-273.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. }

No. 92. AUGUST 1895,

XVI.—WNotes on some Genera and Species of Coccide.

By W. M. MAsKELt, New Zealand.

1. The Genus Dactylopius.

ABout seven miles from the town of Wellington, in New

Zealand, is a flat valley, about 10 miles long and perhaps 2

or 3 wide at the base, through which the lower part of the

river Hutt flows into the head of Wellington Harbour. The

land in this valley, which has been subject to innumerable

overflows of the river, is very rich, and is mostly taken up

by small farms or market gardens, and much fruit is grown

there. During the summer of 1894-95 (September to March)

the gooseberry-trees in these gardens and the grape-vines in

the glasshouses were subject to a very annoying attack by an

insect which was readily recognized as a “ mealy-bug,” but

which had not previously appeared in such great numbers.

After awhile the depredations of the insects became so bad

and their numbers so large that quite a “scare” was pro-

duced, and the usual talk began of applying to the govern-

ment for assistance. Many fruit-growers used remedies in

the form of sprayed liquids, but seemingly without much

success ; and as | write the pest seems (from the accounts I

have had) to be nearly as bad as ever.

Specimens of the insects were submitted to me for identifi-

cation, and I was particularly asked to say whether the insects

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 9

130 Mr. W. M. Maskell on some

on the gooseberries out of doors differed from those on the

vines under glass. After careful examination I found that

the two were essentially identical, and that they corresponded

almost exactly with the species known in Europe as ‘‘Dacty-

lopius adonidum,” or the common mealy-bug. I say “ almost

exactly,” because neither in them nor in any similar insects

have I ever been able to detect one external character which

is mentioned by Signoret (‘Annales de la Soc. Entom. de

France,’ Dec. 23, 1874, p. 307) and also by Douglas (‘ Entom.

Monthly Magazine,’ vol. xxv. p. 314) in their descriptions of

this species, viz.:—‘‘ Une bande brune sur le milieu du dos”

(Sign.) ; “a broad brown or livid band-like shade” (Dougl.).

During my study of Coccide, which extends now over twenty

years, I have persistently endeavoured to minimize the

importance of mere external colours and to lay stress upon

anatomical characters only. But the occurrence of this insect

in such suddenly injurious numbers, and its consequent

importance, here led me to look into this question more

closely in regard to the whole genus Dactylopius, and to try

to tabulate, if possible, a principal character which might

serve for ready differentiation in future.

I may say here that 1 am clearly of opinion that the insect

in the Hutt Valley is not indigenous to New Zealand. All

the European species of Dactylopius (so far as I know)

exhibit on their lateral margins a number of white cottony

tassels of varying length. In New Zealand I have described

seven species believed to be indigenous, and none of them

possesses this very distinct feature. Moreover, although the

Hutt Valley was in former times very densely clothed with

heavy forest, it is now almost entirely cleared. Further, the

Coccids in question have appeared only in gardens and houses

devoted to Kuropean plants.

The insects belonging to the genus Dactylopius may vary

a good deal in their external appearance, and amongst the

fifty or sixty which have been described some are aerial, some

subterranean, some simply covered with thin meal, some

having, in addition, cottony tassels, while others surround

themselves with masses of cotton, and others form separate

cottony sacs. Probably the best character by which to

separate the species is one which requires by no means a

difficult examination—I mean the relative lengths of the

antennal joints in the adult female. This character may be

very well made out without any long and tedious preparation

of a specimen, and is therefore useful as a first guide to iden-

tification. I am not to be supposed to ignore other perhaps

very distinct characters.

Genera and Species of Coccide. 131

One of the reasons which led me to attach the Hutt Valley

insects to D. adonidum was the exact correspondence of the

adult female antenna with that of the European species ; and

for comparison I had the advantage of possessing not only

the descriptions and figures of Signoret, Comstock, and

Douglas, but also a mounted specimen of D. adonidum from

Paris, which had been sent to me (unmounted, zn stu) by

Dr. Signoret himself. I am obliged here to draw atten-

tion to a rather curious error in Professor Comstock’s descrip-

tion (Rep. of Entom. U.S. Dep. Agric. 1880). He there

says :—“ The antenne are composed of eight joints, of which

the eighth is the longest, and the third and the second, fourth

and fifth the shortest and of equal length.” This is meant

to be translated from Signoret; but Signoret’s words are

“ huit articles, dont le huitiéme le plus long, puis le troisitme

et le second, quatriéme et cinquiéme d’égale longueur et les

plus courts,” which very clearly means that the third and

second come next to the eighth and the fourth and fifth are

the shortest and equal; and this is borne out by the actual

specimens, as I show in the table below. The error is quite

excusable, the original French being rather obscure; but it

might lead to much confusion.

The following table will show the formule of the antennal

joints in the species already described. For convenience I

have grouped these species in the first place according to their

external appearance, with or without cottony tassels, sacs, &c.

The figures give the sequence of the joints, beginning with

the longest, and those which are bracketed are intended to

mean equal or subequal, the first in a bracket being perhaps

longer than the others.

Genus DacTyLoPius.

Section 1— Exhibiting dorsal meal and lateral cottony tassels.

antennal

Species. Author. Locality. formula.

adonidum (Linn.) .... Signoret. Europe. 8321 (67) (54).

C7 a Ar AD Ree Maskell. Australia. 83215 (746).

TEI aie ns Goh Signoret. | Europe. 852 (4567) *.

Dr EPA D tes x aie ois (aioe vince Cockerell. West Indies. — (88)(12)(54)(67).

bromelia (Bouché) .... Signoret. Africa; India. (258) 1 (4567).

COTET DUNE a aiaie a toy visi aieks Signoret. Europe. 8237456 *.

citrt (Boisduval) ...... Signoret. | Europe. (88) 2 (57) (46) *.

Crepe ead ake iss « <F Coquillett. N. America. (238) 5 (47) (61).

CHUTES areata pr ta ac uss Signoret. Europe. 8 (32) (567) 4*.

QESUPUCLON tee) ts Comstock. N. America. 85 (27) (56) 4*.

CPROGHCO ha 2) ile gegen. Coquillett. N. America. 8 (23) 561 (47).

PROUB AUTEN Healtuals ee Signoret. Europe. 83 (24567) *.

g®

132

Species.

UQVONTUIG so) -ielvisl = ots

liliacearum (Bouché) . .

lobulatus

longrfilis

mamillarié (Bouché) . .

MU Shs (5 hein sist ee §

PLT UNE in hg tals ges ss

POOL. ccs win ale anions

Ryan

solant

talint

2), 8) 6,0 0) he) Ba

<a eB 6)ele nee 60 eb

o mle 0.86 0.\¢ 0) 610 8 ©

DILULMN Gare wire Oe tM

vitis (Niedielski)

Walkert

Author.

Signoret.

Maskell.

Comstock.

Signoret.

Maskell.

Signoret.

Coquillett.

Cockerell.

Green, MS.

Douglas.

Signoret.

Newstead.

Mr. W. M. Maskell on some

Locality.

Europe.

Australia.

N. America.

Europe.

Demerara.

Kurope.

Europe.

N. America.

West Indies.

Ceylon.

S. America ?

Europe.

Kurope.

Europe.

formula.

38 (2765) 4*.

38 (7) 2 (45) *.

823645 (71).

832 (15) 467.

8234 (567) *.

8 (817) (246) 5.

382 (4567) *.

382 (576) 4%,

(238) 1 (457) 6.

82 (31) 7 (56) 4.

831257 (46).

8 (32) 1 (576) 4.

Py)

(38) 2 (54) 67 *,

3824567 *.

83 (1245) (67).

Section I].— Without lateral cottony tassels ; often with much cotton,

but not forming separate sacs or cushions,

GCOCUE the rs ee os tare

GRECE asie a coer

awrilanatus ........->

calceolarie

GDEDUER Goica nals Gahan eve Ws

CPICHCOIGs aiy siden ba 0 pine

CU DEE Wap iniee)< bis as

Jilamentosus.........-

I ELUCU SE en pala: o's an eve

FCETYOWIES . in. nts ss

MeEXICANUS

poe

simplex

virgatus

erete hele 19) .8. vim 188

Maskell.

Cockerell.

Maskell.

Cockerell.

Maskell.

Cockerell.

Australia.

New Zealand.

New Zealand ;

71 (24) (36) 5.

83 (21) 4567, or

73 (21) 4 (56).

88 (456721)

98158 (46) 7.

Fiji; West Indies.

Fiji; India.

Australia.

N. America.

New Zealand.

Mexico.

New Zealand.

West Indies.

231 (4567), or

7 (231) 465.

7 (2138) (65) 4.

345 (216) 7.

7 (12) (84) (56).

831 (257) (46).

812 (357) (46).

384 (215) (67).

8 (23) 1 (4567).

(83) 217 (456).

(83) 214 (567).

Section HI.— Without cottony tassels ; forming cushions of cotton.

albizzie

eee ee reeeeee

herbicola

RUDGE occ wcvecces

Maskell.

Australia.

81 (24) 3 (567), or

71 (24) 8 (56).

8 (12) (84) (56) 7,

or7 (12) (34)(56).

8 (1234567).

Section 1V.— Without lateral cottony tassels; employing a plant-scale

as a covering.

obtectus

Rew he 6 2 (O'8 0) 2s

Maskell.

New Zealand.

8 (1234567).

Genera and Species of Coccide. 133

Section V.— Without lateral cottony tassels ; forming separate

cottony sacs.

? antennal

Species. Author. Locality. formula.

GUPUIUEA Sais x 5 oe sale Maskell. New Zealand. (8312) (456) 7.

LGU SA MME Has He oe «Sie Maskell. Australia. 8 (231) 5 (467), or

7 (241) 356.

GROMITME hee Me Cs ig Maskell. Natal. 8 (3845) (721) 6.

lobulatus ..........., Maskell. Australia. 823645 (71).

[STN eae ER Cockerell. N. America. 8 (12) 3 (4567)

LOURERERGL . oo. x > oie Cockerell. N. America. 7 (123) 465.

PRORUELUET® Boe hatte paw Maskell. Sandwich Isl. 7 (21364) 5

In the foregoing list D. /obulatus appears twice, tor the

reason that it exhibits the lateral tassels and also constructs a

cottony sac.

In the insects marked * I find no mention of the first

antennal joint. As a rule this joint is nearly equal to the

second, but there are exceptions.

I incline to the belief that D. hoye, D. liliacearum, and

D., tuliparum are only synonyms of 1), adonidum.

Cockerell (‘ Entomologist,’ 1893, p. 267) says that D. de-

structor, Comstock, “is now regarded as a synonym of cétri.”

The antennal formule of the two, according to the foregoing

list, indicates some difference.

In my ‘Further Coccid Notes,’ 1894, just published, I

describe D. vastator from the Sandwich Islands, and mention

that it approaches the Mexican species D. Yownshend?,

Cockerell. Here, again, the antennal formule indicate

divergence, although in this case I think that probably it is

not sufficiently marked to constitute by itself a specific

character. But, taking it in conjunction with the differences

noted by me in the feet, spinnerets, and marginal spines, I

shall still for the present leave L). vastator separate.

D. theobrome, Douglas, is placed by its antenne very close

indeed to D. longifilis, Comstock, and not far from D. jicés,

D. pteridis, and D. brevipes; and D. talini would also come

into this group were it not for another character (long radiating

glassy threads) which distinguishes it.

On the whole, whilst these ‘‘ antennal formule” cannot be

considered as decisive for the whole genus Dactylopius, I

believe that they may be very fairly used to separate the

species belonging to Section I.; indeed, they are probably

the best guides for that section. As regards the other sections,

they may be usefully considered in conjunction with other

characters, and may often indicate near relationships; for

example, in Section II. D. simplex and D. virgatus are

134 Mr. W. M. Maskell on some

remarkably close to each other, with a variation only in the

seventh joint, and as (from the descriptions given) there seems

to be no other important differentiating character, these two

will very likely be found to be identical, or, at most, varieties.

In Section III. all the three species have nearly identical

formule ; but there is a marked difference between the cottony

secretion of D. herbicola and those of the others, and D. al-

bizzie also differs a good deal im the same particular from

D. hibbertiea. As for D. obtectus, whilst its formula is near

to those of D. alpinus and D. Steeliz, the employment by it

of the plant-scales as a shelter is amply sufficient for sepa-

ration.

2. The Genus Planchonia.

For several years past I have been endeavouring to esta-

blish the fact that all the forms which have been placed by

various observers under the several names of Pollinia, Astero-

lecanium, Lecaniodiaspis, Planchonia, are really only varia-

tions or species of one genus; and I have affirmed that all

these names, with the exception of Planchonia, ought to be

abandoned. ‘To that opinion I still adhere; and the more I

am enabled to examine insects of this kind, the more I am

convinced that my view is correct. In this place I may

observe that, whilst hitherto I have not devoted much space

to Pollinia and Lecaniodiaspis, these two are not really

different from the others. It has been thought by some that

Pollinia is characterized by the absence of a marginal fringe ;

yet it has precisely the same spinnerets as Planchonia, and,

besides, the marginal fringe is by no means always con-

spicuous in any species; I have seen a twig covered with

scores of insects, of which at least half exhibited no fringe at

all, while the rest had a very fine one. Lecaniodiaspis, on

the other hand, is said to differ from Planchonia by the

presence of antennz; but this, taken alone, and without any

other distinguishing character to be made out, is surely an

insufficient basis for the erection of a new genus, more espe-

cially as in Planchonia itself the antenne are present, although

in an atrophied or rudimentary form.

Consequently I stand by the sole genus Planchonia as far

as this particular section of Coccide is concerned. Now in

my paper (Trans. New Zealand Institute, 1894) I have

divided this genus into three groups :—

1. Females having subcircular or elliptical tests ;

2. Females having narrow elongated tests ;

3. Females having irregular tests.

Genera and Species of Coccide. 135

For the present I propose to cénsider only the first of these,

leaving the others for future enquiry. This group may be

said to include the following forms reported up to the present

by various authors in different countries :—

. Planchonia (Pollinia) coste, 'Targioni.

(Asterolecanium) aurea, Boisduval.

) quercicola, Bouché.

) bambuse, Boisduval.

jimbriata, Boyer de Fonscolombe.

arabidis, Lichtenstein.

— hedere, Lichtenstein.

—— epacridis, Maskell.

— styphelie, Maskell.

——. (Lecaniodiaspis) sardoa, Targioni.

11. —— oncidit, Cockerell.

12. —— pustulans, Cockerell.

13. —— (Lecaniodiaspis) yucce, Riley.

14, —— (Asterolecantum) massalongiana, Targioni.

ventruosa, Maskell.

Three of the foregoing—P. arabidis, P. hedere, and

P. yucce—have never yet, so far as I am aware, been fully

described, and cannot be included in our consideration on

that account. I do not, however, think it probable that they

will be found to depart in any important manner from the

type.

I am not acquainted with P. massalongiana.

During the last summer (in February 1895) I received

from Mr. R. J. Kingsley some twigs of oak trees thickly

covered with thousands of insects, which I at once recognized

as a species of Planchonia. I was informed that they are

doing great damage to oaks near Nelson, in this colony, and

I have heard subsequently that they have been noticed there

for twelve or fourteen years. I found that these insects, both

in their tests and in their anatomical characters, corresponded

exactly with specimens which had been sent to me of Plan-

chonia quercicola, Bouché, by Dr. Signoret about 1880. ‘The

occurrence of this species here in such numbers led me to look

more closely still into the relationships of the genus Plan-

chonia, and to cast about to find, if possible, some character

which would be better adapted for proper discrimination than

the mere outward appearance or colours of the test and the

fringe. As regards the test, several writers have laid stress

upon the differences which they have detected between

“yellow” and ‘‘ green” or “ yellowish”? and “ greenish.”

I have found it many times very difficult to satisfy myself

(although not in the least colour-blind) as to what specimens

ral

aed

Se ONS Svea tS

136 Mr. W. M. Maskell on some

have been ‘ yellow” and what “green.” The fringes, again,

are sometimes white and sometimes pink; and authors have

used these as separating characters. But I have found

species in which the fringe varied in colour according to the

bark of the twig they were on; so that this also is fallacious.

Taking the insects themselves, it is also very difficult to

detect differences. All of them are of a more or less sub-

globular, elliptical, slightly tapering form. None of them |

exhibit any feet. All (with the exception of P. sardoa) have

quite atrophied antenne. All have precisely similar rostra

and sete. But it occurred to me that possibly some clue

might be obtained from the arrangement of the peculiar

figure-of-eight spinneret-orifices, pores, or glands (or whatever

they are) which are common to all the species, but which do

show, when closely examined, certain differences.

With this object I have studied with some care a number

of prepared specimens, with the result that I find them as

follows :—

One marginal row of 8's; one row of simple orifices; no

Dorsal sae TUDEs,..2... olen sites oa saree ae er ae Jimbriata.

Do. Do. Do. quereicola.

Do. Do. Do. pustulans.

Do. Do. Do. epacridis.

One marginal row of 8's; one row of simple orifices (not

numerous): many dorsal ibes.5 0055 ok e's co oe styphelia.

One marginal row of 8’s; one row of simple orifices; scattered

8’s:on dorsum (not numerous) $51. aos Sealine sue oe bambuse.

One marginal row of 8’s; one row of simple orifices ; scattered

S sion dorsum (NuUMeroUs)i 2k, e. arkeacenGh o ope eee oncrdii.

Two marginal rows of 8's; scattered (numerous) simple orifices, ventruosa.

According to this classification épacridis, pustulans, and

quercicola would be varieties of fimbriata ; styphelie would be

close to them, but removed by the dorsal tubes which spring

from simple orifices ; oncid’? would be a variety of bambuse ;

and ventruosa would stand alone. As for costae, sardoa, and

massalongiana, I imagine that they will be found hereafter to

be very close to fimbriata.

I fully acknowledge that there are many difficulties in the

way of a satisfactory arrangement of this very peculiar genus ;

and I admit that the external appearance and colours of the

tests do vary somewhat, e.g. as between epacridis and querci-

cola or oncidit and bambuse. Yet it is, to me, undoubted

that the real basis of all study of Coccide ought to be the

study of the characters of the insects themselves, much more

than that of their external coverings. I have already (in my

paper of 1893, N. Z. Transactions, vol. xxvi.) observed how

Genera and Species of Coccidex. 137

easily one can mistake a Psyllid for a Coccid by considering

only the waxy pupal test; and if it is so easy to make such

a mistake between two different families, how much more so

would it be to confuse two species of the same genus. ‘There

is little risk of such a thing if the characters of the insects

themselves are made the principal points of separation.

3. The Antennal Joints of Coccide.

The study of Coccids differs from that of most other insects

in that, as a rule, their extreme minuteness obliges us to

adopt means of classification which are not necessary amongst

the Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, &c. Moreover, in a large pro-

portion of cases they not only are so covered by different

kinds of secretion as to make it nearly impossible to judge

from external marks or colours on the epidermis, but also

usually shrivel up and become deformed at gestation, so that

their very form is not a sure guide. Consequently, in order

to arrive at anything like a clear classification, we have to

use such characters as the number of antennal joints, the

arrangement of certain hairs or processes, the form and

proportions of the feet, and so on—things which, to a lepi-

dopterist, for example, would seem absurd and useless.

In a very interesting paper by Herr Karel Sulc, published

at Prague in 1894, on a new Coccid named by the author

Ortheziola Vejdovskyt, it 1s stated that one of the characters

separating this from the genus Orthezia is “the number of

joints of the antenne (in Urthezia 8-9, in Ortheziola 3 only) ,”

and in the description of the insect Herr Sule says: ‘ the

head is furnished with two frontal processes, to the apex of

which are attached the antenne.” In the excellent plate

appended to the paper the antenne and the ‘ processes” are

clearly shown (figs. 2 and 8).

I have ventured to draw the attention of Herr Sulc to the

fact that in this description he is departing from the usual

custom of students of the Coccide, which has hitherto been

to consider what he terms the “ frontal process’ as the first

joint of the antenna. I cannot affirm that the rule is abso-

lute and universal, as there are exceptions; but it has been

followed by such authorities as Signoret, ‘T'argioni, Comstock,

&e., and, I think, by all the modern writers. Indeed, Herr

Sule, in the sentence quoted above, ascribes to the adult

Orthezia “ 8-9 joints,” which cannot be, unless the “ frontal

process” is counted as one; and in a paper of his own, in

the ‘ Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine,’ February 1895, he

138 On some Genera and Species of Coccide.

gives to Lecantum Douglasit the normal antenna of eight

joints, including of course the “ process.”

Beyond the question of uniformity in dealing with Coccid

classification, there remains of course the further one, whether

the usual system is correct or not. In one sense it would

not matter much which course might be followed: if we all

agreed to ignore the “ first joint,” we should simply have to

reduce by one the numbers given by authors hitherto. Yet I

think there is a point which may be useful as indicating a

real reason for the rule. In my paper of 1893 (Trans. N. Z.

Institute, vol. xxvi. p. 86) I mentioned that in the Dactylo-

pine and Acanthococcine the “ anal tubercles ” seem usually

to be more chitinous than the rest of the abdominal epidermis,

and that in nearly all Coccids the antenne, feet, and rostrum

present the same character. Since seeing Herr Sule’s paper

{ have examined a large number of specimens of many genera,

mounted after preparation with potash, and find that whilst

there is, almost without exception, a clear difference notice-

able between the antenna and the epidermis of the head, that

difference is as clear in the first joint as it is in the others.

A difference indeed, such as I refer to, may be seen in fig. 2

of Herr Sule’s plate of Ortheziola. This being so, I cannot

help thinking that a feature which pervades the whole Coccid

family may be accepted as showing that the so-called “ frontal

process ”’ is a part of the antenna rather than a part of the

head. In fact, as we do not consider the coxa of the foot as

only a “ lateral process” of the thorax, but as really the

first joint of the foot, it seems that we ought also rightly to

speak of the first joint of the antenna as springing direct from

the head. According to this view, Ortheziola Vejdovsky? will

have antenne of four joints.

It may be admitted that the question here raised is quite

open to discussion; and some entomologists may possibly

deem it unimportant, though it has some importance in the

study of Coccids, which, as remarked just now, must proceed

on somewhat different lines from that of other insects.

Wellington, New Zealand,

May 1895.

On Two new Spiders from Demerara. 139

XVII.—Deseription of Two new Spiders obtained by Messrs.

J. J. Quelch and B. McConnell on the Summit of Mount

Roraima, in Demerara ; with a Note upon the Systematic

Position of the Genus Desis. By R. I. Pocock, of the

British Museum.

MYGALOMORPH &, Poc.

Family Theraphoside, Thor.

Subfamily Baryczerivz, Sim.

Genus CYRTOGRAMMOMMA, nov.

This genus is most nearly related to Ldiophthalma of

Cambridge. ‘The characters of the two may be contrasted as

follows :—

IDIOPHTHALMA.—Posterior row of eyes much wider than

anterior row (nearly. twice as wide), distance between anterior

lateral eyes about twice a diameter.

Cephalothoracic fovea strongly procurved (teste Simon; the

type in the British Museum of J. suspectum, Cambr., has

been pinned through this spot).

Mandibular rake formed of a single transverse series of

shortish spiniform teeth.

Labium without teeth ; maxille with only two teeth.

Legs short and robust.

CYRTOGRAMMOMMA.—Posterior row of eyes only slightly

wider than anterior; distance between anterior laterals about

four times a diameter.

Cephalothoracic fovea strong and straight.

Mandibular rake merely represented by a few spiniform

sete, which are only a little stouter than the normal sete

which clothe the rest of the mandible.

Labium wider than long, almost unarmed, furnished with

3 spinules ; maxillz furnished with a small cluster of irregu-

larly arranged spinules.

Sternum circular, with marginal impressions.

Legs longer and thinner.

Cyrtogrammomma monticola, sp. n.

Colour a uniform coffee-brown.

The entire body covered with a clothing of short hairs.

Carapace high, oval, much longer than wide, the length

equal to the patella and tibia of the first leg, the width to the

140 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

tibia and half the patella; ocular tubercle spherical, ocular

area a trifle wider than long; median eyes a little larger than

the anterior lateral, and separated from them by a space which

slightly exceeds their diameter ; posterior lateral eye smaller

than anterior lateral, but about twice as large as the posterior

median, which are situated quite close to them, but about

their diameter’s distance from the anterior median.

Mandible with external surface naked below; the inferior

margin armed internally with 8-9 strong teeth and a few

minute granules behind ; fang long, slender, and smooth.

Legs long and slender, 4, 1, 2, 3, the fourth exceeding the

first by the length of its tarsus; protarsi of first and second

scopulate nearly to the base, of third scopulate in its distal

half, of fourth scopulate at the apex; tarsal scopule of first

and second legs entire, of third and fourth intermixed with

sete and rather thin; ungual tufts large; legs 1 and 2

almost unspined, although some of the sete are stout; a series

of spiniform sete on the upperside of the femur of the first

and one on that of the second; two upon the lower surface of

the tibiz and one at the base of the scopula on the protarsi ;

tibie and protarsi of posterior legs copiously spined ; patelle

of all the legs unspined, but furnished with a distinct poste-

rior wart; claws with a single series of five strong teeth on

their outer edges.

Tibia of palp with several long spines below.

Internal spinners short and contiguous ; external with the

basal segment the longest, stoutest, and geniculate, the apical

small and rounded.

Measurements in millimetres—Total length 14; length of

carapace 6°5, width 5; length of first leg (from base of femur)

16, of second 15, of third 14, of fourth 20.

A single female example from the summit of Mount

Roraima (8500 feet).

ARACHNOMORPHA, Poc.

Family Anyphenide.

Genus AYSHA, Keyserling.

(‘ Die Spinnen Amerikas: Brasilianische Spinnen,’ 1891, p. 129.)

Aysha Quelehii, sp. n.

g.— Colour, Carapace, palpi, coxe, and femora of legs

reddish yellow ; mandibles, sternum, and distal extremities of

the legs much darker ; abdomen bluish black, without any

very definite pattern.

Two new Spiders from Demerara. 141

Carapace high, heart-shaped, longer than broad, its length

about equal to the length of the femur of the first leg; width

equal to length of tibiavof third leg.

Ocular area transversely elongate, much wider than long,

anterior median eyes about half the size of the rest, which

are subequal ; eyes of anterior row viewed from above rather

strongly recurved, when viewed from the front about straight,

the distances between the individual eyes narrow and about

equal to the radius of a median eye ; eyes of the posterior row

slightly procurved, the space between the median nearly equal

to their diameter, space between median and lateral rather

greater; all the eyes are round, the anterior median being

dark-colouredy the rest pale. Clypeus about equal to twice

the diameter of the anterior median eye.

Mandibles long and strong, narrowed, diverging a little

distally ; edges of the groove upon which the fang closes

toothed, the posterior edge with 6 small teeth, the anterior

with 5 much larger teeth ; if front of the latter and extending

to the base of the fang is a cluster of long sete.

Labium more than twice as wide as long, a little narrowed

distally, with lightly emarginate anterior border.

Mazxille surpassing the labium’ by more than a third of

their length, rectangularly pointed at the apex, the inner edge

of the apex straight and strongly hairy, the outer convex and

bearing a strong serrula.

Legs 1, 2 and 4, 3 with robust femora and very slender

protarsi and tarsi; femora 1 and 2 armed above with 9 long

filiform spines, 3 and 4 with 7; unarmed below; tibiae with

12 long spines below and at the sides; patella armed with

1 posterior spine; protarsi with many spines, intermixed

with hairs ; tarsi not spined, thickly hairy below, the ungual

tufts conspicuous ; claws furnished with 5 (? more) very long

and strong teeth.

Palpi with femur bowed, armed above with 4 spines ; patella

armed above with about 3 spines; tibia excelling the patella

by about one third of its length, armed with 3 long spines

above; its lower surface furnished distally with two pro-

cesses—a smaller simple conical internal one and a large

bifid laminate external one; on the proximal side of these a

deep smooth depression or notch; tarsus oval, far surpassing

the bulb, for structure of which see figure (p. 142).

Distance between the tracheal slit and the spinners more

than three times as great as the distance between the tracheal

slit and the generative orifice.

Anterior mammille much thicker and a little shorter than

the posterior.

142 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 11; length of

carapace 5°5, width 4; length of first leg 21, of second 20, of

third 16°5, of fourth about 20.

Loc. Summit of Mount Roraima, 8500 feet. An adult

male and an immature female.

The genus Aysha is essentially Neotropical in its distri-

bution. The known species have been recorded from

St. Domingo, Bogota, and Rio Grande do Sul.

Note—From a morphological point of view the genus

Aysha, and, indeed, the entire group of the Anyphenide, is

of considerable interest on account of the retention by the

tracheal stigma of a more primitive position than is found in

most dipneumonous spiders. In the genus Anyphena the

aperture in question is placed almost in the middle of the area

that lies between the generative orifice and the spinning-

mammille. In Aysha, however, it is even further forwards,

and lies, as stated in the description given above, in the

anterior fourth of this area, that is, only very slightly behind

the position that the tracheal stigmata occupied when first

formed in the embryo, although showing the specialization of

union. In most families of Arachnomorphe these stigmata

have travelled the greatest possible distance over the abdominal

ventral surface, and have been compelled to halt immediately

in front of the spinning-mammille. Leaving aside the so-

called Cribellatee and Haplogyne, and turning to the Keri-

bellate Entelegyne *, we find that the tracheal stigmata are

removed from the mammillz in a few groups, namely in the

Argyronetide, Anyphenide, and in two genera allied to

Pachygnatha. In the case of the Anyphznide and the allies

of Pachygnatha the abnormality is difficult to explain ; but in

Argyroneta it is probably connected with the aquatic life of

the animal. There are, however, other spiders which are

known to live in the water, namely Deszs and Robsonia, which

* T here use these terms merely for convenience’ sake, and without in

any os wishing to pledge myself to a recognition of the groups they

signify.

Two new Spiders from Demerara. 143

frequent the coral-reefs and rocky pools of the Austro-Malayan

and New Zealand seas. ‘To discover, if possible, whether their

mode of life has affeeted their breathing-organs in any way

comparable to what has occurred in Argyroneta, I examined

specimens of Desis Martensii from Singapore and an example

of Robsonia marina from New Zealand, with the immediate

result of finding a conspicuous slit-like tracheal aperture in

the posterior half of the abdominal region, but well in advance

of the spinning-mammille. The shape of the aperture is

slightly procurved ; its anterior lip is smooth and at the sides

has a thickened horny rim, which defines more clearly the

position of the trachea inside. In one specimen in which the

aperture was more agape than in others there appeared to be

a distinct membranous partition passing from the anterior to

the posterior wall of the cavity, apparently indicating that,

although the two stigmata are sunk within a fold of the

integument, no actual union between them has taken place.

Now these two genera, Dests and Robsonia, are usually

referred to the family Agalenide ; but it appears to me that

this anterior position of the tracheal stigma, taken in conjunc-

tion with other well-established peculiarities of these spiders,

justifies their elevation to the rank of a special family, which

may be called Deside.

Another interesting fact, moreover, has beenascertained from

looking into the literature of this group. This is the identity

between the spider named Dandridgia dysderoides by White

and Robsonia marina by Hector. The latter was described by

its author as an Argyroneta, but it subsequently received the

name fobsonia from the Rev. O. P. Cambridge. The last-

named author considered this genus to be different from

Desis of Walckenaer. ‘The type of the latter genus I unfortu-

nately do not know ; but it appears to me to be very doubtful

whether the New Zealand marina can be looked upon as

generically distinct from the Singapore species Martensit.

They seem to be nothing but well-marked species of the same

genus, as Mr. Powell supposed. If this be so, the synonym

of the species will stand as follows :—

Desis marinus (Hector).

Dandridgia dysderoides, White, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1849, p. 5 (the specific

name dysderoides being preoccupied by Walckenaer for the type

species of Desis cannot be maintained for this one),

Argyroneta marina, Hector, Tr. N. Z. Inst. x. p. 399 &e. (1877).

Desis Robsoni, Powell, Tr. N. Z. Inst. xi, p. 268 (1879).

Robsonia marina, Cambr. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 686.

If, however, this species is generically distinct from the

type of Desis, it must be known by the names that White

ascribed to it.

144 Mr. A. Alcock on a

XVIII.—Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine

Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander C. F, Oldham,

R.N., commanding.—Series II., No. 18. On a new Species

of Viviparous Fish of the Family Ophidiide. By A.

Aucock, Superintendent of the Indian Museum.

Family Ophidiide.

DIPLACANTHOPOMA, Giinther.

Diplacanthopoma, Giinther, ‘ Challenger’ Deep-sea Fishes, p. 115.

Diplacanthopoma Rivers- Andersoni, sp. n.

The tail (caudal included) is not quite half, the head is

considerably more than one fourth, the height of the body is

about one fifth of the total length (caudal included).

The head (including the branchiostegal rays and the greater

part of the isthmus, but excluding the occiput), and also the

greater part of the dorsal and anal fins, are invested ina thick

glandular scaleless skin, which is of a much darker colour

than, and is very definitely delimited from, the scaly covering

of the body. The head is without any armature except the

two sharp, flat, oblique spines, which project freely, one at

the upper, the other at the lower angle of the operculum.

The eye, which is about two thirds the length of the

depressed snout and between one sixth and one seventh the

length of the head, is sunk beneath thick transparent skin,

without any orbital fold.

The nostrils are situated one in front of the eye, the other

near the tip of the snout, on either side.

The mouth is large; the maxilla, which reaches a little

behind the after limit of the eye, is half the length of the

head, and is not overhung by the snout, but overlaps the

mandible. Villiform teeth are present in bands on the jaws,

vomer, and palatines, the bands on the jaws being rather

widely interrupted at the symphyses. The tongue is short

and broad and has only the tip free.

The gill-openings are extremely wide; the branchiostegal

rays are eight in number and their membranes are quite free ;

there are three large lanceolate gill-rakers on the outer border

of the first arch, but elsewhere the gill-rakers are tuberculi-

form. There are no traces of pseudobranchie.

The lateral line appears to have been present only on the

anterior part of the trunk.

The dorsal fin begins about an eye-length behind the level

new Species of Viviparous Fish. 145

of attachment of the pectoral rays; it and the anal are con-

tinuous with the caudal.

The pointed pectorals are not much more than one third

the length of the head, and the ventrals are still shorter.

The ventrals, which are inserted less than an eye-length

behind the pectoral symphysis, consist on each side of a single

ray, which, however, has its surface fluted, as if it were made

up of several rays bound together and fused.

The stomach is siphonal; the intestine is in three long

folds, and, as in D. brachysoma, there are no pyloric caca.

A large thick-walled air-bladder is present.

The ovaries, which open on a fleshy cushion behind the

vent, are, in the single specimen obtained, closely packed

with embryos and ova.

Colours in spirit: body purplish brown; head much

darker, inclining to the colour of the fins, which are purplish

black. \

Total length a little over 15 inches.

Loc. Arabian Sea, lat. 22° 14’ 25” N., long. 67° 8’ 55” E.,

947 fathoms.

The present species differs from Diplacanthopoma brachy-

soma, Gthr., in the following particulars :—

1. It is much larger and is viviparous. The ‘ Challenger’

specimen of D. brachysoma is stated to be 43 inches long;

and a single female of D. brachysoma dredged by the ‘ Inves-

tigator’ in 1888 is 4} inches long, and has ovaries full of

large ova in which no traces of an embryo can at the present

moment be detected.

2. The length of the head is not half the combined length

of the head and trunk; whereas in D. brachysoma the head

is more than half this measure.

3. The eye is smaller, its length being two thirds that of

the snout, less than one sixth that of the head, and not very

much more than half the width of the interorbital space ;

whereas in D. brachysoma the eye is as long as the snout,

one fifth the length of the head, and equal to the width of

the interorbital space.

4, The dorsal fin arises an appreciable distance behind the

base of the pectoral; whereas in D, brachysoma it arises

immediately behind the base of the pectoral.

5. The ventral fins arise at the level of the posterior

border of the operculum, instead of beneath the middle of

the operculum as in D. brachysoma.

In other respects, as well as in general appearance, the two

species have the closest resemblance.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 10

146 On a new Species of Viviparous Fish.

The ovaries of Diplacanthopoma Rivers-Andersoni consist

of a densely packed mass of embryos and ova enclosed in a

thin but extremely tough capsule. The capsule is abundantly

supplied with blood by the ramifications of +a large branch of

the mesenteric artery.

There is no attachment or adhesion of any kind between

the ovarian capsule and its contents.

The embryos form a thick surface layer immediately

beneath the capsule, enclosing a central mass of largish (a

little over 1 millim. diameter) ova, which consist entirely of

yolk-spherules, withont any trace of an embryo or even of a

germinal area.

Whether these unchanged ova would have developed sub-

sequently to the birth of the present superficial layers of

embryos, or whether they were destined for the intra-ovarian

nourishment of the present embryos, are questions which it

is impossible in an isolated case to discuss; but from their

large size, which precludes any suggestion of immaturity, it

would seem probable that they were intended for present use

rather than for a future brood.

The embryos, which are long and eel-like—6 to 8 millim.

long—lie matted together, and firmly adhering to one another

by their tails by means of a coagulated secretion.

The vertical fins only are represented by a long fold of

integument, which runs from the occiput, round the tip of the

tail, to the vent. This fold of integument consists of layer

upon layer of large-nucleated cells. ‘The remains of the yolk-

sac are enclosed in the abdomen, causing a bulging of the

abdominal wall along its whole length, from the throat to the

vent; but there is no vitelline constriction or pedicle.

T am inclined to think that the vertical fold of the integu-

ment, which is really only an extended sheet of embryonic

cells, is an absorbent (nutritive) surface, somewhat as in the

embryos of certain fishes of the family Embiotocidee, in which

the interradial membranes of the vertical fins have been

shown to play the part of a foetal placenta.

In the present case, however, there is no vascular con-

nexion, at any rate on the foetal side; and I am inclined to

think that the nutrient material is absorbed not so much from

the thin tough ovarian capsule as from the ovary itself,

namely from those ova in which no trace of a germinal

vesicle can be found.

An embryo taken at random measures 8 millim., namely

2 millim from the snout to the vent and 6 millim. from the

vent to the tip of the tail.

Mr. E. E. Austen on Cutiterebra. 147

XIX.—Further Notesgon Cutiterebra: On the Identity of

certain Species described by the late Bracy Clark. By

E. E. Austen, Zoological Department, British Museum.

Cutiterebra atrox, Clark.

In the May number of this Magazine (Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 6, vol. xv. p. 378) I suggested that a species of

Cutiterebra from Trinidad, which I there described as C. fune-

bris, sp. n., might after all prove to be identical with C. atroz,

Clk., from Mexico. At that time I had seen neither Clark’s

type. nor his original description, and consequently was

unable to express a final opinion upon the question. By the

courtesy of Prof. Poulton, however, I have recently received

for examination from the Oxford University Museum the type

of C. atrox, as well as that, of C. detrudator, Clk., besides a

copy of Clark’s “ Addenda 1848,” in which these two species

are described. A glance at the type of C. atrow, Clk., was

sufficient to show that this species is altogether distinct from

my C. funebris, while a moment’s further study proved that

C. atrox, Clk., is identical with C. terrisona, Walk. Of the

five triangular spots of yellow pollen which I described (oc.

cit. p. 382) as resting on the inner margin of each eye in the

type of the latter species, the two lowermost are alone present

in the case of Clark’s type, while the upper of the two, corre-

sponding to the longest in the case of C. terrisona, is here

reduced to asmall triangular point, and the lower one, resting

on the inferior angle of the eye, is also diminished in size.

Another minor difference is that the oval spot of yellow

pollen surrounding the extremity of the vertical fissura fron-

talis on each side in C. terrisona is wanting in the type of

C. atroxw. The type of the latter, however, is apparently a

male, while that of terrisona is a female; so that if the

smaller number of pollinose spots on the face and cheeks of

C. atrox is not due to denudation, the differences in question

are in all probability sexual, just as we find that in the case

of C. americana, F., the jagged yellow pollinose border

present on the cheeks in the female is absent in the male.

Clark’s type is in an excellent state of preservation and much

cleaner than Walker’s specimen ; so that the narrow yellowish

pollinose margins to the abdominal segments, which I men-

tioned in my notes on the type of terrisona, are here much

more conspicuous. On the fifth segment the irregular

pollinose markings have collected to form a jagged transverse

band on the front margin. On the pleure, in front of and

10*

148 Mr. E. E. Austen on Cutiterebra.

parallel with the narrow oblique tuft of yellow pile before

the base of the wings, the type of atrox shows a broader bare

mark covered with yellowish pollen; this is also visible in

the type of terr7sona, and again, though faintly, owing to the

bad state of preservation, in the ‘ Biologia’ specimen which I

referred to that species in my former paper. In the latter

specimen, by the way, which is apparently also a male, three

triangular flecks of yellow pollen are faintly visible, resting

on the lower part of the inner margin of each eye. The

dimensions of the type of C. atrox, Clk., agree very closely

with those given in my previous paper (p. 382) for the type

of C. terrisona, Walk.; the vertex, however, is slightly

narrower. Since C. atroxz was described in 1848, while the

description of C. terrisona was not published until the

following year, Clark’s name has the priority. The syno-

nymy will therefore run as follows :—

Cuttterebra atrox, Clk.

Cuterebra atrox, Clark, Addenda 1848, fig. 5; Brauer, Monographie

der Cistriden, pp. 241, 242 (1865).

Cuterebra terrisona, Walker, List Dipt. Ins. in Coll. British Museum,

iii. p. 683 (1849); Brauer, Monographie der Cistriden, pp. 244, 245

(1863); Austen, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xv. pp. 382, 383

(1895) [ Cutiterebra}.

Cuterebra approximata, vy. d. Wulp, p.p. (nec Walk.), Biol. Centr.-

Am., Diptera, vol. ii. p. 2 (1888).

On comparing the types of Cutiterebra atrox, Clk., C. ap-

proximata, Walk., and C. funebris, Austen, I find it possible

to tabulate the specific differences as follows :—

Black species (abdomen metallic, either plum-purple or greenish black),

clothed with black hair, either entirely or with the exception of a tuft ot

yellow pile on the pleure.

I, Pleurze with narrow oblique tuft of yellow pile

in front of base of wings; margins of abdominal

segments narrowly yellowish pollinose........ atrox, Clk.

II. Pleurze clothed entirely with black pile; margins

of abdominal segments not yellowish pollinose.

a. Abdomen greenish black; a round shining

black tubercle on each cheek; tarsi very

broad: late species | 2/6. seed ae SO funebris, Austen.

6. Abdomen dark violet or plum-purple ; cheeks

rugose, but with no tubercle ; front pair of

tarsi, at any rate, scarcely more than half the

width of the corresponding pair in C.funebris :

MeCIUM-SIZEd SPECIES”. 5 an vs sianlie oe etem BN approximata, Walk.

Mr. E. E. Austen on Cutiterebra. 149

Cutiterebra detrudator, Clk.

Cuterebra detrudator, Clark, Addenda 1848, fig. 4; Brauer, Mono-

graphie der Cistriden, p. 245 (1863).

On examining the type (a female) of this species I found,

to my intense surprise, that if my species négricincta (Ann.

& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xv. pp. 388-390) does not

represent the other sex of this, it is, at any rate, very

closely allied to it. Brauer did not know the species, and

unfortunately his translation of the original description com-

mences with a very serious blunder, which is_ entirely

misleading. Clark himself makes a slip, but his meaning is

clear enough; he writes, “ Caedit (sc) maximis hujus

generis,” which Brauer renders by ‘ Sehr grosse Art.” Asa

matter of fact, although, as will be seen, the dimensions of

Clark’s type correspond very closely with those of the type of

nigricincta, owing to the somewhat narrower abdomen the

former looks considerably smaller, and it is certainly not even

a large specimen of the génus. A copy of Clark’s original

description of detrudator, as well as of that of atrox, will be

found below, and it will be seen that the former at any rate

is too brief and inaccurate to be of any value; indeed, the

species is quite unrecognizable from the description, but as I

described the type of nzgricincta very fully in my former

paper, it will be sufficient now, after giving the dimensions

of Clark’s type, to point out in what respects it differs from

mine.

C. detrudator, Clk.—Type a 9. Length 192 millim.;

width of vertex 3 millim.; width of head 84 millim.; width

of thorax at base of wings 8} millim.; width of abdomen

(second segment) 83 millim. ; length of wing 153 millim.

Front nearly bare, with a somewhat shining elongate black

area on each side, dark brown in the centre; above the dunula

Jrontalis faintly suffused with pale golden pollen and with a

little short pile of the same colour. Thorax with no golden

pile on the anterior surface, and with only a small and incon-

spicuous group of such hairs in the median line near the

anterior margin of the dorsum, instead of a conspicuous semi-

lunar patch ; but with a few golden hairs on either side of the

median line in front of the scutellum. Abdomen: all the

segments (including the fifth) metallic and bluish green

instead of brassy green; pile clothing the third to the fifth

segments sparser, and pale yellow instead of rich golden

yellow ; a much broader transverse band of black pile on the

third segment, occupying very nearly the whole of the posterior

half of the segment ; hind margin of fourth segment also clothed

with black pile on each side.

150 Mr. E. E. Austen on Cutiterebra.

It will thus be seen that the most conspicuous differences

between the type of detrudator and that of nigricincta are, in

the case of the former, the narrower abdomen, the paler and

thinner pile on the last three segments, the much broader

black band on the third and the presence of black pile on

each side of the hind margin of the fourth segment; and on

the thorax the absence of golden pile on the anterior surface

and the almost entire absence of any indication of a semi-

lunar patch of similar pile on the anterior margin of the

dorsum. ‘T’he absence of golden pollen on the front of

detrudator may be due to denudation, though the typical

specimen, especially if we take its age into consideration, is

in a good state of preservation. On the third and fourth seg-

ments of the abdomen there is a tapering band of greyish

pollen on each side (most conspicuous when the specimen

is viewed from behind), as in the type of négricincta.

Although I think it quite possible, or even probable, that

my nigricincta will eventually prove to be the male of detru-

dator, further material is imperatively necessary before the

question can be decided with certainty. I therefore content

myself for the present with having drawn attention to the

differences between the typical specimens.

Before proceeding to give a reprint of the original descrip-

tions of Bracy Clark’s two species which are discussed above,

it seems worth while to say a word or two as to the remark-

able paper in which they appeared, as it is probable that very

few living dipterists have ever seen a copy. ‘The paper in

question, quoted by Brauer as “‘ Essay. Addenda... 1848,”

and by Hagen (‘ Bibliotheca Entomologica’) as “ Addenda

1848,” is a single page of quarto size, printed only on one

side of the paper, and headed with the title given to it by

Hagen, without any stop between the word and the date.

‘“‘ Addenda 1848 ” is therefore its proper designation. The

upper part of the page is devoted to a reprint of a ‘‘ Note on

the Bot infesting the Stag ” [Pharyngomyia picta, Mg.], from

‘ Zoologist,’ 1847, pp. 1569-1570. This, as originally pub-

lished, was signed “ Bracy Clark,” but no signature what-

ever appears on the “ Addenda 1848;” so that for proof of

authorship we have to depend upon internal evidence. Above

the “Note” it is stated that :—“‘ The following communica-

tion was sent by me to the ‘ Zoologist’ of my friend Edward

Newman, No. 1, for January, for the year 1847 ;” and, as I

have just stated, the note as originally published was signed.

References to “our Monograph, 2nd Supplement,” meaning,

as pointed out by Westwood in a marginal manuscript note

Mr. E. E. Austen on Cutiterebra. L5i

on the Oxford copy before me, Clark’s paper published in

Trans. Linn. Soc. xix. pp. 81-94, and to “ iy ‘ Treatise’ on

this genus, pl. 1. fige40” (ce. the “ Essay on the Bots of

Horses and other Animals”), also occur. At the top of the

page are five woodcuts, three of which refer to Pharyngomyia

picta (here called by Clark Gstrus cervi), but which are not

the same as the three figures with which the “ Note” as

originally published in the ‘ Zoologist’ is headed, while the

other two represent the types of Cutdterebra detrudator and

C. atroz. "The latter figures are very bad, especially that of

C. detrudator, which is not only valueless, but also mis-

leading. The top right-hand corner of the Oxtord copy

bears the following in Westwood’s handwriting :—“ (Zool.

1847) and published separately by the Author for dis-

tribut® with the addit™ of the 2 n. sp. from Mus. West-

wood.” This statement of Westwood’s is supported by the

fact that ‘‘ Addenda 1848” is not contained in any of the

following libraries: British Museum (W.C.), British

Museum (Natural History), Royal College of Surgeons,

Linnean Society, Zoological Society, and Entomological So-

ciety ; while Messrs. Dulau and Co. endeavoured in vain to

procure a copy for me. Under these circumstances it certainly

appears to be open to question whether the descriptions of

the two species of Cutiterebra which will be found below were

ever published at all, in the proper sense of the term. Since,

however, the names were accepted by Prof. Brauer in his

Monograph, while, as | have mentioned above, the paper is

quoted by Hagen, I do not propose to interfere with them.

The descriptions of C. detrudator and atrox occupy the rest

of the page beneath the “ Note” C&c., referred to above,

and run exactly as follows :—

** Detrudator.—Cuterebra, nigra, holosericea, abdomine glabro

cacrulescenti nigro, lateribus albo bicingulatis, posticéque rufo.

**Habitat calidioribus Americes* (sic). Ex Museo Dom. West-

wood. Vid. fig. 4.

“ Descr. Caedit (sic) maximis hujus generis. Caput obtusum,

vertice atro, inter oculos rufum, ore et inferne laté album hir-

sutum. Thorax ater holosericeus, infra insertiones alarum et

subtus, albus. Halteres concave concolores, erecte. Alae longi-

ores aurulento-fuliginose. Abdomen laeté caeruleum ad latera

cingulis duobus latis albis, apiceque hirsuto flavescenti rufo.

Pedes omnino atri tarsis praelongis articulis sagittato-acutis.

* In the Oxford copy Westwood has struck out the words “ calidio-

ribus Americes,” written a ? above “ calidioribus,” and “(? J.O. W.]” in

the margin,

152 Mr. E. E. Austen on Cutiterebra.

“ Atrow.—Cut. atra, glabra, abdomine caerulescenti-atro marginibus

segmentorum albis.

‘“‘ Habitasse creditur in Africé*, v. fig.5. Ex Museo D. West-

wood.

‘“ Descr. Facilé inter maximas hujus generis omnino atro

caerulescens, lucidus. Thorax anticé scabriusculus, posticée

glaber. Halteres scutellum circumcingentes, erectae, maximae.

Alae parim puculatae (ste), obscuré aurulento, fuliginosae. Abdo-

men latum, obtusum, incurvatum, atro caeruleum incisurarum

marginibus, albis. Ad latera et subtus albo late conspersum.

Pedes atri geniculis tibiarum extus albicantibus.”

It will have been observed that in both the above deserip-

tions Clark writes * halteres ”’ for ‘ alule.’’

Cutiterebra fontinella, Clark.

Cuterebra fontinella, Clark, Trans. Linn. Soc. xv. pp. 410, 411 (1827) ;

Clark, Essay on the Bots of Horses and other Animals, pl. ii. fig. 23

(1815) [figure only]; Brauer, Monographie der Cistriden, p. 242

(1863) [translation of Clark’s description]; (nec Townsend, Insect-

Life, v. pp. 319,520, 1893); Austen, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. xv. pp. 884-886 (1895) | Cutiterebra],

Cuterebra fontanella, Clark, Trans, Linn. Soe. xix. p. 88 (1845).

Cuterebra americana, Walker (nec Fabricius), List Dipt. &c. iii. p. 683

(1849).

The library of the Zoological Department of the British

Museum contains two copies of Clark’s ‘ Essay on the Bots

of Horses &c.,”’ one with coloured, the other with uncoloured

plates. The uncoloured copy contains two figures that are

not included in the plates in the other, namely fig. 40, pl. i.

and fig. 23, pl. 1.¢ On turning to the Oxtord copy of the

* Westwood has struck out “ Habitasse creditur in Afric&é” in the

Oxford copy, and wiitten ‘‘[ Habitat certe in Mexico. J. O. W.]” in the

margin. As was stated in my former paper, Cutzterebra is confined to

the Nearctic and Neotropical Regions. Prof. Brauer, in his Monograph,

merely translates the descriptions of atror and detrudator, as he did not

know the species ; but he gives the patria of atrox as “ Mexico,” and

writes “Vaterland?” in place of that of detrudator, thus apparently

having been informed of Westwood’s emendations mentioned above.

However, he goes on to state with reference to C. detrudator (p. 245) :—

“Clark vermuthet wohl irrthiimlich, dass die Art aus Afrika stamme.

Finer Mittheilung Westwood’s zufolge hat Clark die Angaben iiber das

Vorkommen bei dieser Art und der Cut. atrox verwechselt.” But in

applying Clark’s statement as to the locality of C. atroa to C. detrudator

Brauer himself has blundered. The type of atroa is labelled “ Mexico,”

but that of detrudator bears no locality, unless it be an illegible word to

which a note of interrogation is prefixed.

+ Bracy Clark seems to have had a weakness for republishing his

papers with alterations in the figures; cf. the instance of the figures to

his “ Note on the Bot infesting the Stag,” mentioned in the remarks on

the “ Addenda 1848” above.

Mr. E. E. Austen on Cutiterebra. 153

“ Essay &e.,” which was kindly forwarded to me by Prof.

Poulton for inspection with the ‘ Addenda 1848,” I found

that it has coloured plates, but that these correspond to the

uncoloured ones in the British Museum copies, 7. e. they

possess the extra figures. In other respects the three copies

of the ‘‘ Essay &c.” before me appear to be identical, and

there is no reference to the extra figures in any one of them.

Fig. 40, pl. 1., however, is referred to in Trans. Linn. Soc.

xix. p. 92 (1845), and in the “ Note &c.”’ in the “ Addenda

1848,” and the references show that the figure in question is

intended to represent Pharyngomyia picta, Me. When

writing my former paper I did not realize what fig. 23, pl. ii.,

in the uncoloured Museum copy was meant for; but on seeing

the coloured figure in the Oxford copy I sat once saw that it

must be intended for Cutiterebra fontinella, Clk. This con-

clusion is confirmed by the reference on p. 88 of Trans. Linn.

Soc. xix., quoted above, which I have recently come across ;

the passage in question i$ as follows :—“'The above species

described by Pallas [i. e. Gstrus leporinus, Pall.] is very

nearly allied to, or the same with, my C. fontanella (sic),

described in the Linnean T’ransactions, vol. xv. p. 410, and

figured in my Treatise [¢. e. ‘ Essay &c.’}, pl. il. fig. 23.” *

The figure places the specific identity of the three specimens

in the British Museum collection, which I mentioned in my

former paper, beyond doubt. ‘The entire insect is shown in

profile, with four visible segments iu the abdomen, of which

the last alone is yellowish white. Since the first abdominal

segment in Cutiterebra, as in other genera of Cistride, is

concealed by the scutellum, and practically invisible, the

abdomen appears to be composed of only four segments, so

that the last segment visible from above, which is apparently

the fourth, is really the fifth. Clark’s figure, by showing

the first three segments of the abdomen purplish, and

only the last segment yellowish white, therefore makes it

clear that in writing “ segmentis duobus postremis hirtis ”’

(which was my only reason for doubting that our specimens

were really fontinella) the author either made a slip or else

meant to refer to the small sixth segment as well as to the

fifth, the former of which, though concealed beneath the

latter, is actually also clothed with pale golden-yellowish pile,

The discovery of the reference on p. 88 of Trans. Linn. Soe.

xix. to fig. 23, pl. il. of the “ Essay &c.” therefore proves

* Gstrus leporinus, Pall., which Brauer (‘ Monographie,’ pp. 145, 146)

doubtfully assigns to the genus Qistromyia, is a species from the Altai

Mountains, which is at once proved by its mouth-parts to be in no way

related to Cutiterebra.

154 Mr. E. E. Austen on Cutiterebra.

that the three female specimens mentioned on p. 384 of my

former paper really belong to this species, but that those of

‘Townsend must be referred to some other.

It is very desirable that the types of the other species of

Cutiterebra described by Bracy Clark, if still in existence,

should be subjected to a re-examination, although of the

seven species described and figured by him the identity of all

but cuniculé is now established. Of these species C. puri-

vora (=C. buccata, Fab.) and fontinella were described from

specimens in Clark’s own collection ; cuntcul’, horripilum,

and cautertum (=americana, Fab.) from specimens in the

possession of John Francillon; while the types of atrox and

detrudator, as already shown, formerly belonged to Westwood

and are now preserved in the University Museum, Oxford.

In all probability Clark was careless about his types, and

had no idea of the value that nowadays is attached to typical

specimens. At any rate in an original letter from Clark to

Westwood, dated ‘ 7/11-42,” which I have had the privilege

of inspecting among the Oxford papers, and which is a

response to a request from Westwood to be permitted to

examine Clark’s istride, Clark writes: “ having given to

one or another of my specimens I have but few left.” Fran-

cillon’s collection of insects was dispersed after the owner’s

death by the sale held at King’s Sale Room, 38 King Street,

Covent Garden, June 11-19, 1818. On p. 44 of the catalogue

(“A Catalogue of the Very Superb and Celebrated Collec-

tion of Foreign Insects of the late John Francillon, Esq.

&e. &e.’’), I find included two specimens each of Cutiterebra

cautertum and C. horripilum, which were doubtless the types.

It may be worth while to add that on the previous page one

specimen of Cstrus phobifer, Clk., is mentioned; and as

Clark states in his description that the species was contained

in the collection of his friend Francillon, this is no doubt

likewise a type. I mention these particulars in the faint

hope that the missing types may still be in existence, and

that these lines may be read by someone into whose hands

they have come. If so, I need hardly add that I should be

extremely grateful if the fortunate possessor would communi-

cate with me.

In conclusion, 1 would point out that in characterizing the

larva of Cutiterebra as being “quite thickly beset with

variously shaped pointed spines and thorns’’ (Wien. ent. Z.

vi. p. 11) Prof. Brauer is in error. The pupa-cases of

On a new Pupoid Type of Uelicide. 155

C. funebris, Austen, and the two specimens referred by Van

der Wulp (‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ Diptera, vol. ii.

p- 1) to C. emasculator, Fitch, but which appear to me un-

doubtedly to belong to C. analis, Mcq. (? is C. emasculator,

Fitch, merely a synonym of C. analis, Mcq. ?), besides Fitch’s

description (‘Third Report on the Noxious, Beneficial, and

other Insects of the State of New York,’ p. 162, 1859) of the

larvee of his species, prove beyond doubt that the external

covering of the larva of Cuttterebra consists, not of spines or

thorns, but of imbricated scales.

XX.—A new Pupoid Type of Helicide.

By Henry A PIvspry.

In the ‘ Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte’ for the present year, at

p. 103, the distinguished malacologist of Berlin, Dr. Eduard

von Martens, has given a résumé of previous knowledge of

the geographic distribution and systematic position of the

curious Austrian land-mollusk known as Pupa obtusa, Drap.,

Bulimus obtusus of authors. To this he adds several new

localities, and, best of all, an account of the soft anatomy of

the creature, hitherto quite unknown. Figures of the

genitalia, jaw, and dentition are given, from dissections by

Mr. A. Protz.

The species under consideration has a cylindrical shell, of

equal diameter at the two ends, which are blunt and rounded ;

and it is of rather chalky texture. In placing it in the genus

Pupa Draparnaud approximated as nearly to the true position

of the animal as was possible to a naturalist of his time. In

1833 Fitzinger, who was, it is well known, a terrible splitter

of genera, made a new one—Cylindrus—for this species, but

without characterizing it. Albers, in ‘ Die Heliceen,’ places

Cylindrus in the genus Bulimus, between the group of Bult-

minus montanus and that of B. detritus. Vhis would be

thought an excellent estimate from shell-characters alone.

Cylindrus is rather less happily grouped in the second edition

of Albers’s work by Dr. E. von Martens, where it is placed in

Pupa between the subgenera Leucochila and Faula.

In the paper now before us Dr. von Martens considers

Cylindrus of generic rank ; but he expresses no opinion upon

the family position of the genus or upon its relationships

with other genera of land-snails. It remains for me, therefore,

to indicate the systematic position and affinities of this inter-

esting form.

156 On a new Pupoid Type of Helicide.

Mr. Protz’s figure and description of the genitalia show

the penis to be short, suddenly narrowing above; this narrow

portion is not, as he supposed, part of the penis, but is an

epiphallus, the penis being only the large lower portion, which

at its apex undoubtedly contains a fleshy wall, and probably

a papilla perforated for the passage downward of the contents

of the epiphallus. The latter bears at its middle the retractor

muscle, and terminates in the vas deferens and a flagellum.

The vagina bears above two blind sacs, one containing a

curved “ dart’ with short blades at apex, the other empty.

Both of these I take to be dart-sacs, and in this case the

mucous glands are atrophied. The globular spermatheca is

borne upon a long duct, which branches at about its lower

third in a short diverticulum.

This combination of characters occurs in but one group of

mollusks, viz. that group or subfamily of Helicidee which the

writer has called Belogona. Nothing of the sort is known in

Pupide or among the Bulimi. And since Cylindrus lacks

lobed or flattened mucous glands inserted upon the dart-saes

themselves, which are characteristic of the Belogona Huadenia,

it evidently belongs to the division Belogona Siphonadenia,

in which the mucous glands are tubular and inserted upon

the vagina above the dart-sac or sacs, but are occasionally

atrophied in part or entirely.

Among the genera of Belogona Siphonadenia, Cylindrus

resembles Helicella (Xerophila, Held.) in the conspicuously

earthy texture and blunt unexpanded lip of the shell; also in

the doubling of the dart-sac, of frequent occurrence in Heli

cella. It may be added that Helicel/a has given rise to some

forms with the spire high and conical, the umbilicus reduced

or absent, such as JZ, (Cochlicella) ventricosa, Drap., and

acuta, Mull. On the other hand, Cylindrus differs from all

known forms of Helzcella in the compactly cylindrical contour

of the shell, the small globular spermatheca on a very long

duct, and the branching of that duct to form a diverticulum ;

species of the other genus having a spermatheca of irregular

elongated form on a duct which is invariably branchless and

of moderate length or short. ‘The most remarkable feature of

Helicella, however, remains to be noticed. The right eye-

stalk is retracted to the left of the genital system, not between

the male and female branches, as in ordinary Helices. It is

much to be regretted that Mr. Protz neglected to state the

position of this retractor muscle in Cylindrus, for an important

clue is thus lost to us. Should this detail of musculature

prove to be as in J/elicella, it is clear that the position of

Cylindrus in the system will be between Leucochroa, an

Mr, C. O. Waterhouse on new Coleoptera. 157

ancient genus preserving most of the essential features of

Belogona Euadenia, and Helicella, an early branch of the

Belogona Siphonadénia, but decidedly nearer to the latter

genus. Should the myologic character mentioned prove to be

as in ordinary Helices, Cylindrus will stand near STelicella

and the genus Hygromia (Fruticicola of authors).

In either event, I contend that Cylindrus is a genus of

Helicide belonging to the division Belogona Siphonadenia ;

that it has no affinity with the Pupa or Buliminus groups

beyond the bond uniting all Pulmonata Geophila; and that

it is only another instance of that parallelism or homoplasy

which has in many times and places moulded creatures of

widely diverse structure into a deceptive external similarity.

XXI.—Descriptions ef new Coleoptera in the British

Museum. By Cuartes O. WATERHOUSE, F.E.S.

Lucanide.

DIGONOPHORUS, gen. nov.

General form parallel, depressed. Mentum transverse,

obliquely narrowed in front, with the front margin emar-

ginate. Antenne not very long, flattened, and, when at rest,

lying in a distinct but shallow impression at the side of the

submentum; the seventh joint about as broad as long,

shining; the eighth, ninth, and tenth forming a rather small

club, the joints pilose, except the base of the eighth. Pro-

sternal process horizontal, convex, nearly parallel, narrow,

only very slightly narrowed towards the apex, vertical poste-

riorly. Mesosternum swollen and convex between the cox,

only slightly sloping, almost vertical anteriorly. Anterior

tibie formed much as in Cladognathus bison g, four poste-

rior tibize without spines. ‘Tarsi densely pilose below.

I think this curious insect must be placed next to Clado-

gnathus, from which it differs in the small antennal club,

short transverse mentum, narrow subparallel prosternal

process, and convex rather prominent mesosternum, &e.

The female is unknown to me.

Digonophorus Atkinson, sp. n.

dc. Elongatus, parallelus, depressus, piceo-rufus, nitidus; man-

dibulis capite duplo longioribus, depressis, parallelis, ante apicem

intus processu valido antrorsum oblique directo instructo; capite

158 Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Coleoptera.

postice leviter angustato, antice supra impresso, arcuatim late

emarginato; thorace antice angustato, lateribus pone medium

denticulis duobus sat approximatis instructis, dein oblique

sinuatim angustatis; elytris thorace angustioribus, subparallelis,

ad latera minus nitidis, subtiliter granulosis, sutura anguste

infuscata ; tarsis nigYis.

Long. (mandib. incl.) 17, lat. 4 lin.

Hab. Singapore (Coll. Atkinson).

This species has somewhat the colour of Cladognathus

Mac Clellandi, but it is more shining, much depressed. The

head is broadest at the eyes, moderately narrowed to the base,

the sides almost rectilinear; the surface is densely and ex-

tremely finely punctured. In front it is widely emarginate,

the part in front of this emargination vertical. The man-

dibles are twice the length of the head, flat, shining, rather

widely separated at the base, nearly straight and subparallel,

and without teeth for three quarters their length ; from this

point to the apex they are curved inwards, and are pointed

at the apex. At one quarter from the apex there is a large,

flat, oblong process directed forwards, having three blunt

teeth at its apex; between this process and the apex there

are four small teeth. The thorax has the usual angle at the

sides before the base, and has another angle just in front of

it slightly more projecting. The anterior tibiz have on the

outer edge near the apex three small acute teeth.

Rutelide.

EXCHMATOPHORUS, gen. nov.

Form short oblong. Epistome narrowed anteriorly, biden-

tate. Mandibles with the apex visible from above, reflexed,

obliquely truncate, appearing slightly bidentate in certain

positions. ‘lhorax short and very broad, the sides impressed

and with incrassate margins, the posterior angles slightly

projecting beyond the shoulders. Scutellum moderately

large, about twice as broad as long. LElytra as broad as

long, with an impression within the shoulder, which conse-

quently appears raised. Pygidium exposed. Legs short,

‘especially the anterior; the anterior tibiz with three teeth on

the outer edge; intermediate tibia with apical half of the

outer edge emarginate, so that the apical half of the tibia is

much narrower than the basal half, the apical angle produced

into a sharp spine ; the posterior tibiz also narrowed beyond

the middle, but not in such a marked degree. Claws of the

anterior tarsi small, simple; the anterior claw of the inter-

mediate and posterior tarsi strongly bifid. Sternal process

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse on new Coleoptera. 159

very long, sloping down, rounded at the apex, the apical

portion rather narrow, subcylindrical.

This genus must “be placed near Celidia, from which it

differs in the long subcylindrical sternal process and the

somewhat curiously formed intermediate tibiw, &c.

Echmatophorus Pascoet, sp. n.

Breviter oblongus, crassus, sat depressus, niger, nitidus; capite

antice rugoso, postice punctato; thorace rufo-flavo, basi medio

macula magna nigra notato; scutello levi; elytris brunneo-flavis,

sat fortiter striato-punctatis, humeris nigro cinctis; abdomine

supra pygidioque brunneo-flavis, hoc transversim subtiliter strio-

latis, medio macula ovali signato.

Long. 6-7, lat. 4-5 lin.

Hab. Penang.

This species has somewhat the appearance of some Anti-

chire. ‘lhe epistome is much narrowed in front, terminating

in two short, triangular, reflexed teeth. Between the an-

tenn there is a slight transverse ridge, which is. interrupted

in the middle. ‘The thorax is very distinctly punctured,

except at the extreme base, the punctures moderately sepa-

rated from each other. The sides are somewhat impressed

posteriorly, with a distinct but shallow fovea close to the

posterior angle.

Rhipiceridz.

Callirhipis Pascoet, sp. n.

2. Elongatus, ellipticus, convexus, niger, nitidus; thorace elytro-

rumque fascia lata rufo-ochraceis.

Long. 53 lin.

Hab. Penang.

Head deflexed, convex, closely and strongly punctured,

with a transverse impression between the eyes and a longi-

tudinal one on the convex forehead. Antenne with the

second joint reddish ; the fourth to tenth joints about twice as

long as broad, the branch emitted by the sixth to tenth joints

about four times the length of the joint from which they

arise. ‘Thorax convex, with three impressions at the base,

moderately strongly and rather closely punctured, the punc-

tures a little more separated from each other on each side of

the disk than in the middle, where there is an indication of a

slight channel which terminates anteriorly in a shallow im-

pression. The anterior angles (which are scareely visible

160 Mr. O. Thomas on new

from above) and all the margins are narrowly edged with

black. The elytra are subparallel for two thirds their length,

and then are arcuately narrowed to the apex, very coarsely

punctured except at the base, with a tendency to form lines

on the disk only; the reddish-yellow fascia occupies about

one third of the length. The tibiz are densely clothed with

short black pubescence ; the anterior and intermediate pairs

beset on their outer edge with short acute spines, which make

them appear crenulate in certain positions. ‘T'arsi stout, the

fifth joint longer than the four previous joints taken together ;

claws red at their base. Trochanters more or less red.

XXII.—Preliminary Diagnoses of new Mammals from

Northern Luzon, collected by Mr. John Whitehead. By

OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

THE following new mammals, which are so distinct from

anything hitherto known as to represent quite a new fauna,

have been obtained by Mr. John Whitehead in the highlands

of Northern Luzon. A full account of the collection will, it

is hoped, be published later.

RHYNCHOMYS, gen. nov.

Muzzle enormously elongated. Incisors short and feeble.

Molars minute, only two in number above and below.

Form not unlike that of a gigantic shrew. Feet and tail

rat-like.

Rhynchomys sortcotdes, sp. n.

Size about that of Mus rattus. Fur very thick, close and

velvety. General colour uniform dark olivaceous grey,

without decided markings anywhere. Under surface dirty

grey, not sharply defined; a white patch on throat sometimes

present. Ears about as in Mus rattus, their visible surface,

when folded, clothed with blackish hairs. Metapodials

brown, digits whitish. ‘Tail shorter than head and body,

fairly clothed, but not tufted, blackish above, scarcely paler

below.

Dimensions of type (3) :—

Head and body 215 millim.; tail 146; hind foot (moist-

ened) 41.

Skull: basal length 44; diastema 16°8; length of the two

upper molars 2°5.

Mammals from Northern Luzon. 161

CHROTOMYS, gen. nov.

Structure of teeth as in Hydromys, but molars 3 in number.

Skull intermediate between Hydromys and Xeromys.

Form Murine, as in the last-named. Mamma 0—2=4.

Chrotomys Whiteheadt, sp. n.

Size of Mus rattus. Fur soft and thick. Ground-colour

grey-brown, tending in some specimens to rufous; a well-

defined bright buff or orange line extending from the middle

of the face nearly to the root of the tail, shown up on each

side by a broad shining black band. Under surface slaty

buff, not sharply defined. Metapodials shining grey; digits

white. Tail shorter than head and body, thinly haired,

blackish above, rather paler below.

Dimensions of type (¢) :—

Head and body 196 millim.; tail 111; hind foot (moist-

ened) 35.

Skull: basal length 38; greatest breadth 21-7 ; length of

upper molar series 5°1.

Xeromys (?) stlaceus, sp. n.

General appearance very similar to that of Rkynchomys

soricoides, to which there 1s really no relationship whatever,

the real alliance being with Chrotomys. Size of a small rat.

Fur soft, close and velvety. Colour uniform slaty grey, very

finely grizzled with whitish. Belly but little paler, with a

buffy tinge. ars and feet like body. ‘Tail short, very

thinly haired, brown above basally, whitish below and at the

tip. Skull very similar in form and structure to that of

Chrotomys Whiteheadt, although rather smaller; but there are

only two molars, as in Xeromys, to which the species is pro-

visionally referred.

Dimensions of type ( 6) :—

Head and body (probably rather stretched) 195 millim. ;

tail 110; hind foot (moistened) 33:4.

Skull: basal length 34; greatest breadth 19; length of

the two upper molars 4.

CARPOMYS, gen. nov.

Form more or less Myoxine. Fur thick and woolly.

Pollex with a large nail. Tail long, well-haired. Mammez

0—2=4.

Skull with a large rounded brain-case and short face.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. iL

162 Mr. O. Thomas on new

Teeth somewhat as in Mus, but upper molars each with an

additional posterior lamina.

Type C. melanurus.

Carpomys melanurus, sp. n.

Size and length of tail as in Mus rattus. Fur soft, thick,

and woolly. General colour deep fulvous, coarsely lined with

black. Ears thickly haired, black. Under surface dull

yellowish white, the bases of the hairs slate. Metapodials

silvery brown; digits white. Tail thickly furry like the

body for its basal two inches; the remainder cylindrical,

closely covered with shining black hairs some 5 to 7 millim.

in length, entirely hiding the scales; not specially tufted at

P Skull large and heavy, with very large molars.

Dimensions of type (¢) :—

Head and body 197 millim. ; tail 211; hind foot (moist-

ened) 34°2.

Skull: basal length 39°3; greatest breadth 25 ; interorbital

breadth 5°8; palatal foramina 7°5; length of upper molar

series 8°8.

Carpomys pheurus, sp. n.

Similar to, and of the same general colouras, C. melanurus,

but smaller, with the ears less hairy, the tail brown instead

of black, less thickly haired, and with the fur of the body

not extending on to its base; chin, chest, and belly white.

Skull smaller than that of C. melanurus, and with dispro-

portionally smaller molars, which still, however, show the

same essential structure.

Dimensions of the type (¢) :—

Head and body 195 millim. ; tail 178; hind foot (moist-

ened) 31.

Skull: basal length 36; greatest breadth 23 ; interorbital

breadth 6; palatal foramina 7°6; length of upper molar

series 6°1.

BaATOMYS, gen. nov.

Molar structure of Mus. Supraorbital edges not beaded.

Tail thickly baired, as in Carpomys. Hind feet short and

broad ; fore feet elongated.

Batomys Grantit, sp. n.

General appearance very like that of Carpomys melanurus,

from which at first sight it only differs by its shorter tail and

Mammals from Northern Luzon. 163

less hairy ears. Fur of medium length and texture ; general

colour coarsely grizzled fulvous brown, the longer hairs

black, the shorter Ones with orange or rufous tips. Face

greyer. Ears of medium length, only thinly haired as

in ordinary Jfus. Under surface dull slaty buff, not

sharply defined; a whitish mesial line sometimes present.

Metapodials brown mesially, silvery white laterally ; hands

apparently unusually elongated ; feet rather short, with large

sole-pads. Tail thickly and uniformly clothed (except for its

basal half-inch) with dark brown, almost black, hairs some

7 to 9 millim. in length, the scales quite hidden.

Skull long, rounded, the supraorbital edges not ridged ;

zygomatic plate slightly concave anteriorly ; bulla small;

third upper molar as long as second.

Dimensions of type (3) :—

Head and body 204 millim.; tail (doubtfully perfect *) 121;

hind foot (moistened) 35:5.

Skull: basal length 40°5; interorbital breadth 5:4; palatal

foramina 8*1 ; upper molar series 7°6.

Mus luzonicus, sp. 0.

Closely allied to, and of the same size and dorsal colour as,

M. Everett’, Giinth., which also occurs in the Luzon collec-

tion. Fur much longer and softer. Tail shorter. Belly

dull slaty buff; the hairs slate for their basal four fifths, buff

at their tips.

Skull with less ridged supraorbital edges, smaller bulle,

broader molars, and shorter palatal foramina, which do not

reach back to the level of the front of ™?.

Measurements of type (2 ):—

Head and body 240 millim.; tail imperfect (of another

specimen 200) ; hind foot (moistened) 47.

Skull: basal length 44; length of upper molar series 9°3 ;

breadth of ™-! 32.

The collection also contains specimens apparently refer-

able to Mus chrysocomus, Hoftm., M. neglectus, Jent., and

M. ephippium, Jent.

CRATEROMYS, gen. nov.

General external appearance as Phlaomys, but claws

smaller and tail bushier.

Skull with a narrow interorbital region, the frontal and

* An immature specimen, 165 millim. long, has a tail 117 millim, in

length.

LE*

Yes

‘=

(in |

164 Mr. O. Thomas on a new Species of Ehurus.

parietal bones not expanded. Zygomatic plate not projected

forwards. Bullee small.

Molars complex, cuspidate, quite unlike the simply lami-

nate molars of Phleomys and more like those of a gigantic

Mus.

Type Phlaomys Schadenbergi, Meyer, of which Mr. White-

head has sent several specimens.

Dr. Meyer had for description only a skin without skull

from Mount Data, and it speaks much for his acuteness that

the skulls sent by Mr. Whitehead so fully bear out his sugges-

tion as to the probable generic distinction of “Phlaomys ,

Schadenbergi from P. Cumingii. |

That the animals sent by Dr. Schadenberg and Mr, White-

head are the same is shown conclusively by some photographs

of the type and its feet kindly prepared and sent to me by

Dr. Meyer.

tf XXIIT.—On a new Species of Kliurus.

: By OLpFIELD ‘THOMAS.

ry f

lin f

Y *

AMONG a collection of Madagascar animals received from

Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major, the eminent paleontologist, there

occurs a specimen belonging to the interesting genus Liiurus,

but representing a second species of it. It may be called

Eliurus Majort, sp. n.

Size about as in FZ. myoxinus, but the tail is decidedly

longer and much less bushy. Instead of being clothed with

hairs comparable to those of Platacanthomys *, this organ is

scarcely more long-haired than in Rhipidomys and many other

climbing rats, nor is there the least trace of a distichous

arrangement of the hairs. Fur very soft. General colour

grey; an indistinct ring round the eyes, the ears, meta-

podials, and the whole of the tail, including the terminal

pencil, blackish brown. Under surface dirty whitish, the

bases of the hairs slate-coloured ; line of demarcation on sides

not sharply marked. Fifth hind toe reaching to end of

second phalanx of fourth.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male in skin :—

Head and body (c.) 155 millim.; tail (vertebra cn sdtu)

153 ; hind foot (moistened) 27; ear from notch 16°6.

Skull: basal length 30:6; greatest length 362; greatest

* See Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) xx., article 1 bis (1885).

On Reptiles and Batrachians from Somaliland. 165

breadth 19; nasals, length 14-2, interorbital breadth 5, inter-

parietal 4-4. x 11; palate length from henselion 17; diastema

10°3 ; palatine foramina 5°8 ; length of upper molar series 6:6.

Heb. Ambolimitombo Forest, Central Madagascar. All.

4500 feet.

Type collected Jan. 24, 1895.

Owing to the small number and peculiar character of the

Madagascar rodents, this addition to their number is of much

interest. It is unfortunate that the teeth of the only specimen

are too much worn for me to venture to make any suggestion

as to the affinities of the genus Hliurus, the only thing that

is clear being its wide difference from any other Mascarene

genus.

XXIV.—On the Reptiles and Batrachians obtained by Mr. E.

Lort-Phillips in Somaliland. By G. A. BouULENGER,

E.R.S.

[Plate VII.]

THE small but interesting collection of Reptiles and Batra-

chians presented to the British Museum by Mr. Lort-Phillips

was formed by him in the Goolis Mountains, 60 miles inland

of Berbera, and between them and the sea. ‘I'wo of the lizards

prove to belong to undescribed species, with which I have much

pleasure in connecting the name of their discoverer.

REPTILES.

1. Pristurus crucifer, Val.

2. Pristurus Phillipsii, sp.n. (Pl. VII. figs. 1, 1 a.)

Head short and deep; snout obtuse, scarcely longer than

the diameter of the orbit ; forehead not concave ; ear-opening

small, oblique. Hind limb reaching the ear, digits and claws

moderate. Head and body covered with small granules,

largest on the snout and belly. Rostral large, twice as broad

as deep, with median cleft above ; nostril pierced in a single

nasal, which is notched and fissured above; six upper and

four lower labials; symphysial large, rounded behind ; no

chin-shields. T'ail compressed, with a low serrated crest

above. Grey above, with dark brown cross-bars enclosing

red dots ; these bars interrupted on the vertebral line; sides

with three or four longitudinal series of oval or round deep

166 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on

black spots; a blackish line along each side of the tail; lower

parts white, throat marbled with grey.

millim

DORI MOR OU, «5.0 + wacjeeeen de ates suede 60

LGA Ge re. c w.cless cadetomrerers tera eccrine 8

Waidthvot head's :.:. saceete cts coe one oe 5

HOR Walalct hoes Meine sergeant bs serere 20

Horevlimlly:A+/54,d.teo aeeeeeies laste cee 12

Hand ‘limib): 33.2 ccidctee ee iae bas cater 18

MGI cs he & Bis sooo, Sie NISC REST aR oreie e oeral 32

A single specimen.

3. Hemidactylus jubensis, Blgr.

4. Tarentola ephippiata, O’Shaughn.

This Senegambian species is represented by three speci-

mens, which differ from the type in having the three pairs

of chin-shields in contact with the labials, as in one of the

Senegambian specimens presented to the Museum by

Sir A. Moloney.

5. Holodactylus africanus, Bttgy. (Pl. VII. fig. 2.)

This curious lizard was described by Prof. Boettger from

an imperfectly preserved specimen from Abdallah, Somaliland,

which he referred to the Geckonide in the neighbourhood of

Ceramodactylus, Blanf. With the two well-preserved speci-

mens of Mr. Lort-Phillips’s collection before me, I am able

to state that Holodactylus belongs to the Eublepharida, as it

possesses connivent eyelids, proccelous dorsal vertebrae

without intercentra, and fused parietal bones. It comes so

near the West-African Ps¢lodactylus, Gray, that one would

hesitate to refer it to a distinct genus. But, as has been

pointed out by Mr. Stejneger in 1893, the name Psilodactylus

is preoccupied ; and the name proposed to replace it, Hemi-

theconyax, Stejneger (May 31, 1893), being later than Holo-

dactylus, Boettger (April 10, 1893), Holodactylus africanus

will, at all events, have to be retained as the proper denomina-

tion of the species here redescribed and figured.

Snout short and very convex, as long as the distance

between the orbit and the ear-opening; latter small, oval,

oblique. Head and body covered with uniform minute

granules, largest on the upper surface of the head; nostrils

between a crescentic nasal and several small scales ; rostral

twice as broad as deep, with short median cleft above, sepa-

rated from the nostril by three series of granular scales; ten

Reptiles and Batrachians from Somaliland. 167

or eleven upper and nine or ten lower labials; symphysial

small, much broader than long; no chin-shields. The hind

limb does not quite reach the elbow of the adpressed fore

limb. ‘Tail very short, spindle-shaped, covered with small

granular scales. The coloration is that of an Hublepharis.

Pale grey-brown or cream-colour above, with or without

brown dots or vermiculations, and with four undulous brown

cross-bands on the body, edged with darker; a dark brown

streak on the loreal region and a dark blotch below the eye ;

eyelids edged with white; lower parts white.

millim

GRALTCA BENS: thc cia nint oon aie opener e 78

FV Ga ePaPy oi eee Nis weycy ace ce eaees sete 16

Wradthrotsheadh..sse aan auc sae oo il

AGS, serecnals Gh sezh.a Ae bahe Gotoh Bare isen'n oo 3

BOT ERIM Dacrceneres dar even hic ud ka citar 20

jGATISYG bal Dbetl| ohm torte R Gl es pore Ree Can Rte ean ae reas 24

Mall bes ce evauey We ctabey chelsea) ereon th cvashee tate class 19

‘'wo specimens.

6. Agama colonorum, Daud.

The true A. colonorum had not yet been recorded from

East Africa.

7. Agama Phillipsti, sp.n. (PI. VII. fig. 3.)

Head depressed ; snout as long as the diameter of the orbit ;

nostril lateral, slightly tubular, on the canthus rostralis.

Upper head-scales smooth or obtusely keeled ; occipital not

enlarged; groups of small spinose scales near the ear; latter

entirely exposed, much larger than the eye-opening. Throat

much plicate ; no gular pouch. Body much depressed, with

a fold on each side of the back; scales on vertebral region

enlarged, polygonal, smooth, minute and granular on the

sides of the back, larger and keeled on the flanks; ventral

scales small, smooth. Scales on limbs large and imbricate,

strongly keeled, nearly as large as caudals. Fourth finger

slightly longer than third; fourth toe a little longer than

third, fifth extending beyond first. ‘Tail scarcely compressed,

covered with strongly keeled mucronate scales, forming rather

irregular annuli. Male with two rows of large preanal

“pores.” Back blackish, with small greenish-white spots

and a broad greenish-white vertebral stripe; head, limbs, and

tail olive above; throat with a wide-meshed blackish net-

work ; belly and lower surface of limbs bluish grey ; preanal

pores orange ; lower surface of tail yellowish.

168 On Reptiles and Batrachians from Somaliland.

millim

Torte Manga oa: (a acento} 1d ses ee 228

EV Gaile tara so... sicaietteeateld on ener enters 20

Wadthtothead...).cyesiicscace occas eRe ily

BOdgyei fc se ps emmee Gey olen amee 60

OLSCu MD nevls bs 'c mca Rte ele ee une 40

Telnet ari bac) c02 ors tobeeteteie precseevel « erence 60

BU eer i. bic kas Sa Ne Ce oe 148

Two male specimens.

This species is closely allied to A. annectens, Blanf., from

which it is easily distinguished by the larger scales on the

limbs and the less strongly compressed tail.

8. Latastia longicaudata, Reuss.

A single male specimen. 60 scales across the body. 10

femoral pores on each side.

9. Eremias sexteniata, Stejneger.

Numerous specimens confirm the validity of this species,

which is closely allied to H. Spekd?, Gthr.

10. Eremias mucronata, Blanf.

11. Mabuia varia, Ptrs.

12. Mabuia striata, Ptrs.

13. Lygosoma modestum, Gthr.

Two specimens. The nostril is pierced between two nasals,

an upper and a lower. 26 scales round the middle of the

body.

14. Psammophis biseriatus, Ptrs.

A single female specimen. Nine upper labials, fourth,

fifth, and sixth entering the eye. Ventrals 154; anal

divided ; subcaudals 100.

15. Nata nigricollis, Reinh.

A single young specimen. 27 scales across the neck, 25

across the middle of the body. Ventrals 201; subcaudals

68. Pale reddish brown above, head darker ; brownish white

beneath ; a broad black ring round the neck.

On new Batrachians from Borneo. 169

BATRACHIANS.

1. Rana Delalandii, D. & B.

2. Bufo regularis, Reuss.

3. Bufo Blanfordiz, Blgr.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Pristurus Phillipsi.

Fig.1 a. Ditto: side view of head, x.

Fig. 2. Holodactylus africanus.

Fig. 3. Agama Phillipsic.

XXV.—Descriptions of Four new Batrachians discovered by

Mr. Charles Hose in Borneo*. By G. A. BOULENGER,

F.R.S. :

Rhacophorus Hosii.

Vomerine teeth in two oblique series between the rather

large choane, commencing from their inner front edge.

Snout truncate, as long as the diameter of the orbit ; nostril

close to the tip of the snout ; canthus rostralis angular ; loreal

region concave; interorbital space as broad as the upper

eyelid; tympanum distinct, half the diameter of the eye.

Fingers with a slight rudiment of web; toes nearly entirely

webbed, the penultimate phalanx of the fourth toe free; disks

smaller than the tympanum ; subarticular tubercles moderate ;

a small inner metatarsal tubercle. The knee reaches the

shoulder, the tibio-tarsal articulation far beyond the tip of the

snout. Skin finely granulate above, coarsely on the belly.

Dark grey-brown above, lips with darker vertical bars ; one

or two small black spots above the axil; limbs with dark

cross-bands; anal region black; hinder side of thighs dark

brown; whitish beneath, throat marbled with brown, belly

dotted with brown.

From snout to vent 48 millim.

A single female specimen from the Pata River, North

Sarawak.

Rhacophorus fasciatus.

Vomerine teeth in two long oblique series between the

moderately large choane, commencing from their inner front

* The specimens described are now in the British Museum,

170 On new Batrachians from Borneo.

edge. Snout pointed, as long as the diameter of the orbit;

nostril equally distant from the orbit and the end of the

snout ; canthus rostralis angular; loreal region slightly con-

cave; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid ;

tympanum distinct, one half or three fifths the diameter of

the eye. Fingers webbed to the disks, which are nearly as

large as the tympanum ; toes webbed to the disks, which are

smaller than those of the fingers; subarticular and inner

metatarsal tubercles very small; no tarsal fold. The tibio-

tarsal articulation reaches the tip of the snout. Skin smooth

above, granulate on the belly. Pale reddish brown above,

minutely speckled with brown and with six brown cross-

bands, the first across the snout, the second between the

eyes, the third, broadest, between the ears; a fine yellow

brown-edged line borders the head above, from the tip of the

snout along the canthus rostralis and supraciliary border to

above the tympanum; limbs with dark cross-bands; lower

parts and hinder side of thighs colourless. Male with an

internal vocal sac.

From snout to vent 54 millim.

Two specimens, male and female, from the mountains of

the Akar River, North Sarawak.

Rhacophorus nigropalmatus.

Vomerine teeth in two long, slightly curved, transverse

series between the front edges of the moderately large choane.

Snout rounded, as long as the diameter of the orbit; nostril

near the tip of the snout; canthus rostralis feeble; loreal

region concave; interorbital space broader than the upper

eyelid ; tympanum distinct, two thirds the diameter of the

eye. Fingers webbed to the disks, which are smaller than

the tympanum ; toes webbed to the disks, which are a little

smaller than those of the fingers; subarticular and inner

metatarsal tubercles very small. Tibio-tarsal articulation

reaching the tip of the snout. Skin finely granulate above,

coarsely on the belly; a strong dermal fold along the outer

edge of the forearm and tarsus and at the heel. Purple above,

finely speckled with black, and with scattered minute white

dots; one or two small white spots on the upper surface of

the femur; flanks white, veined with black; interdigital

webs black at the base, grey veined with black towards the

border ; lower parts white.

From snout to vent 80 millim.

A single female specimen from the Akar River.

On new Snakes from German East Africa. 171

Nectophryne macrotis.

Head small, a little longer than broad; snout short, promi-

nent, obliquely truncate; canthus rostralis strong; loreal

region vertical, concave ; interorbital space broader than the

upper eyelid ; tympanum very distinct, quite as large as and

close to the eye. Fore limb very slender, as long as the

distance between the eye and the vent. Fingers moderate,

webbed at the base, dilated and truncate at the end; first

finger very short, half as long as second; toes three-fourths

webbed, less strongly dilated than the fingers; a flat inner

metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches

the posterior border of the eye. Above with scattered small

warts irregular in size; beneath granulate. Olive above,

spotted with black; some of the warts red; limbs barred

with black; yellowish beneath, much spotted with black.

From snout to vent 28 millim.

A single female specimen from the Akar River.

XXVI.— Descriptions of Two new Snakes from Usambara,

German East Africa. By G. A. BouLencer, F.R.S.

OLIGOLEPIS, gen. nov.

Allied to Xenurophis, Gthr. Maxillary teeth 30, small,

closely set, equal; mandibular teeth equal. Head distinct

from neck ; eye large, with round pupil. Body cylindrical ;

scales finely striated, without pits, oblique, in 13 rows;

ventrals rounded. ‘Tail rather long ; subcaudals in two rows.

Oligolepis macrops.

Eye nearly as long as the snout. Rostral nearly twice as

broad as deep, just visible from above ; internasals broader

than long, a little shorter than the preefrontals ; frontal once

and a half as long as broad, longer than its distance from the

end of the snout, slightly shorter than the parietals; loreal

twice as long as deep; one pre- and two postoculars ; tem-

porals 1+2; nine upper labials, fifth and sixth entering the

eye; five lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-

shields, which are shorter than the posterior. Scales in 13

rows on the body, in 4 rows on the tail. Ventrals 148; anal

divided; subcaudals 75, Olive above, with rather irregular

light cross-bars ; upper lip and lower parts white.

A single young specimen, measuring 215 millim. ; tail 57.

172 On new Snakes from German East Africa.

Aparallactus Wernert.

Diameter of the eye greater than its distance from the oral

margin. Rostral twice as broad as deep, the portion visible

from above nearly half as long as its distance from the frontal ;

internasals much shorter than the prefrontals; frontal once

and a half as long as broad, longer than its distance from the

end of the snout, as long as the parietals; nasal entire, in

contact with the preocular ; two postoculars, in contact with

the anterior temporal; temporals 1+1; six upper labials,

second and third entering the eye; first lower labial in contact

with its fellow behind the symphysial; two pairs of chin-

shields, the anterior broader and a little longer and in contact

with three lower labials. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 147-

160; anal entire; subcaudals 32-41. Blackish above, with

a deep black, somewhat light-edged nuchal collar; upper lip

blackish below the eye, yellowish in front and behind ; lower

parts uniform yellowish.

Total length 390 millim. ; tail 65.

Two specimens, male (V. 147; C. 41) and female (V. 160;

. 82).

The genus Aparallactus, Smith, 1848, is identical with

Uriechis, Peters, 1854, as I have pointed out before. Hleven

species may be distinguished :—

I. Two prefrontals.

A. Symphysial not in contact with the chin-

shields.

1. Two postoculars, in contact with a tem-

poral; nasal entire, in contact with the

preocular,

Third and fourth upper labials entering the eye. 1. A. Jacksoni, Gthr.

(1. Africa.)

Second and third upper labials entering the eye. 2. A. Werneri, Blyy.

(E. Africa.)

2. A single postocular; one labial in con-

tact with the parietal.

Nasal entire, not in contact with the preocular. 3. .4. concolor, Fischer.

(EK. Africa.)

Nasal divided, in contact with the preeocular.. 4. A. dunulatus, Ptrs.

(EK. Central Africa, Mozambique. )

B. Symphysial in contact with the chin-

shields.

1, Third and fourth upper labials entering

the eye.

Nasal divided ; ventrals 154-180; subcaudals

een Reh es hn ae RRS Gircte the ta ott WPS 5. A, Guentheri, Blgr.*

(Kk. & C. Africa, Angola.)

* Uriechis capensis, part., Gunther, 1888, Bocage, 1895.

On the Copepod Family Ascomyzontide. 173

Nasal entire ; ventrals 191; subcaudals 44.... 6. A. Bocagit, Blgr. *

(Angola. )

Nasal entire; ventrals 138-166; subcaudals

37-53..... | Br A sci ei ire aise are 7. A. capensis, Smith t.

(E. & S.E. Africa.)

2. Second and third upper labials entering

the eye.

Ventrals 110-149 ; subeaudals 21-40 ..... 8. A. nigriceps, Ptrs.

(Mozambique, Nyassaland. )

Ventralsi 161 ;“subcaudalsl yy, .: is). weno 9, A. punctatolineatus,

Bler.t (Angola.)

II. A single prefrontal.

Frontal as long as its distance from the end of

MBE OHGUU ye ices ee te te teas sae ae 10. A. “ineatus, Ptrs.

(Guinea.)

Frontal longer than its distance from the end of

GUESSING: ce) Sty orale Rascal Aauate P-ud wr utatd ewes 11. A. anomalus, Blgr.

(Gold Coast. )

The types of the new snakes described above are in the

British Museum, and formed part of a small collection on

which Dr. F. Werner has recently reported (Verh. zool.-bot.

Ges. Wien, xiv. 1895, p. 190). I take this opportunity to

observe that the lizard described as Gymnodactylus africanus,

Werner, is a Gonatodes, closely allied to the Indian G. or-

natus. It should stand as Gonatodes africanus.

XXVII.—The Subfamilies, Genera, and Species of the Copepod

Family Ascomyzontide, Thorell: Diagnosis, Synonymy,

and Distribution. By Dr. W1LH. Giesprecut, Naples.

Tribus AMPHARTHRANDRIA, Giesbr. 1892.

Both anterior antenne of male transformed into clasping-

organs, adapted for copulation.

Family Ascomyzontide, Thorell, 1859.

Lips forming a siphon, produced or not into a shorter or

longer suctorial tube. Mandible stilet-shaped, enclosed in the

siphon. Head coalescent with first thoracic segment. Abdo-

* Uriechis capensis, part., Bocage.

+ Cercocalamus collaris, Giinther.

{ Uniechis capensis, part., Bocage. 4

174 | Dr. Wilh. Giesbrecht on

men of 9 3- or 4-, of ¢* 4- or 5-jointed ; genital aperture

lateral ; furea with 6 sete. Anterior antenne of ? 8- to 21-

jointed, withasingle zsthetask (sensorial appendage); clasping-

antennz of ¢ 10- to 17-jointed, with one or several esthetasks.

Posterior antenne prehensile, 4- or (rarely) 3-jointed; exopodite

1-jointed. Mandible-palp 1-branched (1- or 2-jointed) or

wanting. Maxilla 2- or (rarely) 1-lobed. Anterior and

posterior foot-jaws strong prehensile organs. First four pairs

of feet swimming-organs; their exo- and endopodites in

general 3-jointed (sometimes both branches of first pair 2-

jointed, inner branch of fourth pair 2-jointed or wanting).

Fifth pair of feet rudimentary, 2 jointed (first joint often

coalescent with fifth thoracic segment), or (rarely) setiform.

Sexes differ in size and form of body, in segmentation of

abdomen (¢ having one segment more than ? ), and in form,

segmentation, appendages, and function of anterior antenne.

Subfamily 1. Ascomyzorrrvaz, nov.

Anterior antenne of ? 11- to 21-jointed; the ssthetask-

bearing joint followed by 2 or 3 apical joints; clasping-

antenne of ¢ 17- (Cyclopicera, Asterocheres), or 16- (Acon-

tiophorus ornatus), or 13- (Dermatomyzon) jointed, rarely

(Acontiophorus) with additional zsthetasks. Mandible with

palp. Maxilla consisting of a short basal joint and two lobes,

each bearing 3-5 sete. Last joint of outer branch of third

and fourth feet with 3 or 4 sets at inner margin. ‘Thoracic

segments laterally rounded off, rarely produced into lateral

processes. Abdomen of ¢ 38- or 4-, of g 4- or 5-jointed.

Siphon usually without, sometimes with, suctorial tube.

Inner branch of fourth foot normal, similar to the inner

branches of preceding feet. ‘Terminal joint of fifth foot oval

or elongated.

Genus 1. CycLopicerA, Brady, 1872 t.

Thoracic segments laterally rounded off. Rostrum flat.

Abdomen of ? 38-, of ¢ 4-jointed. Anterior antenne of 9

21-, of g 17-jointed ; with one esthetask in both sexes.

* Males are known of Cyclopicera echinicola, violaceum, minutum, Der-

matomyzon elegans, Asterocheres Lalljeborgit, Clawsomyzon gracilicauda,

Acontiophorus ornatus, Dyspontius sp. I have also examined males of

Cyclopicera echinicola, Bradypontius chelifer, Pteropontius cristatus, Gallo-

pontius fringilla, Dyspontius Thorellii, capitalis, and brevifurcatus.

+ According to Canu the genus Jsopodius, Kriczagin (Mitth. nat. Ver.

Kiew, vol. ili. p. 898, t. xiv.), is probably a synonym of Cyclopicera. I

have not seen Kriczagin’s work, which is written in Russian,

the Copepod Family Ascomyzontide. 175

Exopodite of posterior antenne shorter than penultimate

joint. Siphon without tube. Mandible-palp 1-jointed, rod-

shaped ; setee notyplumose. Sete of maxilla plumose or not.

Swimming-feet: last joint of outer branch with 4, 4, 4, 4

plumose setz, of inner branch with 6, 6, 6, 5 setae; marginal

spines of outer branches small. ‘Terminal joint of fifth foot

with 3 sete.

1. Cyclopicera echinicola, Norman.

Ascomyzon echinicola, Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1868, p. 300.

Cyclopicera latum, Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 4, vol. x. p. 8,

t. ili, and Mon. iii. p. 56, tt. Ixxxix., xc.; I. C. Thompson, Proc.

Lit.& Phil. Soc. Liverpool, vol. ii. p. 189, and Trans. Lit & Phil.

Soe. Liverpool, vol. vi. p. 86; Th. Scott, Eleventh Rep. Fish. Board

Scotland, p. 210, t. iii., and ? Trans, Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. vol. vi.

p. 127, t. xiii. figs. 25-30.

Length of ? 08-0°85, of ¢'0°55-0°6 millim. Nearly

colourless. The last two abdominal segments of 9 equal in

length, rather longer than the furca. Twelfth to eighteenth

joints of anterior antenne of ? longer than broad; the last

three joints narrower than the preceding. Outer lobe of

maxilla scarcely half as long and broad as the inner ; sete

not plumose.

Distr. British Seas ; Naples.

2. Cycloptcera violaceum, Claus.

Echinocheres violaceus, Claus, Arb, Wien, vol. viii. p. 356, t. v.

Length of ¢ 1:15, of g 0°75 millim. Violaceous, black-

pigmented, similar to the host (Strongylocentrotus lividus).

Last abdominal segment of 2 as long as the furea and

shorter than the preceding. Seventeenth and eighteenth

joints of the anterior antennz of ? longer than broad; the

preceding four joints as long as broad ; the last three joints

much narrower. Outer lobe of maxilla narrower (and shorter?)

than the inner, which has a long plumose seta and three short

sete.

Distr. Triest ; Naples ?

3. Cyclopicera minutum, Claus.

Echinocheres minutus, Claus, ibid. p. 356, tt. v., vi.

Length of 2? 0°5, of g 0-4 millim. Brownish, black-

spotted. The last two abdominal segments and the furca nearly

equal in length. No joint of anterior antenne of ? longer

than broad (if any, the eighteenth), most of them much

176 Dr. Wilh. Giesbrecht on

broader than long; the last three joints scarcely narrower

than the preceding. Maxilla as in violaceum.

Distr. Triest.

Genus 2. ASTEROCHERES, Boeck, 1859.

Thoracic segments laterally rounded off. Rostrum narrow,

not prominent. Abdomen of ? 3-, of ¢ (probably) 4-jointed.

Anterior antenne of 2? 19-, of g 17-jointed; with one

esthetask in both sexes. Exopodite of posterior antenne

shorter than penultimate joint. Siphon without tube.

Mandible-palp 2-jointed, rod-like. Sete of maxilla not or

scarcely plumose. ‘Terminal joint of fifth foot with two sete.

4, Asterocheres Lilljeborgit, Boeck.

Asterocheres Lilljeborgii, Boeck, Forh. Vid.-Selsk. Christiania, 1859,

p- 6, t. ii. ; PCanu, Cop. Boulonnais, p. 264, t. xxvii.

Artotrogus Lilljeborgii, Brady, Mon. iii. p. 64.

Length of ¢ 1, of 3 (?) 0°6 millim. Mandible-palp long ;

first joint twice as long as second. ‘Terminal joint of fifth

foot large, margins ciliated. Cephalothorax of 9? circular ;

: 5% 8 Pp

genital segment longer than broad.

Distr. Norway ; Ireland; English Channel ?

5. Asterocheres Renaudi, Canu.

Asterocheres Renaudi, Canu, Cop. Boulonnais, p. 263, t. xxvi.

Length of ¢ 0°85 millim. Mandible-palp short ; the two

joints rather equal in length. Chitine of siphon and ap-

pendages of head transversely rippled. Fifth foot small.

Cephalothorax elongated ; genital segment of ? broader than

long.

Distr, English Channel.

Genus 38. DERMATOMYZON, Claus, 1889.

Thoracic segments laterally rounded off. Rostrum blunt.

Abdomen of 9 4-, of g¢ 5-jointed. Anterior antenne of ?

19-, of g¢ 13-jomted; with one esthetask in both sexes.

Exopodite of posterior antenne shorter than the penultimate

joint. Siphon without tube. Mandible pointed, scarcely

denticulated; palp 1-jointed, rod-like; sete not plumose.

Sete of maxilla not plumose. Swimming-feet: last joint of

outer branch with 5, 5, 4, 4 plumose sete, of inner branch

with 6, 6, 5, 4 sete. ‘Terminal joint of fifth foot with five

sete.

the Copepod Family Ascomyzontide. 177

6. Dermatomyzon nigripes, Brady and Robertson.

Cyclopicera nigripes, Brady, Mon. iil. p. 54, t. Ixxxix.; Th. Scott, Tenth

Rep. Fish. Boatd Scotland, p. 267; I. C. Thompson, Trans. Lit.

& Phil. Soc. Liverpool, vol. vil. p. 36.

? Ascomyzon Thorelli, Sars. Arch. Math. Nat. vol. iv. p. 474.

? Cyclopicera nigripes, Sars, Norske Nordh. Exp., Crust. ii. p. 79

Length of @? 1:2-1:25 millim. Swimming-feet smoky

black. First joint of anterior antenne with a long sharp

spine.

Distr. British seas ; Spitsbergen ?

7. Dermatomyzon elegans, Claus *.

Dermatomyzon elegans, Claus, Arb. Wien, vol. viii. p. 351, t. vi.; Canu,

Cop. Boulonnais, p. 260, t. xxvi.

Length of 2 1-1°35, of g 0°9-1 millim. Feet colourless.

First joint of anterior antennz with seta.

Distr. 'Triest; English Channel; Naples.

Genus 4, CLAUSOMYZON, gen. nov.

Thoracic segments laterally rounded off. Abdomen of 2

4-, of g 5-jointed. Anterior antenne of 2 20-, of @

?-jointed. Hxopodite of posterior antenne shorter than penul-

timate joint. Siphon without tube. Mandible denticulated

at the oblique apex; palp reduced to a rather short plumose

seta. Sete of maxilla (probably) not plumose. ‘Terminal

joint of fifth foot curved, elongated, bluntly serrated at the

apex.

8. Clausomyzon gracilicauda, Brady.

Cyclopicera gracilicauda, Brady, Mon. iii. p. 58. t. Ixxxiii.; I. C.

Thompson, Trans. Lit, & Phil. Soc. Liverpool, vol. vii. p. 36;

Th. Scott, Tenth Rep. Fish. Board Scotland, p. 262.

Ascomyzon comatule, Rosoll, Sitzungsb. Akad. Wien, vol. xcvii. p. 189,

4.1.

Distr. British seas; ‘Triest.

Genus 5. RHYNCHOMYZON, gen. nov.

2. Thoracic segments produced laterally into processes,

which are directed backwards and conspicuous in dorsal

* Dermatomyzon gibberum, Th. & A. Scott (Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 6, vol. xiii. p. 144, t. ix.) and Th. Scott (Twelfth Rep. Fish. Board

Scotland, p. 260, t. x.), from the Firth of Forth, having only three abdo-

minal segments, should be excluded from the genus Dermatomyzon ; the

species agrees in this respect with Cyclopicera and Asterocheres.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xvi. 12

178 Dr. Wilh. Giesbrecht on

view. Rostrum very prominent, beak-shaped. Abdomen

4-jointed. Anterior antenne 13- to 16-jointed. Exopodite

of posterior antenn shorter than penultimate joint. Siphon

without tube. Mandible large, denticulated at the oblique

apex ; palp rod-like, with scarcely plumose seta. Sete of

maxilla not plumose. Swimming-feet: last joint of outer

branch with 5, 4,4, 4 plumose sete, of inner branch with

6, 6, 5, 4 sete. Terminal joint of fifth foot with three sete.

& unknown.

9. Rhynchomyzon falco, sp. n.

9. Length 1:45-1:5 millim. Head triangular in dorsal

view. Processes of thoracic segments largely produced ;

anterior abdominal segments with similar processes. Furca

as long as the last abdominal segment; length: breadth=3: 2.

Anterior antenne 13- or 14-jointed; first joint with spine,

last joint granulate.

Distr. Naples.

10. Rhynchomyzon purpurocinctum, Th. Scott.

Cyclopicera purpurocinctum, Th. Scott, Eleventh Rep. Fish. Board

Scotland, p. 209, t. iii.

Q@. Length 0°85-1 millim. Head elliptical in dorsal view ;

processes of thoracic segments much less produced than in

falco, of abdominal segments nearly wanting. Furca longer

than the last two abdominal segments combined, five times as

long as broad. Anterior antenne 16-jointed ; first joint

without spine, last joint not granulate.

Distr. Firth of Forth, Mull; Naples.

Genus 6. Ascomyzon, Thorell, 1859.

@. Thoracic segments laterally rounded off. Rostrum not

prominent. Abdomen 3-jointed. Anterior antenne 20- (21- ?)

jointed. Exopodite of posterior antenne shorter than penul-

timate joint. Siphon with tube. Mandible-palp rod-like,

long, 2-jointed ; setee not plumose. Maxilla large; the two

lobes unequal; sete not plumose. Sete of swimming-feet

probably as in Cyclopicera. Terminal joint of fifth foot with

two (three ?) sete.

11. Ascomyzon Lilheborgit, Thorell *.

Ascomyzon Lilljeborgii, Thorell, K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Stock-

holm, vol. iii. p. 78, t.xiv.; ? Aurivillius, difv. K. Vet.- Akad. Férh.

Stockholm, 1882, p. 105, t. xvi.

* Another species of the genus, Ascomyzon calvum, Brady and Robert-

son (Rep. Forty-fifth Meet. Brit. Assoc. 1876, p. 197), appears to have

never been described.

the Copepod Family Ascomyzontide. 179

? Artotrogus Boeckii, Brady, Mon. iii. p. 61, t. xci.; ? Bourne, Journ.

Mar. Biol. Assoc. ser. 2, vol. i. p. 3817; ? Th. Scott, Eleventh Rep.

Fish. Board Scotland, p. 210; f. C. Thompson, Trans. Lit. & Phil.

Soc. Liverpool, vol. vii. p. 37.

Non Artotrogus Boeckit, G. M. Thomson, Trans, N. Zeal. Inst. vol. xv.

p. L12, t. ix.

Distr. Bohusliin; British seas ?

Genus 7. ACONTIOPHORUS, Brady, 1880.

Thoracic segments laterally rounded off. Rostrum flat.

Abdomen of 2 3-, of ¢ 4-jointed. Anterior antenne of 2

11- to 16-jointed ; number of zsthetasks on the antennex of ¢

augmented. Exopodite of posterior antenne longer than

penultimate joint. Siphon with long tube. Mandible-palp

small, with large plumose seta. Sete of maxilla plumose.

Swimming-feet: last joint of outer branch with 5, 4, 3, 3

plumose sete, of inner branch with 6, 6, 5, 4 sete. Terminal

joint of fifth foot with five sete.

12. Acontiophorus scutatus, Brady and Robertson.

Solenostoma scutatum, Brady and Robertson, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 4, vol. xii. p. 141.

Acontiophorus scutatus, Brady, Mon. iil. p. 69, t. xc.; ? G. M. Thomson,

Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xv. p. 115, t. viii. ; Claus, Arb. Wien, vol. viii.

p- 359, t. vii.; Canu, Cop. Boulonnais, p. 270, t. xxix.; I. C. Thomp-

son, Proc. Lit. & Phil. Soc. Liverpool, vol. ii. p. 69, and Trans. Lit.

& Phil. Soc. Liverpool, vol. vil. p. 37.

? Acontiophorus angulatus, I. C. Thompson, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool.

vol. xx. p. 153, tt. xil., xiii.

@. Length 09-1 millim. Cephalothorax elongated.

Posterior margin of abdominal segments not angulated.

Furea nearly three times as long as broal. Anterior an-

tenn 11-jointed. Tube of siphon reaches to near end of

body.

& unknown.

Distr. British seas; New Zealand; Triest; Madeira ?;

Naples.

13. Acontiophorus ornatus, Brady and Robertson *.

Ascomyzon ornatum, Brady and Robertson, Rep. Forty-fifth Meet. Brit.

Assoc. 1876, p. 197.

Acontiophorus armatus, Brady, Mon. iii. p. 71, t. Ixxxi.; Claus, Arb.

Wien, vol. viii. p. 359, t. vil.

Length of 2 1:5, of g 1 millim. Cephalothorax large.

* Acontiophorus elongatus, Th. & A. Scott (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 6, vol. xiii. p. 145, t. ix.) and Th. Scott (Twelfth Rep. Fish. Board

Scotland, p. 261), from the Firth of Forth, should be excluded from

180 Dr. Wilh. Giesbrecht on

Anterior segments of abdomen laterally angulated. Furca

scarcely longer than broad. Anterior antenna in both sexes

16-jointed. Tube of siphon reaches to near end of thorax.

Distr. Yorkshire ; Triest; Naples.

Subfamily 2. Dyspowrizw, nov.

Anterior antenne of 2 8-12-jointed; esthetask on the

last joint; clasping-antenne of ¢ 10- or 11-jointed, with

thirteen additional esthetasks. Mandible without palp, -con-

sisting only of the stilet. The two lobes of maxilla stiff, each

bearing one or two, rarely (Parartrogus) three and five sete.

Last joint of outer branch of third and fourth feet with five

sete on the inner margin. Abdomenof 2 4-, of ¢ 5-jointed ;

thoracic segments rarely rounded off laterally ; usually pro-

duced into lateral processes, conspicuous in dorsal view.

Siphon with suctorial tube (except Parartrogus). Inner branch

of fourth foot either as in preceding feet, or 3-jointed, with

rudimentary sete, or 2-jointed, or wanting, Terminal joint

of fifth foot small, oblong or knob-like.

Genus 8. Pararrroaus, Th. & A. Scott, 1893.

@. Thoracic segments laterally rounded off. Anterior

part of genital segment scarcely broader than posterior.

Anterior antenne 9-jointed. Posterior antenne 4-}ointed.

Siphon ‘rudimentary ” (without tube ?). Lobes of maxilla

short, one with three spines and two sete, the other (much

smaller) with two sete. Both branches of first foot and inner

branch of fourth foot 2-jointed, latter with plumose sete.

Terminal joint of fifth foot oblong.

14, Parartrogus Richardi, Th. & A. Scott.

Parartrogus Richardi, Th. & A. Scott, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. xi. p. 210, t. vii.; Th. Scott, Eleventh Rep. Fish. Board Scot-

land, p. 210, t. iv.

Distr. Firth of Forth.

this genus, because (1) the authors describe the exopodite of the posterior

antenna as “very small”; (2) they find the anterior antenne 17-jointed

(althcugh the zsthetask-bearing joint is followed by only one joint), and

only three sete on the terminal joint of the fifth foot; (3) they do not

mention the large plumose seta of the mandible-palp. I cannot identify

the genus to which the species belongs, in the absence of any notice of

the mandible-palp. Another species, described by G. M. Thomson

(Trans. N. Zeal. Inst. vol. xv. p. 112, t. xi.) as Artotrogus ovatus, seems to

be related to Acontiophorus, the exopodite of posterior antenns having

the same proportional length ; but the species differs from this genus in

the absence of a suctorial tube and in the number (8 or 9) of joints in the

anterior antennie.

the Copepod Family Ascomyzontide, 181

Genus 9. ARTOTROGUS, Boeck, 1859.

Important characters of the genus being problematic or

entirely wanting in Boeck’s paper, it is impossible at present

to draw up a diagnosis of Artotrogus; therefore I give here a

critical abstract of the author’s description of the typical

species.

15. Artotrogus orbicularis, Boeck.

“ah oye orbicularis, Boeck, Forh. Vid.-Selsk. Christiania, 1859, p. 2,

; Hansen, Dijmphna, 1886, p: 78; I. C. Thompson, Trans. Lit. &

Phil Soe. Liv erpool, vol. vii. p. 37; hon Brady and Robertson, Rep.

Forty-fifth Meet. Brit. Assoc. 1876, p. 197.

Body circular. Thoracic segments perhaps with lateral

processes. Segmentation of abdomen doubtful (Boeck’s

figure shows three short and one long segment—impossible in

amature female). Furea broader than long. Anterior an-

tenn 9-jointed. Posterior antenne 3- (?) jointed. Tube of

siphon reaches to the middle of the interval between foot-jaws

and first foot. Inner lobe of maxilla (considered by Boeck as

mandible-palp) 2-jointed (?), with two sete, outer lobe with one

seta. Swimming-feet with 3-jointed branches. (Boeck says tive

pairs of feet, ¢. e. two pairs of foot-jaws, named by him first

and second pair of feet, and three pairs of swimming-feet ; so

the figured “‘ pes unus quarti paris”’ is really a foot of the

second pair. Consequently Boeck has overlooked one pair

of swimming-feet; and since this pair may be the fourth,

as well as the third or second, it remains doubtful whether

the fourth pair has a normal or rudimentary inner branch.

The structure of the fourth foot remains doubtful, too, if we

admit * that the specimen described by Boeck was immature,

and had really only three pairs of feet; this being the case,

the appendage which Boeck calls the rudimentary foot would

be the not yet developed fourth pair.) An accurate redescrip-

tion of thisoldest species of Ascomyzontide is required, perhaps

not for recognizing the species, but for detérmining the

systematic position of the genus. If the inner branch of the

fourth foot is found to be 3-jointed and its sete rudimentary,

the genus Bradypontius should perhaps be withdrawn.

Another genus, probably belonging to the subfamily

Dyspontiine, but quite insufficiently characterized, is

* This conjecture accords with the above-mentioned segmentation of the

abdomen ; but the length of body (2 millim.) found by Boeck is greater

than the length of the ov a-bearing specimen dredged by I. C. Thompson

(1-65 millim. i).

182 Dr. Wilh. Giesbrecht on

Conostoma, G. M. Thomson.

Species: ellipticum (cf. Trans. N. Z. Inst. vol. xv. p. 3, t. v.).

* Abdomen greatly abbreviated, only two segments being

apparent .... anterior antenne about 9-jointed; posterior

4-jointed, secondary branch wanting... . feet of the first pair

with both branches only 2-jointed; next three pair almost

similar.” Mandible and maxilla are not mentioned.

Genus 10. Myzoponrtius, gen. nov.

&. Thoracicsegments scarcely produced into lateral processes,

neither are the abdominal. Rostrum flat. Anterior part of

genital segment scarcely broader than posterior. Anterior

antenne 9- to 12-jointed. Tube of siphon reaches between

the second and fourth feet. Inner lobe of maxilla oval.

Foot-jaws very slender. Inner branch of fourth foot similar to

those of preceding feet ; last joint of outer branch of first foot

with five, second joint of inner branch with two plumose

sete. Terminal joint of fifth foot oblong.

& unknown.

16. Myzopontius pungens, sp. n.

Distr. Naples.

Genus 11. BRADYPONTIUS, gen. nov.

Thoracic segments produced laterally into processes, which

are directed backwards and conspicuous in dorsal view.

Rostrum short. Anterior part of genital segment of 2

broader than posterior. Anterior antenne of 2 8- to 10-, of

3 (chelifer) 11-jointed. Posterior antenne 4-jointed. Tube

of siphon reaches behind the foot-jaws or to the middle of

abdomen. Inner branch of fourth foot 3-jointed, almost

destitute of sete; last joint of outer branch of first foot with

five, second joint of inner branch with two plumose sete.

Fifth foot knob-like.

17. Bradypontius magniceps, Brady.

Artotrogus orbicularis, Brady and Robertson, Rep. Forty-fifth Meet.

Brit. Assoc. 1876, p: 197.

Artotrogus magniceps, Brady, Mon. iii. p. 61, t. xciii.; I. C. Thompson,

Trans. Lit. & Phil. Soc. Liverpool, vol. vii. p. 37.

Length of 2 1:25 millim. Head without crista. Furca

scarcely longer than broad. Anterior antenne 10-jointed;

the Copepod Family Ascomyzontide. 183

first and second joints long. Tube of siphon reaches to the

posterior margin of the first body-segment. First foot-jaw

similar to that of séphonatus. Inner branch of fourth foot

shorter than first anitteceana joints of outer branch together.

@ unknown.

Distr, England.

18. Bradypontius siphonatus, sp. n.

Length of 2 1:6 millim. Head without crista. Furca

scarcely as long as broad. Anterior antenna 10-jointed ;

first and third joints long, second joint short. ‘lube of siphon

reaches to behind the middle of abdomen. Hook of first toot-

jaw elongated, with slender apical claw. Inner branch of

fourth foot longer than first and second joints of outer branch

together.

3 unknown.

Distr. Naples.

19. Bradypontius Normant, Brady and Robertson.

Dyspontius Normani, Brady and Robertson, Rep. Forty-fifth Meet.

Brit. Assoc. 1876, p. 197.

Artotrogus Normani, Brady, Mon. iii. p. 63, tt. xci.-xciii.; I. C.

Thompson, Trans. Lit. & Phil. Soc. Liverpool, vol. vii. p. 37, and

? Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. vol. xx. p. 154; ? Canu, Cop. Boulonnais,

p. 266, t. xxvil.

Length of 2 1°6 millim. Head without crista. Furca

longer than broad. Anterior antenne 9-jointed; first and

second joints long. ‘Tube of siphon reaches rather behind

the posterior margin of first body-segment. First foot-jaw

as in siphonatus. Inner branch of fourth foot nearly as

long as the first and second of outer branch together.

o unknown*.,

Distr. Durham ; Isle of Man; Madeira?; Wimereux ?

20. Bradypontius chelifer, sp. n.

Length of @ 1:15, of g 0°85 millim. Head with crista.

Furea longer than broad. Anterior antenne of 2 8-, of ¢

11-jointed; first and second joints long. Tube of siphon

reaches to the posterior margin of first body-segment. Hook

of first foot-jaw thick, cheliform; apex tumid, claw stout.

Inner branch of fourth foot rather shorter than first and second

joints of outer branch together.

Distr, Naples.

* The diagnosis is given according to Canu, although the identity of

his Normant with Brady’s Norman is not certain.

184 Dr. Wilh. Giesbrecht on

Genus 12. PTEROPONTIUS, gen. nov.

Thoracic and anterior abdominal segments produced late-

rally into large angular processes. First body-segment

with dorsal crista, reaching from frontal to posterior margin.

Rostrum triangular. Anterior antenne of 2 8-,of g 10-

jointed. Posterior antenne 3-jointed. Tube of siphon reaches

to the posterior foot-jaws. Fourth foot destitute of inner

branch. Branches of first foot 2-jointed. Fifth foot knob-

like.

21. Pteropontius cristatus, sp. n.

Distr. Naples.

Genus 13. GALLOPONTIUS, gen. nov.

Thoracic segments produced laterally into processes. Fore-

head with dorsal cap-like convexity. Rostrum prominent.

Anterior part of genital segment of 2 broader than posterior.

Anterior antenne of 2 9-, of ¢ 11-jointed. Posterior an-

tenn 4-jointed. Tube of siphon thick, rippled inside, and

reaching beyond the fourth foot. Inner branch of fourth foot

wanting. Fifth foot knob-like.

22. Gallopontius fringilla, sp. n.

Distr. Naples.

Genus 14. Dyspontius, Thorell, 1859.

Thoracic segments produced laterally into processes. "Xos-

trum not prominent. Anterior part of genital segment of 9

broader than posterior. Anterior antenne of 2 9- to 10-, of

3 10- to 11-jointed. Posterior antenne 4-jointed. ‘Tube of

siphon reaches between foot-jaws and third foot. Inner

branch of fourth foot wanting. Fifth foot knob-like.

23. Dyspontius striatus, 'Thorell.

Dyspontius striatus, Thorell, Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Stockholm, vol. iii.

. 81, t. xiv.; ? Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1866, p. 198; ? Brady,

Mon. ui. p. 66, t. xcii.; ? I. C. Thompson, Proc. Lit. & Phil. Soe.

Liverpool, vol. iii. p. 189; ? Canu, Cop. Boulonnais, p. 266, t. xxviii.

@. Length 1:25 millim. Cephalothorax rather broader

than long. Furca rather longer than broad, less than half as

long as the last abdominal segment. Anterior antenne 9-

jointed ; first and second joint long. ‘Tube of siphon reaches

to the third thoracic segment. Inner lobe of maxilla scarcely

the Copepod Family Ascomyzontide. 185

longer than outer, with one seta. Outer margin of outer

branches of swimming-feet not denticulate *.

Distr, Christineborg ; Hebrides? ; British seas?; Wime-

reux ? P

24, Dyspontius Thorellit, sp. n.

Length of 2 1:15-1:2, of g¢ 0°85-0°95 millim. Cephalo-

thorax and furca longer than broad. Anterior antenne of 2

10-, of g 11-jointed ; first and third joints long, second joint

short; third joint of antennae of g followed by four short

joints and a longer -joint, which bears at the anterior margin

a movable spine. ‘lube of siphon reaches between first and

third foot. Inner lobe of maxilla nearly twice as long as

outer, with short seta at apex. First foot: first joint of outer

branch with one, last joint with four, second joint of inner

branch with one plumose seta; second joint of inner branch

of first to third feet with a double tooth at outer margin ; outer

margin of outer branch of second to fourth feet denticulate.

Distr. Naples.

25. Dyspontius tenuis, sp. n.

2. Length 1:1 millim. Cephalothorax and furea longer

than broad. Anterior antenne 9-jointed; first and third

joints long, second joint short. Siphon as in Thorellit.

Inner lobe of maxilla about 14 times as long as outer, with

short seta. Swimming-feet as in Thorellit.

¢ unknown.

Distr. Naples.

26. Dyspontius capitalis, sp. n.

Length of 2 1:35-1:45, of g 1:1-1:2 millim. Cephalo-

thorax broader than long, furca scarcely longer than broad.

Anterior antenne similar to those of Thorellit. Tube of siphon

does not reach to the first foot. Inner lobe of maxilla nearly

twice as long as outer, with long plumose seta at apex.

Swimming-feet as in Thorellit.

Distr. Naples.

* According to Thorell. Brady differs from the author of the species

in several respects: length of body (1'8 millim.), of siphon (reaches to the

posterior margin of the cephalothorax), proportional length of the furca

(as long as last abdominal segment), &c. Neither do the descriptions

of the male of striatus given by Brady and Canu agree; the clasping-

antenne of Brady’s specimen resemble those of drevfurcatus, the an-

tenn of Canu’s those of Thorellit,

186 On the Copepod Family Ascomyzontide.

27. Dyspontius brevifurcatus, sp. n.

Length of 2 0°95, of g 0°75-0°85 millim. Cephalothorax

nearly 14 times as long as broad; furca broader than long.

Anterior antenne of 2 9-, of ¢ 10-jointed ; first and second

joints long; second joint of antenna of g followed by five

short joints and a longer joint, which bears at the anterior

margin an immovable tooth. ‘Tube of siphon as in Thorellit.

Inner lobe of maxilla about 14 times as long as outer, with

long seta at apex. First foot: first joint of outer branch

without seta, last joint with five, second joint of inner branch

with two plumose sete; tooth at outer margin of second joint

of inner branch of first to third foot simple; outer margin of

outer branch of second to fourth foot not or scarcely denticu-

lated.

Distr. Naples *.

Subfamily 3. Powra@crerrrvz, nov.

9. Anterior antenne 8-jointed; esthetask on the ante-

penultimate joint. Mandible without palp. Maxilla con-

sisting of a single lobe. Last joint of outer branch of third

and fourth feet with three sete on inner margin. Fifth foot

consisting of one seta on each side. Abdomen 4-jointed.

Tube of siphon short. Last joint of anterior antenne long.

Basale of second foot-jaw 1-jointed. Outer margin of last

joint of outer branch of swimming-feet with less than three

spines. Inner branch of fourth foot normal.

Genus 15. PoNTa@CIELLA, gen. nov.

@. Thoracic segments laterally rounded off. Rostrum

flat. Anterior part of genital segment scarcely broader than

posterior. Ventral seta of furea peculiarly shaped. Exopo-

dite of posterior antenne knob-like. Hook of first foot-jaw

angled. Apical saws of outer branches of swimming-feet

long.

¢ unknown f.

28. Ponteciella abyssicola, Th. Scott.

Artotrogus abyssicolus, Th. Scott, Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool.

vol. vi. p. 128, tt. xii., xiv.

Distr, 2°N.-4° 8., 6°-10° E. (?235-360 fathoms) ; Naples;

99° W., 3° S. (2 1800 m.); 124° W., 9° N. (1000 m.) (Hape-

dition of the ‘Vettor Pisani’).

* Whether Dyspontius striatus, marginatus, and conspicuus, Hesse

(Ann. Sc. Nat. 5 sér. vol. vi. p. 69, t. iv.), really belong to this or to

some other genus, is not possible to decide.

+ The specimens regarded by Scott as males can scarcely be such ;

neither are they mature males, as the anterior antenne are not clasping-

organs, nor immature, as the abdomen is said to be 6-jointed.

On new Genera and Species of Trapdoor Spiders. 187

XXVIII.—Description of new Genera and Species of Trap-

door Spiders belonging to the Group 'Trionychi. By R. I.

Pocock, of the British Museum.

[Plate V.]

THE subfamily Migine of Simon, all the species of which, so

far as is known, make their trapdoor-nests upon the trunks

of trees, embraces three genera—Moggridgea, Migas, and

Myrtale. In the present paper I have ventured to add three

fresh ones to the group, all of them, like Myrtale, coming

from Madagascar. One of these, namely Thyropaus, is so

well marked that no one can doubt of its validity; but with

regard to the stability of the others I myself have some mis-

givings. In the first place, since they differ from each other

principally in the relative size of the eyes of the front row,

species intermediate between the two will very likely turn up ;

and, in the second place, if the figure of the carapace of

Myrtale that M. Simon has published is inaccurate in nearly

all its details, as I suspect but have no right to assume, then

there can be little doubt that Paramigas will prove to be

synonymous with Myrtale—perhaps even the two type species

will prove identical.

Ot the South-African genus Moggridgea tour species have

been described—M. Dyert, Cambr., M. Abrahami, Cambr.,

M. Tidmarshi, Lenz, and M. Meyert, Karsch. But M. Simon

states that M. Abrahami must be transferred to the New-

Zealand genus Migas. In this I cannot agree with him, since

specimens of M. Abrahami from Grahamstown, sent by the

Rev. N. Abraham to the British Museum in 1887, belong

merely to a well-marked species of Moggridgea. Moreover,

the assertion that the nest of this species is furnished with a

back as well as with a front door, is not strictly in accordance

with facts, seeing that six specimens of the nest sent with

the above-mentioned spiders are of the usual one-doored type.

Mr. Cambridge, indeed, mentions that only one of the two

specimens examined by him was provided with a posterior

door ; so that we must consider it to be the exception rather

than the rule in this species, as also in M, Dyer?, for there to

be a second trapdoor.

There can, 1 think, be no grave reasons for doubting that

the species under discussion was also described by Lenz as

M. Tidmarshi; in which case the name employed by

Mr. Cambridge has about six months’ priority, and the syno-

nymy may be set forth as follows :—

188 Mr, R. I. Pocock on new

Moggridgea Abrahams, Cambr. P. Z. S. 1889, p. 41 (published in

April).

Moggridgea Tidmarshi, Lenz, Zool. Anz. xii. p. 578, 1889 (published

in November).

PARAMIGAS, gen. nov.

‘arapace smooth and polished, moderately elevated, the

area between the fovea and the eyes horizontal, a little longer

than broad, the greatest width equal to the area between the

eyes and the posterior border; cephalic region a little wider

than the distance between its front border and the apex of

the fovea. ovea triangularly recurved, trifid as in Myrtale,

but each of the side-branches only equal in length to half the

width of the ocular area; the impressions at the inner ends

of the cephalic grooves shallow.

Ocular area transversely oblong, twice as wide as long, the

two lines about equal; the anterior slightly procurved, the

median eyes of the anterior row a little larger than the lateral,

round, separated by a space which is about equal to their

radius, but separated from the lateral, which are oval, by a

space almost equal to their diameter; the posterior lateral

eyes about as large as the anterior lateral and separated from

them by a narrow space, which is less than halt their short

diameter ; posterior median small, round, about half the size

of the lateral, with which they are almost in contact; distance

between the anterior lateral eye and the edge of the clypeus

equal to a little less than its long diameter.

Mandibles short, their upper surface rather abruptly sloped

downwards from the base, inner surface flat, outer surface

strongly inflated below ; the lower surface, which is fringed

externally and internally with long sete, armed with two

rows of teeth, 6 on the outer and 5 on the inner, those of the

latter row the largest, except for the posterior tooth of the

outer which is very long. ang closing obliquely inwards

and backwards, occupying a position intermediate between

that which is typical of the Mygalomorphe and the Arachno-

morphe; short, stout, with two cutting-edges, of which the

external is serrulate, and two strong crests running along its

convex surface.

Mazille with distinct though short apophysis, not hollowed

basally for the reception of the labium, with a thick scopula

along its anterior (inner) border, and the anterior half of its

lower surface covered from base to apex with about 50

scattered spicules.

Labium soldered with sternum and lying in almost the

same plane, the two separated by a smooth area, armed in its

Genera and Spectes of Trapdoor Spiders. 189

distal half with about 40 spicules arranged in from four to

six transverse rows.

Sternum piriform,’ flat, a little longer than wide, widest

between the coxe of the second and third legs, the scars

(impressions) indistinct; a pair of long oval indistinctly

defined scars in the posterior half of the plate and about as

far from each other as from the margins of the sternum.

Legs 4, 1, 2, 3, the first and second pair much stronger

than the third and fourth, and with their distal segments

(patella, tibia, &c.) furnished below with a clothing of long

woolly hairs; femora with normal hairs; the tibiee, protarsi,

and tarsi flat below, convex above, with a marginal external

and internal row of stout close-set spines; the third and

fourth legs not spiny, apically slender,and not flattened

below; all the legs furnished above with hairs arranged in

longitudinal lines; on the third leg the femur has a large

triangular membranous area in the distal part of its lower

surface ; the anterior surface of the patella 1s covered thickly

with short spiniform sete, and similar short spinules are to

be observed upon the distal end of the tibia, which has a

smooth, shallow, saddle-shaped depression at its proximal

end, and an upstanding ridge along its anterior edge.

The palpt resemble the legs of the first pair, but have no

woolly clothing below and only one spine upon the proximal

end of the inner edge of the tibia. Claw of left palp with a

strong basal tooth, of right unarmed (? broken) ; claws of

first and second legs with three teeth, of which the middle is

usually the strongest ; claws of third and fourth leg with one

long tooth, with an accessory basal denticle on the anterior

claw on the third leg.

Abdomen globular, covered with very fine short hairs.

Median spinners slender, nearly cylindrical; exterior short,

stout, with the basal segment longer than the second and

third, the second a little longer than the third and hemi-

spherical.

Paramigas subrufus, sp.n. (Pl. V. figs. 1-10.)

Colour. Carapace and limbs above of a rich reddish black ;

coxe and sterna clear yellowish red; tarsi deep, almost blood-

red; abdomen a deep bluish, greyish black.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of trunk 20, of

carapace 8°5, width 7:3; distance of fovea from anterior

margin 4°2 ; width of ocular area 3; length of one side of

angular fovea 1:3.

Loc. Senbendrana, near Tamatave, Madagascar (Majaster

Coll.).

190 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

This new genus, of which some of the characters given

may prove, when other species are discovered, to be merely of

specific value, is allied to Myrtale of Simon, of which but

one species also, M. Perrott, is known (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.

1891, p. 300). In many points, indeed, the two are so

strikingly alike that I was at first disposed to regard them as

the same. But the figure of the carapace of Myrtale, pub-

lished on p. 82 of vol. 1. of ‘ Hist. Nat. Araignées,’ makes such

a reference impossible ; for, if at all accurate, this figure shows

that the carapace and especially the head of Myrtale are

much narrower than in Paramigas, and that the branches of

the thoracic fovea are much longer, the external one, for

instance, being as wide as the ocular area. Simon also says

that the claws of the legs in Myrtale have only one tooth,

and that the labium is only spined at the apex, whereas in

Paramigas, at least, its distal half is spined.

With the two specimens of this species were received two

trapdoor-nests, evidently taken from the trunk of a tree.

One of these is short, its length from the hinge to the base

being only once and a half the width of the door and only a

little greater than the width of the nest ; the other one, how- ©

ever, is much longer, the length from the hinge being twice

the width of the door. The doors are of the wafer type, and

are covered, like the sides and upper surface, with moss,

lichen, and pieces of bark.

MICROMESOMMA, gen. nov.

Nearly allied to Paramigas, Moggridgea, and Myrtale.

Carapace resembling that of Paramigas in having the

cephalic sulci well developed, but the fovea, which is so deep

in Moggridgea, shallow ; posterior portion of carapace marked

with three pairs of marginal impressions; the median im-

pression of the fovea not so deep as in Paramigas.

Eyes arranged as in Paramigas, but the anterior median

less than half the size of the anterior lateral, which are rela-

tively enormous and nearly spherical; the distance between

the anterior median eyes about equal to their diameter ;

posterior laterals minute, barely half the size of the anterior

medians, and noticeably smaller than the posterior medians,

which, although elongate, are about as large as the anterior

medians.

Mandibles, maaille, labium, and sternum as in Paramigas,

but the sternum distinctly less narrowed between the coxe of

the first pair of legs; cove of the second and third legs

armed posteriorly at the base with a distinct cluster of

spinules ; indications of these on the coxe of the first leg.

Genera and Species of Trapdoor Spiders. 191

Legs and palpi as in Paramigas, but the legs not woolly

beneath ; the impression of the upper surface of the tibia

of the third deeper, atid a cluster of spinules at the distal end

of the upper surface of the first and second tibiz; a couple

of slender spines on the lower surface of the protarsus of the

fourth ; claws of first and second legs armed with a couple of

long teeth, those of the third leg with one long tooth and a

small one behind it, that on the fourth with one long tooth.

Abdomen and spinners as in Paramigas.

Micromesomma Cowani, sp. n.

Colour deep yellowish brown throughout, a little paler

below ; abdomen blackish grey.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of trunk 16:5,

of carapace 5:5, width of latter 5; length of first leg 11, of

second 10, of third 9°5, of fourth 13.

Loc. Central Madagascar (Rev. Deans Cowan).

THYROP@US, gen. nov.

Carapace very slightly longer than wide, smooth, with

cephalic region high, wide, and convex, with the sides nearly

perpendicularly sloped, widest between the coxee of the second

pair of legs, very strongly narrowed backward from this

point. Fovea as in Paramigas, but not angular, only lightly

recurved, the median impression projecting further back-

wards than the lateral; the cephalic sulcus and impressions

shallow. Ocular area very wide, half the length of the cara-

pace and about twice the width of the fovea; eyes of anterior

row straight, of posterior row slightly recurved and not so

wide ; all the eyes small, the lateral particularly being in-

distinct ; the median eyes on a very low tubercle, separated

by a space which is slightly larger than their diameter, but

which is barely one third of the space between them and the

lateral, which are smaller and very narrow, almost linear ;

the posterior lateral also nearly linear, separated from the

anterior lateral and from the posterior median by spaces which

are a little greater than the distance between the anterior

medians; the posterior median eyes a little smaller than the

anterior median. Clypeus very large, its length equal to the

distance between an anterior median and anterior lateral eye.

Mandibles constructed as in Paramigas, but relatively

stronger; the inferior edge armed externally with 3 or 4

strong teeth and internally with 4; the space between them

finely denticulate; some of the sete on the inner surface

192 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

of the mandible at the base of the fang stiff and spiniform ;

external edge of fang not serrulate.

Mawille furnished with a long distal apophysis; a few

long slender spinules interraixed with the hairs of the scopula

extending along its anterior edge.

Labium large, conical, its width at the base equal to its

length, armed only at the apex with spinules; united with

the sternum, but separated from it by a conspicuous, trans-

verse, smooth, pale, shallow depression.

Sternum cordiform, but less narrowed in front than in

Paramigas, its width between the coxe of first legs greater

than half its greatest width between the coxe of the second

and third pairs. 'T'wo very conspicuous scars *, consisting of

short crescentic impressions in the anterior half of the sternum,

about as distant from each other as each is from the edge;

the rest of the impressions obsolete.

Palpi and anterior two pairs of legs as in Paramigas, but

not woolly below, and the tibia of the palp with several

spines on its inner edge ; the third and fourth pairs, however,

much stronger than the first and second, as in Pachylomerus,

Idiops, &e.; femur of the third almost wholly membranous

below, its tibia deeply impressed at the base and shorter

than the patella when measured along the upper surface ;

claws of first two pairs of legs armed, as in Paramigas, with

one large and one or two smaller teeth; those of the third

and fourth pairs armed with one enormous tooth, which is

as large almost as the curved half of the principal claw ;

anterior claw of the fourth smaller than the posterior and

directed forwards ; the inferior claw on the third leg small.

Abdomen and spinners as in Paramigas.

Thyropeus mirandus, sp.n. (Pl. V. figs. 2-2 6.)

Colour. Carapace olive-brown; legs blacker; anterior

coxe and anterior part of sternum deep brown, posterior part

of sternum and posterior cox# much paler; abdomen brownish

rey.

: Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of trunk 43,

of carapace 18; width of carapace 16°5; distance of fovea

from anterior border 11 ; width of ocular area 8-5; length of

clypeus 3; length of palp 20, of first leg 30, of second 28, of

third 28, of fourth 35.

* Typically, or, rather, primitively, in spiders of this group there seem

to have been four pairs of sternal scars placed close to the cox of the

palpi and first three pairs of legs. Those opposite the palpi become the

groove between the labium and the sternum.

Genera and Species of Trapdoor Spiders. 193

A single female specimen from South Central Madagascar

(J. Last. Coll.) .

This is, perhaps, one of the best-marked genera of trap-

door spiders that has been described for some years. . Unfor-

tunately nothing is known for certain of its habits; but,

from its structural features, there can be little doubt that it

resembles Moggridgea, Myr tale, and Paramigas in building

its home on the trunks of trees. But, although approaching

the genera just mentioned in many par ticulars, it yet presents

many points of likeness, although perhaps not in every case

of affinity, with many other genera of Ctenizide. For in-

stance, its small.scattered eyes remind us of Hriodon, its

maxillary apophyses recall those of Stas¢mopus, and its long

clypeus suggests the same area in Bothriocyrtum.

NEOCTENIZA, gen. nov.

Carapace polished, sparsely hairy ; fovea deep, transverse ;

cephalic region strongly elevated and convex; ocular area

wide and transverse ; eyes rather scattered, hier median

the smallest of the set, separated by a space which is greater

than their diameter and barely half the distance between these

eyes and the anterior lateral; the two lateral eyes subequal

in size and separated by a space which about equals their

short diameter, the posterior median larger than the anterior

median and nearly midway between them and the posterior

lateral; anterior line of eyes slightly procurved, posterior

slightly recurved and a little wider. Clypeus narrow, sloped,

and bristly

Mandibles furnished apically with glistening red hairs,

which become spiniform below; the ‘apophysis long and

armed with half a dozen or more strong and longish teeth ; its

lower border armed with two rows of about six or seven teeth,

which become intermingled behind; fang for the most part

smooth and polished.

Mazille \onger than wide, with a conical distal apophysis,

internally scopulate, below covered with spiniform sete, but

only furnished with about a couple of denticles on the front

edge of the proximal surface.

Labium conical, convex, armed only with stout sete, its

two sides continuing the slope of the sides of the sternum.

Sternum widest just behind the coxe of the second legs,

strongly narrowed forwards from this point, its anterior part

marked with a deep longitudinal groove, which is continuous

with the groove defining the labium, and forms with it a

Y-shaped suleus. The sternal scars very indistinct, the an-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. Io

194 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new

terior pair small, close to the edge of the sternum, the

remaining two pairs represented by indistinct elongate naked

areas extending from near the edge towards the centre of the

sternum.

Legs: third and fourth pairs stronger than first and second

pairs; tarsi and protarsi of first and second pairs thickly

and strongly spined on their margins, scantily hairy below ;

tibie of the legs furnished with a few spines in the same

position ; in the third leg the femur is enormously stout, 1ts

width being about three quarters of its length; the patella

thickly covered in front and above with stout short spines,

forming a regular comb along the distal -border; the tibia

also, which is much shorter than the patella, armed in the

same way in front and above with two clusters of spines ;

protarsus much thinner than the tibia, armed above with two

series of spines and one long distal spine below; tarsus un-

armed ; femur of fourth leg armed apically above and ante-

riorly with a small cluster of spines; patella with a few

spines intermingled with sete, tibia unarmed except for a

few setiform spines below; protarsus armed with many long

spines; tarsus unarmed; claws armed with one very long

tooth, behind which on the third and fourth leg there is an

additional spinule and one in front of it on the anterior claw

of the first and second leg; the inferior claw long and strong.

Palp with tarsal segment strongly spined from base to

apex without and within; a number of spines, too, on the

anterior aspect of the tibia and a few on its posterior aspect.

Genital plate mesially thick, horny, and black.

Spinners conical, the basal segment longer than the two

distal segments, of which the apical is the shorter.

This genus is most nearly allied to Cyrtocarenum, but

certainly differs in the width of the ocular area and in the

form of its sternal impressions.

Neocteniza Sclatert, sp.n. (PL. V. figs. 3-3 d.)

Colour yellowish brown on the carapace and limbs, blackish

grey upon the abdomen,

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length of trunk 14°5,

of carapace 6°5, width of latter 5-5; length of first leg 10, of

second 10, of third 10:5, of fourth 13-2.

Loc. Demerara. A single female example obtained by

Mr. W. L. Sclater.

. ANEMESIA, gen. nov. (Pl. V. fig. 4.)

Allied to Nemesia, Hermacha, and Rhachias in having the

Genera and Species of Trapdoor Spiders. 195

claws furnished with two rows of teeth, the posterior tarsi

hairy and not spined, and the space between the lateral eyes

narrow. ‘Tarsal claw*obsolete on the legs of the first pair,

distinct on the others. Maxille armed basally on the inner

side with a cluster of spinules. The posterior sternal im-

pressions, @. e. those corresponding to the legs of the third

pair, elongated, large, about twice as far from each other as

from the lateral margin; the impressions opposite the second

legs small, but removed from the margin.

Clypeus narrow, but vertical. yes not raised on a

tubercle ; the ocular area large and transverse ; anterior line of

eyes slightly procurved; lateral eyes larger than anterior

median. Fovea deep, transverse.

Mandibles without anterior angular prominence ; the margin

above the base of the fang armed with a thick cluster of

setiform spines, without the thick spines observable in

Nemesia; tang long, distinctly geniculate at the base.

Type Nemesia tubifex, Poc. Tr. Linn. Soe., Zool. v. pt. 3,

pp. 112, 113, pl. xii. fig. 2, from Gulran.

According to Dr. Aitchison this species does not close the

aperture of its burrow with a movable lid. In this particular

it differs from all the known species of Nemesia.

Genus AcTINopUS, Perty.

Actinopus Hartt, sp. n.

Colour. Carapace greenish chestnut, mandibles rather

darker ; abdomen greyish black above, pale at the sides and

below ; femora of legs and palpi the same colour as the cara-

pace ; the rest of the segments clear yellowish red; sternum

and cox pale yellow; maxilla and labium reddish brown.

Eyes apparently as in A, scalops of Simon, the anterior and

posterior rows equal in width; the anterior row almost straight,

with a slight procurvature; posterior row recurved; eyes of

the latter row close together, the median subequal to or a

little smaller than the lateral; anterior lateral larger than

median and separated from the edge of the clypeus by a space

which evidently exceeds their diameter; median eyes sepa-

rated from each other by a space which about equals their

diameter, and from the laterals by a space about four times as

reat.

Mandibles smooth above externally, hairy internally ; hairs

stouter above the base of the fang; the apical process (ras-

tellum) long, more than a third of the length of the fang,

studded with blunt short processes, which are longer on its

inner edge at the apex ; fang stout, four-sided, striate ; lower

196 On new Genera and Species of Trapdoor Spiders.

edge of mandible furnished with an external edge of 6 stout

blunt teeth and an inner one of 4 or 5, of which the apical is

the stronger, and on the inner side of the latter row with two

irregular rows of smaller teeth.

Labium long, conical, thickly clothed in its distal half with

stout hairs, amongst which at the apex there is a thick cluster

of spinules, which appear to have arisen from the fracture of

stout sete. Maxille all along their inner border clothed with

sete intermixed with spinules.

Sternum with a deep smooth median depression on its ante-

rior half; from the posterior end of this three pairs of shallower

impressions, representing the normal muscular scars, radiate in

the direction of the coxee of the first, second, and third legs.

Falpi as long as the legs of the first pair, but stouter ;

patella armed with a few spines amongst the sete on its inner

surface; the tibia and tarsus with an external and internal

cluster of stout short spines, which are much more numerous

on the tarsus. In the first and second legs the tarsi and pro-

tarsi are armed like the tarsus of the palp; the tibia of the

first has from 8 to 12 spines in front and about the same

number behind, of which the two lowest are the longest ;

tibia of second leg with from 1 to 3 spines in front and a

cluster of spinules behind, of which one of the lower is very

long. Patella and tibia of third marginally spined above,

the protarsus and tarsus also thickly spined, especially poste-

riorly ; patella of the fourth spinulose in front ; tibia unarmed,

protarsus with a few long spines anteriorly in its distal half ;

tarsus also thickly spined in front. Claws of palp unarmed ;

of leg with a single basal tooth, which is smaller on the

posterior legs.

Measurements in millimetres of type specimen.—Total

length of trunk 23, of carapace 10, width 9°5; length of

appendages from base of femur: of palp 17, of first leg 17°2,

second leg 17:5, third leg 18, fourth leg 22°5.

Loc. Trinidad (J. H. Hart).

In the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xi. p. 409, I identified

the specimens here described as A. scalops, Simon (Ann. Soc.

Ent. Fr. 1889, p. 177); but the figure that I gave of the

nest (pl. xix. fig. 3), with its peculiarly thickened hinge, does

not tally with that of the nest of A. scalops published by

Simon. The specific characters, too, of scalops do not. seem

applicable to S. Hartii. For instance, we are led to infer

that the tibia of the second leg is unarmed in front and that

the tibia of the first has fewer spines in scalops than in Hartt.

It is interesting to record that in young specimens 11 millim.

in length the spme-armature of the appendages is weaker and

On a new Species of Squirrel from Central Africa. 197

the anterior lateral eyes are close to the edge of the clypeus

and are relatively larger, and that the anterior line of eyes 1s

slightly wider than the*posterior. The young thus seem to

occupy the same relations towards the adult that valenciana,

Sim., does towards scalops.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Paramigas subrufus, gen. et sp. n., 2, nat. size.

‘igs. la, 16. Ditto. Two views of nest. ;

Fig. 2. Thyropeus mirandus, gen. et sp. n., 2, nat. size.

Fig.2a. Ditto. Sternum.

ig. 26. Ditto. Maxilla,

Fig. 3. Neocteniza Sclateri, gen. et sp. u. Eyes (lateral eyes a little too

prominent).

Fig. 3a. Ditto. Side view of carapace.

Fig. 36. Ditto, Labium and part of sternum.

Fig. 4. Anemesia tubifex (Poc.), gen. nov. Sternum.

_ XXIX.—Description of a new Species of Squirrel from

Central Africa. By W. E. pE WInTon.

By the kind permission of the authorities of the British

Museum | have been enabled to examine the series of African

Squirrels in the National Collection ; and though I contem-

plate publishing full notes later on, I now describe one species

the distinctiveness of which has hitherto been overlooked.

The specimens were obtained by Emin Pasha, and I name

the species in his honour.

Sciurus Emini, sp. n.

In form and general distribution of colour resembling

S. pyrrhopus (. Cuv.), but considerably smaller in size and

much plainer in colouring. ‘The outer-fur of the back and

sides is black, with a subterminal band of golden olive, the

soft under-tur being slate-black tipped with golden brown; a

very narrow pale stripe on either side runs from the shoulder

to the hip, formed by the outer-fur of this part lacking the

black tips; the sides of the face from the nose to the ears,

embracing the eyes, the fore and hind limbs, foxy red, the

border-lines not sharply detined; the crown of the head and

front of the face more rufous than the back, the hairs being

still black but banded with reddish instead of golden olive ;

the jowl is yellowish ; the chin orange ; the throat, belly, and

inner side of legs, white more or less suffused with red, the

inner side of the hind legs being orange-rufous save for the

under-fur, which is always white; there is no sharp line

198 Geological Society.

between the colours of the upper- and underparts ; tail as in

the other members of the group; the fur is extremely soft.

In the female the colours are not so bright, and the red on

the underparts is almost wanting.

Measurements of the type, in skin (g) :—

millim.

lead tid (G0 ys sh. hascer siciaete opie 188

Hind foot without claw...........-.. 43

Rail (irpken), 05 cere meres 0s oxen —

Tail of female without fur............ 143

WILDSTUr te. tnt. s ciateeets 180

” ”

Hab. 'Tingasi, Monbuttu.

Specimens examined :—

Brit. Mus. 87.12.1.38. ¢. Killed 16.9.83. (Type.)

age oO Cees oy LOO.Bo,

These specimens were mentioned by Mr. Oldfield Thomas

(P. Z. 8S. 1888, p. 9) under S. pyrrhopus, with a note saying

that Tingasi was by far the most easterly recorded locality

for the species ; also (P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 447) under S. pyrrho-

pus typicus (parti).

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

April 3, 1895.—Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘On a Comparison of the Permian Freshwater Lamellibranchiata

from Russia with those from the Karoo Formation of Africa.’ By

Dr. Wladimir Amalitsky, Professor of Geology in Warsaw Uni-

versity.

The freshwater shells from the Russian Permian deposits be-

longing to the genus Palwomutela are also known from the Karoo

Beds of South and Central Africa, as pointed out by the Author in

1892. He has recently had the opportunity of studying the actual

specimens from the Karoo Beds, and finds in them species of the

groups Paleomutela Inostranzewr, P. Keyserlingi, P. Verneuilit, and

P. Murchisoni ; also of a new genus, the forms of which he had

previously referred to Naiadites, Dawson. All these groups are

found also in Russia, and he gives a list of species found in the

upper horizons (A, B, and C) of the Permian beds of Russia and in

the Karoo beds. These upper beds of Russia have been determined

by the Author as the freshwater equivalents of the Zechstein ; con-

sequently the Beaufort Beds of the Karoo Series, if considered as the

Geological Society. 199

homotaxial equivalent of the European strata referred to above,

should be regarded as Upper Permian. The Upper Permian group

of freshwater lamellibranchiata of Russia, which bears traces of

genetic relationship with the Carboniferous Anthracosidee, and which

was already well represented in Permo-Carboniferous and Lower

Permian times, is, according to the Author, much older than the

African fauna of the Beaufort Beds. These may be concluded to

have migrated from Russia, the Gondwana Beds of India having

probably been the connecting-link between all these deposits.

The Author gives a description of the fossils of the Karoo Series

which he has examined, including a diagnosis of the new genus in

which he places the fossils already alluded to as having been pre-

viously referred to the genus Naiadites.

April 24, 1895.—Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘Supplementary Notes on the Systematic Position of the Trilo-

bites.’ By H. M. Bernard, Esq, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8.

Since the publication of a paper by the Author in the ‘ Quarterly

Journal of the Geological Society’ for 1894, two important papers

by Dr. Beecher have appeared, giving details as to the structure and

appendages of T'riarthrus.

In the present paper the Author discusses in detail the more

recent discoveries in the light of the affinity between Apus and the

trilobites, and endeavours to show how the results obtained by

Dr. Beecher bear on the larger question as to the suggested origin

of both of these animals from a cheetopod annelid modified in

adaptation to a new manner of feeding.

May 22, 1895.—Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘On a Human Skull and Limb-bones found in the Palolithie

Terrace-Gravels at Galley Hill, Kent.’ By E. T. Newton, Esq.,

F.RS., F.GS.,

A human skull with lower jaw and parts of the limb-bones were

obtained by Mr. R. Elliott from the high-terrace gravels at

Galley Hill, in which numerous Paleolithic implements have been

found.

The skull is extremely long and narrow, its breadth-index being

about 64, it is hyperdolichocephalic ; it is likewise much depressed,

having a height-index of about 67. The small extent of the cranium

in both height and width shows that it has undergone little or no

post-mortem compression, although it has become somewhat twisted

indrying. The supraciliary ridges are large, the forehead somewhat

receding, the probole prominent, and the occiput flattened below.

All the chief sutures are obliterated. Three lower molars and two

premolars are in place and are well worn, the three molars being as

200 Geological Society.

nearly as possible equal in size. The limb-bones indicate an indi-

vidual about 5 ft. 1 in. in height.

These remains are compared with the fossil human relics which —

have been found in Britain and on the Continent of Europe, as well

as with the dolichocephalic races now living, and their relations to

the ‘Spy,’ ‘ River-bed,’ ‘ Long-barrow,’ ‘ Eskimo,’ and other types

are pointed out.

The gravels, in which these human bones were found, overlie the

Chalk at a height of about 90 feet above the Thames, and are about

10 feet thick. They form part of the high-terrace gravels extending

from Dartford Heath to Northfleet, and their Palolithic age is

shown by the numerous implements which have been found in them,

as well as by the mammalian remains which have been met with

in similar beds near by, although not at Galley Hill. The human

bones were seen in situ by Mr. R. Elliott and Mr. Matthew Heys,

both of whom, in letters, speak positively as to the undisturbed

condition of the 8 feet of gravel which overlay the bones when

discovered.

2. *On some Foraminifera of Rhextic Age, from Wedmore in

Somerset.’ By Frederick Chapman, Esq., F.R.M.S. (Communi-

cated by Prof. T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., F.G.S.)

1. The Author has examined six samples of clays and limestones

from different horizons ; these were collected by Mr. W. A. Sanford,

F.G.S., from a quarry south-east of the village of Wedmore, which

has yielded Megalosaurian remains. The rocks in this quarry are

regularly stratified, and characteristic Rheetic fossils have been

obtained from them by Mr, Sanford.

2. The microscopical details of the various clay-washings are

given, and the great abundance of some forms of the acervuline

foraminifer Stacheia is noticed, included amongst which are forms

that have been previously described under the name of ‘ Psammo-

siphon’ by Vine, and ‘ Plaques de Rayonnés’ and ‘ Asteracanthion’

by MM. Terquem and Berthelin; the former occurring in Silurian

strata, and the latter in the Lias. The Rhetic examples of the genus

Stacheia have numerous aggregated crystals of zeolites (?), of which

however only impressions remain, included in the material of the

tests.

3. In a comparison made with the foraminiferal faune of the

older and younger rocks respectively, the Rheetic fauna shows

marked affinities with both the Upper Paleozoic and the Liassie

facies.

The bathymetrical aspect of the foraminifera from Wedmore is,

generally speaking, that of a shallow-water deposit. The genus

Stacheia is represented so abundantly in some of these Rheetie rocks

that the fossils constitute distinct layers in the beds of clay in which

they are found. Stacheta appears to resemble Polytrema in refer-

ence to its habitat, and also in the microscopical structure of its

test, with the exception that Stacheia includes in the test-wall

minute sand-grains and other foreign material.

Miscellaneous. 201

4. Twenty-six species of foraminifera, chiefly of arenaceous

. types, are described, nine of which are new forms, viz.: Haplo-

phragmium rheticum, Ammodiscus awriculus, A. fusiformis, Nodo-

sinella wedmoriensis, Stacheia intermedia, NS. triradiata, S. dispansa,

S. cuspidata, and Truncatulina stelligera.

MISCELLANEOUS.

A Query as to the Synonymy of Rhysota Armiti, Smith,

By C. Heptzy, F.L.S.

TuosE who have had occasion to deal with the revision of species,

either fauna by fauna or region by region, have observed that

when an author has described a species without figuring it suc-

ceeding writers on the same subject have frequently renamed such

species, but that when the first reporter also gave a figure of his

species such usually escaped the infliction of synonymy. Thus Gray

first received several common New-Zealand land-shells and gave

unfigured descriptions of them; Gould and Pfeiffer succeeded him

in the study of this fauna, and gave several of his species new

names. Again, Brazier was the first to name, without illustrations,

several common Papuan forms; but Tapparone Canefri, who wrote

-later on a collection from the identical localities, so failed to under-

stand his predecessor that he renamed most of them. It was once

remarked by Dr. P. P. Carpenter that, ‘with the best desires for

accuracy and the greatest care, it is hardly possible for an author to

so describe that his readers shall see shells as he sees them.”

These reflections are suggested by a perusal of Mr. E. A. Smith’s

article ‘‘ Descriptions of new Species of Land-Shells from New Guinea”

(A. & M. N. H. 1895, xv. pp. 230-233), and especially a description

therein contained of Rthysota Armiti, sp.n. As I have endeavoured to

show, no positive identification can be made from any mere descrip-

tion, even from one as good as Mr. Smith’s invariably are. With

this reservation, I should conclude that examples of my R. flyensis

(P. L. 8. N.S. W. (2) vi. p. 71) stood for this literary portrait—

because, firstly, I have received from Capt. Armit and recorded (op.

cit. (ix.) p. 390) from Mount Maneao (not Maneau, as Mr. Smith

writes) specimens of /. flyensis; secondly, because size alone, a

variable feature in this genus, appears the only written discrepancy

in the descriptions of each ; and, thirdly, Mr. Smith seems in com-

paring Armiti with hercules to be unaware of the existence of

flyensis.

The Breeding-habits of the Crayfish. By E, A. AnpRrews.

The breeding-habits of the European crayfish, Astacus, have been

studied and recorded; but nothing is known of the processes of

conjugation in the American species.

A study of Cambarus affinis kept in confinement shows that con-

jugation takes place in the autumn and in the spring, and that it

differs in important respects from what is known in Astacus.

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 14

202 Miscellaneous.

That peculiar organ of the female, the annulus, proves to be an

essential secondary sexual character. The male passes the sperm

into the cavity of the annulus of the female, and does not distribute

it elsewhere. The annulus, then, serves as a sperm-receptacle, and

thus corresponds to the similarly situated organ described by

Bumpus as a sperm-receptacle in the lobster, Homarus americanus.

The well-known hooks on the ischiopodites of the third walking-legs

of the male serve to hold the two animals firmly together, and are

necessary secondary sexual organs. They are hooked over the firm

ridges on the basipodites of the fourth legs of the female.

The special instincts and actions of the male and female are

complex, and are very accurately interadjusted to secure the depo-

sition of sperm in the annulus. The male, at a definite stage in

the process of conjugation, passes either the right or the left fifth

walking-leg across below his thorax in such a way as to support and

guide the first and second pleopods, or intromittent apparatus, and

thus secure effective function.

In the only case in which eggs were laid the sperm was removed

from the annulus by the female soon after laying; the eggs, how-

ever, did not develop; various conditions were abnormal.—Johns

Hopkins University Circulars, vol. xiv. no. 119, p. 74.

The Breeding-habits of the Earthworms. By EK. A, ANDREWS.

The only detailed and accurate account of the complex phenomena

of mutual conjugation in earthworms is that given by Hering for

the European Lumbricus terrestris.

In studying the much smaller Allolobophora fetida I find that it

conjugates beneath the surface, and cannot therefore be directly

observed.

Momentary immersion in boiling corrosive sublimate or boiling

water followed by Perenyi’s liquid preserves the conjugating indi-

viduals in the natural position, so that they may be studied by

dissection and by the serial section method.

This study shows that the process is essentially as in Lumbricus.

The union is, however, a much firmer and more intimate one, each

individual being almost completely enveloped by the clitellum of the

other, and firmly fastened to it by a stout enveloping case of mucus.

An important anatomical difference—the fact that the sperm-

receptacles of Allolobophora open on to the dorsal surface, and not

on to the ventral surface as they do in Lumbricus—necessitates a

change in our conception of the method of sperm-transfer. The

peculiar muscular contractions of the clitellum described by Hering

are obviously insufficient to explain the filling of these dorsal sperm-

receptacles, and we must apparently suppose there is some aspirating

action of the receptacles involved in the process.

Light is also thrown upon the question of the origin of the so-

called spermatophores, or “ penes” of the older writers.

The sections show that they are formed opposite the openings of

the vasa deferentia. Each is a secretion of skin-glands poured out

from the lips of the vas deferens, and adhering firmly to the body of

Miscellaneous. 203

the opposite animal, about the region of the twenty-first somite.

Each is filled with a mass of sperm that issues from the vas deferens.

The idea advanced by Vejdovsky—that the spermatophores in

Lumbricus are formed from the sperm-receptacles—does not hold in

Allolobophora. A renewed study of Lumbricus terrestris by the

above method of hardening in situ with boiling water and Perenyi’s

liquid shows that here also the spermatophores are opposite the vasa

deferentia.

Until reasons for other views are given we may tentatively hold

that the spermatophores in terrestrial Oligochete are not of the

importance they assume elsewhere, but that they are to a large

extent accidental results of secretions taking place during conjuga-

tion, and that they play no part in the subsequent processes leading

to fertilization of the eggs.—Johns Hopkins University Circulars,

vol. xiv. no. 119, p. 74.

Note on the Origin of the Bell-Nucleus in Physalia.

By Serraro Goro.

At the beginning of the present academic year Dr. Brooks kindly

placed at my disposal specimens of Physalia, which had been col-

lected and preserved by him some years ago, with the desire that I

should make a study of them, with special reference to the nature

of the so-called female gonophores (Haeckel). I also had occasion

to make observations on the development of the male gonophores ;

and it has turned out that there is a peculiar feature in the forma-

tion of the bell-nucleus to which attention has, so far as I know,

never been called. In this short preliminary note I propose to

describe the process briefly. In the accompanying diagram I have

Longitudinal section of a young male gonophore.

E L, entodermal lamella; G N, germ-nucleus.

represented a longitudinal section of an early stage in the develop-

ment of the male gonophore. In this particular specimen the

204 Miscellaneous.

bell-nucleus forms a flattened conical mass; but in most other

specimens that have come under my observation it is more elon-

gated at this stage. The migration of the germ-nuclei have already

begun. These are characterized by having their chromatic substance

concentrated in a comparatively small number of large pieces, one of

which usually occupies the centre of the nucleus and is larger than

the rest, while the others are in most cases situated close to the

nuclear membrane. The germ-nuclei are, as a rule, considerably

larger than those of the ordinary entodermal cells and are spherical

in form. In the accompanying diagram four germ-nuclei have

already passed into the bell-nucleus, and a fifth is just passing the

supporting layer.

Now the point to which I wish to call special attention is the

formation of the bell-nucleus by the wandering in of interstitial cells

from the ectoderm. This fact I believe to have satisfactorily proved,

at least to myself, by a comparison of a large number of sections.

I have never seen any of the definitive ectoderm-cells undergoing

mitosis; but, on the contrary, the interstitial cells can be observed

in all stages of migration to form the bell-nucleus. In the section

from which the accompanying diagram has been drawn a stream of

protoplasm could be observed around many of the migrating nuclei ;

and in most of the sections numerous interstitial cells with amceboid

processes are everywhere present in the ectoderm of the gonophoral

bud. This indicates that they are in active migration. I believe

also that some of the interstitial cells divide in the gonophore, for

in some sections I have observed spherical nuclei with a vesicular

appearance and with a small number of large chromatin pieces.

This I take to be an indication that they are undergoing recon-

struction from a recent mitosis. Two such nuclei are drawn in the

diagram at the entrance of the bell-nucleus.

The youngest stage of the so-called female gonophore that I have

been able to obtain was far more advanced than the male gono-

phore represented in the diagram. The cavity of the bell-nucleus

has been formed and is lined by a distinct epithelium of columnar

cells. But exactly the same process that takes place in the male

gonophore can be observed to occur with even greater distinctness.

The interstitial cells of the ectoderm crowd in towards the entrance

of the bell-nucleus, and are there seen to arrange themselves one by

one into a distinct epithelium, and form a part of the lining of the

cavity of the bell-nucleus. In the so-called female gonophore the

cells that have wandered in and formed a part of the epithelium

afterwards undergo repeated division, while in the male gonophore

no such has been observed.

It seems to me that Physalia presents in this respect an inter-

mediate stage between those forms in which the bell-nucleus is

formed as a solid niass of cells from the ectoderm and such form as

Coryne pusilla, in which, according to Weismann, cells migrate

singly into the endoderm and there form the bell-nucleus afterwards.

—Johns Hopkins University Circulars, vol. xiv. no. 119, p. 80.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 93. SEPTEMBER 1895.

XXX.—Notes on Amphipoda, old and new.

By the Rev. Tuomas R. R. Stepsrna, M.A.

[Plates VIII.-X. }

THE family Photide was divided in Boeck’s system into three

subfamilies—Photine, Leptocheirine, and Microdeutopine.

Though the name Microdeutopus alludes to the peculiarity of

the animal’s second gnathopods being smaller than the first,

the Microdeutopine included species in which the first gnatho-

pods are smaller than the second. For this and other reasons

explained in the ‘ Challenger’ Amphipoda, p. 1062, and Sars’s

*Crustacea of Norway,’ p. 538, it has seemed desirable to

relinquish Boeck’s subdivision of the family. Della Valle, in

his ‘Gammarini,’ p. 351, carries the process of amalgamation

further, and unites the Photids and the Podocerid in one

rather unwieldy family with the Corophiide. It is quite true

that the three families are intimately related, but it is certainly

a matter of convenience to keep them separate, and for this

purpose the dorso-ventrally depressed body in the Corophiide

and the hooked uropods in the Podoceride are useful cha-

racters, neither of them being present in the Photide. To

borrow the words which Professor 'T’. Thorell uses on a similar

occasion—“ 'l'he groups are on the whole and in their typical

forms sufficiently different to deserve their separate denomina-

tions and the rank in the system which it has hitherto been

customary to give them.”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 15

206 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on

Our present concern is with that section of the Photide in

which the first gnathopods are larger than the second, espe-

cially in the male sex.

In Aora the first gnathopod of the male has the fourth

joint greatly produced, so as, in combination with the long

finger, to make the limb complexly subchelate.

In Microdeutopus it is the fifth joint, instead of the fourth,

which is produced to meet the finger.

In Stimpsonella (the name proposed by Della Valle for

Spence Bate’s preoccupied Stempsonia) the first gnathopod

agrees with that of Microdeutopus, but the second gnathopod

has the prehensile angle of the sixth joint more or less pro-

duced. Bate and Westwood (vol. i. p. 284) say :-—‘¢ This

genus probably bears too close a resemblance to Microdeutopus

to be retained as generically distinct.” Sars also (‘ Crus-

tacea of Norway,’ p. 540) remarks that it is closely allied to

Microdeutopus, “ and should, perhaps, more properly be com-

bined with it.’ An opinion to the same effect is rather more

decidedly expressed in the ‘ Challenger’ Amphipoda, p. 334.

One is the more encouraged in regarding the character on

which Stimpsonella is founded as of not more than specific

value, because Della Valle distinguishes his own Autonoé

spintventris from two other species of the same genus by the

mark that it has the prehensile angle of the first gnathopods

in the male not prolonged, whereas in the other two species it

is prolonged into a spiniform process. It may be noticed

that on page 400 of Della Valle’s work ‘‘ gnatopodi poste-

riori”’ is merely a misprint for ‘ gnatopodi anteriori.” But

in closely related forms a difference cannot consistently be

given generic value in one gnathopod if it has only specific

importance in the other.

In Autonoé, as it is commonly called, the first gnathopods

of the male are simply instead of complexly subchelate, there

being no process either of the fourth or the fifth joint to meet

the finger. Here, too, the sixth joint is as broad and as large

as the fifth, which is far from being the case in Microdeutopus.

As regards the name of the genus, it seems clear that the

discarded Lembos ought to be restored. Under this name,

published without description in 1856, a genus was instituted

by Spence Bate in 1857 with four species, of which some

indeed belong to the earlier Microdeutopus, but one of them,

Lembos Websterti, has been referred alike by Boeck, Sars, and

Della Valle to Autonoé. Now Autonoé was not instituted by

Bruzelius before 1859. ‘To it he ascribed six species, two of

which he wrongly supposed to be new, while the whole set

belonged in fact to no less than five already established genera.

old and new Amphipoda. 207

The definition which he gave of the genus was so compre-

hensive, therefore, as to be practically no definition at all.

As five of his species could not fail to be distributed among

the genera Aora, Microdeutopus, Gammaropsis, and Proto-

medeia, the only one left to be the type of the new genus was

that which he calls Awtonoé longipes (Lilljeborg). The

minutely accurate observation of Sars distinguishes this by

some rather small differences from the Lembos Websterii of

Spence Bate, which Della Valle considers to be a synonym

of it. The last-named author recognizes the inadequacy of

the definitions given both by Bate and Bruzelius, but assigns

the preference to the name Autonoé, because in 1870 it was

redefined satisfactorily by Boeck. This is introducing into

the rules of nomenclature a new principle which might lead

to much confusion. Awtonoé having become a synonym of

the earlier Lembos, it was not open to Boeck to make a choice

between the two. His reagon for giving the preference to

Autonoé may have rested on a misapprehension that Lembos

had lapsed as a synonym of Microdeutopus, an error in which

he has been followed by several writers. The genus Lembos

will now contain the species Websteri’, Bate, longipes (Lillje-

borg), megacheir (Sars), arcticus (Hansen), spiniventris

(Della Valle), philacantha and kerguelent from the ‘ Chal-

lenger’ expedition, possibly, as Sars has suggested, tenuis

(Dana), and, lastly, a new species to be presently described.

Lembos hirsutipes, sp. n. (Pls. VIII. & IX. B.)

The first side-plates in the male subacutely produced, sub-

rhomboidal in the female. The third pleon-segment with

the postero-lateral angles scarcely rounded.

The eyes are small. The first antenne have a rather long

and stout first joint, the remainder being broken off in all the

specimens. In the second antenne the third Joint is less than

once and a half as long as it is deep, much deeper than the

fourth joint, which is as long as the first of the upper pair ;

the fifth joint is a little shorter than the fourth. The flagellum

of four or five joints scarcely equals the length of the fifth

joint of the peduncle. The mouth-organs do not appear to

offer any distinctive features.

First Gnathopod.—In the male the second joint is broad,

with a brush of very long sete at the distal end of the

hind margin, as in Lembos longipes (Lilljeborg) ; the small

third joint has distally a transverse row of sete, the fourth

has two small groups on the hind margin, and the fifth has

three. The fifth joint or wrist is considerably shorter than

208 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on

the hand, but nearly as broad. The large and very broad

hand has some small groups of sete on its inner surface, on

the hind margin, and near the palm, but none are very

conspicuous. ‘The palm has a deep narrow cleft between a

broad inner and a long and narrow outer tooth. Beyond the

latter, which is much longer than the corresponding tooth in

Lembos longipes, the denticulate finger projects a little. The

varying shape of this palm in different species of the genus will

not easily be appreciated without comparison either of speci-

mens or of figures. In the female the first joint is neither

broad nor ornamented with sete, and the palm has a compara-

tively small triangular indentation. The hand is much longer

and slightly broader than the wrist, both being much broader

than the second joint.

Second Gnathopod.—In the male the second joint is

expanded, as in Microdeutopus gryllotalpa, Costa, oval,

very nearly as broad as the side-plate, which is of about equal

length and depth. The wrist is longer and broader than the

hand, and has numerous groups of sete adjoining each

margin, those near the apices being the longest, the subapical

of the hind margin curving towards and reaching beyond the

hind margin of the hand. The hand has the front and hind

margins nearly parallel, the sete projecting from the former

being very numerous and long, those of the latter forming six

small groups of moderate length. The finger is small,

curved, with its apex bending over beyond the palm. In the

female none of the joints are broad; their relative lengths are

about the same as in the male, but the hand is a little longer

as compared with the wrist, neither of these joints having

the front margin conspicuously setiferous except that the

wrist has a bunch of long setze at the apex; the hind margins

are furnished as in the other sex; the finger does not reach

beyond the palm.

First and Second Perewopods.—The two pairs are alike.

In the male the large fourth joint in each is thickly clothed

on both sides with long unfeathered sete. The sixth joint

has the front margin very convex. The finger is tolerably

long, with the opening for the glandular secretion at a little

distance from its apex. In the female the fourth joint has no

conspicuous armature in either pair. All the marsupial plates

are oval.

Third Pereopod.—The fourth joint has a spine at the apex

of the hind margin ; the fifth has two in this position and two

on its inner surface ; the sixth joint is twisted round, so that

the short finger points backward instead of forward.

Fourth Perwopod.—The second joint carries several groups

old and new Amphipoda. 209

of feathered sete on its hind margin. The armature of the

succeeding joints is nearly the same as in the third pair, but

the sixth joint is straight instead of curved, and not twisted

round,

Lifth Pereopods.—There is little doubt that these exceed in

length the preceding pair, but none were found actually

attached to the specimens.

Pleopods.—TVhese carry two slender coupling spines on the

peduncle and two cleft spines on the inner ramus. Hach

ramus has ten joints, but nevertheless the outer ramus is con-

siderably shorter than the inner.

Uropods.—In the first two pairs the outer ramus is shorter

than the inner ;’ in the third pair there is no sensible difference

in the length.

Telson.—The length and breadth are about equal. The

apex is rounded, projecting a little beyond the usual pair of

lateral processes, each of which is accompanied by a couple of

sete or slender spines.

The length of the animal, without the antenne, is about

three-twentieths of an inch, or 4 millim.

The specific name refers to the very distinctive feature that

here the second pereopod of the male has the same hirsute

adornment as the first perwopod. In this respect it differs

from all species of the genus hitherto described.

For the locality see the remarks on the next species, the

specimens of which were mixed up with those of Lembos

hirsutipes.

LEMBOIDES, gen. nov.

As in Lembos, the first gnathopod has neither the fourth

nor the fifth joint produced to meet the finger, but the fifth

joint is much broader and longer than the sixth, and the finger

does not overlap the palm. ‘The secondary appendage of the

upper antenne is shorter than the third joint of the peduncle.

The mouth-organs, perseopods, uropods, and telson are in

general agreement with those of Aora, Microdeutopus, and

Lembos, and, as in those genera, the gnathopods of the female

differ much from those of the male. In the type species the

third uropods, as well as the first and second, have the outer

ramus shorter than the inner. It is at present doubtful

whether this circumstance can usefully be included in the

generic character.

Lemboides afer, sp.n. (Pls. IX. A. & X.)

The first side-plates in the male are longer than any of the

210 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on

following pairs, but they are not acuminate. The large third

segment of the pleon has its postero-lateral angles rounded ;

the sixth segment is scarcely visible dorsally.

The eyes are small and dark.

First Antenne.—The first joint is rather longer and much

stouter than the second ; the third is rather more than a third

of the first in length. ‘The flagellum consists of about fifteen

joints, of which the last is minute, the rest moderately long.

The secondary flagellum is very narrow, two-jointed, not

equal to the first of the primary, with the terminal joint

minute. On one antenna of a female specimen this ap-

pendage consisted of three joints, of which the first was

shorter than the second, the whole appendage equalling in

length the first joint of the principal flagellum. The ap-

pendage of the companion antenna was normal.

Second Antenne.—The third joint is equal in length and

depth, having a winged appearance on the lower side. The

fourth joint is much narrower, but more than two and a half

times as long. The fifth joint is shorter and much narrower

than the fourth, but longer than the three- to four-jointed

flagellum. The lower antenne, though with a much longer

peduncle, are, on the whole, considerably shorter than the

upper.

The mouth-organs offer no specially distinguishing features.

First Gnathopod.—In the male the second joint is mode-

rately broad, carrying but few sete; the fourth joint has a

very acute apex; the fifth is of great length and breadth,

much broader than the second, which it partially receives in

a channelling of its fiont margin ; its hind margin is serru-

late and setiferous. On its straight distal border is seated

the much narrower hand, which has several small groups of

setes on each margin and some on the inner surface. The

palm is formed by a strong tooth near the hinge of the finger

and a very small tooth at the other extremity, between them

being a tooth of intermediate size, separated from the largest

tooth by a broad denticulate cavity. The finger, with serrate

inner margin, exactly reaches the small tooth of the palm,

below which is inserted a stout spine. In the female the

wiist 1s not much broader than the second joint or the hand.

It is densely setose on the hind margin. ‘Lhe hand is abun-

dantly setose on both margins ; its palm is not dentate and is

overlapped by the serrate finger. The second joint has several

sete projecting from the front border; there is a group on

the apex of the third and several groups on the fourth joint.

Second Gnathopod.—In the male the second, third, and fourth

joimts are nearly as in the first pair, but on a smaller scale ;

old and new Amphipoda. 211

the wrist about equals the second joint in length and breadth,

it is adorned with long feathered set on the front and shorter

groups on the hind margin ; the hand, which is considerably

shorter than the wrist and narrower, though not extremely

so, is similarly furnished; its palm has a single denticulate

excavation between the point where the palmar spine is inserted

and the tooth adjoining the hinge of the finger ; the latter does

not overlap the palm, and appears to have but one denticle on

its inner margin. In the female the second joint carries some

very long feathered setz on the front, and this is the case also

with the fourth joint. ‘The wrist is not quite so long as the

hand, proximally very narrow, but distally widest of “all the

joints, fringed with long feathered sete on the front and

shorter sete on the back of the widened part. The long and

rather narrow hand is similarly furnished, but with its width

little varying throughout. The small finger just fits the

convex palm.

First Perwopod.—The fourth joint is ornamented on the

front margin with two slightly separated series of long

plumose sete. ‘The marsupial plates are comparatively

elongate.

Second Perwopod.—As in some other species within this

group of genera, this pair of limbs is less setose than the

preceding. The fourth joint has two series of sete on the

front margin, but the upper one is insignificant and the lower

less developed than in the preceding pair.

The other perseopods are of the usual type.

Pleopods.—There are two coupling spines and three cleft

spines to each pleopod. Hach ramus has from fifteen to

seventeen joints, but the outer is considerably shorter than

the inner, its joints being smaller than those of its com-

panion.

Uropods.—In all three pairs the outer ramus is decidedly

shorter than the inner. The inner ramus of the second pair

is stouter than any of the other rami.

Telson——The length and breadth are equal, the apex

shallowly rounded, the lateral processes accompanied by five

spinules apiece.

Length, without the antennz, about a quarter of an inch.

The specific name refers to the locality where the specimens

were found, this being at or near the Cape of Good Hope.

They were presented to the Copenhagen Museum by Professor

Studer, and have been entrusted to me for examination by

Dr. H.J. Hansen. The contents of two tubes had, Dr. Hansen

informs me, for some reason been put together into a single

tube. Upon inspection it proved that there were mixed up

212 On old and new Amphipoda.

males of two species and females of two species. As is well

known, in this section of the Amphipoda the females differ

rather strikingly from the adult males of their respective

species. Nevertheless there can be little doubt that the sexes

have been assorted rightly, as there are numerous points of

resemblance between the specimens which have been classed

as male and female of the same species, and between the two

species there is a considerable difference of size to be taken

into account with other important distinctions.

Helaide.

This family at present contains only the remarkable genus

Neohela, $. 1. Smith, which Sars refers provisionally to the

Corophiide, and which Della Valle places in the Icilide.

The latter author rightly remarks that the Neohela serrata of

the ‘ Challenger’ Amphipoda cannot properly stand in that

genus, and suggests that 1t comes near to Mera rubromaculata

in the Gammaride. As soon, however, as the account of the

species of Melphidippa, Boeck, appeared last year in the

admirable and masterly work on the Crustacea of Norway by

G. O. Sars, there could be no hesitation in assigning the

‘Challenger’ species to that genus; and, though the two frag-

mentary specimens of what now provisionally becomes Melphi-

dippa serrata came from Kerguelen Island, far in the south,

it is not altogether impossible that the new name may be a

synonym of Melphidippa borealis, Boeck.

Dulichiidez.

In this family Sars makes the Cyrtophium Darwinii of

Spence Bate a synonym of Leatmatophilus tuberculatus,

Bruzelius. This, however, is an oversight, since in Letma-

tophilus there are only two pairs of uropods, whereas Cyrto-

phium, or Platophium as it is more properly called, has three

ae Platophium Darwinii (Bate) is identified by Della

alle with Platophium brasiliense, Dana. In any case,

the species named by Spence Bate is common on the south

coast of England, and the character of its pleon agrees

with the figures and description given of it by Bate and

Westwood (‘ Sessile-eyed Crustacea,’ vol. i. p. 481), although

{rom the erratic lettering of their figures confusion may easily

arise.

On Budding in Perophora. 213

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

yPraTE VIII.

Lembos hirsutipes, 3.

Lateral view of the animal, with line above showing the actual length.

a.s., first joint of upper antenna; [email protected]., lower antenna; m, mandible ; /.2.,

lower lip; ma’. 1, first maxilla; mrp., maxillipeds; gz. 1, gn. 2, first

and second gnathopods; prp. 2,3, 4,second, third, and fourth pereo-

pods; plp., a pleopod; wr. 1, 2, 3, first, second, and third uropods ;

T, telson.

PuaTE IX. A.

Lemboides afer, @.

a.i., lower antenna; gn. 1, gn.2, first and second gnathopods ; prp. 1, 2,

first and second pereeopods.

PuaTE IX. B.

Lembos lirsutipes, 2.

a.t., lower antenna; gn. 1, gn. 2, first and second gnathopods ; prp. 1, first

pereeopod.

PuaTE X.

Lemboides afer, 3.

Lateral view of the animal, with line above showing the actual length.

a.s., wpper antenna; a.2., lower antenna; /.s., upper lip; m, mandible;

lz., lower lip; ma.1, first maxilla; mx.2, second maxilla; map.,

maxillipeds; gn. 1, gn.2, first and second gnathopods; prp. 2, 3, 5,

second, third, and fifth pereeopods; wr. 1, 3, first and third uropods ;

T, telson.

XXXJ.— On Budding in Perophora.

By GrorGe LEFEVRE *.

Wuite the Johns Hopkins Marine Laboratory was stationed

at Beaufort, N.C., during the summer of 1894, I collected

material for the purpose of studying the development of the

buds of this Ascidian. Perophora viridis, Verrill, was found

growing luxuriantly on the wharf-piles, and ample material

was easily obtained.

main object in undertaking this work was to compare

the bud-development of this form with that of Botryllus, as

described by Hjort f, and especially to determine, if possible,

the origin of the nervous system.

* From the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ vol. xiv. no, 119,

yp. 75-77.

ay Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neapel, x. Bd., 1891-1893.

214 Mr. G. Lefevre on

The material at my disposal, which had been prepared in

various ways, proved to be most excellent for my purpose, as

it contained unlimited numbers of buds in every stage of

development.

I might mention here that I have made use of Patten’s

method of orientation to much advantage, and have found it

of invaluable assistance in manipulating the very small young

buds ; in this way I was enabled to cut sections with great

accuracy in any plane desired.

I was soon led to believe that in the early development of

the buds Perophora presents novel and interesting features ;

moreover, some of the results arrived at are at variance with

those which have been obtained by previous workers on this

and other Ascidians.

The very young bud consists of two vesicles, one within

the other, which enclose between them many free mesen-

chyme-cells. The outer one is derived directly from the

stolonic ectoderm, while the double-walled partition of the

stolon gives rise to the inner or endodermal vesicie.

This partition, which is made up of flat cells, is continuous

throughout the entire length of the stolon as a double-walled

plate which divides the stolon in half longitudinally and ex-

tends from one side to the other.

The buds always arise in the plane of the stolonic partition,

but may appear on either side of the stolon. When the

ectodermal wall of the stolon begins to push out to form the

ectoderm of the bud, the free border of the partition evaginates

at this point to give rise to the endodermal vesicle of the bud.

The bud-rudiment lies at first almost at right angles to the

long axis, but soon becomes inclined towards the free tip of

the stolon, the inclination being due to an elongation in this

direction. Instead of having a spherical shape, as at first,

the bud-rudiment now assumes the form of an ellipsoid. By

this process of growth the connexion with the stolon comes to

be placed at the posterior portion of the bud, while the ante-

rior end lies free along the surface of thestolon. ‘The anterior

end is therefore directed towards the free growing tip of the

stolon ; the side next the stolonic wall is the ventral surface,

and that turned away from it is the dorsal.

If a transverse section of a bud, when it consists merely of

two simple concentric vesicles, be examined, it will be found

that the wall of the endodermal vesicle is thicker on the right

side than elsewhere. In such a section, which is represented

in fig. 1, the ectoderm of the stolon is seen to be continuous

with that of the bud-rudiment, and the connexion of the inner

vesicle with the stolonic partition is clearly shown.

Budding in Perophora. 215

At this stage there is found a collection of cells applied

closely to the outer surface of the endodermal vesicle high up

on the right side. These cells (fig. 1, PC.) appear when the

vesicle is still spherical, and form a somewhat elongated mass

lying in the posterior portion of the bud; they give rise

later to the pericardium, which is therefore the first organ to

make its appearance. At first the rudiment consists merely

of a single layer of cells joined loosely end to end, but it soon

becomes thicker and more compact.

Fig. 1.

That the pericardium is formed by the coming together of

Sree mesenchyme-cells I believe there can be scarcely a doubt.

At the stage represented in fig. 1 the similarity between the

cells scattered freely about in the space between the two

vesicles and those which form the rudiment of the pericardium

is perfectly apparent. And, moreover, I cannot find the

slightest evidence that proliferation of the wall of the endo-

dermal vesicle occurs at this place; the line of demarcation

between the two structures is distinct throughout, and shows

no interruption in its continuity.

A peculiar change of position now takes place in the inner

vesicle. By a process of rotation of this vesicle through 90°

the thickened right wall is carried down gradually until it

comes to hie along the ventral side—that is, the side next the

stolon, where it will later form the floor of the pharynx. The

216 Mr. G. Lefevre on

connexion with the stolonic partition remains stationary, and

the rotation occurs on this as a fixed point.

The pericardial rudiment, which is attached to the outer

surface of the vesicle, is borne down towards the ventral

side, and during the rotation is increasing in size by cell-

division and by further additions of mesenchyme-cells. ‘The

rudiment is at first solid, but some time before the rotation is

completed a lumen appears in the centre of the mass of cells.

When it reaches the ventral side, the pericardium is seen as

an elongated closed vesicle formed of a single layer of cells

and lying at the posterior end of the bud-rudiment imme-

diately to the right of the median line; this is the definitive

position.

The heart is formed later in the usual way by invagination

of the dorsal wall of the pericardium.

At the stage shown in fig. 2 the rotation has proceeded to

a considerable extent and the pericardial rudiment has acquired

a lumen.

Many transitional stages between figs. 1 and 2 have been

examined, and from these it is evident that the rotation is due

to a rapid growth and flattening of the cells forming the inner

Budding in Perophora. 217

vesicle, except on the side where the wall is thick ; as develop-

ment proceeds the relative difference in thickness of this

portion and the rest of tlre vesicle becomes greater.

While the rotation is taking place the ventral wall of the

inner vesicle in the posterior region is folded up at the point

indicated in fig. 2 by the line Z. PBC. As this furrow deepens

a portion of the vesicle which is connected with the stolonic

partition is thus gradually folded off to form the left peri-

branchial sac.

Ritter *, in a recent note on the budding of Perophora, says

that “‘when the differentiation of the ‘endoderm’ into the

branchial and two peribranchial sacs takes place, it does so in

such a way that the developing blastozooid is connected with

the double-walled partition of the stolon, not by the branchial

sac, as has been hitherto supposed, but by the left peri-

branchial sac.’ He, however, does not describe how the

process takes place; from an examination of figs. 2 and 3 this

can be clearly seen. ;

I cannot confirm Ritter’s statement (page 367 of the paper

just referred to) that the connexion between the stolonic

partition and the left peribranchial sac is lost at an early stage,

namely “ at a time when the two peribranchial pouches have

merely begun to envelope the branchial sac.” I find that it

persists until a much later time and is still present, although

greatly constricted, at a stage when the gill-slits are about to

be formed.

The right peribranchial sac is formed before the rotation is

completed at about the stage shown in fig. 2 by a longitudinal

folding-in of the right wall of the inner vesicle. The fold

first appears anterior to the rudiment of the pericardium and

at about the level of the upper border of the latter structure ;

as it deepens and extends posteriorly the portion of the inner

vesicle thus folded off is carried down towards the ventral

side as the rotation continues, in the same way as the peri-

cardial rudiment.

The section drawn in fig. 2 is taken too far back to show

the fold of the right peribranchial sae.

Fig. 3 represents a stage when the rotation is about com-

pleted, and the two folds of the peribranchial sacs are now

symmetrically placed, one on each side of the median ventral

line.

In this figure a collection of cells (JN 7.) is seen lying against

the outer surface of the left peribranchial sac; these represent

the extreme tip of the intestine where the section has passed

* ¢ Anatomischer Anzeiger,’ x. Bd., no. 11, p. 367.

218 Mr. G. Lefevre on

through the wall of the latter. At about the time when the

fold of the right peribranchial sac first appears the gut is

formed as a blind diverticulum at the posterior end of the

branchial sac. At the point of origin it turns sharply towards

the left, and, growing rapidly upwards and forwards against

the outer surface of the left peribranchial sac, it finally reaches

the mid-dorsal line, where it opens eventually into the median

portion of the peribranchial cavity.

In fig. 2 is seen a groove (HND.) on the inner surface of the

endodermal vesicle just below the pericardium. This is the

rudiment of the endostyle, but when it first appears its position

is much higher up than it is in this figure ; during the rota-

tion the relative position of pericardium and endostyle is not

changed.

By a study of a most complete series of stages I have been

led to conclusions in regard to the origin of the common rudi-

ment of the dorsal tube and nerve-ganglion in Perophora

Budding in Perophora. 219

which agree neither with those of Hjort on Botryllus* and

Glossophorum f, of Hjort and Bonnevie on Distaplia f, nor

with the results obtained*by Ritter on Perophora §.

In all of the above-mentioned Ascidians except Perophora

the rudiment arises as an evagination of the dorsal wall of the

inner vesicle, and in Perophora, according to Ritter, by

migration of cells from the dorsal portion of the endodermal

vesicle into the rudiment. For the reasons given below I

believe that in Perophora viridis the structures in question

have a common mesenchymatous origin.

The first appearance of the rudiment is at a stage when the

rotation of the endodermal vesicle is about half accomplished

and before there is any indication of the fold which is to give

rise to the right peribranchial sac.

In the anterior region of the bud a little to the left of the

median dorsal line there is seen a slender elongated mass of

cells loosely grouped together and lying against the outer.

surface of the inner vesicle. ~*

Although I have examined my sections with the greatest

care, I have failed to find any indication of cell-migration

from the endodermal vesicle, and hence cannot confirm Ritter’s

statements that an “ indistinguishable transition from the cells

of the ‘ endoderm’ to those of the neuro-hypophyseal anlage

is to be traced,” and also that cells can be traced ‘in the act

of migrating from the endoderm into the anlage.”

In the first place the line of separation between the rudi-

ment and the vesicle is seen with perfect clearness to be

everywhere intact, and, furthermore, the cells of the rudiment

are identical in appearance with the free mesenchyme-cells ;

the latter are, moreover, more numerous in this region than

elsewhere. During the early stages of development, that is,

before the rudiment has become very compact, the similarity

between these cells is very evident (fig, 4, A). I therefore

conclude that, just as in the case of the pericardium, the

common rudiment of the dorsal tube and nerve-ganglion is

formed by free mesenchyme-cells,

The cells of the rudiment are at first loosely and irregularly

piled on one another ; but soon the mass becomes more closely

packed and assumes a cylindrical form (fig. 4, B). Other

mesenchyme-cells are added to the string from the outside

and active cell-division goes on within the mass.

When the rotation of the inner vesicle is completed the

nerve-rudiment has been carried up from the left side to the

* Mitth. Zool. Stat. Neapel, x. Bd.

+ ‘Anatomischer Anzeiger,’ x. Bd. no. 7.

t Ibid. no. 12. § Ibid. no. 11.

220 Mr. G. Lefevre on

dorsal mid-line. By this time a lumen has appeared in the

centre, and around this the cells gradually arrange themselves

into an epithelium to form the dorsal tube (fig. 4, C). The

Fig. 4.

latter fuses later at its anterior extremity with the dorsal wall

of the pharynx, and an opening breaks through; at no time

is there any communication posteriorly between the tube and

the peribranchial cavity.

The nerve-ganglion is formed by a thickening of the dorsal

wall of the tube, which eventually becomes constricted off in

the manner described by Hjort for Botryllus, although in the

latter it is the ventral wall of the tube which gives rise to the

ganglion.

Summary.

1. By a peculiar process of rotation of the endodermal

vesicle through 90° the thickened right wall of the vesicle is

carried down to the ventral side of the bud-rudiment, where

it forms the floor of the future pharynx. This process seems

to be due to rapid growth and flattening of the cells com-

posing the vesicle except in the thickened portion.

2. The pericardial rudiment, which is the first organ to

appear, is formed from the free cells of the blood. It arises

on the right side of the inner vesicle, and through the rota-

tion of the latter is brought down to the ventral side.

3. The peribranchial sacs arise asymmetrically. As the

rotation takes place, the ventral wall of the inner vesicle is

folded up immediately to the right of the point where the

stolonic partition joins the vesicle, to form the left peri-

branchial sac. ‘The portion of the vesicle thus folded off is

continuous with the stolonic partition; the connexion with

the latter persists until quite a late stage. A fold appearing

on the right side of the vesicle gives rise to the right sac,

which then moves ventrally as the rotation continues.

4, No epicardium is present; in this respect Perophora

differs strikingly from Clavelina and some other Ascidians.

5. The endostyle appears early as a longitudinal groove in

Budding in Perophora. — 221

the middle of the thickened portion of the inner vesicle.

From its position on the right side it is moved down to the

ventral mid-line by the*rotation of the vesicle.

6. The common rudiment of the dorsal tube and nerve-

ganglion arises as a solid string of mesenchyme-cells, which

are closely applied to the outer surface of the inner vesicle a

little to the deft of the median dorsal line. The cord acquires

a lumen, which later communicates with the pharynx. When

the rotation is completed the dorsal tube lies in its definitive

position in the median line. The nerve-ganglion is con-

stricted off from the dorsal wall of the tube.

BoOTRYLLUS.

In the latter part of the summer of 1894 I was given an

opportunity, through the kindness of Col. Marshall MacDonald,

the Commissioner, to work in the laboratory of the U.S. Fish

Commission at Woods Holl, Mass. While there I collected

material for the study of the bud-development of a species of

Botryllus—B, Gouldii, Verrill—which was found in great

abundance.

The results of my work on this Ascidian show such a com-

plete agreement with Hjort’s description of the bud-develop-

ment of this genus that scarcely a word need be added. ‘The

inner vesicle of the bud is derived from the wall of the peri-

branchial sac in both larvee and buds, and gives rise to all the

important organs. As the peribranchial sacs in the larva are

derived from the ectoderm, it follows that all the important

organs of the bud are ultimately of ectodermal origin.

The peribranchial sacs are formed, as Hjort states, by two

parallel ventral infoldings, which cut off from the inner

vesicle a saddle-shaped bag surrounding the median vesicle

dorsally and laterally. The dorsal portion connecting the

lateral sacs is not formed by a fusion of the latter, but is

present from the beginning. The dorsal tube is formed as an

anteriorly directed diverticulum of the dorsal wall of the inner

vesicle in the region which becomes the median portion of the

peribranchial cavity. The tube secondarily acquires an

opening into the pharynx before the communication with the

peribranchial cavity is lost.

I might also state that my sections entirely confirm Hjort’s

description of the formation of the ganglion, and directly

contradict Pizon’s statement* that. the constriction of the

ganglion from the dorsal tube cannot be established.

* Ann. Sciences Nat. 1892 and 1893.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 16

223 On Budding in Perophora.

In fig. 5 are shown two sections of the tube and ganglion

taken from the same bud, A being more anterior than B.

The series of sections from which these are taken shows a

eradual transition from the one to the other, and establishes

Fig. 5.

Gassee

OoodwaG

Ly 5)

OH () a

():

29/0

A B

in the clearest way possible that the ganglion is pinched off

from the thickened ventral wall of the tube, the constriction

beginning posteriorly and gradually proceeding towards the

anteriorend. This fact I have verified not only on B. Gouldit,

but also on an undetermined species of Bodryllus obtained in

Jamaica.

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES.

EC. Ectoderm. PC. Pericardium.

END. Endostyle. PH, Pharynx.

EN. V. Endodermal vesicle. PT. Double-walled partition of stolon.

INT. Intestine. ST. Stolon.

L. PBC. Left peribranchial sac. LT. Test.

k. PBC. Right peribranchial sac.

All the figures are drawn with the camera.

Figs. 1, 2, and 3 are transverse sections of the posterior region of buds

of Perophora viridis, Verrill. Fig. 5 is taken from a specimen of the

Jamaica species of Botryllus.

Fig. 1.—Very young bud. Shows connexion with the stolon, rudiment

of the pericardium, and thickened wall of inner vesicle. This

figure differs from figs. 2 and 3 in that its right side is the left

side of the latter, and vice versa ; in tig. 1 the face of the sec-

tion is towards the anterior end of the bud, whereas in figs. 2

and 3 it is towards the posterior end.

Fig. 2.—Somewhat older bud. Rotation of the inner vesicle has pro-

ceeded to some extent. Formation of left peribranchial sac

is beginning,

Fig. 3.—Still older bud. Rotation is nearly completed; right peri-

branchial sac is present.

Fig. 4.—Shows three stages in development of rudiment of nerve-ganglion

and hypophysis in Perophora viridis, V.

Fig. 5.—Transverse sections of dorsal tube and ganglion of a Botryllus

bud, showing constriction of ganglion from thickened ventral

wall of the tube. A is more anterior than B.

On Mygalomorphe in the British Museum. 223

XXXIT.—Notes on the Identity of some of the Types of

Mygalomorphe in the Collection of the British Museum.

By R. 1. Pocock, of the British Museum.

Aganippe subtristis, Cambr. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4)

x1x. p. 28 (1877).—In the thickly scopulate distal segments

of the legs of the first and second pairs, as well as in the

absence of marginal rows of spines, the genus Aganippe falls

into the Cyrtauchenieew, as Simon rightly surmised. ‘The

claws of the legs are armed with only a few teeth, of which

one is very large. ‘The three sternal impressions are distinct,

the first marginal, the second removed from the margin a

small distance, both being smallish; but the third or poste-

rior pair are much larger, oval, and approaching the middle

of the sternum, although further from each other than from

its borders.

Idiops Cambridget, Ausserer (Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1876,

p- 145), from Bogota, belongs to the genus Pseudidiops, Sim.

(= Dendricon, Cambr.). It may besynonymous with P. opifea

of Simon, from Guiana and Venezuela, but it differs from

P. rastratus, Cambr., from Bahia, in having the posterior

median eyes subequal to the anterior median *, and separated

from each other by a space which equals twice their diameter,

and from the posterior lateral by a space which about equals

their diameter ; whereas in P. rastratus the posterior median

eyes are much ‘smaller than the anterior median, closer to the

posterior lateral, and separated from each other by a space

equal to about three diameters.

Bolostromus venustus, id. (op. cit. p. 149), is congeneric

with Phenothele Gaujont, Sim., inasmuch as the claws of the

posterior legs have two rows of denticles and the anterior line

of eyes is straight.

Eucteniza mexicana, id. (op. cit. p. 149)—The genus

Eucteniza seems to fall partly into the tribe Cyrtaucheniez

and partly into that of Ctenizee. ‘The tarsus of the palp is

distinctly pyriform and lightly scopulate, with two external,

two internal, and two apical spines. ‘The tarsi and protarsi

of the first and second pairs of legs are also lightly scopulate,

and the tarsi are only armed towards the apex with two or

* The anterior median eyes are those that form the middle row, and

not those that are placed on the marginal tubercle, these being the ante-

rior lateral.

16#

224 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

three spines and the protarsi internally with two spines and

externally with four, the tibie being almost unarmed. ‘The

claws of these legs are armed with one large tooth and one

or two smaller ones. ‘lhe sternum offers the usual small

marginal impressions opposite the coxve of the first and second

legs, and, in addition, near the middle of its length a pair of

large somewhat bean-shaped scars, which are close together

but some distance from the lateral margin.

Cteniza antipodum and C. hevops, White (P. Z. 8. 1849,

p. 5), are synonymous, the latter being nothing but a younger

specimen of the former. The species belongs to the geuus

Macrothele, and is, perhaps, identical with JZ, Huttoni of

Cambridge, which is unknown to me. In an evil moment

Ausserer proposed the genus Hexops for White’s second

species, trusting the author’s statement respecting the

number of the creature’s eyes. The statement, however, is

erroneous, the normal number of eyes being clearly visible.

Of course Ausserer had no right to change the specific name

into Whited when choosing to take for his fancied new genus

the specific name that White proposed; but unfortunately

Hexops antedates Macrothele, and some authors will perhaps

boldly say that, notwithstanding its inappropriateness, it

must consequently supersede it.

Trechona zebrata (Walck.).—A specimen in the British

Museum of this species, bearing Walckenaer’s ticket, has the

inferior claw on the feet strongly developed. It is thus not

congeneric with the species described by Ausserer as Trechona

venosa (Latr.) ; and since zebrata is the type of the genus

Trechona, it is not characteristic of the latter to lack the

lower claw, as Ausserer states. In fact the genus will

probably prove synonymous with Hudiplura, Sim.

Ischnothele caudata, Auss. (op. cit. p. 163), from Yucatan,

is nearly allied to Mygale guianensis, Walck. The two

species are undoubtedly congeneric, Simon refers Walck-

enaer’s species to T'helechoris of Karsch, which is based upon

a Mascarene species, but whether rightly or not I cannot say.

Upon & priori grounds I should be inclined to think wrongly ;

but if rightly, the genus must stand as Ischnothele.

Thalerommata gracile, id. (op. ett. p. 182), is, as Mons.

Simon declares, very difficult to classify. The absence of the

lower claw and the presence of long and thick ungual tufts of

hairs on the feet refer it either to Simon’s Barychelinee or

Mygalomorphe tn the British Museum. 225

Aviculariine. But the spinning-mammille appear to be

constructed differently from the plan that is characteristic of

either of these sections. The posterior mamille are short,

the segments being thick and gradually decreasing in length

from the first to the third; the first, moreover, is much

thicker at its distal end, while the third, on the contrary, is

pointed and conical; the anterior spinners are slender, cylin-

drical, about half the length of the basal segment of the

posterior, and separated by a space which is equal to about

twice their own thickness. There is no true rastellum on the

mandible, although the sete above the fang seem stout at the

base and the scopule of the feet are very scanty, yet appa-

rently entire. «The maxille are basally spinulose, and there

are a few (two or three) apical spinules on, the labium. I

think it is probable that the genus will prove to be related to

some of the American species of Leptopelmatee.

Idiommata Blackwallii, Cambr. (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1870,

p. 154).—The type of this species (a male) has Wood-Mason’s

stridulating-organ well developed. The female is unknown

to me, and so also are the males of the other Australian

species that have been referred to Jdiommata. But the females

of what I believe to be reticulatum of L. Koch, as well as of

other species, show no trace of this organ. It is possible,

therefore, that it may be present only in the males of this

genus. ‘This, however, does not seem probable; so that the

safer course is to regard the two sets of species—z. e. that

typified by Blackwallit and that by reticulatum—as generically

distinct. The latter in that case will probably have to take

the name Encyocrypta.

Ischnocolus obscurus, Auss. (op. cit. p. 171), from Bogota,

appears to be congeneric with the species previously named

by the author Hapalopus formosus, of which the Museum has

a single female specimen from the locality just mentioned.

Ischnocolus sericeus, id. (op. cit. p. 119), from Yucatan,

is based upon a young specimen of undetermined genus.

Ischnocolus hirsutus, id. (op. cit. p. 170), is based upon

a young specimen belonging probably to some species of

Lasiodora.

Ischnocolus parvus, Keys., is apparently the young of a

species of Hurypelma.

Ischnocolus gracilis, Keys. (‘ Spinnen Amerikas,’ iit. p. 11),

226 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

from Rio, is an immature rubbed specimen belonging to an

indeterminable genus.

Ischnocolus rubropilosus, Keys. (op.cit. p. 12), from Neu Frei-

burg, is based on the young of one of the Homeommatee.

Ischnocolus janetrus, id. (op. cit. p. 13), belongs apparently

to the genus Magulla, Simon.

Hapalopus villosus (adult 3), Ischnocolus pilosus (very

young ¢), Ischnocolus nigrescens (half-grown ¢), Crypst-

dromus perfidus (adult 9), Crypsidromus funestus (adult ¢ )

(Keys. op. cit. pp. 7-15), are all based upon different sexes

and ages of the same species, and this bears a suspicious like-

ness to Mygale fusca ot Perty. Amongst species known to

me it is most nearly allied to Homeomma versicolor, Koch.

At all events, it is not an Lschnocolus nor a Hapalopus, nor

probably a Crypsidromus. 1 am not, however, acquainted

with the type species of the latter genus, but some of the

other species that Ausserer referred to it, e. g. Crypsidromus

macropus, are undoubtedly not congeneric with villosus.

Cyrtosternum cursor, Auss. (op. cit. p. 176).—The chief

character of the genus Cyrtosternum, of which the name, on

the grounds of its preoccupation, has been altered by Simon

into Cyrtopholis, is the strong convexity of the sternum.

There appear to me to be no reasons for supposing that the

species from which Simon drew up his diagnosis of Cyrto-

pholis (‘ Hist. Nat. Araignées,’ i. p. 143) is congenerie with

C. cursor.

Crypsidromus pernix and C. macropus, id. (op. cit.

pp- 178, 179), from Mexico, are not congeneric, since the

former has the two tibial spurs of the male well developed

and of normal form, and the latter is without them. Which

of the two, if, indeed, either, will prove to be a Crypsidromus

in reality, ¢. e. congeneric with the type C. dsabellinus, I

cannot say, since | am not acquainted with the last-named

species, and no one, so far as I am aware, has described the

male. Simon’s Crypsidromus is of the macropus type.

Callyntropus convewus (C. Koch).—The specimen in Key-

serling’s collection identified by Ausserer as converus of

C. Koch, upon which Ausserer based his genus Callyntropus,

appears to me to be the young of a Lasiodora or of some

genus of Theraphosee. The British Museum has other

examples from British Guiana which fall into Callyntropus,

Mygalomorphex tn the British Museum. 227

but they are evidently immature specimens of some larger

species,

Eurypelma Jheringit, Keyserling (op. cit. p. 19), from

Taquara, belongs to the Homexommatez, and not to Bury-

pelma. It appears to be ascribable to Homaomma as charac-

terized by Simon (‘ Hist. Nat. Araignées,’ i. p. 162), which,

however, is not, I believe, the true Homeomma of Ausserer

and Cambridge. In the latter the palpal bulb bears at its

base a tuberculiform tooth and the apex is not “ simpliciter

tenuissimus,” as Simon says, but stout and strongly curved.

Moreover, in the specimens that I have examined in the

Museum there.is no apical scopula on the fourth protarsi.

They appear, in fact, to be referable to Agathostola, Simon,

which will prove, I think, to be a synonym of Homawomma.

_Lasiodora immanis, Ausserer (op. cit. p. 195), as the

diagnosis clearly proves, belongs to Simon’s later genus

Xenesthis. 7

Phlogius cervinus, Thorell (‘The Spiders of Burma,’

London, 1895, p. 5), 1s based upon two specimens (a male and

a female), which are, however, specifically distinct. The

male, which may be taken as the type, belongs to the genus

Musagetes, Poc.; the female also belongs to the same genus,

and is specifically identical with the species I have named

Musagetes bicolor (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv. pp. 172,

174).

Phlogius fuligineus, id. (op. cit. p. 8), is correctly re-

ferred to its genus. It seems to me, however, that the genus

FPhlogius, Sim., must be regarded as synonymous with the

older genus Selenocosmia of Ausserer, the distinction between

the two, based upon the presence or absence of a divisional

line of setee on the tarsal pads of the fourth leg, being, I

believe, not of generic value *.

Phlogius sericeus, id. (op. cit. p. 10), from Rangoon,

belongs to the genus Chilobrachys of Karsch, the claws ot the

legs being minutely dentate and the inferior claw often visible.

The young specimens illustrate very forcibly the law of the

growth of the tarsal scopule that I have enunciated above.

* In the synopsis of the genera of Selenocosmiide in Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. (6) xv. p. 170, I stated that the protarsal pads of the third leg

in Phlogius and Selenocosmia cover only half the segment. This is not

strictly accurate, since the scopula in question extends over about two

thirds or even more of the protarsus.

228 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

One example, with the carapace only 4 millim. long, has the

pads on the palpi, as well as on the legs, divided by a band

of sete. In fact, on the fourth tarsi nearly the entire sole of

the foot is covered with sete, which at the sides are merely

intermixed with scopular hairs. In the adult the fourth

tarsal pad is very visibly divided, and in the female with the

young the pad of the third tarsus is similarly, though less

distinctly, traversed by a row of sete.

Phlogius oculatus, Thorell (op. cit. p. 13), from Akyab, also

belongs to the genus Chilobrachys. The tarsi of the third

leg, as well as of the fourth, is divided by a band of sete.

From the above data it is evident that most of the so-called

South-American species of Jschnocolus must drop out of the

Neotropical fauna, and it is in the highest degree probable

that the rest will follow in their train when the types have

been re-examined. 'To what extent the species from the

tropical parts of the Old World that have been ascribed to

Ischnocolus will have to be similarly dealt with I am not in a

position to say.

The explanation of the strange errors referred to above in

connexion with the identification of some of the smaller

genera of Neotropical Aviculariide is not far to seek. The

genera have been largely established upon the entirety or

divisions of the tarsal pads or scopule—a character which

was regarded by Ausserer and later on by Mons. Simon as

being of the first importance. But if the young stages of a

species in which, when adult, the pads are complete, that is,

show no median divisional line of normal hairs, be examined,

it will be found that at first the tarsi are clothed with sete,

and these later on become intermixed with scopular hairs,

As the animal increases in size the scopular hairs increase in

number, gradually spreading over the tarsus, and apparently

replacing the normal sete. But the replacement does not

take place at a uniform rate all over the foot; on the con-

trary, the pad, beginning at the sides, encroaches by degrees

inwards, and, as a consequence, the last part to remain un-

occupied is the middle line of the sole, which thus retains

longest its primitive clothing of sete.

In the second place, it will further be noticed that the tarsal

pads of the four legs do not reach their full development con-

temporaneously, the order of their appearance corresponding

with the order of the legs from before backwards—the first

tarsus being covered before the second, the second before the

third, and the third before the fourth, so that when the pads

Mygalomorphe tn the British Museum. 229

on the first or second legs are complete, those on the fourth or

even the third may still retain their divisional line.

This generalization with’ regard to the growth of the pads

will perhaps be found to admit of some exceptions in detail ;

but, on the whole, I believe it will prove to represent the facts

of the case with tolerable accuracy. Hence it 1s worthy of

remembrance in connexion with the determination of the

genera and species of the group. For instance, Mons. Simon

primarily divides his vast family Aviculariin as follows :—

A. Scopule at least of the posterior tarsi

divided.

a, Scopulee of all the tarsi divided ...... Ischnocolee.

b. Scopule only ofthe posterior tarsi divided.

a. Scopulee of third and fourth tarsi

Givad ed et 2 <i geina hackle dae shapers Chetopelmatee.

b. Scopulee of the fourth tarsi divided .. Crypsidromee (and

Phlogiee *).

B. Scopule of all the tarsi undivided,...... Aviculariee, Theraphosee,

Eurypelmatee, Home-

ommatee (Selenocosmiee,

Pecilotheriee +).

But in accordance with what has been said regarding the

growth of the scopule, it follows that a species of section B

will in its early days fall into the Ischnocolez, a little later

into the Chatopelmatez, then into the Crypsidromee. And,

similarly, a species belonging to the Crypsidromez will have

to pass through sections a and a before reaching its destina-

tion in b.

Hence it follows that the division of the scopule may be

nothing but a sign of immaturity. I am_ particular to

emphasize the verb in this sentence because [ do not wish to

be misunderstood to say that the character belongs necessarily

to undeveloped forms. ‘This is certainly not the case, since

many adults are found with some or all of their tarsal pads

divided. But I consider that one cannot too strongly insist

upon the necessity for caution in the use of this character on

the part of authors who are systematically studying the

Mygalomorphe, seeing that both Ausserer and Keyserling,

who are looked upon as high authorities in arachnology, have

established a large number of spurious species, perhaps even

genera, upon this very character, when occurring in specimens

* The Phlogieze need not here be taken into consideration, since I

have already endeavoured to show that they form part of a group to

which I gave the family name Selenocosmiide, and have no particular

relationship with the Crypsidromee (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv.

pp. 165-169),

t+ Already discussed, eid.

230 Mr. R. I. Pocock on a new Sound-producing

which no person, one would have thought, could mistake for any-

thing but immature. No doubt this is partly to be explained

by the unfortunate circumstance that in the case of the females

of this group of spiders—this being the sex which most fre-

quently comes to hand—it is very hard to tell the adults from

the immature. Consequently the generic status of every

species, referred to sections a, a, or 0 of the above table, that

rests solely upon a female specimen, must be regarded as of

questionable validity, unless the maturity of the type specimen

is beyond dispute. With the males the case is different. As

a rule generic characters in this sex are pretty obvious ; and

it may safely be stated that, until we know the males of the

different species of Neotropical Theraphoside, the classifica-

tion of this family will remain more or less chaotic.

So far, however, as I can judge from the material at my

disposal, the Homeommatee, Kurypelmatee, Theraphosez,

Avicularier, Crypsidromez, Cheetopelmatez, and Ischnocolez

form a compact and natural assemblage which may be called

Theraphoside sensu stricto. But touching the [schnocolez,

I must speak with some caution, since the genus Jschnocolus,

from the Mediterranean, is unknown to me.

XXXIII.—On a new Sound-producing Organ in a Spider.

By R. I. Pocock, of the British Museum of Natural

History.

In January of the current year I published in ‘ Natural

Science’ a brief summary of the present state of our know-

ledge of the structure, position, mechanism, and function of

the various kinds of stridulating-organs that occur in spiders,

and I suggested that the available evidence seems to point to

the conclusion that these organs have been evolved within

the group in response to two needs, which, although totally

different in their nature, are, in their way, alike of vital

importance to the welfare of the species. In one set of

species the sound is attractive and in the other repellent, the

sense of attraction lying between members of opposite sexes

of the same species and that of repulsion being experienced by

enemies that might otherwise with intent or by accident destroy

the spider if not warned of its presence and formidable nature.

In connexion with the stridulating-organs that belong to the

first category and are of sexual significance, it was pointed

out that they are either absent or imperfectly developed in

the females, and are perfected only in the males; whereas

Organ in a Spider. 231

when their significance is protective they are equally well

developed in both sexes, and appear at a very early age in

the life-history of the individual *.

Stridulating-organ in the male of Cambridgea antipodiana (White).

Fig. 1.—Dorsal view of the organ and adjacent parts. a, posterior region

of carapace ; 6, anterior region of abdomen; c¢, heart-shaped horny

tooth ; d, cavity with arched ridges ; g, horny plate of pedicel.

Fig. 2.—Partially diagrammatic side view of the organ and adjacent

parts, the cavity with its arched ridges being represented as seen in

section. Lettering as in fig. 1, with the addition of e, stigma of

pulmonary sac, and f, muscular scars.

Upon working through some of the spider material con-

tained in the collection of the British Museum, I chanced

* Tam not aware whether the stridulating-organs of the Theridiide

and Linyphiide are present in immature members of the male sex or

whether they are developed only at the period of the last moult, when

sexual maturity is attained. If, as in the case of the Mygalomorphe,

they are practically as perfect in the young as in the adult, it seems to

me that the evidence of their being solely of a sexual function will be

considerably weakened. But if, on the other hand, they appear, like

typical sexual characters, either only just before or simultaneously with

the attainment of maturity, there will, I think, be no reasonable grounds

for doubting that they are exclusively of sexual significance.

232 Ona new Sound-producing Organ in a Spider.

upon the type of Tegenaria antipodiana described by White

nearly half a century ago. A glance showed me that this

spider belongs to the genus Cambridgea of L. Koch; but the

most interesting fact revealed by an examination of the speci-

men was the presence of a conspicuous, although hitherto

unnoticed, organ, which appears to be a sound-producer of

considerable power. Upon depressing the abdomen and

looking at it from the front a large cave-like hollow over-

hanging the pedicel may be noticed. The roof of this exca-

vation is hairless, smooth, and horny, and is sculptured out

into a series of six black, shining, strong, transverse arches or

ridges, which become gradually shorter as they recede from

the mouth of the hollow to its opposite end. The scraper

that rubs against these ridges is a large heart-shaped tooth

that rises from the anterior of the two sclerites which

strengthen the upper surface of the pedicel. The pedicel,

both above and below, is rather strongly supported by

chitinous pieces, that on the lower surface being Y-shaped,

the stem of the letter representing the anterior rod, which is

immovably fused with the posterior apex of the sternum,

while the arms correspond to two pieces which embrace the

sides of the stalk. The upper surface of the stalk is furnished

with the ordinary posterior median piece, which at the sides

is contiguous with a pair of thicker sclerites, and the anterior

piece, as mentioned above, is converted into the upstanding

heart-shaped tooth, the point of which is thickened and

slightly recurved.

That the function of this new organ is to produce sound

can, | think, hardly be disputed. In its position and in some

of the details of its structure it resembles that of the stridu-

lating Theridiide (Steatoda) *. In the latter there is, at the

base of the abdomen, a circular depression, the edge of which,

in the males at least, is armed with re-entering teeth. By

the movements of the abdomen these teeth are scraped against

a series of ridges and grooves upon the posterior area of the

carapace, and give rise to a sound. Similarly I conceive that

in the case of Cambridgea sound must result from the rubbing

of the arched ridges backwards and forwards across the

upstanding tooth upon the pedicel.

But a further resemblance between this new organ and

that of Steatoda consists in its being confined to the male

sex f. ;

* Vide F, M. Campbell, Journ. Linn, Soc., Zool. xv. p. 152 (1880).

+ For an opportunity to establish this fact I am indebted to the

Rey. O. P. Cambridge, who kindly sent to me for examination three

specimens of the genus which he hasin his collection. ‘The first of these,

Mr. C. P. Sigerfoos on the Pholadide. 233

In both the adult females that I have examined there is no

trace of the ridged hollow on the abdomen, and the only trace

of the tooth on the pedicelvis a slight angulation of the dorsal

sclerites. The absence of the organ in the female and the

high development that it attains in the male permit us to

conclude that the sound emitted is used as a sexual call.

XXXIV.—The Pholadidew : Note on the Early Stages of

Development. By C. P. StGERFoos *.

Durine the summer of 1894, while with the Johns Hopkins

Marine Laboratory at Beaufort, I was employed by the

U.S. Fish Commission to study the natural history of the

ship-worms on account of their great economic importance.

While so engaged I observed the early stages in the develop-

ment of four species of the Rholadide; these were Pholas

truncata, Teredo navalis, T. norveyica, and T. (Xylotrya)

jimbriata. T. navalis is the common ship-worm of Europe,

and has been frequently studied. It is found but sparingly

at Beaufort, and is of little economic importance there. The

from Chatham Island, is the male example that Mr. Cambridge has

figured in the ‘ Transactions of the New Zealand Institute,’ 1878, p. 202;

the second is the female from Canterbury, the type of C. fasciata,

L. Koch; and the third is an additional female from Waikato, which

Dr. L. Koch also examined and identified. Koch’s type is an adult

female ; but since its carapace measures only a little over 3 millim. in

length, I find it hard to believe, without further evidence, that the male

from Chatham Island, which has the carapace 10°5 millim. long, is co-

specific with it. It uppears to me too that the second female, the one

from Waikato, is also distinct from fasciata, since it is of considerably

larger size (carapace 6'5 millim. long), and the impressions on the vulva

have a different form. I may add that in both of them there is a very

distinct tubercular tooth (omitted from Koch’s figure) at the anterior end

of the median groove of the vulva; that the anterior lateral eyes in

C. fasciata are round, and only oval, as Koch has figured them, when

seen in perspective ; that the posterior spiracles are in front of the colulus,

and are not placed in the integumental fold that Koch mentions and

compares with that of Anyphena; and that the additional stigma that

Mr. Cambridge figured and described is a muscular scar.

Two species, then, of the genus have been described, namely Cam-

bridyea antipodiana (White) (P. Z. 5S. 1849, p. 5), with which C. fasciata,

Cambr. (Tr. N. Z. Inst. 1873, p. 202), is synonymous, and C. fasciata,

L. Koch (‘Die Arachn. Australiens,’ i. p. 358, pl. xxviii. fig. 2, 1871).

These two must, I think, be provisionally regarded as distinct, on account

of the enormous disparity in size between the two sexes, the male being

so very much larger than the female.

* From the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ vol. xiv. no. 119,

pp. 78, 79.

234 Mr. C. P. Sigerfoos on the Pholadide.

other two species have been little studied. They are very

abundant at Beaufort, and in the warm waters of our southern

coast grow with great rapidity, so that they are extremely

destructive to all kinds of woodwork. 7. norvegica may,

under favourable conditions, attain a length of 4 feet in two

years in hard piles. Its burrow is almost or quite an inch in

diameter, so that a few of them may soon ruin a heavy pile.

The present note is published through the courtesy of the

U.S. Fish Commission. A fuller account of the natural

history of the ship-worms will be published by the Com-

mission.

Pholas.

Pholas is found in the stiff mud between tide-marks. It

spawns the latter part of April and during May, so that the

breeding-season is limited to a period of a few weeks. The

sexes are separate and found in about equal proportions.

The eggs are rather transparent, and hence favourable for

study among marine Lamellibranchs, though their small size

and the uniformity in the size of the micromeres make them

unfavourable objects for studies of cell-lineage. Artificial

fertilization is easy and the embryos develop with great

uniformity. Development is very rapid, and on warm days

the embryos may be free-swimming within three hours of the

time the eggs are fertilized.

The first two planes of cleavage are meridional, giving

rise to the four-cell stage which has so often been described

and figured for various Lamellibranch eggs. The next plane

of cleavage is equatorial, giving rise to an eight-cell stage,

consisting of a large macromere and seven micromeres of

almost, if not quite, equal size. A sixteen-cell stage and a

seventeen-cell stage are formed just as Lillie has recently

described for Unio (Journ. Morph., Jan. 1895). In fact, his

description for Unio of the formation of the blastomeres to

the seventeen-cell stage applies strictly also for Pholas, except

in the size of the micromeres.

After the seventeen-cell stage I could not follow cleavage

with certainty as to the lineage of the cells. ‘The axes of the

embryo are approximately indicated by the position of the

polar bodies, which persist till after the embryo has become

free-swimming. ‘The posterior mesoderm arises as a single

cell, as usually described, and soon afterwards the macromere

divides into right and left entoblasts. Soon afterwards the

mesoblast also divides into right and left halves, and bilateral

symmetry is established.

The two entoblasts soon divide into anterior and posterior

Mr. C. P. Sigerfoos on the Pholadide. 235

portions, the latter somewhat larger than the former. The

left entoblast always divides first. The cilia appear at the

stage with two entoblasts’ The two or three apical cilia are

more than twice as long as the embryo. The pre-oral cilia

are not arranged on circles of cells. Hach cell which bears

them has three or more. The apical cilia turn spirally,

causing the embryo to rotate on its long axis in the direction

of the hands of a clock.

Gastrulation is partly epibolic, partly by invagination.

The entoblast-cells continue to divide. The spindles are

always transverse to the long axis of the cells, so that the

primitive gut comes to be formed of very high cells. Small

cells are not separated from them into the cleavage-cavity.

After gastrulation begins the ectoblast continues to grow

forward slightly at the posterior border of the blastopore, so

that it becomes crescent-shaped. It does not close, but

persists as the mouth.

Professor Brooks several years ago pointed out a transitory

change in shape of the oyster embryo. This is present in all

of the four species I studied, and I believe to be connected

with the formation of a second mesoblastic element. In

addition to the mesoblast as usually described there is an

anterior mesoblastic element, formed at about the time that

the entoblast consists of four cells. The embryo becomes

flattened in its dorso-ventral axis, and while so a pair of

ectoblast-cells m¢grate from the surface and are deposited on

the summit of the entoblast. The point on the surface from

which they migrate soon closes over and leaves no trace of

their inwandering. ‘The embryo soon afterwards resumes its

spherical shape.

Summing up: The first two planes of cleavage are meridional,

followed by an equatorial. Segmentation is such that bilateral

symmetry is not established till after the formation of the

germ-layers. The entoblast-cells divide into almost equal

parts, and gastrulation is partly epibolic, partly by invagina-

tion. ‘The blastopore persists as the mouth. The first cilia

are irregularly arranged ; the apical cilia are very large; the

embryo rotates on its long axis, in the direction of the hands

of awatch. In addition to the mesoblast, as usually described,

there is a second factor derived from the ectoblast after the

embryo is free-swimming.

Teredo norvegica.

I am indebted to Professor Dall for the determination of

this species. It is found abundantly at Beaufort, grows

236 Mr. C. P. Sigerfoos on the Pholadide.

rapidly to great size, and is very destructive. The sexes are

separate and of about equal proportions. I found specimens

sexually mature during the spring and until the middle of

July. The breeding-season probably lasts all summer. ‘The

egos are cast into the water, and, if the sexual products are

mature, they are extruded through the siphons when the

animals are taken from their tubes. The eggs are of about

the same size as those of Pholas, but more opaque and of

somewhat slower cleavage. The segmentation of the egg and

the derivation of the germ-layers are step by step asin Pholas,

so that to describe them would be but a repetition of every

detail—planes of cleavage, establishment of bilateral symmetry,

gastrulation and division of the entoblast-cells, double origin

of the mesoblast, ciliation and rotation of the embryo, per-

sistence of the crescent-shaped blastopore as the mouth.

The accompanying figure represents a longitudinal section

of an embryo of T. norvegica with eight entoblast-cells. The

apical end is to the right. The posterior mesoblast, pm, lies

in the cleavage cavity, as does also the smaller anterior meso-

blast, am, upon the entoblast-cells. The four entoblast-cells

shown are of subequal size. The shell-gland is just beginning

to form.

Teredo (Xylotrya) jimbriata.

This species is equally as abundant at Beaufort as the

preceding, but of smaller size. The sexes are separate and

of about equal proportions. ‘The eggs develop in the water,

but are not extruded as are those of 7. norvegica. They are

easily fertilized artificially and develop rapidly. The embryos

are hardy in aquaria. Except for the greater opacity of the

egg, I think it impossible to distinguish the segmenting ege

and embryo from those of Pholas. All of the features sum-

marized tor Pholas are true for this species.

Teredo navalis.

As is well known, the eggs and embryos of this species are

retained in the gills till the larva have reached a somewhat

Mr. C. P. Sigertoos on the Pholadide. 237

advanced stage of development. It is found but sparingly at

Beaufort, so that my observations on this form were not

extensive. However, one set of embryos which I secured

were just at the end of segmentation and at the time of the

derivation of germ-layers. In most of the eggs the large

mesoblast was already formed ; but in one, more tardy than

the others, it was derived from the right entoblast. ‘The two

large entoblasts are of equal size. ‘The left in all cases

divides first into two cells, the anterior slightly the smaller.

The right soon follows, dividing like the left. Soon those of

the left divide again, followed by division of the right, so that

the entoblast consists of eight subequal cells, each quite high,

bordering on the blastopore, and with the nucleus nearer the

outer end, ‘The ciliation of the embryo is less perfect and

developed later than in the preceding three species. It is

flattened as in the other forms; but I could not observe with

certainty the inwandering of the ectoblast-cells to form

mesoblast. Soon after this” stage the embryos became

irregular,

The actual migration of ectoblast-cells to form part of the

mesoblast, I believe, has not been described before. Lillie

traces a “ larval mesoblast”’ to one of the ectoblasts of Unio.

This migration of cells from the surface into the cleavage-

cavity is present in great uniformity as to time and position

of formation in the first three species I have described; and IL

think we must believe that a like condition holds for

T. navalis.

This second origin of the mesoblast I take to be of double

significance, in so far as it touches Hatschek’s description for

fT. navalis (‘ Arbeiten Zool. Inst. Wien,’ vol. i. 1881). The

early stages in the formation of the gut (the division of the

entoblasts) are exactly like those of the other three forms—

like all marine Lamellibranchs which have been accurately

studied. At least during the early stages there is an invagt-

nation of the entoblasts, and there is no evidence that small

cells are formed from the single large entoblasts of either side,

which later arrange themselves to torm the gut. Hatschek

says he had no stages between those he represents in figs. 13

and 14a. The embryos I had bridge this gap. His error

in describing the formation of the gut arose, I believe, from

his finding small cells lying on the entoderm in slightly later

stages. ‘These, as I have shown, are mesodermal elements

derived from the ectoderm which come to lie on the entoderm.

I think the evidence is that the Pholadide in their early stages

develop in the same manner, even to minute details. I see

no reason to believe that Z. navalis departs from the other

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.6. Vol. xvi. 17

238 Mr. O. Thomas on African Mole-Rats.

species so much as to have different planes of cleavage of the

egg, a different derivation of the germ-layers, and a different

mode of formation of the gut. Nor do I think its egg and

embryo are symmetrical before the germ-layers are differen-

tiated.

In his accurate study of the cell-lineage of Unio, Mr. Lillie

finds that each of the cells of the four-cell stage contains

entodermal elements. In the marine forms the derivation of

the entoderm from the large macromere alone is interesting,

since in the early stages of cleavage the lineage of the cells

in the various Pholadide is so like that in Unio, even to

minute details.

XXXV.—On African Mole-Rats of the Genera Georychus

and Myoscalops. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

I. A new Species of Georychus from Mashonaland.

THE arrival of two small collections of admirably prepared

skins from Mazoe and Salisbury, Mashonaland, presented

respectively by Mr. J. Ffolliott Darling and Mr. Guy A. K.

Marshall, in each of which there are two specimens of a

Georychus, has involved the re-examination of the Museum

material in that genus. Of the species found in Angola

Prof. Barboza du Bocage has recently given an account*,

dividing them into several groups or forms, which he wisely

does not venture to define specifically, both on account of

their exceeding difficulty and for want of better material

than is as yet possessed by any museum. The South-African

ones, however, are perhaps more easily arranged, at least

provisionally, for instead of the considerable number of

different forms found in Angola there seem to be only three

or four altogether, and these well separated geographically.

Thus, G. capensis of the western Cape Colony is perfectly

distinct from the others, while all the specimens from the

eastern part of the colony, from Natal northwards to the

Limpopo, seem fairly referable to G‘. cwcutiens, from which

I cannot at present distinguish G. hottentottus, Less., G. Lud-

wigt, A. Sm., or G. holosericeus, Wagn.t North-westwards

* J. Sci. Lisb. (2) iv. p. 269 (1890).

+ This species was founded on three specimens from different localities

which might hereafter prove to be of different species; but as Graaf

Reinet is the first-mentioned locality, the one from there should be taken

as the type.

Mr. O. Thomas on African Mole-Rats. 239

in Damaraland occurs the larger G. damarensis, Ogilb , of

which the type in the British Museum remains the only

authentic specimen known, those referred to it from Central

Africa, as appears below, being really different.

Now on the plateau of Mashonaland, isolated by lower

ground all round, there occurs the little species obtained by

Messrs. Darling and Marshall, which may be called

Georychus Darling?, sp. n.

Size about as in G. cecutiens, Brants, to which I pro-

visionally refer all the S.-African plain-coloured unspotted

forms. Fur short, close, and velvety, barely 5 millim. in

length on the back. General colour uniform drab *, modified

by the slaty-grey bases of the hairs showing through. Belly

precisely similar or rather more slaty. Crown with a large

and prominent triangular white patch, averaging about

14 millim. long by 8 wide, not extending along the nape ;

remarkably similar in size and shape in all four specimens.

Corners of mouth stained brown in some specimens, not so in

others. Feet and tail as usual, the latter perhaps less broad

than in G‘. cecutiens.

Skull broad and heavy, with a large rounded brain-case.

Nasals short, evenly expanded on each side, not constricted

anteriorly, and running backwards to a point, which scarcely

attains to the level of the lacrymal projection. Ascending

processes of premaxillaries surpassing the nasals posteriorly

by about 2 millim., broadened and closing in towards the

middle line behind the nasals. Anteorbital foramina higher

than broad, the base forming their outer boundary nearly as

thick as that forming their floor. Molars as usual.

Dimensions of the type (¢), measured in the flesh by the

collector :—

Head and body 128 millim. ; tail 12; hind foot 22.

Skull: basal length 28°6 ; basilar length to henselion 26:8 ;

greatest breadth 22°6 ; nasals 10°8 x 3:1; interorbital breadth

10; intertemporal breadth 7; supra-auricular breadth 14:1 ;

height of anteorbital foramen 3; palate length from henselion

19°3 ; diastema 10°1; upper molar series 5°7.

Hab. Plateau of Mashonaland: type from Salisbury,

5000 feet; others from Mazoe, 4000 feet.

Type: B.M. 95.7.16.4. Collected May 14, 1895.

Although this species is compared in the description with

G. cecutiens, as the best-known species of the group, it is

probably really most nearly allied to G. damarensis, which

* Nearest to the “drab-grey ” of Ridgway.

240 Mr. O. Thomas on African Mole-Rats.

shares with it the possession of a white crown-patch, short

fur, and thickened outer wall to the anteorbital foramen, all

of which characters separate it from G. cecutiens. From

G. damarensis it may be distinguished by its conspicuously

smaller size, less extended crown-patch, and much shorter

nasal bones.

The species having been first obtained by Mr. Darling, I

have named it in his honour, although I have found it most

convenient to take one of Mr. Marshall’s Salisbury specimens

as the actual type.

Mr. Darling states that the native name is “ Nota,” and

both collectors say that it is very common on the open veldt.

Since it is so common, I venture to hope that both col-

lectors will send many more specimens, so that, at least in

one species of this difficult group, we may learn something

definite about the seasonal, age, and sexual variations—a

knowledge that would be of the utmost value in working out

other members of the group.

Il. The Central-African Georychi.

In 1887 * Prof. Leche, of Stockholm, in working out a

collection received from Emin Pasha, mentioned and figured

two large Georychi as G. damarensis, Og., and G. ochraceo-

cinereus, Heugl. ‘The first of these determinations was made

on my authority after a comparison with the type, as at that

date I by no means realized the importance of the difference

in colour and locality between the two. Later on T, influenced

by the character of size and by the resemblance of the smaller

animal to G. damarensis, I suggested that the names should

be reversed, and that the smaller sandy-coloured animal

should be called damarensis and the larger smoky-grey one

ochraceo-cinereus.

In now re-examining the subject, I have come to the con-

clusion that Prof. Leche was in the first instance perfectly

correct in referring the sandy-coloured species to Heuglin’s

G. ochraceo-cinereus, and that this also is the most nearly

allied to G. damarensis, while the darker species is equally

distinct from both, and therefore needs a new name.

As it was entirely due to my original error that this species

was not described by Prof. Leche in the first instance, I

venture now to name it, in honour of that distinguished

inammalogist,

* Zool. Jahrb. iii. p. 120 (1887).

+ P. Z. S. 1888, p. 14.

Mr. O. Thomas on African Mole-Rats. 241

Georychus Lechet, sp. n.

Size large. Fur fine, of medium length, about 7 millim.

long on the back. Colour above and below dark smoky grey,

with a brownish tinge in certain lights. White crown-patch

very large, and extending as a white line down the neck on

to the anterior back. Median line below also with a tendency

to be white. Hands and feet practically naked, the few fine

hairs whitish.

Skull large and strongly built. Nasals long, rather

narrow, not constricted anteriorly. Ascending processes of

premaxillaries narrow, slightly exceeding the somewhat

irregular nasals posteriorly. Middle portion of the skull

rather long and parallel-sided, but the postorbital processes

are well developed and separate off a well-defined orbital fossa

infront. Anteorbital foramina small, their diameter less than

that of the bars which bound them.

Dimensions of the type (an adult male skin) :—

Head and body 212 millim.; tail 10; hind foot 30.

Skull: basal length 3; basilar length 88; greatest breadth

42; nasals 17:5 x 4:3; interorbital breadth 10; intertemporal

breadth 9 ; palate length from henselion 26°5 ; diastema 14°5 ;

upper molar series 6:1.

Hab. Bellima, Monbuttu.

Type: B.M. 87.12.1.96. Collected by Emin Pasha,

July 14, 1883, and presented by him to the British Museum,

Further details about this species and its differences from

G. ochraceo-cinereus may be obtained from Prof. Leche’s

paper, where both are excellently figured on plate iv., fig. 1

being G. Leche? and fig. 2 Heuglin’s sandy-coloured animal.

Ill. The Species of Myoscalops.

During the work on the skulls of the large Georychi, those

of Myoscalops, which represents Georychus in Kast Africa,

have been examined, and among these there appears to be a

character to separate the mole-rats of Zambesia from those of

Kast Africa proper. This is that the former—the true

M. argenteo-cinereus, Peters—have a quite parallel-sided

inter-orbitotemporal region, while in the latter there is deve-

loped a distinct orbital concavity on each side, defined behind

by a projecting postorbital process. Should this difference

prove to be constant, and all the skulls and figures I have

seen agree with it, the name for the Kast-African animal will

be M. albifrons, Gray, based on a young specimen obtained

by Capt. Speke, in which the above characteristics are already

clearly discernible.

242 Mr. C. W. Andrews on the Structure

XXXVI.—Description of a new Chinese Squirrel.

By OLpFIELD THOMAS.

I owe to the kindness of Mr. F. W. Styan, of Shanghai, the

opportunity of describing the following striking new species

of squirrel :—

Scturus pyrrhomerus, sp. n.

Allied to and of the same size as S. rufigenis, Blanf., and

S. Pernyi, M.-Edw., with both of which it shares the oliva-

ceous back, grey and white belly, yellowish post-auricular

spots, and characteristically coloured tail, white-grizzled black

above and brilliant red below. Sides of cheeks with a vague

orange suffusion; anal region greyish white, like rest of

underside. A large and prominent blotch on the outer side

of each thigh brillant rufous.

Skull with an enormously elongated muzzle, far longer

than that of either of the above-named species, and but

little excelled even by S. (Rhinosciurus) laticaudatus, a very

different squirrel in all other respects. Postorbital processes

very short.

Dimensions of the type (an adult female, in skin) :—

Head and body 220 millim. ; tail 124; hind foot 49.

Skull: greatest length 58; greatest breadth 30; nasals

19:2 x 6; tip of nasals to middle of a line connecting anterior

corners of orbits 27; interorbital breadth 16-2; postorbital

processes, length behind 274; palate length from henselion

25; diastema 14; upper molar series (excluding p.’) 9-2.

Hab. \chang, Yang-tse-kiang.

Coll. F. W. Styan, Nov. 1893.

This handsomely marked squirrel may be readily distin-

guished from its only near allies, S. rufigents and &. Pernyé,

by having no red either on the cheeks or anal region and by

the red patch on the hips, Its extraordinarily long muzzle

also widely separates it from any of its allies.

XXXVII.—On the Structure of the Skull in Peloneustes phil-

archus, a Pliosaur from the Oaford Clay. By C. W.

ANDREWS, F.G.S8., Assistant in the Geological Department,

British Museum.

[Plate XIII.]

THE structure of the skull in the post-triassic Sauropterygia

is still in some respects very imperfectly known, a circum-

stance that may be accounted for partly by the comparatively

of the Skull in Peloneustes philarchus. 243

rare occurrence of that portion of the skeleton, and partly by

the crushed condition of most of the existing specimens.

The first account of the cranial osteology of these animals

is that given by Conybeare in his description of a Plesiosaur

from the Lias of Street * ; and it is with the skulls of several

species from deposits of that age that most of the more

important papers on this subject deal, those of Plestosaurus

rostratus, P. homalospondylus, and P. dolichodirus having

been described by Owen f, that of P. Hthertdget by Huxley f,

and that of P. Conybeart and P. megacephalus by Sollas §.

An important note on the structure of the palate in P. dolicho-

dirus has recently been published by Lydekker

Of the post-hassic forms, portions of the skull of Murcno-

saurus Leedsi have been described by Seeley {], an imperfect

specimen of that of Pliosaurus macromerus ** by Owen, who

has also given an account of an incomplete cranium referred

by him to a member of the genus Polyptychodon tf.

Recently Williston ¢{ has ‘given an account of a skull of

Cimoliosaurus, and the same specimen is the subject of a

paper by Cope §§. The upper surface and the single tem-

poral arcade are described; these appear to differ in several

points from the same regions in the skull which is the subject

of the present paper. The more important of these differences

will be referred to below.

The relation of the Sauropterygia to other reptiles has been

discussed by Baur |||; and Koken 4/4], in an important paper on

some remains of Nothosaurus, has given a valuable summary

of our present knowledge of the Plesiosaurian skull, which

renders any detailed account of the earlier papers unnecessary

here.

* “ Additional Notices on the Fossil Genera Ichthyosaurus and Plesio-

saurus,” Trans. Geol. Soe. ser. 2, vol. i. p. 119.

+ “Fossil Reptilia of the Liassic Formations,” pt. 3 (Mon. Pal. Soe.

1865).

t Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xiv. (1858) p. 281.

p- 20, pl. iv.

tt} Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci. vol. xii. (1890) pp. 174-178.

§§ Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. vol. xxxiii. no. 144, Jan, 1894, pp. 109-118,

alae

\||| “On the Phylogenetic Arrangement of the Sauropsida,” Journal of

Morphology, vol. i. (1887) p. 97.

4/4] “ Beitriige zur Kentnisse der Gattung Nothosaurus,” Zeitschrift d.

deutschen geol. Gesellschaft, 1893, Bd. xlv. Heft 3, p. 887.

244 Mr. C. W. Andrews on the Structure

All the specimens described in the present paper were

obtained by Mr. Leeds from pits in the Oxford Clay in the

neighbourhood of Peterborough. In all cases these specimens

are more or less crushed; but they are free from matrix, and

supply much valuable information concerning some important

points in the cranial anatomy of the group. The Leeds

collection includes portions of skulls of animals referable to

the genera Peloneustes, Pliosaurus, Murenosaurus, and Crypto-

clidus. Only the skull of Peloneustes philarchus will be

considered now, the other genera being reserved for a future

occasion.

The Skull of Peloneustes philarchus (Seeley).

The specimens upon which the following description is

founded consist of :—(1) a skull (Leeds coll. no. 42), of which

the anterior portion is fairly complete and uncrushed, but the

posterior dorsal region and the temporal arcades are greatly

broken and distorted; the palate is in a fairly good con-

dition (Pl. XIII. fig. 1): (2) the upper portion of a skull

almost uncrushed in the rostral region ; the palate and a large

part of the alveolar borders are wanting (Pl. XIII. fig. 3):

(3) numerous crushed fragments of a skull.

All the above are in the British Museum.

The description of the palate is taken mainly from a speci-

men (no. 4) in Mr. Leeds’s private collection, in which this

region is well preserved and the sutures easily determinable

(Pl ALU fiz. 2).

These specimens will be referred to by the numbers affixed

to them above.

The general outline of the skull is that of an isosceles

triangle, of which the apex is blunt and the height about two

and a half times the length of the base, that is, the width of

the hinder end. The length of specimen 1 from the tip of the

snout to the hindermost point of the occipital condyle is

60°5 centim., and the distance from the same point to the

front of the pineal foramen is 46°5. In specimen 2 this latter

measurement is about 50 centim. Specimen 4 is exactly the

same length as 1. Other measurements will be given in the

description of the various parts.

The anterior portion of the snout, composed of the pre-

maxillz, is somewhat depressed and expanded, its greatest

width being opposite the fourth alveolus, where it measures

about 6°5 centim. At the point where the suture between

the premaxilla and maxilla crosses the alveolar border it is

of the Skull in Peloneustes philarchus. 245

about 1 centim. less, but behind this point there is a gradual

increase in the width of the skull.

1 \

i] \

occ. cond. 0

Palatal aspect of a skull of Peloneustes, from a specimen (no, 4) in the

Leeds Collection.—-7int.nar., internal nares; ma., maxilla; pm,

premaxilla ; pal., palatine ; pt., pterygoid ; pas., parasphenoid ; p.for.,

posterior palatine vacuities; oc.cond., occipital condyle; 0, ridge on

pterygoid; vo., vomer.

The premaaille, which are separated from one another by a

distinct suture, each bear six tooth-sockets, of which the first

is the smallest and is directed forward and downward, the

second is larger, the third and fourth the largest of the series,

while the fifth and sixth decrease in size successively. None

of the alveoli in any of the specimens retain the teeth, but at

the hinder inner edges of several the tips of the young re-

placing teeth are visible. The suture between the premaxilla

and maxilla crosses the alveolar border immediately behind

the sixth tooth and runs upwards and backwards on to the

side of the rostrum in a curve, convex anteriorly. When it

246 Mr. C. W. Andrews on the Structure

reaches a point about 17 centim. from the anterior end of the

snout and 2 centim. from the middle line, it runs straight

backwards parallel to the corresponding suture of the opposite

side to a point considerably behind the external nares, and

forms the outer limit of the extremely long facial process of

the premaxilla, which is about 2 centim. wide and with its

fellow of the opposite side forms a long ridge, convex trans-

versely, which separates the nasals and extends back to the

frontals. These latter thrust themselves slightly between the

premaxille, with which they form an irregular V-shaped

suture.

The extension of the premaxille on the palate is very

small. From the point where the hinder edge of the bone

crosses the alveolar border it runs backward for about 2centim.,

being here united by suture with the maxilla; it then turns

forward at a very acute angle, running first forward parallel

to the axis of the skull, then turning inwards and meeting its

fellow of the opposite side at a point 6°2 centim. from the

tip of the snout ; during this part of its course it is in contact

with the anterior portion of the vomers, which thus thrust

themselves some distance between the premaxiliz.

On the inner side of the alveoli, both in the maxilla and

premaxilla, there is a groove which is only interrupted for a

short distance at the junction of the two bones. It is at the

bottom of this groove near its inner border that the tips of

the replacing teeth make their appearance. In the pre-

maxillary region the inner border of this depression forms a

considerable ridge, which stands out some distance beyond

the level of the intercalated vomers.

The maailla is a very large bone bearing about twenty-

eight to thirty teeth. ‘The first and second of these are com-

paratively small; the next four, which are subequal, are very

large, the largest in the maxilla. Behind these there is a

gradual decrease in size to the hinder end of the series. The

palatal portion of the bone forms only a narrow strip, in which

lies the groove above mentioned. In front this palatal portion

of the maxilla unites with the premaxilla for a short distance,

behind this with the vomer as far as the middle of the

internal nares, of which it thus forms the outer anterior

margin. [rom this point it is united with the palatines, and

posteriorly to these apparently with the transpalatines.

The facial region of the maxilla is large; as far back as

the external nares, the outer edge of which it forms, it is

bounded superiorly by the premaxilla, but behind these

openings its form and relations cannot be determined in any

ot the specimens, owing to the crushing they have under-

of the Skull in Peloneustes philarchus. 247

gone; it can, however, be seen that the bone gradually

narrows to a thin backward prolongation which extends

about 4°5 centim. behind the last tooth. The upper edge of

the hindermost portion upites with an element which appears

to be a jugal, the relations of which will be described below ;

the lower edge forms the junction with the transpalatine

above mentioned.

The vomers are extremely large; in specimen 4, from

which the following description of the palate is mainly taken,

they measure 29 centim. in length, or nearly half the total

length of the skull (61 centim.).Anteriorly they run

between the premaxille, terminating in front in a point.

From the premaxille to the anterior angle of the internal

narial aperture.they unite externally with the maxille, in-

creasing gradually in width. At the nares, of which they

form the inner border, they are contracted, measuring

together about 3 centim. across at the narrowest part. Their

widest point is immediately behind the nares, from which

openings their border runs inwards and backwards in a curve,

convex posteriorly, in the anterior half of which they form a

squamous union with the palatines, and in the posterior half

with the pterygoids, which thus completely shut out the

palatines from the middle line.

The palatines are bounded externally by the maxille,

internally by the internal nares, of which they form the

postero-external margin, by the vomers, and, to the greatest

extent, by the pterygoids. In no specimen is the whole of

the posterior border of the palatines preserved, but its inner

portion united with the anterior edge of the lateral wing of

the pterygoid in a straight suture running nearly at right

angles to the long axis of the skull, while the outer portion

seems to have joined the transpalatine, there having been no

vacuity in front of this bone, or, at any rate, only a small

one.

The tnternal nares, the borders of which, as has already

been mentioned, are formed by the vomers internally and the

maxille and palatines externally, are slits measuring approxi-

mately 3 or 4centim. long by 1 centim. wide. Their anterior

angle lies about 28 centim. from the anterior extremity of the

skull.

In specimen 1 the internal nares open considerably in front

of the external; this anomalous condition may be partly

accounted for by the crushing which the skull has undergone,

but, even allowing for this, the arrangement would be essen-

tially the same. ‘his relative position of the external and

internal narial openings is well shown in askull of Pliosaurus

248 Mr. C. W. Andrews on the Structure

which will be described on a future occasion. That these

apertures are the true internal nares there can be no doubt,

since their relations to the surrounding bones are exactly

similar to those found in Nothosaurus, according to the

descriptions and figures of Koken and Lydekker. Moreover,

their position is essentially similar to that of the internal nares

in Sphenodon and many Lacertilia. In the former, indeed,

the skull presents several striking resemblances to that of

Peloneustes, e.g. in the relations of the vomers, palatines, and

pterygoids to one another.

In his paper on Plestosaurus Etheridgei Huxley stated that

he believed that these posterior fosse (7. e. the posterior pala-

tine vacuities) had been mistaken for the posterior nares,

which were really situated much farther forward; and the

position of these apertures was correctly determined by Sollas

in Plesiosaurus megacephalus. He, however, describes the

whole of the plate of bone behind the vomers as palatines, the

suture between these bones and the pterygoids being either

obliterated or really represented by the fissures, which he

states “might easily be mistaken for sutures,” and which

occur exactly where the junction between the palatines and

the anterior wing of pterygoids might be expected to be

found: if we accept this last alternative as the correct one,

the pterygoids met the vomers in the genus Plesiosaurus

also; the form of the hinder border of the united vomers

would lead one to suspect that this was the case even if no

trace of suture were visible. The same arrangement has

been recorded by Lydekker in the case of Plesiosaurus dolicho-

dirus,

The pterygoids (woodcut 1, pt., p. 245), the largest bones in

the palate, are peculiarly complex. ‘They may be described as

triradiate bones, each consisting of an anterior, a lateral, and

a posterior ramus. The anterior ramus terminates in front

against the vomer ; externally it is bounded by the palatine,

the suture with which at first runs str aight backwards, then

curves outwards (see woodcut 1), after wards resuming its back-

ward course as far as the hinder border of the palatine, at

which point the pterygoid is about twice as wide as it is

opposite the posterior end of the vomers.

The anterior border of the lateral pterygoid ramus is nearly

straight and unites with the hinder margin of the palatine

in a suture which runs at right angles to the axis of the skull.

Its outer margin joins the transpalatine (ectopterygotd) in

a somewhat complicated suture, which first runs backwards

and inwards, then turns sharply outwards and cuts a large

oval tuberosity with a truncate rugose extremity, so that

of the Skull in Peloneustes philarchus. 249

one half is on the transpalatine, the other on the pterygoid * ;

it then passes backwards, and reaches the hinder border

of the palate about 8-eentim. from the middle line (see

woodcut 3).

The posterior border of the lateral ramus is thickened and

passes by a curve into the lateral border of the posterior wing,

the two forming the anterior and internal lower borders of the

temporal fossa. ‘The lateral border of the posterior ramus is

somewhat concave, and its edge is thick and rounded; poste-

riorly it passed outward and backwards, forming the front

border of the long posterior prolongation of the bone which

unites suturally with the inner edge of the quadrate imme-

diately above the condyle for the mandible; this posterior

process extends considerably behind the occipital surface.

In the middle line for about 10 centim. behind the vomers

the pterygoids unite with one another; behind this point they

are separated by a median bone, which is here regarded as a

parasphenoid. Viewed from the dorsal surface it can be seen

that this bone extends nearly to the vomers, but ventrally it

is overlapped by the pterygoids as far back as the point

mentioned. About opposite the hinder border of the lateral

ramus, at a spot about 11 centim. in advance of the tinder-

most point of the occipital condyle, the median borders of

pterygoids become thickened and rounded, and, curving out-

wards, diverge from the parasphenoid. Further back they

again approach the median line, and finally unite with one

another in a median suture about 3 centim.(?) long, over-

lapping the basisphenoid and anterior portion of the basi-

occipital, the former of which is completely covered by them.

The two foramina thus enclosed between the pterygoids and

the basis cranw are about 6 centim. long by 1 to 2 wide;

they were described by Owen in an impertect skull referred

by him to Plestosaurus rostratus. He, however, considered

that the pterygoids, and not the basis cranii, formed the

median bar, and that these bones met the palatines opposite

the anterior end of these foramina, which he calls the

“‘palato-nares,” apparently supposing that the nasal passages

were prolonged backward to this level by the union of the

palatines and pterygoids, somewhat as in the Crocodilia. The

true internal nares, as was shown in the foregoing descrip-

tion, and as Huxley suspected, lie very much farther forward,

and these posterior openings, which may be spoken of as

the posterior palatine vacuities, have nothing to do with the

* This downwardly-projecting process of the palate is homologous with

an exactly similarly constituted process in Sphenodon, many Lacertilia,

the Crocodiles, and, apparently, the Theriodontia.

250 Mr. C. W. Andrews on the Structure

nasal passage. In a subsequent paper on the skull of Plio-

saurus grandis from the Kimmeridge Clay, Owen* again

refers to these openings as palato-nares, and describes the

true internal nares as nervo-vascular foramina.

The postero-external angle of the hinder portion of the

pterygoids is prolonged outwards and backwards into the

strong bar which unites at its distal end with the quadrate,

as described above.

On the palatal surface of the posterior ramus a high crest

commencing near the hinder end of the posterior median

suture runs outward and forward in a curve; externally it

passes into the thickened hinder edge of the lateral ramus.

This crest is shown in Pl. XIII. fig. 2, where it is marked 0.

In the hinder part of its course in specimen 4 it is 2°5 centim.

high.

On the dorsal surface of the pterygoid immediately external

to the posterior palatine vacuities may be seen in specimen 1

the base of the columella cranwi (epipterygoid): this region

being much crushed in all the specimens, no detailed descrip-

tion of this bone is possible; it can, however, be seen that

its upper extremity closely united with the lower edge of the

parietal (Pl. XIII. fig. 1, col.). In a skull of Pliosuurus

in the British Museum this structure is better preserved, and

will be described on a future occasion.

Before attempting to determine the structure of the temporal

arch and of the dorsal surface of the skull the bones of the

basis cranti may be noticed.

The bastoccipital is a very massive structure ; it bears the

whole of the occipital condyle, which is very convex and

slightly oval in outline, its longest diameter being transverse

and measuring 4 centim. ‘The lateral regions of the ventral

surface of the bone are prolonged outward into a pair of very

stout processes, the truncated ends of which look outward and

downward and are very rugose ; they probably served for the

attachment of muscles, but their anterior portion may have

been covered by the pterygoids. The upper surface bears

two roughly triangular slightly depressed areas for union

with the exoccipital. The interval between these surfaces

is very small, the basioccipital having taken but a small

share in forming the actual margin of the foramen magnum.

The exoccipitals which formed the lateral borders of this

opening are massive bones, but in all the available specimens

are too crushed for description. It can, however, be seen

that they—or, rather, the opisthotic, which is no doubt fused

* “Fossil Reptilia from the Kimmeridge Clay,” part 3 (Mon. Pal.

Soc. 1869) p. 4.

of the Skull in Peloneustes philarchus. 251

with them—bore a paroccipital process. In the skull of Plio-

saurus above mentioned this process is long and has a spatu-

late expansion at its outer end, which apparently abuts against

the inner surface of the quadrate at its junction with the

posterior bar of the pterygoid.

parvetal a

Diagrams showing the structure of the skull in Peloneustes. A, from

above; B, from side.—f., frontal; ju., Jugal; da., lachrymal ; mz.,

maxilla; ma., nasal; orb., orbit; p., parietal; p.f., prefrontal ;

p.o., postorbital; po, postfrontal; p.ma., premaxilla; sup.orb.,

(?) supraorbital; occ., occipital condyle; g, quadrate; sq., squa-

mosal.

The basisphenoid is not sufficiently well preserved for

description in any of the specimens ; it is entirely covered by

the pterygoids below. In front of it is seen the bone here

regarded as a parasphenoid. ‘This is of an elongate lanceolate

shape and terminates anteriorly in a point. It separates the

posterior palatine foramina from one another, and anteriorly

unites with the pterygoids in the manner above described.

Its upper surface is slightly channelled in the median line for

about the middle third of its length. In some specimens of

the skull of Cryptoclidus the posterior part of this bone is

352 Mr. C. W. Andrews on the Structure

seen to be closely applied to the ventral surface of the basi-

sphenoid, and in one young individual the line of separation

between the two bones is visible. It is a thin plate-like

structure, and is evidently a membrane bone.

In consequence of the crushing undergone by all the

available specimens the arrangement of the bones in the upper

surface of the skull is very difficult to determine; the present

description is therefore brief and must be regarded as in part

provisional.

The parietals form a high crest between the temporal

fossee ; they descend considerably on to the side of the brain-

case, and at the anterior end their lower edge unites with

the upper end of the epipterygoid. Posteriorly they unite

ventrally with the supraoccipitals and send out lateral pro-

cesses, which, together with the upper rami of the squamosals*,

form the post-temporal bars; but the exact share of the two

elements in these structures cannot be determined, all trace of

the suture between them being obliterated.

The structures here spoken of as lateral processes of the

parietals have been described by Cope on a skull of Cmolio-

saurus as distinct elements (supramastoids) ; but both here

and in the skull of the young Plesiosaur figured in the

‘Geological Magazine’ for June 1895 there is no trace of any

suture dividing these processes from the parietals, although in

the latter specimen the opisthotic is still imperfectly united

with the exoccipital, and the bones of the basis cranii are still

separate.

Between the parietals, immediately opposite the anterior

end of the temporal fosse, is the pineal foramen, an oval

aperture of considerable size, looking upward and forward.

The boundary between the parietals and frontals cannot

be made out very satisfactorily. It seems to have passed

just in front of the pineal foramen, part of the anterior border

of which may indeed have been formed by the frontals: the

probable position of the suture is shown in woodeut 2A; this

agrees with the arrangement found in Murenosaurus and very

nearly with that shown in Owen’s figure of an imperfect

cranium of Polyptychodon Tt.

If their line of union with the parietals is rightly deter-

mined, the frontals have the form shown in woodcut 2 A.

Their narrow anterior extremity is in sutural union with the

* The term “squamosal”’is here used in the sense employed by Koken,

and the triradiate bone designated by it is probably formed by a fusion

of the supratemporal and squamosal.

+ “Foss, Rept. Cretaceous Form.,” Suppl. 8 (Mon. Pal. Soc. 1858)

pl. iv. fig. 1.

of the Skull in Peloneustes philarchus. 253

facial processes of the premaxille, while laterally they are

bordered by the prefrontals in front, and probably for a short

distance only by the postfrontals behind.

The inner border of the postfrontal united with the

parietals; its anterior boundary is not seen in any of the

specimens, but it probably met the prefrontal in a suture

running outwards nearly at right angles to the axis of the

skull, as in the above-mentioned skull of Pliosaurus. It

evidently formed part of the upper posterior margin of the

orbit and of the anterior border of the temporal fossee. Its

lower extremity apparently united with the postorbital. The

relations of this bone to the surrounding structures, apart

from its anterior junction with the prefrontal, are very similar

to those of the postfrontal of Sphenodon.

The prefrontal is bounded internally by the frontal and

posterior end of the premaxille ; posteriorly, as has just been

mentioned, it is probably in contact with the postfrontal ;

anteriorly it joins the nasals(?), and externally it is slightly

overlapped by a thin plate of bone, here regarded as a supra-

orbital, the presence of which in a skull of Plestosaurus

dolichodirus was long ago pointed out by Owen *.

It has not been possible to determine the form and rela-

tions of the nasals, but they seem to have sent forward a

wedge-shaped process forming the greater portion of the inner

margin of the nostrils, and separating them from the facial

processes ¢ of the premaxille. I cannot say whether a

lachrymal was present or not. The probable structure of this

part of the skull is shown in woodcut 2 A.

The relations of the bones of the frontal and nasal regions

of the skull are much better shown in the skull of Phosaurus,

to which frequent reference has already been made.

The lower border of the orbit is formed in great part by

the jugal (woodcut 2B). This bone is supported below by the

backward prolongation of the maxilla, which extends consider-

ably behind the orbit ; its hinder portion unites above with the

postorbital, and posteriorly it joins the anterior ramus of the

squamosal, but takes no share in the formation of the upper

margin of the temporal bar, being excluded therefrom by the

backward extension of the postorbital to meet the squamosal.

The postorbital is a triangular bone; its apex must have

joined the postfrontal, but in no specimen is the actual

junction preserved, though there can be no doubt that it

* “Rept. Lias Form.,” pt. 3 (Mon. Pal. Soc. 1865) p. 9, pl. ii1. fig. 1.

+ The upper portions of these processes were described as the nasals by

Owen, Sollas, and others.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 18

254 Mr. C. W. Andrews on the Structure

existed, since in some specimens the upper angle is well

preserved, and shows that it united in a suture with the

adjoining element.

Figure showing the relations of the transpalatine to the surrounding

; bones.

The anterior edge of the postorbital formed the hinder

margin of the orbit, and the posterior a part of the anterior

border of the temporal fossa. Its lower edge, as already

stated, joins the upper edge of the jugal, while its posterior

angle is truncated by a short suture with the anterior ramus

of the squamosal.

The relations of the postorbital, jugal, and maxilla to one

another and to the squamosal are almost precisely the same

as those found by Sollas in a skull of Plestosaurus Conybeart

(see Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxvii. 1881, p. 444,

pl. xxiv. fig. 1); moreover, they bear out Huxley’s statement

that the postfrontal (=postorbital) articulates with a bone

that is the homologue of the squamosal of the crocodile.

Williston, on the other hand, states that in Cimoliosaurus

there is no trace of the T-shaped suture between the jugal,

postorbital, and squamosal, and that if it existed the squa-

mosal would necessarily articulate with the maxilla. This is

not the case in skulls of Peloneustes, in which the posterior

end of the maxilla approaches the squamosal, but remains

separated from it by the jugal. Cope, in his paper on

the same skull of Cimoliosaurus, describes an arrangement

of bones in the temporal arch which differs widely from

that found in Jeloneustes and also in Plestosaurus. He

figures the suture between the jugal and squamosal as

lying far back near the hinder end of the temporal arcade, so

that the postorbital unites with the jugal only, and is widely

of the Skull in Peloneustes philarchus. 255

separated from the squamosal (supratemporal of Cope).

What is here spoken of as the superior ramus of the squa-

mosal is figured by him as a distinct element, the supra-

mastoid. No trace of any suture in the position indicated

occurs in Peloneustes; but since complete fusion with the

parietal has also taken place, this does not prove that no such

suture existed. It has already been pointed out that in the

skull of the young individual of Cryptoclidus recently noticed

by the present writer in the ‘Geological Magazine,’ June

1895, the parietals bear postero-lateral processes that cer-

tainly are not distinct elements, and it is with the posterior

surfaces of these processes the ends of the upper rami of the

squamosal unite, overlapping them so far that they nearly

meet in the middle line behind the parietals.” In Sphenodon

the upper rami of the squamosal join the front of these

processes. J am not sure whether, in the young specimen

mentioned, the upper ramus of the “‘squamosal”’ is not a

distinct element ; but if this is so, if would seem to show, not

that the lateral processes of the parietals in Sphenodon are

distinct elements, but that the ‘‘ squamosal”’ is, as is com-

monly supposed, a compound bone.

The ventral ramus of the squamosal is closely united to

the quadrate, but the exact relation of the two bones to one

another is difficult to determine. It can be seen that a process

of the squamosal is closely attached to the anterior surface of

the quadrate, down which it extends nearly to the condyle.

On the posterior surface there also appears to be a plate of

bone, the lower edge of which forms a rounded curved ridge

a little above the condyle; but it is not quite clear whether

this is a distinct bone or a process of the squamosal.

I have not been able to determine whether the small

quadrato-jugal described by Williston and Cope in Cimolio-

saurus 1s present or not.

The quadrate is a stout, massive bone which in its natural

position seems to have been directed rather outwards and

backwards. Internally it is supported by the backward pro-

longation of the pterygoid, which unites with it by suture ;

externally it is rigidly fixed by the extensive overlap of the

squamosal. Moreover, judging from the Pliosaur skull

referred to above, it was further supported by the paroccipital

process, the outer end of which unites either with the upper

end of the quadrate or with the portion of the pterygoid

immediately adjoining. Between the paroccipital process and

the post-temporal bar there must have been a post-temporal

fossa of considerable size.

The condyle for the mandible is transversely elongate and

LS*

256 Rev. J. H. Crawford on the

forms a curve with the concavity forward. The articular

surface is divided into two parts by a ridge which runs

obliquely from its inner posterior angle to about the middle

of its anterior border. The outer portion is considerably the

larger and is concave from side to side and convex from before

backwards; the inner is convex in both directions.

It will be convenient to defer the comparison of the cranial

structure of the Plesiosauria with that of other reptiles until

the skulls in some of the other genera have been described,

especially since very considerable differences exist between

the short-snouted Plesiosaurs of the Lias and the later

Pliosaurs. It may, however, be mentioned that these latter

appear to approach the Triassic Nothosaurs more nearly in

the structure of the palate than do the former.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Fig. 1. Dorsal surface of an imperfect skull of Peloneustes philarchus,

(Seeley) (specimen 1).

Fig. 2. Ventral surface of ditto (specimen 4).

Fig. 3. Frontal region of ditto (part of specimen 2).

f. Frontal. pf. Prefrontal.

ju. Jugal. par.for. Parietal foramen.

la, (?) Lachrymal. p.m. Premaxilla.

mex. Maxilla. post.pal.vac. Posterior palatine va-

na. Nasal (?). cuities.

o. Ridge on pterygoid. g. Quadrate.

oc.c. Occipital condyle. sup.orb. (?) Supraorbital.

pal. Palatine. vo. Vomer.

p.o. Postorbital.

XXXVITL.—The Hydroids of St. Andrews Bay. By Rev.

J. H. Crawrorp, F.L.8., St. Andrews Marine Laboratory.

Since the first list of Hydroids was published in the Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. in 1874 (vol. xi.) by Prof. M‘Intosh *

several additional species have been procured.

During the present season, again, a few forms have been

added to the local Hydroids, which seem to show that the bay

is probably richer than has been supposed. Many of the

Athecata are known to attach themselves by preference to the

red seaweeds and to Zostera marina. Unfortunately the

west rocks, where Delesserta sanguinea grows most luxu-

* And also copied in ‘Invertebrate Marine Fauna and Fishes of

St. Andews,’ 1875.

Hydroids of St. Andrews Bay. 257

riantly, are covered with young mussels, and the bed of

Zostera on the far side of the Eden has not yet been ex-

amined.

ATHECATA.

Clava multicornis.—The commonest form. Found every-

where on stones between tide-marks.

Hydractinia echinata.—Colonies occur on various empty

shells.

Coryne vaginata.—On Delesseria sanguinea.

Syncoryne decipiens.—F rom débris of fishing-nets.

Eudendrium ramosum.—F rom deep water.

capillare—On Antennularia ramosa.

Tubularia indivisa.—F rom deep water.

coronata.—K rom deep water.

larynx.—From deep water.

In addition to such positivesresults, the detached Medusa-

buds occur with sufficient regularity to make it practically

certain that the corresponding hydroids are present, and the

distribution is often sufficiently local to indicate the position

those should occupy. In March or beginning of April we

look for Lizzia (Rathkea) octopunctata; in May Hybocodon

prolifer; in June Syncoryne eximia, Sarsii, and gravata,

Stauridium productum, Perigonimus repens, Bougainvillia

fruticosa, LEctopleura Dumortierti; in July Bougainvillia

ramosa and Syncoryne pulchella. Huphysa aurata, the most

beautiful of our smaller hydroids, occurs in great numbers

from the latter end of July till the beginning of September.

MEDUS&.

Lizzta octopunctata. April.

Hybocodon prolifer. May.

Syncoryne Sarsvi. June.

eximia. June.

gravata. June.

Stauridium productum. June.

Perigonimus repens. June.

Bougainvillia fruticosa. June.

Ectopleura Dumortierti. June.

Bougainvillia ramosa, July.

Syncoryne pulchella. July.

Euphysa aurata. August.

The Thecaphora are indicated in the following comparative

list.

258 Rev. J. Il. Crawford on the

In Athecata, St. Andrews compares unfavourably with the

other two stations, the proportion being 10 species against 16

for Heligoland, and 25 for Plymouth. In Thecaphora, on

the other hand, St. Andrews has a decided advantage, num-

bering 53 species, against 35 for Heligoland and 36 for

Plymouth. When Athecata and Thecaphora are placed

together, St. Andrews still retains the lead, with 63 against

61 and 51. In Medusoids the numbers recorded are still

more decidedly in favour of St. Andrews.

The Plymouth Hydroids and Medusew are taken from the

‘ Journal of the Marine Biological Association’ for November

1890 and ‘ Faunistic Notes at Plymouth during 1893-1894,’

by Walter Garstang, M.A.; those of Heligoland from

‘ Beitriige zur Meeresfauna von Helgoland.—lV. Die Coelen-

teraten Helgolands,’ vorliiufiger Bericht von Dr. Cl.

Hartlaub, 1894.

ATHECATA,

a F

‘ rd

6 Fe 5

a 2 5

A ey

< A mp

43 ~ 2

op) 4 ra)

I, CLavip™.

Clava multicormis,.; . 0 s<000% x54 x ‘% %

BOUAMATA . 1s .seserecenss as .

rey 5 0 Ney A rR PL 3 i$

—— leptostyla .....6...s0000-: > +

Tubiclava cornucopie# ........+. a

Il. Hypractiniipa.

Hydractinia echinata .......... PY # *

Il. Popocorynip~«.

Podocoryne cornea ........00. M %

IV. Corynip™.

Coryne vaginata ........+s6045 ” if

See 60) SOTECCNIL,.i:, +45 cae 4 +

WATINIOULAIIO, «+5515 scien #

REPEL 35 sino ys 35 1a owas “9 #*

MONMTACAOML od i) i's + sv eels M *

Syncoryne Sarsii .............. M 7 *

E98 0 kp a's" 9 co S/R M * « M

Llydroids of St. Andrews Bay.

ATHECATA (continued).

tal

es:

Syncoryne pulchella............ M

BEDE ALAR s tisisscpnint xs ay fhe Seare M

—— decipiens .........eeecies #

V. STauRIDIIDz.

Stauridium productum ........ M

VI. MyriorHEeLipa.

Myriothelia phrygia............ + #

VIL. Evpenprup2.

Eudendrium rameum .......... *% *

————"FAMOSUD, 64.0 60 a sierisi one oes *

———Capillare ..60..seeusons ae * *

VU. Arractryiip«.

Ger VeMU MUTANS s¢ ataieicivie< decsld «6 : s. *

Perigonimus repens .......... 7 M #

MERDUETIS ed rut ioral asa: dna: fe Grohe #

Dicoryne conferta............+. ae =

Bougainvillia ramosa .......... M *

PBUACOREY etivare Gate eee os oe M

IX. TuBuLARTIDzE.

Tubularia indivisa ........ Reta x *

aa COT OUP Devaay pte deuenefe)si siaie @ eye's Pn ate

PREV IER arcs arlacch x: sf Gail's Wve Praca # 1%

— humilis......... Eine tOks ; he %

eC hac didbeke wie spite e ote tw *

BURT ORS thea ols We sass xe a #

Ectopleura Dumortierii ........ M

Corymorpha nutans ...... cre M #

| Plymouth.

Heligoland.

* *

ya9)

260 Rev. J. H. Crawford on the

THECAPHORA.

g 2

2 3 z

so = I

: a o

D By se

I. CAMPANULARIID®.

Clytia Johnstoni ............+. « M * .

Obelia peniculata..: ck <. sna «M * *

dichotoma %....e.. aceaats x * *

=—— JONPISSINB. 2 sk ee os ews * * *

—— heligolandica ............ a af *

aa AMOUR BE oy ais Tie. soe v's fale we - *%

Campanularia Hincksii ........ a

———"VOINPUIS. RE sess pie e Seca * * *

—— verticillata .............. * * *

HOXIMOSAA eh siete ie bance Serer * * *

raridentata ..... Se sed bie * *

BOGUIATE Tigi sabes ce estes

Thaumantias inconspicua ...... M M M

Wovenellavclansa, Yann cee sa. ses * x

Gonothyreea Loveni..... pies eisai # *

EVA A Previa eis eS lonie ace ge as x *

—$— RAAB onesie ay boos din = 8 % *

II. CAMPANULINID2.

Campanulina acuminata ....... M * *

——repens ..... a ee ee *

Opercularella lacerta............ *

III. Leprocypuipz.

Leptocyphus tenuis ............ %

OCalycella syringe: 2... 0. «vets ax * x *

IV. Larormp»#.

atoea pocillum . 0...) 0)eeeen *

PV SINGER, a0 exe 0s ole wile wialelis * *

Se UNE SS Ge Oem c * * *

TATURICOS cat oan aves inlets Maine * *

Cuspidella humilis ............ *

————SCOSLEUA so sep oe ce hs alee ane a x

Filellum serpens ............:. * ae *

V. Coprinuip».

QOD IIA OANETA 6. Sie... sina so ae * *

Hydroids of St. Andrews Bay. 261

THECAPHORA (continued),

- n F

3 2 E

re 5 oS

5 °

< S| =

3 a, 2

D Ay an)

VI. Harecrup#.

Haloikema Lankesterii ........ 7

Halecium halecinum .......... % ¥ | *

——— MUTICAGUIM! 265. te sec * 5k | x

aaa NENOU SEN Nt need Sic 3, opsyels mio - * *

TOSI eee eie tek eee es, a ae

POT UGM, 's)5 512, Sais sse.chs rece * As *

VII. SeRTULARIID#.

Sertularella polyzonias ........ » * %* *

Gayi Be) elfalielis)/e) aia) eile Sette lieltall sishiaielle oie * |

AMUSRY terse amoral ts eases * Af *

Kerrey PAF. ost are be ses ics *

Diphrasia pinaster ............ sie *

POIRACOR So oor 5 3 ot she cual oh whe aac *% se

—— CAMATISCA <2... 6505s CARROT *

—— attenuata ........0..0000- x

MIMIBGH Shi cee. a terete ames es *%

Sertularia pumila.............. * * *

opercalatart.. «vas. Aas *%

eh TTT CUD Novae ciel c, diols one eiveranc *

abietina ©! whe) ele: s} a! © e es) esha eo . * * *

AINSI Gs AgodonhoodooUCnG * *

CUPLESSINA ee fe wicw as ones * * ie

Hydrallmania falcata .......... # * *

Thuiame sriiculata .. 6s. a ciste- oe :

HHUA reste ela ey.srurioh sletie. 6 *

VIII. PrumvuLarup2.

Antennularia antennina ........ # %

BAUIGSEe th Ae auSley «'«\p50t aie * % 7

Aglaophenia tubulifera ........ %

——— PLUMNIA “Fae ida ee wn pe wes os ind *

—— myriophyllum ............ * *

Plumularia frutescens .......... * *

—— Catharina....... Be ere och * * %

—— BOETACED 20. c creer rvrveseres * * *

<== MMII) 23 hls eae toh 8 * *

—echinulata .............. * a

—— pinnata ..........+s.seee- *% * *

* indicates the presence of the Hydroid.

M : ‘ Medusa.

* M ‘ both Hydroid and Medusa.

262 Mr. E. A. Smith on

Joticeable Features of Hydroids and the corresponding

Meduse.

1. Comparative abundance of Thecaphora and poverty of

Athecata, possibly owing in part to insufficient search for the

latter.

2. The appearance in considerable numbers of /Zybocodon

in May and Euphysa in August. Steenstrupia may yet be

found if searched for at sufficient depths ; I netted it in great

numbers in Sullom Voe, Shetland, after a westerly gale had

stirred up the bottom; the second day I obtained a few as

the mass were settling down, and after that I got no more.

3. The singularly interesting and beautiful budding forms

—HTybocodon, with its heavy group of buds round the ten-

tacle-bulb; Rathkea, budding round the short thick manu-

brium within the subumbrella; and the graceful Codonium

gemmiferum (August), with the buds spirally arranged round

the long manubrium mainly outside the umbrella, That

figured in Forbes’s Monograph is a young form evidently

recently detached. The adult resembles in the length of the

manubrium and other details Haeckel’s Sarsia siphonophora.

The very occasional appearance, often entire absence for

the season, of Stphonophora perhaps merits incidental

mention.

XXXIX.—Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine

Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander C. F, Oldham,

Rk.N.—Series II., No. 20. Report upon some Mollusca

dredged in the Arabian Sea during the Season 1894-5.

By Epoar A. SMITH.

Witu the exception of the Amussiwm andamanicum, all the

species quoted in this paper are from comparatively shallow

water, and consequently have not that special interest which

is attached to deep-water forms. It is proposed to give

figures of the new species in a subsequent communication.

Pleurotoma marmorata, Lamarck.

Plewrotoma marmorata, Lamk., Reeve, Conch. Icon. fig. 21; Kiener,

Icon. Coq. Viv. pl. vi. fig. 1; Weinkautf, Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, pl, iii.

fig. 4; Tryon, Man. Conch. vol. vi. pl. 11. figs. 16, 16a.

Jun.=P. hastula, Reeve, op. cit. fig. 159.

Hab. Red Sea, Indian Ocean to Polynesia; lat. 20° 37! 15"

Mollusca from the Arabian Sea. 263

N., long. 69° 24! 20" E., Arabian Sea, off Gujerat, in 44

fathoms (‘Znvestigator ’).

These specimens differ’ from what may be regarded as the

typical form in having the periphery of the whorls marked

with a double instead of a simple acute keel.

Nassa pseudoconcinna.

Testa elongato-pyramidalis, turrita, albida, subpellucida, fasciis

tribus dilute rufis supra anfractum ultimum picta; anfractus 8,

convexi, supremi quatuor leves, in medio carinati, ceteri costis

numerosis arcuatis sulco infra suturam bisectis instructi, in inter-

stitiis spiraliter sulcati, ultimus prope basin costis plus minus

nodosis ; apertura irregulariter subovalis, longit. totius 3 vix

equans ; labrum ad marginem acutum intus paulo incrassatum,

tuberculis circiter 9 munitum, extus leviter varicosum ; colu-

mella arcuata, callo tenui circumscripto induta, tuberculo minuto

superne instructa ; canalis anterior latus, obliquus, brevissimus,

recurvus,

Longit. 15 millim., diam. 8; apertura 7 longa, 4 lata.

Hab. Lat. 21° 30! 15" N., long. 68° 05" 45' E., Arabian

Sea, off Gujerat, in 82 fathoms.

N. concinna, Powis, appears to be the nearest ally of this

species. It is, however, larger, has ten less convex whorls,

the body-whorl is more contracted at the base, the basal canal

is narrower, the outer lip more strongly varixed. In con-

cinna the three brown bands extend over the varix, whereas

in the present species they stop short of it, so that it has a

pallid look. The thickening within the lip is faintly yellowish

and slightly removed from the acute edge.

In describing N. turrifera (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1895,

vol. xvi. p. 5) I regret having overlooked N. babylonia of

Watson, which is quite identical, and was obtained in 375

fathoms off the Philippine Islands.

Distortriz cancellina (Roissy), var.

Triton cancellinus (Roissy), Reeve, Conch. Icon. sp. 45; Kobelt,

Conch.-Cab. ed. 2, p. 200, pl. lvil. figs. 5, 6; Kiener, Icon. Coq. Viv.

p. 21, pl. xiv. fig. 1; Tryon, Man. Conch. vol. iii. p. 35, pl. xvii.

tig. 175; Kiener, Icon. Coq. Viv. pl. xiv. fig. 1 (as 7. elathratum,

Lam. ).

Hab. Philippines, China, Ceylon.

Var. ridens.

Triton ridens, Reeve, l. c. fig. 46; Tryon, pl. xvii. fig. 177; Kobelt,

pl. lviii. fig. 4.

Hab. Philippines.

264 Mr. E. A. Smith on

Var. decipiens.

Triton decipiens, Reeve, fig. 102; Tryon, pl. xvii. fig. 178; Kobelt,

pl. xvii. fig. 7.

Hab. Philippines (Reeve); lat. 21° 30’ 15” N., long.

68° 05! 45” E., Arabian Sea, off Gujerat, in 82 fathoms

(‘ Investigator ’).

The specimens obtained by the ‘ Investigator’ more closely

resemble the last variety than any other. The colour of the

outer lip and the columellar callus is the same. The form of

the aperture is quite similar, but there is only a single parietal

tubercle instead of three or four, as usual in this variety.

They are clothed with a hairy epidermis, the hairs being

placed in longitudinal rows upon the ridges. In the inter-

stices the epidermis is minutely reticulated and setose, and

the general appearance is fibrous. The embryonic shell

consists of three smooth, convex, glossy whorls, and the

normal volutions have a more regular convex and less dis-

torted aspect than in Reeve’s type.

Triton constrictus of Reeve is considered synonymous with

this species by Tryon, who remarks that it, together with

T. ridens and T. decipiens, “ have no claim to rank even as

varieties.” Although in general conformation 7’. constrictus

resembles the other forms mentioned, I consider that its great

solidity, the much more distorted spire, coarser sculpture, and

heavy labrum are sufficient to separate it specifically. The

geographical range also is quite different. With regard to

the generic name to be applied to this group of “ Tritons,”

there appears to be some divergence of opinion. Casting

aside the uncharacterized Boltenian catalogue-name of Dzs-

torsio, the most available appears to be Distortrix of Link

(1805).

Capulus trregularis.

Testa pileiformis, apice postice valde recurvato, sordide albida,

pallido-rufo radiatim obscure picta, lamellis irregularibus concen-

tricis undulatis instructa; anfractus 3, apicales duo (nucleus)

globosi, leves; forma aperture irregularis, vel rotundata, vel

elongata, etc.; superficies interna albida, plus minus rufo tincta,

nitida ; peristoma antice tenue, postice intus incrassatum.

Diam. maj. 153 millim., min. 12; alt. 8.

Hab. Lat. 20° 37’ 15” N., long. 69° 24’ 20” E., Arabian

Sea, off Gujerat, in 44 fathoms.

Like Capulus lissus, Smith, this species has no radiating

Mollusca from the Arabian Sea. 265

sculpture. In general form it recalls some examples of the

West-Indian Hipponyx antiquatus (L.). ‘The apex is so

much recurved as to pass*the posterior margin of the aperture.

Crassatella indica.

Testa valde ineequilateralis, crassiuscula, antice rotundata, postice

subquadrata, costis concentricis crassiusculis numerosis utrinque

attenuatis instructa, albida, epidermide haud nitida, lutescente

induta; margo dorsi anticus valde descendens, concayus, posticus

longior, minus obliquus, rectus; umbones prominentes, longe

antemediani, incurvati, vix contigui, acuti; lunula cordata pro-

funde excavata, lineis incrementi tenuibus striata; area dorsi

postica excavata, lanceolata; pagina interna alba vel ceruleo-

alba ; cicatrices parvee, subprofund, subequales ; margo valva-

rum inferior intus tenuiter denticulatus ; cardo normalis, dentibus

principalibus striatis.

Longit. 28 millim., alt. 24, diam. 172.

Hab. Lat. 21° 30’ 15” N., long. 68° 05’ 45" E., Arabian

Sea, off Gujerat, 82 fathoms.

Distinguished from allied species by difference of form and

costulation. ‘The ribs near the posterior extremity are more

or less obsolete or concealed by the periostracum.

Amussium andamanicum, Smith.

Amussium andamanicum, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1894,

vol. xiv. p. 172, pl. v. figs. 18, 14.

Hab. Lat. 15° 11' N., long. 72° 28' 45” E., Arabian Sea,

west of Goa, in 931 fathoms.

Two specimens from this locality are rather larger than the

type from the Andaman Sea, being 43 millim. in length and

51 high. The greater development of the concentric lamelle

towards the lower margin of the left valve, as shown in the

figure, appears to be characteristic of the species; also the

feebleness of the central radiating lire within the valves is

maintained. The microscopic structure of the valves is

different. The right valve is minutely punctate everywhere,

and the fine concentric ridges towards the umbo are crossed

by very short minute striez. The left valve, on the con-

trary, may be described as smooth. The conspicuous differ-

ence in the structure of the valves is best seen by means of

transmitted light.

265 Bibliographical Notice.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

A Manual for the Study of Insects. By Joan Henry Comstock,

Professor of Entomology in Cornell University and in Leland

Stanford Junior University ; and Anna Borsrorp Comstock, Member

of the Society of American Wood-Engravers. 8yvo. Ithaca, N. Y.,

1895. Pp. xii, 701. Coloured frontispiece, 5 plain plates, and

woodcuts.

Ir is no longer possible, as when Fabricius published his ‘ Systema

Entomologie’ in 1775, to compress the descriptions of all the

known insects of the world into a single volume ; nor is it possible

to compress the results of all the best work on alli the orders of

insects into two moderate-sized volumes, as was still the case in

1840, when Westwood published his great work on the ‘ Modern

Classification of Insects,’ a work still of the greatest value to ento-

mologists, and which could never be superseded except by a whole

library written by a very large syndicate of specialists. We have

not even any later book dealing with British Entomology on the

lines of Westwood’s ‘ Introduction,’ our books on general British

Entomology being only popular works, chiefly of value to beginners.

But in North America they are more fortunate ; for Prof. Packard's

‘Guide to the Study of Insects,’ first published in 1869, deals with

American insects as comprehensively, though somewhat more

popularly, than Westwood dealt with the insects of the world ;

and we are glad to add that the book has been fully appreciated,

having run through more editions in a comparatively short time than

perhaps any other entomological book ever published. And now

Professor Comstock, already known to all entomologists by much

valuable work, among which we may specially mention his writings

on scale-insects (Coccide) and on the neuration of insects, has

published a ‘Manual for the Study of Insects,’ which, though

treating almost exclusively of North-American insects, will yet be

found indispensable to all students of entomology who study those

groups of insects which the author has discussed in adequate detail.

The book is handsomely got up, even as regards the outside, being

bound in light grey, with silver lettering, and having a butterfly

resting on a flower on the back and a spider’s web in the corner of

the upper cover. The paper and print are very good; there is a

coloured frontispiece representing plants, butterflies, and beetles,

and the book is crowded with illustrations, including both woodcuts

and plain plates. In fact it is almost too well got up, for it weighs

twice as much as would be expected from its size, which cannot be

considered an advantage in any book.

Although Prof. Comstock does not include the Crustacea, Arach-

nida, and Myriapoda among the insects (the two latter are treated

by Dr. Packard, with the Insects, as subclasses of Tracheata), yet

they receive a brief mention at the commencement of his volume,

Bibliographical Notice. 267

the orders of Arachnida and the principal families of spiders being

treated almost as fully as some of the smaller orders of insects.

Turning now to the Insécts, which form the chief subject of

Prof. Comstock’s work, we find that he divides them into nineteen

orders, instead of the seven into which they are frequently com-

pressed by European entomologists, although Westwood, in 1840,

admitted thirteen, exclusive of Thysanura and Parasita (= Ano-

plura and Mallophaga), which he did not regard as true insects.

Prof. Packard, however, admits only eight, including the Thysanura.

Prof. Comstock’s nineteen orders are as follows :—Thysanura,

Ephemerida, Odonata, Plecoptera, Isoptera, Corrodentia, Mallophaga,

Euplexoptera, Orthoptera, Physopoda, Hemiptera, Neuroptera, Meco-

ptera, Trichoptera, Lepidoptera, Diptera, Siphonaptera, Coleoptera,

Hymenoptera. Of these the following names are in less general use

than the others :—Plecoptera (Perlidz), Isoptera (Termites), Corro-

dentia (Psocide), Physopoda (Thrips), Mecoptera (Panorpidie and

Bittacide), and Siphonaptera (Pulicidee). The Neuroptera (which

name we should prefer to retain for the Odonata) include the

families Mantispide, Raphidide, Sialidse, Coniopterygide, Myrme-

leonidee, Hemerobiidee, and Chrysopide. Two or three of the old

orders admitted by Westwood disappear as orders ; thus, the Hemi-

ptera are divided into three suborders—Heteroptera, Parasita

(Pediculide), and Homoptera—and the Strepsiptera are treated as

a family of Coleoptera, as by most recent authors.

Several of these orders are treated very briefly indeed ; thus, only

four pages are given to the Odonata, or Dragonflies, which are said

to form “ only a single family.” Considering that the Rhynchophora,

or Weevils, are treated as a suborder of Coleoptera (though far less

anomalous than some of the aberrant Heteromera, the Meloide for

example), it is strange to see a group of nearly 2000 known species,

and containing three main families as distinct as the Libellulide,

Aischnidex, and Agrionide, dismissed with even less notice than is

given to the compact little order of the Siphonaptera or Fleas, and

with scarcely an observation of the slightest scientific, or even

popular, value. In Prof. Packard’s work, which we suppose has

served as the model of Prof. Comstock’s, the Odonata are much

more fully dealt with, although still inadequately.

It must be allowed that it would be unfair to expect the writer

of a general work like this to make it equally complete in every

group; but it is difficult to account for such a scant notice of such

an important group as the Odonata. On the other hand, most of

the larger orders are treated of as elaborately as the character of the

work and the available space will allow, no less than 222 pages

being allotted to the Lepidoptera alone.

Many figures are given of wing-neuration in all the orders, but

more especially in the Lepidoptera, which, as is well known,

Prof. Comstock proposes to divide into two suborders. The first

suborder is the Jugatee, or Lepidoptera with similar neuration to the

fore and hind wings, and with a small lobe projecting from the

base of the fore wings beneath the costal margin of the hind wing,

268 Bibliographical Notice.

This structure is called the jugum, or yoke, and is found only in

the Hepialidx and Micropterygide. The Frenate form the second

suborder, and include the other families of Lepidoptera, in which

the fore and hind wings have different neuration and are connected

by a frenulum, a bristle, or bundle of bristles, or by its substitute,

a large humeral angle of the hind wing. But it will require a more

extensive examination of the neuration of exotic Lepidoptera before

we can determine the exact value of these characters, which appear

hardly sufficient by themselves to justify the division of the Lepido-

ptera into two main groups.

Notwithstanding the importance attached by the author to the

neuration of insects and to the desirability of establishing a uniform

system of nomenclature for the wing-veins, which he bases largely

on the system adopted by Redtenbacher, he is content to refer for

details to his essay on evolution and taxonomy. ‘This, we think, is

a great mistake. He has adopted an elaborate system of notation

by Roman numerals, and expresses his opinion that veins iv. and vi.

do not exist in the Lepidoptera, Diptera, and Hymenoptera; yet he

gives no illustration of a typical wing, nor what would have been of

almost equal importance, a series of typical illustrations of wings of

insects of various orders, illustrating his ideas of the homologies of

the wing-veins. ‘There are, indeed, a great number of illustrations

of the wings of insects, but, so far as we have noticed, all those in

which the wing-veins are numbered belong to the very orders in

which the typical neuration is stated by Prof. Comstock to be

defective. Are we to infer that his system breaks down when

applied to orders with a more complicated neuration? We do not

think that special attention should have been called to a question

like neuration without fuller explanations having been given in the

book itself ; it is not enough to refer to another.

Prof. Comstock estimates the probable number of existing species

of animals at one million. We presume he must have been quoting

some old estimate, in order to avoid startling his readers too much.

At present there cannot be much less than half a million nominal

species of insects alone on our lists ; and, although a certain propor-

tion of these will undoubtedly prove to be synonyms, yet the most

moderate recent computation of the actual number of existing species

of insects fixes them at 2,000,000 ; and many of those entomologists

who are best competent to form an opinion agree with Prof. Riley in

regarding 10,000,000 as no exaggerated estimate. And can it be

true that there are only three kinds of true clothes-moths in North

America, and even these all common European pests?

Prof. Comstock has, however, succeeded in packing an enormous

amount of information of all kinds into the moderate compass of

his book; nor would it be just to pass over the work of the accom-

plished lady, of whom her husband speaks as the “‘ Junior Author,”

and whose share in the book entitles her to a place beside her prede-

cessors, who have done so much good work, alone or conjointly, and

both with pen and pencil, ever since the dawn of entomology. It

Bibliographical Notice. 269

is enough to mention Madame Merian, Miss Jermyn, Miss Catlow,

Frau Lienig, Mrs. W. F. Kirby, and Miss Ormerod, the last of whom

is still with us and by no means one of the lesser names among our

English entomologists. ~

“‘ Nearly all of the woodcuts have been engraved from nature by

the Junior Author...... Although the chief work of the Junior

Author has been with the pencil and graver, many parts of the book

are from her pen.” So writes Prof. Comstock ; and the excellence

of the work can speak for itself. All the illustrations, however,

are not new, nor was it necessary or desirable that they should be.

Thus, the illustrations of scale-insects are taken from one of

Prof. Comstock’s reports on the subject; and at p. 68 Lyonnet’s

figures of the muscles of the larva of Cossus ligniperda (the Goat

Moth) are reproduced, which we do not remember to have seen in

any recent popular work on entomology. The woodcuts are

numbered up to 757; but several of them are repeated twice, and,

in one instance, even three times in different parts of the book, a

proceeding which, though far from indefensible, is yet fairly open

to criticism.

Much information about the habits of insects is scattered

tbrough the book, and a great’ many typical American forms are

figured and fully described, especially among the Jepidoptera and

the other orders which are most fully discussed. But, although

we are fully in accord with the author as to the extent of the field

of entomology and the desirability of original observation in any

promising direction, yet we cannot quite agree with his concluding

remarks :—“ There is a large literature concerning the intelligence

of bees; but those who love to see rather than merely to think

about interesting things will find keenest pleasure in intimate

associations with these little communists.” Surely study and obser-

vation must go hand-in-hand, or we shall merely repeat and, perhaps,

misunderstand what others have often observed and probably mis-

interpreted before us ; whereas, if we know what has already been

done, we need waste no time in going over old ground, but proceed

at once and intelligently to the study of points which still require

verification or elucidation.

We must now take our leave of a book which, though not perfect

in all points (as what book is ?), is yet one of the most important

general introductions to entomology which have come under our

notice ; while, as regards most orders of insects, it will prove of

great value, not only to those interested in entomology in general,

but to specialists as well. We must not forget to add that there is

a good index, as well as a table of contents. Few books are now

published without the former; but, unfortunately, some recent

authors seem to undervalue the importance of the latter.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xvi. 19

270 iscellaneous.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 19, 1895.—Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.5.,

President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘On the Occurrence of Radiolaria in Chalk. By W. Hill, Esq.,

F.G.S., and A. J. Jukes-Browne, Esq., B.A., F.G.S.

The Authors notice the rarity of records of Cretaceous Radiolaria,

and allude to those which have been made, including those by

Riist and Sollas. They have recently discovered spherical bodies

resembling in form and general appearance certain calcified and

partially destroyed radiolarian tests from some of the Barbadian

rocks ; microscopic examination of these has proved that many of

them, at any rate, are Radiolaria. They occur in the nodules of the

lower beds of the Melbourn Rock at Melbourn, Royston, near

Hitchin, Leagrave near Luton, Pitstone and Tring, Watlington,

the Richmond boring, the lower part of the ‘Grit Bed’ at Dover,

Sutton Waldron and Burcombe (Dorset), and in a nodular chalk which

may be considered as the equivalent of the Melbourn Rock from

Bindon Cliffs, near Axmouth, Devon. Similar organisms have recently

been found in the Chalk Marl of Lincolnshire, Yorkshire, and Norfolk,

but have not been noticed in any other parts of the Chalk. It is

suggested that they occurred in many portions of the Chalk-ooze,

but were usually rapidly and completely dissolved, and contributed

to that solution of silica which furnished the substance of flint-

nodules; and the Authors conclude that the preservation of traces

of the Radiolaria in the nodules of the Melbourn Rock is due to

some specially favourable conditions.

A description of the changes undergone by Barbadian Radiolaria

is given to illustrate the instability of radiolarian tests. Here all

stages are traceable, from the perfect siliceous test to a structureless

ball or disc filled with calcareous matter, or a mere patch of clear

erystalline material.

A description of forms recognized in the nodules of the Melbourn

Rock is given.

MISCELLANEOUS.

The Name of Galeodes intrepidus.

By R. I. Pocock.

On pp. 75 and 76 of the July number of this Magazine I fell into

the error of thinking that the name intrepidus of Audouin antedated

that of intrepidus of Dufour. As a matter of fact the latter was

published in Ann, Gén. Sci, Phys. Bruxelles, iv. p. 370 (1820), and

the former not until some years later. Consequently C. Koch’s

name scalaris will stand for the species I termed intrepidus.

Miscellaneous. 271

On the Acreea cynthius of Drury. By Arraur G. Burtrr,

Ph,D., F.L.S., &e.

In Drury’s ‘ Illustrations of Exotic Insects’ (vol. iii. pl. xxxvil.

fig. 5) a butterfly is figured which has given great trouble to lepi-

dopterists; the older authors identified it correctly, and then by

some means a totally distinct species became confounded with it,

and has ever since borne the name.

The true A. cynthius is undoubtedly an albino female of A. bonasia

of Fabricius. An example exactly agreeing with Drury’s figure

was purchased by the Trustees at the sale of Milne’s collection, and

may even be the type of Drury’s species (vide Preface to my ‘ Cata-

logue of Fabrician Diurnal Lepidoptera’) ; indeed, the fact that it

was entered in the Old Register as Drury’s species and as from

Sierra Leone, combined with the fact that it closely agrees with the

original figure, seems to make this well nigh a certainty.

This point therefore being satisfactorily settled, it becomes

necessary to give a name to the common yellow-banded species

allied to A. cabira, which has hitherto wrongly borne the name of

A, cynthius? in the Museum collection as well as in all others, and

has been well figured under that name by M. Charles Oberthiir

(‘ Etudes d’Entomologie, xvii. pl. i. fig. 5, 1893). I think one

cannot do better than call it A. Oberthiirii, as a slight recognition

of the services rendered to entomology by the numerous admirable

coloured illustrations published by that lepidopterist.

Note on the Protoplasmic Connexion of Lasso-cells in Physalia.

By Serrano Goro.

In view of the facts that have been brought out on the subject,

there are, as it seems to me, three possibilities in the mechanism by

which the cnidoblasts are discharged. One is to suppose that the

stimulation of the protoplasm of the lasso-cells by foreign bodies

coming in contact with the cnidocil causes it, or, more accurately

speaking, its muscular portion, to contract, and brings about the

discharge of the enidoblast; another is to suppose that the contact

of the cnidocil with foreign bodies is transmitted as a sensation to

the ganglionic cells of the subepithelial layer, and that from these

cells a new impulse goes out to the lasso-cells, and causes the latter

to discharge. This, however, is regarded by von Lendenfeld (Zeitschr.

f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xxxviil. p. 366, ff.) as highly improbable. A third

way is that the stimulation of the enidocil be transmitted to the sub-

epithelial ganglionic cells, and there converted into a reflex, which

causes the discharge of lasso-cells. We may, however, suppose that

the stimulation proceeds from the sensory cells instead of from the

enidocils. Considering the fact that a mere contact with inert

foreign body, such as a grain of sand, does not bring about the

272 Miscellaneous.

discharge of lasso-cells, it seems to me very probable that this last

alternative is what takes place in the seizure of prey.

During my study of the gonophores of Physalia I had also occa-

sion to make some histological observations, so far as the condition

of my materials permitted. One of the most interesting of these is

the protoplasmic connexion of the lasso-cells with each other. This

I first observed in some siphons mounted zn toto. In these four or

five, or sometimes more, cells were distinctly seen to be connected

with each other by means of protoplasmic processes. These cells

were generally arranged in a line parallel to the long axis of the

siphon, and each cell was therefore bipolar. In some of the cells,

however, I have observed one or more lateral processes ; but whether

these proceeded to other lasso-cells or to ganglionic cells I have not

been able to make out. All the lasso-cells that I have observed

connected together were not yet fully developed ; some of them were

still very young, but in others the vacuole, which afterwards becomes

the capsule, had already attained a large size, and contained a horse-

shoe-shaped deeply staining body, which is so characteristic of the:

lasso-cells in this species. I have tried to demonstrate the same

connexion in the ripe lasso-cells, but hitherto I have not been

successful. ‘This I think can hardly be surprising when we consider

how reduced the cytoplasmic mantle of the capsules finally becomes,

and how comparatively far they stand from each other, thus necessi-

tating a considerable lengthening and consequent diminution in

thickness of the protoplasmic processes, I have observed the same

connexion in sections of young siphons, although, as is to be

expected, I have in this case never seen more than two cells con-

nected together. One or both of them, however, had usually a

second process.

The facts already known afford a sufficient clue to the probable

mechanism, by which a large number of lasso-cells are discharged

simultaneously ; for, the connexion of the ganglionic cells with each

other as well as with the lasso-cells being proved, we have only to

assume the transmission of impulse from one ganglionic cell to

another, in order that a simultaneous discharge of numerous lasso-

cells should take place, But the observation above recorded requires

a certain modification of our conception of the matter, in that it

does not necessitate us to assume the connexion of every lasso-cell

with a ganglionic cell. It perhaps justifies us in supposing that

the protoplasmic connexion among lasso-cells subsists to the last,

and furnishes the passage for the direct transmission of impulse

from one cell to another, whether this impulse be originally supplied

in one or the other of the ways above mentioned. Further obser-

vation will perhaps bring to light a similar connexion of lasso-cells

in other forms.—Johns Hopkins University Circulars, vol. xiv.

no. 119, p. 80.

THE*ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

| [SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 94. OCTOBER 1895.

XL.—wNotes on the Madreporarian Genus Astreopora, as

represented by the Specimens in the British Museum (Natural

History). By H. M. Brernarp, M.A. Cantab., F.L.S.,

i...

[Plate XIV. }

THE genus Astreopora was founded by de Blainville in 1830*

to contain specimens selected from Lamarck’s genus Astrea.

In working over the same ground again for the publication

(in 1836) of his ‘ Manuel d’Actinologie’ de Blainville trans-

ferred one of his species of Astreopora to his genus Gemmipora

(Turbinaria). This apparently suggested to him the possible

close affinity between the two genera. Danat accepted this

affinity, but with a note of interrogation; he evidently took

it on authority, and in spite of its inconsistency with his

principles of classification according to the methods of budding.

The budding of Gemmipora he described as inferior, a

description which could not certainly apply to that of Astreo-

pera; hence his hesitation. No such grounds for hesitation

existed in the system of Milne-Hdwards and Haime, and the

two genera were definitely classed together by these authors

in a subfamily Turbinariine, first in 1851}, and then by

Milne-Edwards in the third volume of ‘ Les Coralliaires.’

This classification has persisted ever since, being accepted by

* Dict. des Sciences Naturelles, t. lx. p. 348.

+ ‘Zoophytes,’ p. 115.

{ Les Polyp. foss. d. Terr. paleeozoiques, p. 141.

‘Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 20

274 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

Martin Duncan * in his revision of Milne-Edwards’s system

in 1884.

This definite association of Astrwopora with Turbinaria as

members of the same subfamily led to the recognition of an

important generic distinction. Turbinaria was distinguished

from Astreopora by its well-developed columella. This led

again to the transference of another of de Blainville’s Astreo-

porans to the Turbinarians ; Astr@opora stellulata, possessing

acolumella, became Turbinaria stellulata, and has since been

looked upon as a transition form connecting the two genera.

My own study of the specimens of the two genera contained in

the British Museum collection has led me to the conclusion

that there is no close affinity between them. They are inde-

pendent developments of coenenchymatous corals, their respec-

tive specializations being too distinct to be deducible one from

the other.

I desire again to tender my sincerest thanks to Dr. Giinther,

F.R.S., the Keeper of the Zoological Department of the

Museum, for the kindly interest he has taken in my work, and

to Professor Bell for his readiness to assist me in every way.

There are thirty specimens of Astrw@opora in the National

Collection, this small number being probably indicative of the

rarity of the genus. In his recent visit to the west coast of

Australia, Mr. Saville Kent only succeeded in obtaining a

single specimen. ‘These thirty specimens fall into fourteen

groups, sufficiently distinct to rank as species. The number

of species hitherto recorded is only five; hence there are at

least nine new species represented in the collection.

Three of the five recorded species were established by

Lamarck. His descriptions are very short and inadequate,

and their identification is at once difficult and uncertain. Of

the other two recorded species the single (type) specimen of

one (A. expansa, Briiggemann +) was fortunately in the

collection, and four figures of the other (A. profunda, Verrill)

are given by Danat in the Atlas to his ‘ Zoophytes’ under

the title of A. pulvinaria, Lamarck.

Accepting Lamarck’s suggestion that two of his species—

A, myriophthalma and A. pulvinaria—might be different

growths of the same, the established species were reduced to

four, and the thirty specimens belonging to the Museum were

ultimately arranged into fourteen species, ten of which are new.

* ‘Journal of the Linnean Society,’ Zoology, vol. xviii. (1885).

+ Described in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xix. p. 416 (1877).

t Plate xxix. figs. 3, 5a, 34, 3c.

Madreporarian Genus Astreopora. 275

Earliest known Stage.—The youngest colony discovered (on

the dead portion of a larger specimen *) is a minute plate-

like growth of ccenenchymatous reticulum, not quite 3 millim.

in longest diameter. ‘There is a central calicie (the parent

calicle of the colony), readily distinguishable by its size, and

an irregular ring of smaller (daughter) calicles. ‘The whole

is contained in a saucer-like epitheca, with edges bent up all

round free of the substratum. The colony has apparently

grown unsymmetrically ; instead of being a complete circle,

the corallum has spread out symmetrically only on one side

of the parent calicle, as shown in the figure (Pl. XIV. fig. 1).

There are two cycles of septa, the first being conspicuous.

The daughter calicles develop in the ccenenchyma, and one (a)

is seen at the extreme edge of the colony, part of its wall being

formed by the epitheca. There is no connexion between the

calicles other than the canal-system of the coenenchyma.

The typical structure of the coenenchyma is not visible at

this stage; it can only be detected in the larger specimens.

Later Developments. — Comparison of adult specimens

showed that there are at least three fairly distinct methods of

growth, according to which such an initial colony as that just

described may develop further. I have therefore divided the

genus primarily according to the methods of growth.

First Method of Growth: Explanate-—The corallum ex-

pands chiefly laterally, the growth in thickness being slow

and irregular. The epitheca continues to grow and to support

the edge of the corallum. ‘The most perfect example of this

is Briiggemann’s species Astrewopora expansat, which is

purely explanate, the thin expanding edges rising freely but

gradually from the substratum, accompanied and supported

by a well-developed concentrically wrinkled epitheca. ‘The

calicles are far apart and for some distance from the edge

appear, on being held up against the light, to penetrate right

down to the epitheca.

Another but less perfect example is Lamarck’s myrioph-

thalma, which forms large plates; these, when young, may

be thin and flat, but when old become irregular and humpy,

ultimately forming great mounds as successive growths creep

over their uneven predecessors. ‘There is in the collection a

good series showing these changes; but for the presence of

the intermediate growths the oldest and youngest specimens

would almost certainly be classed as distinct species.

In this and other explanate forms the relation between the

epitheca and the expanding edges is of considerable interest.

* The registered number of which is 91.5.6.54.

+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xix. p. 416.

20*

276 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

Where the epitheca follows the growing edge closely, the

latter tends to grow upwards free of the substratum, but where

the epitheca lags behind the growing edge, the latter tends

either to droop, which is the more usual, or (A. myrtophthalma)

to send down long pendent and twisted calicular tubes, which

are gradually enveloped and closed by the advancing epi-

theca. It is obvious that this explanate growth may merely

creep over the substratum as a simple incrusting corallum.

I have distinguished in all five explanate species, three of

which are new.

Second Method of Growth: Pulvinate.—The growth is in

this case chiefly in thickness. The calicles grow rapidly in

length, tabule being developed at intervals, as is the case in

the lengthening calicles of glomerate Turbinarians. New

calicles appear for a time at the expanding edges of the

corallum, and others between the lengthening calicles as they

diverge (fig. 2). In time the lower portions of the stock die,

and no new calicles are added round the edge of the original

epitheca (¢). ‘The Jiving top, on the other hand, goes on

expanding by the continued divergence of the calicles and the

addition of new ones between the old. This uppermost living

layer tends to hang down over the old dead portions, in which

case a new (secondary) epitheca (e"’) appears, restraining the

downward growth of the edges. As layer succeeds layer,

enormous top-heavy bolster- or cushion-shaped masses are

produced. The top-heaviness is obviously due to the fact

that the early death of the lower portions limits the size of

the base.

Sooner or later such masses break off and roll over. The

living layer will then be confined to the uppermost portion of

the overturned stock, on which it soon forms another great

top-heavy mass (see fig. 3, in which a is the original upper

surface of an overturned stock).

Among the specimens in the collection are several showing

this method of growth. There is a complete series from

Tongatabu, which I have named A. Listerd, after Mr. J. J.

Lister, who generously presented them to the Museum.

Fig. 3 represents the largest specimen, forming a great mush-

room-like mass 7 inches in diameter,

Many of the other specimens which I attribute to this

method of growth are unfortunately only fragments. All

these fragments, however, show enormously long calicles

with tabule, and, further, the living ends of the calicles bend

outwards and form at the edge an overhanging margin such

as that shown in the diagram fig. 2. These growths are

thus obviously not explanate, nor are they globular. As far

Madreporarian Genus Astreeopora. 217

as it is possible to judge from a fragment, everything points

to their growth being of the type described.

I have arranged five néWw s species under this division. The

only specimen previously named is one of Dr. Klunzinger’s

“A. myriophthalma”’ from Koseir. It is unfortunately only

a fragment, but it shows all the features just mentioned and

has an overhanging edge. It could hardly, therefore, belong

to the explanate forms. In Dr. Klunzinger’s original deserip-

tion * we read of the coral as being incrusting, 14 centim.

thick ; but the greater number of the s specimens eathered were

massive, 6-8 centim., with “ incrusting edges.” This at first

sight looks as if the same species may adopt either the ex-

planate or the pulvinate type of growth. This assumption is,

however, not necessary ; overturned blocks are grown over by

the living layer 1 in such a way as entirely to justify the term

“ inerusting.” On the whole, therefore, Dr. Klunzinger’s

description is quite consistent with the interpretation of the

species here given. Besides, I was compelled to give

Dr. Klunzinger’s specimen another name, having identified

several large, flat, humpy specimens as the true myr riophthalma

of Lamarck. The new name, “A, Lhrenbergi,” is based

upon Dr. Klunzinger’s discovery that his specimens are

specifically identical with Khrenberg’s (Madrepora) Phyllo-

pora spherostoma et leptostoma }.

The name “ pulvinate,” or cushion-shaped, given to this

type of growth was suggested by Lamarck’s species “ pulvi-

narta,’ ’ which, being only a different growth of A. myrio-

phthalma, does not “really belong here ; ; but having once

temporarily arranged it under this heading, I felt at liberty

to retain the name for this division, especially as the species

“ nulvinaria,” being suppressed, could lead to no confusion.

Third Method of Growth: Globular.—This form appears

to be due to the great lengthening of the calicles, accompanied

by the rolling of the coenenchymatous skeleton over the edge

of the epitheca. The earliest stages I have unfortunately not

seen ; but examination of the available specimens leaves little

doubt that this is what really takes place. The globes thus

formed often appear to be free, and may have started on a

projection or loose portion of the substratum. New en

cover the old, so that the mass is in time composed of

system of concentric shells, the upper one alone living (fig. 4).

As in the glomerate Turbinarians, each new growth seems to

start from the summit of the globe and to creep down all

* “Die Korallenthiere des rothen Meeres,’ Th. ii, p. 53 (1879

+ ‘Beitriige zur Kenntniss d. Korallenthiere des rothen Meeres,’ 1836,

p. 114.

278 Mr. O. M. Bernard on the

round. The advancing edge is generally restrained by an

epitheca, which may form a regular pocket-like fold, even

covering up the calicles. The ccenenchyma may, however,

roll over this fold and continue to descend (figs. 4 and 5a).

These balls are sometimes overturned, in which case what

was the former under-surface is grown over; Lamarck

describes his specimen of A. punctzfera as being like a cannon-

ball without any scar of attachment. The single specimen

in the National Collection, which I have identified with

Lamarck’s species, shows that the innermost ball (1) round

which the recent growths have crept had been rolled over

(fig. 5).

The difficulty of ascertaining the exact method of develop-

ment of the globular growth is increased by the fact that the

dead coral of the older central portions is very often hollowed

out by boring mollusks. ‘There is, however, in the collection

a young specimen (too young to name) closely investing a

dead and corroded fragment of some branched coral. This

may perhaps be the nucleus of a globular form.

There are, again, other single specimens which appear as

if they might belong as well to the pulvinate as to the

globular growth ; without further material their true position

can only be guessed. While the pulvinate method of growth

is quite distinct from the globular, it is possible that there is

another form of growth connecting the two.

There were in all four different species showing this method

of growth, of which two are new *.

The Calicles.—The calicles are chiefly remarkable for their

great depth and for the feeble development of the septa, which

may be present in as many as three cycles. The primaries

alone project towards the centre as thin lamella, and generally

only far down in the fossa. ‘The third cycle seldom consists

of more than fine ridges at the margin, extending but a short

way down the fossa.

As in the glomerate Turbinarians, the calicles form tabule

when, in the pulvinate method of growth, they have to

lengthen.

The chief characters of taxonomic value presented by the

calicles are their average size, their distance from one another,

the fine structure of their margins, and, when protuberant,

the character of the protuberance—hemispherical, conical, or

papilliform.

* Martin Duncan (Mem. Geol. Survey India, ser. xiv. p. 99, pl. xxv.

fig. 6) has described a fossil Astreeoporan from Sind, A. hemispherica.

The base was covered with epitheca and the corallites shallow (?). This

appears to have belonged to this type of growth.

Madreporarian Genus Astreopora. 279

The Cenenchyma.—The most characteristic feature of the

genus is afforded by the coenenchyma. It is constructed of

two elements—the costey which, instead of being lamellate,

break up into long tapering echinule (fig. 6). The echinulz

all bend upwards and are united with one another by regular,

nearly horizontal floors, for the support of which the echinula

act as pillars. These are thick near the polyp-cavities, but

thin halfway between them. The synapticular floors are, at

least in the uppermost layers, perforated by large round holes.

The different appearances presented by the coralla is largely

due to the respective developments of these two elements.

When, as in cases of rapid growth in thickness, the costal

elements are most developed, the surface is highly echinulate.

The synapticular floors, on the other hand, are then often

feebly developed. Again, in cases of explanate growth, the

echinulz may be feebly developed and the horizontal floors

strongly developed. Dana proposed to divide the genus into

two groups (which might “constitute different genera’)

according to this distinction. But no such division would be

admissible; the structure is essentially the same.

Other variations in the coenenchyma are due to irregulari-

ties in the growth of the two elements, so that the texture

may here and there appear confusedly reticulate, or foliate,

or (by the thickening and nodulation of the elements)

granular.

On the Relation of Astreopora to Turbinaria.—In my

recent paper in this Magazine* on the latter genus I

suggested that it was possible that Astrwopora represented

a more primitive coenenchymatous coral than either MJadre-

pora or Turbinaria. Madrepora could perhaps be deduced

from a simple incrusting form like Astreopora by the

special growth and lateral budding of some of the coral-

lites, while, again, Turbinaria might be deduced from Madre-

pora by the further specialization of this lateral budding.

The following are the chief reasons which make me now

think it highly improbable that Astra@opora has any close

affinity with Turbinaria:—

(a) The epitheca in Astrwopora persists and plays an

important part in the development of the corallum. As we

have seen, the earliest buds develop round the parent polyp

contained within a common saucer-like epitheca. This

epitheca follows and more or less supports the edges of the

expanding corallum.

* Ser. 6, vol. xv. June 1895, p. 499.

280 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

When the corallum grows in thickness and the basal

portions die, a secondary epitheca appears under the edges of

the living layer as it creeps over the older dead portions. In

Turbinaria the earliest buds arise from the parent polyp

above and free from the epitheca, which merely spreads out

as a cementing substance beneath the expanding base or foot

of the cup-shaped corallum. But here again also a secondary

epitheca, which can have no connexion with the original

epitheca, may develop under flat horizontally expanding

leaves and under the edges of incrusting glomerate forms.

The two genera, however, rise up so very differently from their

respective epithece that there are no grounds for attempting

to deduce one from the other.

(6) The ccenenchyma in Astrwopora is far more highly

specialized than it is in Turbinaria.

are, as arule, highly developed, uniting at the base of the

fossa to form the conspicuous columella. The extracalicular

portions show no special development, but merely form the

ccenenchyma connecting the polyps. In Astrewopora the

intracalicular portions of the septa are very feebly developed,

only the first cycle even approaching the centre. As each

polyp advances in age and length, the new cycles, second and

third, are less and less developed. On the other hand, the

extracalicular or costal portions of the septa are highly

specialized, forming the characteristic ccenenchyma of the

enus.

While both genera therefore are coenenchymatous corals, 7. e.

in both the whole corallum which rises freely above the epitheca

is a product of the septa, and may be related, we have no

evidence to support such relationship ; indeed, they differ from

one another as far almost as such corals could differ, from the

very outset of their respective life-histories.

Parasites and Commensal Annelids.—It is worth noting

that the Balanids which infest some of the highly echinulate

Astraoporans defend themselves from being overgrown by the

coenenchyma by formidable series of spikes on their shells,

which closely resemble in size the echinule of their hosts.

The Balanids infesting the Turbinarians with their less

echinulate coenenchyma are detended by a much less pro-

nounced arrangement of teeth.

There are several records of commensal Annelids whose

calcareous tubes are worked up with the skeletal formations

of corals. The most remarkable case, perhaps, is that of

Madreporarian Genus Astreopora. 281

Heliopora cerulea*, in which the tubes of the Annelids

are more numerous than the polyp-cavities, and must exercise

a powerful influence on the’ growth of the corallum.

Among the Astreoporans I have found two cases. One isa

single specimen (A. Kent?, sp. n.) discovered by Mr. Saville

Kent on the west coast of Australia, in which only a few

tubes were present, and appeared somewhat to disturb the

coral, The other (A. gracilis, sp. n.) is from the Solomon

Islands, and was discovered by Dr. Guppy. In this case the

worm-tubes interlace with the long polyp-cavities, and open

on the surface in great numbers, both coral and worm being

apparently adapted to one another. The tubes are often pink,

and even red, in colour, and much larger than those found

in Heliopora, ca. ? millim. in diameter, as compared with

ca. + millim.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Fig. 1. The youngest specimen found, consisting of a parent-polyp (pe),

with a group of daughter-polyps developed chiefly.on one side,

the whole corallum contained in a saucer-like epitheca(e). The

daughter-polyp (a) is developing in contact with the epitheca,

which forms part of its wall.

Fig. 2. Diagram to explain the pulvinate method of growth. The

corallum rises from the original epitheca e’, the corallites

lengthening greatly in the middle. As the lower parts die, the

top expands as shown ; under the edge of the overhanging top

a secondary epitheca, e’’, develops, and appears to restrain the

downward flow.

Fig. 3. Largest specimen, showing the pulvinate type of growth, deve-

loped on the edge of a dead overturned previous growth. a,

the former top of the dead growth.

Fig. 4. Diagram illustrating the globular method of growth. The original

youngest growth is hollowed out by boring mollusks. e’, the

edges of the original epitheca; e”, e'’, ey, folds of secondary

epitheca which have restrained the downward flow of the living

layers. At a the living layer is beginning to roll over the

epithecal fold.

Fig. 5, Specimen of Astreopora punctifera, Lamarck, showing four

layers. The first (1) has been overturned; its corroded upper

face is seen in the plane of the paper; at a the coenenchyma is

rolling over the epitheca.

Fig. 6. Typical structure of the ccenenchyma (from A. Ehrenbergii,=

A. myriophthalma, Klunzinger, non Lamarck). The synap-

ticular floors form nearly regular tiers, supported by tapering

costal echinule.

* Cf. Moseley, Phil. Trans. vol. clxvi. pt. 1, 1876, p. 96, and Saville

Kent's ‘ Great Barrier Reef, pp. 192-194; also, for the case of Mycedium

Fragile, cf. Fewkes, ‘ American Naturalist,’ vol. xvii. p. 595 (1883).

282 Mr. A. T. Masterman on the Life-history

XLI.— The Life-history and Growth-rate of the Lesser Sand-

Eel (Ammodytes tobianus). By Arraur T. MASTERMAN,

B.A. (Cantab.), Assistant Professor of Zoology, St. Andrews

University.

Since I have had my attention turned to the subject of the

growth of fishes Professor M‘Intosh has kindly handed over

to me for examination a unique and very complete collection

of the lesser sand-eel. Almost every size and stage is repre-

sented, from the embryo to the adult, and in many cases in

such abundance as to give valuable data upon the subject at

hand. In the ‘Twelfth Annual Scottish Fishery Board

Report’ there appeared a table which purported to set forth

the sizes of this collection, and I had hoped to avail myself of

this ; but an inspection led one to detect so many inaccuracies

and wide approximations that the table is practically useless

as a record of facts*. I have therefore gone through the

whole collection except one bottle (labelled April 18, 1891),

which was. kindly worked through by my friend Mr. H. C.

Williamson, M.A., B.Sc., a certain proportion being measured

and the rest counted.

Without inquiring in too much detail into any reasons for

the inaccuracy of Fullarton’s table, we must mention that the

sizes given by him amongst the March bottom-net series,

* ¢On the Oviposition and Growth of the Lesser Sand-Eel,’ by J. H.

Fullarton. We may give one instance from this paper to show to what

kind of work our remarks refer (p. 317). The same specimens are

entered twice :—

Date of capture. | No. of Specimens. | Length in millims.

1 i RR re 1 10

6 9

33 8

53 7

39 6

15 5

4 4

ERG Ae Os ive sages 1 10

6 9

33 8

53 a

39 6

18 5

4 4

and Growth-rate of the Lesser Sand- Eel. 283

which are so largely in excess of mine in length, are accounted

for by the fact that there were included in the bottles a

number of larval herrings, which he appears to have measured

and added to his list of sand-eels ; and these, although recently

hatched, are much longer than the older sand-eels occurring

with them. Apart from the more attenuated form, the

presence in some of the yolk-sac, the difference in pigmenta-

tion and in the position of the arms, are points which at once

distinguish the two forms.

In my last paper upon the plaice* I dealt with a fish

whose spawning-period is accurately known within fairly

narrow limits, and therefore the base-line or starting-point of

any growth-curve is also known. In this case, on the con-

trary, there is a good deal of doubt concerning the spawning-

period, and it is hoped with this series to form a growth-

curve which may help to the determination of this difficult

point. At the risk of redundancy it is well to recapitulate

the views held by various observers.

Couch ¢ describes in accurate and detailed language the

spawning process of the sand-eel, and as the result of his

observations gives the shortest days of the year as the

spawning-period on the south coast.

Thompson corroborates this observation, but also gives

July as the spawning month in Ireland. Day finds the

ovaries advanced in August and September, and M‘Intosh §

finds the same condition in May and June. Fulton § states

that ripe specimens are caught in the end of June at Dunbar.

Fullarton {| describes having met with spawning females in

July.

These divergent opinions by various observers can only be

reconciled in one way, namely, by assuming that the lesser

sand-eel has two spawning-periods, more or less confluent.

It will be seen that the summer spawning-habit is proved by

the observations of Thompson, M‘Intosh, Fulton, and Fullar-

ton; whilst the winter is proved by Couch and Thompson,

and possibly by Day. ‘The herring, whose larval form

resembles the sand-eel closely in habits and general features,

is known to have two spawning-periods, and we shall see

below that on no other assumption can the facts with which

we have to deal be explained. In Table I. are placed all the

* “On Rate of Growth of the Plaice,” Thirteenth Annual Scott.

Fishery Board Report.

+ ‘Fishes of the British Islands,’ vol. 111.

{ ‘ British Fishes,’ vol. i.

§ ‘Ninth Scott. Fishery Board Report.’

\| ‘Twelfth Scott. Fishery Board Report.

284 Mr. A. T. Masterman on the Life-history

measured specimens, grouped according to the months; and,

without going further, it is evident that there is a series of

larval sand-eels found in March and April, and another

series, in lesser numbers, in the end of July ‘and August.

The enormous quantities of larvee which suddenly make their

appearance in March at the sandy bottom some way from

shore show a gradation in size, the smallest being 3°8 to 4

millim. (in spirit); and, by the presence of an oil-globule

-and traces of yolk, they must have just reached the end of the

larval period. The period of hatching is in the summer about

ten days, so that a period of incubation of three weeks would

not be excessive for the mid-winter time (see my remarks on

plaice). The larval period will also be considerably prolonged.

For the summer larva a more or less quiescent larval period

of two weeks would not be abnormal from the analogy of other

species, and this is probably understating the case. This will

give us a larval period of four weeks in the winter at least,

and therefore we may say that the larve found in early

March were probably spawned at the end of the year (incu-

bation three weeks, larval period four or five weeks). This

date would agree with the observations of Couch, quoted

above, on the date of spawning. We know that the sand-eel

lays its eggs ¢n the sand, and it would not be a great assump-

tion to suppose that the newly-hatched larve avail them-

selves of the protection afforded by their surroundings to

remain in the sand until, the yolk being nearly absorbed, they

emerge from their concealment and suddenly appear in count-

less numbers upon the sandy bottom. There are facts to

hand which point to the conclusion that some young littoral

pleuronectids (plaice &c.) take refuge during the winter

months by embedding themselves in the sand. (On this

point see also Petersen, ‘ Report Danish Biol. Stat.,’ 1893.)

Although there is a certain amount of hypothesis in this

account, yet it must be said that it agrees exactly with the

facts at present known, and no other theory has yet ful-

filled these conditions. Fullarton has put forward the

suggestion that the little March larve are trom the previous

summer’s spawning :—“ Those captured in March, April, and

May .... may beconsidered as having been hatched towards

the latter part of the previous spawning-period.” This

assumption would require that these little larve with oil-

globules and, in some cases, traces of yolk, many not exceeding

in size the just-hatched summer forms, must be at least seven

months old, the first three of which are the hottest and best

growing months of the year. This difficulty is got over by

assuming that the spawning-period extends from “ June till

[To face p. 284.

—

VINO SP ONES Tela las ai ow. eo Se

Sue) Welle xe > Te) 16) ag ela le, We pyiakicie) © apices. le

ae ee te ie) ce) rs) ie tel el ie) een elite list ie

ee ie amen re) leo e. es om

CRT Ke wy em can tet te lew) <o. ie. &

mr ie el eri te 18a vey cep ife) leah laeeret see okie

nal .

a ero es

meee fl ee

7. M..

iB.

p93

aes

8. M...

B...|

M...

B..

M...

page|

EVSSERREEEEE |:

guess

TEEEL?

paah let

;

« *

5 a

‘ é

4% 73

bl _

ui a

aa.

7 = Ona

coo ae ey aasy

i oe etd re

me lhe Peek i a.

ccaleeurT a Tes

, i ‘ oP St,

7 7 mba As -

? c oe M

7 ys Pa :

44 . my

A : ; ”

se , Pat) | }

ae ot eee Fog We

ree

4 > bs ~ “st

man | 7 i

er £G

a) @

a ee

- im a

is i fo

a b a

¥ w4

io 6

ties,

Dec.

Leos paw sed ese Sea

Nov.

Ocr.

Sepr.

Aprit

—

| eee) A plas

Fes

_ —

and Growth-rate of the Lesser Sand-Eel. 285

October.” No proof whatever is given for this statement ;

but an age of five months is assigned quite arbitrarily to the

March and April larva’, in the face of their very “ young”

characters, and from this it is supposed that the spawning-

period must be assumed to last till October. “The,” as he

remarks, ‘“ purely conjectural estimate” of five months as the

age of the larvee—although disagreeing with all the facts and

quite a needless over-estimate—is taken as a proof’ of the

second assumption :—“ ‘The duration of the spawning-period

... may therefore be set down as from the end of June till

October.”

Following up the young forms of March and April, we

find a complete transition in sizes, and the growing sand-eel

may be traced from the bottom into the mid-water and to the

surface. In Table II. the supposed quiescent period in the

sand is represented by longitudinal shading, and the average

duration of the bottom-residence is indicated by dotted lines ;

the passage through the mid-water is indicated by dots and

lines, and the surface-habit by transverse lines. The two

limiting lines of the curve are plotted from the limiting sizes

which occur in the collection, set forth in Table I. If the

upper line were exactly parallel to the lower, then the growth-

rate of all the fish would be exactly equal—the fact that they

are so closely parallel speaks strongly in favour of the theory

put forward in a former paper (plaice) that the difference in

size shown in “hauls” of larvee is due directly or indirectly

to the prolonged spawning-period. The earlier-hatched

forms, with a slight superiority in competition, show a little

faster growth, so that the lines diverge slightly. It will be

observed by comparing ‘Tables I. and IL. that this March

curve, up to some 55 millim., is not hypothetical except in

a very slight degree, the points on the curve being plotted

out in accordance with a great number of forms, only a few

leading ones being indicated by crosses. ‘The second and

third year curves must be conjectural, but at any rate offer an

explanation agreeing with the facts.

Coming to the July forms, we have the same occurrence in

few numbers of the small post-larval sand-eels, which, taken

in conjunction with their absence in May and June, is strong

evidence in favour of the occurrence of two spawning-periods.

In this case the first larvee occur in the third week of July,

and a larval period of two weeks, added to an incubating

period of ten days, takes us back to a spawning-date of

the latter part of June, which has already been observed

by M/‘Intosh and confirmed by Fulton (see above). The

only difficulty one has to overcome is that there is not appa-

286 Mr. A. T. Masterman on the Life-history

rent the enormous outburst of larve in July or August which

one findsin March. I think this is not insuperable. For a

long time the eggs of the sand-eel defied ail efforts at detec-

tion *, and it was eventually shown that the female deposited

them in the sand below tide-mark, in water too shallow for

the ordinary trawling-operations. These observations were

made during the June spawning-period, and it is more than

probable that the July and August swarms of young forms

remain in the shallow water wpon the sand, after they have

completed their larval period. Our laboratory attendant,

A. Brown, who has an intelligent knowledge of the fauna of

the Bay, tells me that in the July series the closer inshore

one works the more abundant are the little sand-cels, whereas

in the March series one finds the greatest number some 2 to

1 mile seawards.

These facts probably find their explanation in the different

conditions of existence in the two periods of the year. In

the calm summer months the eggs can be laid without risk

in the sand of the shallows, where a high temperature favours

the development, whereas in the winter months the eggs,

laid by the parent in the sand of the deeper water, avoid all

risk trom storms or great reduction of temperature. It may

therefore be a simple case of the adaptation of an animal,

guided by its instincts, to its changed surroundings. We may

notice the same kind of phenomena in allied species, in which

those spawning earlier in the year have a spawning-place

further out to sea and those spawning late a spawning-place

much nearer inshore, e. g. cod, haddock, and whiting. (See

also ‘ Eleventh Fishery Report,’ ‘‘ Report on Pelagic Eggs.”’)

During July and August a few forms are found at the bottom

seawards, and they probably join the March series later in

the surface-water away out in the offshore-water.

The July series is shown in ‘Table II. More observations

are required to corroborate the course of the lines; it is

assumed that they follow much the course of the March

series.

We must here mention the surface-stage in the March

series.

The young sand-eels in May are found in the surface-water

in millions. ‘here are before me four jars of these May

post-larval forms, taken 15 miles off Aberdeen, Montrose,

and Stonehaven, and their number may be estimated at

about 50,000.

Thus the young sand-eel forms a very important supply of

* See Prof. M‘Intosh, ‘ Ninth Fishery Board Report.’

and Growth-rate of the Lesser Sand-Eel. 287

food to other fishes, both in its early post-larval stage, when

it covers the sandy shallows with innumerable hosts, and

later, in the surface-water, before assuming the adult habit,

As regards the actual rate of growth of the sand-eel, it is

obvious that a line equidistant from the two limiting lines in

Table II. will furnish the mean growth-curve.

Summarizing, we may say that a sand-eel spawned in

December or January, after a (conjectural) quiescent larval

period imbedded in the sand, emerges upon the surface of the

latter at a length of about 4 to 5 millim. At this stage the

supply of yolk-material is usually exhausted, and the oil-

globule only remains.

The post-larval sand-eel remains at the bottom till a length

of about 10 millim. is reached. Living alongside of it are

found great numbers of larval and post-larval herrings,

usually somewhat larger, and young Sagitte. There is a

‘remarkable superficial resemblance, caused solely by the

attenuated form of these three very diverse organisms, which

is, of course, entirely absent in the adult stages.

At a length of somewhat over 10 millim. the young sand-

eel commences its migration upwards through the mid-water,

and at this period its growth is very rapid. ‘The average date

for this change of habit will be seen to be about the end of

April (see ‘lable II.), sometimes earlier *. By about the

third week in May, or sometimes earlier, the surface will be

reached, and in the three weeks’ migration through the mid-

water the little fish will have grown from 10-11 millim. to

17-18 millim., a very rapid rate of growth. The surface ¢

period lasts from 17 millim. to about 30 millim., and

extends from the third week in May till about the second

week in June or thereabouts, when the adult habitat is

adopted. Here, again, im about three weeks, the young sand-

eel grows from 17-18 millim. to about 30 millim. Sand-eels

of larger sizes are caught at the surface, as almost everywhere,

the universal distribution of this species being well known, so

that the term ‘littoral’? used in ‘lable Il. merely implies

that sooner or later, at any rate by the spawning-time, a

migration shorewards is effected.

I have recently worked over a number of bottles containing

sand-eels, and have also been through a list of larval and post-

larval fishes which appears in this year’s ‘Scottish Fishery

Board Report.’ I have thus been enabled to have access

* Large numbers of sand-eels 15 to 16 millim. in length are found

amongst the pelagic ova of the food-fishes near the surface in April (vide

M‘Intosh, Trawling Report, 1885).

+t By “surface” is meant the upper waters.

288 Mr. F. 8. Conant on Two new Chetognaths.

to a large number of additional sand-eels at various stages.

The greater number of them merely confirm the deductions

given here; but there are one or two exceptions. A few,

such as

“ Liston Bank, 9 fathoms, 13th April, 1891.—Sand-eel,

15 millim.,”

have enabled me to carry the upper curve-line (Table IL.)

further up than by Table I. only.

There are, again, two cases—

“St. Andrews Bay, 20th May, 1895.—Sand-eel, 3 millim.

“St. Andrews Bay, 6th June, 1895.—Sand-eel, 7 millim.”

—which have a peculiar importance. ‘They are the only two

instances of post-larval sand-eels of so small a magnitude

occurring in May or June (see Table II.), and indicate that

the two spawning-periods are only those of the predominating

number, and that isolated cases may occur which bridge over

the hiatus between them. At the same time it is just possible

that fresh facts may come to hand and show that these cases

are so numerous as to warrant our regarding the spawning-

habit of the sand-eel as being prolonged over a period from

January to June inclusive.

I have, in conclusion, to thank Prof. M‘Intosh for kindly

giving me many valuable opportunities for investigating this

interesting subject.

XLII.—Deseription of Two new Chetognaths (Spadella

schizoptera and Sagitta hispida). By KF. 8. Conant *.

WHILE at Bimini, one of the Bahama Islands, in June 1892,

Dr. Andrews obtained three specimens of an unknown Cheto-

gnath, which have been very kindly placed at my disposal.

As it proves to be a somewhat aberrant form, a description

may be not without interest ; toit may be added a description

of another new species, which we found in abundance at

Beaufort, N. C., from April to July of 1894.

1. Spadella schizoptera, sp. n.

The specimens were taken in the tow-net at rising tide, and

belong to that class of Cheetognaths whose life is spent for

’

* From the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ vol. xiy. no. 119,

pp. 77, 78.

Mr. F. 8. Conant on Two new Chetognaths. 289

the most part near the bottom among the alge, to which they

have the power of attaching themselves, undoubtedly in order

to escape observation. ‘Their colour seems to be appropriate

to this habitat; for while most of the Chetognaths live on or

near the surface, and are very transparent, these are opaque

or only slightly translucent, of a yellowish-brown colour.

The tactile prominences appear as spots of darker brown, and

there are irregularly distributed areas having a reddish tinge,

resembling a calcareous alga common to the region. Their

length is 4 millim., and the breadth unusually great in pro-

portion to the length. The caudal segment is half the total

length. Fins 5: two paired lateral and the unpaired caudal.

The anterior extend on each side from a point a little poste-

rior to the abdominal ganglion to the openings of the ovisperm

ducts. ‘The middle fins are connected with the anterior by a

narrow area where the ovisperm ducts open, and extend along

the caudal segment as faras the spermatic vesicles. Poste-

riorly each is split up into four villus-like processes, which

extend backward and downward below the level of the rest of

the fin, and have at their tips massés of adhesive cells for

attachment. In this splitting-up of the middle fins S. schizo-

ptera is unlike any Chetognath described, and upon it

accordingly the name has been based. The regularity of the

processes in all three specimens and the arrangement of the

adhesive cells show beyond question that the structure is

normal.

The caudal fin begins at the posterior margin of the sper-

matic vesicles, and is spatulate, as in the Spadellas ordinarily.

Jaws 8. Anterior teeth 2 or 3 on each side, according to the

specimen; long and recurved. Posterior teeth wanting.

Corona ciliata (Hertwig’s ‘ Geruchsorgan”’) of a peculiar

three-cornered shape and limited to the head and neck. It is

unlike any form heretofore figured. There are no diverticula

from the intestine anteriorly. ‘The ovaries extend the entire

length of the body-segment, and contain ova nearly mature,

The ovisperm duct shows a marked difference from all other

Cheetognaths in being connected in the posterior part of its

course with its fellow of the other side. It runs as follows :—

Beginning as a blind tube at the anterior end of the ovary,

midway between dorsal and ventral surfaces of the body, it

passes backward, at first ventral to the ovary, then lateral

and external, to its funnel-shaped opening between the ante-

rior and middle lateral fins. At a point a little anterior to

the septum between body and caudal segments it gives off a

branch of comparatively wide lumen, which seems to contain

spermatozoa like a receptaculum seminis, and which passes

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. at

290 Mr. F. 8. Conant on Two new Cheetognaths.

inwards and downwards to join a similar branch from the

ovisperm duct of the opposite side, the two growing narrower

as they approach, and finally fusing to form a small blind

tube, directed anteriorly, on the mid-line underneath the

intestine.

The spermatic chambers of the caudal segment are without

accessory longitudinal septa, but nevertheless show the peculiar

circulation of the masses of developing spermatozoa. There

is a transverse musculature in the anterior part of the body-

segment, limited to the ventral half. The dorsal surface of

the lateral fins and the adjoining surface of the body bear

heavy masses of glandular cells.

2. Sagitta hispida, sp. n.

The form taken at Beaufort last year leads an active life

on the surface and was an almost constant factor in the tow.

The length of mature specimens varies from 7 to 11 millim.

Fins 5: the anterior long and rather slender, the middle

always broader than the anterior, both broadest in their poste-

rior part. Caudal segment one third total length, The

anterior fins extend from near the level of the abdominal

ganglion to a point posterior to the centre of the total length.

The middle are completely separated from them by a clear

space, and are situated more on the caudal than on the body

segment. Jaws 8 or 9. Anterior teeth 4 or 5. Posterior

vary from 8 to 14 or 15. Corona ciliata extends from a

point on the head anterior to the eyes along the dorsal mid-

line almost to the level of the abdominal ganglion. Its

outline is narrow and sinuous. The mature ovaries may

extend beyond the anterior extremity of the anterior fins.

The intestine has two well-marked lateral diverticula at its

beginning. ‘The spermatic chambers of the caudal segment

are divided by incomplete accessory longitudinal septa, about

which the spermatic masses circulate. ‘The spermatic vesicles

have a kind of cap such as described by Grassi for S, b7-

punctata.

The tactile prominences, with the sensory hairs springing

from them, are especially numerous and manifest, and give

the species the bristling appearance from which it is named.

In the anterior part of the body they are arranged in some

twelve more or less definite longitudinal rows. Each of the

middle fins has a tactile prominence on its posterior third on

both upper and lower surfaces, and the caudal has six on each

surface, almost constantly, arranged as in the figure (fig. 2).

S. hispida closely resembles S. bipunctata and S. minima,

but differs too much to be classified with either, as a com-

parison of Grassi’s description will show.

Fig. 1.—Spadella schizoptera (reduced from camera drawing). 7’, ante-

rior teeth; J, jaws; E, eye; TP, tactile prominences; CC,

corona ciliata; J, intestine; O, ovary; S, septum between

body and caudal segments; A, anus (ventral); 4, anterior

fin ; O. OV, external opening of ovisperm duct ; S C, spermatic

chamber; M F, middle fin; S V, spermatic vesicle; CL,

caudal fin. (Magnified 24 x.)

Fig. 2.—Sagitta hispida (reduced from camera drawing of a small speci-

men). A 7, anterior teeth; P 7’, posterior teeth ; D, diver-

ticula of intestine ; C, cap of spermatic vesicle ; A S, accessory

longitudinal septa of spermatic chambers. Other letters as in

fig. 1. (Magnified 26 x.) The tufts of sensory hairs spring-

ing from the tactile prominences have been exaggerated in

both figures.

21*

292 Mr. F. 8. Conant on Two new Chetognaths.

Notes on the Classification of Chetognaths.

Three systems have been advocated by the writers, and as

none of them seems satisfactory when tested by Spadella

schizoptera, it may be appropriate to review them briefly.

Langerhans (Zeitschr. fiir wissench. Zool. Bd. xxxiv.

pp. 182-136, 1880) forms three genera, based on fins and

teeth :—Sagitta, with five fins (a caudal and two pairs of

lateral) and two series of teeth; Krohnia, with three fins

(caudal and one pair of lateral) and one series of teeth; and

Spadella, with three—the caudal and lateral, however, being

connected and lying wholly on. the tail-segment—and two

series of teeth. Strodtmann (Archiv fiir Naturgesch. Year 58,

1892) follows Langerhans.

O. Hertwig (‘‘ Die Chetognathen,” Jenaische Zeitschr.

Bd. xiv. 1880) makes two genera on the basis of fins alone :—

Sagitta, with five fins; Spadella, with three.

Grassi (‘Fauna und Flora d. Golfes von Neapel,’ no. 5,

1883) takes the ground that fins and teeth are not of suffi-

cient morphological importance, and bases his two genera on

the following anatomical characteristics :—Sagitta: transverse

musculature, adhesive and glandular cells present, some

tactile prominences somewhat buried in the epidermis. The

lack of these features characterizes the genus Spadella.

Since the Chetognaths that have these three features are in

general those that have three fins, it will be seen that while

this classification of Grassi’s does not affect the constituency

of the two genera, it interchanges the names, so that a Sagitta

of Hertwig is a Spadella of Grassi. ‘This reversion of the

accustomed names gives rise to unfortunate confusion.

The difficulty with Spadella schizoptera now is that it has

the fins of one genus with the morphological characteristics

of the other. According to Langerhans’ or Hertwig’s systems

it would have to be called a Sagitta, as having five fins,

in spite of its distinctively Spadel/a characteristics. On the

strength of a single external resemblance it would thus be

separated from its nearest allies. Grassi’s system, while

keeping it in the same genus as its fellows, would reverse the

usual name of that genus and call it Sagitta. As the dis-

tinctive features of the new form did not appear to warrant

establishing a new genus, it seemed best to classify it, at any

rate provisionally, according to a combination ot Hertwig’s

and Grassi’s systems—determining its genus according to the

morphological characteristics of Grassi, so that it might be

kept with its nearest allies, but retaining for that genus the

name (Spadella) it would have in the classification of Langer-

hans or of Hertwig.

On new Species of Indian Lepidoptera. 293

XLIII.—New Species of Indian Epiplemide, Geometride,

Thyridide, and Pyralide. By Colonel C. Swinqos,

M.A., F.L.S., &e.

Epiplemida.

Epiplema sponsa, sp. n.

3d. Cream-coloured, tinged with pink, with black markings

and bands; thorax with some black marks; abdomen black

above, with eream-coloured segmental thin bands: fore wings

with a broad black broken band, composed of a large patch

on the costa and another on the hinder margin, limited by a

thin sinuous cream-white band ; on the interior side of this the

two patches run into each other; the costa between this band

and the base is also broadly smeared with blackish colour ;

between the white band and the outer margin is another

large black blotch in the middle of the space and a deep

black subapical dot: hind wings with a black spot at the end

of the cell; a black fascia in the middle from the base to the

discal white band, and a black outer patch somewhat similar

to that on the fore wings; a submarginal row of black lunules

in the middle of the border of both wings. Underside cream-

coloured, without markings: fore wings with blackish

suffusion.

Expanse of wings 3%, inch.

Shillong. Two examples.

Geometride.

Zamarada minimaria, sp. n.

¢. Head and body purple-brown ; abdomen with a dorsal

row of luteous dots on each segment. Wings pale luteous:

fore wings with a brown ringlet at the end of the cell; three

thin purple-brown transverse bands—subbasal, medial (running

through the ringlet), and discal—the two former connected

by a thin band on the hinder margin; the medial and discal

bands also crossing the hind wings, the latter sinuous and

limiting on both wings a broad marginal purple-brown bard ;

cilia luteous, with brown patches opposite the interspaces.

Expanse of wings 7 inch.

Karachi. One example.

294 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Erythrolophus semiustus, sp. n.

Erythrolophus semiustus, Swinhoe, MS.; Hampson, Moths, iii. p. 452.

6. Antenne, thorax, and fore wings dark olive-grey ; top

of head and base of antenne white: fore wings with a brown

spot in centre of cell and another at the end; apex with a

large circular space rich reddish ochreous, limited by a brown

line, which encircles it and runs to the margin just below the

costa, and is crossed by a sinuous blackish-brown line, and

some with brown marks and red-brown veins: hind wings

rich reddish ochreous; costal border broadly dark olive-grey ;

wings crossed by two blackish-brown sinuous lines and

marked with some reddish irrorations and red-brown veins};

both wings with a red-brown marginal line and olive-grey

cilia.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Cherra Punji. Two examples.

Chrysocraspeda phenicosoma, sp. n.

3. Top of head and thorax cream-coloured ; abdomen pale

dull brickdust-pink colour; both wings also of this colour,

with a black dot at the end of each cell; a broad subbasal

band on fore wings cream-coloured, and a broad marginal

band on both wings of the same colour, which is tinged with

pink, is well defined, and is limited by a whitish line, which

is sinuous from the costa of fore wings beyond the middle to

near the outer margin before the middle, and then curves

uniformly with the outer margin, and is much narrower on

the hind wings; marginal lunules black. Underside cream-

coloured, with some grey suffusion on fore wings and a discal

line on both wings corresponding to the border limitation

above.

Expanse of wings 3%; inch.

Cherra Punji. Three examples.

Chloroclystis subtrigalba, sp. n.

3 ¢. Pale grey, marbled with olive-grey: fore wings with

blackish-brown patches on the costa, in the disc, on the outer

margin, and on the grey cilia; hind wings with two similar

patches on the abdominal margin: both wings crossed by

several whitish minutely dentated lines, one discal and one

submarginal being the most prominent. Underside greyish

brown, with a dark brown discal band angled outwards in

the middle of both wings and edged with luteous grey ; in

Species of Indian Lepidoptera. 295

some examples, especially in the females, the underside is

mostly pale luteous grey.

Expanse of wings ;y*inch.

Shillong and Cherra Punji. Numerous examples.

Chloroclystis sinuosa, sp. n.

3 9. Pale grey; costal margin of fore wings and outer

margin of both wings brown, the latter contains a fine pale

sinuous and semidentate pale line ; both wings crossed by an

outwardly pale-edged brown thin band, angled outwardly in

the centre; on the fore wings is also a brown, somewhat

sinuous, antemedial thin band, and across both wings is a

medial indistinct sinuous pale line, but this is not visible in

all examples. Underside pale grey, with the discal and

marginal bands prominent, and with grey streaks on the

veins.

Expanse of wings 48; inch,

Cherra Punjji. ‘Many examples.

Chloroclystis acygonia, sp. n.

3. Grey, suffused with olive-brown, transverse thin bands

deep black—first subbasal, second antemedial on fore wings

only, outwardly curved, third discal, across both wings, angled

acutely outwards in the centre on each win ge, and outwardly

edged with whitish; costa of fore wings aan some black

marks : marginal borders darker than the rest of the wing

and include a submarginal dentate whitish line; marginal

line black ; cilia grey, with pale pinkish points. Underside

paler and glossy; a black mark at end of each cell; discal

band prominent, veins with grey streaks.

Eixpanse of wings +/o—38) inch.

Shillong. Several examples.

A larger insect than C. sinuosa; apex of fore wings more

acute, bands blacker, more complete, with the angles much

more acute.

Eupithecia chlorophora, sp. n.

6. Fore wings olive-brown, the basal third crossed by

several brown slightly sinuous lines, very close together, the

outer ones angled outwardly above a small black streak at the

end of the cell; the medial part fora short space free of lines ;

three or four outwardly curved semidentate discal lines close

together, followed by a white recurved line, and then some

indistinct pale lines near the margin; marginal lunules black,

cilia grey, with a brown band: hind wings pale grey, whitish

296 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

at the base, with faint indications of pale discal bands and

marginal black lunules. Underside of a uniform pale grey ;

both wings crossed by many outwardly curved darker grey.

bands.

Expanse of wings ,8, inch.

Cherra Punji. Several examples.

Eupithecia melanolopha, sp. n.

36. Grey, smeared with pinkish brown, the pink reflections

being most distinct on the outer portions of the fore wings,

the costa of which has some blackish marks and a broad

black patch in the middle, limited by a thin white discal band,

followed by a submarginal similar band: hind wings dark

grey, some black patches on the abdominal margin, which

are at the ends of several white bands, one discal and one

submarginal being more distinct than the others: marginal

black lunules on both wings, and cilia grey, with pale basal

line.

Expanse of wings 4/5 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Eupithecia nigrinotata, sp. n.

6. Pinkish grey, with very faint indications of darker grey

transverse discal and submarginal bands ; costa of fore wings

with four black marks, the last two close together, join a black

spot at the end of the cell, and form a large wedge-shaped

prominent black patch: hind wings with some black marks

on the abdominal margin and an irregular black central band.

Eixpanse of wings +85 inch.

Shillong. Numerous examples.

Gymnoscelis polyodonta, sp. n.

3. Grey; thorax spotted with olive-brown, abdomen

banded with the same colour; wings thickly crossed with

many semidentate and sinuous olive-brown bands close

together, one in the disk and another antemedial being most

prominent and outwardly edged with white; marginal line

black; cilia grey, with brown patches.

Eixpanse of wings 8; inch.

Shillong and Cherra Punji. Numerous examples.

Xiridava rufinigra, sp. n.

3. Pale pink-grey, with a red tinge ; thorax with a broad

blackish-brown band in front, corresponding to a similar

Species of Indian Lepidoptera. 297

costal and subcostal band, which are close together; a large

square brown mark at the end of the cell, two larger marks

close together runningyinto the apex, and some brown inter-

mediate costal marks, the whole forming an irregular costal

broad brown band: hind wings with a broad brown marginal

band on the anal half containing two white lunular spots ;

both wings crossed by indistinct grey lunular bands, one in

the disk having black points; a row of black dots close to

the margin, one in the centre of fore wings being much the

largest ; marginal line grey; cilia with small brown marks

opposite the veins.

Expanse of wings ;°5 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Coremia plumbeotincta, sp. n.

¢é. Head and body dark brown-pink ; abdomen with pale

segmental bands: fore wings grey, suffused with pink, with

the basal, costal, and apical portions broadly dark pink-

brown; veins pale; an indistinct discal row of pale points:

hind wings grey-brown, unmarked; marginal line in both

wings brown ; cilia pinkish, banded with brown. Underside

pale sordid grey, some brown marks on the costa, otherwise

unmarked ; cilia as above.

Expanse of wings ;% inch.

Shillong. Several examples.

Coremia buda, sp. n.

6. Body brown; wings pink-grey: fore wings with the

basal two thirds brown, limited by a white thin band, with an

outward dentation near the costa, crossed also by an ante-

medial brown line edged with white on each side, and by two

or three indistinct grey sinuous lines; a brown subapical

costal patch and a brown subapical streak composed of two

patches ; two indistinct grey sinuous discal lines and a sub-

marginal semidentate pale submarginal line ; brown marginal

lunules, and broad cilia in the basal half brown, outer half

pink-grey, ‘with brown patches: hind wings dark grey,

suffused with pink, with two broad grey discal bands, each

containing a pale thin fascia; marginal lunules and cilia as

in fore wings.

Expanse of wings +5 inch.

Cherra Punji. Several examples.

298 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Thyrididez.

Rhodoneura rhodosticta, sp. n.

3. Of a uniform bright chocolate-brown, tinged with

pink ; both wings very uniformly and minutely covered with

dark brown strigee ; below the apex of fore wings these strigz

are formed into a sort of subapical line; the costa of fore

wings with luteous dots at even distances along its entire

length. Underside pale pinkish, nearly white; the fore

wings suffused with ochreous and pink on their inner portions,

the strigee prominent on the whitish portions.

Expanse of wings 7/5 inch.

Cherra Punji. Two examples.

Rhodoneura melanostigmalis, sp. n.

g. Pinkish grey: fore wings paler than the hind wings,

covered with greyish-brown strigee, which form ringlets of a

uniform size all over both wings, those on the fore wings

being larger than those on the hind wings; the ringlets on

the fore wings are filled in with brown towards the base and

on the hinder margin, and on the whole of the hind wings

except at the base; the costa of fore wings and the abdo-

minal border of hind wings are marked with black, the

marks on the fore wings being square, and the two above

the large brown spot at the end of the cell are conjoined with

it; two black dots submarginal above the middle on fore

wings, and marginal black dots on both wings.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Shillong. One example.

Rhodoneura setifera, sp. n.

¢. Pink-grey, striated with olive-brown, with some pale

brown patches and a broad brown band across both wings,

which widens gradually upwards from centre of abdominal

margin of hind wings, and terminates before reaching costa of

fore wings in a rounded form. Underside whitish, tinged

with pink, with the striations and central band more pro-

nounced,

Expanse of wings ,% inch.

Shillong. One example.

Rhodoneura pralanis, sp. n.

g. Creamy white, with a very slight luteous tinge ; thorax

brown in front, abdomen with a brown dorsal band. Wings

Species of Indian Lepidoptera. 299

uniformly covered with fine chocolate-coloured strige, filled

in with pale bright chocolate in parts, forming four trans-

verse bands on fore win@s and two on the hind wings; the

central band across both wings the broadest, and thickened

out above the middle: fore wings with a blackish-brown

submarginal spot above the middle, a smaller spot near it,

both being included in a small subapical band.

Eixpanse of wings 1,2) inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Rhodoneura jubralis, sp. n.

g. Olive-brown ; the ground-colour of the wings is of a

creamy white, but the entire surface of both wings is covered

with very small brown striations, forming minute rings,

making both wings brown with the exception of a small

portion of the abdominal area of hind wings ; both wings are

also crossed by many brown “lines, two or three of them on

fore wings from the base to near the middle of the wing being

straight and erect; the remainder are more or less sinuous,

and many of them on the hind wings are twisted into ring-

lets; there is a white spot below the centre of fore wings and

two white spots below the centre of hind wings.

Expanse of wings 1}, inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Allied to &. tetragonata, Walker.

Pyralide.

Niphopyralis suffidalis, sp. n.

¢. Milk-white, wings thickly clothed: fore wings pure white,

with a few black specks at the end of the cell and on the lower

portions of the wing ; two minute black dots near the hinder

angle, and some black dots on the outer margin towards the

apex and one below the middle ; cilia marked with pale grey :

hind wings, all but the base suffused with grey irrorations ;

cilia pure white, with a faint grey interline. Underside with

the fore wings suffused with grey; cilia pure white; hind

wings entirely white and without markings ; fore legs brown

above, the tarsi with brown bands.

Expanse of wings 3% inch.

Bombay. One example.

Ambia magnijficalis, sp. n.

$. Dark chocolate: fore wings with a white semihyaline

300 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

medial subcostal spot ; below the costal fold a white streak of

three or four conjoined spots from the costa one third from

the apex; a white spot beyond the middle above the hinder

margin; an ochreous marginal band divided by the veins,

lined inwardly with black, followed by a line of white spots:

hind wings with a white subcostal spot beyond the middle; a

discal white band disconnected in its centre; ochreous mar-

ginal band as in fore wings; both wings with black marginal

line; dark grey cilia, with a pale basal line, followed by a

subbasal deep black line.

Expanse of wings >, inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Loxocorys obscuralis, sp. n.

¢. Greyish brown, with a golden sheen: hind wings

slightly paler than fore wings; veins of both wings dark

grey, inner band obsolete, discal band grey, outwardly much

curved on fore wings, slightly curved on hind wings; outer

margin dark grey; cilia concolorous with the wings, with a

pale basal line. Palpi deep black above and on the outer

sides. Underside paler, much as above.

Expanse of wings ;§; inch.

Shillong. Four examples.

Aulacophora fuscinervalis, sp. n.

é. Body buff-coloured, marked with grey; top of head

whitish : fore wings greyish white, veins and basal fourth

grey ; a grey discal band from a blackish spot on the costa

one third from apex, much curved outwardly, coming close to

the outer margin, bends inwards at vein 2, then straight to

hinder margin a little beyond the middle; another blackish

mark on costa before the middle: hind wings white; both

wings with the outer margin grey ; cilia grey, interlined with

white. Underside, including cilia, whitish.

Expanse of wings 75 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Bostra igneusta, sp. n.

3d. Palpi and head pinkish grey ; thorax pinkish brown ;

abdomen coloured like the hind wings. Wings luteous grey,

tinged with pink: fore wings irrorated with dark pinkish-

brown atoms, the irrorations thickest in the upper and outer

portions ; a brown lunular mark at end of cell inwardly edged

with whitish ; the veins brown; a brown discal band, nearly

Species of Indian Lepidoptera. 301

straight, from centre of hinder margin to costa one fourth

from apex; a thin brown irregular marginal band; cilia

purple-grey, very broad, with a very fine pale basal line:

hind wings pale, very finely irrorated with grey; a grey

marginal line; cilia whitish, doubly interlined with grey.

Underside of a uniform pale pinkish grey ; fore wings with

cell lunule and discal band very distinct ; hind wings with a

pale grey discal band.

Expanse of wings +%5 inch.

Shillong. One example.

Surattha fuscilella, sp. n.

do. Smoky brown, tinged with chocolate, very uniform in

colour; markings very obscure: fore wings with a brown

spot at the end of cell and indications of three brown bands—

subbasal, medial, and discal—the two former erect, the discal

band outwardly curved, but Very indistinct, and apparently

double; an ochreous tinge on the costa between the two

latter bands, and spear-shaped black points on the outer

margin ; cilia of both wings with a very fine luteous basal

line.

Expanse of wings 4% inch.

Raipur, Central India. Two examples.

Pleonectusa sagittalis, sp. n.

3. Luteous grey, irrorated with very minute black atoms:

fore wings with a black dot in middle of the cell; two black

marks at the end; a nearly straight black transverse band,

also a black discal band, bent inwards and forming a tooth

above the middle and inwards again below the middle, and

then downwards to the hinder margin one third from the

hinder angle: hind wings with a discal much waved black

band; the marginal space on both wings beyond thé band

dark ; cilia brown, with a pale interline.

Expanse of wings +/5 inch.

Hydrabad, Sind, ‘I'hree examples.

Hypsopygia olivalis, sp. n.

¢. Head, thorax, and fore wings grey, densely covered

with black irrorations: fore wings with a black spot at the

end of the cell; two black transverse thick lines, ante-

medial and discal, the former sinuous and edged with whitish

on its inner side, the latter oblique, with an acute outward

angle above the middle, and edged with whitish on its outer

302 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

side: hind wings pale, being white, irrorated with pale grey

atoms, with a grey discal band outwardly edged with white ;

both wings with brown marginal points and pale cilia,

doubly interlined with grey.

Expanse of wings 7 inch.

Mahableshwar. One example.

Notaspis carnealis, sp. n.

3. Head and body pale flesh-colour; palpi darker. Wings

pale yellowish, tinged with flesh-colour: fore wings suffused

with red, orbicular and reniform brown, on a pale space ;

veins and cilia red, the latter with pale tips: hind wings

without markings, with a thin red marginal line. Underside

of a uniform pale whitish flesh-colour, with the orbicular

and reniform very distinct.

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Cherra Punji. ‘T'wo examples.

Mabra nigriscripta, sp. n.

3d. Dark bright ochreous; wings crossed by darker

ochreous lines—first subbasal, curving outwards on fore wings,

black on the costa, nearly straight on hind wings, but stopping

short of the abdominal margin ; the second medial, sinuous on

hind wings, its place on fore wings being taken by an endless

band, like a figure of 8, the upper portion touching a

black loop on the costa and encircling a reniform mark, its

lower portion not reaching the hinder angle; an orbicular

pale spot between this and the first line; third line discal,

rather near the outer margin, bent inwards on its lower

portion on both wings; an antecilia ochreous band, an

ochreous-grey suffusion on its inner side; cilia with a deep

black marginal band and white fringe. Underside uniformly

pale ochreous ; markings as above.

Expanse of wings +5 inch.

Shillong. Two examples.

Bocchoris trivitralis, sp. n.

d. Pale luteous, thickly marked and banded with dark

chocolate ; some marks near the base; a double antemedial

band, much curved outwardly and well separated on fore

wings, touching each other in the centre on hind wings,

followed on fore wings by a dark space containing a large

kidney-shaped pale spot ; a similar and larger central spot on

hind wings on a pale ground, with another below it; two

Species of Indian Lepidoptera. 303

more pale spots on fore wing, discal and one above the other ;

a submarginal series of rings or festoons on both wings, the

largest ring of the series near the costa of fore wings ; mar-

ginal border dark chocolate ; cilia luteous, with a black patch

on centre of fore wings; a pale thin basal line, followed by

a black band, this band not extending much above centre of

fore wings.

Expanse of wings 35 inch.

Shillong, One example.

A very pretty insect, very difficult to describe.

Sameodes pictalis, sp. n.

?. Bright ochreous: fore wings with the inner two thirds

suffused with brown, on which are three large semidiaphanous

luteous spots—the first subcostal, one third from base, the

other two medial, one elongated in the centre of the wing, the

other above it, square in shape and subcostal; another pale

small spot outside the cell, in the disc of the wing at the

termination of the brown suffusion, and surrounded by a

pinkish-red suffusion, which is limited by a discal recurved

line of pale red lunules; this discal line is also represented

on the hind wings, inside of which are some bright pinkish-

red marks ; a pale subbasal dot, an antemedial pale dot with

blackish marks on its inner side and a square black-margined

mark above it; a well-marked grey submarginal band on both

wings; cilia pale yellow, with a basal grey interline.

Underside pale luteous, with the markings much as above,

except that the brown suffusion on the upper half of fore

wings extends to the apex.

Expanse of wings 1;'5 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Chaleidoptera rufilinealis, sp. n.

gd. Pale luteous ; body and wings banded with reddish

brown: fore wings with a basal patch ; costa broadly, outer

and hinder margin narrowly red-brown; a spot in the cell

and a patch at its end; a line from costa one fourth from base

to hinder margin, and curving upwards in the centre of the

wing to the median vein, then downwards and again upwards

to the costa, forming the usual discal line and making the

bends in the inner portion of the wing look like a figure of 8;

a subapical streak, a patch on the hinder angle touching the

bend of the discal line, and nearly all the veins marked with

red; cilia with brown patches: hind wings with a square

304 On new Species of Indian Lepidoptera.

nearly central patch ; a discal recurved line, with its lower

portion joining the patch along vein 2; a marginal band and

brown cilia from vein 2 upwards; ‘cilia luteous on its lower

portion.

Eixpanse of wings 1,/5 inch.

Cherra Punji. One example.

Paracymoriza aurantialis, sp. n.

3d. Body golden brown; top of head white; thorax with

a broad white stripe on each side; abdomen with white

segmental bands. Wings golden ochreous, with pure white

bands lined with black on each side: fore wings with two at

the base, elbowed outwards in their centres; another before

the middle, slightly angled outwards in its centre, followed

by a white space; then another black-bordered thin white

band, very acutely angled, towards the hinder angle of the

wing, where it nearly touches a submarginal band, which is

disconnected in its centre and has two white streaks running

inwards ; between these two bands is a white streak from the

apex, with an inward hook at its lower end, and which is

interlined with a black line: hind wings with two white

basal bands ; a broad central white band with black-margined

white lines on each side, and a submarginal black-bordered

white line ; both wings with marginal black lines and white

cilia tipped with black.

Expanse of wings 1,%5 inch.

Cherra Punji. ‘Two examples.

Cataclysta trigonalis, sp. n.

d. Pale chocolate-brown : fore wings with a white central

spot; a wedge-shaped white mark from the costa beyond the

middle; a white submarginal band, outwardly lined with

black and followed by a marginal pink band, the margin with

black lunules: hind wings white at the base, limited by a

dark grey thin band, the remainder of the wing pale pink

tinged with ochreous ; a submarginal white line, indistinct as

it runs upwards, edged with grey on both sides, followed by

a pinkish marginal band containing a row of well-separated

deep black spots, the central ones the largest; cilia of both

wings grey, with a basal white interline.

Exxpanse of wings 7%; inch.

Shillong. Four examples.

On Lthetic Foraminifera from Somerset. 305

XLIV.—On Rhetic Foraminifera from Wedmore, in Somerset.

By Freperick CHapman, F.R.M.S.

[Plates XI, & XID]

Introductory.

Tue following paper is the result of a microscopical examina-

tion of various samples of clays, argillaceous sands, and shelly

limestones of Rheetic age, which were obtained by Mr. W. A.

Sanford, F.G.8., from a quarry to the south-east of the

village of Wedmore. For the opportunity of examining

these interesting and important deposits I am indebted to

Dr. Henry Woodward, F.R.S., Pres.G.8., &c., who very

kindly placed the material in my hands for description.

There were six distinct samples of rocks, taken from

different horizons, and all of these have been subjected to a

careful microscopical examination. With one exception,

namely that from bed no. 9, these samples were of such a

nature that they could be reduced by washing without much

difficulty. In order to examine the hard limestones of bed

no. 9 it was necessary to prepare thin slices; and these yielded

distinct evidence of the presence of hyaline Foraminifera in

this group of rocks, although their remains are by no means

common.

There appears no reason to doubt the Rhetic age of the

Wedmore beds, since Mr. Sanford has found characteristic

Rhetic fossils in the various strata. ‘The measurements of

the various beds seen in the quarry yielding Megalosaurian

remains at Wedmore have already been published by

Mr. Sanford *, and they are here repeated for convenience :—

inches

Pie MNP CU coi el ela site. auntiace’t dis sates eco pi ee 12-15

2, Wack shleky clay. , Maximum ©... i... den ateors 29

“3. Thin shaly orconcretionary bed, locally gravelly. 1-3

“4, Somewhat similar ; some clay and shale mixed,

irregular in composition ; large Septaria.... About 8

“5, Light-coloured sandy clay, with some few fossil

PCCEMSRBECBDOUS Soa s a's 0 6 vn Hm n eer mme et i)

“G6, Darker clay, with small Septaria numerous,

some teeth, and bits of bone .............. 9

“7, Saurian bed; the bones generally found next

* Proc. Somerset Arch. and Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. xl. (1894) p. 234.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 22

306 Mr. F’. Chapman on

inches,

the rock; many teeth of reptiles, fish, and

batrachians (?), vegetable remains.......... 9-10 or 12

“8. A bed found in places, and next the rock, gene-

rally near the larger bones, whitish or even

ite white, Like: WOREAT s oisceis x 226s oe eke 5 - go]

“9, The Wedmore stone, described above, in three

beds generally, from a few inches to 2 feet 6 inches.”

Details (chiefly microscopical) of the Beds examined.

The descriptions of the rocks and the microscopical appear-

ance of the washings of each of the samples selected and

numbered by Mr. Sanford are as follows, the beds being

described in descending order.

Bed no. 2.—A note made by Mr. Sanford and attached to

the specimen reads thus :—“ Upper dark sticky clay, almost

absolutely black, and tending to split up when only slightly

dried. It varies much in thickness, and the measurement in

this quarry is about 29 inches. In another quarry, about

1 mile 8. or 8.E. of this, the bed is covered by a succession

of strata, more or less irregular, and which closely resembles

that between this clay and the ‘ Wedmore Stone’ (bed no. 9).

There are hardly any fossils to be seen excepting one or two

fragments of bone. This clay thins out in a very short

distance to nothing.”

The residuum of bed no. 2, after washing away the fine

argillaceous material, consists of fine angular and subangular

quartz-grains, and some of the latter exhibit secondary out-

growths and envelopes. From the sand-grains a fine example

of a doubly terminated guartz-crystal was picked out,

measuring zg Inch (*52 millim.) in length, and with perfectly

sharp edges. A large portion of the washed material consists

of the sandy tests of arenaceous Foraminifera, chiefly of the

genera Ammodiscus and LHaplophragmium, and there were

also a few examples of Stacheta. Many ot the tests of the

Foraminifera in these washings are almost chalky white, but

some are slightly stained with ferruginous material, or, more

rarely, composed of ferruginous particles mingled with quartz-

sand. The remainder of the washed material consists of

ferruginous particles and some bone-fragments. ‘This sample

was the only one which showed the presence of carbonate of

lime on treatment with acid.

Bed no. 8.—TVhis is a bluish-grey sandy clay, with thin

limonitic partings. The residuum after washing is seen to

consist of fine angular quartz-grains, ferruginous particles,

and a few glauconite grains of no definite shape. Examples

of Haplophragmium and Stacheia also occur in these washings,

Rhetic Foraminifera from Somerset. 507

but the latter are not so clearly defined in outline as those of

bed no. 5, and they are more fragmentary.

(This sample appear8 to agree in part with no. 5 of

Mr. Sanford’s section.)

Bed no. 4.—A pale brown friable sandstone, coarsely

laminated. It contains some clay, which is apparent on

crushing the rock under water. The residuum, after washing,

consists of brown and white sand-grains. ‘The coarser brown

particles, when mounted in balsam and viewed under a

tolerably high power, are scen to be in many cases more or

less perfect examples of obscure arenaceous [Foraminifera

belonging to the genus //aplophragmium. A single speci-

men of Stachéia was also met with. The white sand is

much finer and consists of sharp angular quartz-grains.

Bed no. 5.—A blue sandy clay, with ochreous and ferru-

ginous layers, which consist almost entirely of the remains of

A small block of clay showing Stachere in regular layers at a@ a; from

bed no. 5 of the Rheetic series, Wedmore. Reduced to } nat. size.

Stacheia. These organisms form layers about 4 millim, thick,

which conspicuously mark the planes of sedimentation. ‘This

is shown in the woodeut, which is from a photograph kindly

taken by my brother, Mr. R. 8. Chapman.

The residuum, after washing, is 12 per cent. of he whole,

22%

308 Mr. F. Chapman on

and consists of a coarse brownish sand, the larger grains of

which are more or less perfect examples of various forms of

Stacheia and Nodosinella, the organisms constituting about

8 per cent. of the natural rock.

This coarse material, consisting of the fragments of Stacheta

and Nodosinella, was tested for chitin, since the microscopic

structure of the test has all the appearance of such. ‘The

chemical analysis, however, gave no evidence of the presence

of chitin; and therefore it seems conclusive that the delicate

areolate tissue observed in these fossils, though originally

chitinous, has been chemically replaced by another substance.

For this analysis I am indebted to Mr. W. Tate, F.C.S., of the

Royal College of Science. Also, with a view of obtaining

information regarding the nature of the intricate tissue of

the test of Stacheia, staining was resorted to, for which

purpose a specimen of S. dispansa was treated with a solution

of methylene blue, and, after being washed and dried, cut for

a microscopic section. Examined under a }-inch objective

the section evidenced staining throughout the cementing tissue,

whilst sand-grains and sponge-spicules with other mineral

substances worked into the test were left clear.

The finer material from the washings consists almost

entirely of the tests of minute and obscurely septate specimens

of Haplophragmium, the tests of which are constructed of

ferruginous and quartzose particles. In the washings there

are also occasional quartz-grains with well-rounded outlines.

Bed no. 6.—Blue sandy clay, with ferruginous partings,

but with the latter character not so marked as in bed no. 5.

The washings consist of a somewhat fine sand, with ferru-

ginous or limonitic particles, a few angular quartz-grains,

some glauconite-grains, and a few bone-fragments. ‘There

are also some examples present of arenaceous Foraminifera,

such as [laplophragmium and Ammodiscus, but they are not

abundant.

Bed no. 9.—TVhis bed is known as the ‘‘ Wedmore Stone.”

Three distinct varieties were examined in thin sections. The

specimens are compact limestones. One of these is of a

yellowish-brown colour, and is composed chiefly of remains

of molluscan shells; it is, however, much altered and partly

recrystallized. A microscopical section of this specimen

showed a globose-chambered foraminifer which has the outline

of Nodosaria radicula (L.), and there were also many frag-

ments of similar organisms, but with no specially recognizable

characters.

The second specimen is of a bluish-grey colour, and, seen

under the rnicroscope, it appears to consist of finely crystal-

Tthatic Foraminifera from Somerset. 309

lized calcite; and included in the matrix are unaltered

remains of lamellibranch shells, echinoderm plates, &c. No

Foraminifera were noticed in this rock.

The third specimen is a hard shelly limestone, somewhat

porous in texture, and composed almost entirely of the

remains of molluscan shells. There are also some traces of

Foraminifera, amongst which an elongate form of Ammo-

discus, Nodosaria radicula, and Marginulina glabra (?) were

noticed.

In the above descriptions of the contents of the various

washings mention has been made of the occurrence of examples

of the genus Séacheta, hitherto known only from the Carboni-

ferous formation, but which is here present in large numbers,

especially in bed no. 5. On the surface of the test of this

arenaceous foraminifer sharply defined and_ geometrically

shaped cavities may be seen, evidently formerly occupied by

adventitious crystals. Also,*when the cylindrical tests of

Nodosinella are broken across, radially grouped cavities of

prismatic form are not uncommonly seen, apparently having

their origin in radial clusters of crystals. ‘There can, therefore,

scarcely be any question that this organism constructed its

test in part of these small crystals. This is the more appa-

rent when thin slices of the tests of Nodosinella and Stacheia

are examined ; the crystals which have left cavities are then

seen to have been built into the minute structure of the test,

quite unlike what one would expect to find if these crystals

had been developed subsequently to fossilization. Professor

Judd, who kindly examined these curious cavities in Stacheda,

has suggested that there is great probability of the lost

crystals having once been of the nature of small zeolites,

such as phillipsite or christianite, a mineral which has lately

been discovered in some abundance in the red clays and

radiolarian oozes of the Central Pacific and Indian Oceans

during the voyage of the ‘Challenger,’ and described by

Drs. Murray and Renard *.

It has been pointed out by the above authors that the

principal reason to be adduced for the occurrence of these

zeolitic crystals solely in deep-water deposits is that in the

red clay the formation and deposition of the crystals are

carried on free from the disturbing action of waves, tides, and

currents, the stability of the waters containing the material

in solution having thereby the opportunity to deposit the

substance.

* Chall. Rep., ‘Deep-sea Deposits” (1891), pp. 400-411, pl. xxii.

rs, 1-4; woodcut (p. 402), fig. 36,

fig

t+ Op. eit. pp. 409, 410.

310 Mr. F. Chapman on

In reference to the supposed zeolitic crystals in the tests of

the Rhetic Foraminifera, it may be presumed that they may

have been formed in tranquil water and subsequently washed

by tidal or other action within reach of the numerous

Foraminifera, which utilized them in the construction of their

tests.

Remarks on the Rhatic Foraminifera as compared with those

from other Geological Horizons.

So far as I am aware no records have been published of

Foraminifera having been found in strata of undoubted

Rheetic age. They are not unknown in the older (Triassic)

beds, notably from the Muschelkalk of Thuringia*; and

the younger strata of Liassic age contain Foraminifera in

abundance.

In his paper on “ The Range im Time of Foraminifera” TF

Professor T’. Rupert Jones gives a table of genera, in which

fifteen spaces are filled up in the Rhetic column. These

genera are again recorded in the ‘Catalogue of the Fossil

Foraminifera of the British Museum’ f. In the earlier of

these works, however, Professor Rupert Jones has remarked §:

“Nubecularia [the remark applying also to the other genera

mentioned] is Rheetic in origin (taking the blue clay of Chel-

laston as of that age).” The Foraminifera of the clay

supposed to have come from Chellaston were originally

described as of Triassic age ||; they have, however, since

been determined by Professor Rupert Jones to be neither of

Triassic nor even Rhetic age, as was formerly supposed, but

to have a true Liassic facies, and probably from Leicestershire.

A comparative study of the Rhzetie Microzoa shows that they

bear some close resemblances to the fatina obtained from

Upper Paleozoic strata. Several of the species of Ammo-

discus found at Wedmore were already known from Permian

and Carboniferous rocks, whilst many forms belonging to

the genus Stacheia were previously known only from Carbon-

iferous and Silurian §] strata.

* L. G. Bornemann, “ Beitrige zur Kenntniss des Muschelkalks,

insbesondere der Schichtenfolge und der Gesteine des Unteren Muschel-

kalks in Thiiringen,” Jahrb. k. preuss. geol. Landesanst. Berlin, 1885.

+ Proc. Geol. Assoc. vol. ii. (1872) p. 175.

{ 1882, pp. xiv & xv.

§ Op. supra cit. p. 178.

|| Jones and Parker, ‘On some Fossil Foraminifera from Chellaston,

near Derby,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xvi. (1860) p. 452.

| The Silurian specimens under the name of Psammosiphon, Vine.

Rhetic Foraminifera from Somerset. 311

The affinity which these Rheetic Foraminifera bear towards

the younger (Jurassic) strata is also marked, since many

characteristic arenaceous forms present in the Rhetic clays

have their analogues in the faune of the Swiss Jurassic

(Argovian) beds of the zones of Ammonites transversarius

and A. bimammatus (=Corallian) described by Dr. Rudolf

Heeusler *,

As regards the foraminiferal facies of the Lias, a complete

comparison cannot be made with the Rhetic fauna, for the

former group of beds have yielded a large preponderance of

the pertorate Foraminifera, whilst the arenaceous types, which

are so well represented in the Rheetic beds of Wedmore, are

poorly represented in the Lias. In a sample of the Upper

Lias (Leda-ovum beds) of Northampton, kindly given me by

Mr. J. Harrison, of the Royal College of Science, I have,

however, found examples of Ammodiscus, such as A. anceps,

A, centrifugus, and A. Robertsoni, which brings the range of

these forms from the Carboniferous up to the Lias strata.

The examination of the Rhetic clays of Wedmore has

resulted in the discovery of certain species of Stacheia which

are comparable with the hitherto obscure and imperfectly

known fossils described by Mr. G. R. Vine in 1882 t, and

for which he proposed the generic name of Psammostphon,

placing it in the class Vermes, and regarding the fossils as

being related to the tubicolate Polychaeta. ‘Two species of

Psammosiphon were described by Vine—P. amplexus and

P. elongatus. The original specimens were obtained from

Silurian strata of Wenlock age—the Coalbrookdale beds and

the Tickwood beds. During the examination of similar

fossils from the Rheetic such evidence was obtained as to

fully establish them as true Rhizopods, and belonging to

the well-known Carboniferous genus Stachefa. I have

since found similar fossils in some numbers in the Silurian

strata (Wenlockian) of the island of Gothland; for a sample

of the clay I am indebted to Mr. F. A. Bather, M.A., F.G.S.

For the opportunity of examining in thin sections some of the

original specimens of Psammosiphon amplexus in the Vine

collection at the Royal College of Science I wish to express

my sincere thanks to Professor Judd, C.B., F.R.S.

In the elucidation of these somewhat problematic fossils

much assistance has been afforded me by the loan of some rare

* “ Monographie der Foraminiferen-Fauna der Schweizerischen Tians-

versarius-Zone,”’ Abhandl. der Schweiz. paleontogr. Gesellsch. vol. xvii.

(1890).

+ Quart. Journ, Geol. Soc. vol. xxxviii, (1882) pp. 390-392, pl. xv.

fic, &.

312 Mr. F. Chapman on

arenaceous types of recent Foraminifera from Mr. F. G.

Pearcey, and I am indebted to Mr. John Smith, of Kilwinning,

for allowing me a sight of his specimens of Psammosiphon,

selected from the Silurian shale-washings, amongst which are

individuals apparently referable to P. elongatus of Vine; but

otherwise no figure has been given and only a short descrip-

tion *,

In Terquem and Berthelin’s “ Microscopical Study of the

Clays of the Middle Lias of Essey-les-Nancy ” ¢ some fossils

are figured and described which are precisely analogous in

their external forms to certain Rhetic examples of Stacheta.

Concerning the bathymetrical aspect of the Rheetic Microzoa

there is not very direct evidence, although what there is points

in the main towards the shallow-water nature of the deposits.

The genera which are most commonly represented in these

beds are Ammodiscus and Haplophragmium, both of which

are quite unrestricted as to depth, occurring in shallow water

and down to depths of 8000 fathoms or more. Their small

size and stunted appearance would lead one to suppose that

these organisms had lived at great depths, although that

feature might also be (and, in this case, probably is) occa-~

sioned by their having lived under unfavourable conditions,

such as would result from a change to brackish water.

The modern representatives of Stacheta are most probably

the Polytremata and similar adherent forms with acervuline

ageregates of chamberlets; although the latter are hyaline

types, yet one series is possibly only a modification of the other.

This relationship would indicate shallow-water conditions,

since Polytrema is characteristic of such deposits.

The occurrence of bone- and teeth-fragments in nearly all

of the various beds examined also points to the shallow-water

origin of these deposits.

The presence of crystal-impressions in the tests of these

fossils (presuming they were once occupied by a zeolite) is

somewhat opposed to the idea of its being a shallow-water

fauna, since crystals of phillipsite occur in the deeper deposits

of the ocean.

I take this opportunity of expressing my best thanks for

invaluable aid in many particulars to Professor ‘IT. Rupert

Jones, F.R.S., to Protessor J. W. Judd, C.B., F.R.S., to

Mr. Fortescue W. Millett, F.R.M.S., and to Mr. C. Davies

Sherborn, F'.Z.8.

* Quart. Journ. Geol, Soc. vol. xxxviii. (1882) p.

+ Mém. Soc. Géol. Fiance, sér, 2, vol. x. (187

pl. ix. figs. 1 a-e, p. 105, figs. 3 aS.

Rhatic Foraminifera from Somerset. 313

Description of the Foraminifera from Wedmore.

Family Lituolide.

Subfamily Lrrvorine.

Reopuax, Montfort, 1808.

1. Reophax difflugiformis, Brady. (Pl. XI. fig. 1.)

Reophax difflugiformis, Brady, 1879, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xix.

n.s. p.51, pl. iv. figs. 3a,b; id. 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 289,

pl. xxx. figs. 1-5; Heeusler, 1885, Neues Jahrb. f. Min., Beil. Bd. iv.

p- 9, pl.i. fig.J ; id. 1890, Abhandl. Schweiz. paleontogr. Gesellsch.

vol. xvii. p. 26, pl. ill. figs. 1-3, pl. v. figs. 25-27.

This simple form is represented in the Rhetic washings

by one example only, although many of the irregular flask-

shaped aggregates common in the sand are probably the arena-

ceous tests of similar organisms. The specimen resembles

very closely the figure given by Dr. Brady in the ‘ Challenger’

Report in pl. xxx. fig. 5. Lt. diflugiformis has been lately

described by Dr. Heeusler from the Upper Jurassic beds of

Switzerland; and it is also known as a fossil from beds of

post-tertiary age.

In recent soundings it is unrestricted as regards depth.

From the Rheetie of bed no. 2, Wedmore; one specimen.

HAPLOPHRAGMIUM, Reuss, 1860.

2. Haplophragmium agglutinans (VOrbigny).

(Pl. XI. tigs. 2 a, b.)

Spirolina agglutinans, d’Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vienne, p. 137,

pl. vii. figs. 10-12.

Sprrolina simplex, Reuss, 1855, Sitzungsb. k. Ak, Wiss. Wien, vol. xviii.

p- 282, pl. ii. fig. 30.

Haplophragmium rectum, Brady, 1876, Monogr, Carb. and Perm.

Foram. (Pal. Soc.) p. 66, pl. vill. figs. 8, 9.

Haplophragmium agglutinans, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 301,

pl. xxxii. figs, 19-26; Sherborn and Chapman, 1889, Journ. Roy.

Mier. Soe. p. 484, pl. xi. fig. 8; Heeusler, 1890, Abhandl. Schweiz,

paleontogr. Gesellsch. vol. xvii. p. 26, pl. ili. figs. 32-56, pl. iv.

figs. 5, 6,18; Chapman, 1892, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. p. 324, pl. v.

fig. 14,

The Rheetic specimens of £/. agglutinans closely resemble

the forms which Dr. Brady described from Carboniferous

rocks, but differ in many slight details from those of later

ages. The species is known from nearly all fossiliferous

strata from the Carboniferous formation upwards.

Occurs in the Rheetic of Wedmore, in bed no. 2; rare.

314 Mr. F. Chapman on

3. Haplophragmium rheticum, sp. n.

(PL. XI. figs. 3, 4.)

Test free, compressed, consisting of an involute plano-spiral

series of chambers, which in their later growth take on a

linear arrangement. The sutures of the chambers are well-

marked superficially, and the edge of the dorsal margin is

constricted at the sutural points, thus giving the test an

angulated appearance. Shell-texture coarsely arenaceous.

Length of a perfect specimen yy inch (1°6 millim.) ; breadth

of spiral portion 35 inch (*85 millim.).

This species resembles 1. elegans* of the Gault in the

angulate contour of the test; the morphological types of the

two forms are, however, quite distinct, since the Rheetic

species is strongly compressed on the umbilical axis and the

segments are in the later growth disposed in a linear manner.

The crozier-like shape of the test of H. rheticum recalls the

form of H. agglutinans; but in the latter the spiral series of

chambers is evolute.

H., rheticum is found in the Rheetic series at Wedmore, in

bed no. 2, where it is rare, and in no. 6, very rare.

4. Haplophragmium canariense (d’Orbigny).

CP), XT Mtigs: oa, 6.)

pi Maid vibe tie d’Orbigny, 1839, Foram. Canaries, p. 128, pl. ii.

figs. 33, 34.

Lituola nautiloidea, var. canariensis (pars), Parker and Jones, 1865,

Phil. Trans. vol. clv. p. 406, pl. xv. figs. 45 a, b.

Haplophragmium canariense, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 310,

pl. xxxv. figs. 1-5 ; Heeusler, 1885, Neues Jahrb. f. Min., Beil. Bd. iv.

p- 12, pl. i. figs. 17-20; id. 1890, Abhandl. Schweiz. paleeontogr.

Gesellsch. vol. xvii. p. 34, pl. iv. figs. 1-3.

The oldest fossil deposits in which the above species has

hitherto occurred are those of the Middle Lias. Some of the

specimens found in the Neocomian beds of Surrey, and

described under the name of Haplophragmium nonioninotdes,

Reuss, are perhaps referable to the above species ft. In the

Rheetic specimen the sutural lines are rather obscure ; other-

wise it is comparable with typical examples.

H. canariense was found in the Rheetic of bed no. 6, at

Wedmore. One specimen.

* Chapman, 1892, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. p. 322, pl. v. fig. 10.

t+ Chapman, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. 1. (1894) p. 695,

Rhetic Foraminifera from Somerset. 315

5. Haplophragmium emaciatum, Brady.

(Pl. XI. fig. 6.)

Haplophragmium emaciatum, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 505,

pl. xxxiil. figs. 26-28; Heeusler, 1890, Abhandl. Schweiz. palon-

togr. Gesellsch. vol. xvii. p. 87, pl. iv. figs. 8-10.

Dr. Heusler has found this species in the Upper Jurassic

beds of Switzerland, and it has also occurred in the Lower

Greensand of Guildford*. It is represented in recent

soundings from the West Indies and the Arabian Sea, and is

found at moderate depths.

One specimen of H. emactatum was found in bed no. 2 of

the Rheetic series at Wedmore.

6. Haplophragmium neocomianum, Chapman.

(Plex Lies 7.)

Haplophragmium neocomianum, Chapman, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.

vol. 1. (1894) p. 695, pl. xxxiv. figs. 2 a, b.

In the Rhetic washings innumerable thin brown platy

aggregates occur with more or less regular outlines. On

rendering these transparent by immersion in Canada balsam

or turpentine, their foraminiferal nature is easily recognized.

The septation of the test is seen to be perfectly regular in

many specimens, and the commencing involute spiral can also

be made out. ‘These obscure organisms differ in no essential

character from the Neocomian specimens of the Lower Green-

sand in the neighbourhood of Dorking, and, like them, these

Rheetic examples are always of a ferruginous-brown colour.

H. neocomianum occurs in the Rhetic clays of Wedmore,

in bed no. 2, rare; no. 3, frequent; no. 4, very abundant ;

no. 5, very abundant; no. 6, frequent.

Subfamily Trocuamurnine.

Ammopiscus, Reuss, 1861.

7. Ammodiscus incertus (d’Orbigny).

(Pl. XI. figs. 8, 9.)

Opereulina incerta, VOrbigny, 1889, Foram. Cuba, p. 49, pl. vi.

figs. 16, 17.

Orbis infimus, Strickland, 1848, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe, vol. ii. p. 30,

fig. a.

Involutina silicea, Terquem, 1862, Mém. Acad. Imp. Metz for 1861-

1862, p. 450, pl. vi. fig. 11 (Deuxiéme Mém. Foram. du Lias).

* Chapman, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. 1. (1804) p. 694.

316 Mr. F. Chapman on

Involutina aspera, Terquem, 1863, ibid. for 1862-1863, p. 221, pl. x.

fig. 21 (Troisitme Mém. Foram. "du Lias).

Cornuspira oolithica, Schwager, 1867, in Waagen’s Ueber die Zone des

Amm. Sowerby2, vol. 1. pt. 11. p, 655, pl. xxxiv. (xi.) fig. 4

Trochammina incerta, Parker, Jones, and Kirkby, 1869, Aun, & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 388, pl. xiii. fig. B.

Cornuspira helvetica, C. eichbergenensis, C. elliptica, &e., Kiibler and

Zwingli, 1870, Foram. Schweiz. Jura, pp. 18, 17, 24. Figures

distributed in pls. ii., iii., and iv.

Cornuspira granulosa, C. infraoolithica, &c., Terquem, 1870, Troisiéme

Mém, Foram. du Syst. Oolithique, pp. 242-244, pl. xxv. figs. 12-20.

Trochanamina incerta, Brady, 1876, Monogr. Carb. and Perm. Foram.

(Pal. Soe.), p. 71, pl. ii. figs. 10-14; Tate and Blake, 1876, The

Yorkshire Lias, p. 452, pl. xvii. fig. 17; Heeusler, 1883, Neues

Jahrb. f. Min. Bd. i. p. 59, pl. iv. fig. 1.

Ammodiscus incertus, Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 330,

pl. xxxviii. figs. 1-3; L. G. Borneman, 1886, Rete zur Kennt-

niss des Muschelkalks, Jahrb, k. preuss, geol. Landesanst., Berlin,

p. 298, pl. xiii. figs. 8, 4; Heeusler, 1890, Abhandl. Schweiz. paleon-

togr. Gesellsch. vol. xvii. p. 55, rl. ix. figs. 1-21; Crick a Sher-

bor, 1891, Journ. Northampton Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. vi 209,

fice, Al,

The above synonymy refers to the more important notices

of Ammodiscus incertus, and relates chiefly to its occurrence

in Paleozoic and Jurassic strata. The specimens of A. ¢n-

certus from the Rhetic beds of Wedmore often show a

tendency to depart from the ordinary plano-spiral and circular

form, being more or less elliptical and irregularly coiled; in

the latter character they closely approach A. gordialis. These

features are not unusual with many of the Carboniferous and

Permian examples recorded by Dr, H. B. Brady, and also in

the Jurassic forms described by Dr. Heeusler. In the Rhetic

specimens the tests are composed of fine quartzose sand, and

some of the fossils have a conspicuously opaque white appear-

ance in the washings, whilst others, more obscure in their

general external characters, are of a brown colour.

This species occurs commonly in many British Carbon-

iferous limestones, in the Permian magnesian limestones of

England, and in the Zechstein and Muschelkalk of Germany.

It is also abundant in Jurassic strata, and is met with in

nearly all later fossiliferous deposits.

Frequent in the Rhetic of Wedmore, bed no. 2.

8. Ammodiscus anceps (Brady).

(Pl. XI. figs. 10 a, 2.)

Trochammina anceps, Brady, 1876, Monogr. of Carb. and Perm,

Foram. (Pal. Soc.) p. 76, pl. ii. figs. 8a, d.

The characters of this species as given by Dr. H. B.

Brady apply very nearly to the Rhetic specimens, and are as

Lhetic Foraminifera from Somerset. 317

follows :—“ Test free, convoluted, discoidal, thin, consisting

of a spuriously septate tube coiled in one plane. Septa

marked externally by oblique slightly depressed lines.

Diameter 75 inch (‘4 millim.).”

This species was regarded by Brady as a transitional form

between A. cncertus and the septate ‘Trochammine of the

type 7. inflata. Since the arenaceous tube is not definitely

septate, the species is here placed in the genus Ammodiscus.

In the Rheetic specimens the peripheral edge of the test is

somewhat sharper than that of the Carboniferous examples,

and its diameter averages 7's inch (0°34 millim.).

The occurrence of A. anceps in beds of Rhetic age is of

exceptional interest, seeing that it was described by Dr. Brady

from the Carboniferous rocks of Hngland and Scotland, and

was there very rarely met with. I have since found this

form in the Upper Lias of Northampton.

Found in bed no. 2 of the Rheetic series at Wedmore,

very common.

9. Ammodiscus centrifugus (Brady).

(rie x ties Te)

Trochammina centrifuga, Brady, 1873, Mem. Geol. Survey Scotland,

Expl. Sheet 23, p. 95; id. 1873 (in Young and Armstrong's Catal.),

Trans. Geol. Soc. Glasgow, vol. iv. p. 271; id. 1876, Monogr. of

Carb. and Perm. Foram. (Pal. Soc.) p. 74, pl. ii. figs. 15-20.

This form is probably only a variety of A. ¢ncertus, as was

suggested by Dr. Brady, the only difference consisting in the

straight extension of the last turn of the coiled shell. The

Rhetic specimens have the surface of the test much

wrinkled.

A. centrifugus was found in the Lower Carboniferous

Limestone of England and Scotland, at which horizon it

occurred rarely, and in the Upper Carboniferous Limestone of

both countries frequently. One or two examples, probably

referable to this form, have also occurred in washings of Upper

Lias clay from Northampton.

This species occurs in the Rhetic series of Wedmore in

bed no. 2, where it is rare.

10. Ammodiscus milioloides (Jones, Parker, and Kirkby).

(Pl. XI. figs. 12, 13.)

Trochanmuna milioloides, J., P., & K., 1869, Ann. & Mae. Nat. Hist.

ser. 4, vol. iv. p. 390, pl. xiii. figs. 9-14; Brady, 1876, Monogr,

Carb. and Perm. Foram. (Pal. Soc.) p. 79, pl. iii. figs, 11-15.

This species was hitherto essentially Permian, found in the

318 Mr. F. Chapman on

Lower and Middle Magnesian Limestone of the North of

England.

The specimens of A. milioloides from Wedmore are more

compressed than those obtained from Permian deposits, but

they agree in the general plan of growth. The Rhetic

specimens are alee much smaller than those of Permian age,

micas Unie only 35 inch (0°56 millim.) in length, whilst the

latter are >> ‘nah (1: 75 millim.).

A. milioloides occurs in the Kheetic clay, bed no. 2, at

Wedmore, and is common.

11. Ammodiscus pusillus (Geinitz).

(Pl. XI. fig. 14.)

Serpula pusilla, Geinitz, 1848, Verstein. Zechst. Roth. p. 6, pl. iil.

figs. 3-

Foraminites serpuloides, King, 1848, Cat. Perm. Foss. Northumb.

Ser mila® pusilla, Jones, 1850, in King’s Monogr. Perm. Fossils, p. 57,

pl. vi. figs. 7-9, pl. xviii. figs. a—d.

Trochammina pusilla, Jones, Parker, and Kirkby, 1869, Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol iv. p. 390, pl. xiii. figs. 4— 6 bes ; Brady, 1876,

Monogr. Salk and Perm. Foram, (Pal. Soe.) p. 7 8, pl. iil. figs. 4,5;

Heeusler, 1882, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol: xen pe 58, pl. iv.

figs. 27-30; LG. Bornemann, 1885, Jahrb. k. preuss. geol. Landes-

anst., Berlin, p. 293, pl. xiii. figs. 6, 7.

Ammodiscus pusillus, Heusler, 1890, Abhandl. Schweiz. paleontogr.

Gesellsch. vol. xvii. p. 60, pl. ix. figs. 89-43,

The Rhetic examples of the above species are both rare

and very small; the test is finely arenaceous, as is the case

with most of the specimens from the black Rheetic clay.

A, pusillus is acommon form in the Permian (lower and

middle Magnesian Limestone) of the north of Kngland (asso-

ciated with A. milioloides) ; it is also recorded from the

Zechstein of Germany; also from Triassic rocks in Thu-

ringia by L. G. Bornemann; and from the Upper Jurassic

beds of Switzerland by Heeusler.

Found rarely in bed no. 2 of the Rheetic series at Wedmore.

12. Ammodiscus Robertsoni (Brady).

(Pl. XI. figs, er die)

Trochammina Robertsoni, Brady, 1876, Monogr. Carb. and Perm,

Foram. (Pal. Soc.) p. 80, pl. iii. figs. 6, 7.

One of the commoner forms in the washings of the black

Rhetic clay of Wedmore is the elegant little species of

Ammodiscus which Dr. Brady found in the Carboniferous

shales of the west of Scotland. The finely arenaceous texture

of the test of the Rheetic specimens exactly accords with the

Rhetic Foraminifera from Somerset. 319

original description of the type forms. I have also found this

form in the Upper Lias_clay of Northampton.

The species might easily be mistaken for a minute sandy

Quinqueloculine form ; but the tube is merely constricted at

each turn by an infolding of the shell-wall, and is not truly

septate.

Found in bed no. 2 at Wedmore, common.

13. Ammodiscus auricula, sp. n.

(PIPE. figs) 18'a;'oH)

Test free, ear-shaped, greatly compressed, consisting of a

coiled tube, which is spuriously septate at intervals. The

test sometimes exhibits a central inflated kidney-shaped

pseudo-chamber. ‘The peripheral edge is usually thinner

than the rest of the test, so that the margin is flange-like.

Aperture a slit, situated vertically, on the lower edge of the

termination of the compressed tube, at its junction with the

previous whorl. ‘Test arenaceous, thin, and delicate. Length

about 3/5 inch (0°63 millim.).

This form is not common in the Rhetic washings, but

several characteristic examples were found. Its nearest

representative is A. Robertsoni, but it differs from that species

in the peculiar shape and the extreme compression of the test.

From the Rheetic, bed no. 2, Wedmore; frequent.

14. Ammodiscus jurassicus, Heeusler.

(Pl. XI. fig. 19.)

Trochammina jurassica, Heeusler, 1882, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. x. p. 58, pl. iv. figs. 81-40 ; id. 1882, Neues Jahrb. f. Min. p. 59,

pl. iv. fig. 4.

Ammodiscus jurassicus, Heeusler, 1885, Neues Jahrb. f. Min., Beil.

Bd. iv. p. 26, pl. iii. figs. 33,34; id. 1890, Abhandl. Schweiz. palzeon-

togr. Gesellsch. vol. xvii. p. G1, pl. ix. figs, 44-47,

This is not a common foraminifer in the Rheetic washings.

Fairly typical examples were, however, met with at various

horizons. Dr. Heeusler records A. jurassicus from the Upper

Jurassic beds of Switzerland, and he also notes it from the

Lower Cretaceous.

This species was found in the Rheetic of Wedmore, in bed

no. 2, rare; no. 5, frequent; no. 6, very rare.

15. Ammodiscus fusiformis, sp. n.

(Pl. XI. figs. 20 a, 0.)

Test free, spindle-shaped, and sometimes curved; con-

sisting of a tube sharply bent on itself at each end of the

320 Mr. F. Chapman on

longer axis, with the coil twisted through several planes

during its growth, so that the test has a Quinqueloculine

aspect. The tube forming the test is also constricted at

various points between the two extremities. Texture of shell

finely arenaceous. Aperture a circular orifice, formed by the

open end of the tube; the aperture is angulated or margined

in the specimen taken for figuring. Length 33 inch

(0°48 millim.).

This species is related to A. Robertsont in the general

Quingueloculine plan of growth; but the cross section of the

test of the latter species would show a considerably greater

amount of lateral compression and breadth.

A. fusiformis was found in the Rheetic clay of bed no. 2,

at Wedmore; common.

Subfamily Hyporuyerrvz.

Noposineia, Brady, 1876.

General characters (after Brady, emended).—Test free,

straight, arcuate, or crooked, never spiral ; formed either of a

tube constricted at intervals, or of a single series of segments

variously combined. ‘Test arenaceous, often smooth exter-

nally, imperforate, but sometimes having pustulate orifices at

various points on the surface. Wall of test thick, with a

labyrinthic structure. Aperture variable, simple or compound.

16. Nodosinella wedmoriensis, sp. n.

(Pl. XI. figs. 21-24.)

(2) Psammosiphon elongatus, Vine, 1882, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.

vol, xxxvill. p. 390.

Test more or less cylindrical, tapering towards the ends,

straight, arcuate, or sharply recurved ; sometimes flattened or

outspread at the distal end. The interior divided at intervals

by partitions, forming a series of chambers ; no indications of

internal septation visible on the surface of the test. Texture

finely arenaceous; the test of a brown colour; the outer

surface smooth, but with evidences of foreign substances, such

as the impressions of crystals which were used to build up

the test. Wall of test thick and labyrinthic in structure.

Length of longest specimen found } inch (6°25 millim.),

breadth 35 inch (1°25 millim.).

A large number of this species were selected from the

Rhetic washings. They invariably show the septation of

the tube when cut through longitudinally, and it was owing

Rhetic Foraminifera from Somerset. 321

to this fact, and also to its peculiar form, that it was at first

thought probable that we were dealing with some ancestral

form of the recent Aschemonella. When the true nature of

the labyrinthic test was worked out it was seen that the fossil

form had characters in common with Nodosinella, a genus

hitherto known through Dr. Brady’s researches on the

Carboniferous Foraminifera. The present species, N. wed-

moriensis, differs materially from the Carboniferous N. cylin-

drica* in the absence of external evidences of septation and

in having a more irregular form, sometimes being even bent

at right angles.

This species occurs in bed no. 3 of the Rhetic at Wedmore,

very rare; bed no. 5, very common.

STacHEIA, Brady, 1876.

“ Plaques des Rayonnés,” &c., Terquem and Berthelin, 1875.

Psammosiphon, Vine, 1882.

General characters (after Brady, emended).—Test adhe-

rent or free ; composed of numerous segments subdivided in

their interior, or of an acervuline mass of chamberlets, some-

times arranged in layers, sometimes confused, or of a thick-

walled test with acervuline or labyrinthic structure, and with

the interior subdivided into numerous elongate sinuous cavities

(the latter characters especially applying to the Rhetic

representatives of the genus). Apertures simple, but irregu-

lar, terminal or scattered over the surface of the test. ‘Texture

subarenaceous, composed of fine sand, sometimes admixed

with coarser material, and with a calcareous or chitinous

cement ; imperforate.

The above genus was proposed by Dr. H. B. Brady in

1876 to include some adherent subarenaceous Foraminifera

which he had discovered in the Carboniferous Limestone

formation of England and Scotland, and which had affinities

morphologically pertaining to the genera Polytrema, Tino-

porus, and other perforate types.

In his ‘Monograph of the Carboniferous and Permian

Foraminifera’ Dr. Brady lays particular stress upon the fact

that in the Carboniferous strata Stacheza is always parasitic

(adherent) ; and such is undoubtedly the case with the

specimens from that formation. In the Rhetic assemblage

the tests are more often perfectly free in their mode of growth.

The flat complanate or frondose form (8, dispansa) is by tar

* Brady, 1876, Monogr. Carb. and Perm, Foram. (Pal. Soc.) p. 104,

pl. vii. figs. 4-7.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 23

322 Mr. F. Chapman on

the best represented species, in point of numbers, in the

Rhetic washings; and this form appears to have flourished

on the sea-bottom, spreading horizontally and growing so

numerously as to make quite a separation, band at frequent

intervals in the clay deposits.

There are, however, a few examples of Stacheia from the

Rheetic beds which were without donbt attached forms ; and

this feature is especially characteristic of S. cuspidata and

S. intermedia.

It will also be seen from the reference given above that the

genus is represented in the Lias by fossils which have been

referred to parts of Echinodermata.

17. Stacheia intermedia, sp. n. (Pl. XI. fig. 25.)

Test normally attached or sometimes free, irregularly

cylindrical, and often turned outwardly at one end, thus

forming a base of attachment. Subdivided internally in an

irregular manner; with a terminal aperture, and also some

other orifices of an irregularly stellate outline opening out

upon the surface of the test. ‘Texture subarenaceous. Wall

ot test of considerable thickness and with a finely labyrinthic

structure. Colour pale brown. Length about } inch (6:25

millim.).

S. intermedia may be an irregularly cylindrical modifica-

tion of the flat wild-growing form S. dispansa; but the

apparently attached mode of growth of the former organism

seems to justify its separation under a distinct specific name.

It occurs in bed no. 3 of the Rhetic at Wedmore, very

rare ; bed no. 5, frequent.

18. Stachera congesta, Brady. (Pl. XII. figs. 1, 2.)

Stacheia congesta, Brady, 1876, Monogr. Carb. and Perm. Foram. (Pal.

Soc.) p. 117, pl. ix. figs. 1-5.

Characters (after Brady, emended).—Test elongate, sub-

cylindrical, rounded or fusiform ; either adherent, clustering

around foreign bodies, or free. Chambers very numerous,

irregular in shape, closely packed, confused in arrangement ;

the boundary-walls of those composing the superficial layer

sometimes indicated by the areolation of portions of the

exterior of the test. Surface otherwise granular or nearly

smooth. Apertures at the extremities of the fusiform

varieties or disposed over the surface in an irregular manner.

Length of the Rheetic specimens about +45 inch (2°5 millim.).

Many examples from Wedmore are exactly comparable in

Rhetic Foraminifera from Somerset. 323,

form with those figured by Dr. Brady from the Carboniferous

Limestone of England and Scotland. The specimens from

the latter formation are somewhat smaller than those from

the Rheetic beds.

S. congesta occurs in bed no. 3 of the Rhetic series at

Wedmore, common; bed no. 5, common.

19. Stacheia triradiata, sp.n. (Pl. XII. figs. 3-5.)

“ Asteracanthion,” Terquem and Berthelin, 1875, Mém. Soc. Géol.

France, sér. 2, vol. x., Mém. no. 3, p. 103, pl. ix. figs. 1 a—e.

Test free, consisting of three somewhat short and irregu-

larly cylindrical arms, radiating nearly at right angles to

one another; surface smooth or finely granular and of a pale

brown colour. Interior having an irregular central cavity ;

the tubular arms divided at intervals by transverse septa.

Wall of test thick and with distinct labyrinthic structure ;

texture finely arenaceous. Each arm terminates in a small

orifice, which leads back into a larger cavity. Average

diameter of test } inch (8°125 millim.).

Amongst the specimens of ‘‘Psammosiphon”’ in the Vine

collection at the Royal College of Science there is one un-

doubted example of Stacheta triradiata collected from the

Wenlock Shales, so that this form, as well as S. ampleaa,

ranges back into the Silurian strata.

S. triradiata was found at Wedmore in bed no. 5, frequent.

20. Stacheia amplexa (Vine). (Pl. XII. figs. 6, 7.)

Psammosiphon amplexus, Vine, 1882, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.

vol, xxxviii. p. 391, pl. xv. fig. 8.

Test free or attached, in the latter case having a flattened

base. Irregularly subspherical in form, with a warty surface,

caused by the numerous papillose terminations to the tubular

system of the interior. Interior traversed by cylindrical

tubes, which are disposed in a sinuous manner. Wall of

test thick and with labyrinthic structure. The Rheetic

specimens are of a pale brown colour, and the shell-texture

is subarenaceous, consisting of a fine sand, mixed with coarser

material and crystalline aggregates, cemented together by

material which was formerly chitinous. Length about } inch

(5 millim.).

S. amplexa has been recorded by Vine under the name of

Psammosiphon amplexus from the Wenlock Shales (the Coal-

brookdale and the ‘Vickwood beds); and the same author

notes it also from the Hairmyres shales of Carboniferous age

23*

324 Mr. F. Chapman on

in material collected by Mr. John Young, of the Hunterian

Museum, Glasgow. It also occurs in the Silurian clay of the

island of Gothland. The arenaceous material constituting the

test of the Silurian specimens, unlike that of Rhetic examples,

is cemented by calcareous matter.

The tests of S. amplexa from Wedmore have been largely

constructed of the crystalline aggregates to which reference

has previously been made, and of which only moulds now

remain to testify to their former existence. ‘These crystal-

line bodies were also used in the construction of the tests of

the other large subarenaceous species from the Rhetic

washings, belonging to the genera Nodosinella and Stacheta ;

but they occur in S. amplexa in particular abundance.

S. ampleaa was found in the Rheetic series at Wedmore,

in bed no. 3, frequent ; no. 5, common.

21. Stacheia dispansa, sp.n. (PI. XII. fig. 8.)

Test free, compressed, and generally irregular in outline ;

some more or less perfect examples, however, have a leaf-like

form with deeply incised margins. Interior traversed by

irregular sinuous cavities, which are at intervals transversely

divided. The positions of the apertures in this compressed

form are—(1) around the margin, appearing as an interrupted

slit communicating directly with the interior, and constituting

a plane of weakness through the median plane of the test;

(2) disposed over the surfaces of the test as a series of irre-

gularly circular orifices, which are often siphonate, that is,

borne on the end of a short tube projecting at right angles

from the general surface, the latter being in some cases

modified by lateral compression, thus giving the orifice an

elliptical or slit-like form. Wall of test very thick and with

a finely labyrinthic structure. Length of one of the more

perfect specimens } inch (12°5 millim.), breadth 3 inch

(6°25 millim.), thickness s inch (1 millim.).

The fragmentary remains of this species constitute a large

proportion of the washed material from one stratum of the

Rheetic series at Wedmore. SS. dispansa does not seem to

have ever been attached to any foreign bodies like some of

its congeners, but to have lived on the surface of the deposit

forming at that time. One of the specimens found has a

very definite outline, taking a form such as one would imagine

to arise from the extrusion of the sarcode in an amcebiform or

lobulate manner. The majority of the specimens of S. dis-

pansa have, however, no very distinct shape, and are always

more or less fragmentary, since the mere separation of the

thetic Foraminifera from Somerset. 325

clay from the coarser particles, although very carefully con-

ducted, is sufficient to break up the excessively friable tests.

Moulds of crystals observed in the other subarenaceous

forms of the Rheetic Foraminifera are also present in the test

of S. dispansa, but they do not seem to have been so largely

utilized in this form.

The test of this species, as previously noted, has a tendency

to split horizontally along the median plane. This is owing

to the restriction of the internal cavities exactly to the median

portion of the test and to the marginal series of apertures,

with which the chambers communicate.

The above species was found in bed no. 3 of the Rheetic

series at Wedmore, frequent ; bed no. 5, very common.

22. Stacheia cuspidata, sp.n. (Pl. XII. figs. 9, 10.)

“Plaques des Rayonnés,” Térquem and Berthelin, 1875, Mém. Soc.

Géol. France, sér. 2, vol. x., Mém. no. 3, p. 105, pl. ix. figs. 3a—f.

Test normally adherent, compressed, and irregularly

discoid, but having the peripheral edge indented or cuspidate.

The lower, attached surtace slightly concave, and the shell-

wall of that surface thin, so that the figure of the central

stellate cavity can be seen through the shell. Test some-

what coarsely arenaceous, and the wall moderately thick and

having a finely labyrinthic structure. The apertures are

arranged almost as in S. dispansa, some orifices appearing on

the peripheral margin, whilst others, curiously shaped and of

a cuspid outline, are seen on the superior face of the test;

in some cases these are lengthened out to an extraordinary

degree. Diameter of test § inch (2°8 millim.), thickness of

test zy inch (0°63 millim.), more or less.

This is a discoidal variety closely allied to S. dispansa.

It is fairly constant in its essential characters, and, unlike

S. dispansa, always shows the adherent modification of the

inferior surface, although no specimens were found actually

attached to foreign objects.

The forms figured by Terquem and Berthelin from the

Lias, and referred to above, are very variable, but exhibit the

essential features of the species.

S. cuspidata occurs in bed no. 5 of the Rhetie series at

Wedmore, frequent.

326 Mr. F. Chapman on

Family Textulariide.

Subfamily Buzruryrwz.

Buimina, d’Orbigny, 1826.

23. Bulimina pyrula, VOrbigny. (Pl. XII. fig. 11.)

Bulimina pyrula, VOrbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vien. p. 184, pl. xi.

figs. 9, 10; Brady, 1884, Chall. Rep. vol. ix. p. 399, pl. 1. figs. 7-10.

This species has hitherto been known from Liassic strata,

and it occurs commonly in nearly all Tertiary beds.

The Rhetic specimen undoubtedly belongs to this type,

which is perhaps the most rudimentary form of the genus.

The test of the example found is finely arenaceous.

One specimen, from bed no. 2, at Wedmore.

Family Lagenide.

Subfamily Lagenivz.

Noposaria, Lamarck, 1816.

24, Nodosaria radicula (L.). (Pl. XII. fig. 12.)

Nautilus radicula, Linné, 1767, Syst. Nat. 12th ed. vol. ii. p. 1164.

no. 285; Montagu, 18038, Test. Brit. p. 197, pl. vi. fig. 4.

Nodosaria Geinitzi, Reuss, 1854, Jahresb. Wetterauer Gesellsch. vol.

for 1851-1853, p. 77, fig. 12; Richter, 1855, Zeitschr. deutsch.

geol. Gesellsch. vol. vii. p. 582, pl. xxvi. fig. 26.

Nodosaria radicula, Parker and Jones, 1859, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 7 vol. iii. p. 476; id. ibid. vol. iv. p. 344; id. ibid. 18¢3, vol. xii.

p. 209.

Nodosaria Geinitzi, Reuss, 1861, in Geinitz’s Dyas, Heft i. p. 121,

pl. xx. fig. 28.

Nodosaria Kingi, id. ibid. p. 121, pl. xx. fig. 29.

Nodosaria Kirkby, Richter, ibid. p. 121, pl. xx. fig. 30.

Nodosaria Jonest, id. ibid. p. 121, pl. xx. fig. 31.

Nodosaria radicula, Jones and Parker, 1860, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.

vol. xvi. p. 453, figs. 1-5; Brady, 1867, Proc. Somerset Arch. and

Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. xiii. p. 106, pl. i. fig. 4; Tate and Blake, 1876,

Yorkshire Lias, p. 456, pl. xviii. fig. 17; Brady, 1876, Monogr. of

Carb. and Perm. Foram. (Pal. Soc.) p. 124, pl. x. figs. 6-16; id. 1884,

Chall. Rep, vol. ix. p. 495, pl. lxi. figs. 28-81; Sherborn and Chap-

man, 1886, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soe. p. 746, pl. xiv. fig. 24; Heeusler,

1887, Neues Jahrb. f. Min. vol. i. p. 179, pl. v. figs. 40, 45, 48, 49;

id. 1890, Abhandl. Schweiz. paleontogr. Gesellsch. vol. xvii. p. 92

pl. xiii. figs. 31-33, 39-60, pl. xiv. figs. 1, 3-5, 16.

This species, which is so well distributed through the

Secondary and Tertiary formations, is not known from strata

earlier than the Permian. It is one of the few hyaline Fora-

minifera which were noticed in thin sections of the “ Wedmore

Rhetic Foraminifera from Somerset. 327

Stone.” Insome parts the test exhibits the tubulation of the

calcareous wall characteristic of the group.

Three specimens of Nodosaria radicula were seen in the

limestone (bed no. 9) of Wedmore.

MARGINULINA, d’Orbigny, 1826.

25. Marginulina glabra (?), VOrbigny.

(El, fie.13.)

Marginulina glabra, d’Orbigny, 1826, Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. vii. p. 259,

no. 6, Modéle, no. 55; Parker, Jones, and Brady, 1865, Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xvi. p. 27, pl. i. fig. 36; Brady, 1867, Proc.

Somerset Arch. and Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. xiii. p. 109, pl. ii. fig. 22 ;

Heeusler, 1890, Abhandl. Schweiz. paleeontogr. Gesellsch. vol. xvii.

p- 106, pl. xiv. figs. 35-40, 42, 45.

The above species has been noticed from various strata of

Secondary age. ‘There is not much doubt that the Wedmore

specimen is referable to the same type, although it is not

safe to speak with certainty, since we have only the vertical

section ot the test in the thin rock-slice.

This specimen was found in the porous-textured rock, and

the test has been apparently dissolved away in places, leaving

a cavity of the exact outline of the fossil; and into this space

numerous minute scalenohedra of calcite project from each

wall. Other parts of the test show tubulation of the calca-

reous shell.

One example from the limestone of bed no. 9 at Wedmore.

Family Rotaliide.

Subfamily Roraruws.

TRUNCATULINA, d’Orbigny, 1826.

26. Truncatulina stelligera, sp. n.

(Pl. XII. figs. 14 a, d.)

Superior face flat, with three whorls, the initial chamber

spherical and prominent; inferior face strongly convex.

Surface of test distinctly punctate. The convex face has

raised lines of shell-substance radiating from the umbilicus ;

the rays are thickest in the middle and taper towards the

ends. Peripheral edge rounded. Diameter of test 5'5 inch

(05 millim.), height 45 inch (0°21 millim.).

The genus Zruncatulina is represented in strata as old as

thé Carboniferous Limestone. ‘The above species differs from

any form previously described chiefly in the sutural orna-

mentation of the inferior face, and which resembles that seen

328 On Rhetic Foraminifera from Somerset.

in Nonionina stelligera, d’Orbigny. T. stelligera is the only

example amongst the hyaline Foraminifera which was found

in the washings of the Wedmore clays.

One specimen from the Rheetic of bed no. 2 at Wedmore.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XI.

Fig. 1. Reophax difflugiformis, Brady. x 33.

fig. 2. Haplophragmium agglutinans (d’Orb.). a, lateral aspect ;

b, peripheral aspect. x 40.

fig. 3. Haplophragmium rheticum, sp.n. Lateral aspect. x 20.

Fig. 4. Ditto. Ditto. x 33.

fig. 5. Haplophragmium canariense (d’Orb.). a, lateral aspect; 6, peri-

pheral aspect. x 13.

fig. 6. Haplophragmium emaciatum, Brady. Lateral aspect. x 33.

fig. 7. Haplophragmium neocomianum, Chapman. Lateral aspect.

x 13. |

Fig. 8. Ammodiscus incertus (VOrb.). Lateral aspect. x 33. |

fig. 9. Ammodscus incertus (d’Orb.), near A. gordialis (Parker and

Jones). Lateral aspect. x 38.

Fig. 10. Ammodiscus anceps (Brady). a, lateral aspect; 6, peripheral

aspect. x 40.

Fig. 11. Ammodiscus centrifugus (Brady). Lateral aspect. x 40.

fig. 12. Ammodiscus milioloides (Jones, Parker, and Kirkby). Lateral

aspect. XX 33.

Fg. 13. Ditto. Distorted specimen. x 33.

Fig. 14. Ammodiscus pusillus (Geinitz). Lateral aspect. x 33.

fig. 15, Ammodiscus Robertsoni (Brady). Lateral aspect. x 40.

4g. 16. Ditto. Another specimen; lateral aspect. x 33.

tig. 17, Ditto. Compressed variety: a, lateral aspect; 0, peripheral

_ aspect. xX 53.

Fig. 18. Ammodiscus auricula, sp. n. a, lateral aspect; 4, peripheral

aspect. X 39.

fig. 19. Ammodiscus jurassicus, Heeusler. Lateral aspect. x 27.

fig. 20. Ammodiscus fusiformis, sp. n. a, lateral aspect; 6, oral aspect.

x 38.

ig. 21. Nodosinella wedmoriensis, sp.n. xX 8.

Fig. 22, Ditto. Test laid open longitudinally, showing the septate inte-

rior of the test and thickness of the shell-wall. x 7.

Fig. 28, Ditto. An example with an outspread termination. x 8.

Eng. 24. mete Curved specimen, showing crystal impressions at one

end. x78:

Fg. 25. Stachera intermedia, sp. n. x 7.

PuaTE XII.

Fig. 1. Stachea congesta, Brady. Typical form. x 10,

Fig. 2. Ditto. An example similar to one from the Carboniferous

Limestone. x 8.

Fig. 8. Stacheia triradiata, sp.u. xX 10.

Fig. 4. Ditto. A horizontal section of the test, showing the central

cavity and constricted apertures. x 13.

Fig. 5. Ditto. A section of the test, showing the areolate character of

the cementing tissue of the shell-wall. x 200,

On Heterocera from the Lesser Antilles. 329

Fig. 6. Stacheia amplexa (Vine). X 9.

Fig. 7. Ditto. Test broken open, showing the impressions of crystals

once included in the shell-structure. X 7.

Fig. 8. Stacheia dispansa, sp. n.. A nearly perfect example, showing

the sinuous outline of the platy test. x 5.

Fig. 9. Stacheva cuspidata, sp. n. 4, superior aspect ; b, inferior aspect.

x 10.

Fig. 10. Ditto. An example with an elongate aperture on the upper

surface. xX 7.

Fig. 11. Bulimina pyrula, VOrbigny. _X 38.

Fig. 12. Nodosarva radicula (L.), A longitudinal section in the “ Wed-

more Stone.” xX 20.

Fig. 13. Marginulina glabra (?), V@Orbigny. A longitudinal section in

the “ Wedmore Stone.” xX 10.

Fig. 14. Truncatulina stelhgera, sp. 0. a, superior aspect; 0, inferior

aspect. X 39.

ee ee

XLV.—On the Geometride, Pyralide, and allied Families

of Heterocera of the Lesser Antilles. By G. ¥. Hampson,

B.A., F.E.S.

THE following paperon the Uraniide, Geometride, Thyridide,

Pyralide, and Sesiide collected by Mr. H. H. Smith in the

islands of Grenada, St. Vincent, and the Grenadines for the

West-India Exploration Committee of the Royal Society

and British Association is a continuation of the series of papers

already published on the Coleoptera, parasitic Hymenoptera,

Formicide, Odonata, and other groups.

The Geometride are represented by very few species in the

Lesser Antilles compared with the large numbers that exist in

other parts of the Neotropical Region both north and south

of the isthmus; and almost all the species are identical with

those found on the mainland,

The Pyralide are represented by a much greater diversity

of species ; but these, as in other parts of the world, are very

wide-ranging, most of the species being also found in Brazil

and Venezuela, some being identical with forms found in the

United States, whilst others range down to Chili, others

again being spread throughout nearly the whole tropical

zone; whilst, even of the species described as new, several

are represented in the British Museum or other collections by

specimens from continental localities.

Uraniide.

Psamathia obliteraria, Wik. xxii. 845.

St. Vincent, windward side.

330 Mr. G. F. Hampson on

Geometride.

BosaRrMiin Zz.

Nepheloleuca politia, Cram. Pap. Exot. 11. 65.

St. Vincent, windward side.

Hyperythra decrepitaria, Hiibn. Zutr. 11. 29, 186, figs. 371,

372.

St. Vincent: windward side and leeward side, Mount Gay,

St. George’s.

Macaria evertata, Guen. Phal. u. 80.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar ; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate.

Oxydia vesulia, Cram. Pap. Exot. ui. 79, pl. cexl. B, C.

Grenada: leeward side, Grand Etang Road.

Dilinea vulneraria, Hiibn. Zutr. figs. 319, 320.

Grenada.

Apicia subsinuosa, sp. n.

¢. Olive-brown; vertex of head greyish. Fore wing

irrorated with ochreous, most thickly on medial costal area ;

ante- and postmedial olive lines, the former sharply angled

on median nervure, the latter very highly angled below costa

and slightly excurved from thence to inner margin; a dark

discocellular speck, with an oblique olive striga from costa

above it. Hind wing with curved olive medial line. Under-

side ochreous yellow, irrorated with brown; an indistinct

curved postmedial line, the area beyond it slightly suffused

with rufous and grey.

Hab. Grenada : leeward side, Mount Gay Estate. Eup.

28 millim.

Azelina denticulata, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1881, ii.

p- 42.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St. Vincent.

Azelina hedularia, Guen. Phal. i. 158.

St. Vincent, windward side.

Heterocera from the Lesser Antilles. 3d1

LARENTINE.

Scotosia stellata, Guen. Phal. i. 443.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St. Vincent: wind-

ward side.

Cambogia obada, Druce, Biol. Centr.-Am., Het. 1. p. 112,

plete figs. 1,2.

St. Vincent, windward side.

ACIDALUN.

Craspedia umbilicata, Guen. Phal. i. 504.

Grenada : windward side, Balthazar. Grenadines; Union

Isle.

Craspedia defixaria, W\k. xxii. 731.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate. St. Vincent.

Craspedia figurinata, Guen. Phal. i. 473.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar ; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate. St. Vincent, windward side.

Acidalia verrucifera, sp. n.

g. Antenne ciliated; hind tibia slender, curved and

without spurs. Fore wing with the membrane of inner area

distorted and ridged, containing on underside a tuft of long

hair.

Pale ochreous. Fore wing with the costa pinkish at base ;

both wings with traces of discocellular specks and sinuous

postmedial line.

Hab. Grenada: windward side, Balthazar, Exp. 12

millim.

Rhodostrophia botydata, Wik. xxii. 727.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar.

Rhodostrophia rubricosta, sp. n.

Antenne of male with fasciculate cilia.

White ; head crimson, with some white between base of

antenne ; abdomen with a pair of black specks on basal

segment. Fore wing with the costa crimson, with four den-

tate marks at origin of the antemedial, medial, postmedial,

332 Mr. G. F. Hampson on

and submarginal lines, which on both wings are pale rufous,

sinuous, and with prominent dark specks on the veins; a

prominent marginal series of dark specks.

Hab. Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St. Vincent.

Exp. 18 millim.

Rhodostrophia pyraustaria, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1881,

p- 336.

St. Vincent, windward side.

Rhodostrophia phorcaria, Guen. Phal. i. 470.

Grenada: leeward side, Mount Gay Estate. St. Vincent,

windward side.

Rhodostrophia rubripictata, sp. n.

?. Purplish crimson, some yellow on metathorax and

abdomen. Fore wing with broad yellow medial band not

reaching the costa, and with sinuous edges, followed by a

crimson band, broad beyond the cell; the outer area yellow,

with conjoined crimson patches on apical half and a small

patch on inner margin. Hind wing similar; the yellow areas

broader; the postmedial sinuous crimson band narrow, and

with crimson patches beyond it at middle only.

Hab. Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St. Vincent.

Exp. 16-18 millim.

Somatina terminata, Guen. Phal. i. 483.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate. St. Vincent, windward side.

GEOMETRINZ.

Geometra frondaria, Guen. Phal. i. 376.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar ; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate.

Eucloris ocellata, Stoll, Cram. Pap. Exot. v. p. 156, pl. xxxiv.

fig. 9.

A form with the discocellular spot of each wing reduced to

a speck and the projections of the marginal band much

reduced.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St. Vincent, wind-

ward side.

Fleterocera from the Lesser Antilles. 333

Nemoria glauciptera, sp. n.

Grey ; frons, antenn®, and fore legs pinkish brown ; vertex

of head white. Fore wing with the costa ochreous, waved

white antemedial and postmedial lines defined by green.

Hind wing with discocellular line ; a waved white postmedial

line, defined by green and produced between veins 3 and 4:

both wings with fine marginal white line; the cilia grey.

Hab. Grenada: leeward side, Mount Gay Estate. St.

Vincent, windward side. Hap. g 16, ? 18 millim.

Thyridide.

Rhodoneura myrsusalis, Wik. xix. 892.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar, Chantilly Estate.

St. Vincent.

Pyralide.

PYRAUSTINE.

Genus NEUROPHYSETA, nov.

Type N. clymenalis, W1k.

Palpi with the second joint porrect, extending about twice

the length of head, the third upturned, long, and acuminate ;

maxillary palpi short and filiform; frons rounded; antenne

of male thickened and flattened by appressed serrations ; tibize

with the spurs long. Fore wing with veins 4 and 5 from

angle of cell; 6 present; 7 and 10 free. Hind wing with

vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4 and 5 from angle; 6 and

7 from upper angle; 7 anastomosing with 8.

Neurophysetis clymenalis, Wik. xvii. 459.

St. Vincent: windward side, Kingstown.

Sufetula diminutalis, Wik. xxxiv. 1315.

St. Vincent, windward side.

+Homophysa falcatalis, sp. n.

3. Fore wing with slight costal fold fringed with hair on

upperside, the apex produced and highly falcate.

Fulvous yellow. Fore wing with indistinct dark dentate

subbasal line, oblique towards inner margin; a dark medial

line with pale inner edge, slightly sinuous and angled on

vein 2; a dark discocellular spot; a dark-edged, white,

334 Mr. G. F. Hampson on

minutely crenulate postmedial line excurved from costa to

vein 2; a marginal series of minute black and white specks.

Hind wing paler, with indistinct curved postmedial line;

some marginal black specks usually present towards apex.

Hab. Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side,

Mount Gay Estate. St. Vincent, windward side. zp.

18-22 millim.

Homophysa leucostictalis, sp. n.

?. Head white; thorax and abdomen fulvous yellow.

Fore wing with the basal area golden yellow, the outer area

fulvous yellow ; a fine white sinuous medial line ; a similar

postmedial line excurved from costa to vein 2; a marginal

series of white and black specks, somewhat irregular in size

and interrupted at middle. Hind wing pale; the outer area

fulvous at middle, crossed by a fine white postmedial line

and with some white specks on margin.

Hab. Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St. Vincent:

windward side, Kingstown. Hzp.16 millim.

Zinckenia perspectalis, Hiibn. Pyr. fig. 101.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate. St. Vincent, windward side.

Pycnarmon levinia, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. 131, pl. eeelvii. K,

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar.

Laritala bipunctalis, sp. n.

Bright orange ; palpi with black bands at base and extre-

mity of second joint ; fore tibia banded with black; abdomen

with a black spot on terminal segment. Fore wing with

black spot at base of costa; a slightly curved antemedial

fuscous line, black towards costa; a discocellular lunule; a

postmedial sinuous line, oblique from costa to vein 2, then

retracted to below angle of cell. Hind wing with discocellular

spot; a slightly sinuous postmedial line, oblique from costa

to vein 2, then retracted to below angle ot cell, and terminating

near anal angle: both wings with fine black line at base of

cilia.

Hab. Grenada: leeward side, Mount Gay Estate. Espiritu

Santo, Brazil. zp. 28 millim.

» Haritala fuscicostalis, sp. n.

9. Orange; palpi black, white at base; frons and

shoulders fuscous. Fore wing with the basal half of costal

Heterocera from the Lesser Antilles. 335

area fuscous; traces of an antemedial line; a black spot in

cell; both wings with larger discocellular spot; a post-

medial line nearly straight from costa to vein 4, then

curved and retracted to below angle of cell.

Hab. Grenada: leeward side, Mount Gay Estate. Eup.

24 millim.

Haritala xanthozonalis, sp. n.

Antenne long, thickened and flattened in male; fore wing

with the apex rounded; male with a ridge of long curved

scales below cell on underside and fovea on upperside. Bright

fuscous grey ; vertex of head, patagia, sides of abdomen, and,

in female, a patch on dorsum, yellow. Fore wing with an

orange subbasal oblique band from cell to inner margin; an

antemedial band from below costa to inner margin; in female

a spot at lower angle of cell; a postmedial — band sharply

angled at vein 3. Hind wing "with the basal half orange,

with an antemedial fuscous band from cell to inner margin ;

the outer half fuscous.

Hab. Grenada: windward side, Granville. Hap. 18

millim.

Haritala foviferalis, sp. un

Antenne of male thickened and flattened ; a large hyaline

fovea in end of cell of fore wing and an elongate hyaline

depression in cell of hind wing.

3. Yellowish fuscous ; palpi black, white at base; abdo-

men ringed with fuscous. lore wing with dark sinuous

antemedial line ; a postmedial sinuous ‘Jine bent inwards to

the fovea, then outwards and very highly crenulate between

veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below angle of cell. Hind

wing with similar medial line: both wings with dark mar-

ginal line and line through the cilia.

Hab, Grenada: windward side, La Force Estate. zp.

20 millim.

Sylepta elevata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. no. 325.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St. Vincent, wind-

ward side.

Sylepta campalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 344.

Grenada : windward side, Balthazar ; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate. St. Vincent.

336 Mr. G. F. Hampson on

Sylepta penumbralis, Grote, Can. Ent. ix. p. 106.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St. Vincent, wind-

ward side.

Sylepta anormalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 352.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate. St. Vincent, windward side.

Sylepta matutinalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 195.

St. Vincent, windward side.

‘Samea contortilinealis, sp. n.

?. Head, thorax, and abdomen black-brown, banded with

white. Fore wing brown, suffused with black ; an irregular

white subbasal band, traversed by a black line and emitting

a tooth below the cell; a white spot in cell; a medial white

band, expanding at middle, and with large black annulus on

it; apostmedial triangular white patch extending from costa to

vein 2, and traversed by acurved black line ; a white speck on

costa before apex and interrupted marginal line. Hind wing

brown, suffused with black; a broad irregular subbasal white

band ; a broad postmedial white band, traversed by a black

line, which is nearly straight from costa to vein 2, then re-

tracted at an acute angle to lower angle of cell, and sinuous

to inner margin; an interrupted marginal white line: both

wings with the outer margin excised below apex.

Hab. Grenada: leeward side, Mount Gay Estate. zp.

14 millim.

Samea ecclesialis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 194, pl. vi. fig. 7.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate. St. Vincent, windward side.

Hedylepta apygalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 229.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar.

Hedylepta stenialis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 231.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St. Vincent, wind-

ward side.

Hedylepta ebulealis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 351.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar.

Hedylepta inguinalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 346.

St. Vincent. ‘

Hleterocera from the Lesser Antilles. 337

Hedylepta vulgalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 202, pl. vi. fig. 8.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate. St. Vincent, windward side.

Hedylepta zoilusalis, W\k. xviii. 603.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar ; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate. St. Vincent, windward side.

Fledylepta amissalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 351.

St. Vincent, windward side.

Syngamia florella, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. 114, pl. ecexlviii. L.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate. St. Vincent, windward side.

Syngamia hemorrhoidalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 201.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side, Mount

Gay Kstate.

Syngamia violescentalis, sp. n.

@. Dark purplish grey; wings irrorated with bright

scales ; a nearly straight medial rufous line and curved post-

medial line. Hind wing with nearly straight medial line

and obliquely curved postmedial line: both wings with the

cilia pure white, with a dark line at base.

Hab. Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. Exp. 10 millim.

Syngamia tytiusalis, Wik. xviii. 605.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate. St. Vincent, windward side.

Syngamia squamosalis, Wilngrn. Eug. Resa, p. 382.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar.

Marasmia cochrusalis, W\k. xix. 959.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar.

Ercta hemialis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 248.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar ; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate.

Pagyda traducalis, Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 54.

Grenada: leeward side, Mount Gay Estate. St. Vincent.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 24

338 Mr. G. F’. Hampson on

Pseudanaltes dryalis, Wik. xvii. 573.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar ; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate.

Eulepte concordalis, Hiibn. Samml. exot. Schmett. vi. iii. 1.

B. 1, figs. 1-4.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar ; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate. St. Vincent, windward side.

Carbaca Smithii, Méschler, Lep. Portorico, p. 137, fig. 18.

St. Vincent, leeward side.

Carbaca Krugti, Méschler, Lep. Portorico, p. 296, fig. 2

Grenada: leeward side, Mount Gay Estate.

Aidiodes ufeus, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. 2, pl. xevii. KE.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate. St. Vincent.

Omiodes omphasalis, W\k. xviii. 735.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate. St. Vincent.

Omiodes olivia, Butl. P. Z. S. 1878, p. 434.

Grenada: leeward side, Mount Gay Estate.

Omiodes humeralis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 356.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar.

Glyphodes quadristigmalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 304.

St. Vincent.

Glyphodes imitalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 306.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar, Granville ; leeward

side, Mount Gay Estate. Grenadines, Union Isle.

Glyphodes sibillalis, Wik. xvii. 506.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St. Vincent, wind-

ward side.

aes nitidalis, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. p. 160, pl. ecclxxi.

fig. 7

caver windward side, Balthazar.

fleterocera from the Lesser Antilles. 339

Glyphodes elegans, Méschl. Lep. Portorico, p. 299.

St. Vincent, windward side.

Glyphodes lucidalis, Hiibn. Verz. p. 359.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar.

Glyphodes hyalinata, Linn. Syst. Nat. iii. 2, p. 279.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St. Vincent, wind-

ward side.

Leucinodes elegantalis, Wik. xvii. 393.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St. Vincent, wind-

ward side.

Ommatospila narceusalis, Wk. xix. 972.

Grenada: leeward side, Mount Gay Estate.

flellula phidilealis, W\k. xix. 972.

Grenada: leeward side, Mount Gay Estate. St. Vincent,

windward side.

Tegostoma dinichealis, Wik. xix. 986.

Grenada: windward side, Mount Gay Estate.

Stenophyes huronalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 198.

Grenadines, Union Isle. St. Vincent, windward side.

Stenophyes rufifrontalis, sp. n.

Hind legs with tuft of hair on tibiz between the spurs and

on first tarsal joint above ; hind wing with thick tuft of hair

on inner area above anal angle.

White ; palpi rufous, white below; frons and shoulders

rufous; abdomen suffused with rufous on dorsum, and with a

rufous band on second segment. Fore wing with the costa

rufous ; a subbasal rufous line; a narrow white-centred disco-

cellular spot conjoined to the rufous on costa, and with a

waved line below it from vein 2 to inner margin; a crenulate

postmedial line bent outwards at vein 5 and ending at outer

angle; some rufous on apical part of outer margin. Hind

wing with a rufous spot at apex.

Hab. St. Vincent, windward side. St. Lucia. zp.

34 millim.

24*

340 Mr. G. F. Hampson on

Genus MIckocAUsTA, nov.

Palpi porrect, extending about twice the length of head,

down-curved at extremity, and the third joint buried in hair ;

maxillary palpi triangularly scaled ; frons rounded ; antenne

annulate; hind tibie of male fringed with extremely long

hair on outer side and with tufts of hair towards extremity ;

the spurs absent, the first joint of tarsus fringed with hair.

Fore wing broad, the apex produced and acute; veins 3, 4,

and 5 from close to angle of cell; 7 from upper angle ; 10 free.

Hind wing with veins 3 and 5 from angle of cell; 4 absent ;

6 and 7 from upper angle; 7 anastomosing with 8.

Microcausta tgnifimbrialis, sp. n.

dg. Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous, the last with

some fuscous on dorsum and fiery red at extremity. Fore

wing purplish pink; some fulvous on basal inner area; an

indistinct sinuous, curved, dark antemedial line ; two almost

conjoined yellow discocellular spots; a curved black sub-

marginal line, bent inwards to costa; an oblique white apical

streak ; some fuscous suffusion on margin ; the cilia fiery red.

Hind wing pale fuscous ; the cilia grey.

Hab. Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St. Vincent,

windward side. Hep. 10 millim.

Lineodes serpulalis, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 417, pl. xv.

fig. 8.

St. Vincent.

Pionea teniolalis, Guen, Delt. et Pyr. p. 172.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St. Vincent: wind-

ward side, Kingstown.

Pionea syphaxalis, Wik. xviii. 604.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar.

Pionea inclusalis, Wik. xviii. 631.

St. Vincent, windward side.

Pionea eupalusalis, Wik. xviii. 605.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar.

Pionea vinotinctalis, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous brown; palpi white

below. Fore wing ochreous brown, slightly suffused with

Heterocera from the Lesser Antilles. o41

purple ; an indistinct obliquely curved antemedial line; a

discocellular speck ; a*postmedial fuscous line, very much ex-

curved from costa to vein 2, then retracted to lower angle of

cell and nearly straight to inner margin; a marginal fuscous

line; the cilia suffused with fuscous. Hind wing whitish ;

the marginal area suffused with fuscous; the cilia white at

tips and towards anal angle.

Hab. Grenada: windward side, Balthazar ; leeward side,

Mount Gay Estate. zp. 16 millim.

Pionea pulchripictalis, sp. n.

Orange ; palpi white below ; frons with white line at sides ;

fore tarsi white, with the extremity black and a black spot

on first joint; abdomen with the extremity black in male.

Fore wing with slightly sinuous antemedial dark line; an

indistinct discocellular luntle; a postmedial line slightly

sinuous from costa to vein 4, then incurved to below angle of

cell and straight to inner margin, the area beyond it strongly

suffused with purple; a marginal black line ; the cilia yellow,

black at apex and below middle. Hind wing with disco-

cellular speck; a black fascia below the cell, widening to

outer margin ; a postmedial black line, angled at vein 2, the

area beyond it black, with two purplish lines from vein 6

meeting at vein 2 ; the cilia yellow, with black line at base

and black at apex and middle.

Hab. Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. zp. 16

millim.

Pionea servopunctalis, sp. n.

Ochreous brown, slightly suffused with fuscous; palpi

white below. Fore wing narrow; an antemedial series of

three dark specks ; a discocellular speck with black spot

below it at lower angle of cell; a postmedial slightly curved

series of specks on the veins. Hind wing with discocellular

speck and postmedial series of specks: both wings with

marginal brown line and line at base of cilia.

Hab. Grenada: windward side, Balthazar, Granville.

Exp. 16 millim.

Pionea arenacea, Warr. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ix. p. 431.

Fore wing of male with a large fovea at base of median

nervure.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate.

342 Mr. G. F. Hampson on

Pachyzancla pheopteralis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 349.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar ; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate. Grenadines, Union Isle. St. Vincent.

Pachyzancla detritalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 347, pl. iv.

fig. 10.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate. Grenadines, Union Isle.

Pachyzancla agavealis, Wk. xviii. 575.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St. Vincent.

Pachyzancla semilaniata, sp. n.

3. Both wings with the basal half clothed with rough

woolly hair on upperside, becoming a ridge of flocculent white

wool on costa of fore wing; the patagia fringed with curled

hair.

Fuscous; palpi white below ; abdomen with the anal tuft

white. Fore wing with indistinct antemedial dark line; a

discocellular lunule ; a dark postmedial line with pale outer

edge, nearly straight and oblique from costa to vein 2, then

retracted to lower angle of cell and straight to inner margin.

Hind wing with dark discocellular speck ; a postmedial dark

line with pale outer edge slightly retracted at vein 2: both

wings with the cilia white at tips.

Hab. St. Vincent. Hap. 34 millim.

Aphytoceros ostrealis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 327.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate.

Epicorsia mellinalis, Hiibn. Zutr. i. 24, 69, figs. 137, 138.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate. St. Vincent, windward side.

Pyrausta lucilla, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 494.

Grenada: leeward side, Mount Gay EHstate.

Pyrausta opalizalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 172.

St. Vincent, windward side.

Pyrausta panopealis, Wik. xvii. 318.

Grenada: leeward side, Mount Gay Estate. St. Vincent,

windward side.

Lleterocera from the Lesser Antilles 343

4 ITypRocAMPINE.

Danaga bufalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 245.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side, Mount

Gay Kstate.

Cataclysta walis, Wik. xix. 953.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar.

Cataclysta moniligeralis, Led, Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 454,

pl. xviii. fig. 10.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar, La Force Estate.

Cataclysta opulentalis, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 453,

pl. xvii. fig. 7.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar, La Force Estate.

Cataclysta axis, sp. n.

Fulvous and white. Fore wing fulvous yellow, darker

towards costa; two broad, more or less conjoined, subbasal

white bands, not reaching the costa; a slightly oblique

medial white band; a white fascia in and beyond end of cell,

interrupted by the dark-edged discocellular lunule, and often

conjoined to a large patch on inner area; an oblique trian-

gular postmedial white patch from costa to vein 2; a dark-

edged orange marginal band, with a wedge-shaped white

mark on its inner side from costa to vein 2; cilia white.

Hind wing fulvous yellow ; the base, inner area, and a medial

band white ; a white patch on outer area with four black and

silvery-purple, more or less double, ocellate marks, the one

nearest apex with a black line over it.

Hab. Grenada: windward side, Balthazar, Chantilly Estate.

St. Vincent, Kingstown. zp. 12 millim.

Cataclysta annulalis, Guen. Delt. et Pyr. p. 266.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar.

Hydrophysa plumipedalis, sp. n.

$. Dark fulvous brown; fore coxee and femora fringed

with dark hair; hind tibiz with fringes of very long dark

hair on each side of inner medial spur; a white line above

the eyes; abdomen with pale bands, Fore wing with sub-

basal pale line angled at middle ; two medial white lines, the

inner sharply angled on vein 1, the outer produced to a long

point on vein 1; a very oblique white-edged wedge-shaped

344 Mr. G. F. Hampson on

postmedial mark on costa, terminating on vein 5; a black-

edged fulvous marginal band expanding into a black spot at

apex, and with some white on it at costa and on its inner

edge. Hind wing fuscous, with slightly sinuous pale ante-

medial, postmedial, and submarginal lines, terminating near

anal angle; cilia white, with a dark line at base.

Hab. Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. Hap. 18

millim.

Hydrophysa scuthesalis, Wik. xix. 950.

Hydrocampa tortalis, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 452, pl. xviii.

fig. 3.

Grenada: windward side, Grand Etang.

Ambia leucostictalis, sp. n.

9. Dark fulvous brown; thorax marked with white.

Fore wing with white spot at base and subbasal band toothed

on median nervure 3 a postmedial white spot on inner margin ;

a slightly curved postmedial white band from costa to vein 4;

a black-edged marginal fulvous band with white marks on its

inner edge; cilia white, dark below apex and middle. Hind

wing with white subbasal and antemedial lines, the latter

becoming a broad band towards costa; a curved postmedial

white band from costa to vein 4 and vein 2 to inner margin ;

a marginal dark-edged band, with some white marks on its

inner edge; cilia white.

Hab. Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. zp. 10

millim.

Stenia lutealis, Snell. Tid. v. Ent. xviii. p. 245, pl. xiii.

figs. 17, 18.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate. St. Vincent, windward side.

Diathrausta neronalis, Wik. xix. 929.

St. Vincent, windward side.

CurysauGinE.

Salobrena tecome, Riley, Am. Ent. iii. p. 286, figs. 152, 153.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar.

Hyperparachma bursarialis, Wik. xxxiv. 1231.

_ Grenada: windward side, Balthazar ; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate. St. Vincent, windward side.

FHleterocera from the Lesser Antilles. 345

Torda leucospilalis, sp. n.

g. Dark rich red-brown. Fore wing with the antemedial

line represented by a series of white specks; a round pure

white spot on costa just beyond middle ; a large yellow patch

irrorated with red and crossed by a dentate red line on inner

margin beyond middle; a postmedial white speck on costa ;

cilia yellow below apex. Hind wing fuscous, with an in-

distinct pale postmedial line angled at vein 2; a marginal

series of white specks.

Hab. Grenada: windward side, La Force Estate. Zap.

22 millim.

Torda vacuana, Wik. xxviii. 441.

St. Vincent, windward side.

Genus PACHYPALPIA, nov.

Palpi porrect, extending about the length of head, down-

curved at extremity, the end of second joint and the third

clothed with curled hair; frons with a slight tuft ; antenne

of male thickened and flattened ; mid and hind tibie slightly

fringed with hair; the first joint of hind tarsus with a large

tuft of hair. Fore wing with the apex somewhat produced

and acute; the outer margin slightly angled at vein 4; veins

3, 4, and 5 from close to angle of cell; the discocellulars

highly angled; 8 and 9 given off from 7; 10 absent. Hind

wing with the outer margin slightly angled at vein 3; vein 3

from near angle of cell; 4.and 5 trom angle; 6 and 7 from

upper angle, 7 anastomosing slightly with 8.

Pachypalpia dispilalis, sp. n.

3. Rufous. Fore wing irrorated with dark brown; a

white subbasal speck in cell and striga below it; an ante-

medial yellowish-white spot on costa, with traces of a sinuous

line arising from it; a postmedial yellowish-white spot on

costa with a curved dark line arising from it, the area beyond

it rather browner. Hind wing reddish brown, the base and

basal half of costal and inner areas pale; underside purplish

grey with darkirroration ; a medial line from costa to middle

of discocellulars, and a slightly curved postmedial line.

Hab. St. Vincent. xp. 20 millim.

Genus STREPTOPALPIA, nov.

Palpi extending about twice the length of head, angled in

front of frons, then down-curved and thickly scaled; frons

346 Mr. G. F'. Hampson on

with a slight tuft; antenne of male slightly serrate and ciliated ;

mid and hind tibie with tufts of hair at middle and extremity,

the tarsal joints tufted. Fore wing with the apex produced,

acute, and turned down; vein 3 from near angle of cell ;

4 and 5 from angle; 7, 8, 9, and 10 stalked, 7 being given

off near the margin. Hind wing with vein 3 from near angle

of cell; 4 absent; 6 and 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing

with 8.

Streptopalpia ustalis, sp. n.

Head and thorax purplish red, irrorated with grey ; abdomen

brownish. Fore wing red with a slight purplish tinge, the

scales on basal half tipped with grey; a slightly curved

medial white line ; two obliquely placed discocellular black

specks; an obliquely curved postmedial white line ending

close to outer angle. Hind wing whitish, suffused with red

on apical area; traces of a pale postmedial line angled on

vein 2.

Hab, Grenada: windward side, Balthazar ; leeward side,

Mount Gay Estate. St. Vincent: windward side, Kingstown.

Exp. 14 millim.

Caphys bilinea, Wik. xxvii. 13.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St. Vincent, wind-

ward side.

Caphys dubia, Warr. Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. 1891, vii. p. 495,

Grenada: windward side, Mount Gay Estate.

Bonchis munitalis, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. 1863, p. 345,

pl. vi. fig. 13.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side, Mount

Gay Hstate. St. Vincent, windward side.

EPIpASCcHIINzE.

Genus ISLOPHA, nov.

Palpi porrect, extending about twice the length of head,

the second joint fringed with long hair above, the third

well developed, naked, and acute; maxillary palpi filiform ;

antenne of female minutely ciliated ; vertex of head roughly

scaled ; tibie smooth. Fore wing with the apex rectangular ;

vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4 and 5 from a point;

7, 8, and 9 stalked; 10 and 11 free; a fan of scales at end

of cell and a slight medial ridge of scales. Hind wing with

vein 3 from near angle of cell; 4. and5 from a point; 6 and7

trom upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

Heterocera from the Lesser Antilles. d47

Islopha lactealis, sp. n.

@. Pale ochreous # abdomen suffused with black above

and with red at base. Fore wing with the basal half cream-

coloured, with some rufous and black on costal area and a

black streak above base of inner margin; an obliquely

curved ill-defined pale medial line ; a diffused postmedial pale

band slightly excurved at middle, the medial area suffused

with rufous and black, paler towards costa; the veins of

outer area streaked with black ; a dark rufous marginal band.

Hind wing yellowish white; the apical area suffused with

fuscous down to vein 2.

Hab. Grenada: leeward side, St. George’s. Hap. 24

millim.

Puycirinz.

Myelois transitella, Wik. xxvii. 54.

Grenada: windward sidé, Balthazar.

Myelois ochrodesma, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 209, pl. x1.

fig. 26.

Grenada: leeward side, Mount Gay Estate. St. Vincent,

windward side.

Phycita Meschlert, Rag. Nouv. Gen. p. 12.

St. Vincent, windward side.

m Phycita ptyonopoda, sp. n.

Maxillary palpi filiform; antenne ciliated and without

sinus and tuft; a very large tuft of ochreous hair from base

of hind femora.

Head and thorax purplish red ; abdomen fuscous, with some

purplish red at base. Fore wing purplish red; the base of

costa suffused with black in male; an oblique diffused greyish

antemedial band; some grey scales diffused over discal and

outer areas; two dark discocellular specks; a minutely

dentate greyish submarginal line excurved between veins

6 and 2; a marginal series of dark specks. Hind wing

pale semihyaline; the veins and a marginal line dark.

Hab. St. Vincent: windward side, Kingstown. zp.

16 millim.

Phycita lignosella, Zell. Isis, 1848, p. 883.

Grenada: windward side, Granville. St. Vincent, wind-

ward side.

Phycita rubedinella, Zell. Isis, 1848, p. 885.

Grenada: leeward side, Mount Gay Estate. St. Vincent,

windward side.

348 On Leterocera from the Lesser Antilles.

Nephopteryx pellucens, Zell. Isis, 1848, p. 866.

St. Vincent, windward side.

Phidotricha erigens, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent, Fr. 1888, p. 139.

St. Vincent, windward and leeward sides.

Ancylostomia stercorea, Zell. Isis, 1848, p. 873.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St. Vincent, wind-

ward side.

Etiella zinckenella, Treit. ix. 1, p. 201.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar.

Nephopteryx infusella, Zell. Isis, 1848, p. 869.

St. Vincent.

Euzophora tramitella.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side, Mount

Gay Estate.

Ancylosis anticella, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 185, pl. xi.

fig. 14.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar.

Syria simplicula, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 246, pl. xii.

fig. 49.

St. Vincent, windward side.

Homeosoma impeditella, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 229,

pl. ail. fig. 37,

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar, La Force Estate ; lee-

ward side, Mount Gay Estate. St. Vincent, windward side.

Ephestia parvula, Zell. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 249, pl. xii.

fig. 51.

St. Vincent.

ScH@NOBIINE.

Scirpophaga albinella, Cram. pl. ccclxxiv. D.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar.

CRrAMBINZ.

Platytes pusillalis, Hiibn. Zutr. figs. 167, 168.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar.

Diatrea saccharalis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ili. 2, p. 238.

Grenada: leeward side, Mount Gay Estate. . St. Vincent,

windward side.

Mr. W. H. Nunney on a new West-African Insect. 349

Diatrea canella, sp. n.

3. Differs from saccharalis in being grey, irrorated with

fuscous instead of ochreous. Abdomen with the base fulvous,

suffused with fuscous on dorsum. Fore wing thickly irrorated

with fuscous ; the oblique medial line prominent and excurved

round the discocellular speck ; the curved postmedial and

marginal series of specks prominent ; no oblique apical streak.

Hind wing yellowish white; the apical area greyish and

with some dark marks on the’ margin.

2. More suffused with white; the markings of fore wing

more or less obsolete; the hind wing wholly white.

Hab. Grenada: windward side, Balthazar; leeward side,

Mount Gay Estate. Brazil. Hap. ¢ 24-28, 2 32 millim.

Crambus fisstradiellus, Wik. xxvii. 160.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St. Vincent, wind-

ward side. .

Crambus chrysoporellus, sp. n.

Silvery white; palpi orange at sides; collar with two

orange stripes which unite on thorax. Fore wing with some

golden orange at base of costa; a curved medial golden | line ;

an obliquely curved line from costa beyond middle to outer

angle ; two golden lines across apex uniting into a patch on

margin with two black spots on it; cilia golden.

Hab. Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St Vincent,

windward side. Hap. 12 millim.

Ptochostola pygmea, Zeil. Hor. Ent. Ross. xvi. p. 173, pl. xi.

fig. 10.

Grenada: windward side, Balthazar. St. Vincent: wind-

ward side, Kingstown.

Sesiida.

Sciapteron geliformis, W\k. vil. 46.

St. Vincent, windward side.

XLVI.—A new West-African Insect.

By W. H. Nunney.

ODONATA.

Ceratogomphus ? eneothoraxz, Nunney.

A short while ago I received, amongst other insects from

West Africa, a fine species of Gomphina, which, I believe,

has not been described, and which I have provisionally located

350 Mr. W. H. Nunney on a new West-African Insect.

in this subgenus, though it is either a very aberrant species

or the type of a closely allied genus—I am inclined to think

the latter. Should it eventually be considered not con-

generic, I propose the name of Ceratopyga.

The description of the species is as follows :—

6. Head moderate, hardly broader’ than the thorax ;

vertex deeply bilobate, of shining metallic green. Eyes

moderate, not contiguous, but very closely approximated,

brown. Occiput metallic green, produced in two obtuse

cones. Front very hairy, the hairs black and, together with

the labium, of a reddish yellow. Thorax moderate, nearly

square, slightly sloping in front, which part is hairy, the

hairs brownish, of a dark brownish hue, with dark metallic

green reflections, and a faint yellow line medially on each

side; beneath reddish brown. Wings hyaline, somewhat

pointed; neuration black, the reticulation wide, becoming

finer towards hinder and apical margins; 17 antecubitals ;

hypertrigonal space 4-celled in upper wings, 3-celled in hind

Ceratogomphus ? eneothorax, Nunney.—A. Appendages from above.

B. Final segments and appendages in profile.

wings; nodus nearer the pterostigma than the base in upper

wings, as in Corduliine. Pterostigma short, black, covering

two and a half cellules. Membranule short, narrow, black.

The legs are long, dull black, somewhat spiny ; the femora

with a lateral carina outwardly and a row of small teeth in-

wardly ; the tibiz have a lateral carina inwardly and a row

of minute teeth outwardly. ‘The tarsi are black, with long,

deeply bifid, divaricate, curved claws.

The body is long and narrow, cylindrical to the sixth

segment, where it dilates to the eighth segment, the final

segments decreasing gradually in width. Somewhat promi-

nent rounded oreillettes occur on the second segment, and the

Miscellaneous. 351

third segment is somewhat constricted. The second segment

is ornamented by a narrow yellow half-ring dorsally and

laterally, excluding the oreillettes. The third and fourth

segments bear on each side a subtrigonal yellow spot, the two

succeeding segmenfs being unornamented. The seventh

segment bears at its basal third a yellow semicircle; the

following segments are unornamented, the seventh and eighth

of equal length. The ninth segment has a short spine at its

hinder margin above. The tenth segment is provided dor-

sally with an acute retroverted horn, sparsely haired and with

a minute obconic plate attached to its base. This horn is

equal in height to the length of the tenth segment. There

are small crenatures on the hinder margins of the last three

segments. The appendages are black: the superior sub-

cylindric, approached until their terminal third, where they

become divaricate; they are slightly curved upwards and

forwards seen in profile; the apices are obtuse; they are

sparsely haired and are of the length of the eighth segment.

The interior appendages are somewhat shorter, conical, bifid

at the tip, and with a deep conical groove basally, the apex

pointing outwards; they are much thickened at the base,

and seen in profile the extremities curve slightly upwards :

like the superiors, they are slightly hairy.

The wing-expanse is 384 inches and the length 2 inches

9 lines.

The affinities of this species are curious. It has an un-

doubted affinity to Ceratogomphus in its general facies and

the abdominal dorsal spine, but the anal appendages ( C. pictus)

are widely different; no lateral plates occur, as in Cerato-

gomphus pictus. Again, it approaches Anormogomphus in

the oreillettes, whilst the Corduliine character of the position

of the nodus of the upper wings is peculiar.

The female is unknown, as likewise the exact habitat of

the described male. I believe, however, it is a Cameroon

species. One specimen in my own collection.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on Rhysota Armiti. By Enear A. Suitn.

In the August number of these ‘ Annals’ some observations

appeared from the pen of Mr. C. Hedley upon the identity of this

species with the 2. flyensis of that author. Ifin &. Armiti I have

redescribed Mr. Hedley’s species (which at present seems very

doubtful), I must lay the blame either upon his description and

ane Miscellaneous.

figure or upon the amount of variation assumed by this form. I

fully concur with Mr. Hedley with regard to the importance of

figures, which, however, should be correct, for an inaccurate figure

is almost worse than none.

I find other differences, however, besides that of size, which

certainly is not “the only written discrepaney in the descriptions

of each.” Differences of form, of colour, and sculpture are also

indicated. The whorls of 2. flyensis are said to be ‘ above rather

convex,” whereas in J. Armiti they are flattish (‘ vix convexi-

usculi”). The lower surface of the latter is concentrically striated,

a feature not noticed in the description of 2. flyensis. The spire in

Mr. Hedley’s figure is much higher than in my species, and the

strongly marked subperipheral band is also wanting in Lt. Armiti.

I compared it with Zt. hercules, not because I was ignorant of

Mr. Hedley’s description and figure of 7. flyensis, but because it

seemed to me to have a closer relationship with that species, and

because specimens were at hand for comparison.

In conclusion, I would remark that Mr. Hedley’s observations

would have appeared with more propriety if he had been writing

upon the fauna of New Guinea, Some Americans are said to be

very jealous of interference by Europeans with their fauna; and it

seems almost as if the “ green-eyed monster” were tripping in the

Antipodes,

Descriptions of some new Araneidee of New South Wales.

& By W. J. Ratyzow,

Three new species of orb- weavers of the genus Nephila from New

England and Sydney are described. ‘The fact is recorded of a young

bird (probably Lstrelda temporalis) ‘having been caught in the web

of N. ventricosa in the vicinity of Sydney ; also that Mr, A. J. Thorpe,

of the Australian Museum, had seen an emu-wren (Stipiturus

malachurus) entangled in the web of one of the Nephile at Madden’s,

near Belle Plains (N.S.W.); also at Cape York several of the blue

warblers, notably Malurus Brownii (Vig. & Horsf.) and M. amabilis

(Gould), The writer points out that it is only young birds and

those of weak wing-power that are arrested by such webs, and he

expresses doubt as to the correctness of the assertion of some writers

that birds so caught are devoured by the spiders ; he points out that

each web is placed in position by the unerring instincts of the spider,

simply because the situation is such as will assure abundance of

food in the shape of insects, and that it is merely an accident when

a bird becomes entangled in the toil. The paper concludes with a

description of the mode of coition in the Nephile and a list of the

previously described Australian species of the genus.—Abstract of

Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, June 26,

1895, p. i.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 95. NOVEMBER 1895.

XLVII.—On some new and rare British Copepoda. By

Tuomas Scott, F.L.S., Naturalist to the Fishery Board

for Scotland, and ANDRrEw Scort, Fisheries Assistant,

University College, Liverpool.

[Plates XV.-XVII. ]

Stenhelia Blanchard, sp.n. (Pl. XV. figs. 1-10.)

Description —Female. Length 1°15 millim. (3's of an inch).

Body elongate, moderately stout; rostrum prominent and

somewhat curved. Antennules long and slender, eight-jointed,

the first and second joints much longer than any of the others ;

the fifth, sixth, and seventh joints subequal and very short ;

the first and second joints are very sparingly setiferous, but

the others are provided with a number of moderately long

sete. The proportional lengths of the various joints are as

follows :—

Proportional lengths of the joints... 27.26.10.9.5.5.5.

Number of the joints ............ L 2010S Wario 8

Antenne moderately stout ; secondary branch elongate; the

first joint is nearly twice the length of the terminal one, but

the middle joint is very short; there are several seta on the

secondary branches, as shown by the drawing (fig. 3). Man-

dibles large and furnished with a broad biting-part; the basal

portion of the mandible-palp, which is about as large as the

mandible, becomes gradually more dilated outwardly; the

distal branch is larger than the other and one-jointed, but the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 25

354 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some

smaller branch is two-jointed (fig. 4). Posterior foot-jaws

moderately stout ; terminal joint very narrow and about three

times as long as broad, and armed at the apex with a mode-

rately long slender claw and two sete; the proximal half of

the inner margin of the second joint is fringed with hairs, and

near the distal end of the margin is a moderately long plumose

seta (fig. 6). The inner branches of the first pair of

swimming-feet are long and slender; the first joint extends

to the end of the outer branches; the second joint is short,

while the third is very narrow and nearly three times the

length of the second joint (fig. 7). Outer branches of the

second, third, and fourth pairs elongate; inner branches much

shorter (fig. 8). Fifth pair large; inner:portion of the basal

joint long and narrow and tapering towards the apex; the

outer margin, which is nearly straight, is fringed with minute

hairs, while four spiniform sete spring from the distal half of

the inner margin and apex; the two upper marginal sete are

stout and comparatively short and distinctly bifid at the end ;

the apical seta is also short, but the lower marginal seta is

elongate and slender except towards the base, which is

moderately stout; the secondary joint is elongate, narrow,

and extends somewhat beyond the extremity of the basal

joint ; the distal end of the exterior margin is produced out-

wards into a triangular hook-like process; there are a few

small sete on the exterior margin and on the distal end of

the inner margin and apex (fig. 9). Caudal stylets narrow

and rather longer than the last abdominal segment (fig. 10).

Habitat. Off Arisaig, Argyllshire; a few specimens from

dredged material collected in 1892.

Remarks, This species is at once distinguished by the form

and armature of the fifth pair of thoracic feet; the hook-like

process at the end of the secondary joints, as shown by the

drawing, is characteristic of all the specimens examined, and

the two upper sete on the inner margin of the basal joint are

distinctly bifid; the structure of the antennules, the form of

the first pair of swimming-feet, and the elongate caudal

stylets also form a combination of characters not observed in

any other species known to us. We have much pleasure in

giving to this species the name of our esteemed friend and

correspondent, Dr. Raphael Blanchard, of Paris.

Thalestris peltata (Boeck).

(Pl. XV. figs. 11-15; Pl. XVI. figs. 1-8.)

Amenophia peltata, Boeck, Oversigt Norges Copepoder, p. 45 (1864).

rea i Brady, Mon. Brit. Copepoda, vol. ii. p. 158, pl. liii.

gs, 11-19.

Description.—Female. Length *6 millim. (7 of an inch).

new and rare British Copepoda. a55

Body stout, depressed, somewhat like Zaus spinatus in general

appearance ; rostrum short, truncate. Antennules moderately

stout, nine-jointed, setiferous and gradually tapering from the

base; the fifth, seventh, and eighth joints much shorter than

any of the others. The annexed formula shows the propor-

tional lengths of the various joints :—

Proportional lengths of the joints... 14.18.13.11.5.

4.3.8

Number of the joints ............ ee paar ie: i So

Si:

Secondary branches of the antenne two-jointed, stout, and

furnished with several plumose sete, the first joint rather

shorter than the other (Pl. XV. fig. 13). Mandible-palp

narrow-elongate, sinuate, provided with two small marginal

and one-jointed branches (Pl. XV. fig. 14). Anterior foot-

jaws short, dilated, and armed with a strong terminal claw,

and with three short setiferous marginal processes (Pl. XV.

fig. 15). Posterior foot-jaws stout, of moderate length, and

furnished with a strong slightly hooked terminal claw (Pl. XVI.

fig. 2). First pair of swimming-feet robust; the second

basal joint is provided interiorly and near the distal end with

a short hook-like spine; the first joint of the outer branches

is equal to nearly half the length of the second, while the

end-joint is very short; the marginal spines of the first and

second joints are long and slender; the end-joint, which

bears two small sete on the exterior margin, is armed at the

apex with two stout claw-like spines, fringed on the outer

edge with minute hairs, and with an elongate and moderately

stout seta; a small seta also springs from the distal end of

the inner margin of the second joint; the first joint of the

inner branches, which are elongate and fringed with small

hairs on both margins, bears a moderately long plumose seta

on the middle of the inner aspect ; the second and third joints

are very small; each of the inner branches is armed with an

elongate and powerful terminal claw, fringed with minute

hairs on the outer edge, and with also a terminal spiniform

seta; both branches are of nearly the same length (Pl. XVI.

fig. 3). In the fourth pair, which are comparatively slender,

the inner branches extend only to about the end of the second

joint of the outer branches (Pl. XVI. fig. 5). The fifth

pair are foliaceous; the basal joint, which is broadly subtri-

angular (its greatest length being equal to only about two thirds

of the breadth), is provided with five seta—one on the lower

half of the inner margin and four at the apex ; the two middle

apical sete: are long and plumose, but all the others are short ;

the secondary joint is moderately long and subovate, the inner

25*

356 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some

edge is nearly straight and provided with a few small and

equidistant fascicles of minute hairs; the outer margin is

gently curved, densely setose on the upper half and with

several setee on the lower half and apex (Pl. XVI. fig. 6).

Caudal stylets short, scarcely equal in length to the last

abdominal segment.

Male. The male is similar to the female except in the

following particulars :—The antennules, which are moderately

stout, are modified for grasping (Pl. XV. fig. 12). The

second pair of swimming-feet are very similar to those of the

male of Thalestris harpactoides, Claus, except that the second

and third joints of the inner branches are coalescent (Pl. XVI.

fig. 5). In the fifth pair the basal joint is much shorter than

in the female, being scarcely produced interiorly ; it bears

three moderately stout apical sete, the middle one of which

is about twice the length of the others; the secondary joint

is somewhat similar to that of the female fifth pair, and is

furnished with six stout spiniform sete, three on the outer

margin and three at the apex (Pl. XVI. fig. 7).

Habitat. Firth of Forth; collected April 1895.

Remarks. Thalestris peltata (Boeck) is not very unlike

Zaus spinatus in general appearance ; moreover, in the struc-

ture of some of its appendages, and especially of the first pair

of swimming-feet, it resembles certain species of Dactylopus.

The chief points of difference between Vhalestris and Dacty-

lopus seem to be these—in Thalestris the outer and inner

branches of the first pair of swimming-feet are usually of equal

length, or the outer may be slightly longer than the inner, and

the middle joint of the outer branches is usually considerably

longer than the first or third joints, whereas in Dactylopus

the outer branches are usually shorter than the inner branches,

and the middle joint of the outer branches usually equal in

length to, or only slightly longer than, the first or third joints.

But in Vhalestris peltata and Dactylopus tisboides the two

genera approach somewhat closely to each other. The

description and figures of this species in Dr. Brady’s ‘ Mono-

graph of British Copepoda’ agree very well with our

observations, except that he describes the secondary branch

of the antenne as three-jointed. He had only one specimen

to describe from; and as we have obtained both males and

females, we thought that a set of drawings showing their

sexual differences might be of interest. We did not observe

the eyes mentioned by Boeck.

new and rare British Copepoda. B57

Dermatomyzon gibberum, T. & A. Scott.

(Pl. XVI fe” 14.)

This species was described in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

for February 1894; at that time only a single specimen had

been obtained from a tow-net gathering collected near the

mouth of the Firth of Forth. This year (1895) we have

taken aconsiderable number of specimens of the same species,

not only in the Firth of Forth, but also in Liverpool Bay ;

they were obtained by washing a number of specimens of the

common starfish (Astertas rubens) in a bottle containing

methylated spirit mixed with water, and afterwards exam-

ining the sediment. Several of the specimens from both

localities were apparently mature, and a few of them carried

ovisacs; these apparently adult forms differed in general

appearance from the one figured in the Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. in being more globose in outline; but a careful dissec-

tion and examination of one or two of these adult specimens

showed that this was the only difference of importance; the

structure of their various appendages was apparently identical

with the structure of the appendages of the specimen first

described and figured in February 1894. We, therefore, at

the present time do not think it is necessary to repeat these

structural drawings, but, instead, we give here a full-size

drawing of one of the adult forms from Liverpool Bay (see

fig. 14), as the full-size figure in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

for February 1894 is evidently that of a somewhat immature

specimen.

Alcyonicola fusiformis, gen. et sp. n.

(Pl. XVI. figs. 10-14; Pl. XVII. tig. 13.)

Description. Body elongate-fusiform ; the last two abdo-

minal segments distinct, all the others coalescent. Head

somewhat produced and furnished with both antennules and

antenne. The abdominal segments are unequal in length,

the penultimate one being nearly four times longer than the

other, which is very short. Cuandal stylets well developed

and equal to about three fourths the length of the penultimate

abdominal segment; they diverge considerably, and each

stylet is provided with three stout spiniform sete, which are

at least three times the length of the stylet; the middle one

is straight, but the one on each side diverges at the base and

then curves round towards the end of the middle seta; each

stylet has also one or two small hairs on the lateral aspect.

Fig. 13, Pl. XVIL, is a full-size drawing representing a dorsal

view of one of the more perfect specimens of this Copepod.

358 Messrs. T’. and A. Scott on some

Length of this specimen 1°23 millim. (s'5 of aninch). The an-

tennules are four-jointed and sparingly setiferous ; a filament

much longer than the antennule springs from the end of the

second last joint, and possesses what looks like an articulation

at about a third of its length from the proximal end, where

also are two setew-like appendages; the basal joint is larger

than the others and somewhat dilated, the other three are of

nearly equal length, but the last is much narrower than the

two preceding ones (Pl. XVI. fig. 10). The antenne are

long and slender and three-jointed ; the middle joint is longer

than either the first or the third, and the third is armed with

a stout and claw-like terminal spine (Pl. XVI. fig.11). We

have been unable to make out the mouth-appendages. The

first and second pairs of feet are fairly well developed ; they

each consist of a stout one-jointed basal part, which bears a

short and robust two-jointed branch, and, in the second pair

at least, what looks like a rudimentary second branch ; in

both pairs the outer two-jointed branches are each armed with

two powerful terminal claws, while a stylet-like spine springs

at nearly right angles from the distal half of the outer margin

of the first joint. In the first pair the lower part of the basal

joint is considerably gibbous and produced into a stout tuber-

culiform process ; in the second pair the basal joint is not so

much dilated as in the first pair, but is furnished with a

stout stylet-shaped spine on its inferior aspect (Pl. XVI.

figs. 12 and 13). This spine may represent a rudimentary

second branch, as already stated. ‘The third, fourth, and

fifth pairs of feet appeared to be entirely absent, and no

ova were observed upon or within any of the specimens

examined.

Habitat. On Alcyonium digitatum. Firth of Forth, and

also in the Moray Firth.

Remarks. Though this organism has been known to us

for several years, we have not hitherto observed any descrip-

tion of it in any of the works on natural history within our

reach. It seems to be a true though a somewhat abnormal

Copepod, and also we think there can be no doubt that it is

parasitic on Alcyonium digttatum. The method usually

adopted by us for obtaining specimens is to immerse fragments

or whole specimens of the zoophyte in diluted methylated

spirit, and, after washing them thoroughly, the residue is

examined ; by adopting this method we seldom fail in ob-

taining one or two specimens. ‘The parasite does not, how-

ever, appear to be very common, and may not be generally

distributed.

new and rare British Copepoda. 359

? Enterocola Beaumonti, sp. n.

(Pl. XVI. fig. 9; Pl. XVI. figs. 9-12.)

Description.—Female. Length 2*2 millim. (j; of an inch).

Body composed of five segments, seen from above stout and

subcylindrical, the anterior half tapering slightly towards the

broadly rounded forehead ; the last body-segment with two

stout tubercles at the distal end, one on each side of the

dorsal aspect; abdomen short, subtriangular, three-jointed ;

caudal stylets in the form of two short, divergent, and pointed

tooth-like processes (Pl. XVII. fig. 9). Seen from the side

the last body-segment is strongly gibbous on the posterior

dorsal aspect (Pl. XVII. fig. 10). Antennules short and

stout, four-jointed ; the first is about twice the entire length

of the other three ; the last is very short (Pl. XVII. fig. 11).

Antenne three-jointed ; the first joint, which bears two tooth-

like spines near the middle of the inner edge, has the base

dilated, but tapers rapidly towards the distal end; the second

joint is about three times longer than broad, and has the inner

margin obscurely three-toothed ; the last joint, which is small,

forms a stout tooth-like claw (Pl. XVII. fig. 12). Posterior

foot-jaws strong; first joint stout and rather longer than

broad, the second and third short; the third joint is armed

with a short but strong terminal claw (Pl. XVI. fig. 9).

There are four pairs of thoracic teet, all or which are some-

what similar in structure, and resemble those of the next

species ; they each consist of a short and dilated basal joint,

to the upper part of which is attached a single two-jointed

branch ; the first joint of the branch is moderately stout and

elongate, the second joint is short and has two claw-like

processes on the outer aspect, as shown by fig. 8 (Pl. XVIL.),

which represents one of the fourth pair of Hnterocola hiber-

nica.

Habitat. Taken from an Ascidian, obtained at Valentia,

Treland.

Remarks. This Ascidian parasite somewhat resembles a

form obtained by us in the Firth of Forth in 1891, and

described and figured in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for

September 1892; it differs, however, very distinctly in the

structure of the antennules, and the dorsal processes on the

last body-segment are much less developed ; it also differs in

the structure of the thoracic feet, and is likewise a smaller

species.

This and the following parasites were discovered by

Messrs. W. I. Beaumont, B.A., of Cambridge, and F. W.

Gamble, M.Sc., of Owens College, Manchester, whilst’

360 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some

carrying out some scientific researches at Valentia, Ireland,

from whom we received them for examination. We have

much pleasure in attaching Mr. Beaumont’s name to this

species.

(?) Enterocola hibernica, sp. n.

(Pl. XVII. figs. 3-8.)

Description. In general outline somewhat like the pre-

ceding species, but considerably larger, being about 4°5 millim.

in length (3% of an inch). Head separated from the body by

a distinct joint; body indistinctly segmented ; the abdomen,

which is coalescent with the last body-segment, terminates in

a short and somewhat pyriform caudal process (figs. 3 and 4).

Antennules stout, four-jointed, shorter than those of Enterocola

Beaumonti ; basal joint scarcely longer than the combined

lengths of the next three; third joint rather longer than the

second, end-joint very short (fig. 5). Antenne short and

stout; basal joint without marginal teeth; second joint

shorter than the second joint of the antenne in Enterocola

Beaumonti, and with a single small tooth near the distal end

of the inner margin (fig. 6). Posterior foot-jaws robust ;

first and second joints of nearly equal length, but the first is

more dilated; third joint much smaller, and armed with a

short but powerful hooked claw (fig. 7). Thoracic feet

similar to those of Enterocola Beaumonti. Ovisacs narrow,

cylindrical, and elongate.

Habitat. The same as Hnterocola Beaumont.

Remarks. Enterocola hibernica, though somewhat similar

to the species previously described, is quite distinct: not only

is it a much larger species, but the structural differences are

very marked. ‘The body is indistinctly segmented and the

abdomen is coalescent with the last body-segment ; whereas

in Enterocola Beaumonti both body and abdomen are dis-

tinctly segmented, and the abdomen is not so rudimentary ;

the cephalic appendages also show distinct differences.

Though we have ascribed these Ascidian parasites to the

genus Lnterocola of van Beneden, we are not satisfied that

this is their true position; but whether a new genus should

be established for them, we are not prepared to say.

Lomanoticola tnsolens, gen. et sp. n.

(PL AVE ties. ft, 2.)

Description. —Female. Length about 2 millim. (,'5 of an

inch). Body broadly subovate ; head narrow, subconical,

with the apex somewhat truncate; between the head and

new and rare British Copepoda. 361

thorax there is on each side a deep lateral sinus, and the

body is furnished on each side with four large elongate tooth-

like processes that overlap each other on the ventral aspect ;

the abdomen is short and narrow, two-jointed; the terminal

joint, which is about three times the length of the first, has

the end somewhat trilobed and is furnished with three very

small terminal hairs. Ovisacs large, broadly oblong, diver-

gent, each ovisac extending laterally beyond the body of the

animal.

Habitat. Parasitic on the nudibranch molluse Lomanotus

Genei, Ver., obtained at a depth of 8 fathoms in Valentia

Harbour, Ireland.

Remarks. In this remarkable parasite there is no apparent

segmentation of the body, and the head is distinguished from

the body only by the lateral sinuses already described ; on

the other hand, the abdomen is distinctly jointed, and consists

of two segments, as shown in the drawing. The parasite

was entirely buried in the body of the molluse with the

exception of the last abdominal segment and the ovisacs.

Figure 2 represents the mollusc with the parasite én situ.

No antennules, antenne, or mouth-organs could be observed.

The parasite was slightly injured during its removal from

the body of the mollusk, and the appendages on one side

somewhat displaced; but the drawing shows them in what

we believe to be their natural position. We have been

unable to identity this parasite with any described genus or

species.

Additional Note.—In the ‘ Journal of the Marine Biolo-

gical Association,’ vol. i., n. s., p. 426, Mr. Garstang, in an

article on rE be ‘Opisthobranchiate Mollusca of Plymouth,”

refers to ‘¢a remarkable parasitic Copepod ” which he had

observed on a specimen of Lomanotus Genet, and which he at

first supposed to be the eggs of the molluse ; probably this

parasite may be similar to “the form now described.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XV.

Stenhelia Blanchardi, sp. n.

Fig. 1. Female, seen from the side, x 53. 2. aa x 126.

3. Antenna, X 168, 4. Mandible, x 190. 5. _ Anterior foot-

jaw, Xx 380. 6. Posterior foot-jaw, x 380. Foot of first

pair of swimming-feet, x 190. 8. Foot of found pair, x 126.

9. Foot of fifth pair, x 168. 10. Abdomen and caudal stylets,

x 80.

362 Mr. E. A. Smith on new

Thalestris peltata (Boeck).

Fig. 11. Female, seen from above, X 80. 12. Antennule of male, x 253.

13. Antenna (female), X 880. 14. Mandible, x 253. 15. An-

terior foot-jaw, xX 3880.

PLATE XVI.

Thalestris peltata (Boeck).

Fig. 1. Antennule of female, x 253. 2. Posterior foot-jaw, xX 253.

3. Foot of first pair of swimming-feet, x 380. 4. Foot of fourth

pair, X 126. 5. Foot of second pair (male), x 168. 6. Foot

of fifth pair (female), x 380. yr Foot of fifth pair (male),

Xx 253. 8. Abdomen and caudal stylets, x 168.

(?) Enterocola Beaumonti, sp. n.

Fig. 9. Posterior foot-jaw, x 380.

Alcyonicola fusiformis, gen. et sp. n.

Fig. 10. Antennule, x 760. 11. Antenna, x 380. 12. Foot of first

pair, X 880. 13. Foot of second pair, x 380, 14. Mouth.

IPT ATs Xe VLE:

Lomanoticola insolens, gen. et sp. n.

Fig. 1. Female, seen from below, X 250. 2. Lomanotus, with parasite in

situ, X 10.

(?) Enterocola hibernica, sp. n.

Fig. 3. Female, dorsal view, X 10. 4. Ditto, side view, X 12. 5, An-

tennule, X 380. 6. Antenna, x 380. 7. Posterior foot-jaw,

x 380. 8. Foot of fourth pair of swimming-feet, x 380.

(?) Enterocola Beaumont, sp. 0.

Fig. 9. Female, dorsal view, xX 26. 10. Ditto, seen from the side, x 26.

11. Antennule, x 380. 12. Antenna, x 380.

Alcyonicola fusiformis, gen. et sp. n.

Fig. 18. Dorsal view, x 40.

Dermatomyzon gibberum, T. & A. Scott.

Fig. 14. Female, dorsal view, x 70.

XLVIII.—Descriptions of Five new Species of Land-Shells

Jrom New Guinea. By Epaar A. Smita.

[Plate XX.]

THE species described in this paper were collected in German

New Guinea in the neighbourhood of Constantin Hafen, on

Land-Shells from New Guinea. 363

the north-east coast. The remaining species figured on the

accompanying plate are also from Néw Guinea, and were

described in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1895, vol. xv.

pp. 230-238.

1. Nanina amblytropis, Smith. (Pl. XX. figs. 5, 6.)

Nanina amblytropis, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1895, vol. xv.

p- 280.

2. Nanina lissorhaphe, Smith. (Pl. XX. figs. 1, 2.)

Nanina lissorhaphe, Smith, op. cit. p. 230.

3. Rhysota Armiti, Smith. (Pl. XX. figs. 3, 4.)

Rhysota Armiti, Smith, op. cit. p. 231.

4, Helix (Hadra) stirophora, Smith.

(El, XX. fie. 9)

Helix (Hadra) stirophora, Smith, op. cit. p. 231.

5. Helix (Dorcasia) subplicifera, Smith.

(PL XX: fig 123)

Helix (Dorcasia) subplicifera, Smith, op. cit. p. 282.

6. Helix (Chloritis) ephamilla, Smith.

(Pl. XX. fig. 10.)

Helix (Chloritis) ephamilla, Smith, op. cit. p. 232.

7. Helix (Chloritis) perambigua, Smith.

(Pl. XX. fig. 11.)

Helix (Chloritis) perambigua, Smith, op. cit. p. 238.

8. Helix (Cristagibba) Musgravet, Smith.

(Pl. XX. figs. 13-15.)

Helix (Cristagibba) Musgravet, Smith, op. cit. p. 233.

9. Naninajuvenis. (Pl. XX. figs. 7, 8.)

Testa parva, depressa, acute carinata, anguste perforata, tenuis,

subpellucida, cornea, supra vix nitens, infra polita; spira brevis,

leviter convexiuscula, ad apicem obtusa; anfractus quinque, lente

regulariter accrescentes, plano-convexi, apicales duo radiatim,

rugose et minute striati, caeteri striis incrementi obliquis arcuatis

tenuibus sculpti, lineis spiralibus paucis obsolete decussati, ulti-

mus supra medium acute carinatus, supra et infra carinam com-

pressus, inferne convexus, nitens, incrementi lineis substriatus ;

sutura distincta, carina marginata; apertura oblique lunata, ad

364 Mr. E. A. Smith on new

carinam angulata ; peristoma tenue, marginibus distantibus, colu-

mellari leviter incrassato, ad insertionem breviter reflexo, perfora-

tionem semiobtegente.

Diam. maj. 10 millim., min. 9, alt. 5.

The specimen here described may not represent the full

dimensions attained by this species. It does not, however,

appear to be the young state of any of the known forms.

10. Helix (Coliolus) Canefriana. (Pl. XX. fig. 16.)

Testa anguste umbilicata, depresse trochiformis, ad peripheriam

carinata, supra rufo-fusea, infra pallidior vel olivaceo-fusca, epider-

mide fugaci fibrata, fuscescente induta et laciniata ; spira concave

conica, mediocriter elata, ad apicem mamillata; anfractus octo,

lente accrescentes, tres superiores convexiusculi, spiraliter tenuis-

sime striati, cterl minus convexi, striis obliquis validis arcuatis

sculpti, in medio et ad suturam epidermide laciniato ornati, ultimus

subacute carinatus, supra et infra equaliter convexus, sed inferne

levior, striis tenuioribus sculptus, antice descendens ; apertura

purpureo-fusca ; peristoma continuum, pallidum, leviter incras-

satum, supra angulatum, haud reflexum, margine inferiore an-

guste expanso et reflexo.

Diam. maj. 183 millim., min. 163, alt. 11.

This interesting species is very distinct from all the forms

at present known from the island. It agrees with the type

of the section Coliolus, C. arfakiensts, Canefri, in having the

upper whorls spirally striate and the rest roughly striate ;

the epidermis is fringed at the middle and base of the whorls,

the apex is mamillated, and the form and character of the

peristome are the same. The present species, named in

remembrance of the late Dr. C. Tapparone Canefri, has a

much less elevated spire and a more acute peripheral keel

than C. arfakiensis.

11. Pupina nasuta. (Pl. XX. fig. 18.)

Testa ovata, obliqua, superne acuminata, rufescenti-cornea, sub-

pellucida, polita; anfractus 5, convexi, sutura rufo-lineata sejuncti,

penultimus magnus, paulo inflatus, ultimus pone oblique descen-

dens ; apertura fere circularis, rufescens ; peristoma paulo incras-

satum, pallido-rufo marginatum, antice leviter effusum, margine

columellari supra producto, curvato, infra ad canalem prominente,

nasuto; sinus posticus mediocris; fissura columellaris angustis-

sima, obliqua, extra sinum amentiformem formans.

Longit. 7 millim., diam. 43; apertura intus 23.

In this species the anterior slit is situated considerably

below the middle of the aperture.

Land-Shells from New Guinea. 365

12. Pupinella Fultont. (Pl. XX. fig. 17.)

Testa imperforata, oblongo-ovata, superne acuminata, pallide fusces-

cens vel sordide flavescens, haud nitida, oblique tenuiter striata ;

anfractus 6-63, convexiusculi, penultimus paulo inflatus, ultimus

pone oblique descendens, ad labrum breviter ascendens, supra

aperturam vix planatus; apertura fere circularis, intus sordide

albida; peristoma extra incrassatum, albo-fuscescens ; fissura

columellaris obliqua, angustissima, extra sinum_irregulariter

rotundatum formans.

Longit. 14 millim., diam. 7; apertura intus 4 lata.

In form this species agrees with Bellardiella Martensiana,

Canefri (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, 1883, vol. xix. pl. x.

figs. 20, 21). The unclosed columellar slit, the absence of

an umbilicus, and the smaller size serve to separate this

species.

13. Helicina papuana, (Pl. XX. fig. 19.)

Testa parva, depresse trochiformis, acute carinata, pallide flaves-

cens; spira subconyexe conoidea, ad apicem submucronata;

anfractus 43, apicalis convexus, levis, ceeteri subceleriter crescentes,

planiusculi, lineis incrementi obliquis arcuatis tenuibus striati,

ultimus carina compressa acuta circumdatus, infra convexus,

radiatim striatus; apertura obliqua, intus flavescens; labrum

album, anguste expansum, margine inferiore ad columellam sub-

dentato; callus basalis pellucidus.

Diam. maj. 7 millim., min. 6, alt. 43.

The keel around the body-whorl is faintly tinted with a

pale flesh-colour. Besides the lines of growth, indistinct

spiral striae or scratches are discernible on the upper and

lower surfaces.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX,

Figs. 1, 2. Nanina lissorhaphe.

tgs. 3,4. Rhysota Armite.

Figs. 5, 6. Nanina amblytropis.

Figs. 7,8. Nanna juvenis.

Fig. 9. Helix (Hadra) stirophora.

Fig. 10, Helix (Chloritis) ephamilla.

Fig. 11. Helia (Chloritis) perambigua.

Fig. 12. Hele (Dorcasia) subplicifera.

Figs. 15, 14, 15. Helix (Cristagibba) Musgraver.

Fig. 16. Helix (Coliolus) Canefriana.

Fg. 17. Pupinella Fultoni.

fig. 18. Pupina nasuta.

Fig. 19, Helicina papuana.

366 Cranial Characters distinguishing Lizards from Snakes.

XLIX.—Remarks on the Value of certain Cranial Characters

employed by Prof. Cope for distinguishing Lizards from

Snakes. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

In a note in the September number of the ‘ American Natu-

ralist’ for 1895 (p. 855) Prof. Cope has attempted to

recharacterize the suborders Lacertilia and Ophidia on some

cranial features which, I submit, are inadequate for that

purpose.

The bone I have hitherto termed Supratemporal (Squamosal

of many authors, Paroccipital of Cope), to which the quadrate

is attached in most snakes, is stated by Prof. Cope in the

Lacertilia to merely touch the latter bone, which articulates

solely with the exoccipital; and he gives figures, taken from

Varanus griseus, illustrating this point. Prot. Cope has

evidently contented himself with the examination of only a

few types of Lacertilian skulls. It is otherwise inconceivable

how such a general statement could have been made. In

many Lacertilia the quadrate articulates with the squamosal

and the supratemporal to the total exclusion of the exocci-

pital; whilst in some in which the squamosal is absent the

articulation is with the exoccipital and the supratemporal

(Uroplates), or with the exoccipital, supratemporal, and

parietal (Gecko). I here give a figure of the bones in an

Suspensorium of Chlamydosaurus Kingii, from below and forwards.—

eo, exoccipital ; p, parietal; pro, prootic (petrosal, Cope) ; sg, squa-

oa (supratemporal, Cope) ; ste, supratemporal (paroccipital,

ope).

Agamoid lizard, Chlamydosaurus Kingii, on the model of the

American author’s pl. xxxi., with the articulating surface for

the quadrate dotted.

On Mammals from South America. 367

Furthermore, it is difficult to understand how “ Quadrate

bone articulating with paroccipital” can be given as a

diagnostic character of the Ophidia, when we remember that

the supratemporal fparoccipital, Cope] is absent in three

families of that suborder (Typhlopide, Stenostomatide, Uro-

peltide), where the quadrate articulates with the prootic or

with the prootic and the exoccipital.

In stating that ‘‘ Johannes Miiller first placed the distinc-

tion on a sound basis by showing that in the Ophidia the

frontal and parietal bones descend to the basicranial axis as

in no other vertebrates,” Prof. Cope appears to ignore that

such an arrangement is not universal in Snakes, since in

some (e. g. Psammophis) the frontals do not descend, and are

widely separated from the sphenoid in front of the parietals,

which do not actually close the brain-casein front. That some

Lacertilia agree with the Ophidia in the downward extent

of the parietals the author himself admits; and as the teeth

of a slow-worm are as much devoid of “ dentinal roots” as

those of a snake, it may beasked, What remains of Prof. Cope’s

new definition of the suborders of the Squamata ?

L.— Descriptions of Four small Mammals from South

America, including one belonging to the peculiar Marsupial

. Genus “ Hyracodon,” Tomes. By OLpFIELD THomas.

7, |

y CE NOLESTES *, nom. nov.

Hyracodon, Tomes, P. Z, 8. 1863, p. 50; nee Leidy, Proc. Ac. Philad.

viii. p. 91 (1856).

Type: C. fuliginosus, Tomes, /. c.

Cenolestes obscurus, sp. n.

Very much as described in C. fuliginosus, but double the

size.

Rather smaller than Mus rattus. Fur soft, thick and close.

General colour uniform brown (approximately bistre-brown

of Ridgway) all over, rather darker along the median line of

the back; but otherwise there are no variations or markings

* xawds, modern; Ayor7ys, a pirate or other predatory person. The

affix “-Jestes” is connected in mammalogy with small and ancient fossil

marsupials, e.g. Microlestes, Amphilestes, &c., so that the above name

may be considered to represent an existing animal with ancient fossil

relatives. The question whether this should be “ -estes’’ or “-leistes”

has been carefully considered and submitted to classical authorities, by

whom I am informed that as the iota subscript in Ayers would not have

been pronounced at all, the proper transliteration is as above.

368 Mr. O. Thomas on

anywhere. Under surface little paler than back. Kars

short, practically naked, brown. Hands and feet brown.

Tail about the length of the head and body, slender, very

finely haired, the terminal part naked below.

Dimensions of the type (a male in skin) :—

Head and body 151 millim.; tail 144; hind foot (moist-

ened) 23; ear (moistened) 12x 11°5; heel to end of hallux

14:2; hallux 3:2.

Skul]: basal length 33:5; greatest breadth 18; nasals,

length 17°8; intertemporal breadth 7; palate length from

enathion 20°7; length of palatine foramina 6:2; combined

lengths of +3 5-1. Lower jaw: tip of 77 to condyle 28:5.

Hab. Bogota. Coll. by G. D. Child, May 7, 1895.

Tomes’s “‘Hyracodon” fuliginosus was said to be of the

size of a water-shrew (P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 213), and the

measures given in its fuller description in 1863 show that

this comparison was not incorrect, while his account of the

teeth gives no indication that his example was young. The

specific distinction of the Bogota form seems therefore clear.

The rediscovery of this long-lost genus, whose wide distine-

tion from all other living marsupials its original describer

does not appear to have at all fully appreciated, is one of the

most interesting events in mammalogy that has happened for

many years. A full description of the animal, its skull and

dentition, will be given elsewhere ; but it may be here briefly

stated (1) that Cwnolestes represents among the marsupials a

family, and, perhaps, a suborder, entirely different from any

other now living; and (2) that it is closely related to, and

evidently a surviving representative of, some of the fossil

marsupials from the Santa Cruz beds of Patagonia. In fact

it seems undoubtedly to fall into the family Epanorthide of

the suborder Paucituberculata, both groups founded by Senor

F, Ameghino. The beds from which the fossil Kpanorthidee

were obtained have been said by Mr. Lydekker, to whom I

am indebted for assistance in tracing the relationships of

Cenolestes, to be of Upper Oligocene or early Miocene age,

while Sefior Ameghino considers them to be Hocene.

Apart from this, the survival to the present day of a member

of so ancient a group, otherwise wholly extinct, is a fact of

the utmost interest, and one whose discovery will be welcomed

by every zoologist.

Oryzomys instans, sp. n.

A middle-sized Oryzomys with forwardly projected incisors.

Fur soft and straight, about 8 millim. long on the middle

Mammals from South America. 369

of the back, apparently nearly entirely composed of wool-

hairs, but with a few longer hairs intermixed. Colour uniform

dark slaty grey, the hairs being almost wholly of this colour,

but with their evtreme tips whitish grey. Ears of medium

size, naked, grey. Under surface quite like back. Hands

and feet brown; fifth hind toe reaching to the base of the

second phalanx of the fourth. Tail long, slender, thinly

haired, uniformly brown.

Skull delicate, with a large rounded brain-case and small

slender muzzle. Nasals narrow, evenly converging back-

wards. Interorbital space smooth, its edges just showing a

trace of squareness. Upper incisors unusually thrown for-

wards, so that in a vertical view of the skull they are clearly

visible in front of the nasals ; no part of their profile, even at

their tips, slanting backwards towards the-mouth, as is usually

the case. Lower incisors long and very slender. Palatal

foramina very short, not nearly reaching to the level of ™.

Molars of the squarish form typical of Oryzomys.

Measurements of the type (in skin) :—

Head and body 99 millim.; tail 130; hind foot (moist-

ened) 22°7; ear (moistened) 14:1.

Skull: basal length 21; basilar length 19°8; basion to tip

of nasals 21'2; basion to tip of incisors 21°3; greatest breadth

13°6 5 nasals 8°6 x 2°7 ; interorbital breadth 4°6 ; interparietal

3x7; anterior zygoma-root 2°2; diastema 7°1; palatal

foramina 3°5 x 1:9; length of upper molar series 3°7.

Hab. Bogota. Coll. G. D. Child.

This remarkable species is only placed provisionally in

Oryzomys, and may hereafter prove to represent a peculiar

group. It is distinguished from all others by its forwardly

projecting incisors, rounded supraorbital edges, and_ short

palatine foramina. ;

Acodon bogotensis, sp. n.

Intermediate in size between A. caliginosus and A. teguina,

both of which it resembles in its uniformly finely grizzled

blackish-brown colour. Ears of medium size, black. Limbs

and tail dark brown. Belly scarcely lighter than back.

Fifth hind toe reaching to the end of the first phalanx of the

fourth.

Skull with a narrow muzzle and broad interorbital region,

whose edges are almost square, not rounded. Palatine fora-

mina reaching just to the front edge of ™4. Outer wall of

anteorbital foramina unusually short. Molars small in pro-

portion to the general size.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 26

370 On Mammals from South America.

Dimensions of the type (an old individual, in skin) :—

Head and body 91 millim.; tail 70; hind foot (moistened)

19°2; ear (moistened) 13:2.

Skull: basal length 20; basilar length 18°5; greatest

breadth 12°4; nasals 9°7 x 2°63; interorbital breadth 4°8 ;

interparietal 64x 1°6; breadth of zygomatic plate 1:4,

diastema 6; palatal foramina 4:3; length of upper molar

series 3°5.

Hab. Plains of Bogota. Coll. by G. D. Child, May 20,

1895.

A, bogotensis is distinguished from the first species above

named by its smaller, and from the second by its larger size,

the hind feet of old specimens of the three species being

approximately as follows: —16-17, 19, and 22-23 millim. Its

dark colour separates it from any other species known to me.

In the unusually slender lower portion of its anterior zygoma-

root it also seems to differ from all its allies.

Acodon hirtus, sp. n.

General external appearance very much as in A. longipilis,

Waterh., with which the specimens have hitherto been con-

founded. Fur shorter, coarser, and shaggier. General

colour paler, especially on the sides and under surface, on

which latter the tips of the hairs are almost white. Kars

short, hairy, scarcely projecting beyond the fur. Hands and

feet white ; fifth hind toe reaching to the middle of the first

phalanx of the fowth. Tail markedly bicolor, dark brown

above, white below.

Skull with the general character of that of A. longipilis,

but the muzzle is not elongated in the same striking way, a

difference which at once distinguishes the species. Inter-

orbital region smoothly rounded.

Dimensions of the type (an adult skin) :—

Head and body 113 millim.; tail 84; hind foot (moist-

ened) 23; ear (moistened) 12.

Skull: basal length 24°5; basilar length 22°5; greatest

breadth 14; interorbital breadth 5; diastema 7°5; palatal

foramina 6°3; upper molar series 4.

Hab. Fort San Rafael, Mendoza. Coll. T. Bridges.

Type: B.M. 60.1.5.15. Presented by G. R. Waterhouse,

Esq.

This species is evidently the representative of the Chilian

A, longipilis on the eastern side of the Andes, just as

A, macronya is of A. megalonyx.

On Stridulating- Organs in the Genus Scytodes. 371

LI.—Newly-discovered Stridulating- Organs in the Genus

Scytodes. By F. O. PickKARD-CAMBRIDGE.

THE presence of organs, in various parts of the body of certain

spiders, whose function seems to be primarily, at all events,

the production of sound, has long been a matter of common

knowledge to most arachnologists.

These organs, usually consisting of a hard chitinous plate,

whose surface is set more or less closely with transverse ridges

or rough corrugations, on the one hand, in opposition to one

Or more cusps, spines, or tubercles developed on some other

adjacent portion of the structure, will always prove of great

interest to the, scientific student as well as to the general

nature-loving public ; the more so, perhaps, because their exact

significance in the natural economy of their owners, and their

ultimate value as factors in a natural classification of members

of the order, have not yet been ascertained with any show of

certainty. '

These “ organs of stridulation’’ are found developed on

two widely different portions of the body—the abdomen on

the one hand, and the mandibles on the other. Nevertheless

in both cases they appear to be modifications of essentially

the same plan; for whether they appear on the mandibles

working in correlation with the adjacent femoral joint of the

palpus or on the abdomen with the more or less produced

basal margin of the cephalothorax, these organs consist of a

series of grooves or ridges in cooperation with spines or

tubercles, which, when in motion, pass over the former just

as one might draw a stick rapidly over a series of wooden

palings, with a somewhat similar effect, though on a very

much smaller scale.

Of the organs which are found on the mandibles and palpi

none are more remarkable than those discovered by the late

Prof. Wood-Mason, and recently described and figured by

Mr. R. I. Pocock, of the Natural-History Museum, South

Kensington, in several species of various genera of the Thera-

phoside. In these the hairs become modified and highly

specialized, forming very beautiful organs of sound. ‘They

consist of a series of longer and shorter hard, shining, chitinous

keys, fastened at one end, free at the other, and raised above

the surface of the exoskeleton of the mandibles or palpus, as

the case may be; for these keys are developed sometimes on

the coxal joint of the palpus, sometimes on the outside of the

mandibles, and in the ‘'heraphosid in both sexes alike.

In Musagetes, for instance, the spines which play across the

26*

372 Mr. F. O. Pickard-Cambridge on

keys are set in the lower margin of the basal joint of the man-

dible, while the keys themselves are on the inner face of the

coxal joint of the palpus. In Phormingochilus, on the other

hand. this position is reversed, the keys or rods being on the

mandible, while the opposing spines are on the palpus. These

beautiful structures, as represented in the two genera men-

tioned above, have been described and figured in a most

interesting paper published in ‘ Natural Science,’ vol. vi.

p. 35, Jan. 1895, entitled “‘ Musical Boxes in Spiders.”

Amongst other spiders which exhibit an organ of some-

what similar character in the male sex and in a rudimentary

form in the female sex, in connexion with the mandibles and

palpi, we may mention the genus Leptyphantes of the family

Theridiide and some other genera commonly included under

the name Zmeticus. The organ in this case consists of a

series of transverse grooves, opposed by a small spine set in

the apex of a minute conical prominence, situated near the

base on the inner side of the femoral joint of the palpus,

which works upon and across the grooves.

These organs were described and figured long ago by

Mr. F. Maule-Campbell, of Hoddesdon.

The sound which these minute organs would emit, if

indeed any, would of course be far too insignificant to be

heard by the human ear.

More interesting on the whole, perhaps, than these is a

somewhat similar organ discovered on the mandible of the

genus Thomisoides, consisting, in this case also, of an

extended series of very highly specialized transverse ridges

upon the outer surface, while on the opposing surface of the

femur of the palpus appear from four to six (the number

varying in different species) small separate tubercles. This

structure has been described and figured by M. Simon in

‘Histoire Naturelle des Araignées,’ pp. 268 and 269, and

also by Mr. Pocock in the paper mentioned above, and is

found in both sexes of Thomisoides.

During the past year I have discovered in all the specimens

of the genus Scytodes, and in both sexes which have come to

hand from various parts of the world, a structure very

similar to those in Leptyphantes, consisting of a series of

short transverse ridges, more pronounced and more widely

separate towards the apex, becoming finer and more closely

adjacent towards the base (fig. I., a). On the femoral joint of

the palpus near the inner basal angle there is a stout conical

prominence, its apex terminating in a short blunt spine

(fig. IL., a). This would, when the palpi were moved to and

Stridulating- Organs in the Genus Scytodes. 373

fro, pass over the ridges on the mandible, and perhaps produce

a strident sound of greater or less intensity (see figures I.

and II.).

Of several other genera, Lowxosceles and Dietis, for instance,

which M. Simon regards as closely allied to Scytodes and

Thomisoides, it is noteworthy that they show no signs of

either ridges on the mandibles or spines on the palpus. At

any rate, the species which 1 have been able to examine—

Lowxosceles rufescens, L. Duf., and Dictis gilva, Thor.—do not.

M. Simon, in ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Araignées,’ regards

the generic term Dictis as a synonym of Scytodes., One

would, however, be inclined to think that the absence of this

organ might be a sufficient reason for keeping the genera

Scytodes and Dictis quite distinct, as originally contemplated

by Dr. Thorell.

Of those other organs to which I have briefly referred

above, consisting of a deep fovea in the base of the abdomen,

just above the pedicle, working in correlation with the

roughened or developed and prominent end of the cephalo-

thorax, I may refer to those visible in certain genera of the

family Theridiide, as, for instance, in Steatoda, Asagena,

Pedanostethus, &c.

But by far the most remarkable and the most highly

specialized of these organs yet observed is that recently

discovered by Mr. Pocock in the male of Cambridgea anti-

podiana (White), and described, with figures, in the Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvi., Sept. 1895, in a paper

entitled “ On a new Sound-producing Organ in a Spider.”

In this case the upper surface of the pedicle is produced in

the form of a sharp, curved, triangular blade, which, when

the abdomen is moved, works in and across a deeply corru-

gated fovea in the base of the abdomen.

374 Mr. G. Lewis on

LII.—On the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Japan, and

Notices of others. By G. Lewis, F.L.S.

ALTHOUGH twenty years have elapsed since the publication

of Waterhouse’s paper on the Lamellicornia of Japan in the

‘ Transactions of the Entomological Society of London,’ his

memoir remains the only important one on this section of the

Japanese Coleoptera. Approximately Waterhouse enume-

rated 100 species, and my list to-day gives but 123. There is

an unexpected limit to the number of the species. ‘The fauna

fails in Aphodii, of which I have no new species to record,

and in this respect corresponds with the tropical region of

Eastern Asia; and it lacks Onthophagi, which in Southern

and Central China are particularly numerous. It is possible

that the finest species are local and remain to be discovered.

No species of Huchirus is at present known to occur in the

Archipelago, but it is very probable one exists, and it should

be sought for in autumn in the large elevated forests of the

central and southern provinces.

The Cetoniide are not generally dealt with here, because

they were the subject of an article in this Magazine in 1887

(xix. pp. 196-202), and beyond two species of Cetonta described

by Janson in 1888 and one new species of Paratrichius

described in the note at the end of this paper, there is nothing

further to record.

I consider that the following species have been erroneously

included in the catalogues and papers on the Japanese Coleo-

ptera, and I have not given their names a place in my list :—

Onthophagus dama, F.; Geotrupes splendidus, F.; Serica

brunnea, L.; Phyllopertha horticola, L.; Phyllopertha

arenaria, Brullé; Anomala oblonga, Scop.; and Mimela

testaceoviridis, Blanch. Regarding the synonymy set forth

in the List of Species, I believe it is correct; and when it

differs from lists previously published I have given in the

body of this paper the reasons for my conclusions.

Three species of Aphodii have been very indifferently

described by Motschulsky, and Waterhouse, failing to refer

them to any species in the collection formerly in his hands,

transcribed Motschulsky’s descriptions verbatim, to enable

students not having the ‘Etudes’ to judge of their value.

After studying Motschulsky’s papers and becoming familiar

with the author’s work generally, I think I have assigned

his names to the right species; but in consideration of the

incompleteness (and, in one case, false measurement) of his

descriptions, I think his names are not entitled to the right

the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 375

of precedence. It is better to regard them as manuscript

names.

A curious species of a genus allied to Urorys has been found

lately on Oshima, the largest island of the Ruikiuan group,

and itis described and figured here: this group of islands

must not be confounded with the Chinese islands lying further

to the south, and usually known as the Luikiu Islands, be-

cause there is no corresponding sound to the R in the Chinese

language, while the Japanese language lacks the L.

PANELUS, gen. nov.

This genus is established for the reception of a small

species in many respects similar to a species of Scatinus and

Saphobius. Body somewhat ovate; terminal joint of max-

illary palpi elongate; the mentum small and distinctly in-

cised anteriorly ; the head, eyes visible from above, clypeus

bidentate on the anterior edge, frontal suture invisible, lateral

edge minutely notched ; the mesosternum pointed anteriorly ;

the thorax, anterior angles largely excavated for the recep-

tion of the antennal clubs; the legs, anterior tibiz feebly

dilated apically, apex without tarsal grooves, intermediate

and posterior tibiz bent, not dilated towards the tarsi, ante-

rior tarsi very short. In the figure the tarsi are drawn a

little too long; the figure represents the form of the inter-

mediate tarsus, which, like the hind tarsus, is stout at the

base.

Type Temnoplectron parvulum, Waterh.

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

Panelus parvulus. (Woodcut, figs. 1, 2.)

Temnoplectron parvulum, Waterh. Ent. M. M. p. 175 (1874).

Waterhouse’s description is as follows :—

“ Klongatum, subovatum, piceum, nitidum. Capite magno, leviter

376 Mr. G. Lewis on

convexo, subrotundato, subtillissime et crebre punctulato ; mar-

gine antico depresso, in medio bidenticulato atque inter denticulos

emarginato. Thorace crebre et distincte punctato, longitudine

duplo latiori, sat convexo, antice angustato, margine antico leviter

emarginato, postice rotundato, lateribus ad angulos anticos subito

oblique angustatis, angulis anticis rectis, posticis obtusis. Elytris

sat convexis, levibus, longitudine non brevioribus, infra humeros

latioribus, dein ad apicem arcuatim angustatis, singulis tenuissime

septem-striatis. Tibiis compressis, arcuatis, tarsis compressis.

Antennarum clava nigro-fusca.

“TL. 23 mill., lat. 13 mill.”

Hab, Nagasaki and its neighbourhood. Occurs under

dead leaves in the early days of April, and is not uncommon.

MARAXES, gen. nov.

Body oblong ; the maxillary palpi, terminal joint long and

very feebly securiform; the mentum narrow, emarginate

anteriorly; the head angularly explanate laterally, eyes

semicircular in outline, invisible above; the clypeus anteriorly

4-dentate, frontal suture invisible; the thorax transverse,

with cavities in the anterior angle for the reception of the

antennal club; the scutellum invisible externally; the elytra

widest in the middle, humeral angle rectangular, but a little

prominent; the pygidium invisible from above; the coxe,

anterior pair contiguous, intermediate widely separate, poste-

rior approximate ; the legs, anterior tibia gradually dilated to

the apex, apices grooved for the reception of the tarsi in repose.

This genus may be placed near Uroxys.

Marases dentifrons, sp. n. (Woodcut, figs. 3, 4)

Oblongus, convexus, niger, nitidus; capite vix dense punctato,

clypeo antice 4-dentato ; thorace transverso, minus dense punc-

tato; elytris punctato-striatis, interstitiis levibus; pygidio levi,

transversim leviter sulcato.

L. 5 mill.

Oblong, convex, black, shining; the head, edge of the

clypeus 4-dentate, lateral edge notched before the median

angle, widest before the eyes, upper surface rather densely

punctate; the thorax transverse, the punctures a little less

closely set than those of the head, anterior angles obtuse,

posterior angles rectangular; the elytra clearly punctate-

striate, interspaces smooth; the pygidium smooth, with a

rather fine transverse sulcus near the base, which is V-shaped

in the middle ; the legs, tibiee widen out to the apices, anterior

the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 377

pair 3-dentate, intermediate and posterior spinose on the outer

edge and without grooves ; the underside is strongly punctate

except in the area near the intermediate coxe.

Fig. 3.

Hab. Oshima. .

lam much indebted to Monsieur René Oberthiir for an

example of this species.

Copris ochus.

Catharsius ochus, Motsch. Etud. Ent. p. 18 (1860); Waterh. Trans.

Ent. Soc Lond. i. p. 73 (1875).

There is only one carina on the hind tibia of this species ;

Catharsius is distinguished from Copris in having two.

L. 20-26 millim.

Hab. Simabara, Kobé, Nikko, and Hakodate. Abundant

on sandy areas.

Copris acutidens, Motschulsky.

Copris acutidens, Motsch. Etud. Ent. 1860, p. 18; Waterh. J. c. p. 75

(1875).

Large examples of this species measure 16 millim., and

there is a small race which measures only 10 millim.

Hiab, Abundant in all the islands in sandy places.

Copris pecuartus, Lewis.

Copris pecuarius, Lew. Wien. ent. Zeit. iii. Heft i. p. 17 (1884).

“C. lunari affinis, sed major. Niger, nitidus, elytris punctato-

378 Mr. G. Lewis on

striatis, interstitiis subtiliter alutaceis; pygidio sat dense punc-

tato, in medio linea longitudinali levi subelevata.

Long. 20-23 mm.

“This species is closely allied to Copris lunaris, L., but

besides the size, it has several well-marked characters to

distinguish it. The horn in the male is one third longer and

without any notch at the base ; the thorax has the elevations

more decidedly separated and formed as in acutidens, Motsch.,

but less acute. In both sexes the sculpture of the elytral

interstices gives an appearance of opacity; the pygidium is

somewhat closely punctured, and down the centre of it is a

smooth well-defined line, which is slightly elevated.”

Hab. Nikko, very abundant; also at several places on the

Nakasendo.

Onthophagus nikkoensis, sp. 0.

Oblongo-ovatus, wneo-niger, parum opacus; capite thoraceque

ocellato-punctatis ; elytris interstitiis basi et apicali rufis ;_pygidio

dense ocellato-punctato; tibiis anticis truncatis.

L. 53-6 mill.

Oblong-ovate, brassy black, rather opaque; the head,

clypeus anterior edge incised in the middle, surface strongly

ai closely punctate, punctures transversely confluent, the

suture is indicated by an evenly arched carina, behind the

carina the forehead is densely ocellate-punctate, punctures not

confluent, in front of the ee a second transverse carina; the

thorax densely and clearly ocellate-punctate, in ? there is a

gibbose elevation behind the middle of the head, in ¢ the

gibbosity is more transverse and divided into three parts ;

the elytra distinctly but not deeply striate, interstices opaque,

with two longitudinal rows of small granules, rows most

regular on the interstices near the suture, interstices usually

reddish at the apices and bases; the pygidium clearly ocellate-

punctate; the legs and antenne pitchy brown, the ends of

the anterior tibiz are truncate like those of O. jessoensis and

brevis.

Hab. Nikko and Nara. Abundant at Nikko in June.

Onthophagus vacerrosus, 8p. 0.

Breviter ovalis, piceus, setosus, nitidus; capite bicarinato, punc-

tato ; thorace convexo, undique punctato ; elytris obscure brunneis.

L. 4 mill.

Shortly oval, piceous, setose, shining; the head, clypeus

feebly emarginate, with confluent punctures, divided from thie

the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 379

head by a well-marked transverse carina, before the neck

there is a second transverse carina, equal in length to the

first, punctures between the carine not confluent nor so large

and deep as those in the clypeus; the thorax convex on the

disk, evenly, not coarsely punctured throughout, punctures

obsoletely ocellate, at the side near the middle of the lateral

edge is a small ill-defined boss ; the elytra dull brown, striz

somewhat faint, interstices flat, with two rows of granules ;

the pygidium punctate, punctures frequently confluent; the

legs and antenne obscurely brown, tibie tridentate, the apical

tooth is at right angles to the tibia, leaving the end truncate.

The species is about the size of O. brevis, Waterh.; the

thorax is more convex than any other of this series. I believe

my example’is a male.

Hab, Awomori. One specimen, 31st August, 1880.

Onthophagus ocellato-punctatus, Waterhouse.

Onthophagus ocellato-punctatus, Waterh. /. c. p. 79 (1875).

The male has a slender and somewhat straight horn on

the posterior edge of the head; this sex was unknown to

Waterhouse.

Hab. Hiogo in August 1871, and on the sand-hills at

Hakodate in September 1880.

Note.—Caccobius is a generic name proposed for such

species of Onthophagus in which the tarsal end of the tibia is

truncate; but intermediate forms occur between Caccobius

and the typical Onthophag?, and the genus is now considered

to be of doubtful validity.

Aphodius Solsky?, Harold.

Aphodius Solskyi, Har. Deutsch. ent. Zeit. p. 251 (1871).

Aphodius diversus, Waterh, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1. p. 82 (1875).

Aphodius castaneipennis, Waterh. /. ¢. p. 83 (1875).

Calamosternus rectus, Motsch, Bull. Mose. p. 169 (1866),

Chilothorax vitta, Motsch, /. e. p. 170 (1866).

Waterhouse thought that Motschulsky’s words “ angulis

posticis subacutis ” did not apply to his Aphodius diversus ;

but the few words of description he gives of C. rectus apply

in other respects, and some latitude of interpretation is neces-

sary with this author. I also consider that the C. vitta,

Motsch., is the common colour-variety of A. Solsky?, Har.,

very abundant in Japan. ‘There is nothing except the words

“tenue punctato-striatis’’ as apphed to the elytra, against

the ‘ punctato-striatis ”’ applied to C. rectus, that can throw

380 Mr. G. Lewis on

doubt on the matter. I do not think Motschulsky’s names

are entitled to first rank, as, if allied species had been found

(as in the case of his Holotrichia parallela), the descriptions

are so vague that they would probably apply to all. His

measurement of Chilothorax vitta is 4 lines by 13 line, an

impossible measurement for an Aphodius said to be “ elon-

gato-subovatus.”’

Hab. Very common in Japan and in many parts of China.

Aphodius breviusculus, Motschulsky.

Aphodius breviusculus, Motsch. Bull. Mose. i. p. 170 (1866); Waterh.

Lc. p. 82.

This species is generally black, but sometimes the thorax

is broadly margined with brown and the elytra wholly brown ;

in other specimens the elytra are black, with a brownish spot

on the humeral angle. ‘The elytra are punctate-striate.

L. 33-5 mill.

Hab. Hakodate. Many examples.

Aphodius eccoptus, Bates.

Aphodius eccoptus, Bates, Ent. Month. Mag. xxv. p. 297 (1889).

“Subgen. Velinoptero (Muls.) referendus. Elongatus, parum con-

vexus, nigro vel castaneo-fuscus, femoribus ventroque sordide

testaceis, elytris haud dense recumbente fulvo-pubescentibus ;

capite discrete punctulato, inermi, clypeo semicirculari, genis haud

productis, obtusis; thorace apud angulos posticos valde sinuato,

margine laterali incrassato, basali medio immarginato, disco

zequaliter discrete punctulato; elytris punctato-striatis, inter-

stitiis medio convexis sparse punctulatis, striis 3-7 apice abbre-

viatis ; tibiis posticis apice spinis insequalibus.”

L. 8 mill.

This species differs from all in this series in the sinuation

in the hind angles of the thorax.

Hab. Nikko and on the Mikuni-togé. I took it very abun-

dant at Nikko in company with Copris pecuarius, Lew., and

Oniticellus phaneoides, Westw.

Aphodius lividus, Olivier.

Aphodius lividus, Ol. Ent. i. p. 86, t. xxvi. fig. 22.

This species is usually regarded as a cosmopolitan insect ;

in the Munich Catalogue the synonymy consists of fourteen

names; Olivier figured it and Fabricius described it three

times.

Hab. Oyayama, Awomori, and Hakodate. Ten examples.

the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 381

Aphodius ovalis, Waterhotse.

Aphodius ovalis, Waterh. /. c. p. 89.

Hab. This species#appears to be local. The original

example came from Nagasaki, and on the 16th February,

1881, I obtained four more specimens at Ipongi, a place

about four miles from the town.

Aphodius variabilis, Waterhouse.

Aphodius variabilis, Waterh. J. c. p. 90.

Melinopterus nigrotessellatus, Motsch. Bull. Mose. p. 170 (1866).

I consider that the above names apply to the same species.

Motschulsky’s description is not sufficient to allow his name

precedence ; the form of this insect is “ elongato-subovatus ”’

(the same as Chilothorax vitta) and the measurement 2 lines

by 1 line. The punctuation of the thorax varies in density in

A, variabilis, and the scutellum is black, piceous, or red

in various examples. I haye three specimens from Yokohama

in which the dorsal spots unite and form a broad transverse

band, which, however, leaves the sutural interstice obscurely

brown.

Hab. Nagasaki, Kobé, and Yokohama. Common where

it occurs.

Aphodius urostigma, Harold.

Aphodius urostigma, Har. Berl. ent. Zeit. p. 170 (1862); Waterh. 7. c.

p- 90.

Harold in 1878 (Munich Cat. p. 1055) considered this

species to be the same as A. pallidicornis, Walker; but

Waterhouse, having access to Walker’s type in 1875, pointed

out the differences.

Hab. Nagasaki, Oyayama, Nikko, and Awomorl. Water-

house gives China and Ceylon as localities, and Harold’s

typical specimen came from Java.

CALIUS, gen. nov.

The species for which this genus is established has a cor-

poral outline like Sapros:tes, long and parallel at the sides, and

it inhabits the recesses of old trees. From the colour and the

difficulty I had in obtaining a few specimens, it probably

rarely comes near the surface. Head anteriorly semicircular

in outline, frontal suture well marked, mentum rather narrow,

arched not incised in front, terminal leaflet of the antennal

club much less transverse than in Saprosztes ; the anterior

and posterior coxe contiguous, intermediate moderately

382 Mr. G. Lewis on

separated ; the pygidium exposed. Clius differs from Sa-

prosites in the form of the clypeus, which is depressed but not

deflexed, the scutellum is less narrow, and the anterior thoracic

angles are somewhat acute. In Saprosdtes the frontal suture

is not visible, the clypeus is deflexed and emarginate.

Celius denticollis, sp. n. (Woodcut, fig. 5.)

Elongatus, parallelus, rufo-brunneus ; capite punctulato, linea trans-

versa distincte impressa et utrinque fusco-maculata ; thorace

antice minute disco grosse punctato; antennis pedibusque con-

coloribus.

L. 33 mill.

Elongate, parallel, reddish brown, shining ; the head punc-

tulate, punctures variable in size and not very closely set,

clypeus anteriorly with a widely arched

outline, not emarginate, frontal suture very

distinet, with two dusky spots like those in

Abgialia rufa, F. (nec Leconte), eyes small ;

the thorax with large, round, and deep

punctures, irregularly and not closely set,

intermixed with smaller points, the punc-

tuation anteriorly gradually lessening in

size until the edge behind the neck, where

it is very fine, the lateral edge is obscurely

crenulate anteriorly, the crenulations gra-

dually increase in distinctness until they

form a series of denticulations round the

posterior angles; the scutellum obsoletely

punctulate; the elytra evenly punctate-striate, interstices

smooth with crenulate edges ; the metasternum is longitudi-

nally subcanaliculate in the middle, with large punctures in

the channel and a few on the side of the plate outside it; the

legs, anterior tibia strongly tridentate.

Hab. Miyanoshita, Kiga, and Nikko. Four examples

from old and decaying trees.

Saprosites nare, sp. n.

Elongatus, parallelus, piceo-brunneus, nitidus; capite convexo,

genis haud prominulis nec acutis ; thorace subquadrato, punctato ;

elytris fortiter striatis, striis fortiter punctatis, interstitiis con-

vexis, levibus ; mesosterno antice circulari impresso.

L. 3 mill.

This species is much smaller than S. japonicus, Waterh.,

and of a different colour. The cheeks are less prominent and

the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 383

the sculpture above less coarse, but the most important dif-

ference lies in the anterior portion of the mesosternum. The

mesosternum anteriorly in S./aponicus is raised and the elevated

part has a securiform gutline ; in S. nare this part is occupied

by a circular impression more or less deep. The impression

is usually well defined, but in one specimen out of twelve the

impression is very shallow. ‘The thorax also is distinctly less

transverse.

Hab. Nara. On the 30th June, 1881, I found it abundantly

under bark, and later in the year I obtained one specimen on

Oiwake, a mountain on the Nakasendo,

Oxyomus jugosus, sp.n. (Woodcut, fig. 6.)

Oblongus, piceus, subnitidus; clypeo leviter emarginato, bitubercu-

lato; thorace rugoso; elytris 8-costatis.

L. 43 mill.

Oblong, piceous, somewhat shining ; the head, clypeus

very transverse, feebly but» widely emarginate, with a small

tubercle on each side of the emargina-

tion, surface uneven, with an ill-defined

marginal impression and a feebly-raised

disk in the middle, rugosely sculptured

with punctures of various sizes, cheeks

obtusely produced ; the thorax, anterior

angles a little prominent, arched laterally,

hind angles obsolete, sculpture rough and

coarse and somewhat variolose, with a

median impression before the scutellum ;

the scutellum small and triangular; the

elytra 8-costate, with the sutural edges

markedly elevated and the epipleural

margin finely carinate, the second and

fourth coste are the most conspicuous, the second agreeing

with the sutural costa, interstices not very distinctly

sculptured, but the sculpture appears to consist of two

longitudinal rows of short linear carine, humeral angle

obtuse, elytra widest behind the posterior coxe and rather

narrower at the base; the legs pitchy brown, anterior tibie

carinate, with small transverse ridges on the outer side of the

carina.

Hab. Nagasaki. I took one specimen from under dead

leaves near the Temple of Suwasama on the 23rd March,

1881.

384 Mr. G. Lewis on

Rhyssemus asperulus, Waterhouse.

Rhyssemus asperulus, Waterh. 7. c, p. 94.

Hab. Nagasaki, Kobé, Yokohama, and Nikko. I found

this species in garden rubbish commonly as far north as

Nikko ; at Hakodate I took a broader insect, which may be a

different species.

Psammodius ainu, sp. n.

Oblongus, niger, subnitidus; capite rugoso, obsolete punctato ;

thorace transversim 5-costato ; elytris 9-carinatis, interstitiis

seriatim punctatis.

L. 23 mill. :

Oblong, black, somewhat shining ; the head very rugose,

the rugosities obliterating the punctuation, before the neck

are irregular transverse ridges, varying in distinctness in

different specimens, clypeus feebly emarginate and reddish on

the edge; the thorax with five transverse ridges narrowly

broken in the middle ; the elytra with nine longitudinal carinz

(inclusive of the sutural and epipleural margins), the inter-

stices have single rows of shallow punctures.

Without comparison this species might be mistaken for the

European P. sulcicollis, Ill.

Hab. Hakodate. Four examples from the sand-hills.

Psammodius convexus, Waterhouse.

Psammodius convexrus, Waterh. 1. ¢. p. 94 (1875).

Hab. Kobé, Kioto, Niigata, and Sapporo. In sandy

places.

Psammodius japonicus, Harold.

Psammodius japonicus, Har. Deutsche ent. Zeit. xxii. Heft i. p. 69

(1878).

‘** Klongato-oblongus, nitidus, piceus, subtus cum pedibus obscure

rufo-piceus ; capite equaliter granulato; thorace parce punctato,

ad latera antice transversim impresso; elytris punctato-striatis,

interstitiis planis levibus.”

L. 4 mill.

The thoracic impression is a distinctive character in this

species.

Hab. Nagasaki and Enoshima. Hagi (//ler).

Psammodius comis, sp. n.

Elongato-oblongus, niger, nitidus; eapite rugoso-granulato, trans-

the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 385

verso; thorace grosse punctato, utringue foveolato; elytris

punctato-striatis ; pedibus piceis.

L. 4} mill.

Elongate, oblong, black, shining; the head transverse,

anterior outline broadly arched, not emarginate, edge narrowly

reflexed ; the thorax also transverse, with large punctures

evenly distributed but not closely set and a fovea on each side

well within the margin; the elytra deeply punctate-striate,

interstices rather wide, convex, and smooth ; the antenna and

mouth-organs reddish brown; the legs piceous, tarsi rather

paler.

In general outline and size this species resembles P. japo-

nicus, Har., but it is not opaque; the head more transverse

and not emarginate and the thorax is without any lateral

impression.

Hab. Nikko. One example from the bed of the river.

Aigtalia nitida, Waterhouse.

ZEgialia nitida, Waterh. Ll. c. p. 95.

This species measures 34-4 miil., not 4 lines.

flab. Hakodate, on the sand-hills. Four examples in

September 1880.

Ochodeus maculatus, Waterhouse.

Ochodeus maculatus, Waterh. 1. c. p. 95, pl. 3. fig. 1.

Hab. Kiushiu and on the main island. ‘This species

originally came from Simabara and Tagami close to Nagasaki.

In May 1882 I caught two flying at dusk above Mogi also

close to Nagasaki. Mr. Pryer found one on Oyama near

Yokohama. In the British Museum there is a similar species

from Java.

Bolboceras nigro-plagiatum, Waterhouse.

Bolboceras nigro-plagiatum, Waterh. 1. c. p. 96, 2.

The male of this species was not noticed by Waterhouse.

On the head there is a somewhat stout and rugose horn,

slightly emarginate at the apex ; the thorax has a transverse

ridge behind the neck, and on each side of it is a tubercle

similar to those of Copris lunaris, L., or C. pecuarius, Lew.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Korea which

is either a variety of this species or one very similar to it, the

sculpture of the head and thorax is different and the dark

coloration of the elytra extends to the middle of each wing-

case.

Hab. Tokio, Yokohama, and Kobé. Not very common.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 27

386 Mr. G. Lewis on

Geotrupes auratus, Motschulsky.

Geotrupes auratus, Motsch. Etud. Ent. 1857, p. 31; Jekel, Ann. Soc.

Ent. Fr. 1865, p. 587 ; Waterh. /. c. p. 97.

Geotrupes purpurascens, Waterh., Lew. Ent. 1895, p. 150.

Hab, Japan, common in all the islands. At Nanai near

Hakodate, on the 17th September 1880, I observed it in great

profusion. A note in my diary says “ 50 specimens occurred

in one of their attractions and this repeatedly. Many scores

were alive and crawling about without abdomens; a species

of Corvus had been feeding on them, but only eating the

softer part of their bodies.” At Kashiwagi I found only the

blue variety and captured about 30 examples. The colour-

varieties are noticed in the Ent. p. 150 (1893). Waterhouse

records specimens from Tartary and Heyden from Manchuria.

Celebes has been given in error.

The colours of this species are blue-black, blue-green, blue,

golden green, golden red, and bright copper, with some inter-

mediate tints. The smallest specimen I have measures

14 mill., the largest 21 mill.

Geotrupes levistriatus, Motschulsky.

Geotrupes levistriatus, Motsch, Etud. Ent. p. 32 (1857), 9 ; Waterh.

1. c. p. 97 (1875), g & Q.

Geotrupes Deyrollei, Jekel, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. v. p. 586 (1865),

Geotrupes ameus, Jacobsohn, Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. xxvii. p. 120

(1893), ¢.

Jacobsohn’s description corresponds with the female cha-

racters of this species, but he states that his type is a male.

The descriptions by Motschulsky, Jekel, and Waterhouse

were presumably unknown to Jacobsohn, as they are not

referred to by him.

Hab. Japan, abundant (in many varieties) in all the islands

and occurs also in Manchuria. The locality “ Celebes ” has

been given in error, owing to a small series of Japanese species

in the British Museum being so labelled by Mr. Bowing before

presentation to that institution. Occurs also on Ketoi, one of

the Kurile Islands.

Trox chinensis, Bohem.

Trox chinensis, Bohem, Eugen. p. 52 (1858).

Trox obscurus, Waterh. 1. c. p. 98.

This species is smaller than 7. ¢nclusus, Walker, but both

species belong to the section of the genus in which the scu-

tellum is coarctate at the base. The genus Zrox is now

divided into 4 or 5 genera.

Hab. Simabara. Four examples in 1869. I did not meet

with it on my second visit to Japan. ”

the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 387

Trox setifer, Waterhouse.

Trox setifer, Waterh. 1. c. p. 98.

Hab. I found this species in single examples at Nagasaki,

Simabara, Nikko, and Hakodate; it has therefore a wide

range in Japan.

Trox opacotuberculatus, Motschulsky.

me ee Cunee, Motsch. Etud. Ent. p. 14 (1860); Waterh. /. c.

p- 99.

This species has two wide circular depressions which

occupied the median area of the thorax and two others on

each side of them of corresponding size. Motschulsky’s

description should, I think, read “ thorace transverso, antice

et postice late trifoveolato,” not “ thorace transverso, antice

et postice lato, trifoveolato”’; but the depressions are not

properly described as fovez.

Hab. Nagasaki, Nikko, and on the plain of Fujisan. Ac-

cording to Kraatz (Deutsche ent. Zeit. xxiii. p. 281, 1879) it

occurs in the Amur region.

Trox niponensis, sp. n.

Elongato-oblongus, opacus, clypeo semicirculari; capite punctato ;

thorace transverso, in medio longitudinaliter canaliculato, utrinque

obsolete bi-impresso ; elytris striatis, striis minime profundis.

L. 52 mill.

Elongate oblong, opaque, setose; the head semicircular

anteriorly, arched at the sides, punctate, with two transverse

carinee (somewhat obscure) in the middle in a line with the

eyes; the thorax transverse, rather parallel laterally, anterior

angles a little acutely produced, with a longitudinal median,

rather shallow channel, and a fainter circular impression

on each side of it rather nearer the base than the anterior edge,

surface punctate; theelytra striate, strize shallow with irregular

edges, there is a sutural row of setose tubercles and on the

third interstice similar but larger and more isolated tubercles,

fifth and seventh interstices also tuberculate, the other inter-

stices have smaller tubercles ; the elytra somewhat parallel at

the sides, but slightly widest behind the posterior coxe ; the

legs, tibiz not dilated, agreeing in this respect with 7. opaco-

tuberculatus, Motsch.

This small species in general outline agrees best with Trox

setifer, Waterh., but the thorax is not bisinuous anteriorly,

nor are the anterior tibiew dilated. ‘The scutellum is similar

in form but relatively narrower. The scutellum in 7. opaco-

tuberculatus is nearly as wide again as in 7. niponensis,

27*

388 Mr. G. Lewis on

There are four specimens in the British Museum from St.

Paul’s Island in the Indian Ocean and one from Hakodate.

One of the specimens is labelled ‘ 7’rox Eversmannt, Kry.

(rugulosus, Fald.);” but the thorax of T.Hversmannzis described

as being subcordate and deeply punctate, and this does not

apply to the Japanese species; Faldermann’s name has not

been published.

te Hakodate. Taken from a dead animal on the sand-

ills.

Anthypna pectinata, sp. n.

3. Oblonga, «nea vel viridi-anea, nitida, griseo-hirta ; capite

carinato; thorace granulato-punctato; elytris dense transverso-

strigosis. Femina latet.

L. 9 mill.

Oblong, brassy or greenish brassy, shining, and clothed

with long | grey hair ; the head, surface microscopically strigose,

punctured, punctures not densely set and appearing sometimes

as oranules or little bosses owing to their rims being raised,

each bears a hair, carinate before the eyes, the carina some-

times joins anteriorly, and in such specimens the carina can

be traced in a bowed line behind the eyes; the thorax feebly

sinuous on either side on the basal edge, hind angle obtuse

with a concavity within it which reaches halfway along the

thoracic edge ; the scutellum rather densely sculptured; the

elytra wholly strigose-rugose ; the antenne and legs greenish

or coppery, claws and tibial spines reddish brown.

This genus, so far as I am aware, has hitherto only been

represented by two Italian species and two Asiatic species

described by Semenow in 1891.

Hab. Tokio. Six specimens found in a garden, all males.

Ectinohoplia obducta.

Hoplia obducta, Motsch. Etud, Ent. 1857, p. 33.

Hoplia sabulicola, Motsch. 7. ¢. p. 34.

Ectinohoplia var iolosa, Waterh. J. c. p. 99, pl. iii. fig. 2.

This species is very variable, Waterhouse’s figure represents

the commonest form, but specimens entirely” velvety black

above are very common, aud intermediate varieties are often

found. The remarkable claws in this species are noticed by

Motschulsky.

Hab. Nagasaki, Hitoyoshi, Nikko. It is one of the most

abundant species in Japan.

the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 389

Hoplia gracilipes, sp. n.

Nigra, dense squamulis aureo-viridibus tecta; thorace angulis

posticis subrotundatis, scutello parvo ; pedibus longis et gracilibus,

brunneis vel testaceis,

L. 7-8 mill.

This species is very similar to H. Rein¢, Heyd., and H. com-

munis, Waterh. It differs from the first in the hind angles

of the thorax being rounded, and from the second in being

more elongate in form, thorax a little less wide, and (this is

a very remarkable character) in the under rim of the thorax

projecting out underneath the posterior angle, giving at first

sight, whem viewed from above, the impression that the hind

angle is acute ; the scutellum is one third less in size than that

of H. communis, and the femora and tibize are much more

slender and longer.

Hab. Oshima (Ferrie, 1895). Communicated by the

kindness of Mons. René Oberthiir.

Hoplia Reinit, Heyden.

Hoplia Reinii, Heyd. Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 339 (1879).

This species is described as being similar to HH. parvala,

Krynicki, an insect I have not seen. It hardly differs from

H. communis, Waterh., except that the hind angles of the

thorax are angular, not rounded off. ‘This, however, is a very

marked distinction. I apparently overlooked this species,

mistaking it when alive for . communis, and I find I have

only three or four specimens. Like Dr. Rein I found these

in Kiushiu, near Hitoyoshi, early in May.

Hab. Kiushiu.

Hoplia maculata, Bates. (Woodcut, fig. 7.)

Hoplia maculata, Bates, Ent. Month. Mag. xxv. p. 298 (1889).

* H, aureole (Pall.) proxime affinis et quod formam simillima ;

differt supra squamis pallide fulvis haud metallicis et corporo

subtus femoribus pygidioque lete aureis: oblonga, supra breviter

sat sparsim setosa, thorace vittis duabus medianis, elytris utrinque

striga irregulari haud procul a sutura postice divergenti maculisque

tribus lateralibus (prima humerali) strigisque vagis marginalibus

fusco-nigris; clypeo sicut in H. aureola brevi antice angustato

margineque sinuato; thorace medio rotundato angulis posticis

obtusis; tibiis et tarsis nigris sparsissime squamosis. Ungues

sicut in //, awreola.”

3g. L. 8 mill.

390 Mr. G. Lewis oa

Hab. Satsuma (Leech). I took an example on Mitsudake,

near Nagasaki, in April, and nine examples from the flowers

of the wild rose at Hitoyoshi, 3rd May, 1881. This species

appears to occur only in Kiushiu. The drawing shows a

position the insect usually assumes when resting in flowers,

Sericanta, Motschulsky.

Sericunia, Motschulsky, Schrenck’s Reisen, p. 136 (1860),

The characters of this genus are very similar to those of

Serica ; I find no valid character except in the antenna of the

male. Jive terminal joints are foliate (Motschulsky’s figure

only contains four) ; the first leaflet is peculiar, being a shorter

and more slender appendage than the others, and it rises from

the base of a rather long joint, and this position separates it

from the four terminal leaflets. ‘The compilers of the Munich

Catalogue did not notice that Motschulsky, in a note of

“errata” at the end of the volume of Schrenck’s ‘ Reisen,’

corrects the spelling of this genus. Sericarda is a misprint.

Sericania mimica, sp. n.

Elongata, piceo-rufa, nitida; capite rugose punctato, clypeo rufo-

brunneo; thorace parum grosse punctato; elytris punctatis,

punctis confluentibus.

L. 9-11 mill.

Elongate (outline similar to that figured for Pellaplonyx

Aavidus, Waterh.), pitchy red, shining; the head roughly and

densely punctate, clypeus reddish brown, outer edge more or

less raised, head dark brown between the eyes; the thorax

bisinuous anteriorly, transverse, narrowest in front, widest

behind, evenly arched at the sides, lateral edges narrowly

raised, base feebly sinuous on each side, punctate, points larger

the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 391

and less closely set than those of the* head; the scutellum

punctate, somewhat elongate, obtuse behind ; the elytra with

eight or nine shallow furrows occupied with confluent punc-

tures, interspaces feebly convex and smooth; the pygidium

irregularly, not densely punctured; the antenne and legs

concolorous.

Hab. Miyanoshita, Hakone, Subashiri, Ontake, Nikko, and

Yokohama. Sixteen examples.

Sericania fuscolineata, Motschulsky.

Sericania fuscolineata, Motsch, Schrenck’s Reisen, p. 136, tab. ix. fig. 10

(1860). j

If I have determined this species correctly, it is very

variable in colour. I have only one specimen, which agrees

in having the dark lines on the elytra. The elytra are

usually pale with the sutural interstice infuscate, or sometimes

wholly pale ; the head sometimes is, with the thorax, wholly

geneous, but generally theeclypeus is testaceous.

Hab. Yokohama and Chiuzenji; island of Askold (Hey-

den, 1884).

Serica, MacLeay.

Serica, MacLeay, Hor, Ent. i. p. 146 (1819).

In this genus the intermediate coxee of typical species are

approximate and the antenne usually 3-foliate; but I have

included three species in it in which the antenna of the male

is 4-foliate. The genus Serica, as it formerly stood, has lately

been divided into three or four genera.

Serica similis, sp. n.

Oblongo-ovata, rufo-brunnea, subopaca ; Serice brunnee persimilis.

L, 73-8 mill.

This species has been standing in the Catalogue as

S. brunnea, Linn.; but, although the colour agrees in both

species, there are structural differences. In S. similis the

eyes are smaller and less convex, the anterior thoracic angles

are acute and less depressed, the elytra are shorter and less

parallel, the mesosternum is wider between the intermediate

cox, and the tarsi more slender. ‘This comparison has been

made with the males of both species. ‘The head is sometimes

wholly pale, sometimes black between the eyes, and some

specimens are piceous beneath; the elytral sculpture also

differs slightly in the two species.

Hab. Nagasaki, Hitoyoshi, Nikko, and on the Wada-togé.

Rather common.

392 Mr. G. Lewis on

Serica grisea, Motschulsky.

Serica grisea, Motsch. Bull. Mose. i. p. 171 (1866) ; Waterh. 7. ec. p. 101.

Serica polita, Gebler, Nouv, Mém. Mose. ii. p. 52; Waterh. J. e. p. 102.

Whether the names above refer to one or two species 1

cannot decide. Both Motschulsky’s and Gebler’s descriptions

seem to apply to one species; but I have given preference to

the first because Gebler’s species came from Dauria, and also

because Motschulsky (Schrenck’s Reis. p. 137) refers to 8. polita

as an insect known to him. Serica grisea is a very variable

species in colour.

Hab. Kiushiu and main island.

Serica nigrovariata, sp. n.

Oblonga, nigra, griseo-pubescens, opaca ; elytris brunneis, margini-

bus nigris, dorso nigro-guttato ; antennis pedibusque infuscatis.

L. 7 mill.

Oblong, black, opaque; the head, clypeus emarginate

anteriorly, with the rim, especially at the sides, strongly raised,

surface rugosely punctured and shining; the head between

the eyes opaque, with scattered shallow punctures ; the thorax

punctured like the head, anteriorly bisinuous, with somewhat

acute angles, posterior angles very blunt, lateral rim finely

raised; the scutellum obscurely punctured, longer than wide,

obtuse behind; the elytra striate, interstices somewhat

roughened, black on the outer and sutural margins, within

reddish brown with black markings; the antenne and legs

dusky or obscurely black.

Hab. Mayebashi. One example only.

The four following species in male have a 4-foliate antennal

club :-—

Serica angulata, sp. n.

Elongata, picea, opaca; capite grosse et dense punctato; thorace

angulis anticis acute prominulis, utrinque bisinuato; elytris

punctatis, interstitiis convexis ; antennis pedibusque rufo-piceis.

L. 10 mill,

Elongate, piceous, opaque ; the head shining, clypeus very

densely and somewhat rugosely punctate, between the eyes

the punctures are larger and not quite so closely set; the

thorax, anterior angles acute and prominent, lateral edge

bulges out in the middle, forming sinuosities before and

behind, punctures much smaller and more seattered than those

the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 393

of the head, with an obscure reddish disk:in the middle of the

lateral edge and a narrow reddish margin at the base; the

scutellum obtuse behind, impressed on the lateral margins,

obscurely punctured ; the elytra irregularly punctured, inter-

stices 3 to 5 distinctly raised towards the base; the antenna

and legs pitchy red.

This species is remarkable in having acute anterior thoracic

angles.

Hab. Oyayama. Two examples.

Serica quadrifoliata, sp. 1.

Elongata, picea, opaca; capite sparse punctato; thorace lateribus

obscure rufis; elytris irregulariter punctatis, interstitiis convexi-

usculis, levibus ; antennis clava 4-foliata.

L. 10 mill.

Elongate, piceous, opaque; the head, clypeus somewhat

rough, with shallow irregular punctures, between the eyes the

punctures are smaller and*more scattered; the thorax punc-

tured like the head on the disk and sides, but along the base,

especially before the scutellum, the points are more closely

set, bisinuous behind the eyes, feebly bisinuous at the base,

narrowest anteriorly, widest behind, sides evenly arched and

obscurely red laterally, anterior angles obtuse; the scutellum

obtuse behind, wholly punctate ; the elytra with lines of irre-

gular punctures separated by interstices, somewhat convex

and smooth, truncate behind; the antenne and legs reddish

brown.

Hab. Nikko. One male example.

Serica brevicornis, sp. n.

Oblonga, testacea, azureo-micans, parum nitida; capite thoraceque

irregulariter punctatis ; scutello triangulari; elytris striatis, inter-

stitiis parum latis, levibus.

L. 7-74 mill.

Oblong, pale testaceous, opalescent in parts, somewhat

shining; the head, surface uneven, irregularly punctured,

punctures shallow and of various sizes, largest irregular in

outline, not closely set; the thorax transverse, anterior angles

depressed and obtuse, laterally somewhat bulging in “the

middle, and sometimes feebly emarginate before the hind

angles, surface sculptured like the head ; the scutellum punc-

tured irregularly, triangular, three sides coequal; the elytra

striate, with punctures faintly seen in the lines, interstices

convex, smooth, and rather wide; the antenne small and

short, club usually infuscate, palpi dusky ; the legs pale.

394 Mr. G. Lewis on

In some examples the thorax is infuscate in parts and the

elytra in others are dusky on the second interstice, part of the

lateral border, and, rarely, apically.

Hab. Nikko and Shinkano in July and August.

Serica higonia, sp. n.

Oblonga, parum nigra vel nigro-brunnea, azureo-micans, subnitida ;

capite thoraceque irregulariter punctatis; scutello elongato-

triangulari; elytris obscure punctato-striatis, interstitiis con-

vexis; pedibus brunneo-testaceis; antennis basi pallidis, clava

infuscata.

L. 6-64 mill.

This species closely resembles 8. brevicornis in facies and

surface-sculpture, but the head is less robust, the antenne

are as large again, the thorax is more convex on the disk,

distinctly emarginate before the hind angle, arched in front

of the emargination, and without any anterior angle; the

scutellum is nearly one third longer than wide; the antenne

are pale at the base, with the club dark. One example is

reddish brown, with the head between the eyes, two blotches

on the thorax, and the elytral, sutural, and outer margins

dusky with an eneous tinge.

Hab. Hitoyoshi, Konosé, and Yuyama. Four examples.

ASERICA, gen. nov.

This generic name is proposed for a considerable number

of species hitherto included in Serica. It differs essentially

from Serica in having smaller eyes, the scutellum wide at the

base, the hind femora considerably widened and truncate at

the apices, posterior tibia also dilated, tarsi more robust, and

the intermediate coxe widely separated. The antenne are

3-foliate, and the other characters resemble those of Serica.

the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 395

In Serica brunnea, L., and allies the intermediate coxe are

approximate. ‘The form of the metasternum in Aserica and

the wide area between the coxe is shown in the accompanying

woodcut. In the drawing (fig. 8) the mesosternum appears to

be more narrow than it is, because it is almost perpendicular ;

in Serica brunnea it is only oblique.

The form of the femora and tibie correspond somewhat

with those of a species of Popilia.

Type Serica japonica, Motsch.

Aserica japonica. (Woodcut, fig. 8.)

Serica japonica, Motsch. Etud. Ent. p. 15 (1860); Waterh. /. ec. p. 102.

Serica piceorufa, Fairm. Rev. d’Ent. vii. p. 118 (1888).

Waterhouse notices Motschulsky’s measurements; my

measurements are 94-11 millim. ‘This species is rightly

described by Motschulsky as “ ovate’ and the next species

as “obovate.” Some of my specimens are in colour light

brown. .

Hab. South Japan and Hongkong.

Aserica ortentalis.

Serica orientalis, Motsch. Etud. Ent. p. 33 (1857); Waterh. /. c. p. 102.

“ Obovata, convexa, punctata, opaca, picea, supra nigra, velutina ;

thorace antice angustato, lateribus minus arcuatis ; elytris ovatis,

striatis, interstitiis alterius leviter elevatis, sparsim punctatis ;

antennis testaceis.

“L. 34, lat. 2 lin.

“ Cette espéce est extrémement voisine de notre 8. holo-

sericea, mais elle est un peu plus grande, présente un corps

plus élargi postérieurement, un corselet plus trapézoide, une

ponctuation moins serrée et une surface plus veloutée. lle

se rencontre aussi en Mongolie.”’

My measurements are 8to9 millim. I give Motschulsky’s

description, as Waterhouse omitted it.

Like the last species, it is now and then of a light brown

colour.

Hab. Found throughout Japan and Mongolia, as above.

Apogonia niponica, sp. D.

Oblongo-ovata, brunnea vel piceo-brunnea; capite dense, scutello

sparse et irregulariter punctatis ; thorace angulis anticis parum

acutis.

L. 63-74 mill.

Oblong-ovate, brown or piceous brown, shining, sometimes

396 Mr. G. Lewis on

with a faint greenish or coppery tint; the head, frontal area

densely and rather clearly punctate, clypeus rather more

densely and somewhat roughly punctate, edge narrowly re-

flexed and arcuate in outline; the thorax wholly punctate

like the head; this punctuation is much*more dense than that

of A. splendida, Bohm., anterior angles rather acute; the

scutellum is sparingly but irregularly punctured; the elytra,

strie more or less obsolete, punctuation (sometimes linear)

larger and less dense than that of the thorax; the pygidium,

form and punctuation similar to that of A. splendida; the

legs and under surface darker than the elytra.

The more oblong form, colour, and size, as well as the

dense punctuation, distinguish this insect at once from ordinary

examples of A. splendida, Bohm.; but I have specimens of

the last-named which are brown or piceous, and from these

the somewhat acute angles of the thorax serve to separate it.

A. splendida has an impunctate scutellum.

A. cupreoviridis, Kolbe, is said to differ from A. splendida

(Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, p. 375) in having a more

arcuate outline to the clypeus, an outline which describes a

segment of a circle, and is not flattened as in A. splendida.

In this respect A. niponica agrees with it; but the form

(oblong-ovate) and the punctuation of the scutellum &c.

distinguish it. Kolbe gave two names to his species: one

specimen, measuring 94 millim., he called A. fusana.

Apogonia mesta, Knock (Schénfeldt, Ent. Nachr. xvi.

p- 170, 1890), is said to occur in Oshima; but I have not

seen the description, nor does Schénfeldt supply a reference

toit. Apogonia mesta, Burm. (Handb. iv. 2, p. 257, 1842),

I consider a nondescript of a Sumatran species, as Burmeister’s

description is worthless; but Kolbe refers to it (Arch. f. Nat.

1. p. 193, 1886), so I presume he has seen the type.

Lachnosterna inelegans, sp. n.

Ancylonycha parallela, Motsch, Etud. Ent. p. 64 (1854).

Elongata, nigro-picea, nitida; capite grosse parum dense punctato;

thorace minus dense punctato, autice margine impunctato ;

scutello levi vel parte punctato; elytris punctatis, obsolete

costatis.

L. 16-20 mill.

Elongate, pitchy or pitchy black, shining ; the head coarsely

and somewhat densely punctate, the punctures on the clypeus

are clearly separate, those on the forehead are in some examples

confluent, the rim of the clypeus clearly elevated, the punc-

tures more or less obscure on the frontal suture; the thorax

the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 397

posteriorly rectangular, anterior angles» obtuse, the lateral

margin more or less bulges in the middle, the anterior margin

is a narrow smooth rim, general surface less closely punctate

than the head; the stutellum transverse, sometimes smooth,

more often with a few irregular punctures variously placed in

different specimens ; the elytra, sutural margin smooth and

convex, surface punctate, punctuation rough and irregular and

more or less obliterates two or three longitudinal coste; the

pygidium punctate, punctures not densely set nor so deep as

those of the thorax, rather wider just behind the base than

the space from the middle of the base to the apex.

This species has been assigned by Waterhouse and others

to Ancylonycha parallela, Motsch.; but Motschulsky’s dia-

gnosis applies equally well to Holotrichia picea, Waterh., and

Lachnosterna diomphalia, Bates, and his specific name is

preoccupied. Under these circumstances I have redescribed

the species under a new name.

Hab. Throughout Japan and at Fusan, in Korea. Gene-

rally abundant. :

Lachnosterna picea.

Holotrichia picea, Waterh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 103 (1875).

This species is easily recognized by the characters given by

Waterhouse, especially by the transverse smooth margin to

the neck. A minor character, but one which does not vary

in my series of eight examples, is that the anterior rim of the

thorax is not clearly free of punctures ; the punctures encroach

on the posterior edge. This rim or margin is quite smooth

in L. inelegans, Lew.

Hab. Nagasaki, Chiuzenji, and Yokohama.

Lachnosterna diomphalia, Bates.

Lachnosterna diomphalia, Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 373 (1888).

« LZ. parallele (Motsch.) affinis ct simillima, sed differt pygidio ¢

valde convexo ante apicem bicalloso.

“TZ. 20 mill.

This species is extremely like ZL. cneleguns, Lew., and L.

picea, Waterh., but it differs from the first in the scutellum

which widens out at the base, and from both in the curious

gibbosities on the pygidium. Bates only knew the male;

the pygidium is bigibbous in both sexes,

Lachnosterna morosa, Waterhouse.

This species is peculiar in having the rim of the clypeus

398 Mr. G. Lewis on

very moderately raised and the raised edge ceases before the

eyes; the pygidium is not transverse like the other species

of this series, it is nearly as long as broad.

Hab. Nagasaki. Also at Chefoo in China.

Lachnosterna niponensis, sp. n.

Brunnea, parum parallela, convexa, subnitida; capite thoraceque

punctatis ; scutello levi haud punctato; elytris punctatis, inter-

stitiis parum convexis.

L. 19-21 mill.

Brown, subparallel, convex above, rather shining; the

head roughly and closely punctate, punctures on the clypeus

dense, especially in the middle of the base, anterior rim of the

clypeus distinctly raised and feebly emarginate in the middle,

neck smooth, but the smooth space is of irregular outline ;

the thorax irregularly punctate, punctures rather less closely

set than those of the head, lateral edges widely crenulate,

transverse and slightly bulging in the middle of the lateral

edges, angles before and behind obtuse ; the scutellum widest

at the base, with anterior portion clothed with golden-tawny

hair ; the elytra, interstices uneven and punctate, punctures

not so dense as those of the thorax, sutural margin rather

broadly elevated from the base to the apex, the next raised

costa is similarly broad but shortened before and behind, both

smooth and almost impunctate, outside there are other coste

ill-defined and vague; the pygidium uneven and sometimes

closely but shallowly punctured, rather broad and somewhat

arched at the base, slightly convex; the legs, apices of thighs,

and the club of the antenna dusky.

This species is the largest of the genus known from Japan;

in colour it corresponds with Serica brunnea, L. ‘The scu-

tellum is quite smooth in some examples, irregularly punctate

in others, and in one specimen closely punctate; sometimes it

is rounded off behind, but usually it is obtusely acuminate.

Hab. Nagasaki, Goto Islands and Fusan in Korea, Forty

specimens. Also in the collection of the British Museum.

Hepropuy.aA, Motschulsky.

The author of this genus says of it: “ Antennes de 11

articles, dont le 4*™° trés court ; massue longe, de 7 articles.”

The basal joint of the antenna is long and very similar to

that of Rhizotrogus; the second is apically bulbiform and

constricted at the base; the third elongate, but not so long as

the first, and is minutely angulate on the inner edge; the

fourth is short, with a small acute appendage; the fifth is

the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 399

foliate, but the appendage varies in size from a quarter to half

the length of the one succeeding it; articulations 6 to 10 are

leaflets, of which 8 and 9 are the largest. There are only

ten joints, and the name is unfortunate. Just before the

suture which indicates the limit of the clypeus is a well-marked

transverse carina, which usually stretches from side to side ;

but in one of eighteen specimens it is interrupted in the middle.

Motschulsky says :—‘ Carénes frontales transversales peu

marquées et interrompués ;’’ this is not the case usually.

Heptophylla picea, Motschulsky.

Heptophylla picea, Motsch. Etud. Ent. p. 32 (1857).

Holotrichia transversa, Motsch. 1. c. p. 15 (1860).

I have united the two names above chiefly on the evidence

relating to the frontal carina. If I am right, this is not the

only instance of Motschulsky describing an insect twice and

placing it in different genera.

Hab. Kiushiu, main island, and Yezo. Very common.

Rhizotrogus niponicus, sp. n.

Elongatus, pallide testaceus, nitidus ; capite piceo vel rufo-brunneo ;

thorace sparse et grosse punctato; elytris punctatis, punctis

interdum confluentibus ; pygidio apice parum explanato.

L. 12 mill.

Elongate, pale testaceous, shining; the head piceous or

reddish brown, surface uneven between the eyes, roughly and

coarsely punctured, punctures less close along the anterior

margin of the clypeus; eyes black and large as compared

with those of R. solstitialis, L.; the thorax, surface uneven,

crenulate laterally, anteriorly rectangular, posteriorly feebly

angulate, punctate, punctures less closely set than those of

the head; the scutellum transverse, irregularly punctured ;

the elytra punctate, somewhat similarly to the thorax, but

punctures sometimes confluent, sutural margin convex, smooth,

with two similar but shorter feebly raised coste near the

centre of the wing-case ; the pygidium somewhat rugose, the

rugosity nearly obliterating the shallow punctures, apical

rim distinctly but narrowly explanate; the legs and antenne

pale, inner dentation of the claws on the first very conspicuous.

Hab. Gotoshima. Two males.

Polyphyjlla laticollis, Lewis.

Polyphylla laticollis, Lew. Ent. Mon. Mag, xxiii. p. 231 (1887).

Fairmaire in 1888 described two species of Polyphylla from

China, which agree, I believe, with the above in having the

400 Mr. G. Lewis on

thorax transverse and much broader than that of P. fullo,

Linn.

Hab. Three specimens obtained in the province of Sakami.

Granida albolineata, Motschulsky.

Granida albolineata, Motsch. Etud. Ent. p. 8 (1861); Waterh. Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 106, pl. 3. fig. 7 (1875) ; Har. Deutsche ent. Zeit.

p. 71 (1878).

Polyphylia Schoenfeldti, Brenske, Ent. Nachr. xvi. p. 198 (1890).

After the lapse of twenty-nine years, and after being well

figured by Waterhouse, this well-known and conspicuous

species has been redescribed as a Polyphylla by Brenske.

Schénfeldt has kindly sent me an example representing

Brenske’s type. Sometimes the female has three denticu-

lations on the fore tibia, as seen in a specimen in the British

Museum.

Hab. Nagasaki, Kobé, Niigata, and Akita. Also Oshima

in the Ruikiuan group. I reached Niigata on the 4th Sep-

tember, 1881, and found the great stretches of sand which

surround this port were strewn with the remains of this beetle,

but I only found one (dead) good enough to preserve. I was

told that three weeks before it was extremely abundaat, flying

into houses in the evening. ‘There are examples in the British

Museum from the Chinese islands to the south of the Ruikiuan

group.

Phyllopertha trregqularis, Waterhouse.

Phyllopertha irregularis, Waterh. /. ec. p. 107, pl. 3. fig. 4.

Phyllopertha yezoensis, Lew. in litt. Cat. Jap. Col. no. 972 (1879).

There are examples in my collection wholly coppery green,

and others with the thorax golden coppery and the elytra

dark purple. In other specimens the elytra are pale, but I

have not seen an example with an entirely pale thorax. ‘The

figure given by Waterhouse represents a very common variety.

The dark variety has been mistaken for P. horticola, Linn.

Phyllopertha conspurcata, Harold.

Phyllopertha conspurcata, Har. Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 71 (1878).

Phyllopertha arenaria, Waterh. (nec Brullé) 1. c. p. 108 (1875).

Hab. Nagasaki, Hiogo, Hagi, and Tokio. Common.

Korea (Kolbé).

Anomala geniculata, Motschulsky.

Anomala geniculata, Motsch. Bull. Mose. i. p. 171 (1866) ; Lew. Ann,

M. N. Hist. xix. p. 197 (1887).

Anomala daimiana, Har. Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 354 (1877).

Anomala triangularis, Schon. Ent. Nachr. xvi. p. 171 (1890).

the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 401

I have received specimens from Haroldsand Schénfeldt.

__ Hab. All the islands, including Oshima, and occurs in

Korea.

Anomala Sieversit, Heyden.

Anomala Steversii, Heyd. Hor. Ent. Ross. xxi. p. 266 (1887).

This insect should be placed next to A. octocostata, Burm. ;

it is a species which does not vary in colour.

Hab. Tsushima, and at Fusan in Korea.

Anomala holosericea, Fab.

This well-known species occurs apparently rarely in Japan;

it is constant in colour.

Hab. Chiuzenji and in 8. Yezo. Only four specimens.

Anomala rufo-cuprea, Motschulsky.

Anomala rufo-cuprea, Motsch. Etud. Ent. p. 14 (1860); Bates, Proc.

Zool. Soe, p. 373 (1888).

Anomala lucidula (Rhombonyx), Motsch. Bull. Mose. p. 171 (1866),

nec Guér, (1830), nee Faldrh. (1835).

Anomula lucens, Ballion, Bull. Mose. p. 155 (1871).

Anomala Motschulskyi, Har. Deutsche ent. Zeit. p, 851 (1877).

This species varies in colour from being entirely of a deep

blue, green, or brassy green, and from a pale testaceous colour

to others with a green thorax and testaceous elytra, and some

examples are coppery red.

Hlab. All the islands; the imagoes usually fed on the

leaves of Salix and Lespedeza.

Anomala difficilis, Waterhouse.

Anomala difficilis, Waterh. J. c. p. 111.

This species has the thorax testaceous, wholly green, or

ornamented with two green triangular blotches. My speci-

mens measure 11 to 14 millim.

Hab. Kobé, Nikko, Chiuzenji, and other places.

Anomala orientalis.

Phyllopertha orientalis, Waterh. 1. c. p. 108 (1875).

Anomala orientalis, Waterh., Har. Abh. Brem. p. 126 (1876) ; Heyden,

Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 845 (1879).

Phyllopertha xanthogastra, Har. MT. Miinch, ent. Ver. v. p. 90

(1881).

A very common variety of this species is black with an

eneous tinge and a few testaceous spots on the elytra. A

rarer variety is wholly testaceous, with two spots on the head

and two triangular blotches on the thorax green. In my

series no two are precisely alike.

Hab. All the islands.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 28

402 Mr. G. Lewis on

Anomala pubicollis, Waterhouse.

This species is not very variable.

Hab, Nagasaki, Kobé, Miyanoshita, Nikko, and Yokohama.

Appears early in April.

Anomala mongolica, Faldermann.

Euchlora mongolica, Fald. Mém. Ac. St. Pétersb. ii. p. 379 (1835) ; Lew.

Ent. p. 151 (1893) ; Bates, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 374 (1888).

Bates considers this to be a species of Anomala, as it has

the lower branch of the large anterior tarsal claw in the male

angularly dilated, which he states is a character which

separates the typical Anomale from Euchlora viridis, Fab.,

a common Chinese insect, and the type of Huchlora.

Hab. Niigata and Akita. A few examples.

Euchlora gracilis, Schénfeldt.

Euchlora gracilis, Schin. Ent. Nachr. xvi. p. 171 (1890).

Schénfeldt considers this a variety of A. albopilosa, Hope.

The characters which, however, separate it appear to me to be

constant, and I prefer at present to regard it as distinct. In

my specimens the thorax has a pale lateral margin.

Hab. Oshima, the largest of the Ruikiuan group.

Euchlora multistriata, Motschulsky.

Heteroplia multistriata, Motsch. Etud. Ent. p. 7 (1861).

Euchlora multistriata, Motsch., Waterh. @. ¢. p. 112.

Anomala puncticollis, Har. Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 851 (1877) ; Heyd.

ibid. p. 344 (1879).

The colours in this species are not very variable.

Hab. All the islands.

Mimela lucidula, Hope.

Mimela lucidula, Hope, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 113 (1835).

Mimela Gaschkevitchii, Motsch, Etud. Ent. p. 32 (1857).

This species is usually of a fine green colour, but it is often

of a rich coppery colour, or green with a golden tinge on the

elytra. Waterhouse records a black variety from Hakodate.

At Numata, August 29th, 1881, I found it in large numbers

on some sallows, and the examples were mostly of the copper-

coloured variety.

Hab. All the islands.

[Mimela simplex, Bates, 1866,=M. luctdula, Burm., 1842.]

the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 403

Popilia japonica, Newman.

Popitia gaponica, Newm. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 43 (1841).

Popilia bisignata, Sturm, Cat. p. 120 (1843).

Hab, South Japan. Very common; but I did not meet

with it north of Ontaki on the Nakasendo.

Popilia insularis, sp. n.

P. japonice simillima, sed paullo minor et thorace sparse punctato,

elytrisque margine exteriore late viridi-metallicis.

Long. 10-103 mill.

Oval; head, thorax, scutellum, and pygidium brilliant

green like those of P. japonica, Newm.; the elytra are widely

margined with a band of metallic green; which leaves the

second to the fifth and part of the sixth interstices from the

base to the middle of the dorsum yellowish brown. There is

not much variation in colour between the examples before me.

The head, margin of clypeus well and evenly raised, punctures

on the clypeus close and somewhat rugose, punctures between

the eyes more distinct, but many confluent, punctures before

the neck more sparse; the thorax, anterior angles less acute

than in P. japonica, and the punctuation finer and more

scattered; the scutellum punctured very similarly to that of

P. japonica, but distinctly less acutely pointed behind; the

under surface and legs are wholly dark metallic green.

Hab. Oshima (Ferrie, 1895). Four examples examined.

Adoretus tenuimaculatus, Waterhouse.

Harold and von Heyden consider this a variety of A. wm-

brosus, F., a species with a synonymy of nine names in the

Munich Catalogue; the localities given there are Senegal,

Java, Sumatra, &c. I have allowed Waterhouse’s name to

remain, as I think the synonymy doubtful.

Hab. South Japan. Very common in July and August.

List of Species, with Synonymy.

ScaRABAIDZ. Onthophagus Lenzii, Har.

i y,

Panelus parvulus. ae . or h.

Temnoplectron parvulum, Sees ante aes

Waterh. —— japonicus, Har.

viduus, Har.

atripennis, Water.

nitidus, Waterh.

nikkoensis.

—— yacerrosus.

Maraxes dentifrons.

Copris ochus (Catharsius), Motsch.

—— pecuarius, Lew.

tripartitus, Waterh.

— acutidens, Motsch.

237

404 Mr. G. Lewis on

Onthophagus ocellato-punctatus,

Waterh.

jessoensis (Caccobius), Har.

microcephalus (Cacco-

bius), Har.

—— brevis (Caccobius), Waterh.

Oniticellus phanzoides, Westw.

excayatus (Onthophagus),

Redt.

minutus

Motsch.

Aphodius apicalis, Har.

— major, Waterh.

—— globulus, Har,

var. bisectus, Waterh.

— elegans, All.

lividipennis, Waterh.

— Solskyi, Har. 1871.

diversus, Waterh.

castaneipennis, Waterh.

rectus (Calamosternus),

Motsch.

vitta (Chilothorax),

Motsch.

—— breviusculus, Mofsch.

—— nigerrimus, Waterh.

—— 4-punctatus, Waterh.

— ee rac Waterh.

uniformis, Waterh.

eccoptus, Bates.

—— impunctatus, Waterh.

lividus, Oliv.

—— pallidicinctus, Waterh.

—— ohsoletoguttatus, Waterh.

—— pallidiligonis, Waterh.

—— punctatus, Waterh.

—— obsoletus, Waterh.

ovalis, Waterh.

rufangulus, Waterh.

urostigma, Har.

variabilis, Waterh.

(Phanzeus),

nigrotessellatus (Melino-

pterus), Motsch.

—— atratus, Waterh.

—— rugosostriatus, Waterh.

Lewisii, Waterh.

Ammeecius nitidus, Waterh.

Ceelius denticollis.

Saprosites japonicus, Waterh.

nare.

Oxyomus jugosus.

Rhyssemus asperulus, Waterh.

Psammodius ainu.

convexus, Waterh.

japonicus, Har.

commis.

/Egialia nitida, Waterh.

GEOTRUPIDZ.

Ochodzeus maculatus, Waterh.

Bolboceras nigro-plagiatum,

Waterh.

Geotrupes auratus, Motsch.

purpurascens, Waterh.

—— levistriatus, Motsch.

Deyrollei, Jekel.

ameus, Jac.

TROGIDA.

Trox chinensis, Bohem.

obscurus, Waterh.

—— setifer, Waterh.

—— opacotuberculatus, Motsch.

niponensis.

GLAPHYRIDZ.

Anthypna pectinata.

MELOLONTHID®.

Ecetinohoplia obducta.

Hoplia obducta, Motsch.

sabulicola, Motsch.

Ectinohoplia_ variolosa,

Waterh.

Hoplia communis, Waterh.

gracilipes.

— Reinii, Heyd.

—— maculata, Bates.

meerens, Waterh.

Sericania mimica.

fuscolineata, Motsch.

Serica similis.

brunnea, Waterh., nec

Linn.

—— grisea, Motsch.

polita, Gelb.

—— nigrovariata.

—— angulata.

—— quadrifoliata.

boops, Waterh. (Ophthalmo-

serica, Brenske).

brevicornis,

higonia.

Aserica japonica.

Serica japonica, Motsch.

piceorufa, Farm.

orientalis.

Serica orientalis, Motsch.

Apogonia major, Waterh.

splendida, Bohem.

—— niponica.

the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Japan.

Lachnosterna inelegans.

Ancylonycha

Motsch.

—— picea (Holotrichia), Waterh.

iomphalia, Bates.

—— morosa, Waterh.

castanea, Waterh.

niponensis,

Pollaplonyx flavidus, Motsch.

Heptophylla picea, Motsch,

Holotrichia transversa,

Motsch.

Rhizotrogus niponicus.

Polyphylla laticollis, Lew.

Granida albolineata, Motsch.

Schoénfeldti (Polyphylla),

Brenske.

Hoplosternus japonicus, Har,

Melolontha japonica, Burm.

parallela,

RUTELIDZ.

Phyllopertha diversa, Waterh. *

irregularis, Waterh.

yessoensis, Lew. in litt.

conspurcata, Har.

arenaria, Waterh., nec

Brullé.

Anomala costata, Hope.

— testaceipes, Motsch.

costata, Har., nec Hope.

—— geniculata, Motsch.

daimiana, Har. 1877.

triangularis, Schon, 1890.

405

Anomala flavilabris, Waterh.

octocostata (Rhombonyx),

Burm.

Phyllopertha 8-costata,

Waterh.

Sieversii, Heyd. 1887.

holosericea, Fab.

rufo-cuprea, Motsch. 1860.

lucidula, Motsch, 1866,

lucens, Har. 1871, nec

Ballion.

Motschulskyi, Har. 1877.

—— difficilis, Waterh.

orientalis (Phyllopertha),

Waterh.

xanthogastra, Har.

—— pubicollis, Waterh.

mongolica, Faldm.

Kuchlora cuprea, Hope.

—— albopilosa, Hope.

gracilis, Schon.

—— multistriata, Motsch.

puncticollis, Har.

Mimela lucidula, Hope.

Gaschkevitchii, Motsch.

Popilia japonica, Newm.

bisignata, Sturm.

—— insularis.

Adoretus tenuimaculatus, Waterh.

DYNASTIDZ.

Xylotrupes dichotomus, Zinn.

Phileurus chinensis, Laldm.

The following notes refer to previous papers on Japanese

Coleoptera.

Cetoniidz.

Cetoniide, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xix. pp. 196-202 (1887).

In the Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 91 (1890), Kraatz has stated that Cetonia

brevitarsis, Lew.,= C. intricata, Saund. Saunders’s type is in the British

Museum, and belongs to the same section of the genus as C. mandarinea,

Weber, and C. culta, Waterhouse.

C. brevitarsis belongs to the group of

which C. submarmorea is the best-known type.

Gnorimus 17-guttatus, Snellen v. Voll.

Trichius septemdecimguttatus, Snell. v. Voll. Tijdsch. Ent. Nederl. vii.

p- 159; Waterh. /. c. p. 115, pl. iii. fig. 8; Lew. Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. xix. p. 200 (1887).

This species should be placed in the genus Gnortmus.

406 Mr. G. Lewis on

Paratrichius duplicatus, sp. un.

Paratrichio longicorni simillimus, sed paullo minor ; elytris 8-maculatis,

maculis haud transversis.

Ie annie

Q. Black, somewhat opaque; the head rugosely sculptured, without

definite punctuation, the clypeus transversely red before the base, anterior

edge reflexed and distinctly emarginate, feebly impressed; the thorax

punctate, punctures large but not deep, and somewhat sparsely set, ante-

rior angles obtuse, from the anterior angles to the middle of the lateral

edge the thorax is more or less oblique, lateral edge and base margined

with yellow, a median line which does not touch the edge before or

behind and a bent line on each side of it also yellow; the elytra, epi-

pleural rim, sutural margin, and the dorsal region on interstices 3 to 6

black, median black marking surrounded with a broad red band, on the

ninth interstice close to the margin is a small yellow spot, and parallel to

it behind the base is a large spot occupying interstices 4 to 6, behind

the middle is a third blotch on interstices 4 and 5 and overlapping inter-

stices 3 to 6, behind the last spot on the second interstice is a fourth

yellow spot; the pygidium has a broad crescent-shaped yellow band at

its base, disk black, apex red; the legs and antennz reddish brown, tibize

more or less infuscate. Another female is black, with yellow mariings

on the thorax and elytra similar to above ; and a male before me is black,

with similar markings, and the elytra in the region of the scutellum and

the anterior edge of the thorax margined with yellow.

Hab. Oshima (Ferrie, 1895).

Paratrichius Donitzi, Harold.

Gnorimus Donitzi, Har. Deutsche ent. Zeit. xxiii. p. 866 (1879).

Paratrichius longicornis, Jan, Cist. Ent. ii. p. 611, pl. xi. fig. 1; Lew.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xix. p. 200 (1887).

The clypeus of this species in the male is excavated, with a well-marked

lateral carina, the antennal leaflets are one third longer than in P. dupli-

catus, the scutellum is wider, and the elytral markings are irregular trans-

verse lines, not blotches, and, so far as I know, the females alone are

entirely black.

Buprestide.

Chalcophora japonica, Gory.

Schonfeldt (Ent. Nachr. xvi. p. 172, 1890) has given the varietal name

of C. oshimana to the bright examples of this species found in the

Ruikiuan Islands.

Elateride.

CRYPTOHYPNUS.

Students of this genus should refer to Champion’s note (Ent. Month.

Mag. p. 98, 1895); and in the ‘Biologia’ some curious sexual characters

will be noticed.

Athous virens, Candéze.

Athous virens, Cand. Mém. Liége, p. 24 (1873).

Athous subcyaneus, Motsch. Bull. Mose. p. 166, 1866 (absque charact.).

I made an error of determination of this species in the Ann. & Mag.

the Lamellicorn Coleoptera of Japan. 407

Nat. Hist. xiii. p. 199 (1894), and I consider now the synonymy given

above is correct. The fine species noted last year (/. c. p. 199) I propose

now to describe as Athous prenobilis.

Hab. Kobé on Maiyagan, Wada-togé, Chiuzenji, and Nikko.

Athous prenobilis, sp. n. (Woodcut, fig. 9.)

Niger, nitidus, supra atro-cyaneus; thorace sparse nigro-hirto ; scutello

conspicue carinato ; antennis valide pectinatis.

L. 13-20 mill.

Black, shining, head faintly, thorax more visibly, elytra distinctly

cyaneous; sutural interstice frequently with a purple tinge. The head,

frontal edge widely arcuate, punctate, punctures not closely set; the

thorax more clearly and somewhat more finely punctured, with scattered

Fig. 9.

black hair, anterior angles obtuse ; the scutellum conspicuously elevated

with a median carina, which bifurcates posteriorly (see figure) ; the elytra

punctate-striate, interspaces somewhat convex and punctulate, sutural

edges carinate, apices with inconspicuous black hairs; the antennz

black, articles 3 to 10 strongly pectinate, terminal joint narrowed at the

tip; the legs black, apices of thighs and claws reddish brown.

Hab. Chiuzenji, Oyama, Oyayama, and Junsai.

Lycide.

Mesolycus atrorufus, Kiesenwetter.

Mesolycus puniceus, Gorh. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 399, pl. xvii. fig. 3

(1883), = Eros atrorufus, Kies. Deutsche ent. Zeit. p. 305 (1879).

Herr R. Hiller has kindly lent me Kiesenwetter’s type, a specimen he

obtained at Hagi in Yamaguchi.

Taphes granicollis.

Eros granicollis, Kies. Deutsche ent. Zeit. xxiii. p. 305 (1879) ; Gorh.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. iv. p. 400 (1883).

The type of this species also has been lent to me by Hiller. It measures

4 millim. and has ten joints only in the antenna. Mr. Gorham considers

408 On new Reptiles from the Trobriand Islands.

that it is a species of Taphes; but the specimen being unique and fragile,

has not been thoroughly examined.

Tenebrionide.

Pedinus (Blindus) japonicus, Seidlitz in litt.

In the Ins. Deutschland, v. p. 876 (1893), Dr. Georg Seidlitz notices,

in the middle of a long paper on European Coleoptera (a mode of publica-

tion certainly open to censure), a Japanese species of Pedinus. He says

perhaps it is a variety of P. strigosus, a well-known and very common

Japanese insect, but his descriptive lines are not sufficient to entitle his

name to more than a manuscript value. All he says is “ prothorace basi

parum emarginato, punctis vix elongatis, haud confluentibus obsito, femo-

ribus posticis maris paullo curvatis, subtus basi tenuiter pubescentibus.”

L. 8-9 mill. Dr. Seidlitz’s specimens came from Hildendorf, whose

collections, some years prior to 1893, were examined and written about

by Harold, and it seems probable Harold saw the specimens to which

Seidlitz refers.

LIV.—Descriptions of Two new Reptiles obtained by Mr. A. 8S.

Meek in the Trobriand Islands, British New Guinea. By

G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

Lygosoma longiceps.

Section Liolepisma. Habit lacertiform; the distance be-

tween the end of the snout and the fore limb nearly equals

the distance between axilla and groin. Head twice and a

half as long as broad; snout very long and pointed, much

depressed. Lower eyelid with an undivided transparent disk ;

nostril pierced in the middle of the nasal; no supranasal ;

anterior loreal as deep as the nasal; frontonasal longer than

broad, forming a broad straight suture with the rostral ; pre-

frontals forming a median suture; frontal small, acutely

pointed behind, as long as the frontoparietals and interparietal

together, in contact with the first and second supraoculars ;

four supraoculars, first large; seven supraciliaries; fronto-

parietals distinct, nearly as large as the interparietal, which

is smaller than the frontal ; parietals forming a suture behind

the interparietal; three pairs of nuchals; five upper labials

anterior to the subocular. Har-opening oval, smaller than

the eye-opening, without lobules. 24 smooth scales round

the middle of the body, dorsals largest, laterals smallest. Two

enlarged preanals. ‘The hind limb reaches the wrist of the

adpressed fore limb. Digits depressed at the base, compressed

at the end, third and fourth equal ; subdigital lamella smooth

19 under the fourth toe. Dark brown above, with three

On new Genera of Zephroniide. 409

white, black-edged longitudinal streaks, the middle extending

to the end of the snout, the outer to the eyes; tail golden;

upper lip and lower parts white.

millim

cee LOD o's 5: «3, sus chore oyarset aes meemals 85

Vea rec tersisyaia ceva ed oe warn aos aielcmannineteeate 11

Wadthiom header, 2 js8 eae 4:5

ESOL yee aoa aval aePol sion cee layslotaceraieheun giana 30

HHO enim Ds wet rclecieie neh cote tetera 11

Ebindhlimbies. ic sous wiciceiy eater crmernte 14

AT ea PRO ER Ie oath ct ove. avepace a2clome etn eee 44

A single specimen.

Dendrelaphis papuensis.

Maxillary teeth 21 or 22. Hye as long as its distance from

the nostril. Rostral broader than deep, visible from above ;

internasals as long as the prefrontals ; frontal once and a halt

to once and two thirds as long as broad, as long as its distance

from the end of the snout, a little shorter than the parietals ;

loreal elongate; one pra- and two postoculars ; temporals

2+2; eight upper labials, fourth and fifth entering the eye ;

five or six lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-

shields, which are shorter than the posterior. Scales in 13

rows. Ventrals 185-190; anal divided; subcaudals 119-

126. Olive-brown above, head and neck dark, blackish; a

black streak on each side of the head and neck, passing

through the eye; upper lip white; vertebral scales on ante-

rior part of body lighter, edged with whitish in front; ventrals

and subcaudals pale olive.

Total length 1050 millim. ; tail 310.

Several specimens.

The same collection contains, among other more widely

distributed reptiles, examples of Lepidodactylus pulcher, Blgr. ;

Lygosoma virens, Ptrs. (with 32 or 34 scales round the body) ;

L. Mivarti, Blgr.; and Hyla infrafrenata, Gthr.

LIV.—Descriptions of new Genera of Zephroniide, with

brief preliminary Diagnoses of some new Species. By R.1.

Pocock.

Genus SPHAROTHERIUM, Brandt.

Spherotherium, Brandt, Bull. Mose. vi. p. 198, 18383 (= Oligaspis,

Wood).

Resembling Zephronia in the structure of the vulva; the

copulatory feet of the second pair in the male differing in

being furnished with a strong stridulating-ridge.

410 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

Tarsi as in Zephronia or approaching in structure those of

Spheropeus.

Type S. rotundatum, Brandt.

Distribution. 8. Africa.

Spherotherium monticola, sp. n.

&. Colour piceo-olivaceous.

Nuchal plate marginally punctured; the other terga coarsely

but irregularly punctured.

Anal tergite punctured and hairy and marked mesially with

a narrow vertical area, densely beset with piliferous punctures.

Length 17 millim.

Loc. Table Mountain (H. A. Spencer).

Spherotherium granulatum, sp. n.

Colour deep green, with posterior borders of tergites ferru-

ginous.

Related apparently to S. rotundatum and compressum, but

differing from both, as from all the other species of the genus

known to me, in having the anal tergite finely and thickly

granular.

Length 15 millim.

Loc. Port Klizabeth (H. A. Spencer).

Genus ZOOSPH ERIUM, nov.

Closely allied to Arthrosphera in the vulva, but having

the external of the two distal lamine of this organ deeply

notched. Antenne usually long, with the apical segment

cylindrical in both sexes.

Tarst nearly intermediate in structure between those of

Arthrosphera and Zephronia.

Type Z. neptunus (Butler).

Distribution. Madagascar.

Genus ARTHROSPHARA, nov.

Vulva composed of three distinct segments, one proximal

and the others distal, arranged in the form of a cone.

Copulatory feet. Movable digit of anterior pair armed with

lobe-like teeth and much larger than the immovable digit,

with its basal portion often segmented: in the posterior pair

the immovable is compressed and blade-like, with its cutting-

edge finely toothed ; the movable not segmented, armed poste-

riorly with a set of granuliform teeth and internally with two

membranous processes.

new Genera of Zephrenide. 411

Legs truncate at the apex, the spine Situated on the upper

angle, some distance above the claw which is articulated to the

inferior angle. ;

Apical segment of antenne enlarged, larger in male than

in female.

‘Type A. heterosticta (Newport).

Distribution. Ceylon and India.

Synopsis of new Species.

a. Margin of the second tergite not suddenly

thickened on a level with the eye.

a’. Lower edge of anal tergite distinctly

grooved ; colour deep green, with a

bright yellow transverse stripe close

to the hinder border of the tergite .. Wroughtont. Kanara.

b'. Lower edge of anal tergite not sulcate ;

colour greenish or yellowish, spotted

with black, with a fine black stripe

along the posterior border of the tergites. Thurstont, Nilghiri Hills,

6. Margin of second tergite With a large or

small but abrupt thickening on a level

with the eye; lower edge of anal tergite

not grooved.

a’, The greater part of the body entirely

pale yellow; the second segment mostly

chestnut-brown, with a thin stripe

of the same colour on the posterior

border of segments 3 to7 .......... bicolor. Salem.

6’, Colour various, mostly of a uniform

dark green or brown, often mottled,

but not arranged as in bicolor.

a°. Posterior inferior angles of terga 8 to

10 thickened and out-turned ; all the

terga, except the extreme posterior

margin, densely corrugated ; irregu-

larly mottled black and yellowish.. Hendersont. Kodaikanal.

°, Posterior inferior angles of terga not

thickened and out-turned, and the

hinder half of the terga either finely

punctured or smooth.

a‘, Colour a deep olive-yellow, spotted

with black, and a large black patch

on each side of the terga ...... disticta. Yercand.

b*. Colour a deep olive-green or brown,

often variegated, but not marked

with a large lateral patch on the

terga.

a’, Anal tergite and posterior two

thirds of the others perfectly

smooth and polished; deep

olive-green; mottled ........ nitida. Kodaikanal.

6°. Anal tergite punctured through-

out, or at least above.

a®. Anterior half of the terga

412 Mr. R. I. Pocock on

densely pubescent in the adult

(terga entirely pubescent in

IE) Sate sale ere sie ete .... Dalyz, Lone Cottage.

6°. Terga not pubescent.

a’, Posterior half of terga (ex-

cepting the anal) smooth

and polished ; anal without

anterior angular impres-

IOUS... seid neat hele ee Sumosa. Koimbatur.

b°. Posterior half of terga not

polished, dull, punctulate ;

anal tergite with a pit-like

impression on its anterior

inferior angle (3 <is'.e Davidsoni. Koimbatur.

Genus SPH#ROPa@US, Brandt.

Spheropeus, Brandt, Bull. Mose. vi. p. 200 (1833).

This genus may be recognized from Zephronia of Gray,

which it resembles in the structure of its genital organs, by

having the tarsi constructed as in Arthrosphera.,

Type hercules, Brandt.

The following synopsis of the species of Spheropaus is

based upon those that are known to me :—

a. Tergites smooth, not closely punctured and

not granular in front.

a‘, Laminate portion of second tergite

enormously expanded .........-.... hercules, Br. Sumatra.

6’, Laminate portion exceedingly small .. zonatus, sp.n. Malacca.

b. Tergites densely punctured and granular

in front.

a’, All the tergites pubescent, variegated

yellow and dark green.

a®, Antenne and legs deep green; ter-

gites with a distinct yellow spot on

GACH HIG (scne sy aebetecmeeke sete bimaculatus, sp.n. Singa-

6°, Antenne and legs (except tarsi) pale ; [pore.

lateral portions of tergites entirely

Vellow 3. «1 waiter eee meme variegatus, sp.n. Loe.?

b?. Tergites not pubescent, less finely punc-

tured and not variegated with colours.

a*, Male with terminal fang on man-

dible and distal segments of first two

pairs of legs enormously enlarged ;

anal tergite saddle-shaped and with-

out inner crest ...... BP esa BS gladiator, Poc. Sumatra.

6*. Mandible and anterior legs normal ;

anal tergite evenly convex and

bearing an internal crest.......... Stollit, sp.n. Batavia.

new Genera of Zephroniide. 413

Genus ZEPHRONIA, Gray.

Zephronia, Gray, Griffith’s Animal Kingdom, xiv. pl. exxxv. fig. 5;

also xv. p. 796 (1882).

Vulva composed of two pieces, a proximal hairy piece

bearing the aperture and a distal usually polished piece.

Copulatory feet. Movable digit of anterior pair either larger

or smaller than the immovable, not strongly toothed, and with

its apex often segmented off; movable digit of posterior pair

bisegmented.

Tarsi distally narrowed, claw terminal, the upper spine

close to but behind the claw.

Type Z. ovalis, Gray.

Distribution. Assam, Burma, Java.

Zephronia anthracina, sp. n.

Entirely black, shining; tergites exceedingly minutely and

closely punctured, smoothrin front ; anal tergite with its ante-

rior and posterior margin smooth, the rest of its surface

minutely and closely punctate ; lamina of second tergite very

large ; two spines above the claw.

Length 52 millim.

Loc. Perak (Malay Peninsula).

Zephronia tmpunctata, sp. n.

Allied to Z. anthracina and Z. semilevis.

Pitchy black, the posterior borders of the terga obscurely

ferruginous ; legs olivaceous.

Terga polished ; the anal and the posterior borders of the

eleventh and twelfth minutely punctulate.

Length 36 millim.

Loc. Penang (Mr. Stanley Flower, Northumberland Fu-

siliers).

Zephronia Dollfust, sp. n.

Olivaceous. Tergites exceedingly finely and closely punc-

tured throughout. Lamina of the tergite scarcely developed ;

anal tergite evenly convex, inner crest represented by a black

tubercle. One spine above the claw.

Length 28°5 millim.

Loe. Cochin China (Adrien Dollfus).

Genus CASTANOTHERIUM, nov.

Resembles Zephronia in most particulars, but differs in that

414 On new Genera of Zephroniide.

the movable digit of the posterior pair of copulatory feet is

composed of but one segment, while the immovable is widely

spatulate, with a rounded apex.

Type C. Hosez, sp. n.

Synopsis of some new Species.

a. Taysi armed with two spines above the

claw.

a‘. Of large size (60 millim.) ; tergites with

a wide transverse pubescent band,

granular in front, punctured behind

as in the rest of the species; second

tergite neither grooved nor crested in

PRON. ws ks ie aioe eee eae: Hosei. Baram.

6‘. Smaller (35 millim.) ; tergites without

pubescent band, second with a crest

and shallow groove in front ........ Everettti. N.W. Borneo.

b. Only one spine above the claw on the legs.

a. Of large size (60 millim.) ; tergites as

in Hosei, but the second grooved and

crested; terga yellow in front and

laterally, green posteriorly.......... Whitehead. Kina Balu.

6°. Of small size (about 30 millim.); ter-

gites without transverse pubescent

band, at most covered with small

bristles.

a®. Terga corroded with dense anasto-

mosing punctures; apical antennal

segmentin @ cylindrical and bearing

only four sensory papille ........ porosum. Philippine Isl.

b°. Terga less deeply punctured.

a*, Antennee yellow; inner crest on

anal tergite long® . ...6% 6s eeeeas Fulvicorne. Albay.

b*. Antenne deep green; inner crest

nearly ADRENG f\ ose es vee hirsutellum. Palawan.

Genus CYLIOSOMA, nov.

Tarsi as in Zephronia.

Vulva as in Zephronia, but the proximal plate divided into

two distinct pieces, whereof the external partially overlaps

the internal.

The movable digits of both pairs of copulatory forceps com-

posed of a single segment.

Type C. angulatum (Butler).

Distribution. Eastern Australia, New Zealand.

Cyliosoma striolatum, sp. n.

Colour greenish black ; terga covered with black spots.

Terga densely punctulate throughout.

On new Species of Planema. 415

Loc. Greymouth (New Zealand, South Island).

Allied to C. de Lacyi (White), from Waikato, but differs

in having the punctuation finer and closer, in having the anal

tergite compressed, and in being spotted with black. From

liosoma (Hutton), from Dunedin, it may be recognized by

having the infero-lateral portion of the tergites more strongly

emarginate and the edge of the anal tergite laterally notched.

LV.— Descriptions of new Species of Planema in the Collection

of the British Museum. By A. G. Burier, Ph.D. &e.

WHILST recently rearranging the Museum collection of

Acreine of the Old World, and incorporating the fine series

presented by Messrs. Godman and Salvin, I came upon the

following undescribed species of Planema :—

Planema Salvini, sp. n.

Nearest to P. camerunica, the male with the discoidal area

of primaries, the area below the cell, and the band crossing

the centre of the wing golden orange instead of tawny; the

transverse band itself more regular, especially along its outer

margin; secondaries with the basal spots arranged as in

P. formosa and followed by a diffused whitish band, more

distinctly white on the under surface: the female chiefly

differing from that sex of P. camerunica in the much less ir-

regular inner edging of the white belt on the primaries (which

is less distinctly continued below the first median branch)

and its less prominent external angle, so that the deep-brown

apical area is broader in this species: the secondaries much

more nearly resemble those of the female of P. formosa, but

the white belt across them is broader and more diffused.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 75 millim., 9 93 millim.

Fernando Po and Cameroons (from the Godman & Salvin

Collection).

The natural position of this species is undoubtedly between

P. formosa and P, camerunica.

Planema Godmani, sp. n.

Allied to P. camerunica and JP. alcinoe ; the male has almost

the same pattern on the primaries as the latter species,

excepting that the inner blackish edging of the central band

is usually almost wholly lost, so that these wings become

416 Dr. A. G. Butler on

divided into two equal parts, the apical half smoky blackish,

the basal half bright orange-tawny; the blackish inner

edging, however, is always faintly, and sometimes strongly,

represented ; the secondaries are quite distinct from those of

P. alcinoe, the basal spots being small. and more restricted

upon a reddish-tawny ground; beyond them is a diffused

band (traversed by the dark veins and internervular streaks),

its centre golden orange, its extremities whitish ; the external

area smoky brown, paler internally, sometimes becoming

almost white as it merges into the central band. The female

has primaries like those of P. camerunica 9, but the basal

spots of the secondaries are more restricted and their outer

limit forms a straighter line than in P. camerunica, whilst

the brown basal patch on which these spots are usually placed

is infringed upon by the broader white central belt ; the latter

is more regular and of more uniform width throughout.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 69-78 millim., ¢ 88 millim.

Sierra Leone (B.M. and Salvin & Godman Colls.).

We had long had a pair of this species in the Museum

collection as P. aleinoe of Felder; the latter, however, is

quite distinct, both sexes showing a well-defined and rather

narrow dusky border to the secondaries. We have a pair from

Accra.

Planema indentata, sp. n.

The male has smoky-brown primaries, similar to other

species of the P. aleinoe group, but the belt across the wing,

excepting that it is broader and golden orange, resembles

that on the primaries of P. elongata g ; the secondaries are

like those of P. macaria, but much paler, the central area

being broadly pale yellowish, almost inclining to whity brown,

of course interrupted by the usual dusky veins and streaks ;

the female has the primaries marked somewhat as in P. came-

runica 9, but the broad white band has its inner edge nearly

straight, two small notches alone indicating the angular ex-

cavations which characterize this band in P. camerunica: the

secondaries are quite distinct, pale sandy yellow, the base

narrowly brown, so that all the outer black spots are thrown

into strong relief; the external border almost as narrow as in

P. alcinoe 3, but emitting much more prominent internervular

blackish streaks to the middle of the wing. Expanse of wings,

3 78 millim., 9 100 millim.

One pair, Cameroons (Godman & Salvin Coll.).

The female was taken by Dr. Preuss at Barombi.

Quite recently Dr. Karsch has described a female Planema

from Uganda under the name of P. albicolor, which he says

new Species of Planema. 417

corresponds with the same sex of P. consanguinea so closely

that the only difference of marking which he is able to point

out is the slightly smaller size of the basal spots of the hind

wings. ‘Inthe 9° from Uganda, however, all the yellow

and red-brown of the wings and body of Planema consan-

guinea are entirely white,” a most singular statement! He

means to say that the yellow and red-brown areas of P. con-

sanguinea are replaced by white in the female from Uganda.

I must express my positive conviction that this P. albicolor is

nothing whatever but the rare albino form which constantly

recurs in many species of Acraa, and which may also exist

in some species of Planema. It is true, indeed, that the

white forms of many species of Acrwa have been described as

distinct, but they always occur with the typical forms as

either seasonal developments or simple sports; the following

may be cited :—

Tawny form. Yellow or white form.

1. Acrza Johnstoni, ¢. * Acreea flavescens, 3.

2. 4 / alciope, 9. 4 carmentis, 2.

3. 4 esebria, dQ. » protea, ¢ 9.

4. , metaprotea, JQ. » Monteironis, ¢ ?.

8. 41, capeeida, G2: » Cabira, oO.

6 4, Vinidia, ¢ 9. » tenella, dQ.

fo) yy, Oganzini, oo. » lycia, dQ.

8. ,, stenobea, dQ. » cecilia, J? *.

9. > %,, » -caldarena, o: oO: » neluska, 9 only.

HOS: Gan Vacate sis O. 5, pseudolycia, 2 only.

ise -;, “marmorate, Jo : 3 | turna, dQ.

12. ,, percussa, d. » igati, gd.

Several other species have a white as well as a tawny

form of female ; so that to found a new species upon a female

alone, which (to all intents and purposes) differs in nothing

but its white colouring from its nearest ally, is in the

highest degree venturesome. Differences of pattern are

alone to be relied upon in the Acreine, the ground-colour

varies enormously, the width of the black apical patch

varies seasonally, the number of spots on the under surface

varies a good deal in certain species, but the position of the

spots, the outlines of the bands, and width of the hind wing

border do not appear to be variable in Planema, or very

slightly so; but in Acrea the width of the outer border

varies considerably.

* This is rather a pale than a white form, and is perhaps a climatic

variety.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 29

418 Mr. R. Vallentin on the Dispersal of

LVJ.— Some Remarks on the Dispersal of Marine

Animals by means of Seaweeds. By RupERT VALLENTIN.

THANKS to the patient investigations of Berkeley, Darwin,

Sir Charles Lyell, and others, there are sufficient evidences of

the dispersion of land-animals over the globe; but in the

case of marine animals it is different. I have hunted in vain

through the various publications to which I have had access

to find records relating to the subject of this communication.

Early in the summer of last year while surface-netting in

my boat about three miles south of Falmouth harbour, I

noticed a large mass of Fucus serratus being swept away to

sea by the ebbing tide. On further examination I found that

this weed was suspended vertically in the water, the extremi-

ties of the fronds being just level with the calm surface of

the sea. On securing | this mass of weed, I discovered a large

stone attached to its base which weighed three quarters of a

pound. Numerous specimens of Hydroids and Polyzoa were

also noticed attached to the fronds of this seaweed. Since

then I have paid attention to these floating seaweeds when

out in my boat, and have recorded my observations in a note-

book kept for that purpose.

Attention may here be directed to the fact that the follow-

ing remarks relate only to our in-shore waters, viz. at a

distance not exceeding five miles from land, which is the

farthest I have deemed it prudent to venture in so small a

craft. Fortunately, however, I was successful in enlisting

the co-operation of my friend Mr. J. Tucker, who went

during last August from the Clyde to Norway. He was

good enough to secure during the voyage specimens of sea-

weed which were floating in the water or else left stranded on

the deck by the waves which occasionally swept over it during

the exceptionally wild weather experienced while crossing the

North Sea. The weeds thus collected were placed in sea-

water in his cabin. Unfortunately the steward, not knowing

for what purpose they had been gathered, threw them over-

board. 1 was, however, able to discover that specimens of

Fucus had been collected in abundance floating in the North

Sea long distances from land.

We have had during the past summer strong winds from

the west and south-west; and when these winds have been

accompanied by-a strong ebb-tide great quantities of Zostera,

Fucus, Cherda, and other seaweeds are torn from their

respective habitats and thrown on shore in the nearest cove.

On many occasions the wind has suddenly changed to the

Marine Animals by means of Seaweeds. 419

north-west or north, and if the sea has reached a higher level

than before the change of wind occurred, large masses of

various species of seaweed can be observed being carried to

sea by the wind arid tide during the following ebb. In

addition to this I have quite recently noticed in the numerous

ereeks with which Falmouth harbour abounds single shells

and stones resting on the muddy or sandy sea-bottom with

specimens of Yucus of various sizes attached to them in a

flourishing condition. In every instance the weed is able to

maintain a vertical position in the water owing to the pre-

sence of the numerous air-vessels on the fronds. In some

cases the weed is so large that it can almost float the stone

or shell on which it is growing; in others, some time will

have to elapse before that can beaccomplished. Without much

difficulty during any calm day at low-water one can secure

similar specimens in all stages of growth.

Attention may here be directed to the rate of flow of the

retiring waters during ebb-tides. [ am informed by the

pilots frequenting this port that under favourable conditions

a floating body such as a mass of seaweed would easily be

driven five miles from the harbour during an ordinary ebb-

tide. If, however, this were supplemented by a fresh north

or north-west wind these floating masses would be driven

even beyond that limit. Possibly one tide would be spent

before the influence of the shore currents would be lost on

these floating objects, and before the channel tides would be

able to exert their influence on them; but when once these

latter came into play there is no knowing where they might

be swept to.

Before proceeding further, I will now record some experi-

ments I have made as to the powers of flotation of some of

our common seaweeds in sea-water. I have had portions of

Fucus nodosus floating in vessels of sea-water for eleven and

a half weeks, and J. serratus for upwards of seven weeks.

On the other hand, Fucus vesiculosus never floated longer than

five weeks. Specimens of Halidrys siliquosa floated in some

instances for three weeks, and other examples for as many

months. Many specimens of Zostera marina were found to

float never longer than three days; they then invariably

sank to the bottom of the jar in which they had been placed.

Attempts were also made to discover how long the fronds of

Chorda jilum remained floating in the water, and during calm

days several examples were moored in very sheltered places

in the harbour. But these experiments were invariably

unsuccessful, mainly owing to the surface-motion produced

by passing steamers. I may mention that all these various

420 Mr. R. Vallentin on the Dispersal of

species of seaweed were obtained either in the bay or harbour,

where they were drifting about in the tideways after being

detached from their respective habitats by the force of the

waves.

As my most interesting results have been obtained from

the class Mollusca it will be convenient to take my starting

oint from those animals. Mr. Wallace (1)*, under the heading

of “‘ Means of dispersal of Mollusca,” writes as follows :-—

“The marine, fresh-water, and land mollusca are three groups

whose powers of dispersal and consequent distribution are

very different and must be separately considered. The

Pteropoda and Janthina and other groups of floating mollusks

drift about in mid-ocean, and their dispersal is probably

limited chiefly by temperature, but perhaps also by the pre-

sence of enemies or the scarcity of proper food. The univalve

and bivalve mollusca, of which the whelk and cockle may be

taken as types, move so slowly in their adult state, that we

should expect them to have an exceedingly limited distribu-

tion ; but the young of all these are free-swimming embryos,

and they thus have a powerful means of dispersal, and are

carried by tides and currents so as ultimately to spread over

every shore and shoal that offers conditions favourable for

their development.” Prof. W.Sollas (2) remarks as follows :—

‘‘Perhaps one of the commonest ways by which marine

animals obtain a distribution over extensive areas is by means

of free-swimming larva. ‘The peopling of the sea by slow-

moving or attached forms has certainly been accomplished

chiefly, if not almost wholly, in this manner.”

I have been fortunate enough to secure two specimens of

bivalve mollusks while being dispersed by floating seaweed ;

and, strange as 1t may appear, one was a specimen of Cardium

edule, a long frond of Chorda filum being attached to the left

valve by its base. ‘This mollusk was secured a mile from

land, and was found on examination to be alive and in a

healthy condition. Unfortunately this specimen and the

attached weed were placed after examination on the deck of

my canoe, and were washed overboard by a wave. A short

time later a fine living example of Mytelus edulis was secured

under similar circumstances and weighed 23°3 grms. The

weed, Chorda filum, was also in this instance firmly fixed to

the left valve; it measured 310 centim. in length and weighed

43°3 grms. Had these mollusks escaped the notice of cod,

pollock, or other fish which frequent the mid-water regions,

they might have been carried by the currents on some shoal

or bank, and so founded fresh colonies.

As Chorda filum invariably floats vertically, I have found

* These numbers refer to bibliographical list at end.

Marine Animals by means of Seaweeds. 421

it very difficult to detect specimens drifting in the sea, unless

there is an almost complete calm accompanied with bright

sunshine.

Numerous examples of single valves of Tapes pullastra,

Ostrea edulis, fragments of Corallina, and stones of various

sizes have frequently been observed drifting in the tideways

attached to the roots of Chorda filum and various species of

Fucus.

Only two species of Nudibranchs have been secured on

drift-weed. ‘Two specimens of Polycera quadrilineata were

found early in July, and several examples of Acanthidoris

pilosa were captured early during the following month on

masses of Fucus serratus while travelling seawards. On a

similar clump of weed a large coil of spawn, deposited by

Aplysia hybrida, was once noticed. Microscopical examina-

tion of these ova showed that segmentation was just com-

pleted.

The polychzete annelid, Spirorbis borealis, is very common

on the fronds of Fucus se#ratus. It will be remembered that

the embryos of this species are kept inside its tube until they

are in an advanced condition and almost ready to lead an

independent life. This fact doubtless greatly assists in the

propagation of the species. Specimens of this annelid

attached to the fronds of Fucus serratus can be secured in

the tideways on almost any occasion.

Very frequently, particularly during the months of June,

July, and August, specimens of [dotea tricuspidata have been

found holding fast to the fronds of Halidrys siliquosa. ‘These

crustaceans are exceedingly difficult to detect, as they invari-

ably adapt their colour to suit their surroundings, and also

hold the stem of the drifting weed longitudinally.

The undermentioned species of Hydroids have been

observed on drift seaweed: Clava multicornis and Sertularia

pumila occur in abundance on the fronds of Fucus versicu-

losus and F’. serratus, and Aglaophenia pluma at times covers

the fronds of Halidrys siliquosa. The following examples of

Polyzoa will be sufficient for my present purpose :—Bicellarta

ciliata and Mimosella gracilis are both to be secured in

abundance on the fronds of Halidrys siliquosa. Membrani-

pora pilosa, Flustra foliacea, and Valkeria uva have repeatedly

been observed alive and in a healthy condition growing on

detached portions of Hucus serratus gathered in the bay and

harbour, The common anemone, Anthea cereus, is usually to

be found adhering to rocks in pools of water between tide-

marks; it also luxuriates on the fronds of Laminaria a few

feet below low-water mark. In sheltered places in Falmouth

harbour large areas exist covered with sea-grass (Zostera

422 Dispersal of Marine Animals by Seaweeds.

marina), to the leaf-like fronds of which these anemones

delight to adhere with their broad disks. Indeed in this

district this actinian seems to prefer this weed to any other,

a fact I have not seen recorded in any of the scientific publi-

cations to which [ have had access. During the fall of every

year the biade-like portions of this weed become detached

and are soon carried by the currents into the tideways. A

single extract from my note-book will be sufficient to confirm

this fact. On the 7th of September, while standing on the

extremity of the eastern breakwater, I noticed large quantities

of Zostera marina being swept to sea by the ebbing tide,

and in one instance three specimens of Anthea cereus were

observed adhering to the same weed with their tentacles fully

expanded.

Geographical Distribution of the above-mentioned Species.

According to Messrs. Forbes and Hanley (3) ‘ Cardium

edule has a wide range, extending southward to the Canary

Isles.” Mytilus edulis, according to the same authorities,

“ranges all round the coasts of the North Atlantic, on both

its eastern and western sides, and into the Mediterranean.”

Acanthodoris pilosa and Polycera quadrilineata are both

generally distributed around the British coasts; while Aplysia

is found along the shores of the Mediterranean and also at

Madeira.

The polychaete annelid Spzrorbis borealis, in addition to

being generally distributed along the shores of Great Britain

and Ireland, is also found on the coasts of Norway, France,

and Denmark.

Idotea tricuspidata has been captured on the Cornish and

Devonshire coasts, and also along the south-western shore of

ireland and the western coast of Scotland. This species is

abundant in the Mediterranean.

Turning now to Hydroids and Polyzoa. According to

Mr. T. Hincks (4), Clava multicornis is “ generally distributed

on our coasts.” Sertularia pumila is also “ generally dis-

tributed.”

Aglaophenia pluma, according to that author (4), ‘is much

more at home in the south and west than in the north....

Throughout the north it seems to be sparingly distributed,

whilst along the south-western coasts it is extremely abundant

and ot great size and beauty.” This species has been re-

corded on the Belgian coast, and is not uncommon in the

Bay of Naples.

Bicellaria ciliata, Membranipora pilosa, and Flusira foli-

acea are all generally distributed round our British coasts (5),

the two former being also found on the east coast of France,

On a new Species of Scolopendra. 423

and the last-named extending all along the shores of the

Mediterranean as far as Suez. Mimosella gracilis is only

found on the shores of Devon and Cornwall.

According to Mr Gosse (6), Anthea cereus is found at

Madeira.

I think the foregoing examples are sufficient to demonstrate

clearly that seaweeds, and particularly those furnished with

air-vessels, have played in the past, as they continue to do at

present, a most important part in the dispersal of many of

our littoral forms over the globe.

References.

(1) Wattace, Atrrep R.—The Geographical Distribution of Ani-

mals. _ London, 1876,

(2) Sotnas, W. J.—On the Origin of Freshwater Faunas: a Study in

Hvolution. Sci. Trans. Royal Dublin Society, vol. iii. (ser. ii.)

part 5. Nov. 1884.

(5) Forsgs, E., and Hantey, 8.—A History of British Mollusea and

their Shells.

(4) Hincxs, 'THomas.—A History of British Hydroid Zoophytes.

(5) Hincxs, Toomas.—A History of British Marine Polyzoa.

(6) Gossr.—A History of British Sea-Anemones and Corals.

LVI1.— Description of a new Species of Scolopendra from the Solomon

Islands. By BR. I. Pocock.

Scolopendra metuenda, sp. n.

Colour. The terga a deep olive-chestnut, head nearly black ;

antenne, legs, and sterna rather greener than the terga; at the

posterior end of the body the chestnut colour predominates on the

- somites.

Head without sulci, finely punctured, a little wider than long.

Antenne long and slender, composed of 19 or 20 long cylindrical

segments, whereof the basal five are smooth, though punctured, and

the rest pubescent. :

Maxillipedes finely punctured, the precoxal plates very short,

but wide, with convex distal edges, each furnished with upwards of

a dozen or more small, in parts nearly obsolete, teeth, which present

the appearance of having been worn away; the femoral process

simple, small, and curved back against the appendage.

Y'ergites. First without either longitudinal or transverse sulci ; on

the rest the longitudinal sulci start upon the third and extend to

the twentieth, but are everywhere faint (except upon the extreme

anterior and posterior edges of the terga), and almost die out in the

middle of the body; a faint shallow median longitudinal furrow

upon the terga. The lateral margin from the third to the twenty-

first elevated.

Sternites smooth aud shining, weakly bisulcate.

Anal somite small; tergite not mesially sulcate, its width equal to

the length of its lateral margin, but a little less than its median

424 Miscellaneous.

length; pleure densely porous, terminating in a blunt process,

which is tipped with 4 or 5 small spines ; sternite long and narrow,

posteriorly attenuate, with truncate hinder edge, its basal width

about two thirds of its length ; legs long and slender, nearly four

times the length of the head, the segments cylindrical and about

four times as long as wide; femora armed with about 14 small

spines, 3, 5, 2 in three longitudinal rows on the inner surface and

3, 3 in two rows on the external half of the lower surface ; the

femoral process armed with from 4 to 10 small spines; no tarsal

spur, claws basally spurred.

The rest of the legs long and slender, with a tarsal spur.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 163, of antenna 37, of

anal leg 41; width of head 10°5, length 10; width of twelfth

tergite 14, of twenty-first 8.

Loc. New Georgia (Solomon Islands).

A couple of specimens of this species were obtained by Commander

Barker, R.N., of H.M.S. ‘Penguin.’ The second specimen is a

little smaller than the type, being 145 millim. long, and much

more uniformly chestnut in colour.

In its general features this handsome new species presents con-

siderable resemblance to the cosmopolitan S. subspinipes of Leach,

but may be at once recognized by the spine-armature of its anal

legs, the former species having only two or three spines on the

lower surface of the anal femora and only three or four on the inner

surface. It also has but five or six teeth on the precoxal plates of

the maxillipedes, whereas in S. metuenda there are a large number

of minute more or less obsolete teeth on these plates. In this respect

S. metuenda would seem to approach S. polyodonta, Daday (Term.

fiizetek, xvi. p. 109, pl. v. fig. 7 &e.), from New Guinea; but the

latter has the anal femora unarmed, as in the variety of S. de Haaniwt

named tnermis by Newport.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Status of the Names Aplysia and Tethys.

By Henry A. Pivssry.

In the course of my studies on the ‘“Sea-Hares,” preliminary to

the preparation of a monograph of this group of tectibranch mol-

lusks for the ‘ Manual of Conchology,’ my attention was early forced

to the fact that in Linnzeus’s tenth edition of the ‘ Systema Nature’

the genus Tethys was proposed for the animal now known as

Aplysia, and included nothing else. Moreover, by the terms of the

generic diagnosis, such creatures as that known as Tethys in modern

times are excluded.

In the twelfth edition of the ‘Systema’ Tethys is given a com-

pletely different meaning, and the new term Aplysia (Laplysia) is

brought forward to include the species of the earlier Tethys. ‘Lhis

later usage has been accepted by zoologists until the present day.

Miscellaneous. 425

The question then arises, Shall we apply to Linneeus himself the

canons of nomenclature which would be rigorously enforced were

the claims of his successors in question? It is with a view to

obtaining the opinions of those who are expert in these matters

that we present below a full synopsis of the literature bearing upon

the questions at issue.

The facts in this case have doubtless been fully unearthed by

many investigators; but, probably believing it best to “let sleeping

dogs rest,” no one* has to my knowledge seriously raised the

questions to which I desire now to direct attention.

The genus T'ethys was founded by Linné in the tenth edition of

the ‘Systema Nature,’ p. 653, for two species, thus :—

“254. Treruys. Corpus oblongum, bilabiarum: corpusculo medio

cartilagineo oblongo. Zentacula duo, cuneiforma, Foramina duo,

spirantia.

“Jimacina 1. T. auriculis quatuor.

“* Habitat in Oceano Australi.

* Corpus oblongum, antice quasi 4 auriculis acutis instructum.

“leporina, 2. T. corpore rubro, margine membranaceo, auriculis

duobus. :

“Ta] Rond. pise. 1. p. 520. Lepus marinus.

“Tb| Bell. aquat. 437. Lepus marinus.

“lc| Gesn. aquat. 475. Lepus marinus, Aldr. exsangu. 78.

Lepus marinus 1.

“ Habitat in M. Mediterraneo.

“ Conf. Column. aqu. t. 26, f. 2, 3.”

It will be noticed that the above description of limacina contains

nothing diagnostic of a species, though the genus is clearly indi-

cated. As Linné gives us no reference to earlier writers, we have

absolutely no means of learning what Z'ethys limacina is, and the

name must be dropped.

In the case of leporina, Linné gives ample references to the sources

whence his information was derived. These we analyze as follows :-—

{a} Gulielmi Rondeletii, etc., Libri de Piscibus Marinis, ete. (1554),

Liber xvii. p, 520, figures an Aplysia which seems to be the

A, fasciata of authors (for it lacks the conspicuous shell-foramen

of depilans and the broadly united parapodia of punctata). [b] La

Nature & diversité des poissons, avec leurs pourtraicts, representez

au plus pres du naturel, par Pierre Belon du Mans (Paris, 1555),

p- 437, seems to be an undeterminable species of “ Lievre Marin”

from the Cyclades, known to Belon through the ancient authors

only. {c] Conradi Gesneri medici Tigurini Historie Animalium,

Liber III. qui est de Piscium & Aquatilium Animantium natura

(1558), p. 561 (Linné wrongly gives 475 as the page). A reversed

copy of Rondelet’s figure is given, Gesner’s information being wholly

second hand. [d] Ulyssis Aldroyandi ete., De Reliquis Animalibus

* Except R. Bergh, who in Mal. Unters. i. p. 33, in Semper’s ‘ Reisen,’

2ter Theil, has made the bald statement that Linnzeus’s earlier Tethys

was an Aplysia, but who continues to use Tethys for the Nudibranch.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 30

426 Miscellaneous.

exanguibus, libri quatuor, post mortem eius editi Nempe De Molli-

bus, Crustaceis Testaceis, et Zoophytis (1606), De Mollibus, liber I.

p. 78. In this work, which is purely a compilation, all of Rondelet’s

figures again do service, and Linnzus’s reference will naturally be

confined to the first of these. Aldrovandus also figures (p. 82) a

couple of species of Doris as ‘“Leporis marini alia species,” and

(p. 83) two other figures possibly representing <Aclesia. Linné’s

“ conf. Columna” refers us to figures of the Nudibranch commonly

known as Tethys fimbria; but this figure is merely cited for com-

parison, not as a representation of the species 7’. leporina.

It would therefore seem that Linné originally intended Tethys

for the Aplysia species, his generic diagnosis and references unmis-

takably indicating the ‘ Lepus marinus” of the early zoological

renaissance authors.

In the twelfth edition of the ‘Systema,’ p. 1089, Linné wholly

alters the diagnosis of Tethys, as follows :—

“289, Trruys. Corpus liberum, oblongiusculum, carnosum,

apodum. Os proboscide terminale, cylindrica, sub labis explicato.

Foramina 2 ad Jatis colli sinistrum.

‘“Jeporin. 1. T. labro ciliato, T

“ Column. aquat. 27. tT. 26. Lepus marinus major.

‘“* Rondel. pisc. 526. Leporis marini tertia species.

‘“« Habitat in Mari Mediterraneo.

“fimbria. 2. ‘TT. labro crenulato.

“ Bohads. mar. 54%. 5. f. 1,2. Fimbria.

“ Habitat in mari adritico.

“Videtur a precedenti distincti species.”

All of these references belong to the one Mediterranean species

(see Bergh, in Semper’s ‘ Reisen,’ 2ter Theil, ii. p. 348), known as

Tethys fimbria or leporina *.

On page 1082 of the twelfth edition the new genus Aplysia or

Laplysia ¢ is proposed, thus :—

* The specific name of this Nudibranch must stand fimébria, Linn., the

binomial combination Tethys leporina being preoccupied by Linnzus,

1758. The synonymy of the genus is as follows :—

1761. Fimbria, Bohadsch, 1761 (a mononym).

1767. Tethys, L. 1767, not Tethys, L. 1758.

1801. Tethis, Lam. Syst. An. s. Vert. p. 63.

1808. Thethys, Cuvier, Ann, du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. xii. p. 257.

1808. Thetis, Meckel, Beytr. zu vergleich. Anat. I. i. p. 9, not Thetis,

J. Sowb. Min. Conch, 1826.

1817 ?. Thetys, Fér. Tabl. Syst. p. 28.

1819. Phoenicurus, Rudolphi, Entozoorum Synopsis, p. 573.

1823. Vertumnus, Otto, Nov. A. Ac. C. Leop. Nat. Cur. xi. pp. 294-

300.

Of these names, the first was not distinctly proposed as a genus, Bo-

hadsch’s nomenclature being strictly mononymic. The seventh and eighth

were founded on minute appendages of the animal, supposed to be para-

sitic worms; and certainly the genus could not be identified by these

descriptions. The other names are variants on Linnzeus’s original Tethys.

{ The spelling “ Laplysia” is evidently a typographical error or over-

Miscellaneous. | 427

«983. Laprysta. Corpus repens, obvelatum membranis reflexis.

** Clypeo dorsali, membranaceo, pulmones obtegente.

“« Foramen laterale, dextrum, pro genitalibus.

** Anus supra extremitatem dorsi.

“ Tentacula quatuor, anterius sita.

“depilans. 1. Laprysia.

“* Syst. Nat. 10. p. 653. Tethys limacina,

** Rond. pisc. 1. p. 520. Lepus marinus.

“* Gesn. aquat. 475. Lepus marinus Rondeletii.

“ Bohads. mar. 3. t. 1, 2, 3. Lernea graphice.

“ Seb. mus. 3. t. 1, f. 8, 9,

“* Habitat in M. Mediterraneo; sanie depilans tactu,

“(B. 51.) foetidissima ad nauseam usque.”

The description of the genus is implied for the species depilans,

and it is also said to be the Tethys limacina of the tenth edition *.

The second reference is to the same figuresof Rondelet formerly

cited for Tethys leporina. The third reference repeats the earlier

citation to Gesner, with the same mistake as to the page. The

fourth reference is to the excellent figure of Bohadsch’s Lernea,

representing unmistakably the Aplysia depilans of authors. The

reference to Seba is less happy, the figures being too ambiguous for

certain determination. It is perfectly evident that IJinnzeus’s

generic characters of Laplysia were derived from Bohadsch’s work ;

and as the best figures were from the same source, the traditional

identification of depilans is fully sustained.

Summary.—From the foregoing facts it would appear that (1) the

generic name Vethys, Linn, 1758, must replace Aplysia and La-

plysia, Linn. 1767 ; and (2) as a substitute for Tethys, Linn. 1767,

not 1758, we will probably be compelled to adopt either one of the

new spellings of this name proposed in the early part of the century

or an entirely new generic term.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.

August 27, 1895, pp. 347-350.

On the Origin of the Triradiate Spicules of Leucosolenia.

By E. A. Mrncutry.

In Leucosolenia coriacea the youngest spicules are found to be

surrounded by six cells, which are similar in all their characters to

the cells of the external flat epithelium of the sponge, and undoubt-

edly derived from this layer. It appears that three cells of the

external epithelium wander inwards, and give rise to six by division

of each cell into two, the six cells being arranged in such a way

that three are placed more internally, 2. ¢. towards the gastral

sight, for the first use of the word, on page 1072 of the Syst. Nat. 12, is

in the correct form “Aplysia.” The generic diagnosis given on this page

is brief, but sufficient :—“ 283. Aplysia Tentacula4, Anus supra postica.”

* We would not replace the specific name depilans by limacina, because

the latter was not recognizably defined in Linnzeus’s earlier edition.

428 Miscellaneous.

surface of the body-wall, and three more externally, towards the

dermal surface. Each of these sets of three cells has a form which

might be compared to a trefoil, and the whole mass may be described

as two such trefoils superposed, the cells of one trefoil exactly

corresponding to those of the other. '

The spicule is formed by the three inner cells, a ray being formed

by each cell. In many instances it appears as if the three rays

were formed quite separately and afterwards fused at the centre.

The three outer cells soon lose their rounded form, and, by

throwing out processes, assume an amoeboid appearance. After the

spicule-rays have attained a length of 10 or 15 p, the three outer

cells are no more to be found, having apparently rejoined the flat

epithelium from whence they came. The three inner cells alone

secrete the rays, and continue to do so until the spicule is full-grown.

The spicule-rays soon appear to project beyond their formative

cells, but are in reality covered by a thin layer of protoplasm. At

the same time the spicule-sheath makes its appearance as a denser

layer of substance between the protoplasm of the formative cell

and the calcareous spicule, and it is by continued calcification of the

sheath that the spicule grows.

The spicule-rays attain their full thickness at their bases before

they have reached their full length. ‘The formative cells remain at

the bases of the rays until this portion is built up to its full thick-

ness. ach formative cell then migrates along its ray towards the

tip, building up the ray to its full thickness as it goes. In the

fully formed ray the formative cell is found adherent to the extreme

tip.

Theoretical considerations.

(1) The origin of the spicule-forming cells—that is to say, of the

whole connective-tissue system in these sponges—from the external

flat epithelium, is another nail in the coffin of the so-called mesoderm

in these forms. Sponges are to be regarded as two-layered animals,

composed of a dermal and a gastral layer. The dermal layer is

differentiated into (1) an external flat contractile epithelium, the

neuro-muscular system, and (2) an internal connective-tissue layer.

The gastral layer consists of the collar-cells. The amoeboid wander-

ing cells are perhaps also to be reckoned with the gastral layer.

(2) The fact that each ray of a triradiate spicule is formed by a

single cell shows that each triradiate spicule must be regarded as

derived from the fusion of three originally separate monactinal

spicules. This supports Schulze’s theory, namely, that the tri-

radiates of the more primitive Ascons have arisen as an adaptation

to the structure of the sponge, and goes against Dreyer’s theory that

the primitive spicule of all sponges is a tetraxon, a form explained

by him as the direct mechanical outcome of the vesicular structure

of living bodies.—Proc. Roy. Soc. vol. lviii. no. 350, pp. 204, 205.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 96. DECEMBER 1895.

LVIII.—The Pectoral and Pelvic Girdles of Murenosaurus

plicatus. By C. W. Anprews, F.G.S., Assistant in the

British Museum (Natural History).

PHILLIPS, in the ‘ Geology of Oxford’ (p.313), described under

the name Plesiosaurus plicatus certain cervical and dorsal

vertebree from the Oxford Clay of Shotover. From the same

horizon in the neighbourhood of Peterborough numerous more

or less complete skeletons of a species of Plesiosaur have been

collected in which the vertebra are of a similar character.

These specimens present a considerable range of variation

both in size and in the degree to which fusion of the elements

of the vertebree has taken place; in some the neural arches

and cervical ribs are still quite free, in others they are co-

ossified with the centra. It was on one of the skeletons in

which the latter condition obtains that Professor Seeley

founded his description of Murenosaurus Leedsi. The genus

Murenosaurus is distinguished from Cryptoclidus, to which

the greater number of specimens from this locality are

referable, by the enormous length of the neck (about seven

times that of the head), caused not only by the much larger

number (forty-four) of cervical vertebrae, but also by the

greater length of the individual centra. There are also nume-

rous differences in the pectoral girdle and limb-bones which

fully establish the right of this type of Plesiosaurian skeleton

to generic rank,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 31

430 Mr. C. W. Andrews on the Pectoral and

With regard to the species there is some difficulty. Mr. Ly-

dekker has included under Cimoliosaurus plicatus Phillips’s

species Plestosaurus plicatus, P. hexagonalis, and P. infra-

planus, as well as Professor Seeley’s Murenosaurus Leedst.

For the specimen (Leeds Coll. 28), the limb-girdles of which

are figured in the present paper, he has suggested the specific

name Cimoliosaurus durobrivensis, considering it separable

from C. plicatus on account of its somewhat shorter cervical

vertebrae. Comparison of some six or seven more or less com-

plete sets of cervical vertebra (including those of the type

specimens of Murcnosaurus Leedsi and Cimoliosaurus duro-

brivensis) with one another shows that, apart from variations

in size and in the extent to which the arches and ribs have

fused with the centra, no important differences are to be

found. The size and condition of ossification are probably

dependent merely on the age and sex of the individual. It

is, however, possible that the comparatively small individuals

in which fusion between the arches and centra has already

occurred may be specifically distinct, in which case the name

Murenosaurus Leedsi must be applied to them, the type

specimen of that species being of this form. On the other

hand, as already remarked, these differences may be merely

sexual, and, as Mr. Boulenger has shown in the case of the

Chelonia *, the fusion of other elements with the vertebral

centra takes place very irregularly, and consequently is of

little systematic value. For the present, therefore, it seems

best to regard all the specimens possessing cervical vertebre

of the type of Plestosaurus plicatus as belonging to that

species,

In the present note specimens of the pectoral and pelvic

girdles which have lately been mounted for exhibition at

the Natural History Museum are described. These belong

to the same individual (R. 2428, Leeds Coll. 28), which is

that for which Mr. Lydekker proposed the name Cimolio-

saurus durobrivensis.

The Pectoral Girdle. (Fig. 1.)

In general form the scapula (sc) resembles that of Orypto-

clidus, but differs from it in several points, e. g. (1) the posterior

border of the dorsal ramus near its upper end bears a sharp

crest, apparently for the insertion of muscle; (2) the dorsal

ramus widens out much more rapidly towards its base and its

anterior edge is thin and sharp; (8) the ventral ramus is

considerably wider, and also has a comparatively thin anterior

* Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xiii. pt. 8, p. 309.

Pelvic Girdles of Mureenosaurus plicatus. 431

edge, which bears no tubercle such as otcurs in Cryptoclidus

(see this Magazine, ser. 6, vol. xv. p.°337, fig. 2A, t). The

median portion of the ventral bars had already begun to

row back to form 4 junction with the anterior prolongations

of the coracoids, but were still separated from them by a con-

siderable interval; other pectoral girdles in tie collection

show this junction. The scapule had not yet quite met in

median symphysis, and anteriorly were separated from one

another by a wide V-shaped interval. In life this space was

wholly or partially closed by the clavicular arch, which

unfortunately is wanting in this specimen. The scapule

anteriorly curve inwards and upwards in such a way that,

with the clavicles, they formed the anterior wall of the thorax.

The general form of the coracozds (cor) is shown in the figure

(fig. 1). Between the glenoid surfaces the bones are very

thick and massive, and unite in a strong median symphysis

Pectoral girdle of Murenosaurus from above. sc, scapula; cor, coracoid ;

h, humerus. About =}; nat. size.

about 5 centim. deep at the thickest part. In this region the

visceral surface of the coracoids is concave from side to side,

forming an are of a circle whose radius is about 28 centim.

Behind this strong transverse ridge the visceral surface is

depressed, owing to the rapid thinning of the bone, which,

except near the outer border, is less than a centimetre thick.

In this thin posterior region the coracoids meet at an angle

of about 120°. The outer concave border is somewhat

thickened, but is not produced backwards and outwards into

31*

432 Mr. C. W. Andrews on the Pectoral and

projecting processes as in the fully ossified coracoid of Crypto-

clidus. The thin inner posterior portion of the bone is

frequently broken away, and the remaining portion, consisting

of the thickened anterior and external borders, has then the

form shown by Prof. Sceley in his figure of the coracoids of

Murenosaurus Manselli *.

The posterior convex margin in the present specimen bears

rough grooved surface for cartilage, showing that growth

was still in progress in this direction, Anteriorly the cora-

coids are prolonged forwards in the middle line in short

pointed processes, which extend towards the backward processes

of the scapule, but do not reach them ; both bones, however,

bear surfaces for cartilage, and were probably already united

by a bar of that substance.

The dimensions of the pectoral girdle are :—

centim.

Extreme length from anterior end of scapulze to hinder

border Of COracolas: - 0.1%. \o5.9% oo hese 59

Width across coracoids in a straight line between the

hinder edges of the glenoid facets.............. 38

xtreme length. of corngoids | is.).46 cc ce ohh eens 40

Width of coracoids at narrowest point.............. 27

The humerus (A) figured measures about 31 centim. long ;

the smallest circumference of its shaft is 21 centim., and the

width of its expanded distal extremity is 19 centim.

The Pelvic Girdle. (Figs. 2, 3.)

The pelvis represented in figs. 2 and 3 gives a clearer idea

of the structure of that portion of the Plesiosaurian skeleton

than any other specimen or figure with which I am acquainted.

The pubis (pu) is a broad nearly flat plate of bone, very thin

except near the median border and the articular surfaces for

the ischium and femur; the posterior margin is also some-

what thickened. The width of the bone from the antero-

external to the antero-internal angle is 28 centim., the length

from the ischial surface to the anterior border 25°5 centim.

The length of the acetabular surface is about 8 and of the

ischial surface 4centim. In the specimen figured the left pubis

has been restored in plaster. ‘The two pubes seem to have

made an angle of about 120° with one another; they were still

separated in the middle line by a pad of cartilage, which was

widest in front and behind ; whether the posterior portion of

this cartilage extended back to join, that lying between the

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxx. (1874) p. 487, fig. 2.

Pelvic Girdles of Mureenosaurus plicatus. 433

ischia, thus enclosing an obturator foramen on either side,

cannot be determined, but it probably did so.

Thetschia (7s) are hatchet-shaped bones, the upper thickened

ends of which bear’ three articular surfaces—an anterior one

Pelvic girdle of Murenosaurus from above. pu, pubis; zs, ischium ;

a, ilium; f, femur. About !; nat. size.

locking forwards for union with the pubes, a middle, looking

outwards, forming the median portion of the acetabulum, and

a posterior, looking upwards and backwards, for the ilium.

The ventral expanded portion measures 21 centim. at the

widest place; the median border is slightly curved and bears

the impress of the cartilage which still separated the two

bones; these also made an angle of about 120° with one

another. ‘The symphysis of the pubes and ischia forms a

curved line, convex dorsally. Hach obturator foramen (if

closed) was oval, the shorter axis (antero-posterior) measuring

10 centim., the longer 12.

The tdium (il) is a slightly curved, stout, rod-like bone 18°5

centim. long. Its lower end is stout and massive and bears

two articular surfaces, one for union with the ischium, the

other forming the hindermost portion of the acetabulum *.

* The separation of the ilium from the pubis in Murenosaurus has

been pointed out by Seeley (Proc. Roy. Soc. vol. li. (1892) p. 137); the

same arrangement is described by Cragin in Trinacromerum (‘ American

Geologist,’ vol. viii. (1891) p. 174), and is also shown in Conybeare’s

restoration of the pelvic girdle of Plesiosawrus dolichodeirus (Trans. Geol.

Soc. ser. 2, vol. i. (1824) pl. xlix. fig. 4). It also occurs in Pliosaurus,

Peloneustes, and Cryptoclidus, and, indeed, is probably universal among the

Plesiosauria.

434 Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin- Austen on a

The middle of the bone is rounded and measures 9°5 centim.

in circumference ; its upper portion is compressed laterally,

so that it is only about 1 centim. thick; its greatest width is

Fig. 3.

Pelvic girdle of Murenosaurus from the side. pu, pubis; zs, ischium ;

a, ilium. About 51, nat. size.

57 centim.; the upper border is curved and bears a groove

for cartilage. The inner surface bears scarcely any trace of

its junction with the sacral ribs, and the connexion with the

vertebree must have been a very slight one, the whole pelvis

having been held firm chiefly by the greatly expanded pubes.

The distance between the upper ends of the ilia is about

13 centim.

The dimensions of the associated femora are :—

centim.

PCR PUNG. 222 ohn We ta eae eee ots BInOMEY od ete ene eo 28

Circumference of shaft at the narrowest point ...... 18

With Gi disthlend)\\o5.. tk sa caaits aaah ane 16

Numerous cervical vertebre, as well as some dorsals and

caudals of the same individual, are preserved in the collection.

LIX.—Description of a supposed new Species of Land-

Mollusk of the Genus Parmarion from Pulo Laut, an Island

off the South-east Coast of Borneo. By Lieut.-Col. H. H.

GopWIN-AUSTEN, F.R.S., F.Z.8., &e.

[Plate XIX. ]

In a collection of land-shells preserved in spirit, collected by

Mr. William Doherty, of Cincinnati, in the islands of the

Malay Archipelago, I found two specimens of a slug-like

form from Pulo Laut, the island off the south-east coast of

Borneo. I hasten to describe it, having early this year, in

conjunction with Mr. Walter E. Collinge, published a paper

supposed new Species of Land-Mollusk. 435

in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London’

(March 1895, p. 241) on some species from Kina Balu Mountain

and Sarawak, in Borneo itself. The animal being very

similar in outward appearance, it was a surprise to me to

find it, on closer examination, to differ considerably from

those we had described. I have great pleasure in naming it

after its discoverer, who has proved himself to be a most

indefatigable collector, not only of land-mollusca, but more

particularly of the Lepidoptera, on which he has written

several papers very valuable as regards geographical distri-

bution. Among the land-shells he has placed in my hands

are Many very interesting species.

Parmarton Doherty?, sp. n.

Hab. Pulo Laut Island.

Animal (Pl. XIX. figs. 1 and 2).—Length of the largest

specimen 20 millim., visceral mass about 6 millim.; length

of the smallest 15 millim.* The mucous gland and the extre-

mity of the foot is similar to the species from Borneo, placed

in Microparmarion ; but the shell is more globose, and the

round, solid, spiral, visceral mass shows this even after the

shell is detached. ‘The thicker portion of the shell (fig.3, x 4)

is oval above, flat, thin, becoming a transparent membrane on

the posterior and lower portions; its colour is a faint ochra-

ceous tint. It has about 14 whorls, and the apex being

rather closely wound, it is impossible to extract the animal

without breaking away a large part of the membranaceous

interior portion. This is shown in fig. 4 (a view of the lower

side), where a portion is still intact, while it was once con-

tinuous over all anteriorly.

The largest shell measures in major diameter 8:0 millim.,

minor diameter 5°5 millim.

The specimens I have to describe from, having been

plunged too suddenly into strong spirit, are very much con-

tracted and hardened ; the eye-tentacles are protruding and

the anterior portion of the mantle is rolled up, the edges

being turned in underneath, so that it is not altogether clear

what the form of the shell-lobes might have been when alive

and what the portion near the respiratory orifice was like. I

have drawn the largest exactly as it is preserved.

The mantle is very closely and distinctly papillate, as 1s

also the posterior side of the foot; this is sharply keeled

above. ‘The sole of the foot has a central area, ‘The ten-

tacles are apparently long and dark-coloured. The pallial

margin of the foot is not so distinctly marked off from the

436 On a supposed new Species of Land-Mollusk.

portion above as in Damayantia Smithi and Microparmarion ;

but the extreme contraction of the specimen may have

produced this appearance. ‘This margin of the foot is quite

pale in contrast to the very dark colour of the animal.

The shell-lobes are continuous all round the margin of the

shell, and would in life leave a more or less exposed apical

area of the same; they are clearly divided into right and

left lobes. There is a small right neck-lappet.

Anatomy.—The visceral mass is globose and distinctly

coiled about one and a half times, terminating bluntly.

The jaw (fig. 8) is curved slightly, with a curvilinear

cutting-edge. The lingual ribbon is long and of good breadth ;

the central tooth is elongate, on a broad base, having a mode-

rately long central point, with basal cusps on either side (as

in Microparmarion pollonerai) ; the median teeth are also

elongate, with a single cusp on the outer side. The laterals

are narrow and elongate, with long, nearly equal, bicuspid

points; they become short in length near the extreme margin

and of very irregular blunt form (see figs. 9a-c). The teeth

are arranged thus: +30—18—l1—18—30+.

Generative Organs (figs. 5, 6, and 7).—The vas deferens

is given off from the extreme free end of the male organ,

there being no flagellum or kalc-sac; the position of the

retractor muscle was not well made out, but appeared to be

given off rather low down on the muscular sheath. The male

organ is folded on itself in S-form, and contained a long

spermatophore in process of formation (fig. 6), the short

curved spines being observable. Neither the albumen-gland

nor the hermaphrodite duct and gland were extracted, as I

did not wish to destroy the visceral mass of the largest speci-

men remaining, and in the small one I failed to find these

parts. The spermatheca (fig. 5, sp.) was broken near the

base, so whether it is ovoid or sessile or elongate is somewhat

uncertain ; but, judging from the spermatophore, it is of the

latter form. ‘The amatorial organ (D) was also incomplete at

the free or posterior end, but fortunately the whole of the

“‘sagitta’”’ was well preserved, and on this rested considerable

interest ; it proved to be very long, rising from a funnel-

shaped. base and terminating in a fine sharp point, being cut

off obliquely like a pen, the total length being 2°6 millim.

(figs. 7, 7a). It iscomparable with that of Parmarion pupil-

laris of Java, figured by Heinrich Simroth (pl. vii. fig. 17) in

his paperon this group of land-shells in ‘ Zoologische Ergebnisse

einer Reise in Niederliindisch Ost-Indien,’ 1893. This form of

the amatorial organ combined with the other characters

places this species very satisfactorily in the genus Parmarion,

On a new Species of Symphedra. 437

and extends its range thus further to the eastward. At the

same time it is proved to be distinct from Damayantia and

Microparmarion, lately described in the Proc. Zool. Soc.

The type specimen#will be sent to the National Collection,

South Kensington.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX,

Fig. 1. Animal of Parmarion Dohertyi, right side, with shell removed.

x 4.

Fig. 2. Ditto, ditto, seen from above. x 4.

Fig. 3. Shell. x 4

Fig. 4. Ditto, lower side. xX 8. a, a, portion broken away.

Fig. 5. Generative organs (portion of). x 8. P, male organ; v.d., vas

deferens; D, amatorial organ; sp., spermatheca.

Fig. 6. Male organ. x 30. 7.m., retractor muscle ?

Fig. 7. The sagitta amatoria. x 24.

Fig. 7a, The point of same. x 30.

Fig. 8. Jaw. x 24.

Fig. 9. Central teeth of radula. x 368.

Figs. 9a-e. Central and outermost teeth, very much enlarged.

LX.—Deseription of a new Species of Symphedra.

By Paiuip Crow ey, F.L.S. &e.

Symphedra albo-punctata, sp. n.

Male.—Upperside dark chocolate-brown. Fore wing with

two very distinct white subapical spots, and a smaller one

halfway between the lower subapical spot and the apex of the

cell; basal spots small, golden yellow. Hind wing with a

submarginal series of small bluish spots and an inner series

of similar spots rather larger in size.

Underside brown, tinged with green. Fore wing with the

two subapical and the smaller white spots showing very

clearly ; several other white spots similar to those in S. cyant-

pardus. Under-wing with faint spots of greenish white

similarly situated as in S. cyanipardus. Antenne black,

with fulvous points.

Female.—Upperside similar to S. eyanipardus, but with

the spots whiter and larger, the two subapical being very

distinct.

Underside similarly marked to S. eyanipardus, the colour

being much more yellow. Antenne black, with fulvous

points.

Expanse, ¢ 3°6, 3 4:4 inches.

Hab. Siam. One male, three females.

438 Lieut.-Col. C. T. Bingham on

LXI.—On a Collection of Hymenopterous Insects from the

Philippines. By Lieut.-Col. C. T. Brneuam, F.Z.S.

A SMALL collection of Hymenopterous insects sent by

Mr. Whitehead from Cape Engano, Luzon, in the Philip-

pines, has been kindly entrusted to me by Mr. Ogilvie Grant.

The collection contains sixty-seven specimens belonging to

twenty-seven species, a list of which is here given.

Fam. Apide, Leach.

1. Xylocapa bryorum, Fabricius.

Apis bryorum, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 321. 28, ¢.

Bombus bryorum, Faby. Syst. Piez. p. 348. 28.

Xylocapa dimidiata, Lepel. Hym. ii. p. 199. 44, 9 ; Smith, Cat. Hym.

Ins. B. M. ii. p. 357. 66; Journ. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867) p- 394. 25.

Xylocapa br. yor wm, Smith, "Mon. Gen. Xylocapa, Tr. Ent. Soc. (1874)

pt. i. p. 275. 59, 39; Bingh. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. v.

(1890) p. 251. 25.

Two females in the collection which agree with Lepeletier

de St.-Fargeau’s description of X. dimidiata, which species,

I think, there is no doubt is the female of the Apis bryorum

of Fabricius. ‘The present species occurs in South Tenas-

serim, where I have taken both sexes.

2. Xylocapa collaris, Lepeletier.

Xylocapa collaris, Lepel. Hym. ii. p. 189. 26, 9; Smith, Cat. Hym.

Ins. B. M. ii. p. 363. 47; Journ. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867) p- 893. 11;

Mon. Gen. Xylocapa, Tr. Ent. Soe. (1874) pt. ii. p. 270. 46, dQ.

Xylocapa Dejeann, pene Hym. ii. p. 209. 59, 5; Smith, Cat. Hym.

Ins. B. M. ii. p. 857. 62; Journ. Linn, Soe. xi. (1867) p. 894, 21.

One specimen in silent (a male), which has the clypeus

of a curious reddish tint instead of yellowish white. Lepel-

etier’s two species were united on the authority of M. Mouhot,

who forwarded the sexes from Siam. ‘The species is common

in Burma and Tenasserim, and extends to India and Ceylon.

I have taken a long series of both sexes near Maulmain.

3. Megachile atrata, Smith.

Megachile atrata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B, M.i. p. 182. 112, 9; Journ.

Linn. Soe. xi. (1867) p. 388.15; Bingh. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist.

Soe. v. (1890) p. 247. 19.

One female in the collection of the variety noted by Smith

as having yellowish wings. This species was originally

described from the Philippines.

Hymenopterous Insects from the Philippines. 439

4. Megachile lachesis, Smith.

Megachile lachesis, Smith, Proc. Linn. Soc. v. (1861) p. 133. 2, 9;

Journ. Linn, Soe. xi. (J867) p. 389. 37.

One female in collection.

5. Megachile clotho, Smith.

Megachile clotho, Smith, Proc. Linn. Soe. vy. (1861) p. 184. 3, 9;

Journ. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867) p. 389. 88.

One female in collection. The last two species were

originally described from Batchian.

6. Croctsa nitidula, Fabricius.

Melecta nitidula, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 386. 2.

Crocisa nitidula, Latr. Gen. Crust. Ins. iv. p. 172; Lepel. Hym. ii.

p. 448. 1, ¢ 2; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins, ii. p. 277.3; Journ. Linn.

Soe. xi. (1867) p. 390. 1.

Three females and one mate in collection, typical specimens,

with very brilliant colouring.

7. Anthophora zonata, Linneus.

Apis zonata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 955. 19.

Andrena zonata, Faby. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 311. 19.

Megilla zonata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 331. 13.

Anthophora zonata, Lepel. Hym. ii. p. 25.1; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins,

B. M. ii. p. 386.90; Journ. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867) p. 392.1; Sich.

Suppl. Hym. ‘ Novara’ Exp. p. 153.

Four typical females in the collection.

8. Celioxys philippensis, sp. n.

&. L. 12 millim., exp. 21 millim.

Black; head and thorax coarsely punctured, the abdomen

finely punctured, the first segment with short snow-white

pubescence above; the anterior wings dark fuscous, with

purple iridescence ; the posterior wings clear hyaline, their

apex faintly fuscous. Head broad, as broad as the thorax;

the mandibles black and shining, their base exteriorly

slightly rugose ; the clypeus somewhat convex, its anterior

margin rounded; the front of the face, the clypeus, and

behind the eyes covered with short white pubescence ; the

vertex coarsely punctured and shining; the antennz piceous.

Thorax coarsely punctured ; the scutellum arched posteriorly

and carrying a short conical tooth on each side; the meta-

thorax covered with a thin white pubescence ; the legs finely

punctured, the tarsi piceous ; the anterior wings dark fuscous

440) Lieut.-Col. C. T. Bingham on

with a purple iridescence ; posterior wings clear hyaline, their

apex fuscous. Abdomen closely and rather more finely

punctured than the thorax, the first segment entirely covered

with short white pubescence above; the rest of the segments

with a thin line, broadening laterally, of white pubescence at

their bases; the fourth and fifth segments with a deeply im-

pressed transverse line before their posterior margins, beyond

which the margins of the segments are smooth and shining ;

the penultimate segment has a short conical tooth on each

side, and the apical segment six rather longer spines or teeth,

two laterally and four at the apex; beneath, the segments of

the abdomen have a line of white pubescence at their basal

margins, and the extreme apex a tuft of rather rigid white

hairs, tinged fulvous.

Somewhat resembles C. fuscipennis, Smith, in the colour

of the wings, which, however, are much darker in the present

species. It also differs entirely from Smith’s species in the

form of the apical segment and in having the basal segment

of the abdomen above covered with snow-white pubescence.

Fam. Mutillide, Leach.

9. Mutilla nigra, Smith.

Mutilla nigra, Smith, Proc. Linn. Soe. iii. p. 151.4, g¢; Journ. Linn.

Soc. xi. (1867) p. 339. 54, ¢.

One specimen in the collection.

10. Muttlla suspictosa, Smith.

Mutilla suspiciosa, Smith, Proc. Linn. Soc. ii. p. 84. 5, ¢; Journ. Linn.

Soc. xi. (1867) p. 359, 41.

Eight males and three females. One pair taken 7n cop.

One specimen (a male) differs considerably from the rest ; it

may represent a distinct species. ‘The wings are a much

darker brown, and only the basal segment and the base below

and sides of the second segment of the abdomen are red, the

remainder of the abdomen being black and shining. The

form and sculpturing of the thorax, however, do not differ

from those of swspictosa, and so I have provisionally identified

it with that species.

Smith described the male. The female has the head and

abdomen black, the thorax red. The head is closely and not

very finely punctured, and has a little silvery pubescence

between the antenne. The thorax is coarsely punctured,

compressed and slightly emarginate at the sides; the legs are

black, with the calcaria and pubescence fulvous. The abdo-

Hymenopterous Insects from the Philippines. (441

men black and very finely and closely punctured; the second

segment has two oval silvery spots, one on either side, on its

dorsal surface ; the third is covered with silvery pubescence

above, and the fifth has a fringe on its posterior margin of

stiff hairs of a somewhat yellower tint. Below, the segments

are fringed with silvery hairs.

Fam. Scoliidz, Leach.

11. Liacos ( Triliacos) analis, Fabricius.

Scolia analis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 245. 37.

Scolia dimidiata, Guér. Voy. Coq. ii. p. 247, 3; Burm. Scol. p. 15. 2,

3; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. pt. iii. p. 114. 138.

Campsomeris Uyvillu, Lepel. Hym. ii. p. 505.12, ¢.

Scolia Urvillit, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. pt. iii. p. 114. 138.

Scola penangensis, Sauss. Mél. Hym. p. 39. 17 (2 var.).

Ivacos (Triliacos) analis, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Seol. p. 133.1,

3 & 9; Cam. Hym. Orient., Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe.

ser. 4, vol. iv. pt. iv. p. 1. 1.

Two specimens (a male and*female), typical. This species

occurs also in India and Burma.

12. Scolia (Triscolia) Whiteheadid, sp. n.

2. L. 49 millim., exp. 86 millim.

¢. L. 41 millim., exp. 80 millim.

Female.—Black, with black pubescence ; a crown-shaped

mark on the front and vertex of the head above the antenne ;

the scutellum and postscutellum yellow ; the head, the meso-

thorax, and the abdomen sparsely punctured, the last black,

shining, and immaculate; the pro- and metathorax more

closely and coarsely punctured, the latter with sparse black

pubescence ; the sides of the pronotum produced laterally

into well-marked rather acute tubercles or cones.

Male.—Resembles the female, but is more slender in form,

with longer antenne and thicker pubescence. It wants the

yellow on the head, and the lateral angles of the pronotum

are not produced.

The above brief description sufficiently characterizes this

well-marked species. It is closest to S. procer, Illig., from

which it differs in the shape of the prothorax and the sculp-

turing of the thorax generally. It is also quite distinct from

Scolia frontalis, Saussure (coronata, Smith). Ihave ventured

to name it after Mr. Whitehead, its discoverer.

13. Elis (Dielis) aurulenta, Smith.

Scolia aurulenta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B, M. pt. iii. p. 102. 80, 9.

Ellis (Dielis) aurulenta, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Gen. Spec. Scol. p. 206. 221;

442 Lieut.-Col. C. T. Bingham on

Smith, Journ. Linn, Soe. xi, (1867) p. 549.9; Cam. Hym. Orient,

ta & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, vol. iv. pt.iv. p. 16.”

One very richly coloured female in collection, and a male —

which I provisionally assign to this species. This latter is

not H. agilis, Smith, which it somewhat resembles in its

slender form, nor is it L. rts, Lepel., nor Campsomeris

ceylonica, Kirby, with specimens (males) of which in the

collection of the British Museum I have compared it.

Fam. Pompilide, Leach.

14. Macromeris violacea, Lepeletier.

Macromeris violacea, Lepel., Guér, Mag. Zool. xiv. (1831) eu x=

fig. 1, ¢; Hym. iii. p. 464.2; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. pt. iii.

p, 181.2; Journ. Linn, Soc, xi. (1867) p. 356.1; Kohl. Gatt. der

>omp., Verh. der. k. k. zool.-bot. ges. Wien, 1884, p. 41.1; Cam.

Hym. Orient., Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, vol. iv.

pt. iii. p. 486.1; Bingh. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. viii, (1893)

p. 367. 1.

One specimen in collection.

15. Salius (Priocnemis) peregrinus, Smith.

Priocnemis peregrinus, Smith, Tr. Ent. Soc. (1875) pt. i. p. 37, dQ;

Journ. Asiat. Soc. of Beng. vol. xlvii. (1878) pt. ii. p. 168. 3.

Salius peregrinus, Cam. Hym. Orient., Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. &

Phil. Soc. ser. 4, vol. iv. pt. ili, p. 452. 46; Bingh. Journ. Bomb.

Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. viii. (1893) p. 375, 20.

Three males and six females in the collection, which corre-

spond exactly with Smith’s description. In the British

Museum collection at South Kensington there is a Salius

from Sumatra labelled bipartitus, Smith, the label being, as I

am informed, in the late Mr. Smith’s own writing. I have

been unable to find the original description of this insect or

any reference to it in Mr. Smith’s papers; but the specimen

labelled bipartitus is nothing more nor less than a large fine

specimen of peregrinus. ‘The species is very common in

Sikkim, Burma, and Tenasserim ; and I have a series of over

a hundred specimens of both sexes which, enter se, show great

variation in size.

Fam. Sphegide, Leach.

16. Pelopeus violaceus, Fabricius.

Sphex violacea, Faby. Ent, Syst. ii. p. 201. 12.

Pepsis violaceus, Faby. Syst. Piez. p, 211. 16.

Chalybion violaceum, Dahlb, Tym, Eur. i, p. 21. 1.

Hymenopterous Insects from the Philippines. 443

Chalybion bengalensis, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. p. 433, 2.

Pelopeeus violaceus, Lepel. Hym,. iii. p. 321. 21.

Pelopeus flebilis, Lepel. Hym. iii. p. 821. 22.

Pelopeeus violaceus, Costa, Prosp. d. Imenott. Ital. fase. i. p. 21. 6.

Pelopeus bengalensis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. pt. iv. p. 280. 15;

Journ. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867) p. 860. 19; Smith and Horne, Tr. Zool.

Soc. vii. (1870) pt. iii. p. 163, pl. xxi. figs. 2, 2a; Cam. Hym.

Orient., Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, vol. iv. pt. i.

eel:

One specimen in collection.

17. Sphex maurus, Smith.

Sphex maura, Smith, Cat. Hym, Ins. B. M. iv. p. 255. 61, 9; Journ.

Linn. Soe. xi. (1867) p. 561. 10.

Sphevr maurus.ohl. Termész. Fiizetek, i. P. 2°, p. 199, g 2; Ann. d.

k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus, v. p. 411. 102.

Sphex tyrannica, Bingh. (nec Smith) Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe.

v. (1890) p. 241. 18.

One male and five females in the collection, all of which

are rather larger than the type described by Smith.

18. Sphex morosus, Smith.

Sphex morosa, Smith, Proc. Linn. Soc. v. (1861) p. 122.7, 3; Journ.

Linn, Soe. xi. (1867) p. 362. 20,

Sphex morosus, Kohl. Ann. d. k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus. v. p. 448. 67.

One specimen in the collection (a female), which I provi-

sionally identify with this species, though it differs both from

the type and Smith’s description in having the petiole and

the first segment of the abdomen slightly reddish. In size,

however, and in the colour of the wings and of the rest of

_ the body, it agrees with both the type and the description of

S. morosa.

Fam. Cerceride, Wesm.

19. Cerceris vafra, sp. n.

@. L. 20 millim., exp. 38 millim.

Head, thorax, and the greater part of the abdomen black,

the first, second, and third segments of the last variegated

with red.

Head broad, broader than the thorax; the mandibles at

the base above piceous, jet-black at the tips; the clypeus

sparsely and finely punctured, with a very short elevated

carina down the centre, not reaching the anterior margin;

below the carina there is a small square spot, which is black

and shining; the rest of the head and face finely and closely

punctured ; the antennz black, opaque ; the sides of the face

444 Lieut.-Col. C. T. Bingham on

with silvery pile only observable in certain lights ; the thorax

closely punctured ; the legs black; the inside of the tibie

and tarsi of the anterior and posterior legs and _ the calearia

testaceous brown; wings fuscous, with a purple effulgence,

hyaline at their base; abdomen closely and finely punctured,

the first segment at base, and the second and third segments

in the centre above black; the rest of these segments blood-

red, the fourth and apical segments black.

One specimen in the collection. This species is closest to

C. sepulchralis, Smith, from Borneo, but is very much

larger, wants the yellow markings on the thorax, and has

only the base of the abdomen variegated with red.

Fam. Eumenidez, Westwood.

20. Humenes curvatus, Saussure.

Eumenes curvatus, Sauss. Mon. Guép. Sol. Suppl. p. 145. 38, t. viii.

fie. 1

Eumenes curvata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins, B. M. pt.v. p. 25. 33; Journ.

Linn. Soe. xi. (1867) p. 372. 18.

One specimen in the collection.

Fam. Vespide, Stephen.

21. Polistes philippensis, Saussure.

Polistes philippensis, Sauss. Mon. Guép. Soc. p. 58. 14, 9; Smith,

Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. pt. v. p. 104.19; Journ. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867)

p. 381. 12,

T'wo specimens in the collection.

Fam. Aulacide, Shuck.

22. Megischus coronator, Fabricius.

Pimpla coronator, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 118. 28.

Meyischus coronator, Brullé, Hym. iv. p. 538.1; Westw. Trans. Ent.

Soe. iii. p. 276. 2; Smith, Journ. Linn. Soe. x1. p. 399. 1.

One specimen in the collection.

Fam. Ichneumonide, Leach.

23. Oryptus verticalis, sp. n.

@. L. 10 millim., exp. 21 millim.

Black, variegated with creamy white; the base of the

posterior legs reddish brown. Head black; the clypeus

transverse, slightly convex, its anterior margin arched ; the

Hymenopterous Insects from the Philippines. 445

flagellum of the antenne from the seventh*to the thirteenth

joint and the front and vertex of the head, except a rectan-

gular black space enclosing the ocelli, creamy white, the back

of the head emarginate; the thorax black; the pro- and

mesonotum smooth and shining, the latter divided above by

deeply impressed obliquely longitudinal lines into three sub-

triangular portions; the scutellum prominent, convex; the

metanotum opaque, very finely punctured ; the tegule, two

spots on the side beneath the wings, the scutellum, and the

apical half of the metathorax creamy white; the wings

hyaline, the nervures testaceous brown; legs, the anterior

and intermediate cox, the tibie, and the last two joints of

the tarsi of the posterior legs black; the trochanters of the

anterior and intermediate legs on the outside and the three

basal joints of the posterior tarsi white ; the rest of the legs

testaceous brown, on the posterior pair deepening to reddish

brown; the abdomen black, very finely and closely punc-

tured ; ‘the posterior margins of the first, second, and fourth,

and the whole of the apical segment, white, the ovipositor

black.

24. Cryptus prepes, sp. n.

9. L. 10 millim., exp. 18 millim.

Ferruginous, the apical third of the antenne and the eyes

jet-black.

Head broad, as broad as the thorax, yellow, lighter in

front and ferruginous towards the vertex; the mandibles

yellow, black at the tips; the clypeus transverse and slightly

convex; antenne with their basal third ferruginous, the

middle yellow and the apex black ; thorax ferruginous, very

finely punctured ; the scutellum prominent ; the metathorax

posteriorly slightly rugose, with three slightly. raised but

well-marked longitudinal carine and a short obtuse tubercular

spine on each side; the wings hyaline yellow, the nervures

ferruginous ; legs ferruginous, the anterior legs in front and

the intermediate and posterior tarsi yellowish, the claws

blackish ; the abdomen ferruginous, finely punctured, beneath

slightly paler, the ovipositor yellowish.

25. Pimpla (Hucxorides ?) furcifer, sp. n.

6. L. 17 millim., exp. 30 millim.

Black, variegated with white; the wings hyaline; the

anterior and intermediate legs white, the posterior pair black,

variegated with white and testaceous brown.

Head black, smooth, emarginate behind; cheeks rather

swollen; the clypeus, mandibles, and front of the scape of the

Ann. ‘e Mag. N. Hist. Ser. G. Vol. xvi. a2

446 On Hymenopterous Insects from the Philippines.

antennz testaceous brown; the palpi white; the flagellum of

the antenne black, with the eighth to the sixteenth joints

pure white; thorax black; the tegule, the scutellum (which

is prominent and convex), and an oblique stripe and two spots

under the base of the wings white; the mesothorax smooth

and shining, with two oblique longitudinally impressed lines

above; the metanotum opaque, coarsely punctured, gently

declivous to the apex, and covered with a thin griseous

pubescence, its apex ending in obtuse, rather prominent

lateral tubercles; wings hyaline, the nervures brown; the

anterior legs white, the four apical joints of their tarsi black ;

the intermediate legs white, the outside of the trochanters

and a stripe on the inside of the tibie black; the posterior

legs testaceous brown, white on the tarsi, their femora at the

base, the greater part of the tibiz, and the three apical joints

with the claws of the tarsi black, the calcaria white ; abdomen

black, smooth and shining, its base and the posterior margins

of all the segments except the sixth white, the apical segment

entirely white.

The three species of ichneumons sent by Mr. Whitehead

were all, so far as I have been able to make out, previously

undescribed.

Fam. Braconidz, Westwood.

26. Bracon deceptor, Smith.

Bracon deceptor, Smith, Proc. Linn. Soe. v. (1861) p. 65.1, 9; Journ.

Linn. Soc. xi. (1867) p. 408. 37.

Four specimens in the collection.

Fam. Tenthredinide, Leach.

27. Senoclia albocerulea, sp. n.

g. L. 11 millim., exp. 24 millim.

Deep blue, the posterior portion of the thorax white; wings

hyaline, infuscated at apex ; legs white, with black markings.

Head and thorax deep blue, shining and pubescent; the

clypeus, scutellum, and posterior portion of the thorax white ;

antennee black, covered with long depressed hairs; wings

hyaline for half their length from base, fuscous beyond, the

anterior wings darker than the posterior; legs black,

variegated with white; abdomen deep blue and shining,

with short scattered pubescence.

Resembles S, cerulea, Cameron, from Ceylon, but differs

in having the posterior portion of the thorax from the

scutellum white.

A Revision of the Jurassic Bryozoa. 447

LXII.—A Revision of the Jurassic Bryozoa.—Part I]. The

Genus Proboscina. ,By J. W. Gregory, D.Sc., F.G.S.

[Continued from vol. xv. p. 228. }

Family Tubuliporide (continued).

Genus Progosctna, Audouin, 1826.

Diagnosis.—Tubuliporide in which the zocecia form flat

adnate multiserial zoaria. The zoaria are mainly in linear

bands, which may or may not branch. ‘The zocecia are

tubular. The peristome is either flush with the surface of

the zoarium or somewhat raised.

Type species: P. Boryi, Audouin.

The retention of this genus is somewhat reactionary, for

most authors now place it as a synonym of Stomatopora,

Berenicea, Diastopora, or even Entalophora. It is certainly

nearest to Stomatopora and Berenicea, between which it 1s

intermediate. Pergens* has described a specimen which

begins as a Diastopora, then gives rise to branches of Pro-

boscina, and these end as Stomatopora ; and upon the evidence

of this specimen he merges the two latter. This specimen,

however, proves either too much or too little. If its evidence

is to be accepted, then the three genera ought to be united. But

Pergens retains Stomatopora as distinct from Diastopora in

spite of it. 'T'o do otherwise would be practically to abandon

the use of genera in the Cyclostomata. I frankly admit that

there are specimens intermediate between Proboscina and

Diastopora on the one hand, and between the former and

Stomatopora on the other: nevertheless, there is a large group

of species which exhibit the characters of the above diagnosis,

and the genus is therefore a convenient one; and to expect

genera of Cyclostomata to be more than convenient groups of

species, seems hopeless at present. Proboseina is therefore

accepted as a genus which differs from Stomatopora by having

a multiserial zoarium, and from Berenicea by having its zocecia

arranged in bands instead of in broad sheets.

1. Proboscina Eudesi, Haime, 1854.

Proboscina Eudesi, J. Haime, 1854, Jur. Bry., Mém. Soe. géol. France,

sér, 2, t. v. p. 167, pl. vi. figs. 9a, b.

* E. Pergens, “ Revision des Bryozoaires du Crétacé figurés par

d@’Orbigny, Part I. Cyclostomata,” Bull. Soc. belge Géol. t. ii. 1890,

Mém, p. 327.

32*

448 Dr. J. W. Gregory—A Revision

Proboscina Davidsoni, Haime, 1854, op. cit. p. 167, pl. vi. fig. 11.

Proboscina Buchi, Haime, 1854, op. cit. p. 168, pl. vii. fig. 10.

Stomatopora (P.) Davidsoni, Vine, 1884, 4th Rep. Foss. Polyz., Rep.

Brit. Assoc. 1883, p. 186.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium formed of fairly regular, anastomosing

bands, composed usually of from four to six zocecia. Hach

branch in section appears as a rounded ridge.

Zoecia regularly cylindrical.

Peristomes usually in regular transverse lines, slightly

raised. Zocecia of medium length.

Formula*.—p s lr=1 0 2 4/7.

Distribution.—Great Oolite and Inferior Oolite: England.

Bathonian of France and Germany ; Bajocian, France.

2. Proboscina Jacquoti, Haime, 1854.

Proboscina Jacquoti, Haime, 1854, Bry. Jur., Mém, Soc. géol. France,

sér, 2, t. v. p. 169, pl. vii. figs. 5a, 6.

Reptotubigera Jacquoti, Terquem, 1855, Pal. dép. Moselle (sep. copy),

Proboscina Jacquoti, Brauns, 1879, Bry. mitt. Jura, Metz, Zeit. deut.

geol. Ges. Bd. xxxi. p. 524.

Stomatopora (P.) Jacquoti, Vine, 1884, 4th Rep. Foss. Polyz., Rep.

Brit. Assoc. 1883, p. 186.

Proboscina thrapstonensis, Vine, 1893, Polyz. Thrapston, Proc. Yorksh.

Geol. Soe. vol. xii. p. 257, pl. xii. fig. 6.

Proboscina ornata, id. ibid. p. 257, pl. xiii. fig. 10.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium consisting of two or more flabellate

expansions arising from a narrow stolon-like band of zocecia.

Zoweia long, cylindrical, irregularly placed. In the typical

form from one to five zocecia in each branch. In some forms

(var. expansa) spreading out into multiserial Berenicea-like

sheets, which are fenestrate.

Formula.—2 0 3 1/12.

Distribution.—England: Cornbrash. Foreign: Bajocian,

France, Germany.

3. Proboscina Desoudini (Haime), 1854.

Stomatopora Desoudini, Haime, 1854, Jur. Bry., Mém. Soe. géol. France,

sér. 2, t. v. p. 165, pl. vi. figs. 5 a, b.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium very irregular; composed of narrow

bands anastomosing to an irregular network, each band from

one to three zocecia in width.

Zoecia narrow, of medium length, often slightly sinuous ;

* The formule are the same as those used for Stomatopora (Ann.

vol. xv. p. 227), except that the last term indicates the number of zocecia

ina branch,

of the Jurassic Bryozoa. 449

in crowded areas the zocecia are pyriform*., ‘Transverse

ribbing well marked.

Peristomes slightly raised.

Formula.—V/ 2 2 1*2.

Distribution.—England: Cornbrash. Foreign: Bajocian,

France; Bathonian, France and Germany.

4. Proboscina Cunningtont, sp. n.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium formed of loose flabelliform Stoma-

topora-like tufts ; these may radiate from a centre, to form a

circular zoarium. The branches begin uniserially, and may

end in sheets containing twelve zocecia in width.

Zoecia regularly cylindrical, front wall ornamented by a

transverse wrinkling ; of medium length, broad.

Feristomes with somewhat thickened rims slightly raised.

Formula.—1 0 1 1-3.

Distribution.—F uller’s Earth, Bruton (B. M. Cunnington

Coll. no. 88742) ; Cornbragh, Corsham.

A ffinities.—This species is well characterized by its loose

Stomatopora-like zoarium. Some branches end in sheets, and

these ally it to P. Rigauai (Sauv.). From this, however, it

may be distinguished by the looseness of the zoarium. Its

nearest ally is the recent P. major (Johnst.). (See Hincks,

Brit. Mar. Polyz. p. 427, pl. lviii.) This, however, has a

formula 2 0 2 1/4, and may be distinguished by the greater

elevation of the peristomes and length of the zocecia.

I have much pleasure in naming this species after William

Cunnington, Esq., from whom the British Museum received

the specimen taken as the type, and whose careful collecting

has added so greatly to the knowledge of Jurassic paleontology.

5. Proboscina Rigauxi (Sauvage), 1889.

Stomatopora Rigauri, Sauvage, 1889, Bry. Jur. Boul., Bull. Soc. géol.

France, sér. 3, t. xvii. p. 42, pl. il. figs, 6-8.

Stomatopora, sp., G. R. Vine, 1887, Jur. Poly. North., Journ. Northamp.

Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. iv. p. 204, pl. i. fig. 2.

Proboscina clementina, var. minuta, Vine, 1893, Polyz. Thrapston, Proc.

Yorksh. Geol. Soc. vol. xii. p. 256, pl. xiii. fig. 9.

Proboscina clementina, var. depressa, id. ibid. p. 256.

Diagnosis——Zoarium forming dense circular tufts. The

branches end in crowded tufts, which almost form Berenicea-

like sheets.

Zoecia cylindrical, short, thick ; front wall with a well-

marked transverse ribbing. Surface punctulate.

Peristomes raised into a thickened rim, but not reflexed.

* Haime shows some pyriform and others elongated and cylindrical.

450 Dr. J. W. Gregory—A Revision

Formula.—1 0 2 1-12.

Distribution.—Cornbrash, Fuller’s Earth, and Inferior

Oolite, England. Fuller’s Earth, France.

6. Proboscina morinica (Sauvage), 1889.

Stomatopora morinica, Sauvage, 1889, Bry. Jur. Boul., Bull. Soe. géol.

France, sér. 3, t. xvii. p. 41, pl. iii. fig. 5, pl. iv. figs. 6, 7.

? Proboscina obscura, Vine, 1893, Polyz. Thrapston, Proc. Yorksh. Geol.

Soe. vol. xii. p. 255, pl. xiii. fig. 7.

Diagnosis.— Zoarium of an irregular reticulate encrustation.

Branches made up of from one to five zocecia.

Zoecia short, thick, with wide orifices. Shape in places

almost hippothoiform, otherwise elliptical.

Peristomes irregular, slightly raised.

Formula,—2 21 1/4.

Distribution.—Cornbrash, England. Oxfordian, France.

7. Proboscina spatiosa, Walford.

Proboscina spatiosa, Walford, 1889, Bry. Shipton, Part I., Quart. Journ.

Geol. Soc. vol. xlv. pp. 566, 567, pl. xvii. figs. 1-3, pl. xviii. figs. 1-5.

Diagnosis.—Zoarium of irregular, narrow, irregularly

branching bands, each composed of from one to four zocecia

in width.

Zoecia pyriform or subpyriform, of medium length; wall

coarsely wrinkled and punctate.

Peristomes much raised ; apertures elliptical or circular.

Formula.—3 2 1 1-4.

Distribution.—Inferior Oolite, England.

8. Proboseina liasica, Quenstedt, 1852.

Diastopora liasica, Quenst. 1852, Handb. Petref. p. 637, pl. lvi. fig. 10.

Berencea Edwards, Terquem, 1855, Pal. dép. Moselle, p. 26.

Proboscina Edwardsi, Terquem & Piette, 1865, Lias inf. Est France,

Mém. Soe. géol. France, sér. 2, t. vill. p. 125, pl. xiv. figs. 21, 22 (non

25-26, as in text).

Proboscina prorepens, Waagen, 1868, Zone Amm. Sowerby?, Geogn. pal.

Beitr. Bd. i. pp. 535, 647, pl. xxxili. fig. 3.

Magnosis.—Zoarium of narrow branching bands, composed

of from three to five zocecia in width.

Zoecia cylindrical, of medium length; fine transverse lines

traverse the walls.

Peristomes slightly raised ; orifices somewhat elliptical.

Formula.—1°0 1 3-5,

Distribution.—Inferior Oolite, England (fide Walford).

Lias, France and Germany ; Bajocian, Germany.

of the Jurassic Bryozoa. 451

Indeterminable Species.

1. Proboscina Alfredi, Haime.

Proboscina Alfredi, Haiime, 1854, Bry. Jur., Mém. Soc. géol. France,

sér. 2, t. v. p. 168, pl. vi. fig. 8.

Distribution —Bajocian, Germany.

2. Proboscina ammonitorum (d’Orb.).

Idmonea ammonitorum, @Orbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p. 288.

Distribution.—Bajocian, France.

3. Proboscina complanata (d’Orb.).

Idmonea complanata, d’Orbigny, 1849, op. cit. t. i. p. 288.

Distribution.—Bajocian, France.

4. Proboscina divisa, Vine (non Btall.).

Proboscina divisa, Vine, 1893, Polyz. Thrapston, Proc. Yorksh. Geol.

Soe. vol. xii. p. 256, pl. xiii. fig. 8.

Distribution.—Cornbrash, England.

5. Proboscina elegantula (d’Orb.).

Idmonea elegantula, d’Orbigny, 1849, op. cit. t. i. p. 288.

Distribution.—Bajocian and Bathonian, France.

6. Proboscina eapansa, Etallon.

Proboscina expansa, Etallon, 1860, Jura Graylois, Ann, sci. phys. nat.

Lyon, sér, 3, t. iv. p. 175.

Distribution.—Corallian, France.

7. Proboscina gracilis, d’Orbigny.

Idmonea gracilis, VOrbigny, 1849, Prod. Pal. t. i. p. 317.

Distribution.—Bathonian, France.

Synopsis of Species.

I. Zocecia all cylindrical.

Peristomes well raised; zoarium flat .......... Jacquoti.

Peristomes low ; zoarium in linear bands, mostly

biserial, frequently branched .............. Cunningtoni,

Multiserial, seldom branched.

POMEL of osan, «, ) ox 0x el ete liasica.

OSU RIOPC, %. a. oi. a6, atgit plain Sane aor os Eudesi.

Zoarium in tufts and sheets ............ Rigauai,

II. Zocecia pyriform.

Perishomies well! raised»... si64 ek cee we elede os spatiosa.

Peristomes low; zocecia long ................ Desoudini,

Foccrar snort. 4 Suc a ee all ones morinica.

452 - Prof. T. R. Jones and Mr. J. W. Karkby on the

LXIII.—WNotes on the Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca.—

No. XXXII.* Some Carboniferous Ostracoda from York-

shire. By Professor T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S8., and

James W. Kirksey, Esq.

[Plate XXI.]

SOME years ago we received five “ slides” of Carboniferous

Ostracoda from our friend the late Dr. H. B. Brady, then of

Newcastle-on-Tyne. These slides having now been ex-

amined, we describe the results without further delay.

These mounted Ostracoda had been obtained in the exam-

ination of washings of shale from two localities. One of

these is given as “Hurst, head of Swaledale; under the

Underset Chert:” the other as ‘ Downholme, Swaledale ;

beneath Red Beds.” Dr. Brady wrote that he had received

the material from Mr. E. Wood, of Richmond, and that it

was “ from the Yoredale Rocks, from the head of Wensley-

dale, or somewhere there”’}. This is all we know about the

geological position or the neighbourhood of the localities ;

both are undoubtedly good places for fossil Ostraccda, and

well worth further search.

The specimens are numerous and very well preserved.

Among them are some extremely rare forms, besides one or

two that are not easy to determine. Otherwise the species

are well known from the Yoredale Rocks of the north of

England and the Carboniferous-Limestone series of Scotland.

Ostracoda from the localities above mentioned were

described by the late Mr. G. R. Vine in 1883 in the ‘ Pro-

ceedings of the Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic

Society,’ n. s. vol. viii. 1884, pp. 226-238. His specimens

were obtained by Mr. John Harker, of Richmond; but parti-

culars as to where Hurst and Downholme are situated were

not given to him. He records eleven species, all of which,

except Bairdia curta, M‘Coy, appear to occur in our lot.

The torms figured by him as Airkbya umbonata and K, bi-

partita (which we have not found) are probably varieties of

* No. XXXI. was published in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6

vol, xv. 1895, pp. 69-67.

+ For the geology of Swaledale see the ‘Memoirs Geol. Survey,

Explanation of Quarter-sheet 97, N.W., New Series, Sheet 40, 1891.

The “ Underset Chert”’ of the Yoredale Series is mentioned at pages 108

and 110, and the “ Red Beds” at pages 96, 99, 110, and 170,

Downholme is 5 miles 8.W. of Richmond, Yorkshire. Quarter-sheet

97, N.W., Geol. Survey Map.

Wensleydale and the head of Swaledale are about 4 miles apart.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 453

Kirkbya oblonga, J. & K. It is not easy in all cases, how-

ever, to make out what species are represented by the figures

in that paper.

The following are‘lists of the species we have determined,

with notes on such of the forms as appear to require it.

1. List of Species from Hurst ( Yoredale Series).

. Cytherella recta, Jones and Kirkby, Mon. Carb. Entom., Pal. Soc.

1884, p. 74, pl. vii. fig. 2.

scrobiculata, J. & K., Mon. Carb. Entom., Pal. Soc. 1884,

p. 76, pl. vi. fig. 10.

—— equalis?, J. & K., Mon. Carb. Entom., Pal. Soc. 1884, p. 74,

pl. vi. figs. 14-16.

reticulosa, J. & K., Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xviii.

1886, p. 262, pl. vill. figs. 22, 23.

sp. ? C. concinna, J. & K., Mon. Carb. Entom., Pal. Soc. 1884,

p- 7], pl. vi. figs. 9, 12, and 19.

. Leperditia Armstrongiana, J. & K., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xviii. 1886, p. 253, pl. vii. fig. 1.

. Beyrichia Bradyana, J.*& K., Geol. Mag, 1886, p. 438, pl. xii.

ig. 11

8, Kirkbya oblonga, J. & K., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 5, vol. xv.

1885, p. 181, pl. iii. fig. 5.

9. permiana, Jones, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xv. 1885,

Pulley pleut bel.

10. —— Ure, Jones, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xv. 1885,

p- 189, pl. iii. fig. 19.

11. Bairdia plebeia, Reuss, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxv. 1879,

p. 569, pl. xxviii. figs. 9-19.

12 ampla, Reuss, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxv. 1879, p. 571,

pl. xxviii. figs. 20-23, pl. xxix. fig. 3.

13. subelongata, J. & K., Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxv.

1879, p. 578, pl. xxx. figs. 1-1] and 16; Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 5, vol. xviii. 1886, p. 267, pl. ix. fig. 44.

14. ——. brevis, J. & K., Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxv. 1879,

p: 575, pl. xxxi. figs. 1-8.

15. amputata, Kirkby, var., Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxv.

1879, p. 576, pl. xxxi. figs. 15-18.

16, —— Hisingert (Miinster), and var. (Pl. X XI. fig. 1), Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xv. 1865, p. 408, pl. xx. figs. 12 a-c;

Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxv. 1879, p- 570, pl. xxix.

fies. 1-10.

17. Bythocypris corngera, J. & K., var. robusta, nov. (Pl. XXI. fig. 2),

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xviii. 1886, p. 251,

pl. vi. figs. 8, 9.

18. cuneola, J. & K., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xviii.

1886, p. 250, pl. vi. figs. 3-7.

19. bilobata (Miinster), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. xv.

1865, p. 409, pl. xx. figs. 10a, b.

20, Bythocythere Youngiana, J. & K., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

. Phreatura concinna, J. & K. (

vol. xviii. 1886, p. 268, E ix. fig. 4.

1, XXI. figs. 3a, 5), Proc. Geol.

Assoc. vol. ix. 1886, p. 509, woodcuts, figs. 3, 4,

454 Prof. T. R. Jones and Mr. J. W. Kirkby on the

The Cytherelle in this list do not require many remarks.

Perhaps the reference to C. equalis, J. & K., is somewhat

doubtful, though probably right. The examples of C. sero-

biculata, J. & K., are worn, or in such condition as not to

show the surface-ornamentation ; otherwise they agree exactly

with that species. The unnamed Cytherella resembles C. con-

cinna, J. & K., in its elongately oval outline, and may belong

to it.

Of Leperditia Armstrongiana, J. & K., there is only a

single carapace of either a young or a dwarf individual. It

is easily distinguished by its large antero-dorsal spine or

“‘eye-spot”” and its very convex and obliquely gibbose

ventral border.

The only Beyrichia from Hurst is B. Bradyana, J. & K.,

which is probably its first noticed occurrence out of Scotland.

In the latter country it is found in the lower portion of the

Carboniferous-Limestone series.

The three species of Kirkbya are all fairly common. The

examples of K. permiana, Jones, are in beautiful preservation.

So also are those of K. oblonga, in some of which the

surface-reticulation takes the form of, or gives place to, regu-

larly arranged stellate pits, similar to what Dr. John Young

has noticed in rare examples of K. permiana. Such specimens

are of great beauty under the microscope. The presence of

K. Urei, Jones—the “ancient Scot” * of this genus—so far

south is very interesting, though previously known from

Northumberland and North Lancashire on the English side

of the border.

Bairdie are the most common Ostracods at Hurst, and are

well represented in species and varieties. B. subelongata,

J. & K., is perhaps the most abundant. B. Hisingeri

(Minster) occurs in the long, slender, and altogether more

elegant form that usually characterizes it in Yoredale Rocks,

as well as in the Magnesian Limestone. Some of these speci-

mens show a little peculiarity in their slightly oblique and

rather subangulate dorsal border (see Pl. XXI. fig. 1). The

specimens referred to B. amputata, Kirkby, differ from the

type form in their more finely pitted or punctate surface and

in the less truncate posterior extremity.

Bythocypris cuneola, J. & K., and B. cornigera, J. & K.,

are abundant, as they usually are when present at all. The

latter is larger and more robust than we have ever seen it

(Pl. XXI. fig. 2); but in some individuals the horns are

* Ancient, because it is one of those Carboniferous Ostracoda which

the Rev. David Ure, of Rutherglen, collected in the West of Scotland

so far back as 1793 or before.

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 455

almost obsolete. B. dilobata (Miinster) israre. This species,

in fact, is never plentiful, either in the Yoredale Rocks or in

the Scar Limestone, where it is more often seen.

The presence of av8ingle carapace of Bythocythere Young-

ana, J. & K., is of interest, for it is otherwise known only

from Brockley, Lanarkshire, and Lowick, Northumberland.

Phreatura concinna, J. & K. (Pl. X XI. figs. 3 a, b), occurs

both at Hurst and Downholme; and the specimens, which

are all carapaces and not single valves, agree exactly in size

and other features with the type examples from Gleaston

Castle, 4 miles N.E. of Barrow-in-Furness, which is the only

other locality known for this species.

2. Listof Species from Downholme (Yoredale Series).

1. Cytherella recta, J. & K.*

2; reticulosa, J. & K.*

3. intercalaris, sp.n. (Pl. XXI. fig. 4.)

4, Leperditia Okeni (Miinster), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xv.

1865, p. 486, pl. =x. figs. 1 a-c, 2 a-c, 3.

5. P —— sp.

6. Kirkbya permiana, Jones *.

7. —— Uret, Jones *,

8. spinosa, J. & K., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xv.

1885, p. 185, pl. iii. figs, 12 a, 6.

9. oblonga, J. & K.*

10. Bairdia Hisingert (Minster) *.

plebeia, Reuss *.

12. —— brevis, J. & K.*

subelongata, J. & K.*

submucronata, J. & K., Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxv.

1879, p. 572, pl. xxix. tigs. 12-18.

15. Bythocypris bilobata (Minster) *.

16. —— cuneola, J. & K.*

cornigera, J. & K.*

18, Argillecia (Bythocypris?) equalis (?), J. & K., Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 5, vol. xviii. 1886, p. 263, pl. ix. fig. 6a.

19. Youngiella rectidorsalis, J. & K.(Youngia) Proceed. Geol. Assoc.

vol. ix. 1886, p. 515, woodcuts, figs. 6-7. (Pl. XXI.

figs. 5 a-d.)

20. Phreatura concinna, J. & K.*

Among the Cytherelle from Downholme are some smooth,

plump, subovate carapaces that are difficult to determine.

In lateral outline they somewhat resemble C. scrobiculata,

but have none of its other features. Their relative height

(width) is too great for the highest examples of C. Benniet,

J.& K., that we have seen, though, with this exception, they

would come near to that species in general outline. They

have some resemblance also to the smaller species, C. brevis,

* Also from Hurst; see p. 453.

456 = Prof. T. R. Jones and Mr. J. W. Kirkby on the

J. & K., but the latter has the greatest height near the

centre and is suboval rather than subovate. Pl. XXI. fig. 4

represents a side view of this Cytherella, which we propose

to name C. tntercalaris.

Individually the Avrkbye are less numerous than at Hurst ;

but the genus is represented by an additional species,

K. spinosa.

There is an Ostracod from Downholme that we cannot

place satisfactorily with any described species. It has the

outline of a Beyrichia or Kirkbya, or some feeble Leper-

ditioid forms, but with simply convex smooth valves, without

either pit, furrows, lobes, or tubercles; it is wider and higher

at one end than the other; one valve (the right, the high end

being taken as the posterior) overlaps the other on its free

margins, as in Leperditia. Itresembles Aparchites in outline

and smoothness, but there is no overlap in this genus. Possibly

the specimen under notice is an extremely weak Leperditia.

It is left for the present as a doubtful form.

At Downholme single valves are met with, not showing

the peculiar denticulate hinge-line of Youngiella, but in other

respects (such as minuteness, elongate-oblong shape, straight

dorsal border, slight obliquity of valves, and faint reticulation

of the surface) their characters agree exactly with Youngiella

rectidorsalis, J. & K., the only known species of the genus

(Pl. XXI. figs. 5a-d). This is the Youngia rectidorsalis,

J. & K., 1886; but the generic term ‘‘Youngia”’ had been

already used for a Swedish Trilobite by Prot. G. Lindstrém

in the ‘ Oversigt k. Vetenskap-Akad. Forhandl.,’ no. 6, 1885,

p. 49; therefore we have adopted the name Youngiella.

The Ostracod placed doubtfully as Argillecia equalis,

J. & K., is very like a somewhat dwarfed individual of this

species ; but we are not sure about it. It might be regarded

as a variety of Bythocypris cuneola, J. & K., which already

contains varieties not unlike it, including similar small forms

of doubtful affinities. A. equals is essentially a Lower-

Carboniferous species. Its presence in the Yoredale strata is

not well authenticated.

3. Notes on other Carboniferous Ostracoda from Yorkshire.

As supplementary to the preceding observations we give

the following list of species from another locality in Yorkshire.

The Ostracoda from which this list was determined were sent

to us by Mr. James Bennie, of the Geological Survey of

Scotland, and were found by Mr. Rhodes, Collector to the

Geological Survey of England. The locality given is Dow-

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 457

gill, Settle ; and the geological positionsis the Carboniferous

Limestone. Thus the species occur lower in the series

(earlier in time) than those from Hurst and Downholme.

| List of Species from Dowgill (Carboniferous Limestone).

. Leperditia Okeni (Miinster) *.

Armstrongiana, J. & K.*

. Kirkbya permiana, Jones *.

umbonata (d’Kichwald), Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol, xv. 1885, p. 180, pl. iii. fig. 2.

. Bairdia plebeia*, var. alta, nov. (Pl. XXL. fig. 6.)

Hisingert (Munster) *,

—— Hisingert (Minster) *, var. contracta, noy. (Pl. XXI. fig. 7.)

submucronata, J. & K.*

— bgevis, J. & K.*

. Bythocypris bilobata (Minster) *.

. Argillecia (Bythocypris?) equalis, J. & K.*, var. acuta, nov.

(Pl. XXI. fig. 8.)

12. Bythocypris? breviata, sp.n. (Pl. XXI. fig. 9.)

pod

SOON Poor

—

The Bairdie here referred to as nos. 5 and 7 are related to

B, plebeia and B. Hisingeri ; and somewhat similar forms are

not rare in some Lower-Carboniferous localities, and have been

referred to in former papers as Bairdia grandis or its varieties.

No. 5 (Pl. XXI. fig. 6) is a relatively short and high variety

of B. plebeia, with angular dorsal margin, taking fig. 11,

pl. xxviii. Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxxv. 1879, asa

type. It is from 75 to 7 inch in length, less than one and a

half times its height, which is greatest at the anterior third.

Subpentagonal in outline. Dorsal border short and straight

on the hinge-line, sloping at the anterior extremity, and

joining the sharp posterior angle with an elegant hollow

curve. Ventral border gently sinuous, curving up anteriorly

to form the bluntly projecting end of the valve in front. We

term this variety B. plebeta, var. alta, nov.

No. 7 (Pl. XXI. fig. 7) is a relatively short and high form

of B. Hisingert, with the front end rounded as in the modifi-

cation of this species figured in Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.

vol. xxxv. pl. xxix. fig. 9. Suboblong in outline, with one

end (anterior) rounded ; the other obliquely truncate, ending

below in a blunt prow-like angle ; dorsal edge feebly convex,

rounding off at the ends; ventral border gently sinuous. We

regard this as B. Hisingeri, var. contracta, nov.

Argillecia (Bythocypris ?) equalis derived its specific name

from its nearly equally rounded extremities. But in some

* Also from Hurst or Downholme ; see pp. 453 & 455. Carboniferous

Bairdie are often difficult of determination. As in the present instance

one of us holds the opinion that the Bairdia fig. 6 would be as well left

with B. grandis as placed as a variety of B, plebeia.—J. W. K.

458 Prof. T. R. Jones and Mr. J. W. Kirkby on the

localities individuals occur having one end (posterior) bluntly

pointed instead of being rounded like the other; and the

Settle specimens, which are placed with this species, have this

extremity more acuminate than any that have hitherto come

under our notice, simulating somewhat Macrocypris Jonesiana,

Kirkby, though not at all belonging to that species. Possibly

it may be a new species, though just as likely it extends our

knowledge of the old one. Any way, until other examples

turn up it is retained in A. (B.?) equalis as var. acuta

(PL XX. fig78),

The only other specimen from Dowgill that requires notice

is asmalltumid carapace (Pl. XXI. fig. 9) that has the dorsal

border gibbose, being boldly arched, and the ventral feebly

convex: it is highest and widest behind, with the anterior

moiety of the carapace longer and more acute than the other

portion. It also has the left valve overlapping the right

moderately all round (most so ventrally), and the surface is

smooth.

This specimen much resembles Carbonia fabulina, J. & K. ;

and had it been found in Coal-measures or other strata where

that species might have been looked tor, it would very possibly

have been referred to it. It differs, however, in the hinge-

ment, which is more that of Bythocypris than Carbonia.

Moreover, the latter seems to have been peculiar to the fresh

or brackish waters of the Coal-measure areas; and, though it

may have been occasionally commingled with estuarine and

marine species, its occurrence among such a marine group as

that in the Carboniferous Limestone of Dowgill would be

very unlikely. We place it therefore with Bythocypris as

Bb. breviata.

In connexion with this new form, it may be mentioned

that we have notes and a sketch of a similar Carbonia-shaped

carapace from Braehead, Lanarkshire, in the collection of

Dr. David Robertson, which had also been found along with

marine fossils. It is, however, a little larger, and has the

surface deeply pitted.

4, With this notice of Carboniferous Ostracoda from York-

shire may be mentioned a few species that we found in some

washed shale sent us by Mr. Rhodes and Mr. James Bennie

from the ‘‘Crow Beds, River Tees, Darlington,” though we are

not certain whether the shale was obtained from the Yorkshire

or the Durham side of the river. The species found are Leper-

ditia Okeni, Kirkbya permiana, K. Uret, Bairdia plebeia,

and B. brevis; none of these were plentiful, and all were

flattened by pressure. Possibly the Crow Beds are referable

Paleozoic Bivalved Entomostraca. 459

to strata associated with one or two seams of coarse coals,

locally termed “ Crow Coals,” that occur in the Yoredale

Rocks of North Yorkshire and Durham.

Higher up the ‘es, near to Barnard Castle, Dr. James

Barron, of Sunderland, found a shale containing Leperditia

Okeni, Kirkbya permiana, Beyrichia sp., and Bairdia plebeva,

associated with marine fossils.

Lastly, many years ago we received from Mr. J. H. Burrow,

of Settle, some fragments of “ Lower Scar-Limestone ” con-

taining specimens of Bazrdia and evidently varieties of

B. plebeia.

The adjoining Table includes all the species of Carboniferous

Ostracoda (the Cypridinide and allied families excepted)

already known from Yorkshire. Rather oddly, there is not

a single form to record as known from the Upper Coal-

measures, nor from any horizon in the Lower Coal-measures,

Gannister Beds, and Millstone-Grit, notwithstanding the thick-

ness of these deposits and the wide area of their outcrop.

Table of Ostracoda occurring in the Carboniferous

Rocks of Yorkshire.

Be | ©

S te

Ss a

DenGyeneng eed, we SGN fo iieis hea os’ co. le ie oO *

SCH OULCULLLE tle (OG ey Mere e) s Sa). So a, dlolecocmboielers | x

3. EME ia AU atin age tayits. thks «ihe \esds WARE *

4, ETMOT OGG elie OMNI s+ Pe ialiedsiziets Gia: Sla sve iE a *

Ea ISN crey o Mab ced sLea chet heyece o> alckesle. dic! alae. oveccaenatetedeen, ¥ Bie #

6. mtercalaris, sp.n. (Pl. XXI. fig. 4.) ...... i %

1. Leperditia Okent(Miinster) 0.0.62 ie es vee n i.

8. Armercongiand, J Ge) ots ).5)5 &i's siete aivistele Sis * *

9. ? SP Sielieyeivksyoly w)e\ielislele lave, 6 0c cles 0 sin) 0, s)eualole) ehelals ae *

Oy Beyricia Brodyana, J. & Koi. oi. xe ee sleenee Ar *

Bia Airkbya permigng, JONES... 2... .0ce0sss an weer * *

i2: UT? Bae ol: i Se aie Roar A 2 Ee *

13. ASN TL MER MAN ae eae ER es aan 0 ida: ln, dat eye oe *

De —— TET OU OS c's, 0. or 9 a! «0's. 0,5 ves) pic xtanenaanee mada: 5 *

165. umnbontia (A Rich wald) |... << .e0ataewes » ie

NOs Pinata plebera, IROUSS 2... ee cere saee tens ¢ r *

LY, jivar.alia, nov... (Pl. AXE Rea...) . sgens|

18. GIG TRKOUSA: oon snd og oy MET aes ves ay *

19. grmeronded, J. 8° KR a ee sattath tery oh s if *

20. Bree ees Ks! Ash atx gee een area * x

21 Rul, Karle Dy, 2 isp) cinta adile Asis ost) 2 5 *

460

Mr. W. Warren on new

Table of Ostracoda (continued).

Hee

AEE

ao | 6

eS) a

22. Bairdia Hisingeri (Minster). (Pl. XXI. fig. 1.)..) x %

23, —— , var. contracta, nov. (PI. XXI. fig. 7) *

24, QUUTMET ORAL, Sl, OE ES 5 5 o'r bo diene one 6 * %

25. Bythocypris cornigera, J. & K., var. robusta, nov.

CU, a ae ts 3 eae aA a pisiohe : *

BG, —~ Cunsolas Ji Me RL An. ise a Beldak ve eee ote Wye *

Dds, —— DUOMEE Be ME Rn a8 s o's, gicve nin wince > pelea oats * *

2s = — VEEN, WI» OG Ds, bs ns ogc ans hs namie ons oA a *

29. —— , var. acuta, nov. (Pl. XXI. fig.8.)....) x

30. breviata, sp.n. (Pl. XXI. fig. 9.) ........ *

31. Bythocythere Youngiana, J. & K. .... cece eae als %

32. Phreatura concinna, J. & K. (Pl. XXI. fig. 3.) .. %

33 *

. Youngiella rectidorsalis, J.& K. (Pl. X XI. fig. 5.)

Fig.

Fig

Fig.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI.

. Bairdia Hisingeri (Miinster). Carapace, showing the right valve.

Narrow form. From Hurst. Xx 25 diam.

. Bythocypris cornigera, J. & K., var. robusta, nov. Carapace,

showing the right valve. From Hurst. x 25 diam.

. Phreatura concinna, J. & K. a, carapace, showing the right

valve ; 6, edge view. From Hurst. »x 50 diam.

. Cytherella intercalaris, sp.n. Carapace, showing the left valve.

From Downholme. x 25 diam.

. Youngiella rectidorsalis, J. & K. a, left valve; 6, inside of the

same; ¢, inside of another individual ; d, edge view of carapace.

From Dunholme. x 50 diam.

. Bairdia plebeva, Reuss, var. alta, noy. Carapace, showing the

right valve. From Dowgill. x 25 diam.

. Bardia Hisingert (Minster), var. contracta, nov. Carapace,

showing the left valve. From Dowgill. x 25 diam.

. Argillaca (Bythocypris?) equalis, J. & K., var. acuta, nov.

Carapace, showing the right valve. From Dowgill. x 25 diam.

. Bythocypris breviata, sp.n. Carapace, showing the right valve.

From Dowgill. x 25 diam.

LXIV.—New Genera and Species of Pyralide, Thyridide,

and Epiplemide. By W. Warren, M.A., F.E.S.

THE insects of which the description is given in the following

paper formed part of different consignments received during

the last year or so, mainly from collectors in India and

Australia; those from India are chiefly from the Khasia

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 461

Hills, the Australian from N. Queensland; besides these are

a few taken by Mr. Doherty in 8. Celebes, Pulo Laut, and

at Humboldt’s Bay, New Guinea. The types of all the

species here described’are now in the possession of the Hon.

Walter Rothschild, and will be found in the Tring Museum.

In the extensive subfamily Pyraustine the formation of

several new genera appeared unavoidable.

Family Pyralide.

Subfamily Hrreascurrsz.

Genus Srericra, Led.

Stericta atribasalis, sp. n.

Fore wings with whole basal third dark brownish black,

the outer edge vertical, irregularly defined, followed by a

whitish line, edged externally with dark grey ; second line

blackish at two thirds, interrupted, running outwards to

middle, then bluntly angled and denticulate to inner margin

before anal angle; it is followed on the costa by a whitish

spot ; central area between the lines pale ochreous, thickly

dusted with dull brick-red and fuscous scales, the subcostal

and median nervures dull green, undusted, as is also a small

blotch at the extreme base of costa; cell-spot blackish brown,

with raised scales; marginal area dark reddish grey, with

whitish scales interspersed, and forming an indistinct zigzag

line towards hind margin ; fringes glossy, reddish grey, with

a line of dark spots along hind margin before their paler base.

Hind wings smooth, dark grey ; fringes reddish grey. Palpi,

face, vertex, thorax, and abdomen reddish grey, with paler

and darker scales intermixed; second joint of palpi with a

pale ring at summit; third joint pale-tipped. Underside

glossy : fore wings dark grey towards hind margin, reddish

along costa, and pearly whitish on inner margin: hind wings

paler, whitish towards base, mottled with reddish along costa,

with a dark curved line at two thirds before the dark reddish-

grey hind margin.

Eixpanse of wings 32 millim.

One female from Queensland.

Stericta picta, sp. n.

Fore wings of mixed tints, chiefly ferruginous brown ;

basal patch bright ferruginous along costa, mixed and shaded

with olive-fuscous below ; first line black, curved ; second line

black, denticulate, and sinuous, from costa at two thirds

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 33

462 Mr. W. Warren on new

running obliquely outward towards hind margin, curving on

the second and third medians, running inwards between first

and second medians, and again curving to inner margin

before anal angle; costa ferruginous, with scattered black

scales beyond first line; the second line on costa passes

through a squarish white patch with pale ferruginous scales ;

in the cell are two tufts of brown-black scales, one behind

the other; the lower three fourths of the whole central area

is a mixture of olive-brown and ferruginous, as is also the

marginal area, except in the middle, where there is a paler

space without suffusion ; fringes reddish olive, chequered with

blackish opposite the veins. Hind wings dark brownish grey,

with the fringes paler. Palpi dark brown; face and vertex

ferruginous; collar a mixture of dark brown, ferruginous

and pale scales; patagia black at base, becoming ferruginous

at their tips; abdomen blackish on top, paler and mottled at

sides. Underside glossy, darker towards the margins: fore

wings with costa ferruginous ochreous; a blackish patch of

scales in the middle of the cell, preceded and followed by

pale ochreous scales; inner margin broadly pearly white:

hind wings towards the base straw-colour, dusted with

blackish, with a blackish round cell-spot, and a dark curved

exterior line like that in the fore wings.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

One male from Queensland.

Stericta? prasina, sp. n.

Fore wings grey-green, with dark grey markings; first

line at one fifth thick, blackish, towards the costa still thicker ;

second line at two fifths, straight, rather oblique inwards,

approaching first line on inner margin; discal spot blackish,

distinct ; exterior line at three fifths, running obliquely out-

wards, denticulated to the middle, then curving inwards to

inner margin at four fifths; the central fascia is thus much

broader on the inner margin than on the costa, and is much

darkened with grey scales before the exterior line on the inner

margin, and in a less degree on the costa after the second

line ; submarginal line angled and slightly denticulate, much

thickened in its upper part towards the costa; hind margin

with a row of black spots; fringes reddish grey. Hind wings

blackish, deeper before the fringes, which are reddish grey.

The basal area of fore wings and all the body, including face,

palpi, head, thorax, and abdomen, are yellow-ochreous in the

only example I have seen, but were almost certainly con-

colcrous green with the rest of the wings. Underside glossy,

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 463

very dark grey or blackish, tinged with *reddish, especially

along costa of fore wings.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One female from Queensland.

Stericta? rubroviridis, sp. n.

Fore wings dull grey-green, very thickly dusted with olive-

fuscous and reddish scales; first line about one third, in-

distinct, paler, edged with fuscous; second line at two thirds,

running obliquely outwards to middle, then dentate and

vertical to inner margin before anal angle, followed by a

paler green line, which is again followed by a dark smoky

shade, through which the veins all show as black streaks ;

marginal area paler green ; fringes pale green, chequered with

dark fuscous opposite the veins, and with a row of fuscous

blotches along the hind margin between the veins. Hind

wings dark grey, especially towards hind margin; fringes

pale grey. ‘Thorax and abdomen cinereous. Face, collar,

and patagia, as well as basal area of fore wings, dull pink ;

but it is possible that these were once green. Underside

reddish fuscous, with indistinct markings.

Expanse of wings 30 millim.

One female, Queensland.

Stericta? seminivea.

Fore wings snow-white, with black markings; a large

black costal blotch not quite touching the base and reaching

to one third, bounded beneath on the submedian fold by a

lengthened tuft of white scales, the space below the tuft being

a mixture of black and white scales ; the whole basal area is

sharply defined and straight externally, and is followed on

the inner margin by a short oblique black streak ; discal spot

round, black, containing on its inner edge a small tuft of raised

white scales, and with a small black costal blotch above it;

exterior line thick, black, subdentate, curving outwards from

costa at two thirds, then inwards, and again slightly outwards

before inner margin; the lower part of the sinus is filled up

with a thick black shade, with some ochreous scales on its

inner edge; marginal area broadly black at apex, narrowly at

anal angle and greyish white between, the whole separated

from outer line by a distinct curved white line, which is inter-

rupted so as to form two white spots opposite the cell; fringes

whitish, chequered with black opposite the veins, especially

towards apex, and with a row of black squares along the

hind margin at their base between the veins. Hind wings

33*

404 Mr. W. Warren on new

pale grey at base, becoming dark grey towards hind margin ;

fringes dark grey, especially at apex, with paler tips and a

darker dividing line. Face, vertex, base of antenne, and

patagia white ; collar black; palpi black, except the terminal

joint, which is white with the extreme*tip black ; abdomen

grey, with the basal segments ochreous. Underside glossy

greyish black ; costa of fore wings with a white spot at the

beginning of the exterior line.

Expanse of wings 82 millim.

One female, Queensland.

Subfamily Prrazrr-.

Genus Pyratis, Linn.

Pyralis funebralis, sp. n.

Fore wings dingy fuscous grey, with a slight reddish tinge ;

basal and marginal areas deeper than central; first line at

one fourth, curved and wavy, white, thicker on costa; second

at three fourths, vertical for a short distance from costa and

inner margin, and forming a shallow sinus between, wavy

and indistinct except at costa, where it forms a prominent

white tooth-shaped spot; discal spot blackish ; costa between

the lines with seven or eight white dots; fringe concolorous.

Hind wings like fore wings, with two wavy whitish lines at

one third and two thirds ; basal area and outer half of central

area darkest; marginal space dusted with purplish grey.

Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous; face, palpi, and antenne

paler. Underside dull cinereous; the second line on hind

wings showing pale.

Expanse of wings 36 millim.

One female from the Khasias.

This species rivals our European farinalis in size. It may

be a dull local form of P. albiguttata, Warr., which occurs in

India as well as Japan.

Genus OrTHopyata, Rag.

Orthopygia subolivescens, sp. n.

Wings dull olive, dusted with fuscous or blackish atoms,

and sometimes tinged with yellowish or ochreous; first line

generally indistinct, paler edged externally, with an agglome-

ration of the blackish scales towards the inner margin; exte-

rior line at five sixths, sinuous, paler, edged internally with

darker scales throughout ; the line is indented inwards oppo-

site the cell and on the submedian fold; hind margin preceded

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 465

by a row of largish black spots; fringe iron-grey, with a fine

pale basal line; costa dotted with black along the central

area; a black cell-spot. Hind wings more cinereous, with

less dark dusting; a ctrved pale line at two thirds. Head,

thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Underside like upper,

but less green, more cinereous.

Expanse of wings 18 millim.

Three males from the Khasia Hills.

Orthopygia atomosalis, sp. n.

Fore wings pale greyish ochreous, almost entirely suffused

with blackish atoms, slightly mixed with reddish (in the

specimen which served for type the central area has been

rubbed and appears paler), basal patch darker, but ill-detined ;

second line at two thirds, slightly bent outwards opposite the

cell, then curved inwards, dark grey, separated from the dark

marginal space by a paler line; discal dot large, black ;

costa distinctly and regularly marked with black and white ;

fringes dark, with a pale line at base, and their tips towards

the apex of wing whitish. Hind wings with two wavy dark

central lines enclosing a middle space slightly darker than the

rest of the wing, which is thickly dusted with dark scales.

Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous, dusted with dark atoms.

Underside the same, but much clearer, the ground-colour

being paler, less suffused, and the markings darker and more

defined ; exterior line on hind wing denticulated.

Expanse of wings 22 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

Orthopygia fascialis, sp. n.

Fore wings smooth, olive-green; the lines black, the first

at one third, vertical and sinuous, the second at two thirds,

forming a large sinus outwards in middle and reaching inner

margin shortly before anal angle; it is edged throughout by

a pale ochreous line; cell-spot large, dark; costa between

lines blackish, with six clear pale ochreous spots; hind margin

with a row of rather large black spots before the fringe, which

is greyish. Hind wings with a central curved black fascia,

the inner edge of which is even and the outer wavy; hind

margin and fringes as in fore wings. Head, thorax, and

abdomen concolorous with fore wings. Underside cinereous,

with a greenish tint; only the exterior line marked plainly

in black, with a paler edge on both wings.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

One female from the Khasias,

466 Mr. W. Warren on new

Orthopygia subviridescens, sp. n.

Wings ochreous, suffused with pale olive ; basal area of

fore wings olive, edged by the paler vertical wavy first line ;

second line ochreous, broad, forming a strong sinus outward

in the middle of the wing; the central area is tinged with

yellowish and sparsely dusted with blackish scales, and con-

tains a small dark cell-spot; the costa is dark olive, with

four white dots; beyond the second Jine is a dark grey shade,

not reaching the hind margin; fringe olive, with some irre-

gular black dots and spots along the base. Hind wings paler,

with two dark pale-edged curved lines, forming the edges of

a central fascia; fringe and marginal spots as in fore wings.

Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Underside paler,

but with the basal two thirds of both wings darker; the white

costal dots continued to the base.

Expanse of wings 20 millim.

One female from the Khasia Hills.

Genus ComartA, Rag.

Comaria ruptilinealis, sp. n.

Fore wings greyish ochreous, varied with fuscous-olive and

reddish-brown scales, the basal and marginal areas filled up

with dark reddish brown; the edge of the basal patch runs

obliquely inwards from costa as far as the submedian fold,

then outwards, rounded to inner margin; it is marked by a

‘slightly paler line; second line at seven eighths, near and

parallel to hind margin, red-brown, separated from dark

marginal space by a pale line; a darker spot on the disco-

cellular ; the costa indistinctly spotted dark and light reddish ;

fringes reddish brown. Hind wings dull ochreous whitish,

with a curved grey line at two thirds and a reddish blotch from

hind margin along the first median nervule; hind margin

marked by a wavy blackish line; fringe ochreous grey, with

a broad fuscous line near base. Head, thorax, and abdomen

reddish grey, the abdomen rather darker grey. Underside

dull cinereous reddish.

Expanse of wings 22 millim.

One female from the Khasias.

Genus STEMMATOPHORA, Guen.

Stemmatophora semiochrea, sp. n.

_ Fore wings vinous red, much dusted with blackish scales ;

lines dull ochreous, first at one third, vertical, forming an angle

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 467

outwards on the submedian fold, second at two thirds, forming

an angle outwards on the median nervure (on the left wing there

is no angle, but a simple sinus) ; some ochreous costal dots

between the lines ; cell-spot dark, rather large; fringe dark

grey, with a darker inner line. Hind wings dull golden

ochreous, fuscous grey towards base and along hind margin,

and with a large grey cell-spot; fringe dark grey, as in fore

wings. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark reddish grey.

Underside like upper, but duller.

Expanse of wings 22 millim.

Several from the Khasias.

Easily distinguished by the dull ochreous hind wings.

Subfamily Hwporricur2.

ENDOTRICHOPSIS, gen. nov.

Agreeing in shape and markings of the wings and in neura-

tion with Hndotricha, as well*as in the lengthened patagia,

which, in fact, reach almost to the end of the abdomen. The

antenne, however, resemble those of Zania, Wlk. (= Endo-

trichodes, Rag.), having an enlarged basal joint prolonged on

the outside into a tooth; the antenne themselves are long,

subdentate, with short fascicles of cilia (in the single specimen

from which the diagnosis is taken there appear traces of some

long scales in tufts some little distance before the apex) ; the

labial palpi are strongly upcurved in front of face, ending in

sharp pencils of hair which reach well above the forehead ;

ocelli present, but minute, almost hidden beneath the base of

the thickened basal joint of antenne.

Type Endotrichopsis rhodopteralis, sp. n.

Endotrichopsis rhodopteralis, sp. n.

Fore wings shining rosy, tinged towards the base and costa

with dull ferruginous ; interior line invisible; exterior line

only indicated for a short distance below costa, straight,

whitish, with a darker outer edge; costa with a regular series

of semielliptic white spots; fringes bright rosy at apex and

lower two thirds, white between. Hind wings brighter rosy,

slightly ferruginous, with faint indications of two paler curved

darker-edged lines; fringe white, with the base unevenly

rosy brown. Head, thorax, patagia, and abdomen testaceous,

rosy-tinged. Underside the same, with the markings clearer ;

the costal markings of fore wings more largely developed,

each with a reddish centre and brown edge; a small dark cell-

468 Mr. W. Warren on new

spot; costal region before exterior line rather bright ferru-

ginous; hind wings with the two lines distinct.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One male from Japan.

Endotricha acrobasalis, Snell. (Tijd. v, Ent. xxxv. 1892,

p. 155, pl. x. fig. 1), evidently belongs to this genus, and

may be the same species, but it is not represented as being

rosy.

PERISSERETMA, gen. nov.

Fore wings triangular, costa hardly convex; apex blunt;

hind margin oblique; anal angle well marked. Hind wings

triangular, with both angles well-marked, and the hind margin

nearly straight. Antenne of male with long and very fine

ciliations; maxillary palpi weak, laxly scaled, upceurved in

front of face; labial palpi of abnormal length, twice as long

as maxillary, curved horizontally in front of face, like the

mandibles of a beetle, with long lax hairs on the inner side ;

tongue well-developed; patagia of male nearly as long as

abdomen; hind tibias with four spurs. Neuration: fore

wings, cell two fifths of wing; first median nervule at four

fifths, second from lower angle of cell, third and lower radial

on a common stem; upper radial from upper angle of cell ;

last three subcostals on common stem from just before the

angle, first and second free: hind wings, medians as in fore

wings; costal and first subcostal united; second subcostal

from upper angle of cell; discocellular angulated, the lower

arm oblique.

Type Perisseretma endotrichalis.

I am inclined to believe that the position of the labial palpi,

as above described, in the single example examined is not the

natural one. It is more probable that in the natural condition

they are upcurved in front of face, asin the genus Endo-

trichopsts, to the labial palpi of which genus they bear a

strong resemblance.

Perisseretma endotrichalis, sp. n.

Fore wings dull vinous, dusted and in part suffused with

dark grey ; basal area indistinctly darker, edged by an oblique

streak of undusted ground-colour from costa near middle to

inner margin at one fourth ; second line also of clear ground-

colour from costa at two thirds to middle of inner margin,

slightly elbowed in the middle; discal spot large, black ;

space between the two lines from median to submedian

occupied by an oblique subquadrate black blotch; a diffuse

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 469

blackish cloud before hind margin ; a row of small black dots

_at base of fringes; fringes reddish in their inner half, dark

leaden grey in their outer; costa between the two lines with

three or four black spéts. Hind wings rather paler; with

two parallel dark grey lines before the middle and two more

beyond, followed by a third less distinct; fringes and hind

margin as in fore wings. Head, face, patagia, and abdomen

concolorous with wings. Underside, except the fringes, less

red; fore wings with one, hind wings with two dark fascia.

Expanse of wings 16 millim.

One male from Masuri.

PETTA, gen. nov.

Akin to Diplopseustis, Meyr. Fore wings long and

narrow : hind wings twice as broad as fore wings; both with

an indentation on the hind margin below the apex; agreeing

also in the palpi and ocelli, but the tongue is absent; in the

fore wings the first median appears to be wanting, the other

two with the lower radial are on a common stalk from the

lower end of the cell, which is short, as far as can be made

out without denudation; the first two and the other three

subcostals are on a common stem. In the hind wings the

first median nervule is present, as in Diplopseustis.

Type Petta alternata, sp. n.

Petta alternata, sp. n.

Fore wings whitish, largely suffused with dark grey ; first

line white, edged with dark, oblique from costa, then curved

inwards parallel to hind margin; second line white, near

hind margin and parallel to it except opposite the indentation,

where it forms a very distinct right angle outwards; above

the anal angle it runs suddenly basewards, becoming obsolete

for a short distance, and reaches the inner margin just beyond

the middle as a curved white mark; on the costa between the

two lines are three broad oblique black blotches, finely edged

with white, the third being much smaller than the other two;

both the lines are flanked on either side by a thick grey shade ;

a fine marginal dark grey shade; fringe dark grey, with a

darker line near base, which is white. Hind wings whiter,

with a dark grey cloud in middle, and a much curved outer

white line, edged with dark from before costa to above anal

angle; margin and fringes as in fore wings. Thorax and

abdomen grey ; collar, face, and palpi white, the hairs of the

second joint of the palpi externally black ; antenne ochreous,

each segment above with a round black spot. Underside

470 Mr. W. Warren on new

duller, with the inner lines not marked; discal spot of fore

wings dark.

Expanse of wings 10 millim.

Several from the Khasias.

Genus TRICHOPHYSETIS, Meyr.

Trichophysetis nigridiscalis, sp. n.

Fore wings white, the whole of the disk except the basal,

costal, and marginal area suffused with blackish; a short

dark line close to base ; an oblique thick black line, parallel

to hind margin just before middle, obsolete before costa, but

with its origin there denoted by a short oblique brown streak ;

an exterior blackish line from costa at two thirds, oblique

outwards, nearly parallel to costa, then highly curved, and

becoming parallel to hind margin, its lower course being

somewhat dentate and geminated ; its subcostal shoulder is

followed by a small black dot; submarginal line excurved

below apex and followed by an orange apical space; fringe

white. Hind wings less suffused with blackish ; with two

curved black lines at one third and two thirds, the second

geminated, and a blackish discal spot. Thorax and abdomen

white, the latter spotted with black. Underside dull whitish.

Expanse of wings 18 millim.

Several from the Khasias.

Genus CoracHEeNA, Moore.

Cotachena ? fenestralis, sp. n.

Fore wings pale yellow, semitransparent ; costa broadly

brown from base to outer line; inner line indistinct, visible

on inner margin near base as a fine brown thread; cell very

short; containing a round brown spot close to base and a

triangular one on the discocellular, the space between them

being transparent, devoid of scales ; exterior line represented

by an inwardly oblique brown streak from costa at two thirds

and a blotch on inner margin in the middle; apex of wing

dark brown, bounded internally by a darker brown submar-

ginal line, which runs to inner margin before anal angle;

fringes yellow, preceded in the upper half of the wing by

some brown dots in the apical blotch. Hind wings with

discal spot, central and submarginal lines brownish. The

space between submarginal line and margin in both wings

more thickly scaled and yellowish. Head, thorax, and base

of abdomen pale yellow; face, collar, patagia, and hind

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 471

segments of abdomen deeper; palpi externally dark brown.

Underside like upper, with less distinct markings, but apical

patch darker.

Expanse of wings 22 millim.

One male from Queensland.

Subfamily Prravsrivz.

Genus SYLLyTHriA, Hiibn.

Syllythria cruoralis, sp. n.

Wings dull purplish grey, with a yellow sinuous fascia

just beyond middle, forming a short outward sinus across the

median nervules, narrowing towards costa and inner margin 5

in the hind wings running from middle of costa, where it is

broad, to the anal angle; fringes of both wings yellow, those

of the hind wings tinged with reddish at the anal angle;

discal spot of fore wings dull leaden red. Head, thorax, and

abdomen dull red, tinged with yellow; palpi dark brownish.

Underside dull yellowish, with the red area of the upperside

cinereous.

Expanse of wings 20 millim.

Several from the Khasias.

Syllythria rubritinctalis, sp. n.

Fore wings with the pale yellow ground-colour almost

wholly hidden by a profusion of red scales ; costa and hind

margin wholly deep red ; a thick curved red line at one third

and an indistinct exterior one, which does not appear to reach

the costa, forms a small sinus towards anal angle, runs in

along the first median nervule, and attains the inner margin

shortly before the anal angle; fringe pale yellow. Hind

wings yellowish white, with a faint reddish tinge about the

discal spot and in middle of hind margin ; fringe concolorous.

Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow, suffused with red; palpi

deep brown-red. Underside dull yellowish; the fore wings

tinged a little with red; the costal region broadly dark

brownish red.

Expanse of wings 20 millim.

One female from the Khasias.

Genus Ruecroruyris, Warr.

Rhectothyris hyalodiscalis, sp. n.

Fore wings yellow, but the ground-colour is visible only

along the costa and hind margin, the rest of the wing being

472 Mr. W. Warren on new

uniformly suffused with smoky grey; the lines black and

thick, first from one fourth of costa to one third of inner

margin, bent and wavy; second from three fifths of costa to

middle of inner margin, very thick, bent outwards just

beyond cell and approaching first line.on inner margin; at

the end of cell is a hyaline white spot, broader above than

below, edged on both sides with blackish; the median vein is

tinged with yellowish and the cell is fulvous; the costa at

base and beyond second line is likewise tinged with fulvous ;

the costa between the lines remaining bright yellow like the

hind margin. Hind wings smoky grey, with an indistinct

central curved darker line; hind margin yellow; fringes of

both wings yellow. Thorax and abdomen smoky grey;

collar, vertex, face, and palpi, as well as tip of abdomen,

yellow. Underside like upper; underside of abdomen and

legs white.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

A few from the Khasias.

Genus IsocentrIs, Meyr.

Isocentris unicolor, sp. n.

Wings dull brick-red ; the lines very fine, blackish, first at

one fourth, blackish on costa only, reddish below ; second

line in the usual place and of the usual form, but hardly

wavy, darker on costa; submarginal line wavy, blackish.

Hind wings uniform brick-red, with the costa broadly pearly

white; central line angulated ; submarginal line as in fore

wings ; fringes pure white, with the usual slightly wavy deep

black basal line; discal lunule of fore wings slender, indistinct.

Head, thorax, and abdomen dull brick-red; the patagia

slashed with brighter red ; legs white and red; palpi and an-

tenne brick-red. Underside shining ochreous grey, the hind

wings lighter.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

One female from Queensland.

Distinguished from all the other species of the genus by

the uniform pale brick-red colour of both wings; the exte-

rior line is fine and continuous throughout, not broken up

into dots.

Leucocraspeda auratalis, sp. n.

Fore wings deep yellow, flushed with darker ; costa at base

and the lines dull orange; first at one fourth, oblique, slightly

curved; second at three fourths, a little wavy and curved

outwards, runs towards anal angle as far as first median, is

Genera and Species of Pyralide 473

obsolete along the vein, and from beneath discocellular runs

straight, inclined slightly inwards, to mner margin; discal

mark lunular, brownish; a slight orange cloud obliquely

below it; a very fine dark marginal line; fringes silvery

white, with a broad black basal line. Hind wings the same,

without inner line and lunular cell-spot. Head, thorax, and

abdomen concolorous with wings. Underside duller yellow,

but glossy, with only the outer line brownish.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One female, Japan.

MimocoMMA, gen. noy.

Fore wings elongate ; costa straight; apex blunt; hind

margin obliquely curved; inner margin slightly convex and

hairy. Hind wings narrow, with rounded hind margin.

Abdomen of male long, vertex hairy ; antenne four fifths of

wing, filiform; the basal joint swollen, notched inside in

front, the shaft above the notch again swollen and produced

angularly; labial palpi porrect, rostriform; maxillary ? ;

tongue present; ocelli distinct; in the single hind leg re-

maining the tibia has only one middle spur, and that long

and slender. Neuration: fore wings, first median at three

fourths ; second, third, and lower radial approximating from

near end of cell; upper radial from below upper angie; last

subcostal from upper angle as well as the common stem of

the second, third, and fourth; first subcostal free. Hind

wings : first subcostal anastomosing with costal halfway.

Type Mimocomma fulvimargo, sp. n.

Mimocomma fulvimargo, sp. n.

Fore wings smoky brown, the costa and hind margin dull

fulvous and the apex pale fulvous ; lines blackish, indistinct,

first at one third, oblique outwards, second at two thirds,

sinuous outwards to first median, then incurved and reaching

inner margin at two thirds; cell-spot dark, obscure; fringe

fulvous towards apex, smoky towards anal angle. Hind

wings and the fringe wholly smoky brown; costa broadly

whitish. Thorax and abdomen smoky brown ; apex of abdo-

men ochreous ; collar, head, face, and palpi yellowish fulvous,

Underside glossy, pale cinereous.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

DISCOTHYRIS, gen. nov.

Fore wings with costa straight till shortly before apex,

474 Mr. W. Warren on new

which is bluntly subfaleate; hind margin bulged below

middle, indented below apex, and oblique above anal angle ;

anal angle well marked. Hind wings with apex falcate ;

anal angle strongly marked, hind margin bulged in centre ;

the fore wings have an oval scaleless patch at the base of the

cell between the first and second median nervules, and the

spaces between the second and third and the third and the

lower radial are also partially semitransparent; the hind

wings have prominent tufts of hair along vein 2 on the upper-

side. These peculiarities are to be found in both sexes.

Palpi porrect, rostriform ; antenne long, two thirds of fore

wings, filiform, ciliated in male. Neuration normal.

Type Discothyris ferruginata, Moore (Agrotera).

vestigialis, Snell. (Gonocausta?), Tr. E. 8. 1890, p. 628,

also belongs here.

Genus Cavirrons, Zell.

Cavifrons simplea, sp. n.

Wings very pale straw-colour, glossy ; fringes concolorous ;

head and thorax whitish ; abdomen probably the same, but

greased. Underside of hind wings like upperside; of fore

wings suffused with cinereous along the middle, the costa

remaining straw-colour, and the inner margin pure white.

Expanse of wings 28 millim.

One male from Larima County, Colorado.

Of the same size as, but rather paler than, Cavifrons biun-

dulalis, Zell., from which it is distinguished by the entire

absence of markings; the palpi are shorter than in the type

species.

Genus SPILODES, Guen.

Spilodes fraudulentalis, sp. n.

Fore wings pinkish fawn-colour, without markings, except

a broadish pale yellow fascia parallel to hind margin at two

thirds, not reaching the costa; fringes dull yellowish. Hind

wings the same, but the fascia approaching the margin

towards anal angle and curved and somewhat diffuse. Head,

thorax, and abdomen concolorous. Underside like upper ;

the legs pearly white.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Several males from the Khasias.

This species mimics Moore’s flavofasctata, but the ground-

colour of the wings is not so dark and the yellow fascia

straighter.

Genera and Species of Pyralide. 475

Monocrocis, gen. nov.

Distinguished from Sclerocona, Meyr., Mesotympana, Warr.,

and allied genera by the male having on the underside of fore

wings only a small tuft of curled raised scales beyond the upper

angle of the cell, which is about half as long as the wings.

The retinaculum is not at all enlarged, and there is no appa-

rent distortion of the cell or nerves.

Type Monocrocis flavofasciata, Moore (Hapalia).

LEPIDOPLAGA, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate; costa straight till shortly before

apex, then slightly curved; apex produced, pointed; hind

margin oblique; anal angle obtuse. Hind wings narrow,

with both angles and the hind margin rounded. Forehead

slightly produced below, forming a slope ; labial palpi rostri-

form, porrect, bent, decumbent; maxillary palpi present ;

tongue well developed; antenne of male long, filiform.

Neuration: cell not half as long as wing, with a depression

beyond it above, which is covered on the underside by a flat

tuft of glossy scales ; scale-crest below the retinaculum, on

the submedian fold, strongly developed.

Type Lepidoplaga flavicinctulis, Snell.

Lepidoplaga fulvidalis, sp. n.

Fore wings yellowish fulvous, with deeper fulvous

markings; costa broadly deep fulvous, also the basal area; a

blotch contiguous to the costal streak over the discocellular,

and containing the small fovea, which is conspicuously im-

pressed; exterior line curved outwards to the first median,

then running in to below the discocellular, and thence running

straight to inner margin; a broad curved submarginal fascia.

Hind wings paler, with the exterior curved line and submar-

ginal fascia darker fulvous ; fringes concolorous. Head, face,

thorax, and abdomen all deep fulvous; pectus and lowest

joint of palpi white; fore legs white, with brown patches.

Underside of wings and abdomen and the other legs pale

gilded yellow ; the scale-tufts paler.

Expanse of wings 24 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

In markings very much resembling Lepidoplaga uniformis,

but quite different in coloration.

476 Myr. W. Warren on new

Lepidoplaga multidentalis, sp. n.

Fore wings pale yellowish; the costa, transverse lines, and

stigmata fuscous; first line close to base, dentate; second

from two thirds of costa to near middle of inner margin,

strongly dentate and incurved above the inner margin; a

straight dark fuscous shade from costa before apex to inner

margin just before anal angle also strongly and regularly

dentate; fringes concolorous, with a row of minute dark

brown dots at their base. Hind wings paler, with a short

central fuscous line and a broad shade, continuing that on fore

wings, starting below the costa and ending in hind margin

at one third from anal angle. Abdomen and back of thorax

pale yellow ; outside of palpi and front of thorax fuscous ;

face fuscous yellow, edged with whitish. Underside paler ;

both crests of scales very glossy.

Expanse of wings 35 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

Lepidoplaga uniformis, sp. n.

Fore wings uniform pale yellow, with the subcostal region

slightly deeper tinged and the costa very narrowly white ;

lines slightly darker, indistinct, first before one third, oblique,

second at two thirds, oblique and straight towards anal angle

for two thirds, then curved in to below discocellular, and

again at an acute angle outwards to inner margin at two

thirds ; no discal spot, but the fovea at end of cell clearly indi-

cated, that towards the base hardly visible; fringe con-

colorous. Hind wings rather paler, with the exterior line

reproduced, beyond which the ground-colour becomes greyer,

Head, thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings. _Under-

side very glossy, the fore wings greyish, the hind wings

paler.

Expanse of wings 21 millim.

One male from the Khasias.

PACHYBOTYS, gen. nov.

Fore wings elongate; costa straight; apex rounded ; hind

margin curved; anal angle rounded off. Hind wings narrow,

with round hind margin. Antenne simple in both sexes ;

labial palpi shortly porrect, laxly scaled; maxillary palpi

insignificant ; tongue and ocelli present ; legs thickened with

hairs.

A genus of insects of stouter and thicker build than Opsi-

botys, with denser scaling and quite different pattern of .

Genera and Species of Pyralidee. 477

markings; the two stigmata are well expressed and large;

the exterior line rectangularly produced outwards in the

middle, followed by a well-developed submarginal line.

Type P. spissalis, Guen. (Botys).

Pachybotys minialis, sp. n.

Wings dull vermilion-red, with dull black markings; a

spot at the base of the fore wings and the whole costa

blackish ; first line at one third, thick, straight and oblique,

arallel to hind margin; second line before two thirds, at first

parallel to hind margin, then running abruptly outwards,

describing a quadrangular sinus, and ending on inner margin

at two thirds as a straight oblique line in a line with the

costal arm; discal mark lunular; space between the lines

thickly dusted with blackish, except immediately beyond

discal lunule, which remains of the ground-colour ; submar-

inal line curved, rather interrupted ; fringe paler, with a

dark broad basal ‘Tine. Hind wings paler red, especially

along costa, with traces of a dark line at two thirds, distinct

only” near inner margin, and of a submarginal one, much

thinner ; fringe reddish, with no black basal line. Head,

thorax, abdomen, and legs all vermilion-red. Underside

rather duller; the fore wings blackish beyond the submar-

ginal line.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

Three females from Queensland.

Pachybotys plenistigmalis, sp. n.

Wings deep yellow, suffused over the basal half with

brownish yellow; costa at base ferruginous; lines deeper

yellow, first at one fourth, curved outwards, second at three

fourths, at first straight from costa, then forming a shallow

sinus of three teeth, and running in to touch the base of the

reniform stigma, where it forms a dark brown spot, and

descends to the inner margin ; traces of a curved and sinuous

submarginal line ; stigmata dark ferruginous, large, the first

round, the second 8-shaped, with traces of a metallic centre.

Hind ° wings with an angulated deep yellow central line and

a broadish submarginal band, both lustrous ; fringes of both

wings yellow. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark yellow ;

palpi ferruginous. Underside paler yellowish white, with

the stigmata and lines showing through.

Expanse of wings 26 millim.

A few from the Khasia Hills.

{To be continued. }

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. d4

478 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

LXV.—Descriptions of Five new Species of Ennea from

South Africa. By JAMES Cosmo MeELviLL, M.A., F.L.S.,

and JOHN Henry Ponsonny, F'.Z.5.

[Plate XVIIL.]

THE following species of Hnnea, in most instances considerably

smaller than those hitherto described from the South-African

region, were received by Mr. Wotton from the neighbourhood

of Grahamstown, and by him placed in our hands for deter-

mination.

Ennea cimolia, sp. n. (Pl. XVIII. fig. 2.)

E. testa cylindracea, minuta, recta, tenui, nitida, apud apicem com-

pressa ; anfractibus sex, ventricosis, nitidis, ad suturas paullum

impressis, omnino levibus; apertura ovata, labro incrassato,

pellucido, dentibus vel plicis tribus instructo, plica parictali magna,

intrante, dente labiali conspicuo, plica marginem subtus colu-

mellarem semicelata, effusa.

Long. 2°75, lat. 1:25 mm.

Hab, Grahamstown.

A very delicate transparent shining little mollusk, with

whorls perfectly smooth ; mouth ovate; peristome with three

rocesses, of which the parietal plait is deep-seated, the

labial tooth conspicuous, the columellar plait being effuse,

large, and half-concealed.

Ennea Farquhari, sp.n. (Pl. XVIII. figs. 3-5.)

E, testa minuta, rimata, dolioliformi, tenui, nitida; anfractibus sex,

ventricosis, ad suturas multum impressis, undique longitudinaliter

pulchre striatis; apertura ovato-triangulari, labro inerassato,

dentibus vel plicis quatuor instructo, plica parietali magna, acina-

ciformi, acuta, valde prominente, dente labiali bipartito, plica

columellari minore, simplici.

Long. 3, lat. ] mm.

Hab. Grahamstown.

Several specimens, two being in exceptionally fine and live

condition, quite transparent, with yellow-rose hue. The

species being somewhat variable, we give three representations

of it. It is tun-shaped, minute, thin, shining, six-whorled ;

whorls ventricose, beautifully longitudinally striate, beneath

triangularly ovate ; outer lip thickened, mouth adorned with

four processes, the parieta] plait being large, scimitar-shaped,

new Species of Knnea from South Africa. 479

acute and prominent, the labial tooth bifurcate; the columellar

plait, however, is smaller and simple.

This is a very beautiful form, though so small.

Ennea labyrinthea, sp. n. (Pl. XVIII. figs. 7, 8.)

E£. testa perminuta, rimata, breviter cylindracea, tenui, delicate

pellucente; anfractibus quinque, nitidis, ventricosulis, apud

suturas compressis, undique longitudinaliter fere rectistriatis ;

apertura ovata; peristomate pellucente, crassiusculo, dente parietali

permagno, dente labiali apud medium sulecato, parte inferiore

suberecto, basali minimo, plica columellari magna, effusa, valde

intrante.

Long. 1°50, lat. -85 mm.

Hab. Grahamstown.

An exceedingly minute but very wonderfully constructed

species, of which we have seen as yet only two specimens.

The shell is transparent, extremely delicate, and needing the

aid of a lens of considerable power to show effectively the

complicated peristomatal processes. The parietal plait is large

and prominent, the labial tooth furrowed bipartitely, the lower

division being effuse, extending far across the aperture, and

curving upwards. The basal tooth is very small, but the

columellar plait is conspicuous and deep-seated. In fact the

mouth is almost closed by these labyrinthine elaborations ;

whence the specific name chosen. ‘This, the smallest of the

many Hnnee known from South Africa, is unquestionably

the most remarkable.

Ennea Margarette, sp.n. (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1.)

E, testa breviter cylindriformi, tenui, levi, nitida, ad suturas crenu-

lata; anfractibus sex, longitudinaliter levissime striatulis ;

apertura trigonali, labro exteriore valde sinuoso, dentibus plicisve

quatuor instructo, parietali acuto, conspicuo, labiali basalique

parvis, plica marginem infra columellarem effusa, interna.

Long. 3°50, lat. 1°50 mm.

Hab. Grahamstown.

Allied to £. cémolia, but abundantly distinct from that

species. The penultimate and antepenultimate whorls are

narrower than the corresponding whorls of cemolza, the shell

is larger, and the shape of the mouth different, the exterior

lip being sinuous and bearing the processes (labial and

basal) on the bends of such sinuosities.

Ennea Wottont, sp.n. (Pl. XVIII. fig. 6.)

E. testa subrimata, obtusa, cylindracea, corneo-fusca ; anfractibus

septem vel octo, ad suturas impressis, ventricosulis, omnibus

34*

480 On a new Characinoid Fish.

longitudinaliter oblique crassistriatis, duobus apicalibus brevibus,

ceteris lente accrescentibus ; apertura rotunda, peristomate albo,

nitente, dentibus plicisve tribus instructo, plica parietali conspicua,

acinaciformi, dente labiali prominente, plica columellari interna

subtus marginem columellarem.

Long. 5, lat. 2 mm.

Hab. Grahamstown.

This is the largest species of the minute Hnneew described in

this paper. We have seen four specimens, all precisely alike.

The shell is of the ¢nfans type, and is conspicuous for its

rounded aperture, the lip bearing a very prominent parietal

plait ; only one external tooth (the labial), while a deep-seated

internal plait below the columellar margin is the third and

only other process observable.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Fig. 1. Ennea Margarette.

TG, | cimolia.

Figs. 8-5, —— Farquhari.

“yg. 6. —— Wotton.

Figs. 7, 8. labyrinthea.

LXVI.—Description of a new Characinoid Fish of the

Genus Parodon. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

Parodon caliensis.

Dentition as in P. suborbitalis, C. & V., ==; premax-

illary teeth fringed. Depth of body 34 to 3% in total length,

length of head 4 to 44 times. Snout prominent; diameter of

eye equal to length of snout, 35 to 33 times in length of head,

interorbital width 3 times. Dorsal 12, originating a little

nearer end of snout than base of caudal, the last rays above

base of ventrals, longest rays # length of head. Anal 8,

longest rays 2 length of head. Pectorals a little shorter than

head. Ventrals not reaching vent. Caudal deeply forked,

Scales 39-40 5 5 between lateral line and base of ventral.

Silvery, olive-brown on the back ; seven or eight dark vertical

bars on each side.

Total length 75 millim.

Several specimens from the Cali River, near Cali, Colombia,

3200 feet, collected by Mr. W. F. H. Rosenberg.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Two new Snakes. 481

LXVII.—Descriptions of Two new Snakes of the Genus

Calamaria. By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.

Calamaria brachyura.

Rostral a little broader than deep, visible from above ;

frontal longer than broad, more than twice as broad as the

supraocular, shorter than the parietals; one pre- and one

postocular ; diameter of the eye equal to its distance from the

mouth ; five upper labials, third and fourth entering the eye,

fourth smallest; first lower labial in contact with its fellow

behind the symphysial; two pairs of chin-shields in contact

with each other, Scales in 13 rows. Ventrals 201; anal

entire; subcaudals 9. Dark grey-brown above, with six

black longitudinal lines, which disappear on the anterior half

of the body; two outer rows of scales black and white; a

narrow yellow cross-band on the nape; head black above,

with a small yellow spot onveach prefrontal and_ parietal

shield ; upper lip white; lower parts white, with a black spot

at the outer end of each ventral shield; a black line along

the middle of the tail.

Total length 275 millim. ; tail 8.

A single specimen from Mount Kina Balu, N. Borneo,

collected by Mr. A. Everett.

Calamaria mindorensis.

Rostral a little broader than deep, visible from above;

frontal longer than broad, twice as broad as the supraocular,

shorter than the parietals ; a pre- and a postocular; diameter

of the eye equal to its distance from the mouth ; tive upper

labials, third and fourth entering the eye; symphysial in

contact with the anterior chin-shields; two pairs of chin-

shields in contact with each other. Scales in 13 rows.

Ventrals 193; anal entire; subcaudals 15. Brown above,

with longitudinal series of black dots; a yellow spot on each

side of the neck ; a white spot on each scale of the outer row;

upper lip and lower parts yellowish; a black spot at the

outer end of each ventral; a black line along the middle of

the tail.

Total length 240 millim. ; tail 13.

A single specimen from Mindoro, Philippine Islands,

collected by Mr. A. Everett.

482 Mr. A. S. Olliff on Australian

LXVITI.—Australian Entomophytes, or Entomogenous Fungi,

and some Account of their Insect-Hosts. By ARTHUR

SipNEY OLLIFF, Government Entomologist New Sonth

Wales, Fellow Ent. Soc. London, Life-Member Ent. Soc.

France *.

TuE Entomophytes, or Entomogenous Fungi, a remarkable

group of parasitic plants which live upon and at the expense

of various insects, appear to attain their highest development

in Australia, Tasmania, and New Zealand. They may be

said to be more or less familiar objects to the tourist, to whom

dried but seldom perfect specimens are offered for a few pence,

and for whose benefit wonderful stories are related as to their

origin. At many of the smaller hostelries bundles of specimens

may be seen ready for the curiosity-seeker; and others are

commonly to be obtained from the guides, both white and

Maori, in the holiday resorts, especially in the hot-lakes

district of Rotorua. ‘These travellers’ tales, to some of which

we have alluded in detail, have a curious interest of their

own, and are by no means confined to the casual observer.

They have received currency even at the hands of entomolo-

gists and botanists, from whom some hesitation might have

been expected in accepting the wild statements made by

persons entirely ignorant of the habits and structure of both

insects and fungi. It is singular that certain obviously erro-

neous statements regarding the identity of the hosts upon

which these parasitic fungi thrive (although long since

corrected by competent observers resident in the countries

where the Entomophytes occur) should recur again and again

in books of travel and in the writings of systematic entomo-

logists. The worse offenders in this respect, as an examina-

tion of the literature of the subject will show, are the lepido-

pterists, especially those who confine themselves, with a mere

pretence of an examination of structural characters, to

describing the wing-markings and colouring of such specimens

as come before them, a class from which we, in Australia,

are unhappily not entirely free. Strangely enough, when

other workers holding different views as to the value of the

so-called species, established by these describers by methods

which can only be compared to those employed in matching

pieces of floor-cloth, find it desirable to combine or to disregard

these alleged species, it is this very class of lepidopterists who

* From a separate pamphlet issued by the Department of Agriculture,

New South Wales, for which we are indebted to the Author.

—--

Entomophytes, or Entomogenous Fungt. 483

are loudest in their talk of the necessity for eareful breeding

of the insects and the observation of their habits and trans-

formations, although wholly disregarding these points them-

selves. ‘Truly where there is most noise there is least hurt,

and it is not to this class of worker that we look for reliable

information.

The first, and to this day (from the entomological point of

view) the most complete, account of these insect-fungi was issued

in 1858 by the late George Robert Gray, Assistant Keeper of

the Zoological Department of the British Museum *. This

memoir was privately printed, and bears only the writer’s

Initials; but as it has had a tolerably wide circulation, and

can be obtained from natural-history booksellers without much

difficulty, it may be regarded, for all practical purposes, as

having been duly published. It contains a ‘very complete

account of all the insects known to the author as being hosts

of Kntomophytes, or Entomogenous Fungi, and is the most

important and original contribution on the subject that has

yet appeared. The conspicuots and well-known group of

fungi (Cordyceps) affecting the larve and pupe of root-eating

insects (the Australian species of which are the special subject

of the present paper) are dealt with at considerable length ;

and the observations and conclusions regarding them, except

in one particular to be noticed presently, may be accepted as

accurate and reliable.

Thirty-four years later, in 1892, a more popular treatise on

these parasitic fungi was published by Dr. M. C. Cooke f.

In this handy and inexpensive volume, which is issued under

the auspices of the Society for Promoting Christian Know-

ledge, will be found an excellent summary of all that was

known of the Entomophytes, and it has a special value as

coming from a recognized authority on the larger fungi. For

the ludicrous title of the book we believe Dr. Cooke is not

responsible. Presumably it is an inspiration of some luminary

in the editorial office of the Society for Promoting Christian

Knowledge, who, in striving after a popular designation, has

succeeded in wholly hiding the subject of the book. It is

almost needless to say that none of these fungi, or the insects

upon which they live, have any connexion with worms ; and

* Notices of Insects that are known to form the bases of Fungoid

Parasites,’ by G. R. Gs: pp. 22, with 5 plates. 4to, London (privately

printed), 1858.

+ ‘Vegetable Wasps and Plant-Worms—a ee history of Entomo-

genous Fungi, or Fungi parasitic upon Insects,’ by M.C. Cooke: pp. 354,

with four plates and woodcuts. London, 1892, Here quoted as Hist.

Ent, Fungi.

484 Mr. A. S. Olliff on Australian

that if the term plant-worm” has any meaning it should be

applied to those minute eel-like worms, properly called

Nematodes, which are the cause of numerous plant-diseases.

In this work, as the author points out, a free use has been

made of Gray’s observations, and, indeed, as far as the larger

species, which more particularly interest’ us, are concerned,

Dr. Cooke’s remarks are almost entirely based on the work of

Gray. ‘The whole subject, however, and the questions of the

origin, habits, and mode of growth of these curious fungi, must

obviously be investigated by the entomologist as well as the

botanist before satisfactory conclusions can be arrived at; and

it is from the botanist’s point of view mainly that Dr. Cooke's

observations have a special value. The classification put

forward by him is here adopted, and the characters upon which

the genus Cordyceps has been subdivided (the name given by

Fries to the species which live as parasites on root-eating and

truly subterranean insects) are taken from his work.

One of the fancy stories in regard to the origin of these

fungi which has gained wide currency is that the seeds of the

rata-tree (Metrosideros robusta) are swallowed by the cater-

pillar, that they then germinate, kill the caterpillar, and grow

in the ordinary way. Some, indeed, are so firmly convinced

that these vegetable caterpillars are the veritable roots of the

trees, that instances have been known where they have been

deliberately planted in the confident belief that a 10w of rata-

trees would result. Another singular and equally erroneous

belief is that the sweet-potato (Convolvulus batatus) may be

grown ina similar way, a superstition which has probably

arisen from the fact that the caterpillars of the large convol-

vulus hawk-moth (Protuparce or Sphinx convolvult, Linn.)

have, by many ill-informed writers, been supposed to be the

hosts of these fungi. This supposition, as far as | have been

able to ascertain, has not a particle of evidence to support it,

although it has gained considerable credence, particularly

from observers in the early part of the century.

According to Pereira * a Chinese species (Cordyceps sinen-

sts, Berk.) is used for medicinal purposes. He states that it

is “used only in the Emperor’s palace, as a strengthening

and renovating substance, and is supposed to possess proper-

ties similar to those ascribed to ginseng ft. It is recommended —

in cases where the powers or the system have been reduced

by over-exertion or sickness. A duck is stuffed with five

drachms of the fungus, and the bird roasted by a slow fire.

" Quoted by Gray, ‘ Notices of Insects, Xe.,’ p. 12.

+ Another Chinese medicine.

Entomophytes, or Entomogenous Fungi. 485

The virtue of the fungus is supposed to pass into the flesh of

the bird, which is to be eaten twice daily for eight or ten

days.” Unless it is to be supposed that the virtue is confined

to those found in Chinese,soil, here is a hint for the numerous

Mongols in our midst.

Having referred to the old error that the hosts of the

various species of Cordyceps are the caterpillars of hawk-moths

of the family Sphingide, we have to notice another and

more widely spread delusion with regard to the identity of

their hosts which is equally erroneous. ‘This is that the

hosts are the larve of the large lignivorous Lepidoptera of

the family Hepialide, known as Charagta or Ginetus; and

the larvee of certain species of Cosside (Hndoxyla, Zeuzera,

&c.), which are also wood-eaters. The larvee of these insects,

like those of the gigantic ghost-moth or bent-wing moth

(Zelotypia Stacyi, Sc.), are lignivorous, living within the

stems and branches of the various native trees and shrubs ;

and it is obvious that it would be impossible for large and

highly developed fungi, such as Cordyceps, which are some-

times of large dimensions and which are frequently found

growing at right angles to the axis of the body of their host,

to grow within the narrow limits of the burrows made by

these larve: within their food-plants. With whom the mistake

of associating the hosts with Charagia originated I have not

been able to ascertain ; but the error is an old one, as it occurs

in the late Dr. George Bennett’s ‘Gatherings of a Naturalist

in Australasia’ * and in Gray’s ‘ Notices,’ &c., where the male

of Charagia virescens, Walk. t (said by him to be the perfect

stage of the host of the New Zealand fungus Cordyceps

larvarum, Westw.), is figured ; and the error recurs, although

long since corrected, in the writings of Butler, Buchanan

White, Steele, and Tisdall. As long ago as 1864 the late

Mr. A. W. Scott { corrected the error into which Dr. Bennett

had fallen, and indicated the true hosts of the Cordyceps ;

but his observations appear to have been overlooked by sub-

sequent writers. In treating of the genus Pielus Mr. Scott

says :— We are induced, as being applicable to the matter

now in hand, to offer a few observations respecting those

Australasian Lepidopterous caterpillars afflicted by Spheria

(Cordyceps) which have come under our notice, conceiving

that this subject has hitherto been treated more in a botanical

light than the one interesting to the entomologist ; and to do

so more effectually it is necessary to exhibit clear outlines of

* P, 288 (1860).

+ Charagia rubroviridens, Walk., is the female of this moth.

{ ‘ Australian Lepidoptera and their Transformations, pp. 5 and 12,

486 Mr. A. S. Olliff on Australian

some of the larve with which we are acquainted. By com-

paring these with the one similarly affected which we obtained

here, and also with the delineation on the plate of the living

larva, together with the appended observations of several

writers, a fair conclusion can be arrived at respecting the

genus of moth, which, in its two preparatory stages, is liable

to the fatal attacks of this fungus. In order, therefore, to

carry out the necessary comparison, we copy a lignified larva

found at Barrabool Hills, Victoria, and the well-known New-

Zealand species. To these we have added sketches of one

obtained near Sydney by Mr. Shepherd, and another by our-

selves at the Hunter River.’ Our author then proceeds to

summarize the observations of Mr. W. H. Hawkes on Cordy-

ceps Hawkesii found at Launceston, Tasmania; and the

observations of Mr. John Allen and the Rev. R. Taylor on

Cordyceps Taylori from Yass, New South Wales. In each

case he concludes that the host is the caterpillar of a species

of Pielus, and, after noting that in the case of the New Zealand

form Cordyceps larvarum, the host has been incorrectly iden-

tified with the larve of Charagia by Hooker, Dieffenbach,

Doubleday, and 'l'aylor, he adds:— We think it probable

that the stems and trunks of the Metrosideros furnish sus-

tenance for the larve of the Charagia virescens ; but these

live and undergo their metamorphoses within the wood, effec-

tually protected against injury from this particular fungus ;

and it is equally probable that the eternal portions of the

finer roots of the same or neighbouring plants afford nutri-

ment to the larve of such genera as pass their lives wholly

in the earth, a state of existence which would render them

exposed to the attacks of the Spharia (Cordyceps).”

In my opinion we have in these remarks the truth of the

matter, and I am inclined to go even further, and to assert

that all the larger fungi of the genus Cordyceps live upon and

at the expense of subterranean larvee and pups. In support

of this assertion | would point to the fact that all the bulky

species of which the hosts are definitely known have been

found on root-feeding insects. As instances I need only cite

the Dynastide, Melolonthide, Mlateride, and Lucanide

amongst the beetles, Cicada amongst the Homoptera, and

Piclus and Trictena amongst the moths. In all these cases

the hosts are subterranean, and it follows that it is idle to

speak of any connection between these parasitic fungi and the

larvee of wood-boring or foliage-eating and free-living insects.

‘The best-known and the most abundant species are found on

the early stages—larve and pupa—of Lepidoderma, Lepidiota,

Entomophytes, or Entomogenous Fungt. 487

Rhyssonotus, Cicada, Pielus, and Trictena, all of which live

underground at the roots of plants. i

For an account of the general structure and development of

the entomogenous fungi we cannot do better than turn to the

writings of Dr. Cooke. This writer * says, “ there are four

groups under which the fungi parasitic upon insects would

primarily arrange themselves, and these, in the order of their

importance, would be: first, the ascigerous or Cordyceps

group, which have mostly a fleshy stroma, a club-like shape,

and sporidia contained in asci, including also those imperfect

forms or conidial states which belong or are allied to Jsarva.

... The first group consists of... entomogenous species, to

which at first the generic name of Clavaréa was applied, until

their structure and fructification were ascertained, but which

were afterwards transferred to the large genus Spheria, on

account of their possessing the cells called perithecia, in which

the sporidia were developed, enclosed in long delicate sacs or

asci. When a division of Spheria took place subsequently a

new genus, termed Cordyceps, was characterized, to which

the entomogenous species, with some few others, were

assigned, on account of their fleshy vertical stroma and peri-

thecia, with long filiform sporidia.

“'The general and typical form in Cordyceps is a somewhat

club-shaped erect body, sometimes only a few millimetres and

sometimes several inches in height, with a naked, sterile, solid

stem, attached by threads of mycelium, and a thicker head,

globose, oval, or elongated, which is covered on all sides with

nearly globose perithecia, immersed in the substance, and only

visible externally by their dot-like mouths or orifices. Ina

few instances the perithecia are only partially immersed or

nearly free, but such instances are rare. At first the perithecia

contain only a minute drop of grumous gelatin, but finally

this is differentiated into very long cylindrical asci, with a thin

membrane, each containing eight long thread-like sporidia,

which are commonly nucleate, then septate, breaking up finally

into separate joints, each of which is a reproductive unit.

“'The vegetative portion, or mycelium, at the base pervades

the body of the host-insect, commencing in many instances

during life, and at length absorbing the whole interior, con-

verting it into a fungoid mass. ‘The external stroma, consti-

tuting the fungus proper, notwithstanding all that has been

written to the contrary, is not developed until the whole inte-

rior is absorbed, and consequently the insect is dead.”

* Hist. Ent, Fungi, p. 1.

488 Bibliographical Notice.

This quotation will serve to answer the question often

asked in this country as to the truth of the statement that

these large parasitic species of Cordyceps are found on living

caterpillars. It may safely be asserted that they are not;

after the germination of the spores, which, I believe, usually

occurs in the stomach and intestines, the host-insect quickly

dies, and life is certainly extinct long before the stem and

other external parts of the fungus are developed.

[This is followed by a synopsis of the species, with descrip-

tions of several new ones, accompanied with tour Plates, to

which we must refer the reader.-—W. F.]

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Catalogue of the Marine Mollusks of Japan. By Henry A, Pinssry.

8vo. Frederick Stearns, Detroit; Kegan Paul, Trench, Triibner,

& Co., London, 1895.

PropaBLy more attention has been bestowed upon the marine

Molluscan fauna of Japan than upon that of any country, with the

exception of Europe, N. America, and some of the British colonies.

Within the last thirty-four years two more or less complete cata-

logues of the known forms were issued by the late Dr. W. Dunker,

three very valuable and beautifully illustrated quarto volumes were

published by the late Dr. C. E. Lischke, and an enormous number

of genera and species were described by Mr. A. Adams from material

which he himself collected. In addition, very numerous and

important papers have appeared in various journals, and very many

species have been described in monographic works and in the reports

of the ‘Samarang,’ ‘ Challenger,’ and other voyages.

The volume before us is the latest contribution to our knowledge

of this fauna. It resulted ‘from the research incidental to the

identification of the Mollusca procured by Mr. Frederick Stearns

(the publisher) during two visits to Japan.”

It consists of a few prefatory remarks by the author, a short

introduction by Mr. Stearns, a list of the principal works quoted,

and 196 pages of text, containing the list of species, with references

and descriptions of about thirty new ones, illustrated by eleven

excellent plates.

The whole of the text is not, however, devoted to the marine

mollusks, as might be inferred from the title of the work. Only

154 pages have reference to that part of the Japanese fauna, the

remainder containing two appendices, respectively on the ‘* Land

Miscellaneous. 489

]

and Freshwater Mollusks collected in Japan by Frederick Stearns,’

and on the ‘ Mollusca in the Collection of Frederick Stearns from

the Middle Loo-Choo Islands ;” also a generic index and an expla-

nation of the plates.

A Catalogue of this description is of enormous value to the student

if it possesses the one all-important feature—completeness. Lacking

this, its utility is in a great measure diminished. It is satisfactory

to find that in the present Catalogue this condition has been in a great

measure realized. To ensure no omissions, however, would be all

but impossible, and entail enormous labour and research. One cata-

logue we have examined contains more than twenty species, quoted

from Japan, which are unrecorded by Mr. Pilsbry ; but as this was

issued as recently as January 1894, it may have escaped the author’s

attention. It is possible that a few other oversights could be pointed

out; but, considering the extent of the task, the author is to be

congratulated on the success achieved. “The current generic

nomenclature has been revised in certain cases;” but Professor

Pilsbry appears to object to emended names, as J/ssoza is still left

Ltissoa, Scutum remains Scutus, and Solemya is preferred to Soleno-

mya. On p. 28 Neptunea has crept in in place of Chrysodomus, two

species of Macoma have gone astray on p. 124, and certain untenable

generic names, such as Volvula, Aspergillum, Macrodon, and Leda,

are still retained.

The Catalogue is the most complete as yet published ; it is issued

in a convenient octayo form, very clearly printed, and the eleven

plates, two of which are reproductions from the Proc. Acad. Nat.

Sci. Philadelphia, 1891, are excellent. The artist is fortunate in

possessing a “ conchological eye,” and seems to have caught the

individuality of the numerous forms depicted.

To the student of Japanese Mollusca this useful work will be

found indispensable.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On rapid Change of Colour in Gasterosteus. By Jamus Dattas,

F.L.S., Curator of the Albert Memorial Museum, Exeter.

Somn time ago I made the following memorandum of observations

upon a stickleback, which has until now been mislaid.

On the 28th January | obtained a solitary specimen of a stickle-

back (Gasterosteus aculeatus), which was placed in an aquarium at

some distance from the window, and where consequently the light

was at no time brilliant, and was generally dull. When first cap-

tured the fish was of a bright dark-greenish colour on the dorsal

490 Miscellaneous.

and silvery white on the ventral surface. Towards the end of

March it had lost its dark colour and was of a palish olive-yellow,

but the red colour, which seems to be connected with the phenomena

of reproduction, and which is frequently very vivid in full-grown

males about the region of the head and gills, was slightly developed.

On the 30th March my fish made a curious small excavation in the

sandy bottom of the aquarium, and for the next two days I observed

that it went frequently to this nest, apparently for the purpose of

sexual deposition. On the 1st April I obtained a further supply of

sticklebacks, which were placed in the aquarium on the evening of

the same day. These were dark in colour, and presented a marked

contrast to the pale yellow of the original tenant. It is needless

to say that violent warfare ensued upon the introduction of the

strangers. The nest was destroyed almost immediately, and its

erstwhile proprietor devoted itself to making savage attacks upon

the newcomers. On examining the pale-coloured individual about

half an hour later it appeared to me, and to a friend who. had

throughout followed my observations, that it had assumed a some-

what darker hue, while in two hours it could not be distinguished

from the darkest of the later introductions. We had, however, no

difficulty in still recognizing the original specimen by certain habits

it had acquired during its solitary confinement, and notably by the

fact that it would attack the end of the finger or a pencil placed in

the water, whereas the new arrivals immediately retreated.

This rapid and complete change of colour struck me as very

remarkable, the more so as it seems quite impossible to account for

it. No change was made in the quality of the water, nor was there

any change in the quality or quantity of light, even for the shortest

time, so that the alteration observed seems to be attributable solely

to inexplicable sympathetic influence. I am not aware that such a

change has heretofore been observed in any animal, and I thought it

might be worth recording in your pages.

On Sexual Dimorphism in the Nautilus. By A. Vayssikrn.

Our knowledge of the external sexual differences of Cephalopods

is in many respects still deficient.

As Lhad the privilege, in 1887, of examining some specimens of

Nautilus macromphalus, Sow., and this year of studying a certain

number of VV. pompilius, L., I have thought that it would be inter-

esting to point out the external sexual dimorphism that is found to

exist in these mollusks.

On examining a certain number of Nautilus shells, taking care to

place them with their mouths facing us and the outer lips of the

latter uppermost, we find that the shape of the mouth of the shell

is somewhat variable. The orifice is sometimes ovoido-conical,

Miscellaneous. 49]

sometimes elliptical, no matter which of the two species we are

examining.

If we then notice, as I have been able to do, what is the sex of

the animal, we observe that all the individuals having the mouths

of their shells broad and more or less rounded are males, and that

those occupying the shells with ovoido-conical, that is to say laterally

compressed, orifices are females.

It is true that between these two forms of orifice a few interme-

diate ones occur, but they generally approach the rounded shape

and belong to young male individuals, or, at least, to those in which

the copulatory organ is not very greatly developed. These differ-

ences in the shape of the orifice are due to the larger or smaller size

of the spadix, which, situated on the right side of the buceal bulb,

eventually equals the latter in bulk and requires a somewhat con-

siderable space to contain it, while it even thrusts the bulb a little

to the left. . The presence of these two organs, placed side by side,

thus gives to this portion of the body a breadth almost as great as

that of the region situate on the level of the eyes.

In the female nothing of the kind takes place; the tips of all the

tentacles can converge towards the same point without any diffi-

culty, and this gives to the whole an elongate conical shape.

The last whorl of the Nautilus shell is ‘consequently found to be

more swollen in the males, while in the females it is more elliptical

and has a slight tendency to be carinate ; we may further add that

the rim of the shell is a little more undulating in the females than

in the males.

The appearance of the hood likewise varies according to the sex ; it

is necessary, however, to make allowance for the effects produced upon

the tissues by the preservative fluids, and especially by the state of

extension in which the animal was at the moment of being plunged

into these fluids. If the animal was strongly retracted when it was

placed in alcohol, its hood, instead of having a regular shape, is

more or less twisted upon itself, in which case it is a matter of some

difficulty to detect the sexual differences that may be exhibited by

this portion of the body.

In the male the hood is broader, and, as Van der Hoeven very

justly remarks, its breadth exceeds that of the female hood of equal

length by nearly two centimetres; it follows from this condition

that the lateral margins of the hood almost entirely conceal the eyes

and the tentacles in the males, while in the opposite sex, since the

hood is less extended transversely, the eyes, as well as the first pair,

or sometimes the first two pairs, of tentacles, are quite uncovered.

It may also be mentioned that in the females the margins of the

hood are more sinuous and more incurvate at the level of the eyes. |

As regards the mantle, which in the male, according to Van der

Hoeven, is shorter and leaves the eyes almost uncovered, while

according to the same author it extends higher up in the female,

this organ did not exhibit these differences in the individuals that 1

492 Miscellaneous.

examined. If in some of these the mantle enveloped the pedal

region to a smaller extent, this seemed to me to be entirely due to

the bad condition of the visceral mass, which, pressing upon the

bottom of the sac, caused the whole to recede from the pallial

investment.

In the present note I pass over the sexual characters based upon

the number, structure, and position of the tentacles, since it is my

intention to deal with them shortly, and also because I would now

insist only upon the characters that can be determined almost

without the necessity of extracting the specimen from its shell.

These variations in the shape of the last whorl of the shell in

Nautilus macromphalus and N. pompilius naturally lead us to inquire

whether these indications could not be utilized in paleontology.

In the course of his investigations upon ammonites d’Orbigny put

forward the theory, in 1841, that the variations in the size of the

shell in these cephalopods, observed in the same species and among

individuals of the same diameter, might be due to sexual differ-

ences; in his opinion the more swollen shells should belong to

females.

This idea has been adopted by several naturalists, among whom t

would mention especially P. Reynés. M. Douvillé likewise appears

to entertain the same opinion.

M. Munier-Chalmas, the learned professor of the Sorbonne, while

admitting the sexual dimorphism of the ammonites, which he regards

as dibranchiate cephalopods allied to Spirula, does not entirely

adopt d’Orbigny’s point of view. To the differences in size he adds

the presence in the males of jugal apophyses, which he considers to

be wanting in the females. In an important note on “ the possi-

bility of admitting a sexual dimorphism in the ammonites,” pub-

lished in December 1892 in the ‘ Comptes rendus des séances de la

Société géologique de France,’ he shows that groups of ammonites

may be considered as the males of other groups which would be the

females (thus Oecotraustes would be the male of Oppelia, Norman-

nites the male of Cadomites, &c.).

Without following this geologist into the study of the variations

which he points out in a large number of types of Ammonitide, I

would remark that, according to my observations upon ten specimens

of Nautilus preserved in spirit, and also according to those made

upon avery large number of shells belonging to the two most widely

distributed species, Nautilus pompilius and N. macromphalus, the

differences that are found to exist in the dimensions of the shell,

although quite appreciable, are never very considerable, and that, as

I have already stated, it is the shell of the male that, with an equal

diameter, exhibits the larger size, contrary to that which, according

to the geologists, is observed in the ammonites.

It would be of some interest to pursue investigations of this kind

in the group of fossil Nautilide, in order to see whether in the shells

of these cephalopods there do not exist variations in size sufficiently

Miscellaneous. 495

constant in the same species to admit of a comparison with those

which I have just described in the shells of the living Nautilus.—

Comptes Rendus, t. exx. no, 25 (June 24, 1895), pp. 1481-1434.

On the Structure of the Ectoderm and Nervous System in Parasitic

Platyhelminthes (T'rematodes und Cestodes). By Lton Jamuus.

The results of my investigations upon the organization and deve-

lopment of Nemathelminthes, which I have recently published,

contain a detailed study of the ectoderm in these animals. The

layer in question is constituted at its first appearance by a con-

tinuous epithelium, the superficial growth of which slackens at an

early period. Stretchings result from this fact, and consequently a

more and more complete dissociation of the entire Jayer. The cells

preserve their epithelial character or become transformed into nerve-

elements, fibrils, and granulations. The nerve-elements are differen-

tiated on the spot. The fibrils result from the elongation, accom-

panied by a special transformation of the epithelial elements; they

occupy the spaces left by the non-multiplication or cessation of

growth of the cells of the primitive epithelium. The granules are

due to the breaking-up of the fibrils. These different elements

appear in varying proportions, according aS one examines the

successive stages of the same individual or of different individuals ;

they form a single and unique tissue, in which the nerve-elements

remain scattered; the latter constitute, by their accumulation at

various points of the body, the nervous regions of authors.

These investigations, extended to the Platyhelminthes, have

enabled me to determine that the ectoderm of the latter exhibits in

its structure numerous points of resemblance to its homologue in

the Nemathelminthes. We find in both cases epithelial cells, nerve-

cells, fibrils, and granulations. Certain authors have described a

layer applied to the cuticle; on account of its appearance they have

ealled it granular ; but by the greater number of them it has been

assigned to the mesoderm. This layer really corresponds to the

ectoderm, transformed by processes similar to those which I have

described in the case of the Nemathelminthes.

My investigations have been made upon a Trematode, Distoma

hepaticum, and upon two Cestodes, Tenia solium and Tenia inermis.

The continuous descriptions of the nervous system of these animals

are not such as to enable us to understand its relations to the rest

of the ectoderm. Authors have constantly sought to isolate it and

to give it definite and precise contours. The regularly increasing

complications which they have described in its structure, in propor-

tion as fresh nervous points were recognized, have led us to imagine

the existence of a complex framework capable of uniting all the

nervous elements distributed in the bodies of these animals. In

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xvi. 35

494 Miscellaneous.

reality the nervous system has no definite outlines; the regular

arrangements, consisting of sharply defined rings and of divergent

cords, which have been attributed to it, cannot be considered as an

expression of facts. The apparatus is diffuse and united with the

rest of the ectoderm.

In Distoma hepaticum the nervous elements present in the various

parts of the body appear especially numerous in the cephalic region

and at the level of the genital sinus. Around the pharynx in

particular we see them surrounding the passage and filling the

rounded groove bounded by the external face of this organ and the

inner surface of the cuticle enveloping the body. The special

reagents show that this mass of nerve-elements, instead of having

definite outlines, merges at its margins into the granular layer.

The nerves of authors are nothing else than thickenings of this same

tissue. It follows that Distoma hepaticum possesses, in place of a

nervous system consisting of a principal centre (cerebral ganglia)

and dependent parts, a fibro-cellular ectoderm in which nerve-

elements exist at places, while these elements are especially developed

in the regions in communication with the exterior, 7. e¢, mouth and

genital sinus.

The same state of things exists in the Cestodes which I have

studied. Only the changes undergone by the ectodermal layer are

perhaps easier to grasp because they appear at different stages in

the same individual and according to the age of the segments.

The history of the granular layer of the Platyhelminthes is the

same in its general features as that of the ectoderm in the Nemat-

helminthes. Authors have sought at the outset to isolate the

nervous system by distinguishing in it centres and dependent parts ;

this course tended to make of the apparatus of communication an

autonomous whole, which it was necessary to delimit. The study

of its relations to the ectoderm, which I hope to be able to complete,

shows, on the contrary, its entire continuity with the latter, and

even thereby obliterates the contours which determined it.

This structure of the ectoderm, common to Platyhelminthes and

Nemathelminthes, is to be connected with the presence in all these

animals of a thick and resistant cuticle ; I have already insisted upon

this point in my paper on the Nemathelminthes ; I believe that I am

confronted with a histological structure, connected with the existence

of an impermeable envelope, which almost suppresses or, in all cases,

greatly modifies the relations of the ectoderm to the external

medium *.—Comptes Rendus, t. cxxi. no. 5 (July 29, 1895),

pp. 268-270.

* This paper was prepared at the Natural History Laboratory of the

Faculty of Sciences of Toulouse.

495

INDEX to VOL. XVI.

ABRA, new species of, 10.

Acidalia, new species of, 331.

Acodon, new species of, 369.

Acreea, new species of, 271; note on

A. cynthius, Drury, 271.

Actinopus, new species of, 195.

Agama, new species of, 167.

Alcock, A., on a new species of vivi-

parous fish, 144.

Alcyonicola, characters of the new

genus, 357.

Allolobophora foetida, on the breed-

a habis of, 202.

Amalitsky, Prof. W., on a compa-

rison of the Permian freshwater

Lamellibranchiata from. Russia

with those from the Karoo forma-

tion of Africa, 198.

Amastus, new species of, 37.

Amauris, new species of, 122.

Ambia, new species of, 299, 344,

Ammodiscus, new species of, 319.

Ammodytes tobianus, on the life-

history and growth-rate of, 282.

Amphipoda, notes on, 205.

Andrews, C. W., on the structure of

the skull in Peloneustes philarchus,

242; on the pectoral and pelvic

girdles of Murzenosaurus plicatus,

B 429.

Andrews, E. A., on the breeding-

habits of the crayfish, 201; on the

breeding-habits of the earthworms,

202.

Anemesia, characters of the new

genus, 194.

Annelids commensal on Astreeopo-

rans, on some, 280,

Anthypna, new species of, 388.

Aparallactus, new species of, 172.

Apicia, new species of, 330.

Aplysia, on the status of the name,

Apogonia, new species of, 595.

Arachnida, new, 78, 189, 187.

Araneide of New South Wales, on

some new, 392.

Archilestes, new species of, 20.

Arthrospheera, characters of the new

genus, 410.

Ascomyzontide,

family, 173.

on the Copepod

Aserica, characters of the new genus,

394,

Astacus fluviatilis, on the develop-

ment of the body in, 127.

Astreeopora, on the Madreporarian

genus, 273; relation of to Turbi-

naria, 279.

Athemus, characters of the new

genus, 110.

Athous, new species of, 407.

Attalus, new species of, 117.

Aulacophora, new species of, 300.

Austen, E. E., on Cutiterebra, 147.

Aysha, new species of, 140.

Bathybembix, new species of, 7.

Batomys, characters of the new

genus, 162,

Batrachia, new, 169.

Beddard, F. E., on Perichzetee from

the Eastern Archipelago, 69.

Benham, Dr. W. B., on some Javan

Pericheetide, 40.

Bernard, H. M., on the systematic

position of the Trilobites, 199; on

the Madreporarian genus Astreeo-

pora, 273.

Bingham, Lieut-Col. C. T., on

Hymenopterous insects from the

Philippines, 438,

Biurus, new species of, 114.

Bocchoris, new species of, 302.

Books, new :—FPilsbry’s Manual of

Conchology, vol. ix., 128; J. K.

and A. B. Comstock’s Manual for

the Study of Insects, 266; Pilsbry’s

Catalogue of the Marine Mollusks

of Japan, 488,

Bostra, new species of, 300.

Botryllus Gouldii, the bud-develop-

ment of, 221.

Bouwenger, G. A., on reptiles and

batrachians from New Guinea, 28 ;

on reptiles from the Niger, 82; on

reptiles and batrachians from Soma-

liland, 165; on new batrachians

from Borneo, 169; on two new E.

African snakes, 171; on cranial

characters distinguishing lizards

from snakes, 566 ; on new Reptiles

from New Guinea, 408; on a new

species of Parodon, 480; on two

new species of Calamaria, 481.

496

Bradypontius, characters of the new

genus, 182.

Bryozoa, revision of the Jurassic, 447.

Butler, Dr. A. G., on a new species

of Amauris, 122; on Acrea cyn-

thius, Drury, 271; on new species

of Planema, 415.

Ceelius, characters of the new genus,

581.

Cenolestes, definition of the new

generic name, 367.

Calamaria, new species of, 481.

Calliostoma, new species of, 8.

Callirhipis, new species of, 159.

Cambarus affinis, on the breeding-

habits of, 201.

Cambridge, F. O. P., on stridulating-

organs in the genus Scytodes, 571.

Cambridgea antipodiana, on a new

sound-producing organ in, 230.

Capulus, new species of, 264.

Carpomys, characters of the new

genus, 161.

Castanotherium, characters of the

new genus, 415,

Cataclysta, new species of, 304, 343.

Cavifrons, new species of, 474.

Celsus, characters of the new genus,

118.

Ceratogomphus, new species of, 549.

Ceratopyga, characters of supposed

new genus, 550.

Cerceris, new species of, 448.

Cheetognaths, on two new, 288.

Chalcidoptera, new species of, 303.

Chapman, F., on Rhetie Forami-

nifera from Wedmore, 200, 305,

Chloroclystis, new species of, 294,

Chrotomys, characters of the new

genus, 161.

Chrysocraspeda, new species of, 294.

Clausomyzon, characters of the new

genus, 177.

Cleobis, new species of, 96.

Coccidze, on some, from Antigua, 60 ;

on some genera and species of, 129,

Cockerell, T. D. A., on some Coccidee

from Antigua, 60; on new species

of Halictus, €3.

Coelioxys, new species of, 439.

Coleoptera, new, 35, 98, 157, 374.

Columbella, new species of, 5.

Comaria, new species of, 466.

Conant, F. 8., on two new Cheeto-

gnaths, 288.

Copepoda, on new and rare British,

ore

ovv.

INDEX.

Cordyceps, notes on the genus, 484.

Coremia, new species of, 297.

Cotachena, new species of, 470.

Crambus, new species of, 349.

Crassatella, new species of, 265.

Crateromys, characters of the new

genus, 163,

Crawford, Rev. J. H., on the Hy-

droids of St. Andrews, 256.

Crayfish, on the breeding-habits of

the, 201.

Crocidura, new species of, 51.

Crowley, P., on a new species of

Sympheedra, 437.

Crustacea, new, 178, 207, 353.

Cryptodon, new species of, 13.

Cryptus, new species of, 444.

Cuspidaria, new species of, 12.

Cutiterebra, notes on the genus, 147.

Cylindrus, on the systematic position

of the genus, 155,

Cyliosoma, characters of the new

genus, 414.

Cyphonocerus, new species of, 115.

Cyrtogrammomma, characters of the

new genus, 139.

Dactylopius, remarks on the genus,

129.

Dallas, J., on rapid change of colour

in Gasterosteus, 489.

Dascillide of Japan, on the, 98.

Dasytes, new species of, 118.

Dendrelaphis, new species of, 409.

Dendrophis, new species of, 32.

Dentalium, new species of, 9.

Dermatomyzon gibberum, remarks

on, 397.

Desis, on the systematic position of

the genus, 145.

Diatrzea, new species of, 349.

Digonophorus, characters of the new

genus, 157.

Diplacanthopoma, new species of, 144.

Discothyris, characters of the new

genus, 473.

Distoma hepaticum, on the structure

of the ectoderm and nervous

system in, 493.

Drilaster, new species of, 115.

Drillia, new species of, 4.

Dromophis lineatus, remarks on, 33,

Druce, H., on new Heterocera, 36,

Drupeus, characters of the new

genus, 102.

Dyspontiine, characters of the new

subfamily, 180.

Dyspontius, new species of, 185.

INDEX. ;

‘Earthworms, on the breeding-habits

of the, 202. 4

Echmatophorus, characters of the

new genus, 158.

Elianus, characters of the new genus,

113.

Eliurus, new species of, 164.

Endotrichopsis, characters of the new

genus, 467.

Ennea, new species of, 478.

Enterocola, new species of, 359.

Entomophytes, observations on Aus-

tralian, 482.

Entomostraca, notes on the Palzo-

zoie bivalved, 452.

Epilichas, new species of, 100.

Epiplema, new species of, 295,

{piplemidee, new Indian, 293.

Erythrolophus, new species of, 294.

Eubrianax, new species of, 104.

Eupithecia, new species of, 295.

Fedarb, S. M., on Perichetze from

the Eastern Archipelago, 69.

Fishes, new, 144, 480.

Foraminifera, on Rheetie, from Wed-

more, 200, 305.

Fungi, on Australian entomogenous,

452.

Galeodes, new species of, 78.

intrepidus, on the name of, 270.

Gallopontius, characters of the new

genus, 184,

Gasterosteus, on rapid change of

colour in, 489.

Geological Society, proceedings of

the, 198, 270.

Geometride, new Indian, 293; new

West Indian, 529.

Georychus, new species of, 238.

Giesbrecht, Dr. W., on the Copepod

family Ascomyzontidi, 173.

Gluvia, new species of, 94.

Godwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col. H. H.,

on a supposed new species of land-

mollusk, 434.

Goto, 8., on the origin of the bell-

nucleus in Physalia, 203; on the

protoplasmic connexion of lasso-

cells in Physalia, 271.

Gregory, Dr. J. W., revision of the

Jurassic Bryozoa, 447.

Grotella, new species of, 38.

Gymnoscelis, new species of, 296.

Halictus, new species of, 63.

Hampson, G. F., on Heterocera from

the Lesser Antilles, 329.

Haplophragmium, new species of, 314.

497

Haritala, new species of, 334.

Hedley, C., on the synonymy of

Rhysota Armiti, 201.

Helicidee, on a new Pupoid type of,

155.

Helicina, new species of, 365,

Helix, new species of, 564.

Helodes, new species of, 106.

Hill, W., on the occurrence of Ra-

diolaria in Chalk, 270.

Holodactylus africanus, note on, 166.

Homophysa, new species of, 333.

Hoplia, new species of, 389.

Horatocera, characters of the new

genus, 3d.

Hydroids of St. Andrews Bay, on

the, 256.

Hydrophysa, new species of, 343.

Hymenoptera, new, 63, 438.

Hypsopygia, new species of, 301.

Hyracodon, new species of, 367.

Ichthyurus, new species of, 114.

Islopha, characters of the new genus,

346.

Isocentris, new species of, 472.

Jammes, L., on the structure of the

ectoderm and nervous system in

parasitic Platyhelminthes, 493.

Jones, Prof. T. R., on Carboniferous

Ostracoda from Yorkshire, 452.

Jukes-Browne, A. J., on the oceur-

rence of MRadiolaria in Chalk,

270.

Kirkby, J. W., on Carboniferous

Ostracoda from Yorkshire, 452.

Lachnosterna, new species of, 396.

Laius, new species of, 116.

Lamellibranchiata, on a comparison

of the Permian freshwater, from

Russia with those from the Karoo

formation of Africa, 198.

Lamellicornia of Japan, on the, 374.

Lecanium, new species of, 61,

Lefevre, G., on budding in Pero-

phora, 213.

Lemboides, characters of the new

genus, 209,

Lembos, new species of, 207.

Lepidoplaga, characters of the new

genus, 475.

Lepidoptera, new, 36, 122,

329, 415, 437, 461.

Lestes, new species of, 25.

Leucocraspeda, new species of, 472.

Leucosolenia, on the origin of the

triradiate spicules of, 427.

Lewis, G., on the Japanese Rhipido-

Ov oO

271, 298,

498

ceride, 35; Dascillide and Mala-

codermide, 98 ; Lamellicornia, 574.

Lichonycteris, characters of the new

genus, 55.

Lima, new species of, 18.

Lizards, on cranial characters distin-

guishing, from snakes, 366.

Lomanoticola, characters of the new

genus, 360.

Loxocorys, new species of, 300.

Lygosoma, new species of, 29, 408.

Mabra, new species of, 302.

M‘Lachlan, R., on new species of

Odonata, 19.

Malachius, new species of, 117.

Malacodermide of Japan, on the, 108.

Malletia, new species of, 17.

Malthodes, new species of, 115.

Mammals, new, 51,55, 160, 164, 197,

238, 242, 367.

Maraxes, characters of. the new

genus, 376.

Marine animals, on the dispersal of,

by means of seaweeds, 418.

Maskell, W. M., on some genera and

species of Coccide, 129.

Masterman, A. T., on the life-history

and growth-rate of the lesser sand-

eel, 282.

Melipona, on the production of males

and females in, 125,

Melvill, J. C., on new species of

Ennea, 478.

Microcausta, characters of the new

genus, 340.

Micromesomma, characters of the

new genus, 190.

Mimocomma, characters of the new

genus, 473. ;

Minchin, E. A., on the origin of the

triradiate spicules of Leucosolenia,

27.

Mollusca, new, 1, 263, 362, 434, 478.

Monocrocis, characters of the new

genus, 475.

Murznosaurus plicatus, on the pec-

toral and pelvic girdles of, 429.

Mus, new species of, 163.

Mygalomorphe in the British Mu-

seum, on the identity of some of

the types of, 225.

Myoscalops, note on the species of,

241.

Myriapoda, new, 409, 423.

Myzopontius, characters of the new

genus, 182.

Naia, new species of, 54.

INDEX.

Nanina, new species of, 363.

Nassa, new species of, 5, 263.

Natica, new species of, 6.

Nautilus, on sexual dimorphism in

the, 490.

Nectophryne, new species of, 171.

Nemoria, new species of, 333.

Neocteniza, characters of the new

genus, 193.

Neurophyseta, characters of the new

genus, 333.

Newton, E. T., on a human skull and

limb-bones from Galley Hill, 199.

Niphopyralis, new species of, 299.

Nodosinella, new species of, 319.

Notaspis, new species of, 302.

Nucula, new species of, 15.

Nuculana, new species of, 16.

Nunney, W. H., on a new species of

Odonata, 349.

Odonata, new, 19, 349.

Oligolepis, characters of the new

genus, 171.

Olliff, A. S., on Australian Ento-

mophytes, 482.

Omineus, characters of the new

genus, 119.

Onthophagus, new species of, 378.

Ophidiidz, on a new species of, 144.

Ophitis, new species of, 33.

Oreophrynella, definition of the new

generic name, 125,

Orolestes, characters of the new

genus, 2].

Ortholestes clara, new variety of, 19.

Orthopygia, new species of, 464.

Oryzomys, new species of, 58, 368,

Ostracoda, on some Carboniferous,

from Yorkshire, 452.

Oxyomus, new species of, 383.

Pachybotys, characters of the new

genus, 476.

Pachynoa, new species of, 39.

Pachypalpia, characters of the new

genus, 345.

Pachyzancla, new species of, 342.

Palemon serratus, on the develop-

ment of the body in, 127.

Panelus, characters of the new genus,

375.

Paracleobis, definition of new genus,

95.

Paracymoriza, new species of, 304.

Paralichas, new species of 99.

Paramigas, characters of the new

genus, 188.

Paratrichius, new species of, 406.

INDEX. :

Parlatoria Pergandei, new variety

of, 62. ~

Parmarion, new species of, 435.

Parodon, new species of, 480.

Peloneustes philarchus, on the struc-

ture of the skull in, 242.

Perez, J., on the production of males

and females in Melipona and Tri-

gona, 125,

Perichzeta, new species of, 41, 69.

Perichztide, on some Javan, 40.

Perisseretma, characters of the new

genus, 468.

Perophora, on budding in, 213.

Petta, characters of the new genus,

469,

Phenacoccus yuccee, new variety of,

61.

Pholadid, on the development of

the, 233.

Phycita, new species of, 347.

Physalia, on the origin of the bell-

nucleus in, 203; on the proto-

plasmic connexion of lasso-cells in,

271.

Pilsbry, H. A., ona new Pupoid type

of Helicidee, 155; on the status of

the names Aplysia and Tethys, 424.

Pimpla, new species of, 445.

Pionea, new species of, 340.

Planchonia, remarks on the genus,

134.

Planema, new species of, 415.

Platyhelminthes, on the structure of

the ectoderm and nervous system

in parasitic, 495.

Pleonectusa, new species of, 301.

Pleurotoma, new species of, 3.

Pocock, R. L, on some Solifugee in

the British Museum, 74; on two

new spiders from Mt. Roraima,

139; on new genera and species of

trapdoor spiders, 187 ; on some of

the types of Mygalomorphee in the

British Museum, 223; on a new

sound-producing organ in a spider,

230; on the name of Galeodes

intrepidus, 270 ; on new genera of

Zephroniide, 409; on a new

species of Scolopendra, 423.

Podabrus, new species of, 109.

Ponsonby, J. H., on new species of

Ennea, 478.

Pontiothauma, characters of the new

genus, 2.

Pontceciella, characters of the new

genus, 186,

499

Popilia, new species of, 403.

Prionocyphon, new species of, 105.

Pristurus, new species of, 165.

Proboscina, observations on the ge-

nus, and new species of, 447.

Psammodius, new species of, 384.

Pteropontius, characters of the new

genus, 184,

Ptilodactyla, new species of, 107.

Pupina, new species of, 364.

Pupinella, new species of, 365,

Pyralide, new Indian, 299; new

West-Indian, 529; new genera

and species of, 461.

Pyvralis, new species of, 464.

Radiolaria, on the occurrence of, in

chalk, 270.

Rainbow, W. J., on some New South

Wales Araneide, 352.

Reptilia, new, 28, 32, 165, 171, 408,

481.

Rhacophorus, new species of, 169.

Rhax, new species of, 91.

Rhectothyris, new species of, 471.

Rhipidoceridz, on the Japanese, 35.

Rhizotrogus, new species of, 399.

Rhodoneura, new species of, 298,

Rhodostrophia, new species of, 331.

Rhynchomys, characters of the new

genus, 160.

Rhynchomyzon, characters of the

new genus, 177.

Rhysota Armiti, on the synonymy

of, 201, 351.

Robinsonia, new species of, 36.

Roule, L., on the development of the

body in the prawn and the cray-

fish, 127.

Sagitta, new species of, 290.

Samea, new species of, 336,

Sameodes, new species of, 303,

Sand-eel, on the life-history and

growth-rate of the lesser, 282.

Saprosites, new species of, 382.

Scirtes, new species of, 105.

Sciurus, new species of, 197, 242,

Scolia, new species of, 441.

Scolopendra, new species of, 423.

Scott, T. and A., on new and rare

British Copepoda, 353,

Scytodes, on stridulating-organs in

the genus, 371.

Seaweeds, on the dispersal of marine

animals by means of, 418.

Senoclia, new species of, 446.

Serica, new species of, 391.

Sericania, new species of, 390.

500

Shrews, on new African, 51.

Sigaretus, new species of, 7.

Sigerfoos, C. P., on the development

of the Pholadide, 233.

Silis, new species of, 112.

Simocephalus, new species of, 35.

Skull and limb-bones from Galley

Hill, on a human, 199.

Smith, E. A., on Mollusca from the

Bay of Bengal &c., 1, from the

Arabian Sea, 262; on Rhysota

Armiti, 351; on new land-shells

from New Guinea, 362.

Snakes, on cranial characters dis-

tinguishing lizards from, 866,

Solifugee, notes on some, 74.

Solpuga, new species of, 83.

Spadella, new species of, 288.

Spheropceus, synopsis of the species

of, 412.

Spheerotherium, new species of, 410.

Spider, on a new sound-producing

organ in a, 250.

Spiders, new genera and species of

Trapdoor, 187.

Spilodes, new species of, 474.

Stacheia, new species of, 522.

Stebbing, Rey. T. R. R., notes on

Amphipoda, 205.

Stegonotus, new species of, 31.

Stemmatophora, new species of, 466.

Stenhelia, new species of, 353,

Stenophyes, new species of, 339,

Stericta, new species of, 461.

Stickleback, on rapid change of

colour in the, 489.

Streptopalpia, characters of the new

genus, 345.

Surattha, new species of, 501.

Swinhoe, Col. C., on new Indian

Lepidoptera, 293.

Syllythria, new species of, 471.

Sympheedra, new species of, 437.

Syngamia, new species of, 337.

Tzenia, on the structure of the ecto-

derm and nervous system in species

of, 493.

Telephorus, new species of, 111.

Tellina, new species of, 10.

Teredo, on the development of

species of, 235.

INDEX.

Tethys, on the status of the name,

424, .

Thalestris peltata, remarks on, 354.

Thomas, O., on new African shrews,

51; on small mammals from Nica-

ragua &c., 55; on new mammals

from Northern Luzon, 160; ona

new species of Eliurus, 164; on

African mole-rats of the genera

Georychus and Myoscalops, 238 ;

on a new Chinese squirrel, 242 ;

on new mammals from South

America, 367.

Thyrididie, new Indian, 298.

Thyropeeus, characters of the new

genus, 191.

Torda, new species of, 345.

Trichophysetis, new species of,

470,

Trigona, on the production of males

and females in, 125.

Trilobites, on the systematic position

of the, 199.

Trionychi, new genera and species

Olu Si.

Trox, new species of, 387.

Truncatulina, new species of, 327.

Vallentin, R., on the dispersal of

marine animals by means of sea-

weeds, 418.

Vayssiére, A., on sexual dimorphism

in the nautilus, 490.

Venus, new species of, 9.

Warren, W., on new genera and

species of Pyralide, 460.

Waterhouse, C. O., on new Coleo-

ptera, 157.

Winton, W. E, de, on a new squirrel,

197.

Xerasia, characters of the new genus,

120.

Xeromys, new species of, 161.

Xiridava, new species of, 296.

Youngiella, definition of the new

generic name, 452.

Zamarada, new species of, 293.

Zephronia, new species of, 413.

Zephroniide, descriptions of new

genera of, 409.

Zouspherium, characters of the new

genus, 410,

END OF THE SIXTEENTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Arn.& Mag. Nat. Hist.§.6. Vol. XVI. Put.

Green del.st lith Mintern Bros. imp.

x, .

i. B ‘

" 7

. .

, oF,

;

. +.

ar:

¥ vo 7

¥ « ‘

- . it~ a

- . ra $.

‘

4 €

. »

yaw we" _ P 7

~ Anin.d Mag. Nat dist. §.6. Vol AVE. PLL.

lla.

J. Green. delet lith. Mmtern Bros. imp.

Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. S.6.Vot. XV. PU IIL

rc (i

10.

Wintern Bros. lith.

JAVAN PERICHAT4

Ani. & Mag. Nal Mist. S. 6. Vol. XV. PU ly.

Mintern. Bros. lith.

INV SS OLE Wi GAs

Anruk Mag. Not Hist. 5. 6. Vol. XVI. PU._V.

ve.

Maintern Bros hth.

GLEWwIS. Anid& Mag. Nut. Hist. 5.6. Vol. AVE FU; VE

M.H. Fisher del et hth

DAS CILLIDA

& MASACODERM COLE OPTER

| -~

: o

° _

¢ ey

“<

’

é es

P i

°- ‘

-~ FP

os i —

- _

‘ i

« 7.

2 oT]

a 7

Ati

, Ann.& Mag. Net fest. 5.6. Vol. XVE. PLVIE.

Venton Bros. del et hth.

_ IRS itu RIUIS) IS Snin lS Sine 5 HOLODAC LYLUS Ab SGA US.

Si PNG AINA et SURI INS

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist. §. 6. Vol. XVI. PU.VIL.,

Taxs Le

Pee i M7)

OA,

gw Y

Mintern Bros.-lth.

TRR Stebbing del.

IAS IMUSOVS) ISUNSeS 1 O/IMNEts Se vaey er

| Ann.& Mag, Nat. Hist. 5.6. Vol. AVL. PU. IX.

‘d

A f

NY !

A VIMY eee

LEMBOIDES AFER.n.¢ et sp.

TI RR Stebbing del. Mintern Bros. lith.

LEMBOS HIRSUTIPES.n. sp.

Ann.& Mag. Nat.Mist.8.6.Vol. XVE. PUX .

™m™

TER Stebbing del. Mintern Bros. lth.

LEMBOIDES AFPER .n.g.et sp.

- .

r i

‘ F

7 /

{

weit

sgh

‘ 4

’ ‘S :

z .

‘

Po - - =

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.6. Vol. 16. PI. XI.

F. CHAPMAN, del.

RHASTIC FORAMINIFERA.

Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., S.6. Wol. 16. Pl. XTI.

A 2

F. CHAPMAN, del.

RHAETIC FORAMINIFERA.

Ann .& Mog. Nat. Hust. 8.6. Vol. XV. PU. XU.

Mintern Bros. del. et Jith.

: Ann.&. May :Nat.Hist. $.6 Vol XV. PUXIV.

See 7

H.Bernard & RE Mintern del. Mintern Bros. imp.

ON THE GENUS ASTRAEOPORA

Any

Mintern Bros. lith.

A. Scott del.

PU. XVE.

LF —=———

WSEEA

sia

ASS

Mintern Bros. hth.

A. Scott del.

we Lae

: song

a |

Ann. Mag.Nok.Hist.§.6.Vol XVI. PL. XVIL

A. Scott del. Mintern Bros. hth.

Ann .& Mag. Not Hist. S.6 Vol. XVI. PU.XVIIL

RMontern Jun” del. et lith. Mintern Bros.imp.

Maclure & CY imp

> 2

Ss <

= .

6 O

S ;

S) Au

8 :

a O

< :

x 3

S :

fin Austen. del et Lith

Ann:& Mag. Nat. Hist. 5. 6. Vol. AVI. PL.XX,

imp.

J. Green del.et lth.

LAND SHELLS FROM NEW GUINE

Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., S.6. Vol. 16. Pl. XXT.

CARBONIFEROUS OSTRACODA FROM YORKSHIRE.

saiuvyugiy

INSTITUTION

SJIYVUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLINS S3!1u¥vealt

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLINS S31Y¥W

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIJLNLILSNI

mt ~ ws = ox.

ee he = % ME -

LY Ly = ac 2 ANOS oc

Gig 2 < ZW =

WY tty oc SN a

Gi 3 : we

= J cs ees

| NVINOSHLIWS S3IYVYagII MI BRARTES SNUTROOMAR Sti

‘ a

ies] = oO

a ba

= as

ea me

D z

INSTITUTION

SILUY

> SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uVv4

SSIYVYURIT LIBRARIES

NVINOSHLIWNS S3IYVYEITLIBRARIE

NVINOSHLINS

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN INSTITU

LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN

w —

a uu S oi

= w _ =

= a: SX << al ai |

a S\N" «= = 3

S <n 5 5

i Zz =o

3, SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILNLILSN! NVINOSHLINS S3IYV

z z

pd aes ce) S)

= we ~ =

a * =

5 a = fe

E jon - -

g mi g 2 CTS

li NVINOSHLINS SJIUVYAIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU’

‘-

S SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS SJIYVe

NVINOSHLINS SA1YVUuall

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN

MHSON > IHS VAG

Y Or

/ egal ©

ARIES

TLILSNI

TF) »

ish>

ARIES

ike} NO

TLILSNI

eo @

‘ARIES

. ——e =)

ILSN!t NVINOSHLIWS

INSTITUTION

SMITHSONIAN INST

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S31

B3iiYyVUs!I] LIBRARIES

Eb,

NVINOSHLINS S31uVvuEsl)

NVINOSHLINS. S31YVYSI7

SMITHSONIAN

us w 2 ts

oc m a = ow

<t % PS, < 7 <

a S fag a fed

a rs) ps 3 oe

ol = pe | a be a

ILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYHSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INST

a e oS = a

wo > = w — ao

rs aN = i me x

SN = > ra >

a 3 YN ree Es) o- a

m YW 2 = be =

w a = wn = wo

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS Sai

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

You :

NVINOSHLIWS

ILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31YVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INST

LIBRAR| ES SMITHSONIAN

NOILNLILSNI

NOILNILILSNI

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31!

SUIUVUGIT LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION

LILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS’

NVINOSHLINS S3I¥Vvual

z n = we ba

= S f= . = §

; = s es

n wy 2) ; ; a

Y = o 3 vs \.. xr N

y= z E E

: : he E

\RIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSH Le = |

” Zz Zz ‘

IN w a - HSV Ss ~

a) = up fp? = OD 4 ON 2G

os} th, it J a a “eo 12 i WS ate a